A true & faithful relation of what passed for many yeers between Dr. John Dee ... and some spirits tending ... to a general alteration of most states and kingdomes in the world : his private conferences with Rodolphe, Emperor of Germany, Stephen, K. of Poland, and divers other princes about it ... : as also the letters of sundry great men and princes ... to the said D. Dee / out of the original copy written with Dr. Dees own hand, kept in the library of Sir Tho. Cotton, Kt. Baronet ; with a preface confirming the reality (as to the point of spirits) of this relation ... by Meric Casaubon ...

A TRUE RELATION OF Dr. DEES Actions, with spirits.

Liber Mysteriorum (& Sancti) parallelus Novalisque. * 1.1 Lesden MAY 28. 1583.

Δ. AS J. and E. K. sate discoursing of the Noble Polonian Albertus * 1.2 Lasci his great honour here with us obteined, his great good liking of all States of the people, of them that either see him or hear of him, and again how much I was beholding to God that his heart should so fervently favour me, and that he doth so much strive to suppresse and confound the malice and envie of my Country-men against me, for my better credit winning or recovering to do God better service hereafter thereby, &c. Suddenly, there seemed to come out of my Oratory a Spirituall creature, like a pretty girle of 7 or 9 yeares of age, attired on her head with her hair rowled up before, and hanging down very long behind, with a gown of * 1.3 Sey, .....changeable green and red, and with a train she seemed to play up and down..... like, and seemed to go in and out behind my books, lying on heaps, the biggest .....and as she should ever go between them, the books seemed to give place sufficiently, dis.... one heap from the other, while she passed between ••hem: And so I considered, and ..... the diverse reports which E. K. made unto me of this pretty maiden, and .....

Δ. I said ..... Whose maiden are you?

Δ. Sh. ..... VVhose man are you?

Δ. I am the servant of God both by my bound duty, and also (I hope) by his Adoption.

A voyce. ..... You shall be beaten if you tell.

..... Am not I a fine Maiden? Give me leave to play in your house, my Mother told me she would come and dwell here.

Δ. She went up and down with most lively gestures of a young girle, playing by her selfe, and diverse times another spake to her from the corner of my study by a great Perspective∣glasse, but none was seen beside her selfe.

..... Shall I? I will (Now she seemed to answer one in the foresaid Corner of the Study)

..... I pray you let me tarry a little [speaking to one in the foresaid Corner]

Δ. Tell me who you are?

..... I pray you let me play with you a little, and I will tell you who I am.

Δ. In the name of Jesus then tell me. * 1.4

..... I rejoyce in the name of Jesus, and I am a poor little Maiden, Madini, I am the last but one of my Mothers children, I have little Baby-children at home. * 1.5

Δ. Where is your home?

Ma..... I dare not tell you where I dwell, I shall be beaten.

Δ. You shall not be beaten for telling the truth to them that love the truth, to the eter∣nal truth all Creatures must be obedient.

Ma. ..... I warrant you I will be obedient. My Sisters say they must all come and dwell with you. * 1.6

Δ. I desire that they who love God should dwell with me, and I with them.

Ma. ..... I love you now you talke of God.

Δ. Your eldest sister her name is Esémeli. * 1.7

Ma. ..... My sister is not so short as you make her.

Δ. O, I cry you mercy, she is to be pronounced Eseméli. * 1.8

E. K. She smileth, one calls her saying, Come away Maiden.

Ma. ..... I will read over my Gentlewoemen first.

My Master Dee will teach me, if I say amisse.

Δ. Read over your Gentlewoemen as it pleaseth you.

Ma. ..... I have Gentlemen and Gentlwoemen, Look you here.

E- K. She bringeth a little book out of her pocket,

..... She pointeth to a in Picture the book.

Mad. ..... Is not this a pretty man.

Δ. What is his name?

Ma..... My ..... saith, his name is Edward, Look you, he hath a Crown upon his head, my Mother saith, that this man was Duke of York.

E. K. She looketh upon a Picture in the Book with a Coronet in his hand and a Crown upon his head.

Ma. ..... This was a jolly man when he was King of England.

Δ. How long since is it that he was King of England?

Ma. ..... Do you ask me such a question, I am but a little Maiden? Lo, here is his Father Richard Plantagenet, and his Father also.

Δ. How call you him?

Ma. ..... Richard, Surely this was Richard Earle of Cambridge.

E. K. She turneth the book leaves, and said.

Mad. ..... Here is a grim Lord, He maketh me afraid.

Δ. Why doth he make you afraid?

Ma. ..... He is a stern fellow, I do not know him what he is. But this was the Duke of Cla∣rence. This was Father to Richard Earle of Cambridge. Lo, here is Anne his wife.

E. K. Turning over the leafe,

The same was heir to all Mortimers lands.

Edmund was her brother.

Lo, Sir, here be the wicked Mortimers.

E K. She turned over diverse leaves, and then she said

Ma. ..... This same is Roger Mortimer.

..... My Mother saith this man was Earl of the Marches.

This same is his wife.

He had a great deale of lands by her, for she was an Heire.

This same is wild Genvill, her Father. * 1.9

Here is a Town they call Webley. Here is Beudley. Here is Mortimers Clybery. Here is wild Wenlock. Here is Ludlow. Here is Stanton Lacy. Genvill his wife was Heire of all these. Here is Hugh Lacy her Father. He weareth his haire long, for he was Deputy of Ire∣land; That maketh him look with such a writhen face.

My sister hath torne out the other two leaves, I will bring them when you have supped.

I pray do not tell any body of me.

Δ. We were earnestly called for to Supper by my folks. * 1.10

After Supper.

Ma. ..... Here is William Lacy Father to Hugh.

Here is Richard his Father. And here is Sir Richard his Father, and here is William, Sir Richards Brother. Here is his going into France.

Δ. Quo anno Christi?

Mad. ..... I warrant you my eldest Sister will tell you all. Here is his going into Denmark.

My Sister will come shortly, and tell you how he married in Poland, and what issue this Wil∣liam * 1.11 had.

Δ. I pray declare the Pedigree down to this Albert Lascy.

Ma. ..... Alas, I cannot tell whats done in other Countries.

Δ. I know you are not Particular of this Country, but Universal for all countries in the whole world, which is indeed but one Countrey, or a great City, &c.

Mad. ..... Well, my sister will shortly come and tell you unlooked for, If you judge these things well that I have spoken. Nam vera sunt. Nam verus est qui me mifit.

Truth is all that is truth.

The Mortimer I spake of, is the first of the six: there were six Mortimers Earles of March. Edmond was the last, and Roger the first; that Mortimer was the Grandfathers Grandfather of this Edmond.

E. K. There seemeth some one to call her, whom I hear now.

Ma ..... I come.

Δ. She took up her Skrolls on the ground, of which some were very old, and she put up her book.

Ma ..... This may stand you in some stead.

Δ. Mitte lucem tuam & veritatem tuam, Jesu Christe, Lux vera, & veritatis perennis Fons. Amen.

[illustration]

Monday à Meridie hora 4½

Δ. We presented our selves, ready for instruction receiving, and presumed not to call my * 1.12 good Minister spiritual, but by humble prayer referred all to God his good pleasure.

E K. The Golden Curtain which covereth all the Stone hangeth still, but I heare a voice or sentence thrice repeated, thus.

A voice ..... Sanctum, Signatum, & ad tempus.

Δ. The sense hereof may be divers wayes understood, and more then I can imagine, but which sense is to our instruction would I faine know.

A voice. ..... Sanctum, quia hoc velle suum; sigillatum quia determinatum ad tempus.

E K. Hard speeches, but he could not perfectly discern them.

A voice ..... Ad tempus & ad tempus (inquam) quia rerum consummatio. All things are at hand.

The Seat is prepared.

Justice hath determined.

The Judge is not yet willing.

Mercy thrusteth it self betwixt the Divinity. But it is said,

The Time shall be shortned.

E K. Saw no creature: But the voice came behind him over his head, till now: when he espied one standing on the Table besides the silke cloth on which the Stone stood; he seemed like a Husbandman all in red apparel, red hose close to his legs, a red jacket, red buttoned cap on his head, yea, and red shooes. He asked E. K. how he did, and E. K. answered, Well I thank God.

Δ. By your apparel it should seem you have somewhat to say concerning the Commons of this Realme, and not of high School-points, or Sciences. I am desirous to know who sent you? What is your message? and what is your name? for a name you have peculiar as all Creatures else.

Δ. He paused a good while; whereupon I asked him if he considered my speeches?

..... I consider your speeches, for I have left nothing behind.

E. K. He kneeleth down and seemeth to say somewhat, his speech is quick, round, and ready. He seemeth to pray in a strange Language. I per∣ceived these words among many other, Oh Gahire Rudna gephna oh Gahire, &c.

His Countenance was directed towards the Stone.

..... Vestra non mea facio.

E K Now he standeth up.

..... Hast not thou said, From whom comest thou? What is thy message? [Δ. He looked to∣ward me] And hast urged my name? Saying, All things have a name. It is true; for so they have because they are. Hast thou left any thing unsaid? * 1.13

Δ. You rehearse my speeches not onely in general, but also in particular.

The will of God be done (to his glory) for the rest.

..... My message is from him, in whose name thou hast desired it, which hath said lift up thine eyes, and look unto (behold I say) the sum of my Commandments, 1. What I am, 2. Whose Mini∣sters you are, and (as it is said before) 3. To what end and purpose it is.

Then cease to plead when Judgement standeth in place; For all things are determined already. The 7 doores are opened. The 7 Governours have almost ended their Government.

The Earth laboureth as sick, yea sick unto death.

The Waters pour forth weepings, and have not moisture sufficient to quench their own sorrows.

The Aire withereth, for her heat is infected.

The Fire consumeth and is scalded with his own heat.

The B dies above are ready to say, We are weary of our courses.

Nature would fain creep again into the bosom of her good and gracious Master.

Darknesse is now heavy and sinketh down together: She hath builded her self, yea (I say) she hath advanced her self into a mighty building she saith, Have done, for I am ready to receive my burden.

Hell it self is weary of Earth: For why? The son of Darknesse cometh now to challenge his right: and seeing all things prepared and provided, desireth to establish himself a kingdom; say∣ing, * 1.14 We are now stronge enough, Let us now build us a kingdom upon earth, and Now establish that which we could not confirm above.

And therefore, Behold the end.

When the time cometh, The ..... thy sorrows shall be greater than the sweetnesse, the sorrows * 1.15 (I mean) of that thou seest; I mean in respect of the sweetnesse of thy knowledge. Then will you lament and weep for tho e thou thoughtst were just men.

When you earnestly pray it shall be said unto you Labor. When you would take Mercy Justice * 1.16 shall say, Be it so.

Therefore (I say) thirst not overmnch: For fear least thy capacity be confounded.

Neither move thou him which hath moved all things already to the end.

But do 〈◊〉〈◊〉 that which is commanded.

Neither prescribe thou any form to God his building.

All things shall be brought into an uniformal Order. * 1.17

Whom thou sayest that thou hast not yet confirmed, confirm with good counsel. It is said I have accepted him.

Are not these News sufficient?

It is said, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 shall govern me a people: of himself he cannot. Therefore let him believe, and secondly Rejoyce that the Angel of God hath so governed him. That in Election he shall * 1.18 govern him a people.

Desireth he to hear of greater blessednesse?

He hath also said: Then shall it be said unto him, O King. * 1.19

It followeth consequently that he is called, and that to a Kingly Office: For whosoever is An∣nointed in the Lord, his Kingdom is for ever.

Will he be the son of perdition? Let him then with his fathers put on the garments of pride.

Desireth he news? Tell him thou hast prayed for him; the Devil envyeth him, and his estate.

Tell him that I say so.

Say it is a shame for a Kings Son to commit theft; and for him that is called, to do the workes of unrighteousnesse. Studiest thou to please him? Give him sharp and wholesome counsel. For in him (I fay) the state and alteration of the whole World shall begin.

Wouldst thou know from whence I came? Thoushalt.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 it Humbly, it is not my part to meddle any further than my charge.

But as it is said before unto thee, So shall it come to passe.

Moses had a rod whereby he was known, and the hand of God approved.

Let him use therefore to carry the rod of righteousnesse about him.

For we are seven: and in us is comprehended that rod wherewith Moses wrought. As it is be∣gun * 1.20 so I end: What ye see here is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 [pointing to the ..... and by him sealed and for until the time.

Therefore use patience herein until the time that it is said unto thee .....

Venite, videte, (& loquimini) Judicia mea.

He that saith thus (I speak of my self, and as concerning my message,) is equal with the great∣est Angels, and his name is Murifri.

Thou hast written my name, and I am of thy Kalender, because thy Kalender is of God. * 1.21

In the grounds of all thy Tables thou shalt finde my name.

Δ. I remember not any such name written by me, but it may be contained in some new Composition, or Collection.

Mur. ..... It is true, for if thou badst remembred all those things which thou hast written, then should not my message need.

Δ. If I might without offending you, I would move two Petitions unto you, one concerning the Soul, and the other concerning the body: Concerning the Soul, is for one Isabel Lister, whom the wicked Enemy hath sore afflicted long with dangerous temptations, and hath brought her knives to destroy her self withall; she resisteth hitherto, and desireth my helping counsel, which how small it is God knoweth. The other is of another woman, who hath great need, and is driven to maintain her self, her husband, and three children by her hand la∣bour, and there is one that by dream is advertised of a place of Treasure hid in a Cellar, which this woman hath hired thereupon, and hath no longer time of hiring the said Cellar, but till Midsummer next. She, and this dreaming Maiden digged somewhat, and found certain to∣kens notefied unto her: But so left off. I would gladly have your help herein, if it pleased God.

Mur. ..... I answer thee, I will come again soon, and thou shalt receive a Medecine which shall teach thee to work help in the first. The second is vanity, for it is not so, but to the intent that after great hope of this world hath infected the weaklings minde: Desperation might have the more open and ready entrance. But yet she shall be comforted for thy sake.

Δ. The praise be unto God.

Mur. ..... I Go. One thing I have to say, be faithfull in all things.

I have said.

Δ. I prayed, and gave thanks hartily to God for his mercies, and graces, and so rose up.

Δ. Then he said write, M. 49. under V. 43 under R. 35. 1. and 47. under F. 9. R. 33. I. 42 This shal lead thee to my name, he that sent me be amongst yon. Δ. Amen, Amen, Amen.

Δ. Note in Tabula Collecta, (which I first gathered of the 49. good Angels) I took the third letters out of the names, it is to wit, out of the 49^th. name, and th..... 47. 9 33. 42. which agreed very well with the letters, but the five and thirtieth name did not yield R. in his third letter. Therefore I am. .... in the.....

Monday after supper 1583. * 1.22

Δ. After supper, as we were together in my study, and attending somewhat the return of the good messager spiritual, and said that he promised to come again suddenly, he appeared and answered.

Mur. ..... So I am, write 7. 30.25. 44.37.35 46.

To the first S. to the second O. the third L. the fourth G. the fifth A. the sixth R. the 7th. S.

Δ. That maketh SOLGARS.

Mur..... Add the first, and last number together, it maketh 53. let that be the Centre to the rest.

Δ. To be put to the Center of the Steptagonum.

Mur. ..... So. The ground hereof is to be found in the third. Table in the first book: I mean in * 1.23 the third of the seven, the Table of B. B. &c. being the first.

My name is also to be found in the same Table.

Form this upon a plate of lead: It prevaileth as a cure against such infections. My promise is done.

Δ. How is this to be used?

Mur. ..... Vse it upon the body molested, adding the letters of her name in a small Circle on the back half, not the letters in their forms expressed, but the number of such letters.

Δ. We know not how to number her name in our letters.

Mur. ..... Take them out of the second Table (any Table else of the seventh will serve) so that * 1.24 thou take the numbers as thou findest them placed with the letters.

Δ. How is this to be used about her body?

Mur. ..... As by discretion shall be thought best: It prevaileth sufficiently, so it be done, but thus far I teach thee, and this, as concerning nature.

The health of him which sent me be amongst you. Amen.

Δ. Gloria & gratiarum actio perennis sit Deo nostro omnipotenti uni & Trino, Amen.

[illustration]

The fore∣part of the Lamin.

[illustration]

Isabel Li∣ster, the back part of the La∣min.

Wednesday a Meridie circa 2^d. 1583. * 1.25

Δ. E. K. Had been ever since nine of the Clock in the morning in a marvellous great dis∣quietnesse of minde, fury, and rage, by reason his brother Thomas had brought him news that

a Commission was out to attache, and apprehend him as a fellon for coyning of money. Second∣ly, * 1.26 that his wife was gone from Mistresse Freemans house at Blohley, and how Mr. Husey had reported him to be a cosener, and had used very bitter and grievous reports of him now of late; and that his wife was at home with her mother at Chipping Norton, whereupon, I considering his great disorder and incumbrance toward him externally, and his greater offending of God with his furious impatience internally; and remembring the whole premises of God his ser∣vice to be performed by us two (if we would be dutifull servants to his Divine Majesty) I was touched with a great pang of Compassion, both that any Christian should use such speeches as he used, or be of so revenging a minde and intent as he shewed himself to be: and also in respect of mine own credit to be brought in doubt, for embracing the company of such an one, a disorderly person: And thirdly, that the good service of God might hereby be taken from our two executing, to our great danger, both in body and soul: Therefore to do my duty as a man resolute (upon our uniting for Gods service) to do for him as for my self: I made * 1.27 God my refuge for comfort, counsel, and help in this great affliction, and crosse of tempta∣tion.

Whereupon after my vehement and humble prayers for the foresaid purpose, this voyce was heard of E. K.

I had (upon some reasonable respect) set the shew-stone with the mystery in it, on the Table by E. K. also.

A voyce. ..... Let the daughters of light

Take up their garments, let them open the windows of their secret Chambers, for the voyce of man hath said.

Oh, shew thy self to be a God; yea, perform that which thou hast already promised, ga∣ther your vestures together, for those that are sick have need of help, you are the children of pitty, and in the loins of compassion do you dwell: For I have said, you are. And I have said, my Deter∣mination * 1.28 shall not fail, although with the sons of men my Determinations may be undeter∣mined.

Come gather up your garments, for the Cankers are ripe, and the Biting-worm seeketh to gnaw into the Lily.

He hath said, Let me prove them, for they are not just: Yea, let me touch them, for they are unrighteous, I have granted him power, but without prevailing, I have given him weapons, but they are not sharpned, his fingers shall defile, and yet not deface: For I have appointed him a night, and have prefixed an end thereunto, to the intent it may be known: That thus far I have stretched his mouth.

E. K. I have heard a voyce about the shew-stone very great, as though men were beating down of mud walls.

The thumping, shuffing, and cluttering is such.

A voice. ..... Arise, I say, for I will be revenged against the scorning of those; yea, of those that are sucklings.

Δ. After a great silence and pause, appeared one on the Table (without the skirts of the silke sarcenet) like a woman having on a red kirtle and above that a white garment like an Irish Mantle, on her head a round thing like a Garland, green and like a Coronet under the Garland, but not perfectly to be discerned; on her breast a precious Stone of white co∣lour, and on her back another precious Stone; both which Stones were set upon a Crosse, in the very center of the Crosse.

Δ. Your external apparel (you Daughter of Light) you perceive that we have some∣what noted: but by the power and mercy of the external Light, we trust and desire to un∣derstand somewhat of your internal vertue.

She said ..... 〈◊〉〈◊〉 hat do you think I am a Jewellers wife by my apparel?

Δ. We deem you to be the Messenger of him that hath for mankind purchased the Jewel of eternal Blisse, by the incomparable Jewel of his most precious Blood.

..... Will you have this too? * 1.29

Δ. After a pretty while silence, I said, We expect the execution of the purpose for which you are sent.

She said ..... It is written that Pride was the first offence.

Githgulcag knew not himself.

Therefore he was ignorant.

E K. She is much fimbling about the Stone on her breast, and re∣garding it.

E. K. Now She talketh with other whom I see not, her talke is very short and quick, but I cannot perceive what she saith.

She. ..... Read what I have said.

I read the former words.

She. ..... You will grant me that Pride is the greatest sin.

Pride was the cause he knew not himself.

Therefore Pride is the cause of Ignorance.

Δ. The Argument is good.

She. ..... Ignorance was the nakednesse wherewithal you were first tormented, and the first Plague that fell unto man was the want of Science.

E K. Now she speaketh to other again who appeare not, and they seem to answer her again.

She. ..... The want of Science hindreth you from knowledge of your self.

E K. She looketh upon Δ. and smileth. Now she speaketh to the unseen people again.

She. ..... Whosoever therefore knoweth not himself, is proud.

Δ. God help us to know our selves for his Honour sake.

E. K. She looketh upon Δ. and smileth.

She. ..... You have time enough, therefore we may take leasure.

Δ. [I made speed to write.]

E. K. She talketh again with her invisible company.

She. ..... Pride is rewarded as sin, Ergo the first offender was damned. What say you Sir? [speaking to E. K.]

What difference is between your mind and Pride?

E. K. Wherein am I proud?

She. ..... In the same wherein the Devil was first proud.

Who glorified the Devil?

E. K. God.

Δ. God glorified not the Devil, but before he became a Devil he was in glory.

She. ..... The abusing of his Glorification made him a Devil: So the abusing of the good- A Devil. nesse of God toward this man, may make him a Devil.

The works of the Spirit quicken; the doings of the Flesh lead unto destraction. Art thou offend∣ed to be called a Devil? Then extol not thy self above thy Election.

No man is elected by proper name, but according to the measure of his faith, and this faith is Faith. lively and hath a quickning Spirit in it for ever. Indeed thou art ignorant, and therefore thou art sufficiently plagued: Why dost thou boast thy self and say, This I can do?

The Reeds pipe, but it is long of the wind, and herein thou shewest that thou knowest not thy self, for that thou art proud; pray therefore that thou mayest have understanding, and cast away pride if thou wilt not be counted a Devil.

By true understanding you learn, first to know your selves what you are: of whom you are, and to what end you are.

This understanding causeth no self-love, but a spiritual selfe-love.

This understanding teacheth no Blasphemy.

This understanding teacheth no fury.

It teacheth a man to be angry, but not wrathful. * 1.30

For we may be angry, and not offend. Wrath is to damnation.

Therefore considering that Damnation was the end of the first, which was Pride, and Ignorance, the punishment of the second (which is very loathsome.)

Pray unto God 〈◊〉〈◊〉 mayest avoid the first, and be unburdened of the second.

Consider by whom thou art counselled, and of whom the counsel is: with us there is no cause of of∣fence, neither is the counsel given with a weak mouth.

Wilt thou be well rewarded? Why studiest thou not to do well? Wouldst thou be one of the cho∣sen? stand stiff and be contented with all temptations.

Is God a God of Justice?

E. K. It is true.

Be thou therefore a just servant.

No man inheriteth the Kingdom of Eternity, without he conquer in this World.

No man can challenge justly a reward, without he be a Conquerour, or do the workes of Justice.

Doth the Devil perswade thee? Arme thy self against him.

Doth the World not like of thee? It is for two causes; either for that thou livest well and not as a worldling, or else because thy wickednesse is such as that the World wondreth at it. If thou be in the first Rejoyce, For blessed are those whom the World hateth; when they laugh at thy godlinesse, Be sorty and grieve thou at their sinfulnesse.

If thou offend in the second flie hastily from the World: Tell the World what thou hast of hers, and let her be ashamed that thou knowest her.

Is thy flesh stiff-necked? Fast and pray, it doth avoide temptation. * 1.31

Be sorry alwayes; For in this World there is nothing to rejoyce at. For sin onely provoketh to sorrow, whether it be of thy self or of another.

Be stiff against temptations, for whosoever is not armed as I am, shall be vexed with the weapons of his adversary.

My Garland is Godlinesse, my Brestplate is Humility, and upon my back I wear Patience. * 1.32

These do I wear to the intent I might shew you what you should wear.

But as these things are placed in their crosses, so do the crosses alwayes follow them that wear them.

Art thou punished as an Apostle? Rejoyce; it is a happy crosse.

Art thou vexed as a Tyrant? thank God it is in this World. For blessed are those that are puni∣shed here, to the intent their sins may be forgotten hereafter.

I perswade to the contrary; Be humble, seek true wisdom, then are you truely fashioned accor∣ding to your Maker, and shalt 〈◊〉〈◊〉 with us, with Halleluja in Heaven. * 1.33

I have counselled, I have done my message thus far.

Δ. Your counsel is perfectly good, and your message merciful. His name be praised and glorified that sent you. Amen.

As you were called hither, by the name of Daughters of Light: So this other day, there was one sent hither (of that blessed company) who was accounted a Daughter, and had six Sisters more: That Daughter her name was Madini; so of your name we are desirous to be informed, for distinction and instructions sake, in the trade of these mysteries.

She said. ..... It is good to know my name; to see whether it agree with my Doctrine.

E. K. What can you (for all your exhortation) accuse me of?

Indeed I thank you very heartily for your exhortation and good counsel; but hovv unjustly I am misused at Huseys hand, and so provoked to this extream affiction of mind and sundry unseemly spceches, be you Judge between Husey and me.

She said. Whosoever hath committed sin and is not reconciled, shall have the reward of a sinner. There is a double reconciliation, the one is with God, the other with the Conscience. But this man is not reconciled in Conscience (repenteth not his wickednesse) thereby it followeth he 〈◊〉〈◊〉 be reconciled with God: Ergo he 〈◊〉〈◊〉 be rewarded as he is. The reward of sin is to be absent, or ra∣ther to be banished in this world from the society of God and his Angels.

So it falleth out to Regions and Countries, Cities, Kings and Subjects, Authorities and their * 1.34 Officers, when (I say) they are estranged with absence of their appointed and good keepers.

Therefore it proved that the Devil is most with him, and nearest with him.

Whom the Devil is a Lord of, he br useth as his servants, and where his service may be greatest done, there is he most alledged. His subrilties are principal and great: And by these reasons I prove that Husey is easily to be infected, either with envy, malice, slander, or dishonour of Gods word. * 1.35

This is one of those Assaul's that is promised should assault you.

Who is to be blamed, be that consentech, or he in whom the procurement is? Thou didst consent and chuse him for a Companion. Be not therefore angry at his malice; for the fire that is, thou hast brought in with thine own hands.

To me 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the Enemy his industry is impossible to look into, his subtiltie is more incredible.

The Reward of good life is great: But the filthinesse that sin carryeth with it in this World, and leadeth with it into the World to come, is most horrible.

Is it not said, That a skirmish shall be (and that great) but you shall be Conquerours? It is written, It is true and shall be never overthrown; so mighty is his strength that hath armed himself with it.

In the Serpents belly, there is nothing clean: neither with unhonest persons (ungodly I mean) is there any pure society: Light agreeth not with Darknesse, nor vertue with vice, therefore be you of one, and in one, that you may agree and have the reward of one. * 1.36

Behold it is said, I will part bounds between the just and the unjust, I will suffer the Enemy to sowe discord to the intent that those that are my people may be separated and have a dwelling by themselves.

Peruse the Scripture, it is alwayes seen that the Spirit of God forceth Satan in spight of his * 1.37 head to separate the evil from the good by discord, and herein the Devil worketh against himself.

We good Angels keep secret the Mysteries of God; things that are to come we alwayes keep close with this exception, The form of our Commandment.

Truth it is that a Commission is granted not onely to enquire of thee, but also to attach thee, and that by the Council.

If he go down he shall be attached, therefore tempt not God.

Δ. But if he tarry here and his being here so known as it is, it is likely that he shall be at∣tached here to my no small grief or disgrace. What is your counsel herein?

She said. ..... It is written misery shall not enter the doors of him whom the Highest hath magnified. DIXIT, & DICO, & DICTUM SIT. The world shall never prevaile * 1.38 against you.

Δ. In respect of the Book, the Scrowl, and the Powder to be communicated, What is your

judgement or mind, seeing when he was coming from Islington with them, he was threatned to be pulled in pieces if he came with them to me?

..... All that is spoken of, is in very deed, vanity. The book may be used to a good purpose. * 1.39

They were wicked ones. But as these things are the least part of this action, so are they not much to be looked after.

Δ. As concerning the Powder (I beseech you) what is your knowledge of it? * 1.40

..... It is a Branch of Natures life.

It is appointed for a time, and to a purpose.

Δ. As concerning the earthes of the Eleven places being with expedition .....

What is now to be done with them?

..... It was a foresight of God, if they had been there now they had utterly perished. * 1.41

Δ. O Jesus, that is a marvellous thing.

..... Helas, that is nothing.

Δ. By nature they could not have perished in so short time.

..... I have said.

E. K. Tell us your name.

..... If you will remember my counsel, I will tell you my name.

E. K. Your counsel was by piece-meale told me, that I cannot remember it but in general.

..... You do, and have, and I am almost HATH.

Δ. I understand you to be ATH, in sigillo Emeth.

ATH. ..... So am I in the number of Gods Elect.

Δ. Shall not I make meanes to Mr. Richard Young, as one of the higher Commissioners * 1.42 to do my companion here some good?

ATH. ..... Trouble your self when you need.

E. K. She spake this somewhat sharply.

Get your friends to fignifie down good report of you.

Come not there in many years.

Δ. As concerning my writing of the holy Book, how shall I do, by reason of the perfect writing it in the Due Characters? seeing many words are written so, as the pronunciation and the Orthographie do hardly seem to agree?

ATH. ..... You shall have a School-master sufficient to read unto you.

Δ. Where shall I begin?

ATH. ..... Let him lead you to that, who is within you.

Δ. As concerning Isabel Lister who is vext of a wicked spirit, how well have I executed that which was prescribed me; or how well doth it work?

ATH. ..... Friend, It is not of my charge.

Remember the true path that leadeth unto true honour, where there sitteth a True and Just GOD, who grant you his Direction and establishment of perfect life.

Δ Amen, Amen, Amen.

E. K. She is gone.

Junii 9. a Meridie hera 5.

Δ. Very long I prayed in my Oratory and at my Deske to have answer or resolutions of divers doubts which I had noted in a paper, and which doubts I read over distinctly, they con∣cerned the preparation of things about the Table of practice, and other things above my Lamin and Stone; but answer came none, neither in the Stone did any thing appear; no, not the Golden Curtain, but the Stone was of his natural Diaphanitie. But I held on in pit∣tiful manner to request some advertisement, if for any our trespasses or offences this unlooked for alteration from former dealing had hapned, &c.

At length a voice came from behind E. K. over his head, and said thus:

A voyce. ..... The judgements of our God are most profound and hard in the understanding of man.

There is silence above, let there therefore be patience amongst you. I have said.

Δ. Upon this answer I began to discourse of divers causes of this silence, and divers man∣ners * 1.43 of silences; and in the end I became in a great and sorrowfull heavinesse, and fear of the wrath, or displeasure of God; conceived for some, our misbehaviour towards him since our last dealing, whereupon I prayed long at my Desk, standing for mercy, comfort, counsel, and some exposition of the former sentence. After a long time thus passing there appeared one in the very top of the frame of the shew-stone, much like Michael.

Who said, ..... Write, for I must be gone.

Silence there is in heaven, for the Governours of the earth are now before the Lord, the doings of their seats are now disclosed, every thing is NOTED. For that God will be righteous in all his doings.

There is not this day any one that governeth the people upon earth, but his government

is disclosed, and his government is set open, and his faults revealed,

They without number cry, Lord, let thy vengeance come.

The earth sayeth. Be it so.

Sathan is before the Lord: He hath garnished himself with Garlands as a Conquerour, and * 1.44 what he saith is wonderfull.

Therefore shall the Lord open his mouth, and curse the earth, and all living creatures. For iniquity hath gotten the upper hand: Publickly the States of mankinde in the world are condemned. * 1.45

We are all silent and ready with our Viols to powre the wrath of God upon them, when he saith, BE IT SO.

Therefore be you patient. For, our patience in an universal silence.

We look for the mouth of Justice: But L O: The Lord saith unto the Lord, lift up thy * 1.46 eyes (O God.) Behold, the Dignity of thy workmanship, yet suffer for awhile.

I have a people that will forsake their cruelty, and put off their Garments that stink of * 1.47 abomination, in whom thy name shall be magnified, and our glory in heaven more exalted.

But as thou wilt, so be it.

Behold, I speak in body, because I tremble, as at the force of thy great indignation: Not∣withstanding, we will what thou wilt.

If therefore these wonders be so great in heaven, wonder thou not at our silence: There∣fore be patient, and say unto the earth? Why groanest thou so hard, or why is thy body so rotten: Hast not thou justly deserved these things for thy iniquity?

I say, if you be partakers of these secrets, how much more shall you be partakers of that sweetnesse, which is the eternal dew, and very bread it self of life?

SO.

E. K. He is gone.

Δ. I prayed a pretty while after with thanks-giving, &c.

Soli Deo nostro omnis laus, potestas, & gloria in seculorum saecula, Amen.

Junii 14. 1583. Friday, a meridie, Hora 4½.

Δ. The golden vayl, or curtain appeared, covering the whole stone, whereas all other vayls and curtains before did use to cover but the more part, or those things which were the stand∣ing implements of the action for that time.

This appeared as soon as he looked into the stone.

I made long, and often prayers of thanks-giving, calling for grace, mercy, and wisdom: with such particular instructions as I had written down the doubts requiring light, or resolu∣tion in them, &c.

At length appeared a woman like an old maid in a red Peticote, and with a red silk upper bodies, her hair rould about like a Scottish woman, the same being yellow: she stood afide from the green Sarcenet belonging to the stone, and she said ..... God speed my friends.

Δ. A good greeting to wish us speed by him, Amen.

E. K. I never saw this woman before.

..... It may be you have seen me, but my apparel may alter my fashion.

E. K. She seemeth to go in a great path before her very speedily.

Δ. I pray you, whither make you such a speedy journey.

..... I am going home, I have been from home this seven-night.

Δ. Distance of place cannot protract time in your journey homeward. * 1.48

..... Jesu, now he will be angry with me, as he was with his maid. Δ. Every Action not yet ef∣fected, whether is it at home, or from home?

Δ. God grant you then to make speed homeward, and to your home, and all we to the home where the highest may be well pleased.

..... So, so, you talk too wisely for me.

Δ. God make me to talk wisely indeed, and God take all vanity from my heart. * 1.49

..... You may think me a vain huswife to be going thus long: But by me you may perceive how vain all worldly wisdom is. I am in a better case then many are, for though I be from home, yet am I going home, some there be that neither have home, neither can go home.

E. K. Now cometh a goodly tall aged man all in black, with a Hat on his head, he hath a long gray beard forked, he saith to the Maid, thus:

Old man..... wihther go you maid?

Maid..... Belike Sir, you may be some kyn unto these men, for they are also desirous to know whither I do go.

Old man. ..... Me thinks I should have known you before?

Maid. ..... If you knew me before, you may the easier know me now.

[Old man] Where have you been? and if thy gravity were as good as thy ancient dissembling, I would tell thee.

Old man. ..... These words be very large, what is the cause thou wilt not be acquainted with me? (I never did thee harm) and I have desired to be acquainted with thee a long time.

Maid. ..... With counterfeit gravity I will never be acquainted, neither thy age, and thy fame, nor thy hairs, nor the sobernesse of thy countenance can move me to any acquaintance for that thou never delightedst in true wisdom.

Old man. ..... Then go your way Like an Harlot.

Maid. ..... If wicked words do prove an Harlot, then thou hast judged thy self.

E. K. Now she goeth on forward, and the Old man is gone out of fight.

There appeareth now a young man, sitting on the side of a Ditch, and to him she said.

Maid. ..... What aileth you to weep?

Young man. ..... I weep for thy discourtesie.

Maid. ..... Thou canst 〈◊〉〈◊〉 move my conscience: No, (I say) thou canst not move me to pirty.

E. K. She licketh his tears, and saith.

Maid. ..... Every thing else hath some saltnesse, but here is none.

Young man. ..... Oh, I pray thee, do something for me.

Maid. ..... Oh, to qualifie these tears, is no other then to dry rotten Hemp with a mighty fire.

Young man. ..... I will see thee hang'd before I will weep any more.

Maid. ..... Every thing commonly teacheth of it self.

E. K. The young man went away stamping, and angry, and now she is come where a multitude of young Children are, there is much meat on a Table, and the Children being not high enough to reach it pull'd the maid by the Cloaths, and pointed to the meat; she goeth round about the Table there is but one dish-uncovered, and that feemeth to be like dew, she putteth her fingers into the Dish, and letteth the Children lick, and they fall down dead.

Maid. ..... Blame Justice and not me, for if the Children had ever tasted of this meat be∣fore they might have continued.

E K Now she meeteth a thin visag'd man very feeble, who staggered on his staffe, and he said.

Feeble. ..... Help me for Gods sake.

Maid. ..... I will do my best.

E. K. As she came toward the man, the man fell down; She heaveth him up, and again he falleth down, and she lifteth at him still.

Maid. ..... Good will forms, but the matter is not sufficient: This is long of thy self.

Feeble. ..... Oh, I say, help me.

Maid. ..... It is too late to help thee, I came this way many times before, and thou never soughtest help at my hands. It is written, he that desireth not help, till he be helplesse, he shall be voide of the benefit of an helper.

E. K. The feeble man goeth away, and she departeth from him: Now she cometh towards a man going up an hill, who had torn all his Cloaths off with brambles and bryars. There stand a great many of Mawmets, little ugly fellows at the top of the hill, who threw stones against him, and so force this climing man (or goer up the hill) to tumble down again to the foot of the hill. The skin doth seem to be off his hands and his feet, and they very raw, with his excessive travail with hands and feet up that hill; Now there appear men eating meat below at the foot of the hill, who offered him meat to eat; But he laboureth up the hill again, one of these men said, come let me bind up thy feet.

The Clymer. ..... Vnto him that hath no wearinesse, there belongeth no sorrow.

E. K. She standeth and vieweth him.

The Clymer. ..... I pray you help me.

Maid. ..... It is impossible for thee to get up here.

Clymer. ..... Of my self it is: I will never be of the minde. It is impossible.

Maid. ..... Come on, I will do the best I can.

E. K. She leadeth him over stones, and rocks.

Maid. ..... Thou wilt be knocked in pieces, ere thou come to the top.

Clymer. ..... Do you your good will, I feel no harm.

E. K. Now she leadeth him in a place, where Springs, Quick-mires, and Bogs are.

Maid. ..... Surely thou art best to go down, for thou wilt be drowned.

Clymer. ..... I pray you help, I will go as long as I may.

E. K. He goeth forward, and sinketh almost to the throat.

Maid. ..... It is deeper on the further side, thou wert best to go down again.

Clymer. ..... I feel the ground hard under my feet: I will not yet despair.

E. K. Now he cometh out of those deep places, and he seemeth to come to a place like the bottom of a hedge, where stand stiffe thorns, piked up∣ward, very sharp.

Now come two, or three handsome fellows, and said, Alas, let him tarry here and drink, we will lead him up another way to morrow.

Maid. ..... Farewell.

Clymer. ..... I pray leave me not so, let me go with you.

Maid. ..... I must needs be gone, I cannot tarry for thee.

Clymer. ..... I am yet neither hungry nor thirsty, and feel no wearinesse: Why therefore should I stay.

E. K. He goeth, as though the thorns prickt him, and grindeth his teeth for pain.

Now they are come to a fair place, and then she said to one.

Maid. ..... Fetch meat and drink and cloaths, and cure his wounds: For unto thee belongeth * 1.50 the felicity of this place: For neither from the highest to the lowest is there any whom I pitty, but such as this is.

Clymer. ..... I know not how I shall use these things.

Maid. ..... The true Heirs have alwayes discretion.

To thee it belongeth, and for thee it is prepared.

Vse it therefore without offence as thine own.

E. K. Now both he and she go into a Castle, and the doors are shut after them, and she cometh out again.

Maid. ..... This is written for your understanding: Let therefore your eyes be opened, and be not blinde. Neither forget what here hath been opened.

Δ. We perceive that Felicitas via ardua est, multis obsita difficultatibus & periculis; sed con∣stantia & patientia perveniturad Falicitatis arcem, which we beseech the Almighty God to grant unto us.

Maid. ..... Well, I will be going till you have supped: And then I will tell you more of my minde. It will be yet six, or seven weeks journey before I can get home.

Δ. Sit benedictus Deus noster nunc & semper, Amen. * 1.51

After Supper we staid awhile, being come to the place, and though nothing was seen, or heard, yet I spake, assuring my self of the presence of the foresaid maid, though as yet to us insensible.

Δ. We would gladly know thy name.

Maid. ..... My name is Galua'h, in your language I am called Finis.

E. K. She suddenly appeared as she spake this.

Δ. That [Finis] is Latin. Gal. ..... I.

Δ. You are none of those that are called filiae lucis, or filiae filiarum. Gal. ... No. * 1.52

Δ. You will not be offended, if I propound a doubt somewhat impertinent to our matter in hand, yet of importance for us to hear your judgement in the same. Tritemius, sayeth that never any good Angel was read of to have appeared forma muliebri. I pray you to give us an * 1.53 answer to this so great 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Clark, his words, which are to be read in his little book, Octo Que∣stionum Maximiliani cesaris. ..... There Quastione Sexta. Sancti autem Angeli, quoniam affe∣ctione nunquam variantur semper apparent in forma virili. Nusquam enim legimus scriptum quod bonus spiritus in forma sit visus muliebri, aut bestiae cujuscunque, sed semper in specie virili.

Gal. ..... You think then I have some understanding.

Δ. Yea, God knoweth, I do.

Gal. ..... First it is evident that the Spirits of God are incomprehensible to those that are their inferiours: For the higher order is incomparable unto God, And by degrees, those that are their inferiours are also incomparable unto them. It followeth therefore, that in respect of that degree in Angels things are incomprehensible.

Angels (I say) of themselves, neither are man nor woman; Therefore they do take formes * 1.54 not according to any proportion in imagination, but according to the discreet and appliable will both of him, and of the thing wherein they are Administrators: For we all are Spirits ministring the will of God; and unto whom? unto every thing within the compasse of Nature: onely to his glory and the use of man. It followeth, Therefore, considering that we minister not of our * 1.55 selves that we should minister in that unsearchable form within the which our executions are limited: But if Tritemius can say, That woman also hath not the Spirit of God, being formed and fashioned of the self same matter, notwithstanding in a contrary proportion by a degree; If Tritemius can separate the dignity of the Soul of woman from the excellency of man but according to the form of the matter, then might his Argument be good: But because that in man and woman there is propor∣tion, preparation, of sanctification in eternity; Therefore may those that are the eternal Mi∣nisters of God in proportion to Sanctification take unto them the bodies of them both. I * 1.56 mean in respect of the Form; For as in both you read Homo, so in both you find one and the self same dignity in internal matter all one. But Tritemius spake in respect of the filthinesse (which indeed is no filthinesse) wherewith all women are stained; and by reasons from the natural Phi∣losophers: as a man tasting more of nature indeed then of him which is the Workman or a superna∣tural Master. He (I say) concluded his natural invention. In respect of my self, I answer Tri∣temius * 1.57 thus: I am Finis, I am a beam of that Wisdom which is the end of mans excellency.

Those also that are called Filiae and Filiae filiarum are all comprehended in me, and do attend * 1.58 upon True Wisdom; which if Tritemius mark, he shall perceive that true Wisdom is alwayes painted with a womans garment; For than the purenesse of a Virgin, Nothing is more com∣mendable.

God in his judgement knoweth how Tritemius is rewarded * 1.59

If you think these arguments be not sufficient, the one in respect of the first ground, and the other in respect of the measure of my name, I will yet alledge greater.

Δ. These Arguments do satisfie me: But to have wherewith to stop the mouths of others who might use Cavillation upon such matters, it were somewhat needful to have heard your judgement: Whereas indeed our own affairs in hand are rather to be followed at this pre∣sent, and of greater Arguments or Instructions in this matter I trust hereafter to have under∣standing: But as now I chiefly regard our Action in hand.

Gal. ..... Begin the Book next Tuesday.

My self will be thy Director; And as my name is, so I will lead unto the end. All other things use, according to thy judgement and proportion of his Spirit that guideth you.

Gal. ..... I my self will be the finger to direct thee.

Δ.

Gal. ..... The finger of God stretcheth over many mountains.

His Spirit comforteth the weaknesse of many places. No sense is unfurnished where his light remaineth For understand what I am, and it is a sufficient answer.

Δ. At the beginning to write the Book, shall I require your instructions?

Gal. ..... Do so.

The Mountains of the World shall lie flat; But the Spirit of God shall never be confounded.

E K. She sitteth on a rock, and hath done ever since supper.

Gal. ..... Ah Sirra I was a weary.

Δ. As concerning the Polonish Lord Albertus Lascy whom we are certified to be of God elected to govern him a people, whom we are willed to love and honour, What have you to say of him? &c.

Gal. ..... Ask me these things to morrow.

E. K. She smileth and casteth a light from her. * 1.60

Gal. ..... I smile because I speak of to morrow; yea I seem to smile.

Δ. As concerning Isabel Lister, I pray in what case is she? in respect of the wicked spirit A. L. which long hath molested her?

Gal. ..... Believe, For that is the chiefest:

What is spoken by us we give but our consent to.

For he that speaketh in us is to be asked no such question. * 1.61

For when he saith, it is measured.

As it was said before; The Hills and Mountains of the World may be made plain, but the Spirit of God never confoundeth.

Δ. He that is the end of all things, and the end of ends (unto whom all honour praise and

thanksgiving is due) blesse us, endue us with his graces, and abundantly power forth his mercy upon us.

Gal. ..... Understand my name particularly, and not generally. * 1.62

I speak it to avoid errour.

Persevere to the end.

Δ. Qui perseveraverit fidelis (Deo nostro) usque ad finem hic salvus erit: which faithful∣nesse with all constancy and patience the Blessed and Almighty Trinity grant and confirm unto us for the glory and honour of his Name, Amen.

E. K. She is gone with a brightnesse.

Saturday afternoon, hor a 6. After that the noble Albertus Laskie had been * 1.63

Δ. I used some discourse with me, and was new gone to London, by prayer to God, and afterward protestation to Galuah in respect of her willing me to ask certain matters again this day which .... yesterday were not answered: But very long it was, above half an hour, before any thing appeared, more then the Golden Curtain all over the Shew ....

At length appeared divers confused forms of divers Creatures, and then, by and by, vanished away.

Δ. I prayed to God to banish all confusion from us and our actions, and to send us lucem & veritatem, per unum & propter unum, & constantiam rerum ....

Then appeared he by whom (before) we were called Il, and seemed to scorn at E. K. * 1.64

E. K. Here appearech Il, and he seemeth to mock me.

Il. ..... That is a gird to you Sir for your fishing.

Δ. E. K. had spent all that afternoon (almost) in angling, when I was very desirous to have had his company and helping hand in this Action.

Δ. Shortly after this, appeared Galuah and to be in a field closed round about with a hedge.

Gel. ..... Here is no way out.

I ..... 〈◊〉〈◊〉 I will do somewhat for you; It is a strange thing that wisdom cannot find a way 〈1 line〉〈1 line〉. * 1.65

E K. This Il pulleth down the hedge:

Gal. ..... Go thy way, thou hast done but thy duty.

Il. ..... Farewell Dee, Farewell Kelly.

E. K, He is gone. * 1.66

Gal. ..... Those that taste of everlasting Bankets, fare well, and desire the same to others.

E. K. Now she is come to a great Castle-gate, all of stone, with a draw∣bridge before it. There is like a Greyhound graven or cut in the Stone over the * 1.67 Gate.

Gal. ..... It is very late, I will look if I can have my entertainment here. 1583.

E. K. She is gone in.

Δ. After a while she came out again.

Gal. ..... Bee it spoken.

〈◊〉〈◊〉, lefa ed, and damned be this place.

Gal. ..... And why? Because they have puffed up their flesh, follow their own imaginations, * 1.68 wallowing in their 〈◊〉〈◊〉, as Swine that tumble in mire.

Behold it is too late with this people, I can get no lodging. O ye my feet, be a witnesse against them, let the windes move the dust to report their unkindnesse.

E K. Now she goeth a long a great Way, like a common high-way; and the light of the Air about her seemed somewhat dark like Evening or Twilight.

Gal. ..... Yea though you have too much light, I have too little.

I did but over-hear you, when you saw me not.

Δ. [Note. I had spoken of too much light coming from the west window of my Study toward the Table, where the Shew-stone stood, when we began now to attend her coming, and thereupon she spoke this.]

E. K. Her own garments cast a light.

E. K. Novv she cometh amongst a company of men having gowns fur∣red with white, and some of them having Velvet Caps, and some Hats.

One of them said to her, What art thou?

Gal. ..... I know not what I am my self

Will you buy any pretious Stones of me?

E. K. She taketh out of her bosome a great many of precious stones un∣cut, or unpolished.

E. K. These men look on them.

Gal. ..... Truely, they are pure and good.

E. K. They say also; Surely they seem to be good, delivering them from one to another.

E. K. There appear two fat men; who said, let us first get money before we buy such trifles: besides that, they have not their perfect form.

Gal. ..... I pray you, buy one of them of me.

Will you buy none neither?

E. K. She speaketh that to them, who first praised the stones.

..... Tush, I pray thee go about thy busines, dost thou not perceive how they are found fault * 1.69 withall?

Gal. ..... Tush, Tush, they be not cut for your fashion. * 1.70

Be it said.

..... Their senses are glutted with transitory vanities.

Gal. ..... Let them (therefore) perish vainly, because they are transitory.

E. K. Now she cometh where she must clamber up a wall, having steps in * 1.71 it of ragged stones; There is a fair building beyond it. There go many up those steps: and when they are almost at the top, there meeteth them some, who take them by the hand, and help them up and over into the place. Then one of them that stood at the top of the wall (who had a furred Gown) and helping of men up, said to her; Come away woman, wilt thou come up?

E. K. She saith nothing to him, but standeth still, and looketh away from him.

E. K. Again, that man said to her, come away wilt thou come up?

Gal. ..... Vnhappy are those whom thou helpest: And whose breath hath infected many, your hands are too bloudy, for me to come anigh you.

E. K. Now come handsome women to the wall, and some said, good sister, I pray you come away.

Gal. ..... Your voluptuous father knoweth me not, for his daughter, I deny yo ..... 〈◊〉〈◊〉

E. K. Now come two, or three brave fellows with Rapiers by their * 1.72 sides, and having hatts without bands, and their hosen pinned up, and with no gatters; these help up people that come, and one of them said: Tarry a little, woman, and I will help thee shortly.

Gal. ..... Fy upon you: your cloaths are infected with abominations of your Chamber, I will tarry time.

E. K. Now cometh a big stout man to the top of the wall, and a boy with a Crown on his head. He seemeth to be about 18. years old.

..... So it is, and please your Majesty: Therefore let this way be razed. * 1.73

E. K. He spake to the young King upon former talk between them which I heard not.

..... Be it done.

E. K. The wall quaketh and falleth down: And some of the jolly fellowes, * 1.74 which were on the wall before, fell down, and other fellowes came and dig∣ged * 1.75 a great hole, or breach in the wall.

Gal. ..... Thanks be to God: Now, here is entrance enough.

E. K. She goeth in.

The young man, or striplin (with the Crown on his head) and the other big man embraceth her: His Crown is a Triple Crown; or three Crowns one upon another. He hath a little thing in his hand, which he holdeth close, and over-gripeth, so that it cannot be discerned.

..... Though thou hast travelled as a woman, thou shalt now be known to be a man. * 1.76

E. K. He spake to Galvah. They embrace each other. They fetch cloaths for her, and put upon her a black Gown, a mans Gown, as the Gown of a Counseller.

She kneeleth down like a man in form, her head and all. * 1.77

E. K. Then the young King spake to her, saying,

..... What this Rod may do, work.

E. K. He giveth the transformed man a Rod; one half being bloud, and the other half white, the partition of these two being long-wise.

Quae justa sunt faciet & meas mensurabit virtutes. * 1.78

For untill it was appointed, I sought it not.

Let us cleanse the Court, and examine the multitude;

For errour is alwayes covered in many.

Cursed are those that are judged by a multitude.

E. K. All they that fell off the vvall, and they that vvould have helped her up, they come in bound hand and foot. * 1.79

..... Root them out, O King, pitty no such persons, for those be these that never had mercy on themselves.

E. K. Novv cometh a woman out, having a Crown on her head: she hath a long visage.

..... Nay, let her drink as she hath deserved. * 1.80

E. K. The transformed man layeth down the Rod before him, and begin∣neth to vveep; and said, Let it not be said, but I pitty the anointed.

..... Let her die, for she hath deserved death. * 1.81

E. K. Other men about her lay hand on her, and pluck the Crown off her head.

The transformed man taketh up his Rod, and layeth upon the top, or Crown of that womans head.

E. K. The young King sayeth unto her, What wilt thou?

..... If it please you, pardon for my life and dignity. * 1.82

E. K. The bigge man, and the young King talk together aside, the vvo∣man holdeth her hands abroad, and knocks her breast? And a great com∣pany of them about her are hewed in pieces, by tormenters armed.

1582.

Adjvvabo. * 1.83

E. K. The King and the bigge man come in again.

E. K. The King said to the transformed man; Be it as thou wilt, Be you * 1.84 two joyned together. For I vvish you both well.

E. K. The vvoman boweth down vvith obeysance, and thanketh them.

E. K. The bigge man taketh the King by the hand, and the transformed man taketh the woman by the hands, and putteth her hands to the hands of the King, and the bigge man; they take each other by the hand, and kisse her.

E. K. All is now on the sudden vanished away, and the transformed man is returned again to her womans shape, and she said.

Gal. ..... Now I will go with you, Sir, your journey.

E. K. She speaketh to you Δ.

To Δ. .... I will lead you, if you will follow me up.

But you must have broken shinns.

Δ. By Gods grace, and with his help I will follow you, and in respect of my shinns break∣ing, the joy of the consequent effect will utterly take away the grief of the shinns breaking.

Gal. ..... And to you Sir, you were best to hunt and fish after Verity.

[Δ. She spake so to E. K. because he spent too much time in Fishing and Angling.]

Gal. ..... Whom thou sawest here shall govern over 21 Kingdoms. * 1.85

〈◊〉〈◊〉. If there be no mystery in that speech, the Conquest must be great, and the trouble great and strange.

E. K. She goeth on her way along a lane.

Δ. We know not who should be that King so shewed.

Gal. ..... Sure thy demands are fully answered.

Consider thou what thou seekest,

And of whom thou seekest,

And by whose help.

Then look to that which is declared.

I will follow my office, for in those things wherein thou art inquisitive I have shewed the End. * 1.86

Δ. Truely the occasion of my present asking you some questions, arose upon matter con∣cerning this Noble Polonian, of whom you bad us yesterday ask as this day.

Gal. ..... Vanity hangeth not at mine Elbow.

Believest thou that already spoken? spoken (I say) of him?

Δ. Yea forsooth, I do believe it.

Gal. ..... I say unto thee, His name is in the Book of Life: The Sun shall not passe his course * 1.87 before he be a King. His Counsel shall breed Alteration of this State; yea of the whole World.

What wouldst thou know of him?

Δ. If his Kingdom shall be of Poland, or what Land else.

Gal. ..... Of two Kingdoms.

Δ. Which I beseech you?

Gal. ..... The one thou hast repeated, and the other he seeketh as right.

Δ. God grant him sufficient direction to do all things so, as may please the Highest in his calling.

Gal. ..... He shall want no direction in any thing he desireth.

Δ. As concerning the troubles of August next, and the dangers then, What is the best for August. him to do? to be going home before, or to tarry here?

Gal. ..... Whom God hath armed, No man can prevaile against.

Δ. In respect of my own state with the Prince, I pray how much hath he prevailed to win me due credit: and in what case standeth my sute, or how am I to use my self therein? * 1.88

Gal. ..... I have told you that at large even now, and if thou look into those things that are now told, and are now done.

Δ. Concerning Charles Sled, his nose gushing with blood twice yesternight and this mor∣ning upon my charitable instructions giving him to vertue and godlinesse.

Gal. ..... I know him not: nor any name hath he with us.

Δ. Meaneth he well towards me?

Gal. ..... Whatsoever a wicked man meaneth it is not well; but in that sense it is demanded he meaneth well.

The evil spirit that possesseth him was cast out of him, even at his nose, at the presence of those * 1.89 that were present with thee.

Δ.

Gal. ..... Believe me we know not his name; Trouble me no move with him.

Δ. O Lord, though men be fraile, faulty, and filthy, yet thy mercies are most praise∣worthy (among all generations) of all thy doings.

Gal. ..... Hold thy peace, we are now to execute the Justice of God.

Δ. I spake a great while of the mercies of God and his Justice, and gave thanks for over Calling and Election into this blessed state.

Gal. ..... I will take up my lodging for this night.

Δ. God grant me worthy of such godly ghests, God grant me a dwelling with you where his name is eternally praised, glorified, and sanctified: To him all Creatures render thanks, honour, and glory. Amen.

..... Amen.

Δ. This voice out of the Stone being taken to be the voice of God, importeth as much as * 1.90 if God himself had sealed to that as his will and decree, That all Creatures should render thankes unto him and glory; fiant: Dignum & Justum est. Amen.

Tuesday Junii 18 An. 1583. ante meridiem circa 9.

Δ. I prayed first, and declared our attending this day the promise of God to be per∣formed, &c.

Ga ..... Are four hours yet to come? and I will be ready.

Are the works of wisdom secret, until I have ascended this Hill?

Is the Harvest ready when the Corn is ripe?

Are the Labourers ready when their Instruments are prepared?

I have said.

All wisdom is reckoned by the eternal Will; and until it be said, there is no action 〈◊〉〈◊〉; * 1.91 When the Sun shineth I will appear amongst you; when it is said Come, lo I am ready. The dayes of your fathers were blessed; but the hour when this Book shall be written shall be sanctified, yea in the middest of intellectual understanding.

For herein is the Creation of Adam with his transgression. The Dignity and wisdom be had.

The Errour and horror wherein he was drowned, yea herein is the power spread of the highest working in all Creatures.

For as there is a particular Soul or fire inflaming unto every body (I mean reasonable) So there is an 〈◊〉〈◊〉 fire and a general brightnesse giving general light unto them, which is but One, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 through the whole, yea is measured equally unto every thing from the beginning.

〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 of all things is here known:

The reward of death to those that are rewarded for life.

None are rewarded but according to their deserts: of the which there are two kinds.

1 These are rewarded with death for their wickednesse.

2. So are they rewarded with life for their constant living.

Amongst the Angels there may be errour, and sin may make them fall from the brightnesse of their glory.

But to the Soul of man (being once glorified) sin is utterly, yea most largely opposite: Neither shall that dignity ever be lost, stained, or defaced, that is obtained here with the workes of righte∣ousnesse and true wisdom.

Whatsoever hath been from the beginning (since it was said in Divine Determination, Be it done) is here inclosed.

Therefore should this day be Hallowed and Sanctified before the Lord by you.

For if the Prophets, did worship this day of his ascension, much more ought you (which have tasted of the first, and shall now taste of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Judgements) 〈◊〉〈◊〉 his coming: But with you Satan is busie; His bristles stand up, his 〈◊〉〈◊〉 are cast abroad. * 1.92

Therefore watch and pray; For those that go to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 put on their upper 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Amongst you therefore is no sound belief; Neither do you consider the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of this 〈◊〉〈◊〉: But such is the greatnesse and excellency of his foreknowledge, that be 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the enemy to carry a burden, yea sometimes to preach upon a Stage: For it is said, He shall 〈◊〉〈◊〉 unto the end, and place himself 〈◊〉〈◊〉 as he would have done above: Neither shall he be thrust out of doors till the end be determined. Therefore watch and pray, and look about with diligence; for those things shall be opened unto you which have not been disclosed unto the Holy Ones.

Oh, how hard a thing it is for flesh to continue in the works of Justice!

Yea, oh how hard a thing it is for Wisdom to be acquainted with a hotchpot of filthinesse?

〈◊〉〈◊〉 your garments, Lift up your hearts, and rent your faults in pieces, that there may be one 〈◊〉〈◊〉 with one consent, and unto one end, unto him which is One and the End of all things: and to him for and in his truth, and for the greatnesse of his mercies: To whom be praise for ever.

Δ. Amen.

E. K. All the while she spake there came a bright beame from the My∣stical Stone to the body of her, and at the end she mounted upward and disappeared.

Δ. We set up the hour glasses to measure four hours justly after this answer and in∣structions.

Tuesday, After Dinner about one of the clock and ½ the hours expired, and we attended the mercy of the Highest.

Δ. At a great gladsome shining of the Sun (whereas it had not shined but a little and in∣constantly ever since his last words) one appeared on the corner of the green silk Sarcener, by the Mystical Stone, She was like a woman as Galvah in face, but her apparel was a mans gown furred with foynes, or, as Gentlewomen do wear upon gowns.

Δ. Upon the diversity of your apparel we are to ask whether you be Galvah or no? or have you also, as I have done, put on your Holiday-cloths?

Gal. ..... FEAR GOD.

E. K. She steppeth forward one step.

Gal. ..... My Garment is called HOXMARCH, which in your speech is called .....

Δ. Initium sapientiae est Timor Domini: we accknowledge it to be an old and a true Lesson, and also the first step of the path-way to felicity.

Gal. ..... What is fear?

Δ. Fear is of two sorts: one is called filialis, the other servilis.

Gal. ..... Vnto the Just all fear is joy; and therefore the beginning and entrance into quietnesse. True quietnesse and rest is wisdom; For the mind that knoweth hath the greatest rest and quietness. The Daughter of Dispaire unto the wicked is fear.

This fear is the first that accuseth unto damnation: But he that is perfectly wise, or hath tasted of wisdom, knoweth the End.

And his fear is of the thing that is done. This is the true fear of God; and when we fear sin, we do it because we hate it.

When we study to do good, it is a token of our fear, in that it is a token we fear him, whom we love and for whose honour we study to do well.

This is all that may be said of lively and unlively fear.

Touching the Book, it shall be called Logah: which in your Language signifieth Speech from * 1.93 GOD. Write after this sort LOGAETH: it is to be sounded Logah.

This word is of great signification, I mean in respect of the profoundnesse thereof.

The first leaf (as you call it) is the last of the Book. * 1.94

And as the first leaf is a hotchpot without order; So it signifieth a disorder of the World, and is the speech of that Disorder or Prophesie.

Write the Book (after your order) backward, but alter not the form of letters, I speak in respect of the places.

E. K. Now a beame shooteth through him from the Stone and so through his head and out of his mouth, his face being from E. K. toward Δ.

..... Write the 49. You have but 48 already. Write first in a paper apart. * 1.95

E. K. Said that Galvah her head is so on bright fire, that it cannot be looked upon: The fire so sparkleth * 1.96 and glistreth as when an hot iron is smitten on an An∣vil, & especially at the pronouncing of every word. It is to be noted also that upon the pronouncing of some words, the Beasts and all Creatures of the World eve∣ry one shewed themselves in their kind and form: But notably aH Serpents, Dragons, Toads, and all ugly and hideous shapes of beasts; which all made most ugly countenances, in a manner assaulting E. K. but contrariwise coming to, and fawning upon Galvah. It is to be noted also that by degrees came a second beame, and a third beame of light into Galvah from the Stone, and all the three together appeared: the third participating of the other two.

The second beame came at the word Larb, pronounced; when also Frogs and Serpents ap∣peared, &c. The third beame upon the word Exi pronounced. Note also, that the man∣ner of the firy brightnesse was such, and the grisely countenances of the Monsters was so te∣dious and greivous and displeasant to E. K. that partly the very grief of his minde and body, and partly the suspecting the Creatures to be no good Creatures, neither such greivous sights necessary to be exhibited with the Mysteries delivering unto us, had in a manner for∣ced him to leave off all: But I again with reasonable exhorting of him, and partly the provi∣dence and decree Divine, wrought some mitigating of his grief and disquieting.

Gal. ..... These are these seven.

Δ. Blessed and praised for ever be He who is one and three: and whom mighty mini∣sters or governours do incessantly glorifie.

1583.

Gal. ..... Thy folly and weaknesse is great, God comfort thee.

[Δ. He spoke to E. K. for his excessive disquietnesse and suspecting of the verity or goodnesse of Galvah.]

Δ. Note. Now the beames were all retired into the stone; again likewise all the Crea∣tures and Vermine or ugly shaped Beasts are all gone. We were willed also divers times to * 1.97 pray. At sundry pangs of E. K. his grief and disquietnesse, sundry speeches were uttered by the spiritual Creature: among which these noted.

..... He that is angry cannot see well. From him that is perverse, God turneth his face. * 1.98

The hindrance of punishment, is the mercy of God, which imputeth not sin unto them whom he bath Chosen; Therefore be patient, and reconcile thy self to God.

E. K. I do it with all humility and sincerity of minde, and beseech God to help me with his grace; for of my self I cannot do so, yet I am Thomas Didymas, I will believe these things, when I see the fruits of them.

Δ. He seemed yet again to doubt, whether this Creature and the rest, (partakers of this action) were soundly good, and void of all halting, or abusing us.

E K. How can you perswade me that ye be no deluders?

Gall. ..... I will prove it by contrary. * 1.99

The servants of darknesse have their Garments stained: their mouths stinck of blasphemy, and lies, but our Garments are no such, neither do our lips speak any untruth: and therefore we are of God, for whosoever is of the truth, is of God.

Moreover, the Devil is known by his works: for the spirit of God controlleth them, the spirit of God agreeth with us, and useth no controlment against it, therefore it is not Daulesse.

In one thing thou mayest know us differing from Devils.

The wicked spirits alwayes abhor this word Mercy. * 1.100

But it is the Doctrine that we preach in respect towards you, we are not now (then) evil.

But this way teacheth hardnesse, and is a stumbling block to the wicked: but the beauty of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 is not able to be expressed.

Happy are they, which are covered with the Pearls of Righteousnesse, and on whose head there is a * 1.101 Garland of godlinesse: For unto those belongeth to taste of the Fountain of true wisdom.

Is it not written of this book, that it teacheth nature in all degrees?

The judgement hereof is Intellectual.

And wash your feet, and follow me.

Δ. Lord wash thou our feet, or else we shall not be clean.

Gall. ..... How thou art God knoweth: But comfort your selves in this.

That neither this Testimony can perish, neither unto you can remain any slavery: Quia ve∣stra * 1.102 erit victoria, in him, and for him, to whom I leave you.

Δ. What shall I do with these 21 words now received;

Gall. ..... There are onely the words of the first leaf.

Δ. I pray, how shall I bestow them, or place them.

Gall. ..... In them is the Divinity of the Trinity.

The Mysterie of our Creation. * 1.103 The age of many years. And the conclusion of the World.

Of me they are honoured, but of me, not to be uttered: Neither did I disclose them my self: For, they are the beams of my understanding, and the Fountain from whence I water.

Δ. I beseech you, how shall I write these names in the first leafe.

Gall. ..... They are to be written in 5 Tables, in every Table 21 Letters.

Δ. How shall I place the 5 Tables upon two sides: three in the first, and 2 in the second, or one in the first, and 4 in the second, or how else?

Gall. ..... As thou seest cause.

Δ. Shall I write them in Letters of Gold?

Gall. .... The writing hath been referred to thy discretion with collours, and such things as ap∣pertain to the writing thereof. Vpon the first side write three Tables, and on the second two.

Δ. How, thus?

Gal. .... Set them down, I will direct thy judgement.

Δ. When, now?

Gal. .... Not now.

E. K. She is gone.

Δ. Deo Nostro sit Laus, honor, & Gratiarum actio perennis. Amen.

Wednesday 19. Junii. Hora 2. a Meridie.

Δ. I made a prayer to God: and there appeared one, having two Garments in his hands, who answered.

..... A good praise, with a wavering minde.

Δ. God make my minde stable, and to be seasoned with the intellectual leaven, free of all sensible mutability.

E. K. One of these two Garments is pure white: the other is speckled of divers colours; he layeth them down before him, he layeth also a speckled Cap down before him at his feet; he hath no Cap on his head: his hair is long and yellow, but his face cannot be seen; at the least it was turned away-ward from E. K. continually, though E. K. changed his place.

..... You shall see my face, lo, it is white.

E. K. Now he putteth on his Pied Coat, and his Pied Cap, he casteth the one side of his Gown over his shoulder, and he danceth, and saith,

..... There is a God, let us be merry.

E. K. He danceth still.

There is a heaven, let us be merry.

Doth this Doctrine teach you to know God, or to be skilfull in the heavens?

..... Note it.

E. K. Now he putteth off his Cloathes again: Now he kneeleth down, and washeth his head and his neck, and his face, and shaketh his Cloaths, and plucketh off the uttermost sole of his shooes, and falleth prostrate on the ground, and sayed:

..... Vouchsafe (O God) to take away the wearinesse of my body, and to cleanse the filthinesse of this dust, that I may be apt for this purenesse.

E. K. Now he taketh the white Garment, and putteth it on him.

..... Mighty is God in his great Justice, and wonderful in his immeasurable mercy: The hea∣vens taste of his Glory: The earth is confounded at his wisdom. In hell they tremble at him, as at a Revenger. This sheweth thee (O) to be a God, and stretcheth forth thy Glory from the East unto the West; for thy Heavens are Statutes, and thy Creatures Laws: that thou mayest be accounted a God of Justice and Glory. Because thou art a God, Therefore there is a Heaven: For unto the Prince of Righteousnesse, there belongeth a place of Glory; Into the which there entereth none that are defiled, neither such as are blemished with the spots of iniquity. Manus Haec bona est ..... E. K. putting forth his right hand, Haec Autem mala ..... E. K. putting forth his left hand, Qui Habet aures intelligat.

E. K. Now he sitteth down on the Desk-top and looketh toward me.

Δ. This Parable is in general, somewhat understood of us: but in particular, how it may be, or is to be applied, presently we understand not.

..... Beware lest error enter within the dwelling place of Righteousnesse. I have said.

E. K. He seemeth now to be turned to a woman, and the very same which we call Galvah.

E. K. Now he is come down to the usual place, on the Table.

Δ. I have assayed divers wayes to place the five Tables, on the two sides on this first leaf; Is it to your likeing as I have done it, in the five little Triangles?

Gal. ..... As concerning the setting down of the five Tables. it is sufficient as it is done.

The cause why I appeared thus, was that you might avoid error.

Δ. I pray you to shew us the means how that error was or is to incumber us.

Gal. ..... Whosoever taketh servants of the wicked, to prove the Glory of God, is ac∣cursed. * 1.104 But, O Satan, how many are thy deceits?

Note, my Companion (E. K.) would have caused personal apparitions of some of the reprobate spirits, before the Prince Albert Laskie in my Study, thereby to shew some ex∣perience * 1.105 of his skill in such doings: But I would not consent to it: And thereupon Galveh gave judgement and warning of such an error, of my Companion his intent, &c.

Gal. ..... Behold, it is said, before he go from hence I will pour water into him; And my An∣gel shall annoint him, as I have determined: Hide therefore Nothing from him; For you be∣long * 1.106 unto him. Neither can flesh and blood work those things that I have Glorified in him (All things that are established in God, are Glorified. I speak this for thy understanding) Neither let your hearts be hardned; for the Earth is condemned, and these things shall come to passe. Credit is all that I seek (saith the Lord;) for when I come, I shall be sufficiently believed. * 1.107

I take the God of Heaven and Earth to judge; and swear by him as a witnesse, that these words are true, and shall endure unto the end. The general points of mans Salvation are concluded al∣ready; * 1.108 but the special gift belongeth unto God. God strengthen you against his adversary.

Δ. Amen.

Gal. ..... Soon you shall know more.

Δ. This Prince would gladly know, Whether it shall be best for him, with the first oppor∣tunity, to be going homeward.

Gal. ..... It shall be answered soon, and what questions soever he also demandeth.

Δ. May he be here present at the action doing?

Gal. ..... Those that are of this house, are not to be denied the Banquets therein. * 1.109

Δ. May I request you to cause some sensible apparition to appear to him, to comfort him, and establish his minde more abundantly in the godly intent of God his Service?

Gal. ..... If you follow us, let him be governed by us; But whatsoever is of the flesh, is not of us.

E. K. She seemeth to weep; for the water cometh forth of her eyes.

Δ. You perceive, how he understandeth of the Lord Treasurer his grudge against him; And perhaps some other also, are of like malitious nature: What danger may follow hereof, or incombrance?

Gal. ..... The sum of his life is already appointed, one jot cannot be diminished: But he that is Almighty can augment at his pleasure. Let him rejoyce in poverty. Be sorry for his ene∣mies. * 1.110 And do the works of Justice.

E. K. She seemeth to put the air over her, and so to enter into a Cloud of invisibility, and so disappear.

Δ. Deo gratias agamus.

Wensday afternoon, circa horam 5. The Lord Albert à Lasky being present.

Δ. We attended of Galvah some instructions or discourse concerning the Lord Laskie.

E. K. At length appeared before the Lord Lasky (in the air) an Angel in a white Robe, holding a bloody Crosse in his right hand, the same hand being also bloody.

Δ. In nomine Jesu Christi Crucifixi, a te requiro qui Crucis Trophaeum hic Gestas ut illa nobis signifies, quae sunt ad Christi gloriam, cui sit honor & Laus perennis.

E. K. Now he is come from before the Lord Lasky, and standeth here on the Table: he turneth himself to all the four quarters of the World; he kneeleth down.

He prayeth.

..... O God, Why should the people upon earth rejoyce? or wherein should the pleasures of their sensual delights be fixed? Why doth the Moon hold her course? or why are the Stars observing an order? Why are thy people thus scattered abroad? Because iniquity hath caught the upper hand. The Doors of our God are polluted with blasphemy, his Temples desolate, his Commandments vio∣lated, and his Glory accounted as nothing. But wilt thou suffer; or canst thou hold thy hand from thy great and mighty strokes? Most High God, Most Mighty God, Most Honourable God, have mercy upon thy people; respect the Creation, (the Creation I say) of those, wherein thou hast delighted. Suffer not the Serpent to extol his head above thy Altars, neither let thy holy Vessel be poisoned with his venome; For thou art Mighty and overcomest all: and who can rebel against thy Prowesse? Bend down thy mereiful eyes, Behold this confusion: look upon thy Temple and see the desolation thereof. And then in thy mercy (O) shew thy self to be a God, and such a merciful Governour, as hath compassion upon those that are diseased, yea even unto death. Grant this Cama∣scheth galsuagath garnastel zurah logaah luseroth. Amen.

Δ. I pray you to declare unto us your name.

..... My name is Jubanladace.

Δ. If I should not offend you, I would gladly know of what order you are, or how your state is in respect of Michael, Gabriel, Raphael, or Vriel.

..... Jub. Vnto men, according unto their deserts, and the first excellency of their Soul, God hath appointed a good Governour or Angel, from amongst the orders of those that are Blessed: For every Soul that is good, is not of one and the self same dignification; Therefore according to his excellency we are appointed as Ministers from that order, whereunto his Excellency accordeth: To the intent that he may be brought at last to supply those places which were Glorified by a former; And also to the intent, that the Prince of Darknesse might be counterpoised in Gods Justice. A∣mongst the which I am one which am the Keeper and Defender of this man present: which carry the Triumpt and Ensign of Victories continually before him, as a reproach to my adversaries and his, and to confirm the dignity whereunto he is called by the presence of this Character.

E. K. Now he heaveth up the Crosse.

..... I have also sealed the same in his heart: For unto him belong great Victories, in * 1.111 the name, and for the name of his God. The Jews in his time shall taste of this Crosse: And with this Crosse shall he overcome the Sarazens, and Paynims: For I will establish one Faith * 1.112 (saith the Lord of Justice) That I may be known to be the same that I was first among all people. Moreover I will open the hearts of all men, that he may have free passage through them, and will not suffer him to perish with the violence of the wicked. I will hereafter visibly appear unto him, * 1.113 and will say, This is to be done. But a year is not yet come, and these things shall, be finished. But (thus saith the Lord) I have hindred him, because he hearkned to the provocation of those that are wanton. And hath consented to those that blasphemed my name. Bid him look to the steps of his youth, and measure the length of his body; to the intent, he may live better, and see him∣self inwardly.

Δ. Note. At this Instant Tanfeld came rashly upon us, into my Study: we thinking that the Study door had been shut; the Lord Laskie being gone out of my Study, the other way through my Oratory, to take Tanfelds message from the Court, and having dis∣patched him, rested without: and Tanfeld having commendations to me, as he said, from * 1.114 some at London, fearing least he should be be sent away by and by, without doing these, came undiscretly upon us, to our no little amazing, and great fearing his rash opinion afterward of such things, as he could not perceive perfectly what my Companion and I were doing: Hereupon, Jubanladace gave this sentence, or declared this the fatal end of Tanfeld.

Juban. ..... It is said, He that entreth in thus rashly, Lo five moneths are yet to come, and fishes of the Sea shall devour his carkase.

..... As before, whatsoever he taketh in hand shall prosper, for my names sake. For thus it * 1.115 is said, and these words are the words wherewithal I do annoint him; for than the comfort of the Highest, there is not a sweeter Inunction. Look not for the marveiles of this World, as the wicked man in his heart doth; but study to please him with whom ye might rejoyce for ever. You sons of men, What do ye seek after? Do ye hunt after the swiftnesse of the winds; or are you imagining a form unto the Clouds? or go ye forth to hear the braying of an Asse, which passeth away with the swiftnesse of the air? Seek for true wisdom; For it beholdeth the brightest, and ap∣peareth unto the lowest. Cecill hateth him unto the heart, and desireth he were gone hence. Many * 1.116 other do privily sting at him; I cannot properly say sting him; But (I say) I will pour down my wrath upon them, and they shall be confounded in the midst of their own iniquity. Let my faithful live and be like the fruitful Vinyard. Be it so.

Δ. For his return homeward, What is your advice? perhaps he wanteth necessary pro∣vision, and money.

Juban. ..... He shall be holpen here, and elsewhere, miraculously. I speak as it were to him∣self. Let him go, so soon as he can conveniently.

Δ. I say again, perhaps he wanteth money, but the Treasures of the Lord are not scant, to them whom he favoureth.

Jub. ..... His help shall be strange which hath not been often seen. The Queen loveth him faithfully, and hath fallen out with Cecil about him: Lecester flattereth him. His doings are looked into narrowly. But I do alwayes inwardly direct him, and I will minister such comfort unto him, as shall be necessary in the midst of all his doings. When this Country shall be inva∣ded, * 1.117 then shall you passe into his Country, and by this means, shall his Kingdom be establi∣shed again. This is more then my duty. This is the first time he hath been here, and it is won∣derful. * 1.118 The second coming is not long unto, and then shall he be wonderful. Destitutus à me, premitur à malo. He is now destitute of me.

Δ. Note, as soon as he had said this sentence, he seemed to sink through the Table like a spark of fire; and seemed to make haste to his Charge, I mean the Lord Laskie: whereby we perceive-the frailty of man to be great when he is Destitute (yea but after this manner) of this good Angel.

Benedictum sit nomen Dei nostri nunc & in sempiterna saecula. Amen.

Thursday 20 Junii 1583. After Noone Circa 6.

Gal. ..... Labour in the writing of this Book diligently. See thou cleanse thy self on both sides. Be alone while it is done: that is to say, while thou art in doing it, henceforth and till the time come use speech with us no more; every seventh day accepted. * 1.119

Δ. How shall those dayes be accounted?

Gal. ..... From Tuesday last: Tuesday being the first of the seven, and the next Munday, the seventh, and so forth every Monday is the seventh. In a pure action all things ought to be pure.

Δ. May I be writing every day, and at any time, when it shall come in my mind?

Gal. ..... Ever as thou shalt feel me move thee. I will stir up thy desire. * 1.120

Δ. How shall I do for the letters? Shall I simply translate the letter; as I find them?

Gal. ..... I.

Δ. The titles of the fides, are they to be written onely in the holy Characters?

Gal. ..... As thou sayest, even those words do make the holy, that thou callest them holy.

Δ. I believe verily, that they are holy and sanctified.

Gal. ..... In the last seven of the 40 dayes, the words of this Book shall be distinguished. * 1.121

Δ. And accented also? Gal. ..... I.

Δ. How shall I do, for the Tables where certain letters are to be written in all the void places, seeing they will not justly agree?

Gal. ..... There is one superfluous: it is to be filled in order as it sheweth.

Δ. I shall not dare adventure on it without direction when I come to it.

Gal. ..... Thou shalt want no direction.

Δ. For the inequality of the first 49 lines I require your advise.

Gal. .... It is no question.

Gall. .... Thou beginnest in the world to look up to heaven: So was it begun in earth to look up to the doing above.

The last life is Hotchpotch of the wicked in the World, and damned in the Hell.

E. K. What is a Hotchpotch, &c. * 1.122

Gal. ..... The greater thy folly is, the greater thy wisdom will be hereafter.

..... There are the Souls of the wicked and damned in Hell. Those that are in the world cannot describe the least joy of those that are in heaven: Much lesse those that are ignorant, declare the manifest beauty of wisdom. There shall come a day with you, when you shall rejoyce. In the mean season, rent your hearts, and turn unto the Lord.

Δ. Deus in adjutorium nostrum intende, Domine ad juvandum me festina, Glo∣ria Patri, & filio, & S. &c. Amen.

Saturday, ante Meridiem. Hora 10. Junii 22.

Δ. Whiles I was writing certain prayers to good Angels, and ad proprios nostros Angelos for A. Lasky, there appeared one very big in the aire, all in a white Garment full of plaights, and tucked up very dubble, with a myterlike Attire on his head, and a crosse on the forepart of it; He willed E. K. to speak to me, and to tell me of his being there: But he refused, and expresly de∣nied it, partly by reason Galluah said that he would not deal with us, but every seventh day (being every Monday) till the actions were ended: and therefore he supposed this Creature to be an illuder, and partly he urged some evident token, or proof of their well-meaning to∣wards us in Act, &c. He went down, and still this Creature followed him with a drawn sword, requiring him to declare these words to me; but E. K. a long while bad him declare them himself unto me, if he would: and said, why should he not, &c. At length my Companion came, appeased, and contented to hear what this Creature would say, who at length said thus:

.... The Eagles have food for their young ones, by Divine providence, and not of themselves. Lord let me diminish the power of this wicked spirit that doth so provoke, and stirre him to mi∣schief. * 1.123

.... If the love of the fathers (O God) be great towards their Children, much greater are thy blessings in those whom thou hast chosen.

Δ. So, (O Lord) so.

.... Behold, I will draw threds together, and make him a Net, which shall alwayes be between * 1.124 him and the Adversary: neither shall it diminish his understanding from the true sight of me. It hath been said, The place is holy. Write that shall be here spoken, with devotion upon thy knees. Great is thy name (O God) and mighty art thou in all thy workings: Thy help is strong to those that delight therein. O magnified be thy name from generation to generation.

Oratio.

Speritu & mente dico,

Sit mihi verus orandi modus: nam bonitatem Dei Laudo: O, Iram Patris meritus sum, quia * 1.125 lumen ejus elongatur a me: Verum in nomine Christi remissionem delictorum meorum, & con∣firmationem in suo Sancto Spiritu exopto. Per te, Halleluja, resurgam, me accuso, me con∣demno: omnia male feci.

Omnia per te (Pater) sunt. Paratus esto exaudire. Oculos ad Coelos Elevare nolo, egesta∣tem quia meam nosti. Quid differes Domine, Cor meum in melius Confortere? Vivus & non mortuus sum: Igitur Credo in te. Exaudi me Antidotum mihi 〈◊〉〈◊〉 monstra, quia malum meum agnosco. mitte mihi auxilium tuum de sede Majestatis tuae: Et per Angelos bonos tuere me. Audi, Exaudi, O tu igitur Angelus meus adfis mihi. Defende me, nec trade Corpus & animam meam in manus inimicorum; meorum sed secundum magnam misericordiam Dei, (per potestatem tibi traditam) me protege, adsit mecum prudentia tua, quâ Diabolum & Sathanicam fraudem vincam. Adjuva me derelictum, Confirma me debilem, Cura me sanum, sana me aegrotum: Mihi esto spiritus super humanam sapientiam. Fac me fidelem Operato∣rem: Adduc tecum Angelos de Coelis demissos Sanctos, qui me tecum in adversis tueantur & ab omni Custodiant malo, donec illa hora venerit, quam nemo evitare potest: Sustinuit anima mea in verbo ejus. Amen.

Glorifie God ye sons of men, and praise him in the midst of your wickednesse: For he is a God that sheweth mercie to his people, and beholdeth those that are afflicted: All honour, praise, and glo∣ry be unto him, now and for ever. Amen.

Δ. I beseech you, what is your name, that this mercie of God may be Recorded, to have been bestowed upon us by your ministery.

.... Gabriel.

Δ. Shall I signifie to the Polonian Gentleman, that we received this .... prayer from you, and so make him partner thereof.

Gabriel .... Do so.

The help of the Lord is with those, that he loveth, and so be it.

Δ. He made the sign of a Crosse over our two heads, and so went away.

Gloria sit in excelsis, Deo nostro & in terra Pax hominibus bonae voluntatis, Amen.

Saturday, Junii 22. a Meridie, Circa 6.

Δ. Upon the perusing and examining, this prayer Gabriel revealed unto us, I found certain imperfections, and some doubts, wherein we thought it good to ask counsel, and require Ga∣briel's advise: That the prayer might be perfect, as he might well like of to Gods honour and our comforts. At the length: Nothing appearing to the eye, but the noise of a sound about E. K. his head, and withall a mighty weight, or invisible burden on his right shoulder, as he sate in the green Chair, by the holy Table, or place: And unto certain places of the prayer, which I noted and repeated, those words, and answers were by Gabriel given.

Gab. .... The Preface must be in, for if our hearts be not prepared unto prayer, our prayers are in vain.

Quid differs Domine, Cor meum in melius Comfortare.

Per te & in nomine tuo resurgam; id est, Halleluja.

The first way is more effectual. Say Angele mee, but the other is more effectual, Cura me sanum. Regard me, and look unto me, being whole.

Δ. As concerning the inscription, which I have written before the prayer: I would gladly know, whether it be to your well liking of it.

Gab. .... Fiant omnia ad laudem Dei. My doings are of no such regard: What I have done be it done, so that your additions be to the honour of God, it is sufficient. The effect of his prayer is greater, then is the form. The former is greater then the forming. That is to say, he that hath formed it, is mightier then any virtue, wherein it is formed. Wheresoever, therefore the mind formeth it with you with perfect humility and consent, there is also the former. As formed of him therefore, I leave you to the end of his workmanship, which continually formeth all things according to his own fashion.

Sins. .... Your sins have banished me, from saying those things I would.

Δ. O cleanse our hearts, and wash away our sins, amplius lava me ab iniquitate mea & a pec∣cato meo munda me.

Gab. .... Sins are never washed away, or forgotten with the highest, but with such as are sorry, and also make satisfaction. * 1.126

O Lord, full sorry I am for my sins, and what satisfaction is ... required I would gladly know.

Gab. .... The offence was not thine. Every one must satisfie, or else he shall be damned.

Δ. Good Lord expound to us the mystery of satisfaction.

Gab. .... When the Soul offendeth, and is consenting to wickednesse, he is then to make a spiri∣tual satisfaction, which is the end and perfect fruit of Contrition. For those that are truely Con∣trite, do truely satisfie. Another satisfaction there is, which is external. This satisfaction is to be made for sins committed against thy Neighbour: For if thou offend thy Neighbour, and do him wrong, or take any thing from him, by fraud, or violence, it is a great sin. For this, thou canst never be Contrite if thou make not satisfaction, not onely confessing it, but in satisfying his desire that is * 1.127 offended, and that with sorrow. This is true Doctrine, and shall never be overthrown by the spirits of false invention: which indeed is the first eye unto the Devil. If you may offend your brother, and be therefore accursed: How much more shall you be accursed, when you offend the messager of him that is your Father. Behold, he sayeth not, I have once done amisse. God be mercifull to you, that his mercies might be the greater upon you. Be mindfull of my sayings.

Δ. Deus misereatur nostri, & benidicat nobis, Cor mundum Creet in nobis, & spi∣ritum rectum ponat in proecordiis nostris,

Amen.

1583.

Wednesday, Junii 26. Hora 9½. praesente D. Alberto Lasky.

Δ. As we were together in my study, and I standing at my Desk. There appeared to E. K. a round Globe of white smoak over my head. Thereupon I perceived the presence of some good spiritual Creature, and straight way appeared the good Angel. I. L.

Δ. I said, Benedictus qui venit in nomine Domini, & igitur nobis est gratus laudis adventus.

I. L. Et quid tu dicis? [ad E. K. Loquutus est.]

E. K. Si bonus es, & lucis spiritus, bene venisti, I. L.

I. L. Et bene tibi fiet. E. K. He hath a besome in his hand.

E. K. What will you do with this besomei

Δ. Quid cum tua scopa decrevisti facere?

I. L. Secundum Dei beneplacitum.

E. K. Here cometh a big tall creature, forma humana quae facile non possit discerni, oculi ejus videantur esse duo Carbunculi Lucentes & mirabi∣liter micantes. Caput ejus videtur aureum, os videtur valde largum esse, & Caput videtur mobile & quasi ab humeris separabile, totum reliquum Corpus videtur esse marmor quasi.

Vox. ..... Fecisti tu?

[E. K.] he said so to IL.

IL. ..... Feci. Decedite in Oratorium, nam magna hic dicenda sunt. * 1.128

Qui decedent? I L. Princeps, & tu. (Bow down thy knees brother) and here what I do say. [To E. K. he spake.]

Magnus ille ..... Filioli hominum quid vultis?

Δ. Cupimus mundari à peccatis, & illuminari sapientia divina, ad ejus honorem.

E. K. Est lumen quoddam in Aere: & ipse osculatur lumen illud.

IL. ..... 〈◊〉〈◊〉, Propitius esto mihi peccatori.

K E. Propitius esto mihi peccatori, O Deus, crescit jam Corpusistius magni in immensum quantum, quod non possit facile discerni.

Mag. ..... Filii hominum, quid vultis?

Δ. Sapientiam veram.

Mag. ..... O vos pueri & filii hominum, quid vultis?

Δ. Sapientiam in Deo, & propter Deum, veram.

Mag. ..... Audite, quia Justus & verus sum (inquit Dominus;) Vos nihil impium, iniquum, vel injustum suscipite: Nam quaecunque feceritis mala, vel negligentia, vel inscitia, vel contemptu, * 1.129 vel etiam nimia superstitione sunt, (Sicut Scriptum est) potestate tradita spiritibus mendacibus, ut vexarent bonos, dum affligerent malos. Sed dixit Deus (Deus sum quidem vester) qui Spiritum Sanctum non aufero a vobis: Nam estis, quos per potentiam confirmabo meam: Nolite igitur Ca∣comagi Cum perversis fieri, qui inaniter rebus & Idolis hujus mundi potentiam ascribunt meam. * 1.130 Sed Credite perseveranter & ad finem usque & fidem habete: quia, (per me) omnia mundana superat sigillum, & subjiciet Daemones voluntati vestrae. Daemones sub regionibus permanentes, & inclusi Lunaribus, Angeli mei non sunt: Sed Caelestes, Sancti & veri boni. Nonne vos homines & mortales & non sine peccato, Cui voluntatem liberam, simul & peccare permissi: ut intelligendo exinde malum, & me Deum vestrum agnoscatis vos. Audite igitur, Audite filii mei, ..... Calami∣tatem * 1.131 totius terrae omniumque viventium praedico. Bella erunt undique horrenda & tristissima, Et peribit ad tertiam usque partem gladio & fame Terra. Erunt caedes multorum, (penè omnium) Principum interitus, Terrae motus, quales non ab initio mundi; Terrestris Daemonis (Turcae viz.) Imperii ruina. Nam sic constitui.

[E. K.] Nunc respcit vos.

Δ. A. L. and I were in my Oratory.

Stephanus, Poloniensis, miserrine in bello jugulatus, Cadet. Iterum dico: Stephanus, Po∣loniensis Rex, miserrime in bello jugulatus, cadet. Vocabant te iterum [respicit Alb. Lasky] ad Regnum Principes: quem etiam ego Poloniae, Moldaviae & populi mei Ducem & regem con∣stituero. Tunc attinges desideratam metam & non errabis a Scopo. Quia ego sum Deus tuus, & docebo te utilia & vera. Et dabo tibi Angelos meos adjutores & comites etiam ad secretum quod∣libet mundi. Vigilato, Orato. Igitur, Pius esto, donec venerit potestas mea & in te, & supra vos. Interum sigillate quae vidistis, & me in publicum producite.

[E. K.] Now he shaketh: he seemeth to turn his head about his shoulders. * 1.132

E. K. Nunc accipit ensem & percutit nubes, & crucem format antese, ab utro∣que latere & post se. Crede mihi, est finis rerum: Dimitiuntur Peccata vestra.

E. K. Cadit, quasi distractus, (vel se separans) in 4 partes, & a∣volut.

Vox. ..... Habet is que adeo Decreta sunt.

Δ. Misericordia Dei, sit super nos nunc, & semper. Amen.

Saturday Junii 29 à meridie hora 4.

Δ. While I was about to write the Title of the second side of the seventh leaf: and (E. K. sitting by me) Madini appeared as before like a young girle, and I saluted her in the Name * 1.133 of God, as coming from God for good, and said to her, that I was wonderfully oppressed with the Work prescribed to me to perform before August next, and desired her to help me to one to write the holy Book as it ought to be written: seeing I did all I could, and it seem∣ed almost impossible for me to finish it as it is requisite. Madami promised to help me to

one to write the Book; and thereupon appeared to her (but unseen of E. K.) her Mother

..... Madimi said also, that she was now learning of Greek and Arabick, and the Syrian Tongue.

Mad. ..... Mother I pray you let him have one to write his Book.

Δ. I pray thee tell me Madimi, what was his name which yesterday tempted my friend and accused me most unduly and untruely to E. K. as a murderer, and hypocrite, and one that had injured a thousand.

Mad. ..... His name was Panlacarp.

Δ. Can the wicked Conjurers have their Devils to write Books at their commandments, and shall not an honest Christian Philosopher have the help of God his good Angels to write his holy Mysteries so greatly redounding to his Glory? And seeing you are the Mother of Madimi here, I beseech you tell me your name here: as the order of all our doings are di∣stinctly and orderly noted.

Mother. ..... I am of the word, and by the word: I say, Seal up those things thou hast: And I my self will take charge of Galvah to the end. Ad evitandum 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

Δ. Truth it is, it must grow to a great mislikeing grudge, that God should seem to have laid burdens on our shoulders, greater than we are able to bear: and then if we fail and faile under them, he would find a cause not to perform his promises made for carrying of those burdens.

Mother. ..... Whatsoever is thy part, the same will I perform. I will put thy yoke (in this one thing) upon my shoulders.

Δ. Will you then write it as I should have written it?

Mother ..... I have said I will.

Δ. Where shall I leave the Book?

Mother. ..... Leave it where you will: your locks are no hindrance to us. Even when * 1.134 the time cometh believe and you shall find it written.

Δ. You have eased my heart of a thousand pound weight.

Mother. ..... Because ye shall not fall into error. Dost thou believe?

Δ. Yea verily.

Mother. ..... Then verily will I do it. Fides tua erit instrumentum operationis meae; Erit, & videbitis, & nunquam peribit.

Galvah. ..... One thing I will teach thee. The End is greater than the Beginning, or the Midst; For the End is witnesse of them both: But they both cannot witnesse of the End.

Mother. ..... He that appeared yesterday is fast enough, now: Maiden, Say your lesson, when I am gone.

Δ. I pray tell me your name.

Mad. ..... Mother I pray you tell your name.

Mother. ..... I A M; What will you more?

E. K. She flieth away like a fire. Madimi falleth down prostrate on her face a while.

Δ. Now I shall have leisure to follow my sute, and to do all Mr. Gilberts businesse.

Mad. ..... My Mother will speak to the Queen for you shortly. Serve you God while I do pray.

E K. She prayeth vehemently. Now she cometh near to us.

Madimi. ..... I pray you teach me to spell. [She spake to E. K.

Mad. ..... This is 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, * 1.135 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉. * 1.136 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 forte 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 alicitur, vel abstrahitur 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 * 1.137 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉.

E. K. Unlesse you speak some Language which I understand, I will ex∣presse no more of this Ghybbrish. Now she prayeth again. Now she is gone.

Δ. Benedictus sit Deus, Pater Noster, Deus totius Consolationis, qui respexit afflictionem servuli sui, & in ipso puncto necessitatis meae praestitit mihi auxilium; ipse Solus Cordis Scruta∣tor est & renum. Ipse est Lux mea, & Adjutor meus, & Susceptor meus est. In Domino spe∣ravi, & liberavit me ab angustia maxima propter gloriam Nominis sui, quod sit exaltatum & magnificatum nunc, & in sempiterna secula. Amen, Amen, Amen.

Δ. My heart did throb oftentimes this day, and thought that E. K. did intend to absent himself from me, and now upon this warning I was confirmed, and more assured that it was so: Whereupon seeing him make such haste to ride to Islington: I asked him why he so hasted to ride thither: And I said, if it were to ride to Mr. Harry Lee, I would go thither also to be acquainted with him; seeing now I had so good leasure, being eased of the book writing: Then he said, that one told him the other day that the Duke did but flatter him, and told * 1.138 him other things, both against the Duke (or Palatine) and me, &c. I answered for the Duke and my self; and also said, that if the fourty pound annuity, which Mr. Lee did offer him, was the chief cause of his minde setling that way (contrary to many of his former promises to me) that then I would assure him of fifty pound yearly, and would do my best by following of my sute, to bring it to passe as soon as (possibly) I could, and thereupon did make him promise upon the Bible. Then E. K. again upon the same Bible did swear unto me constant friendship, and never to forsake me: And moreover said, that unlesse this had so faln out, he would have gone beyond the Seas, taking ship at New-Castle within eight dayes next: And so we plight our faith each to other, taking each other by the hands upon these points of brotherly, and friend∣ly fidelity during life, which Covenant I beseech God to turn to his honour, glorie, and service, and the comfort of our brethren (his Children) here in earth.

Tuesday, Julii 2. à meridie, Circa Horam. 2.

Δ. While I was writing of Letters to Mr. Adrian Gilbert, into Devonshire, Madini ap∣peared by me in the study, before E. K. sitting in the Chair, first on the ground, then up higher in the aire; and I said, How is the minde of Mr. Secretary toward me, me thinketh it is alienated marvellously.

Mad. .... Those that love the world, are hated of God. The Lord Treasurer and he are * 1.139 joyned together, and they hate thee. I heard them when they both said, thou wouldst go mad short∣ly: Whatsoever they can do against thee, assure thy self of. They will shortly lay a bait for thee; but eschew them.

Δ. Lord have mercy upon me: what bait, (I beseech you) and by whom?

Mad. .... They have determined to search thy house: But they stay untill the Duke be gone.

Δ. What would they search it for?

Mad. .... They hate the Duke, (both) unto the death.

Δ. And why?

Mad. .... Take heed that you deal uprightly. ..... [She spake to E. K.]

E. K. God the Creator be my witnesse of my upright dealing, with, and toward him, (meaning Δ.) ever since my last coming to him.

Mad. .... It is good to prevent diseases. * 1.140

E. K. By this book (taking the Bible in his hand) I swear that I do carry as faithfull a minde to him, as any man can, ever since my last co∣ming.

Mad. .... Look unto the kinde of people about the Duke: and the manner of their diligence.

Δ. What mean you by that? his own people mean you? or who?

Mad. .... The espies.

Δ. Which be those?

Mad. .... All, there is not one true.

Δ. You mean the English men.

Mad. .... You are very grosse, if you understand not my sayings.

Δ. Lord, what is thy counsel to prevent all?

Mad. .... The speech is general, The wicked shall not prevail.

Δ. But will they enter to search my house, or no?

Mad. .... Immediately after the Duke his going they will.

Δ. To what intent? what do they hope to finde?

Mad. .... They suspect the Duke is inwardly a Traytor.

Δ. They can by no means charge me, no not so much as of a Trayterous thought.

Mad. .... Though thy thoughts be good, they cannot comprehend the doings of the wicked. In summe, they hate thee. Trust them not. they shall go about shortly to offer thee friendship: But be * 1.141 thou a worm in a heap of straw.

Δ. I pray you expound that parable.

Mad..... A heap of straw being never so great, is no waight upon a worm, notwithstanding eve∣ry straw hindroth the worms passages. See them, and be not seen of them, dost thou understand 〈◊〉〈◊〉?

Δ. I pray you make more plain your counsel.

Mad..... My counsel is plain enough.

Δ. When, I pray you, is the Duke likely to go away?

Mad..... In the middle of August.

Δ. If in the midst of August he will go, and then our practises be yet in hand, what shall be done with such our furniture is prepared, and standing in the Chamber of practise.

Mad..... Thou hast no faith.

His going standeth upon the determinated purpose of God. He is your friend greatly, and * 1.142 intendeth to do much for you. He is prepared to do thee good, and thou art prepared to do him ser∣vice. Many men purpose, but one setteth in order.

Δ. As concerning Adrian Gilbert, what pleaseth you to say of him, and his intended voyage.

Mad..... He is not in the true faith.

Δ. How hath it been said, then, That he should be the setter forth of God, his faith and re∣ligion among the infidels.

Mad..... That is a mystery.

Δ. Whether shall it be good, that the Duke resort hither oft, or tarry for the most part at his house at London.

Mad..... Humane policie cannot prevail. As many as are not faithfull in these causes, shall die a most miserable death: and shall drink of sleep everlasting. As in one root there are many divisions, so in the stem and branches are many separations.

Δ. Give some more light (I beseech you) to the particular understanding.

Mad..... The fire that kindleth all these, and wherein thy live is One, forming them according to (whatsoever) the substance whereupon they are grounded. So by the lesse you may prove the greater: That as in particular, so likewise generally, All emanations are from one. In the first workman∣ship lieth secret in one unknown: And is sealed, and therefore it hath an end. The son through the Circles and Massie body, The heart in the body, The intelligence in the inward man, The son from his own Centre spreadeth out the beams of his limited virtue, The Hart life to two; and yet * 1.143 the Centre of life to the whole body, understanding quickneth the minde; that minde I speak of putteth on a fiery shape. It followeth therefore, that every thing (what substance soever) hath a Centre: From the which the Circumfluent beams of his proper power do proceed. When these are perfectly known: Then are things seen in their true kinde. I speak this to prove, that the good Angel of man, which is the external Centre of the Soul, doth carry with him the internal Cha∣racter of that thing whereof he seeketh to be a Dignifier, within the which doth lie secret, the Conjunction and Separation of the proportion of their times, betwixt the soul and body of man. O happy (therefore) is that Soul, which beholdeth the glory of his dignification, and is partaker with him that is his keeper. This known unto men, the thicknesse of the earth doth not binder their speeches; neither can the darknesse of the lowest aire obscure, or make dark the sharpnesse of their eyes. This Character, (at his next coming hither) shall be made manifest unto him.

E. K. He sheweth a bloudy hand, holding a bloudy Crosse with letters on it, like our holy letters.

Δ. I beseech you, how shall his provision of money from home serve his turn, or how shall he here have help for his charges bearing?

Mad..... Your words make me a Childe. Those that fish for Dolphins do not stand upon the * 1.144 ground. Those that sit in Counsel call not in the harvest people, nor account not their works. He that standeth above the Moon, seeth greater things then the earth: Is it not said, The Lord will provide? I stand above the Moon, for that I dispose his life from above the disposition of the Moon. To ask what Jacob his servants did, was a folly; because their master was 〈◊〉〈◊〉: A greater question to ask how blessed he was, then to ask how many sheep he had.

Δ. I am desirous to know what you meant by saying, That my words made you a Childe.

Mad..... Because you ask me Childish questions. His good Angel shall reveal his Character unto * 1.145 him, and thou shalt see it, [pointing to E. K.] But take heed thou say truely; And use great re∣verence, or else the feet that love thee shall carry thy Carkas out of the doors. If be carry it upon him, it shall be a token of the Covenant between him and God.

Δ. The image, or similitude thereof (mean you) made in pure Gold.

Mad..... I..... So those that shall see his Standards with that signe in them shall perish utterly.

Δ. You mean, if the same be painted, or otherwise wrought in his Banners and Pe∣nons, &c.

Mad..... Let him use it as a Covenant, between God and him.

Δ. How shall he frame it in Gold, solid-wise, or Lamine-wise?

Madd..... His own Angel shall reveal it.

Δ. Because it hath been said, that in the beginning of our Country troubles we should be packing hence into his Country; What token shall we have of that time approaching, or at hand?

Mad. ..... Your watchword is told you before: When it is said unto you, Venite, &c.

Δ. But (I beseech you) to be ready against that watchword, hearing what is to be done, as concerning our wives and children into his Country.

Mad. ..... Miraculous is thy care (O God) upon those that are thy chosen, and wonderful are the wayes that thou hast prepared for them. Thou shalt take them from the fields, and harbour them at home. Thou art merciful unto thy faithful and hard to the heavy-hearted. Thou shalt cover their legs with Bootes, and brambles shall not prick them: Their hands shall be covered with the skins of Beasts that they may break their way through the hedges. Thy Bell shall go before them as a watch and sure Direction: The Moon shall be clear that they may go on boldly. Peace be amongst you.

E. K. He is now gone away in a fire. AEterno Deo nostro, sit Laus Honor, & Gloria in seculorum 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Amen.

Thursday Julii 4. hora 11. ante Meridiem. 1583.

Note. Δ. When I came home yesterday from the Court, and from London, and from the Lord Laskie, I found that E. K. was purposed to ride forth of Town, and intended to be a∣way (as he expresly told me) five dayes: Certain Companions and his acquaintance having so appointed with him, some tarrying for him in Mortlucke, and some at Brainford (as was perceived this day afterward, and as he confessed unto me.) Whereupon I thought good to signifie so much unto the Lord Laskie who meant to come and refresh himself at my house, as he was wont before; either this day, or within two or three dayes after: Who also de∣lighted in E. K. his company, &c. Hereupon about the time of E. K. his rising I wrote these lines, intending to send them presently to the Lord Laskie, that word might be returned of his intent before E. K. should ride, I meaning and hoping to perswade E. K. to tarry so long, and upon such respect.

NObilissime Princeps, in reditu, nostrum Edwardum inveni, facie quidem laeta: sed itineri ta∣men, ut dicit, quinque dierum, se accingentem: Hocque matutino tempore abitum vel iter istud ingredi 〈◊〉〈◊〉; Reversurus (ut affirmat) post quinque dies. Quid sit ipsa veritas, novit ille qui verus & Omnipotens Deus est noster. Hoc volui, isto mane summo, vobis significare, ut, quid factu optimum sit, Cogitetis: De aliis, suo tempore,

Vaestrae Celsitudinis fidelissimus Clientulus Joannes Dee.

Julii 4. 1563.

This Letter being now written, and not yet folded up, my friend E. K. was ready and came out of his Chamber into my Study; and I told him, that I was even now sending word to the Prince Laskie of his rideing out, and return after five dayes; and so shewed him the Letter: who when he came to the phrase, Quid sit ipsa veritas, he was samewhat offended, saying, What secret meaning hath this, upon some of your two former conference? Truly (said I) even such as the circumstance of the Letter doth import, that is; Whereas you said that you intended to return within five dayes, or at the same dayes end, it is uncertain whether you will, or shall, return later or sooner: and therefore Quid sit ipsa veritas of your return, or intent to return, onely God doth know. He would by no meanes admit that my sincere exposition, but seemed suspitious of some other undue constructions of those former words; thereupon I took the Letter and tore it in three pieces, and sent none: But in my mind re∣ferred all to God his disposition, assuring my self of God his most constant proceeding in his own affairs. Shortly after said E. K. to me, Certainly here is a spiritual Creature in my right shoulder, who sensibly saith to me, Come away: So (said I) did one say to Sowle, when * 2.1 they would have had him away to have drowned him, whom I stayed in this Study by force, and so hindered the Devil of his purpose then; as appeareth by that unhappy man yet alive. Nay said E. K. they have told me that if I tarry here, I shall be hanged; and if I go with this Prince he will cut off my head, and that you mean not to keep promise with me; And therefore if I might have a thousand pound to tarry, yea a Kingdom, I cannot: Therefore I release you of your promise of 50 pounds yearly Stipend to me, and you need not doubt but God will de∣fend * 2.2 you and prosper you, and can of the very stones raise up children to Abraham: And a∣gain I cannot abide my wife, I love her not, nay I abhor her; and there in the house I am misli∣ked, * 2.3 because I favour her no better. To these, such his words spoken in great pangs and disquietnesse of mind, I reposed and said, That these his doings and sayings were not of God, and that by my whole proceeding he might perceive what confidence I reposed in his dealing with the spiritual, our friends, seeing even to the uttermost penny (and more than my ability served unto conveniently) I laid out still about the .... ming of such things, as were by me to be done, &c. Well, on the sudden, down he went; upon his Mare, and away toward

Brainford. After whose going, my Wife came up into my Study, and I said, Jane, this man is mervallously out of quiet against his Wife, for her friends their bitter reports against him * 2.4 behind his back, and her silence thereat, &c. He is gone, said I, but I beseech the Al∣mighty God to guide him and to defend him from danger and shame; I doubt not but God will be merciful to him, and bring him at length to such order, as he shall be a faithful ser∣vant unto God, &c.

Note within three hours after, came E. K. up my Study staires unbooted, for he was come in a boat from Brainford. When I saw him I was very glad inwardly: But I remained writ∣ing of those Records as I had yet to write of Tuesdayes last actions. I have lent my Mare out (said he) and so am returned. It is well done said I, and thereupon he sate down in the chair by my Table where he was wont to sit: And it was ten of the clock then. He took up in his hand the Books which I had brought from London of the L. Laskie, written to him in his commendations, &c. And as he was looking earnestly on them, a Spiritual Creature did put the Book on the outside of the parchment cover, divers times; and once would have taken it out of his hands: Divers times I heard the strokes my self; At length he said, I see here the handsome Maiden Madimi, and have done a pretty while. Then said I to him, Why told you me no sooner? Whereupon I took paper purposely to Note what should seem Note-worthy as followeth.

Δ. Mistresse Madimi, you are welcome in God, for good, as I hope; What is the cause of your coming now?

Mad. ..... To see how you do.

Δ. I know you see me often, and I see you onely by faith and imagination.

Mad. ..... [Pointing to E. K.] That sight is perfecter than his.

Δ. O Madimi, Shall I have any more of these grievous pangs?

Mad. ..... Curst Wives, and great Devils are sore Companions.

Δ. In respect of the Lord Treasurer, Mr. Secretary, and Mr. Rawly; I pray you, What worldly comfort is there to be looked for? Besides that I do principally put my trust in God.

Mad. ..... Madder will staine, wicked men will offend, and are easie to be offended.

Δ. And being offended will do wickedly, to the persecution of them that meane simply.

Mad. ..... Or else they were not to be called wicked.

Δ. As concerning Alb. Laskie his Pedigree, you said your Sister would tell all.

Mad. ..... I told you more then all your Dog painters and Cat painters can do.

Δ. You spoke of William Laskie and Sir Richard Laskie his brother, of which William go∣ing into France, and then into Denmarke: and his marriage into Poland, came this Albert Laskie, now Paladine of Soradia, &c.

Mad. ..... Those were two pretty men for me to meddle withal. When you set your selves to∣gether, and agree together, I will make all agree together.

E. K. Will you Madimi lend me a hundred pound for a fortnight?

Mad. ..... I have swept all my money out of doors.

Δ. As for money we shall have that which is necessary when God seeth time.

Mad. ..... Hear me what I say. God is the unity of all things, Love is the unity of every Congregation (I mean true and perfect love.) The World was made in the love of the father. You were redeemed in the love of the Father and the Son. The Spirit of God is (yet) the love of his Church. Yet (I say): For after it doth Triumph, it is not called a Church nor a Con∣gregation: * 2.5 But a Fruitful Inheritance and a Perfect Body in Christ. Take the love of the Fa∣ther from the World, and it perisheth. Take the love of our Redemption away, and we are dead. (I will not offend) put your instead of our. Take the light of the Holy Ghost, which is the love of the Father and the Son from the Church, and it withereth. Even so take love from amongst you, and you are members of the Devil; Therefore it is said unto you Diligite ad invicem. For love is the Spirit of God uniting and knitting things together in a laudable proportion. What dost thou hunt after? Speak man, What dost thou hunt after?

[This was said to E. K. upon some secret judgement of Madimi in him.

E. K. I hunt after nothing.

The love of God breedeth faith; Faith bringeth forth (on the one side) Hope; and (on the * 2.6 other side) the workes of Charity. Dost thou love God? Seekest thou to be among his Elect? Why dost thou not (therefore) love those things that are of God? Herein thou shewest the want of faith; Herein are thy bragging words confounded; for thou sayest, No man can accuse thee of evil. But thou hast no faith because thou hast no hope. Wilt thou say, that thou hast faith? Shew it me by thy love: Whosoever (therefore) loveth not God, is accursed. Thou lovest not God, Lo, be∣hold, thou breakest his Commandments. Oughtest thou not to love him? And hast thou not faith through the love in God? Truely thou oughtest so to do. Wilt thou let me see thy hope on this side; Let thy workes stand on the other side. And shew thy self to have faith that therein thou mayest love God, and be beloved of him: But if thou hast none of these, thou hast hate. If thou hate God, the

reward thereof is great; but the greatnesse is unquenchable fire. Whosoever followeth not the Commandments, hateth God; If sin be the breach of the Commandments, &c. Dost thou love Silver and Gold? The one is a Thief, the other is a Murderer. Wilt thou seek honour?

E. K. No.

So did Cain. But thou hast a Just God that loveth thee; Just and vertuous men that de∣light * 2.7 in thee; Therefore be thou vertuous: For thou shalt tread the World under thy feet: I promise thee, I have driven the Skullen-drab out of our Kitchen long ago.

Δ. Do you mean worldly covetousnesse?

Mad. ..... Yea, and the first heavenly covetousnesse.

Carma geta Barman.

Δ. I beseech you, what is that to say?

Mad. ..... Veni ex illo Barma.

E. K. Felt and saw a spiritual Creature go out of his right thigh.

Mad. ..... Where are thy 14 Companions?

Bar. ..... They dwell here.

Δ. [He that was come out, seemed a great handsome man with a Sachel of a Dogs skin by his side, and a Cap on his head, &c.]

Δ. O the hand of the Highest hath wrought this.

Mad. ..... Venite Tenebrae, fugite Spiritu meo.

E. K. Here appear 14 of divers evil favoured shapes: some like Mon∣kies, some like Dogs, some very hairy monstruous Men, &c. They seemed to scratch each other by the face. These seem to go about Madimi and say, Gil de pragma kures helech.

Δ. What is that to say?

Mad. ..... Volumus hic in Nostris habitare.

Δ. Quae sunt illa vestra?

E. K. One of them said ... Habemus hominem istum Demicilium nostrum.

Mad. ..... The vengeance of God is a two-edged Sword, and cutteth the rebellious wicked ones in pieces. The hand of the Lord is like a strong oak, when it falleth it cutteth in sunder many * 2.8 bushes. The light of his eyes expell darknesse, and the sweetnesse of his mouth keepeth from corruption. Blessed are those whom he favoureth, and great is their reward; Because you came hither with∣out licence and seek to overthrow the liberty of God his Testament, and the light where∣withal he stretcheth unto the end, and for because you are accursed it is said, I will not suffer mine to be overthrown with temptation, though he were led away, Behold I bring back again.

Depart unto the last Cry: Rest with the Prince of Darknesse there is none. Amen, go you thither. Et signabo vos ad finem.

E. K. He sealed them all in the forehead: the 14 and their principal, their sealing was as if they had been branded. They sunk all 15 downward through the floore of the Chamber, and there came a thing like a wind & pluckt them by the feet away.

E. K. Methinketh I am lighter than I was; and I seem to be empty, and to be returned from a great amasing; for this fortnight I do not well re∣member what I have done or said.

Mad. ..... Thou art eased of a great burden ..... Love God, Love thy Friends, Love thy Wife.

E. K. Now cometh one with a red Crosse in his hand and leadeth her away, and so they vanished. We prayed the Psalm of thanksgiving 14 of Roffensis for E.K. his deliverance from Barma and his 14 Companions. Amen.

Δ. first papers, E. K. Sal. by appeard often to him, whipping before as 6. or 7. miles distant from him think that the blessed Jubanladace had been sent to have said somewhat unto us of his Charge (the Prince Laskie) But I found in the end that it was a token that the Princce Laskie was pensively careful of us, and that his good Angel was his wit∣nesse and message, by that token his peculiar Caraster as is before taught.

Omnis Spiritus Laudet Deum nostrum Vnum & Trinum. Amen.

Sequitur liber Tertiarius Sexti.

LIBER PEREGRINATIONIS PRIMAE: Videlicet A Mortlaco Angliae, Ad Craconiam Polomiae.

Saturday, Septemb. 21. 1583. Die Sancti Matthaei.

WE departed from Mortlack, about three of the Clock after noon: The Lord Albert Lasky, (Vaywode of Siradia, in Polonia) meeting me on the water, as we had appointed: And so brought night to London; and in the dead of the night, by Wherries, we went to Greenwich to my friend Goodman Fern the Pot∣ter his house: Where we refreshed our selves, and thither came a great Tylt∣boat from Graves end to take us in, (by appointment of me and Mr. Stanley) to go to our ships, which we had caused to ly seven, or eight mile beyond Graves end. To which ships we came on Sunday morning by Sun rise: In the greater of them (being a dubble Fly-boat of Denmark) my Lord Laskie, I, and E. K. with my Wife and Children, &c. went: And in another ship (by me also hired for this passage) went some of my Lord his men, two horse, &c. that ship was a Boyer, a pretty ship. With little winde we straight-way hoysed sayl, and began our voyage in the ship.

This 22. day we were in great danger of perishing (on the sands, called the Spits) about * 2.9 midnight: We had (by force of winde contrary) anchored by them, and the Anchor came home, no man perceiving it, till the ship was ready to strike on the sands. Then, upon great diligence and pollicy used by our Marriners in hoysing sayl, and cutting our Cable, (to leave our shote anker) and committing our selves to the hands of God, and most earnestly praying for a prosperous winde: It pleased the Almighty, and most mercifull God, suddenly to change the winds, which served us to bear from the sands, and to recover Quinborrough, back again.

The 23. day (being Munday) we came to the mouth and entrance of Quinburrough Creek, or * 2.10 Haven. And as we made to land in small Fisher-boats, the Lord Laskie, my Wife and Chil∣dren in one boat, and I, with E. K. Marie, Elizabeth, and John Crokar, in another, it fell so out, that at the ships side, our Fisher-boat his sayl-yard and sayl was entangled on the Mayn∣yard of the Fly-boat (being stroke down) so that, in our setting from the ships side, the top of our Boat being fast above, and the windes and stream carrying the Boat off below, it in∣clined so much on the one side, that the one half of the Fisher boat (well near) was in the wa∣ter, and the water came so in (by the intangling before specified, not easily to be undone, or loosed) that my Lord, my Wife, and all that saw us thought that of necessity our Boat must sink, and so, we to have perisht. But God in his providence and mercy had greater. ..... of us, so that we became clear; the Boat half full of water, so that we sat wet to the knees, and the water with the billow of the Sea came still beating in more and more: And in this mean trouble; one of our two Boat-men, had lost his long Oare out of the Boat into the water; and so not onely we lacked the help of that Oare, but also by reason they would have followed the winde and ebb, for that Oar, (contrary to our course in hand, and not able to become by) with much adoe we constrained them with the sayl, our one Oare, and the Rudder to make such shift as they could to get to Quinborrough Town: And in the mean space E. K. with a great Gantlet did empty most part of the water out of the Boat, else it must needs have sunk by all mans reason. At length (to be brief) we came to the Town side, up the crooked Creek: where, when as the Master of our ship would have taken me out in his arms (standing in the water with his Boots) he fell with me in the water, where I was foul arrayed in the water and Oase. God be praised for ever, that all that great danger was ended with so small grief, or hurt.

At Quinborrough.

Wednesday, Septemb. 25. Circa 3. à Meridie, jam pleno mari.

Δ. Oravimus ad Deum, ejus implorabamus auxilum, Cortina statim apparuit. Oravi denno solus, pro auxilio, tempore necessitatis: Sex pedum altitudine apparebat unus, in aere, quasi altera ex parte nubis, inter E. K. Et illum interpositae.

E. K. Ego illum cognosco.

..... Tu habes causam me cognoscendi, & illum qui me misit, vel jam non vixisses.

E. K. Videtur esse Michael.

Δ. Gratias agimus Creatori nostro, qui bonum, potentem & fidelem ministrum suum miserit ad nostram protectionem tempore necessitatis nostrae.

Mich. ..... Loquor de tribus rebus, de 〈◊〉〈◊〉 & illo qui me misit: De 〈◊〉〈◊〉, respectu illius quod estis, & de servitio Dei quod 〈◊〉〈◊〉 est. O vos potestates Coeli & terrae, colligite vos in simul, respicite Deum vestrum: Considerate beneficia ejus; an non vos colligavit simul? Et concatenavit vos in seipso? An non estis glorificati respectu officii vestri, ad quod praestandum potentèr assignati estis, in voluntate ejus, qui glorificat seipsum. Ecce 〈◊〉〈◊〉 vosmet dedidistis principi tenebrarum: vel quare vestri princi∣pes contendunt contra altissimum: & colligitis vosmet in simul ad 〈◊〉〈◊〉 contra ipsum, qui est potentissimus, vel illum velletis subjugare, cujus arma sunt super omnem fortitudinem: Quo modo au∣detis contendere cum ejus fortitudine? Vel quae est causa quod tam impii esse velitis? Sed ita opor∣tet esse: quia vobis siigilavit gubernationem, & in vestras manus dedit violam destructionis. Sed date locum fini vostro: Quia in ejus fortitudine dispersi eritis: Et omnium rerum conclusioni ostia vestra debent esse aperta. Ne mirentur servi Dei, de fortitudine temptationis: Quia magna est potestas impii & hiantis Leonis, quando illi est cum sigillo tradita. Ne dedignemini, hac hora, scio * 2.11 vestram gubernationem per illum. Ecce clavis justitiae aperta mihi est. Nihilominus vestra adhuc erit major iniquitas, & vestrum regnum erit dispersum in ejus potenti superbia. Quam magnus est Sathan qui resistit fortitudini Dei? Quam magna, igitur, debet esse vestra humilitas, quae debet vel superare vel mori. Sed vobis sic 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Dominus. Aperiant venti ora sua, & rabientes aquae profunda & potentia guttura. In omnes partes navium vestrarum. Aperiat terra as * 2.12 suum, & dicat, quòd devorare vellet. Tamen non Praevalebunt Quia 〈◊〉〈◊〉 addam (inquit Dominus) qui es fortitudo mea, Potentiam meam praevalescentem: Et vos eritis duae flammae ignis, imò, ignis potentis suffocantis os totius Malitiae. Idcirco, vobis bene fit: Quia inimicus est fortissimus, ubi praeda est maxima. Mementote, quòd Homines sitis. Mementote, quòd terra sitis. Me∣mentote, quòd 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Mementote, quid eratis, & ne tradatis oblivioni quid estis. In illo enim vivitis qui omnia in sua habet subjectione. Sed ille, qui cum illo est, Crucifixus ad gloriam, debet in medio mortalitatis componere se ipsum ad Immortalem Potentiam. Servi Dei, semper * 2.13 praevaluerunt: Sed semper per Adversitates. Qui non est de 〈◊〉〈◊〉 mundo, vos praeparavit, Nihilo minus debetis ea implere, quae ipse providit. Quod mundus possit fieri novus, & ipse agnosci. Potens ipse est, Potens est ille, Aquila illa quae cooperit magnum montem alis suis. Sed potentior est ejus fortitudo qui numerat stellas, & montes colligit: Nam quicquid ipse loquitur, est veritatis ignis: Et est simul Potentia & Actus, in immediata proportione. Etiam ipse * 2.14 qui fecit Orbem, hominem in simul compegit, & omnia operatus est, Omnia ipse existens. Ipse est qui vobis praeceptum dedit: Et ego vobis dico, Respicite de puncto in punctum, ad medium Coeli, & per Circulum terrae: Considerate omnia in uno, & unum in omnibus. Ponderate, vel per rationem numerentur, vel mensurate quemadmodum Salomon fecit, vel quemadmodum Adamo erat concessum (quod nunc non potes sed facies) Tunc conclude, Observant omnia cursum suum: sed verbum Domini res est. ..... sempiternum. Amate Deum quia Justus est. Amate vos invicem quia. ..... ju∣stificati. Observate mandatum Dei quia est mensura Justitiae.

E. K. Jam venit alter ad illum, cum Corona in Capite, quasi.... & accipit gladium Michaelis.

Coronatus ..... Ecce magna est fortitudo Dei, & Praevalebit.

Mich. ..... Idcirco est benedictus 〈◊〉〈◊〉, vos justificati & nos sanctificati.

E. K. Iam faciebant signum crucis flammeae tribus vicibus, & si nauta noster cum nova Anchora à Londino hodie redierit nonne est consilium, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 statim 〈◊〉〈◊〉 navigemus, si ita ille velit, &c.

E. K. Redeunt.

Coronatus. ..... Ego sum de Coelo: non respicio terram; Nihilominus terra per Coelos vivit. Sequimini vos cursum Terrenorum. Praeparate vos semen, Nos volumus, (O Domine) in te, * 2.15 esse parati, cum incremento. Vestra Cura non potest praevalere, quia vestri Inimici sunt fortes: sed quare dedecore afficior, cum sale terrestrium vanitatum? Destruat una vanitas, aliam: Ast Electi praevalebunt in fortitudine, contra illum Principem Vanitatis, & Regem stultorum omnium. Quia Deus noster est sapiens, Judicia ejus imperscrutabilia, Patientia immensurabilis. Laborate vos, & Nos gubernabimus.

E. K. Jam recedunt.

Vox. ..... Ne disputetis ulterius cum Deo: Victoria vestra erit.

Δ. Magnificetur nomen Dei nostri solius omnipotentis & optimi. Amen.

Thursday 26. Of September we went to ship, and lay in it all night at Anker.

Friday 27. Of September we sayled from Quinburrough, and so by the lands end into the main Sea, N. E.

Saturday 28. Of September we fell on Holland Coast, and none of our Marriners, Master, nor Pilot knew the Coast: and therefore to the Main Sea again, with great fear and danger, by reason we could scarcely get off from that dangerous Coast, the winde was so scarce for that purpose.

Sunday 29. Of September we came into the Briel-haven, and there were like to strike on ground: at length we came to an Ankor, and lay in ship all night.

Monday 30. Of September we landed, and went into the Briel.

Brielae, Octobris 2. Mane Hora 9. Die Mercurii.

E. K. Nihil apparet in Lapide, neque Cortina, neque aliud quid. Ore∣mus constanter, &c. Apparet Domus magna cum multis pinnaculis, valde elegantibus. Et pavimentum videtur esse multis innatis lapidibus distin∣ctum & videntur multi esse gradus per quos ascenditur: & videtur esse area viridis ex dextra parte, & exaltera parte esse vallis, & rivulus ex alia. Pars quae verius solem est, videtur quasi noviter reformata. Et circa introitum est ro∣tundum quoddam aedificium: fenestrae non sunt similes nostris, sed quasi es∣sent Templorum fenestrae.

A. L. Dixit 〈◊〉〈◊〉 videtur esse illa arx Regia, quae Cracoviae est.

E. K. Subito descendit ignis & per totum lapidem apparet. Jam venit Cortina solita ante domum istam.

Vox. Garil zed masch, ich na gel galaht gemp gal noch Cubanladan.

E. K. Jubanladaa. h jam apparet supra Chrystallum: & Chrystallus vide∣tur esse permagnus.

Jub. Deus numeravit & dies tuos & posteritatem. [E. K. Respicit A. L.]

〈◊〉〈◊〉. K. Jam recessit a Chrystallo versus caput ipsius A. L.

Jub. Et a pectine tuo non cadet Capillus non numeratus. Omnia bene se habent. [Hoc dixit de 〈◊〉〈◊〉 rerum A. L. apud Lask.] Ecce 〈◊〉〈◊〉 vim resistendi: Ast contra legionem pugno.

Δ. Perditio te novit, & 〈◊〉〈◊〉 annos tuos, & incipit esse fortis: Quia illi est Potestas * 2.16 data, Infernus aperit os suum contra vos, quia sciunt, quòd vos glorificati eritis in Deo. Ego vici quintum sigillum, & mihi jam resistitur in sexto. Quae Deus facit, non participant cum humano judicio. Ecce nunc Discipulos suos congregavit, & docet. O Coelum & terra quam magnae sunt miseriae, quae vexabunt unum & polluent alterum? Quia boni Angeli cadent cum illo & 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Christum metuent. Sed illi ad tempus cadent, non in perpetuum.

Δ. Salvo judicio Ecclesiae Catholicoe Orthodoxae, videtur mihi quòd Job de ejusmodi Ange∣lorum timore, five casu, & restitutione, sive purgatione prophetaverit, Cap. 41. ubi etiam ad∣dit de miraculis ejusdem: Sub ipso erant 〈◊〉〈◊〉 solis, & sternet sibi aurum quasi lutum. Antea 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Cum su latus fuerit timebunt Angeli, & territi purgabuntur, &c.

Δ. O Deus quam terribile futurum est tempus illud, &c.

Jub. ..... 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Dei mysteria, & Deo gratias agatis pro vestro salvo statu: Quia mare illis abundabat contra vos, & multi perierunt. Ejus potentia praevalebat, & commutavit vestrum cur∣sum in locum illis incognitum: quia ab illis non erat expectatus. Sed fugite ab hac terra, quia Maledictio Dei est super illam. Cum illo est una veritas: Ille qui in duabus viis erat, non placet Deo. Qui ad finem usque perdurat, quiescit cum 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Sed ille qui pedem non ponit inter Scorpiones non potest intrare super Gozlach.

Δ. Quid hoc?

Jub. ..... Gaudium in vera sapientia.

Jub. ..... Hoc nostrum est Manna, quo alimur. Sed ego sum sanctifica tus per Creationem, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 & ex Divina voluntate. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 vos sanctifico: non cum mea propria sanctificatione, sed illius Justitia, qui meam originem sanctificat. Estote Montes in Fide, sed quasi infantes patientia. Facite quod Justum est, & ne 〈◊〉〈◊〉 tradatis vestram Justitiam.

E. K. Infinitae quasi locustae vel Araneae cum faciebus humanis illum circum volitant, & quasi ignem in illum evomunt.

Jub. ..... Et levavit se contra vos. [Tollendo Crucem suam.]

Jub. ..... Fiat Justitia ejus.

E. K. Jam avolant praecipites, & quasi deorsum ruentes.

Jub. ..... Cavete a stramine: quia incensum, tota domum incendit.

Δ. Quem sensum hic perpendemus nos: Mysticum ne, an materialem?

Jub. ..... 〈◊〉〈◊〉 fragilissimarum. Diabolus cum illis fraudulenter operatur: magna est merces quietis, Sed qui apperit fores contentioni, intromittit Serpentem. Maledicti sunt invidi: Quia illi sunt 〈◊〉〈◊〉 qui se mutuo diligunt. Pax inter vos sit; quia est necessaria. Quia pacis inimici sunt potentes contra vos.

E. K. Jam loquendo, videtur minor & minor paulatim fieri.

Δ. De nostro decessu ex Anglia quid tandem jam Regina & sui 〈◊〉〈◊〉 statuerunt?

Jub. ..... Aperit os suum, sed liquor non est satis frigidus. Jam est intus calida, ne{que} restin∣gui potest. Corda sui populi do fall away. Her 〈◊〉〈◊〉 are weakened, her legs weaker, her shooes are full of sorrow.

E. K. The furious Monsters assaile him again.

Jub. ..... Quis est, qui potest vivere, si transgrediatur preceptum Dei? Vel quid de illis judi∣care 〈◊〉〈◊〉, whom God imputeth sin unto?

E. K. They 〈◊〉〈◊〉 him again, and he putteth his Crosse toward them.

Jub. ..... Their misery beginneth, and shall have no end, till he that sitteth here do end it.

E. K. The Monsters assaile him still.

Jub. ..... The wall must be broken down, and then shall It be said. Happy art thou which hast dwelt amongst us. But if thou live righteously, and ascend the slippery mountain, Then shall God be merciful to them for thy sake. Because thou mayest be beloved, where thou art now despised, * 2.17 and hast vanquished thy enemies, with the truth of vertue. He that entred into the lowest hell, and shed his blood for your sins, be merciful unto you, and give you peace; which is the spirit of Patience, that you may live, not like men, but as those that do separate themselves from the world, to the true contemplation of God his mercies.

E. K. Jam intrat in Caput, A. L. cum flamma ignis.

Δ. Omnis laus, honor, & gloria sit Deo nostro Omnipotenti vivo & vero. Amen.

Thursday, Octobris 3. We came from Briel to Roterodam in a Hoy of Amsterdam, to go with∣in land, here we lay all night.

Friday, Octobris 4. We came to Tergowd hora 3 à meridie: where we lay within the Town in the Ship.

Saturday, Octobris 5. We came by Harlem to Amsterdam, and lay before the Town all night in the Ship.

Tuesday Octob. 8. We sailed from Amsterdam to Encusen, and Edmond Hilton went with my goods by Sea toward Dansk.

Wensday, Octob. 9. We set off from Encusen early: but by reason of a contrary wind, we came very late to Herlinghem.

Friday, 〈◊〉〈◊〉. 11. We went within land in little Scutes from Herlinghem (by Frainker) to Lewarden.

Saturday, Octob. 12. From Lewarden, we came to Dockum (in small Boates) about 3 of the clock after noon.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 Octob. 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Apud Dockum in Frisia Occidentali.

Δ. Diu Chrystallus tanquam lapis nigerrimus apparuit. Tandem in ipsa lapidis ni∣gredine, apparuit homo nudus Crucifixus super crucem: sed tamen non mortuus; Crucis partes infra manus, omnes sanguinolentae videbantur. Fascia linea circumdabatur Corpus 〈◊〉〈◊〉, (a pectore deorsum) & fines ejusdem fasciae pendere videbantur circa genua: & san∣guinolenta apparebat: & ex quinque vulneribus (〈◊〉〈◊〉 erat) videbatur sanguis gutta∣tim cadere. Tandem disparuerunt haec omnia: & quasi deorsum subsidere videbantur; & lapis clarus factus est, & apparebat Cortina aurea: 〈◊〉〈◊〉 erat haec mutatio.

E. K. Jam videtur lapis esse valde magnus, & ante lapidem stare quidam magnus, (quasi Michael) cum gladio ancipite evomente ignem ex utraque acie 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

Mic. ..... Justus & mirabilis & per maximus es tu, O Altissime Deus. [〈◊〉〈◊〉 flexis hac dicit] qui tua judicia manifestas, ut possis super terram cognosci; & ut tua gloria amplificetur, ad 〈◊〉〈◊〉 eorum qui electi sunt, & ad dolorem, & dedecus talium qui crucifigunt lumen mundi (unigenitum Domini nostri, Salvatorem humani generis) quotidie. Ecce portae 〈◊〉〈◊〉 sunt iniquitati. Attollite oculos, & videte quo modo filii hominum stulti devenerunt esse; quia eorum habitatio est facta nigra, Terra sigillata est ad eorum destructionem: quia Deum dereli∣querunt, & sibimet ipsis adhaeserunt; & adhuc in partes dissecant Servatorem mundi Jesum Chri∣stum [〈◊〉〈◊〉 ensis sui crucem] continuò cum blasphemis eorum sacrificiis. Ve illis, quia illos 〈◊〉〈◊〉 prosequimur, & ve illis qui inter illos habitant; quia iniquitate sunt polluti. Orate, dum inter illos estis, quia vestri inimici sunt multiplicati, quia vobis dico nuncium Domini exercituum, Regis fidelium. Relinquite infantiam, & vivite, & ambulate per vias prudentiae; & vivite cum Deo in domo sua. Quia 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Iniquorum, non est habitatio vel sedes prophanis, neque potest

Nomen Domini efferri legitimè, in illegitima Natione, illegitima facta, quia dereliquerunt statuta * 2.18 Altissimi. Hoc dicit Dominus; Ego sum Deus Justitiae: & juravi & non est unus inter illos qui vivet, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ne una anima. Quomodo 〈◊〉〈◊〉 esse devenerunt? de quibus scriptum est. Abs{que} notitia Dei: Homo ille factus est peeus. Vita illorum, qui devorantur, & talium quos ignis con∣sumpsit sedebit in judico contra istam Nationem.

Blessed and Sanctified, and for evermore praised art thou. ..... Judge, which hast said, and Raignest for ever.

Δ Si multiplicati sunt inimici nostri, &c.

E. K. He is gone.

Δ. Si multiplicati sunt inimici nostri propter peccata nostra, ut 〈◊〉〈◊〉 nobis incum∣bat lucta, Misericordiam Dei imploramus ut ipse nostram etiam multiplicet fortitudinem, &c.

Gab. ..... Pluck up your hearts, bow your knees, & audite quae dicit Dominus. Thus saith the Lord, If you will prevaile against the wicked, and rejoyce among the sanctified, you must observe and keep such commandments, as are ordained by the God of Truth, unto those that are partakers of his Covenant.

Ask Counsel of God; Remember it.

Be milde.

E. K. Gabriel also noted 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Com∣mandments in a pair of Tables, after he had pronounced them.

Fast and pray.

Be Charitable.

Vse true Friendship in the service of God.

Persevere to the end.

Are not these Commandments necessary to be kept of all Christian men?.

Δ. They are undoubtedly.

Gab. ..... And must of necessity be kept of those that are faithful.

[E. K. He standeth as though he stood behind a Desk, and preached or taught.]

Gab. ..... Well thou sayest; Lo our enemies are multiplied, multiply thou therefore our strength O God. Nature is subject unto you for the name of the Lord, not as unto Kings, but as unto the Ministers of his eternal will, whereby your justification is settled above the works of Nature already; for, behold, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 participate the mercies of God through his Son Christ Jesus, in 〈◊〉〈◊〉: in that we open unto you those things that have been sealed; even from the Just, for the which we are become slaves unto Corruption; shewing our selves in divers shapes, to the dishonour of our Creation: Yet are we quickned and revived, because we are become the finger of God: and you are sanctified, and withal justified, because you are touched with the finger of him that reviveth all things. Therefore, Rejoyce, Rejoyce, be Joyful and sing Praises unto God, and faint not: saying, Our enemies are risen up against us, yea, they are multiplied; for thus saith the Lord, and it is already spoken by the Holy Ghost.

[E. K. He maketh now great obedience or reverence.]

Foelices sunt, quibus 〈◊〉〈◊〉 spes est.

[E. K. He looketh now up unto a thing like a Throne.]

Et omne opus operatio Dei.

[E. K. Now there cometh a beam down into his head, and he is co∣vered with a great thing like a white cloud.]

E. K. Now the Stone is all on fire. Now the fire ascendeth upward, the streaming beam stretcheth into his head still.

E. K. There appeareth a little woman a far off, and she is so clear and transparent, that there appeareth a man child in her; She hath a Coat as though it were Crimson, and hath a long little face, and hath a strange silk attire a bout her head. .... as ... Videtur esse uxor mea.

Gab. ..... Go woman, thy grief shall be lesse than it hath been.

E. K. Habet multos tanquam parvos nigros canes post se. Now goeth one and tyeth their mouths with packthred.

Gab. ..... So God useth to give a suaffle to the wicked.

E. K. A great wind bloweth on Gabriel.

Δ. De Angliae & meo privato statu cupio aliquid audire: tum ex 〈◊◊◊〉〈◊◊◊〉, tum propter famae meae rationem.

Gab. ..... 〈◊〉〈◊〉 paululum, & iterum venero. My Lord saith, Let my servants sit up, * 2.19 and take their rest, I will visit them forthwith in peace.

Δ. After a great quarter of an hour, he came again.

E. K. He appeareth now clothed, with all his garment hanging with bells of Gold, and flaming fire coming from them, with silverish flames. He hath hanging about his Crown as if they were seven Labells, the tops of which come from above, from an uncertain place and distance.

Gab. ..... Venite Morvorgran. E. K. He calleth with a loud voice.

E. K. Now cometh a big black man, with a white face, and after him hath 24. They stand in four rows, and in every row six.

Gab. ..... Let me see thy seale.

Mor. ..... Behold power is given to me: Neither is the liquor that thou ministrest of any taste with me; Neither shall I be overcome, for I have placed my seat here.

Gab. ..... But by whose permission? Gag lah nai.

E. K. Now Morvorgran falleth down on his knees, and the rest on their face. Medicina Dei, malis, Justicia vera.

E K. They tremble that lie flat on the ground.

E. K. Morvorgran sheweth to Gabriel on his own left breast a Character.

Gab. ..... For 19 moneths. Behold the will of God: Because thou hast conspired and risen against the Lord, in his chosen, and hast said; It is to weet those that are subject unto thee, Let us rise up against him, and persecute his soul: let us secretly entrap him, for, without doubt, he is rich. And because your conspiracies are not of theft onely, but [also] of murder: Therefore I seal thee with a weaker power; And be it unto thee according unto the word of God, that judgeth Righteously. From evil unto worse. From worse unto confusion. From confusion unto de∣speration. From desperation unto damnation. From damnation unto eternal death.

[E. K. Now Gabriel did put another prick to the Character on his left breast]

Mor. ..... Cursed be that God, and defaced be his power; for he handleth us in un∣justice, and dealeth with us without mercy; Because he is not merciful nor just.

E. K. Gabriel goeth from me to one of the 24. and sealeth them. Now thy go all away; and he breaketh off the points of their Swords. They go by him.

Δ. Quis est iste Morvorgran, & quo modo haec nobis instituit inferre mala?

Gab. ..... Dockum, thou shalt carry this malice unto thy grave: But I have made weak thy strength. Blessed be those that entertain those that are annointed in the Lord: for they also shall taste of the oil of his mercy. I had care of you, saith the Lord, neither will I suffer you to perish in the way; Therefore be thankful, and forsake the world; for the world hath forsaken you, and conspired against you. But these things are nothing. Behold lastly, thus saith the Lord.

E. K. Now cometh a salet or helmet on Gabriel his head, or an half sphere; A great noise of many voices is heard as of Pillars that fell. Now that thing is taken off his head.

Gab. ..... Thus saith the Lord. The world on both sides, shall rise up against thee, and they shall envy thee.

E. K. Now cometh a beam from above (again) into Gabriel his head.

Gab. ..... Gna semeroh Jebusan gonsag vi cap neph Jehuslach omsomna dedoilb.

E. K. Looking up, he said thus,

Hoc est Ne paveas repentino terrore: & eruentes tibi potentias Impiorum, Laskie, Dominus.	[E. K. Now cometh about his face little things of smoke, and he putteth them from his face. He would open his mouth, and they come upon his mouth. They rise out of a pit before him, inumerable. Gabriel seemeth to be as big as one of us.
	[E. K. They swarm continually.]

	Dominus ille Abraham
[Gab. ..... Adhuc D .. s laboro]	E. K. Now cometh a fire down by the same beam that came into his head.
[E. K. Now cometh another streaming beam down to him.]
	erit in latere tuo,
	[Adjutor meus;] E. K. Look∣ing up.
..... Now cometh a bigger fire down on him.]
	& custodiet pedem tuum ne capiaris
[E. K. Now they run headlong down into a great pit in the earth, and one pincheth me by the head.]	Spera igitur in dominum Deum tuum
	For thou shalt overcome;
	& erit tibi Victoria maxima,
	in Deo, & propter Deum,
	qui est Dominus & Deus exercituum.

E. K. Now the aforesaid spirits invade Gabriel again.

Gab. ..... What I suffer, is not lawful for man to see; Therefore Cease for a while, and suf∣fice nature: But return and hear of my commandment.

E. K. He is gone, but his Desk standeth still.

Sunday à meridie hor a 2. Octob. 13.

Gab. ..... And hereby I teach you, that those afflictions which you suffer in soul either for your offences towards God, or for the imperfections of your mindes, being void of brotherly charity to∣ward your neighbours; (And so from you generally hereafter, how great, or how many soever) ought not to be manifested or made open to the world: but perfectly shadowed in Charity, bearing your own infirmities, and so the infirmity of others with quiet and hidden minde. For the an∣guish of the soul is compared with prayer, dwelling in one house which ought to laugh with the World, and to weep towards heaven. For every sin is noted, and the least thing as well amongst the Cele∣stial bodies, as the Terrestiall is perfectly considered of. For sin hath his end, and his end is punishment. And so, contrarywise of Vertue, Wisdom (in the one and twentieth Ent ... ie or L ...,) His ground is upon mildnesse, which mildnesse purifieth the body and exalteth the soul, making it apt and ready to behold the heavens, receive glorious illuminations, and finally bringeth in the soul to participate, with us, not earthly, but everlasting wisdom. The Son of God was sanctified in his flesh, through mildnesse, and was not of this world, because he was the mildnesse of his Father. Therefore be you meek: Be fervent in meeknesse. Then shall you take up that Crosse which Christ spoke of, following him: which Crosse is the Compassion in mildnesse over thy brethren, for sin sake: Not as worldlings do, looking, but not lamenting. The other part is in suffering mildly the afflictions of the world, and flesh: Hereby you become Martyrs for that you mor∣tifie your selves, which is true Martyrdom. He that forsaketh the world for the love of God, in his Son Christ, shall have his reward. But he that forsaketh himself, shall be Crowned with a Dia∣dem of Glory. Thus saith the Lord, I am jealous over you, because you have vowed your selves unto me. But great are the temptations of the flesh, and mighty is his strength where the spirit is weak.

But thus saith God: It is better to fill up the Soul with heavenly contemplation, and coelestical food, to reign in heaven, and to be beloved of him: Then to pamper the filthy flesh, whose delight de∣stroyeth both body and Soul. It is written, He that bridleth not his flesh, is given to riotousnesse, which is the sleep of death, and the slumber to destruction. But this is true abstinence, when con∣temning the world you fly the delight therein: refraining from pleasures of the body, Temperating the flesh, and making it weak, and that, for the Lord his sake. For the flesh and spirit rejoyce not at once. Neither can the full belly grone out true prayers. Feed therefore the Soul with the love of our society. And bridle your flesh; For it is insolent. One thing, I say, look to your ser∣vants. See, that in one house there dwell not delighters in vertue and holinesse, mingled with such as harbour vice upon vice: Whose drunkennesse is abomination, and whose diet stir∣reth up fornication. For wickednesse is amongst them: and they fear not God, neither do they abstain, according as the holy Ghost by his Church hath taught. Make them clean: Then shall you feel our presence amongst you. And we will all of us defend you from the rage of wickednesse. We delight in the God of truth, and in the worshippers of Justice. Thus sayeth the holy Ghost: Lo, I have made me a Tabernacle, where the God of Gods reigneth in Justice. And I will sanctifie those places which rejoyce in charity. Mingle therefore your Alms with charity. And let your prayers and fasting be mingled with Alms deeds. For he that prayeth and fasteth without mercy, is a lyar. Moreover, let your friendship 〈◊〉〈◊〉 such, as is of charity, and not of this world: Neither for the worlds sake, but for the service of God: All friendship else is vain, and of no account. Charity is the gift 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the Holy 〈◊〉〈◊〉, which Holy 〈◊〉〈◊〉 is a kindling fire, knitting things together, through Christ Jesus; in the true wisdom of the Father: Which fire is of no small account, neither to be rec∣koned of, as the Heathens have done. For happy are those which are fed with charity. For it is the meat of us that are anointed, which is the son of God, and the light of the world.

Δ Is charity the son of God?

Gab. ..... It is so: He that walketh in charity walketh in God; for charity is the will of the fa∣ther, is his own delight, and illumination of the faithfull, through his Holy Spirit. The charity of the Church, is the Holy Ghost. But he that dwelleth in charity, dwelleth in the bloud of the Lamb, which is the will of the father, which is the Holy Ghost. Blessed are those that dwell in charity. Persevere to the end: Not negligently, but with good will, which good will, is called fear. Which 〈◊〉〈◊〉 is the beginning of wisdom, the first step into rest.

He that continueth to the end, receiveth his reward: But he that leaveth off, is a damned Soul. * 2.20 Many men begin, but few end. Neither is your justification by the beginning, but from the end. Paul was justified: Because he died the servant of God, and not for his preaching sake. He that 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to the end, is the Childe of God: inheriter of everlasting life; and equal with joy himself: Not the joy of joyes, but that joy which God hath made equal with the joyes of his son Christ, in the company of the faithfull. Even in this place, many persons had conspired against you. But the strength of God hath sealed them: And they shall not be unpunished. For the Angel of the Town is sealed, and his seal is to destruction: Thrice cursed are those which dwell within his government. But you are safe, and shall be safely delivered from them.

In England, They condemne thy doings, and say, Thou art a Renegade. For they say, Thou hast * 2.21 despised thy Prince.

What 〈◊〉〈◊〉 thou know of them? Cease till you hear the number of their destruction. * 2.22 Desire what plague you will (saith the Lord) upon this people, for their ungratefulnesse, and they shall be afflicted. For the Lord is angry with them: and he saith, Judge you this wicked people, their Town, Men, Women, and Children: And it shall be seen that the Lord, the God of Heaven and Earth, hath mercy on you.

Δ Non nostra, sed Dei voluntas fiat, ad ejus nominis laudem & honorem.

Gab. ..... Bid the fires fly from Heaven, and consume them, and it shall be done: Or, say, Let the Earth swallow them, And they shall perish. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 I have made Heaven and Earth (saith the Lord) and .... Justice is for my people. I am a flaming fire amongst you, and the Rod of Ju∣stice It is said, Heave up thy hands, and thou shalt be heard. The peace of him that is the spirit of wisdome inflame your mindes with love and charity, and grant you continuance to his glorie.

Δ. Amen.

Deo AEterno, Omnipotenti & Misericordi sit omnis laus, honor, & Gloria. Amen.

Tuesday 15. Octob. We made hard shift to get from Dockum to Angem by sun set.

Thursday 17. Octob. We came from Angem to Embden, going without the Isles, and coming in at Wester Emb. We came before the Town, by six of the Clock after noon: but could not get in at the Gates, and therefore we lay all night a shipboard, but my Lord A. L. went over to the lodging on the other shoar.

Friday 18. Octob. We came into the Town: My Lord lay at the white Swan toward the water-side, and I, and E. K. with my Children and Many at the three golden Keyes, by the English house.

Sunday 20. Octob. This day morning about eight of the Clock we went in a litte Hoy from

Embden toward Lyre, my Lord tarried at Embden. We came late to Lyre: and the same night we went from thence in a lesse Scute by Styk-husen to Oppen.

Munday 21. Octob. By nine of the Clock in the morning we came to Oppen: a very simple Village, and from thence we went straight way to Oldenburgh.

Tuesday 22. Octob. From Oldenburgh, by Delmenhurst, to Breame: and were lodged at an old Widow, her house, at the sign of the Crown.

Saturday Octobris 26. Hora 12. scil. in Meridie. At Breame.

Δ. The Lord Albert Laskie, being at Styck-husen behinde us, with the Earle John of Embden and Friesland, &c.

E. K. The Curten seemeth to be far backward in the stone: and the stone to be clear between the Curten and the fore-part. Under the Curten I see the leggs of men up to the knees.

Δ. Then appeared one, and said:

Il. ..... Room for a Player. Jesus, who would have thought, I should have met you here?

E. K. He is all in his ragged Apparel, down from the Girdle steed: But above he hath a white Satten Gerken.

Δ. By the mercies of God we are here: And by your will and propriety, and the power of God you are here.

Il. ..... Tush, doubt not of me, for I am I. L.

E. K. My thinketh that the gravity of this Action requireth a more grave gesture, and more grave speeches. Bear with me, though I say so unto you.

Il. ..... If I must bear with thee, for speaking foolishly, which art but flesh, and speakest of thy own wisdom: How much more oughtest thou to be contented with my gesture, which is appointed of him, which regardeth not the outward form, but the fulfilling of his will; and the keeping of his Com∣mandments: which is God: whose wisdom unto the world is foolishnesse, but unto them that fear him, an everlasting joy, mixed with gladnesse, and a comfort of life hereafter: Partaking infallible joyes, with him that is all comelinesse and beauty. How say you to this, Sir, Ha?

Ε. K. He turneth up his heels to Ε. K.

E. K. I do not understand your words: for because I do onely repent your sayings.

Il. ..... It is the part of him that is a servant to do this duty: Of him that watcheth, to look what he seeth: For the greatest point of wisdom, is, reverently, to consider thy calling. It is said, do that, which is appointed, for he that doth more, is not a true servant.

E. K. How can that be?

Il. ..... Speak when they time cometh. Sir, here is mony: but I have it very hardly. Bear with me, for I can help thee with no more. Come on Andras, where are you Andras?

E. K. Now cometh one in a Gown to him. The Gown is bare like a prentice of London, a young man.

Il. ..... Did not I bid thee go yonder, and fetch me money.

Andras ..... Whither.

Il. ..... This is one of them that forgetteth his businesse so soon as it is told him.

And. ..... Sir, I went half way.

Il. ..... And how then? Speak on, Speak on.

And. ..... Then being somewhat weary: I stayed, the rather because I met my friends, The third day I came thither: but I found him not at home. His family told me, that he was newly gone forth.

Il. ..... And you returned a Coxcombe. Well thus it is: I placed thee above my servants, and did what I could to promote thee: and endeavoured dayly to make thee free. But I am rewarded with loytring, and have brought up an idle person. Go thy way, I will deliver thee to the Officer. The Officer shall deliver thee to the Prison: and there thou shalt be rewarded. For such as do that they are commanded, deserve freedom: but unto those that loytre, and unto such as are idle, vengeance, and hunger belongeth.

E. K. He taketh him by the arm, and delivereth him to a man with a staffe in his hand: and he putteth him in at a door.

E. K. Now Il himself goeth into a house, which all this while appeared on the left hand.

Il. ..... Come on.

[E. K.] Now he bringeth another by the hand.]

Il. ..... My thinketh you should be a fit man to do my message.

E. K. Now he whispereth him in the ear, and pointeth out h ....

Il. ..... I warrant the man, be not abashed. A strange matter.[Pointing to E. K.]

Il. ..... I have businesse in Denmark, and this fellow is afraid to go thither: Tell him, thou co∣mest from me, and that I will come my self shortly. I know he will do so much for me, he hath had much acquaintance with me.

..... I care not, if I had some man to keep me Company.

[E.K.] This new come man said so.]

E. K. He whispereth again with this man in his ear.

Il. ..... These good fellows are not ready, or else they might go with thee. Go thy way in Gods name: See that you do your businesse. I keep such servants, as none in all the Countrey keep∣eth.

E. K. He keepeth no servants.

Il. ..... Meddle with that, you have to do with all. I pray this man, and that man, and every one deceiveth me. Good Lord, where should a man finde a true friend now adayes? I will go and tell the knave that he provide for himself. For it will be marvellous hard weather. You were best to do so, least you blow your Nails.

E. E. He speaketh to one within the house.

Il. ..... Thus you see me (Masters) how I am troubled with my servants. How now what aileth thee?

[E. K. There cometh a woman round about his house, and she seemeth to passe by him. She is in English Attire.]

Il. ..... I will know what aileth her to cry. What aileth thee?

Woman. One of my Children is dead.

Il. ..... Alas poor Childe: How can Children resist cold? she might have kept it warmer. Cold pierceth, where shot cannot enter.

Δ. This woman is not of our Company? I trust, None of our Children, shall perish in this cold.

Il. ..... Ha, A, your Children? you keep them warm: It will do them no hurt. Those that are warned, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 danger to come: For many things are prevented by the quality of wisdom.

Δ. I trust, we shall safe arrive at the place appointed, in Cracow, or elsewhere.

Δ. But as concerning Vincent Seve, brother in Law to the Lord Albert Laskie, I pray you to * 2.23 shew us the truth of his state.

E. K. I see him walking in a street; and a thick man with him; And Ger∣lish seemeth to comeafter him. The thick man his beard is somewhat like my Lord his beard, he cometh after Vincent. Vincent hath a black satten Dubblet on, cut with crosse cuts; He hath a ruffe about his neck, along one edged with black, or blue.

Δ. I beseech you. I. L. to shew us what Town that is. * 2.24

Il. ..... Speaking to him that sheweth it: for I shew it not.

Δ. O God.

Il. ..... I remember not the name of any such Town. Quem Deus non amat, non novit.

E. K. Now the Town appeareth again, the Sea runneth by it. There is an old rotten Church standing at the Town end. The Town seemeth to be 60. or 80. miles off.

E. K. It seemeth to be Embden in my judgement.

E. K. But Vincent and Gerlish seem not to be in one Town, or street.

Δ. I beseech you to say unto us whether A. L. be furnished with money, at Grave John his hand, so as may serve our turn, or no.

Il. ..... If I have not told you already, I will. You grudge at me.

[E. K.] He speaketh to E. K.

Il. ..... Judge my words with reason, and thou shalt finde them true, Touch them with under∣standing, and thou shalt finde them profound. My words are true, Because I am sent by Truth: * 2.25 Neither are we to speak gravely, when we take upon us the persons of Buyers and Sellers. Whoso∣ever doth the will of his Master truely in this World, shall be laughed to scorn: But whoso speaketh worldly and sendeth out shadows, is accounted a pillar of the Earth. Happy are those which are not foolish, neither in works say, There is no God; Such request, such answer. Such earthly minde, such heavenly motions. Yet Heaven speaketh truth, and the Earth lyeth. This is not my office which I have taken in hand; yet because I have dealt with you as a worldling, I was the fit∣rest to answer your worldly expectation.

Δ. As you have dealt with us, not according to your office, but according to our world∣ly expectation: So now do we desire to understand somewhat according to our higher and heavenly expectation, of our doing the determined will of the Highest.

E. K. He is gone, and all the Stone as red as blood. * 2.26

Δ.

E K. Now he is come again, and standeth in the fire.

Il. ..... Thus saith the Lord, I have taught you how to live, I have set you Statutes, and have wished you my Peace; Follow me, and I will be your God: For unto them that are wise, shall * 2.27 there be more wisdom given; But unto them that are become foolish, my wisdom is a ...

These five years to come, are the Deliverance ... Yea, sorrow shall bring forth her Children. My Honour shall be defaced, and my holy Places pluckt. No man hath ever seen such a world: For Now shall they say unto the Mountains, Come and cover us, and unto the Waters, Swallow us up: for we know there is no God; neither is there any care of Mankind. I will plague the peo∣ple, and their blood shall become Rivers. Fathers shall eat their own Children, And the Earth shall be barren: The Beasts of the field shall perish, And the Waters shall be poisoned. The Air shall infect her Creatures, And in the Deep shall be roaring. Great Babylon shall be built, And the son of wickednesse, shall sit in Judgement. But I will reserve two Kingdoms untouched, And I will root out their wickednesse. Yea, thus saith the Lord, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the North shall come a * 2.28 Whirlwind, And the Hills shall open their mouths: And there shall a Dragon flie out, such as never was. But I will be glorified by you, and by those that are not yet dead. And you shall have power, such as I will be glorified by. Keep therefore the Statutes which I taught you, Forget not my words: For unto those that look back, there is great wo. Happy are they that continue to the end. Amen.

E. K. Now he is gone.

Δ. .....

E. K. Now he is come again.

Il. ..... Thus saith Jehova: I am the beginning and the end, The root and life of all Righte∣ousnesse. I say, (By my self) I am with you, And will blesse you in Righteousnesse. Cease * 2.29 therefore to move me; for I am Almighty, And inquire not of me, what I have determined; For Time groweth, and I am a Just God. Therefore Cease, Cease, I say; I in my self say Cease. Call not upon my name in defiled places; Least the wicked ones hear what I determin. I will visit you at your journyes end: I will testifie my promise to you. Be in haste therefore: * 2.30 And flie from sin; And flie the society of such as are accursed: For I am jealous over my people. Yea I will not suffer them to drink or taste of their vessels. Be you unto me a people, that I may behold my people: And I will be unto you both, A God for ever.

E. K. IL. saith Amen, and falleth all in pieces, as small as ashes.

E. K. Now all is Clear, and the Curtain is come again.

Δ. Deo Omnipotenti sit omnis Honor laus & gloria, in secula seculorum.

Amen.

Friday 1 Novemb. 1588. Mane At Breame.

Δ. Albeit we were willed (O Lord) to Cease: yet understanding the same warning to have been meant for Enquiring of thy Mysteries and secret Determinations, wherein we intend now not to deal, but in matters before and last moved, and wherein we were not fully satis∣fied; that now we may more expressely be certified, and that is of three things.

First for Vincent Seve. * 2.31

Secondly for Edmond Hilton, gone with the Ship toward Dansk. * 2.32

And Thirdly, as concerning help for money for the Lord Alb. Laskie. And herein we * 2.33 crave either the ministery of Jubanladaech, or of Il, or whom soever else it shall please thy Majesty to send.

E. K. A man with a black Gown appeareth with a Cap, falling in his neck, with a big Book under his arme.

Δ. It should seem to be Aphlafben, my good Angel.

E. K. He hath a white Robe under the black Gown, which goeth all

under his Gown, trailing behind him: but, the white Robe traileth not; his Gown hangeth on him, as though it were falling off his shoulders behind.

Δ. In the Name of Jesus, the King of Glory, are not you Aphlafben my good Angel, by the mercy and power of God, so assigned?

E. K. He looketh very anciently.

..... Impire, Most high Glory, and thanks, throughout all Creatures, be unto thee (O eternal God) first ... Secondly redeeming, and Thirdly sanctifying the World in his Creation, Now, and for ever: And as long as it shall be said Osanna in the Quire of the High God .... Amen.

Δ. ..... Amen. ..... Amen. ..... Amen.

..... Manifold are the Mercies of God towards man, whose basenesse deserveth no such grace and most unspeakable blessing: But such is God; what he justifieth himself, in the strength of his mercy, and heveth his honour with his own holinesse. For what is man, that can justifie himself? or that hath any thing, wherein his bowels can rejoyce? Wherein can he determine happinesse to himself? Or how can be compare himself with the trees that are fruitful? If the life of man be sin, then is it hateful. But who is he that hateth it? But even he which is above, and is farthest from 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Great, therefore (O man) are thy miseries, when naturally thou art, and lovest to be hated of God, whose service is Justice, and whose delight Peace. Consider therefore the Mercies of God, through his loving kindnesse towards thy weaknesse: And acknowledge his Power which maketh those strong which have no force of themselves. Gather not up your own inventions; But be faithful servants, performing the will of him which sanctifieth you with obedience: for of dust you are become flesh, and of flesh the servants of sin; that at length you might be made free, through your own consents in the mercies of him which hath entred into your weaknesse, and weighed out his blood for your Redemption: Even he which hath payed the uttermost penny of your Ransome. And why? Not to the intent you should brag of your selves. But hath charged in condition you should maintain justice 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the works of Righteousnesse. Vnto whom is Heaven a seat? but unto such as are faithful servants: Wherein the Dignity of your Master is known, of whom it is said, Blessed are those that serve the God of Hosts. If anything, now, happen unto you, that is the riches of your Master, Be thankful for it, and consider his liberalitie: And how much the more he openeth his Treasures to you, Be so much the more thankful; For unto such belongeth the ownership of more, and the reward of such as are ten times faithful. Happy are these to whom it is said, Thou good servant. Be no Gadders, for there is no house to the house of your Master. Take heed also, least you minister his bread, to such as are his enemies, and so, unworthy: for unto both these belongeth the reward of unfaithfulnesse. Be not high-minded, when you borrow your riches, lest the moths enter in and corrupt your garments: for Pride is the deph of sin .... Cease not to rebuke the dishonour∣ers * as, o .... Neither maintain the honour of any other: For he that entertaineth you, hath seal∣ed you for others, And hath strengthened you with Authority, The Rod of his Justice. Generally these things have been spoken unto you, and these Lessons are not yet to learn: But happy are those whom God sanctifieth; being unholy, And ten times blessed are the Temples wherein his Holinesse dwelleth. True it is as thou sayest: Generally men are sanctified, the people of the Earth through all Nations, mystically: through the mercies of God: But where the sanctification agreeth not with the thing sanctified, there entreth wickednesse. The Spirit of God is not sanctified in Hell, Neither is his holy Temple beautified with the feet of the unrighteous. It is written, Dogs honour not bread, neither defiled places things that are holy: For as Hell dishonoureth Heaven, in re∣spect of unrighteousnesse: So, those that are wicked dishonour the vertuous, and such as are truely holy, by society: and they stink of their wickednesse. For it is written, And Satan went from the presence of the Lord, leaving a stink behind him. The light of the Sun is taken from the Earth, by the congealed cloud. The sins of the people, and filthinesse of places, are put between vertue and the things Sacramental. Therefore, it is not true, that thou mayest lawfully call upon the Name of God in unhallowed places.

Δ. I crave pardon for my ignorance, and errour herein: But I required not to know of the heavenly Mysteries; Onely such things I demanded information of, which not onely were above humane power to answer, (and so might seem worldly mysteries:) but also the true good news of them, might, many ways, be comfort unto us and ours.

..... Behold in Israel, the rough stones are acceptable Altars, And the stinking Caves have been known unto the Lord. And why? Because the place was holy, neither this filthinesse here, nor of any thing else created, hindreth: But the filthinesse of the place and Country wherein they are de∣filed; for in pure places, the defield are blessed. David sanctified Saul, with the presence of his Annointing, and his Harp spake out the wonders of the Lord. We come unto you here, because the wild of God in you shineth: But the filthinesse of this Country 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the beauty of our message. Not that it is obscured in us, but hindered through wick ..... from you. Therefore flee the company of Drunkards, and such as we ..... their own understanding.

[E. K. He holdeth up his face and hands to heaven-ward.

..... Drunkards and such as defile themselves are apt to know things worldly; not as wise men

do: but that the World may be a plague to their iniquity. Thou desirest pardon, and calledst th... businesse a worldly mystery. But the mysteries of this world are put under the feet of the faithful: which (overseen through God) are generally comforted and directed. Then, therefore what care remaineth either of the Seas, or of the slimy Earth? where, on the one side, thou regardest the Ship, and on the other side Money. I say unto thee, God correcteth this world and the casualties thereof, lest those that are of thee, should 〈◊〉〈◊〉 his name.

Δ. Blessed be his holy Name, and his Power magnified for ever.

..... Thy goods are safe, And the Earth shall provide for you. Be not you careful; for unto the just, yea even the hairs of his head are numbred. I am silent for the World; for it is not my propriety: But notwithstanding ask and thou shalt not be denyed.

Δ. As concerning Vincent Seve, his state and being, we are very desirous to be in∣formed.

E. K. Vincent Seve appeareth here, going down by Charing Crosse. There is a tall fellow with a cut berd with him in a skie-coloured cloak. Vincent hath a great ruff: This man waiteth on him with a Sword. He is going down into Westminster Ward: He is now talking with a Gentle∣man on horseback, who hath five men following him, with Cape-cloaks short, and mustaches; And he on horse back is a lean visaged man with a short Cloak and a gilt Rapier; his horse hath a Velvet foot-cloth.

E. K. In Vincent his forehead is written; Where power wanteth, rigor weakneth.

E. K. Vincent laugheth heartily; and sheweth two broad teeth before. He holdeth a little stick within his fingers crooking. On his left hand he hath a skar of a cut, on the nether side of his hand. Vincent hath a pair of bootes on, which come straight on his legs, and very close. A great many boats appear at White-Hall. One is graffing in the Garden there. Many people are now coming out of Westminster Church. The Gentleman on horse∣back alighteth now, and goeth down toward the Court before Westminster-Hall. He goeth now up a pair of stairs; and there standeth a fellow with a white staff. Vincent is gone in with him; The servant walketh without. The servant goeth to a Waterman there. The Waterman asketh him, whe∣ther that be he; that is the Poland Bishop? The servant asketh him, what hath he to do? Now the servant goeth from the Waterman. Now com∣eth one down the stairs, and saith to the Serving-man, that his Master shall be dispatched to morrow. The servant saith, He is glad of it. Now all that Shew is vanished away.

Now come there two handsome men, they have Cloaks on their shoulders, and they have hats on like Tankard Crowns.

One of these said,

A ..... I understand by the King, that he beareth him great favour.

The other said,

B ..... But Kings when they become rich, wax Covetous. But do you think he will come this way?

A ..... Yea mary, if he be wise; for he shall find no better friendship than in Denmark. Here is the fellow, he hath brought a bag of Amber.

E. K. He taketh the fellow by the shoulder, and saith; Come away. He hath been an old doer.

E. K. Now they are gone, and that Shew.

E. K. Now is the first man in the black Gown come again.

..... Thus you see, the World answereth for the World. Be merciful. Flee privy leakes; for the Devil is ready at every corner. Be Humble and Obedient. That receiving the reward of true servants, you may rejoy 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Enheritors of everlasting freedom; The reward of such as are 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 end. God grant you may 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Amen.

E. K. Now cometh the Vail again which all this while was gone be∣hind the Stone.

Δ. Deo nostro Omnipotenti, misericordi, & justo sit omnis honor, laus, & gratiarum actio, nune & in secula seculorum. Amen.

Δ. While we were at Bream, among many other things told and delivered to E. K. as he was by himself, by a spiritual Creature, I know not who, nor of how good estate, or what estate he was of: This parcel among them he held in writing, and imparted to me; And I thought my pains not ill bestowed, to keep the same in record here.

Ganilus that, in house most fiery fairer than the Sun, Hath honour great, saith, give place, your former course is run; Therefore first framed clouds unknown draw near with mighty storms, Wherein such bodies lie obscur'd, or take ten thousand forms. Your bellies strowting long disclose, and on the harlot earth, Seem fair to man, as when the waves as Midwife help ... r birth. Twice shall the Sun put on the heavens, and once look quarter way, * 2.34 And working 〈◊〉〈◊〉 worlds, build up a City, where men say The Holiest stood: And Beares bring in usurping fire at hand, And people spread return, whose new built altars flaming stand. Whilst such as strangers were Catesy cry, and bloody knife, With privy shame defil'd bekyes, a thing n ... sometime rife. From midnight unto noon, two parts and more shall slaughter feel, And all the World from South, taste all, down force, of fire and steel. Small wonder though the earth at shadows fighting nothing grieve, When mighty Seas shall dry, and heavens lie, who can live? That mortal eyes shall see a Temple built with precious Stones, Or Creatures strange made new in sight, of old and long dri'd bones. Or Angels dwell on earth: but I whose firy fingers can Unloose thrice sealed Books, and utter worlds unknown to man. I see these cursed wights, whose borders lead thy journey on, Shall with the thirtieth moneth, be bought, or sold, or fully gone. And England perish first with Moths long harbour in her skirts, The Spaniard lose their King, and France rebel and fall by spirts. And holy man ten dayes besieged at home, with these dayes whelps, Till he at length made free by sudden force of vertues helps. The Polish King hath played, and friendly man shall then bear sway, Amongst earthly friends, and such as hope of former faith decay. At last wear highest Crown, if fall from vertue makes no losse, And midst this coil to come in space of new come lay for tosse. Then 〈◊〉〈◊〉, Come other times most Holy, and a Kingdom shall, From Heaven come, and things forthwith again to Order call.

Saturday 2. Novembris we rod from Bream, two great mile to a Nunnery called Ostarhold.

Sunday Novembris 3. we came to Fure or Fureden.

Monday Novemb. 4. we came to bed to Harburgh.

Tuesday Novemb. 5. we came to Buxtenhaden, and there by 9 of the clock in the morning we took waterin two great Skutes or Boats, Horse-wagon, and our stuff and all, and ferryed down the little water, till we entred the Elb, and so crossed straight over to Blanken nasen: there dmed, and after dinner by coaches we came to Hamburgh, where my Lord lay at the English house, and we at another 〈◊〉〈◊〉, a widows house.

Wensday Novemb. 6. we rid to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 4 mile from Hamburgh, a little Village, having left

my Lord behinde: and also missing my Children and servants, which were gone before us an other way to my great grief: till by midnight, by sending out messengers to listen and en∣quire after them, I heard of them. I, my Wife, Rowland, Nurse, and Myrcopskie, my Lord his man.

Thursday, Novemb. 7. We came to Lubek, aud were there at Inne, at the signe of the Angel, or rather St. Michael, at a Widow her house, a very honest Hostesse.

Saturday, Novemb. 9. I received Letters from the Lord Albert Laskie, of the English mens ill dealing, and consulting with the Towns-men of Hamburgh for my stay, and conveying back again into England, &c.

Wednesday, 13. Novembris, 1583. Mane hora 9½. At Lubek.

Per horam ferè, per intervalla, varias fecimus petitiones & saepe oravimus.

At length appeared a sword, two edged, firy, or rather bloudy, and a bunsh of rags hang∣ing at the top of it. The rags seemed of Woollen, and Linnen Cloath: like a bundle of Rags gathered out of a Taylers shop. The sword stood upright in a manner, but leaning from E. K. his face, though it seemed to smite at E. K.

A voyce. So be it, (O Lord) for thon art mighty. Be it so unto them: For they have embraced an Harlot, and have forgotten thy jealousie.

E. K. The svvord shaketh mightily. Many are the Harlots that svvarm upon the earth, and innumerable are their Children, and such as they foster. Their revvard is ready.

E. K. The sword now shaketh again mightily.

..... He that entreth into the house of the wicked is defiled: but he that consenteth with an Har∣lot is accursed. He that delighteth in her secrets, shall be stabbed. And Leprosie shall dwell in his house for ever.

Δ. O Lord, I trust, this respecteth none of us, in common sense to be understood.

..... He that delighteth in light, loveth not himself, but desireth the love of him, that illuminateth: But, thus saith God, I will not dally with you: Neither shall you handle me, as you have done. For, your Horedom, is wilfull: and your vanities worse. But this I leave amongst you, that you shall know that I am righteous. For, he that despiseth me, is accursed; and unto him that dissembleth my fashion, are miseries without number. So, unto them, that enterinto the house of blasphemy, is vengeance ready at hand.

Δ. O Lord, what is this? Man is but earth, where the heavens dwell: neither are the works of man acceptable, but with righteousnesse.

E. K. There appeareth a man with a Bible about his neck, like a Doctor; and he standeth miserably in fire. And so likewise appeared divers other with Bibles about their necks, and they in fire likewise. Still come flames from the earth, and encrease the flames of these men about them. There appeareth, and endlesse. ... me, most terrible with fire, and other most hi∣deous shews. .... They be suddenly gone away. And all these men be now no more in sight.

A voyce. Happy are those that see, and can remember. Blessed are those that hear, and are not forgetfull.

Δ. These words, and shews, O Jesu, make evident what. .....

E. K. All is gone, except the sword which standeth in a Cloud, and there cometh a hand and setteth a seal upon the sword.

A voyce. I brought you from iniquity, to the intent you might be purified: But the more I cleanse you, the more you are defiled.

..... I have offered of old, and it shall be told. I have promised, and it shall be performed.

You have not kept my Commandments. And therefore you shall be plagued. He that goeth out of the way, shall receive the reward of errour. For stragglers, are spotted people. And none can be blessed, but such as dwell in the Tabernacle of righteousnesse. But behold, I will tell it unto you but with greater hardnesse. And I will make you know me, before I visit you in kindnesse. For thus sayeth Sathan. Lo, they erre still. Do Justice for thy glory sake. They enter into the houses of Idols: And laugh with blasphemers. They are silent, when thy name is blasphemed. Deal with them as a God: or else thou art not righteous. Therefore, be free from Sathan, that he may praise your righteousnesse. Yea, that he may say, as he hath said. Let me touch them.

Vntill then; I will be just. I will not forget this wickednesse, till you be made clean. For, behold, I have sealed it: and therefore it must be finished. For what is sealed of me, cometh to passe.

Δ.

A voyce. He that dissembleth the image of Christ, is a liar.

Δ.

..... Now cometh a grave man, all cloathed in white, with a Mytre upon his head.

..... The God of peace is a comforting Medicine, to such, as delight in him. The peace of the world, is the image of God: God and man, which is Jesus Christ, the son of the living God: Which knit with the father in the spirit of truth, (proceeding from them both ..... everlasting will,) ope∣ned his mercies to his Apostles, replenishing them fully and mightily with the will of the father, to the comfort of the world: Which, made messagers thereof, have delivered to the Church, full and per∣fect Statutes (as the Will of him, whereunto she is united and married) to be kept inviolable, and without transgression. This Will, Covenant, or Decree, (sealed unto the end of the world in the number of the faithfull) whosoever breaketh, or dissembleth, is accursed, or damned. Therefore saith the word of God unto you: You have run astray, you have entred into the houses of Idols. I have brought you from fire, but you are entred into flames. And why? Because you defile your selves with the wickednesse of deceivers: Whose images you saw affirmatively, though not verily: Continually over∣whelmed with daily, and inextinguible flames: Continuing even so long, as their errour is exalted; Yea, even in the professors thereof, to their eternal damnation. For as Christ, and his Do∣ctrine is light and truth: So seem the impositions of Sathan to agree, or take unto themselves, shapes or likenesses of the true image of him that saveth: Whereby he trusteth in himself under the colour of meeknesse, into the companie of the faithfull: Devouring their Souls with ravening, dissembling, and false likelyhoods of truth, unable to be decided by man. Happie are those that believe them not: For he, even he it is, that is a liar, and is oldest in deceit. But as the father is eternal: So is the son eternal, which eternity of the father and the son, is the holy Ghost eternal, proceeding equally, as the finger of God, and spirit of truth, to the general workmanship of Gods determination knit together, three Persons. [E. K. He maketh a great reverent cursie] in this omnipotency by spiritual illumination, and through the holy Ghost delivered unto the Apostles, as the pledge of God his mercie and promise, is alwayes certainly linked, joyned, and engraffed into the society of those * 2.35 that fulfill the will of the highest perfectly, and without errour, whose strength shall continue, and glorie branch out, even unto the end of this world, and beginning of comfort. Therefore, believe: For the spirit of truth worketh wonders, raiseth the dead, and hath power to forgive sins. Through the power of him, unto whom it is ma ..... For, as Christ hath all power in heaven and in earth deli∣vered ..... So hath he delivered all power in heaven and earth to his true Church. Therefore she cannot erre. For where power is without measure, errour hath no number: Believe not therefore those that lie: saying, The Church of God is infected with errours. For the offences of few are not counted errour, but unrighteousnesse: Neither can the stragling feet of a few drunken, bring in∣famy * 2.36 to the whole house.

Δ.

..... It lieth not in my power to deliver you, or reconcile you from death and Hell: The tormen∣try and filthinesse of the world, and the wrath of God. But yet, (That Cloud, set aside) which is between me and you) I speak afar of to you, saying, The Justice of God, is vengeance it self: Neither hath it any contrary, but even in the midst, and Centre of it self: Which is the drop and liquor of his eternal, great, and incomprehensible Majestie of himself, his mercie: Which, even in the midst of Justice is found out, by sorrowfull repentance, and reconciliation: Not in that it is neces∣sarie with God: But that it is a Medicine applicable, and most healthfull to the infirmities of that man, that coveteth to be healed, released, or recovered from his soares. This is it, that must com∣fort you. For, as Justice is the reward of sin, so is mercie the reward of repentance. But mer∣cie is the Center of light: and Justice to be cast off, and shut within darknesse. Therefore, be not negligent.

Δ. This whoredom, how is it committed, or of whom?

..... I teach the ..... Where thy habitation was, errour rained, God called thee from it: and de∣livered thee by many, but unknown wayes: means not to be uttered by man. These places also are shut up from the favour of God. For their obedience is counterfeited, and their prayers, out-cries. Therefore hath the Lord opened him unto you that invented the vanitie: that you might be partakers of his knowledge, and secret judgements of the wicked. Here also you entred, and are newly defiled: For the Devil entred in, and found him waking: And lo, he entred yet, and he was not asleep. But he was happie, being kindled with desire of God, else had the judgement of his bodie for this world been fulfilled. Wickednesse followeth him: and the spirits of evil counsel are at hand. You shall feel the sorrow thereof, and your family shall be discomforted. But pray unto God, that it fall not out, that Sathan goeth about: Neither that it come to passe, which he hath power to ex∣ecute. For, this token signifieth your miseries, and it is a sign of that, which is given to exe∣cution.

I have said.

The peace of God be restored unto you.

Δ.

E. K. Here is the man again.

..... Two words and I have done. Nothing is plainer than that which is spoken: Nothing certainer than that which is appointed. Be you penitent, that God may be merciful. This is all I have to say. Wash your selves, and I also will make you clean. Resist you Satan diligently, and I will help you mightily.

Δ. O Lord that seal to the Sword and rags break off.

E. K. Now he is gone.

Δ.

E. K. Now he is here again.

..... This cloud is a separation betwixt this, yea this glorified company and you. Look not for any light, whilest this darkness is present. Behold, my mouth faltreth, and my lips are stayed: But pray you, and you shall not be rejected. For the stronger you be, the mercifuller is God, and the weaker is, and shall be, your adversary. Love together; Serve God together: Be of one heart together. Alwayes preach God. I am tied.

E. K. He is gone.

Δ. Misericordia & pax Dei sit super nos nunc & semper.

Amen.

Friday, Novemb. 15. hora mane. Lubek.

E. K. The cloud appeareth, and openeth, so that the Sword may be seen.

Δ. O Lord deal mercifully with us, as thy children, to be corrected with rod or whip, and not with thy enemies, with sword to cut or wound us. Let not Satan force thee to ju∣stice more mightily, than thy fatherly goodnesse can incline thee to shew mercy upon us.

E. K. An hand cometh and nippeth off an inch of the top of the Sword, and some of the rage are fallen down; some hanging on the hilts of the Sword, and some are thrust through with the Sword. Now the Sword is shut up again in the Cloud.

Δ. Have mercy on us, O Lord, and deal with us as thy younglings and novices.

E. K. Now come in an eleven, all like Noble men. One of them hath a regal Cap, and a Gown faced with Sables. The Cap is like a Polonian Cap, but trimmed up with rich Sables. Now cometh one and bringeth a very rich Chair, beset vvith precious Stones: Four of the Company set dovvn this Chair, for that Principal man. He that brought the Chair vvent avvay. They all do lovv obedience to this principal. He sitteth dovvn, and putteth his Govvn over. He is a goodlier man than the Lord A. L. The 4 pluck a thing like a Canopy over the Chair, and they put a round Cushion under his feet. This Principal speaketh as follovveth.

..... Pluck up thy heart and be merry, pine not thy Soul away with inward groanings; for I will open unto thee the secrets of Nature, and the riches of the World, and withal give thee such direction, that shall deliver thee from many infirmities, both of body and minde: Ease thee of thy tedious labour, and settle thee where thou shalt have comfort.

Δ. Thanks be given unto the Highest, now, and ever, of all his Creatures.

..... Why dost thou ... within thy thought: Hast thou not need of Counsel?

Δ. Yes, God knows; for I am half confounded.

..... Then first d ... with thy self to rest thee, for this Winter. Secondly open thy mind to desire such things as may advance thy Credit, and enrich thy Family: Reap unto thee many friends, and lift thee up to honour; For I will stir up the mindes of Learned men, the profoundest in the World that they shall visit thee. And I will disclose unto you such things, as shall be wonderfull, and of exceeding profit. Moreover, I will put to my hands, and help your proceedings, that the World may talke of your wisdom hereafter. Therefore wander not farther into unknown places, conta∣gious, the very seats of death for thee, and thy children, and such as are thy friends. If thou en∣quire of me where, and how. Every where: or how thou wilt thy self. For thou shalt forthwith become rich, and thou shalt be able to enrich Kings, and to help such as are needy. Wast thou not born to use the commodity of this World? Were not all things made for mans use?

Δ. Will you give me leave to speak?

..... What canst thou speak hereunto? Wilt thou thank me for this?

Δ. All thanks be unto the King of Glory, &c.

Δ. Is it your meaning that we shall stay here, and go no farther with the Lord Albert Laskie?

..... Yes, in the Summer; when it is more fair.

Δ. I beseech you, Where would you, that we should make our .... this Winter?

..... Where you will. Are you so unwise to go with him now. Let him go before, and provide for himself, that he may the better provid for you. The weather will be hard, and the travel unfit for children. If thou covet to live in ease, heap not up thy wives sorrow.

Δ. I desire to live in quiet, that my spirit may the better attend to the service of God

..... Well, Tarry you, and my promise shall be quickly performed. I will not halt with you. How say you Sirs?

[E. K. He speaketh to his Company, vvho make cursies, and say nothing.]

Δ. I beseech you to appoint an apt place: This you see is no fit place.

..... I will stir thee up such friends, as shall content thee. As for dwelling places thou shalt bestow them. Well, you are contented.

Δ. Is it your will, that in this Town we should part from the Lord Albert Laskie?

..... What should you do else? Are you mad men? Will you run headlong into danger? wilfully?

Δ. I beseech you, shall this be nothing prejudicial to our former doings, and order al∣ready taken and decreed for our going together?

..... What, is this contrary to reason? Well you are content.

Δ. As the will of the Highest is, so is mine and none other.

..... Sirha, do you see this sword? I will be a surety for this (I warrant thee) also.

Δ.

..... Your brother is clapped up in prison, How like you that? Your house-keeper I mean.

Δ. And why I pray you?

..... For that, that thou mayest be ashamed of.

Δ. What is that?

..... They examin him: They say, that thou hast hid divers secret things. As for thy Books, thou mayst go look them at leasure. It may be, that thy house may be burnt for a remembrance of thee too. Well if they do, so it is: if not, as thou wilt. I have told thee my phansie, and given thee my counsel, offered thee my help, and desired to do thee good: The choice is thine.

Δ. O Lord the Author of all truth, and director of such as put their trust in thee, I most humbly beseech thee to consider these premises, thus to me propounded. If they be true, and from thee, confirm them: If they be illusions, and not from thee, disprove them. For, hardly in my judgement, they do or can agree with our former precepts and order taken by thee.

A voice ..... He that ascendeth up to the top of the hill, let him believe: For until he come thither, let him do his labour.

O Lord, I doubt of these things, and promises of ease, wealth, and honour.

A voice. ..... Judge the Truth, by the last Action.

O Lord, What is that Action?

A voice. ..... Wensdaies Action.

This Cloud (said the voice of the Lord) is put betwixt us and you: What therefore may come between? Now judge you.

Δ. I suspect the whole apparition of the eleven to be an illusion. O Lord confirm my judgement or disprove it.

A voice. ..... The Spirit of the Lord is not amongst you.

Δ. What misery are we then in? O Lord, Mercy, Mercy.

A voice. ..... Dispute not with God, where whoredom is great.

Δ. O Lord, This whoredom we understand not.

A voice. ..... Pray daily, with repentance, that this cloud may be taken away, and this sword diminished. For the Seal cannot be broken, until Satan have done his uttermost; yea the utter∣most of his malice. For it is granted him and he must strike. But pray you unto God, that the sword may be made shorter, or pluckt out of the hilt, that in striking he want power. For your sin is abominable, and a sevenfold offence in the sight of the Lord.

Δ. What this whoredom is (God knoweth) we understand not perfectly. If the Spirit of God be not with us, how can our prayers be acceptable?

A voice. ..... Thus saith the Lord, Turn unto me and be sorry for your sins, and let my An∣gels be witnesse thereof. For I swear by my self, that my Justice shall hang over you: And when I punish you next, I will raze you from the face of the earth. Therefore, Vow your selves unto me, and make your vessels clean; for your habitations in my sight are nothing: neither is the substance whereof I framed you acceptable. I am the Spirit of Truth and Vnderstanding, and will not be dasht in pieces with worldlings; Neither use I to dwell in defiled places. For my Sanctuary is holy, and my Gates are without spot. And with me there dwelleth no unrighteousnesse.

Δ. Lord, is it thy will we shall go with Albert Laskie to Lasco?

A voyce. The Lord 〈◊〉〈◊〉, What I have said, is true. Who rebuketh me, saying my words are untrue? The correction of him that reigneth is mightie; who hath numbred it? But to his de∣struction. Be you holy, that my hand may be weak.

Δ. O Lord, the fear of thy punishment astonieth my heart: and uncertainty of it in time, and place, doth also encrease my grief, &c.

A voyce. The fool saith in his heart: Oh, how great is thy punishment over me. Teach me the place of thy correction: And where thou wilt chastise me. Who is he that desireth to meet God his vengeance, or the punishment of him that confoundeth the damned? Make your hearts clean, and wipe the sin from amongst you: And desire to be forgiven, for miserable are they that meet with ven∣geance, or that know the place where she taketh up her Harbour.

Δ. Gloria, Honor, Laus & gratiarum actio perennis sit Deo nostro 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Nobis ve∣rò a Deo Patre, propter Jesum Christum in Spiritu Sancto, sit Misericordia, Pax & Consolatio in via virtutis & veritatis.

Amen.

Monday, Novemb. 18. Hora 9. Mane. Lubek.

E. K. There appeareth the Cloud, wherein the sword remaineth en∣closed.

Δ. O Lord, be mercifull unto us, and rigorously execute not thy Justice upon us, thy weaklings: Nor suffer Satan to Triumph, where thy glory is expected, &c. Converte nos Deus salutaris noster, & averte iram tuam à nobis, &c.

E. K. Now cometh one in a white Coat, not perfectly to be seen, but as if he were seen through a Cipresse; and said as followeth.

..... Who is he that leadeth out the Lion to prey? or who is he that lifteth up the feet of the young ones to devour? Who feedeth the smell of the roaring Bear, or hath taught him to remember the place of his recreation? Hath he also taught the fields, to put forth their voices: and the mighty Trees to flourish in pride? Are not the Hills glad when they bring forth Corn? When the Valleys rejoice with threefold waters. The beasts of the wildernesse have they not known Caves: and unto such as are made tame, is there not a ..... understanding? For, who is he that teacheth them, to make subject themselves, which are ravening, or to bridle such as are of their frowardnesse? Even he it is, that looketh down from Heaven, and beholdeth the earth, and measureth with his feet, saying,

It is done.

Which entreth also into the houses of men, and listeneth to that which they call wonders. Which openeth the gates of his knowledge with his own finger; And which sayeth unto you: How are ye become wise? Or from whence is your understanding, are your hearts become Caves to send out Thun∣ders? Or why are your spirits thus vexed with holinesse? Are you not a stiff-necked people, and such as are despised? Are you not poor, and therefore hated. Since, therefore, you are become Bastards, who teacheth your lips to speak of my Church? Or hath taught you to urge me with mine own spirit?

Behold, I am mighty,

Because I am the joy of the faithfull. For I am called the Temple of the Holy ones, and the beauty of Israel. The spirit of man crieth out, and pierceth into the Lord, as the swiftnesse of an Arrow: And he heard them. Therefore, thus doth the winde of Cabon open her mouth, and sweareth by the Jaspar Pillar that standeth in the Temple of Reconciliation, and it Thundereth, and is said,

Be it done.

And behold, the doors open, and the Holy Altar is covered. The beasts with many feet bring up burnt-offerings: And there is a sacrifice that ascendeth up, and it is a mighty winde, such as hath not been since the beginning of dayes. Open your ears therefore, and prepare your selves to hear: For this..... is mighty, for it is of peace. My Justice (saith the Lord) is sealed, and you have sinned mightily: My arm is stretched forth, and I must be magnified: For vengeance is gone forth, and is appeared already. But who is he that resisteth the venome of the earth, or instructeth man to avoid the Darts of poison? He saith unto you. Thus it is, because I have sanctified you, and have made you holy to the earth: Therefore will I help you: But not as you desire: For your prayers and unrighteous life shall become bands of yarn. And I will make a contention betwixt Sa∣than and you. If therefore you labour hard, and open fervent mindes, such as are not of the world, and can binde this sword and cloud of vengeance fast from amongst you: Be it so unto you, for it is your own righteousnesse. For Sathan hath reviled, and hath said,

Then shalt thou see.

But so long as they are Holy, and become righteousnesse, they are become safe: but when they fall, Satan entreth in. For the power of righteousnesse is become a Conquerour, if it fight mightily. And Satan shall be confounded by a righteous judgement.

For I have decreed it: and by my self I swear it.

I will be a righteous Judge betwixt you. Therefore, take heed you sinnot not, nor go into death: For great is the fall of vengeance. Be not therefore defiled with the filthinesse of the wicked: * 2.37 Neither delight in such as counterfeit truth. For I am one fire that judgeth all things. And I delight in people that are joyfull with one Banket. For those that fill their bellies at the houses of strangers: Become enemies to me.

For I have said,

My spirit is holy, and my annointed righteous. Let the earth rise up, and continue in her wic∣kednesse: Yea, let them say, we have found the anointed: But my continuance is truth, and they are become liars. For my spirit worketh, and behold, there are wonders in the sight of men. And wheresoever I dwell, such is my power. Be therefore of One house, that you may eat together: Least you banket too much, and so become deceivers. I am one, and am known by One: And unto One, Which One I am married unto. (And I am mercifull) Whosoever abideth not therein, is an Adul∣terer. Avoid you darknesse, for righteousnesse is present, and my spirit entreth. Blessed are such as believe. Amen.

Even to the, Amen.

E. K. He is gone. There appeare some bands linked together, as Chaines about the Cloud.

Δ. Welcome be these bands.

E. K. He is here again; ..... and saith ..... eth.

..... Why are you become dull? Why are you yet ignorant? Seest thou these ..... [He point∣eth, and speaketh to E. K.]

E. K. I see them, I thank God.

..... These bonds are your own righteousnesse: And as they appear before the Lord, so shall they binde vengeance together: But if you become weak you fall. But pray, that you fall not: For they are the dayes of sorrow. The spirit of God is twofold; present Jah agian, and present Nah gas∣sapalan. Therefore take heed. For, in the first, you are blessed: and it may return. But he that is filled with the second, shall be drunken for ever. The first is power present, and a comfort inmeasurable, glorifying, and strengthning all things that are agreeable to it: But when they differ, it returneth. The other is the spirit of the first, and the second, Almighty, and everlasting, un∣measurable, and inexplicable: drowning the will of man, that becometh strong in the fountain of gladnesse and understanding: true wisdom her self, and not returning. Pray, therefore, that you may be perfect: and that you may be seasoned: For it is a salt that savoureth to the end.

The peace of God be amongst you.

E. K. He cast off his Cloudy Lawn, and went away. He seemed to be 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

Δ. Yet we beseech you more expresly, and particularly to deal with us, &c.

..... It is said. ..... It is written. ..... It is true.

Cease.

Δ. Gloria, Laus, Honour, Triumphus & Jubilatio sit Deo nostro omnipotenti: Nunc & semper.

Amen.

Wednesday, Novemb. 20. Mane hor. 11½. Lubek.

Δ. As thou hast of thy mercies (O Lord) given us some shew of thy favour bent toward us: so are we desirous to understand how our Letters have wrought upon our friend his heart to joyn with us to call for thy mercies, pardon and help: for if they have, Then do we hope, our bands (of acceptable life) whereby to binde vengeance prepared and intended against us, shall wax more and stronger: by thy great mercy and help to thy well-pleasing in thy service hence forward.

E. K. The Cloud and bonds appear: But the bands appear fewer.

Δ. O Lord, is our state since yesterday become weaker with thee? And shall it so narrowly be exacted? Thy will be done, who art holy, just, and most wise, O God.

E. K. The bonds about the Cloud, now are onely two; which before were six, or seven. The bonds seem of a smoky ashy collour, spirally going about the Cloud.

..... Judgement is the end of Justice: distributing and delivering also to every thing, seen, heard, * 2.38 or determined to his proper end uprightly. Are you able to deny this?

Δ. The end of our actions, words, and thoughts may seem twofold: One of us in∣tended, and ment to be good: The other not depending upon our weening, but accord∣ing to exact wisdom, what is the end of the same; here deemed the proper end, if I under∣stand right.

A voyce. Lo, judgement is the end of Justice in things that are handled uprightly: whereof you finde the Omnipotencie and Truth of him that judgeth Omnipotently: Which beholding your Combat, hath girded himself together, and beholdeth the Lists, and be judgeth uprightly: For, be hath sworn it. Arm not your selves therefore as weaklings: But provide as mightie and couragious Souldiers, for your own defence. I am without corruption (saith the Lord) and lean not with the windes of Basannah.

Δ. O Lord, give me leave to request thee, &c.

A voyce. But I am just, and judgement her self. Enter not therefore into my holy places: Nei∣ther kneel down before my sanctuaries; saying, the Lord hath Chosen us, He liveth, and it is true for ever. For I have said, It may be undetermined. I will also see, whether you be strong in∣wardly, or privily rotten. For with the world your weaknesse is great. Whosoever overcometh shall rejoyce. But I will be a God in my Covenant and will hold on my promise: Fight therefore as it becometh you, and cast off the world. Make flesh subject, and strangle your Adversary. For unto such belongeth the entrance into my Chambers, and the use of my will, as the Horn of my glorie. For it is written, light dwelleth not in darknesse: Neither hath darknesse comprehended any light: For darknesse is the Cave of errour, and the reward of sinners. Thus sayeth he, which beholdeth your sorrows: And it is a fight for many daies, which appeareth neither in the one, nor in the other: nor giveth he answer untill the end.

E. K. There is one come in like a Ghost, and he taketh all the hangings away, which beautified the place like to Curtains. Now all the sides of the stone are darkish; and the Cloud standeth in the very middle thereof. Now the bands seem brighter then ..... because the place is so darkish.

Δ. O Lord, many daies Combat is assigned us. And forasmuch as Militia est vita hominis su∣per Terram, we are now in a great uncertainty of our Combat ending.

E. K. There standeth the number of 40. upon a great Labell, and no∣thing else.

Δ. This 40. (O Lord) what betok eneth it, dayes, weeks, or years? Well: Whatso∣ever it be, Blessed be the name of the Highest. Our God, King, and Father.

E. K.

Δ.

E. K. Now is one come in very brave, like a Preacher; I take him to be an evil one.

Δ. Benedictus qui venit in nomine Domini. * 2.39

E. K. He saith nothing; Not so much as, Amen.

..... Are you so foolish to think that the power of God will descend into so base a place?

E. K. The power of God descending, descendeth to beautifie the place; And whatsoever he beautifieth, he doth it mercifully: And so through his mercy he descendeth among us, that put our trust in his mercies.

..... It is true; But, unto those that are righteous.

Δ. Christ his coming hath been to save sinners. His conversation was among sinners, halt, lame, blinde, and diseased. So likewise: Now our frailty, or impurity will not ex∣clude his presence, or the Ministery of his faithfull Angels.

..... What, in this base manner?

Δ. Do you mislike the manner?

..... Can any that hath any drop of wisdom like it?

Δ. Are you wise?

..... Or else I could not see thy imperfections.

Δ. Which be they? Accuse me.

..... What greater imperfection, then to imagine much more believe, that the Angels of God, will, or may descend into so filthie a place, as this corruptible stone is? Considering the clearnesse, and big∣nesse of the aire, or the places that are prepared in mans bodie, for such entrances.

Δ. Who causeth thee to come here?

..... Thy folly.

Δ. Art thou good, or bad?

..... I am good, or else I could not see the bad.

Δ. Ergo, thou art a lyar, for thou sayd'st, No good Angel, would, or might come here into this stone.

Δ. Thus will God be glorified against wicked Satan, and his Ministers. His fetch was ve∣ry

subtile: As, To bring in doubt all the Actions performed in this ftone. What canst thou answer?

E. K. He sayeth nothing: Neither can he say any thing. He seemeth to be a very foolish Devil.

Δ. Mendacem oportet esse memorem. Now be packing hence.

..... I will abide here.

Δ. Where God will permit thee, there mayest thou be: But we will (as now) cease: And we thank God highly of this comfort and victory: We beseech him, that we may as prosper∣ously overcome all other Diabolical assaults or sophistical, or untrue perswafions: and all his Temptations. Amen.

Glory, Honour, power, and praise be to our Almighty and living God, the Lord of Hosts, Jehovah, now and ever.

Amen.

Saturday, Novemb. 23. à Meridie hora 1½. Lubek.

E. K. Here appeareth the same bad one, sitting, who last appeared. The Cloud with the sword appeareth at last: with two wreaths on one side; and two on the other, spirally. This Creature taketh the cloudy pillar, and throweth it from him divers times.

He sayeth. Call as long as thou wilt, I will keep thee for seeing any more sights here.

Δ. Or Lord, attend unto thy glory: Attend unto thy honour, regard the arrogancy of this Luciferine brag against thy younglings expressed.

Δ. And of the Lord, Alb. Laskie, &c.

..... He shall come to destruction, as thou and thine to miserable beggery: Because he hath consented to them that are Ministers of iniquity, spirits of falshood.

E. K. He looketh on a bare book, when he saith thus.

..... The power of God entreth into the Soul of man, and doth visit the Chambers of his under∣standing: openeth his will with power. The spirits of darknesse are ready for every place, and can deceive, saying, This is of God. Vnto these you have 〈◊〉〈◊〉: and have sworn it as a Covenant between God and you. But I am come from God: and am entred indeed, and will make you hun∣gry in your own foolishnesse, that you may become wise. None hath entred here with power but I. And I will tarry here. And I will be a wall betwixt you, and your imaginations: and betwixt those that have tempted you, and your weaknesse. For thou hast called upon God: and he hath heard thee, and I am he that sayeth so unto thee. ..... Laws of salvation are ready, follow them. The way into darknesse is wide, and easie, and where light is, it encreaseth joy. Be thou therefore warned by me.

Nay, I have said.

Δ. Thou hast said here, That thou art God, is that true? For thou hast said, Thou hast called upon God, and he hath hard thee: And I am he, that sayeth so unto thee.

..... I see thee: And thy wisdom is nothing: Make of me what thou canst, I am the messager of God.

..... Avoid darknesse, avoid darknesse, avoid darknesse.

E. K. He plucketh down violently (in the stone) the Clouds, and all be∣cometh light in the stone.

..... Ly here with thy fellows. Those that are of wisdom, let them understand.

Δ. O Sapientia patris aeterni, illumina mentes nostras, ut tibi serviamus in sanctitate, & Ju∣stitia toto vitae nostrae tempore. Amen.

..... Carmathar, a Knight of the Rhodes, was thirteen years deceived with one that appeared (as he thought) in glorie & wisdom in the image of Christ. Antony was beguiled in divers wayes. The Prophets & Apostles have doubted in many things; But because they faithfully believed they were not rejected. Their hope became fruitfull, and they blessed with understanding from above. If so be also, you repent, and be sorry in that you have yielded unto the instruments of wickednesse: and follow on, as they your fathers have done, you shall also become wise: But I say unto you, That which you have consented unto is amisse, and false, worse then errour it self. For, where have you tasted anie fruit out of that Doctrine. How poor is the power, that hath been long told of in you. You have for∣gotten your own knowledge, and are become of seers, blinde: such as grope their way. Such end, such beginning. For the end 〈◊〉〈◊〉 from the beginning: and is become a means in it self, to bring all things to passe. But neither the end nor beginning of such things as you have handled hath been per∣fect, or probable: But a deceit, comprehending the image of falshood: Yea, much more the traps and snares into wickednesse; which deserveth destruction eternally.

If this may advise you, Be it so. If these examples and probable arguments be sound, Then necessarily you ought of dutie to be counselled by me: But I have opened my mouth and told you. Be it unto you, according to your disposition.

Δ. Be it unto us according to the mercies and loving kindnesse of the Highest; into whose hands we commit our selves, all our doings, and intents.

..... That is well said ... God be with you.

E. K. He is gone, and in the place vvhere he stood the likenesse of a little Circle, as if a print vvere made vvith a Thimble-brim.

Δ. Soli Deo, Honor omnis, & Gloria.

Amen.

Monday 25. Novemb. Mane, 8½ Lubek.

E. K. Here appeareth straight way, (at the first looking) the same fel∣low * 2.40 that last spake, and left the print of the little Circle behind him.

Δ. Orabam diu ad Deum, ut Arbiter esset inter istos. A .... num .... lum confugimus in tempore necessitatis, &c. A te (O Deus) solo pendemus, &c.

Δ. Sedebamus quasi in triangulo, & se convertebat versus A. L.

..... Thou, O man, awake, shake off forgetflnesse: Lift not up thy self so much; But close up thine eares against these deluded deluders, which carry thee 〈◊〉〈◊〉 into folly, and transform thee to a shadow: By whose counsel thou art become dishonoured, and by whom thou shalt become a spot in the Book of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Call to remembrance the Histories of the whole World, Political and Ec∣clesiastical. Inquire of the Learned that have settled their judgements in the Book of God. Open thine eyes, and behold, if any of the Prophets or forefathers (men grounded in wisdom and deep understanding) have yielded themselves to this unrighteousnesse, believing lyars; consenting to un∣truths, and lastly dishonouring the Name of God. Then call to minde thine own estate, thy flour∣ishing of thy youth, and possibilities, wherein thou mayst be made perfect. Which if thou truely do, Then banish this dishonour to God and his Angles, listen not to these S ..... ersity: For the Syrenes are awake, and their song is to destruction. I am sent from God, as a Messenger to call thee home; for thou dishonourest God mightily. Behold thou shalt be made contemptible, and become a laughing-stock. Thy honour shall be defaced, and thy posterity spotted with ignominie. More∣over, such as are thy friends shall shake their heads, saying, What wise man hath thus been over∣come? What is he that is become foolish? Thou mayst desire it, and consent, as before; But I am a stumbling block betwixt you, and will dwell in all Elements for your purposes.

E. K. He holdeth up his hands towards Δ and saith, .. Nay I have told him truth.

E K. He hath now gotten him a Chair, and sitteth down. * 2.41

Δ. If it be truth, then it is a token that God is very merciful unto us; and that we are in his favour highly, to give us this warning to avoid evil. Now resteth the other part, How we shall attain to good, and wisdom, from God; such as by the true and perfect use of his creatures, we might do him some acceptable service, with true obedience and humi∣lity, &c.

E. K. One cometh to him, and saith ..... He goeth about to take you a lyar.

E. K. He goeth away, and cometh again.

E. K. This man which thus came and went away, and cometh again, is all in white; he hath a silver Crown on his head: he speaketh as fol∣loweth....

..... Deny that you have done, Confesse it to be false, Cry you have offended, And let the An∣gels of God see you do so, (that they may carry up your prayers) so shall you become righteous; But why dost thou write words of contempt against us? For One in our number is All; And we are, all, One. Believe us; for of our selves we have no power to instruct you, but to deliver you the Commandment of God. Rent your cloaths, pluck those blasphemous books in pieces; And fall down before the Lord: for he it is, that is Wisdom. I have done for this time.

E. K. He is gone.

Δ. Quis est discretor Spirituum?

E. K. Now he cometh in again and speaketh.

..... Oh, you are a Learned man. ..... Truth in the second: He it is that discrectly judgeth all things. If his discretion be given to you, thank God.

Δ. Illi ergo Committemus hanc causam: ab illo hoc donum petentes & expectantes. Nos interim pie in Christo vivere intendimus.

E. K. He is become a great pillar of Chrystal higher than a Steeple. He ascendeth upward in clouds, and the little circle remaineth.

Δ. Gloria, laus, honor, & gratiarum actio sit Deo nostro omnipotenti Trino & uni, nunc, & in secula seculorum. Amen.

Tuesday Decembris 10. After Diner, we removed from Lubek, and the Lord Alb. Laskie went by Coach to Lord Christopher, Duke of Meckelburgh.

Thursday night we lay at Wismar. 11. Decemb. vel 12.

Saturday morning we came to Rostoch. 14. Decembris.

Monday Decemb. 16. Mane hora 10¼. Rostoch.

E. K. He is here, that said, he would dwell in omnibus Elementis, &c.

Δ.

..... I came from the fountain of light, where is no errour nor darknesse, and have Power, (be∣cause it is given me from the Highest) Which, (Lo) is grown and become a mighty Rock. For it is said of me, Behold I will visit them that put their trust in me, with a comfortable strength in the time of need; For my Rock is an everlasting strength, and the Hills of my countenance en∣dure for ever. If then I be the Countenance of God, and a piercing fire sent out as a flame, not onely with his great mercy, but with his good will, and that towards you, overwhelmed, not cast down, but almost for ever buried in a lake of ignorance, and inquenchable flame, such as consumeth with ignorance, deceit it self, and a provocation too manifest, and apparent destru∣ction: If I then with this message (being the message of truth) my self a mean .... sufficent Order for the publishment thereof, can, nor may ..... as of ... n I am) vehemently despised (the fruits of a good Conscience, notwithstanding stedfast) Then is he of no power of whom I am .... because it is written. Such as rise up against my Spirit, I will destroy them in the midst of the same fire, and will deliver their ashes to the windes for a memory of their wickednesse. But he is just, and is without measure: knoweth what is, and what is to come, which hath thus said of you. Behold their ignorance is greater, and they esteem not truth. Lo I have heard them, in the midst of their corruption; yet they are become faithlesse: I minister unto them, but in vain; But behold their mouths are closed up with idlenesse. O ye of little understanding, are you become so blinde, that you will not see? Are the windows of your eares made fast against truth? Are your consciences sealed up, with a thrice burnt iron? Desire you light, and yet refuse it? Have you craved ..., and now deny it: yea utterly disdain it?

Δ. That is not true.

E. K Now cometh a head behind him.

..... Lo the end shall become your comfort, if you listen to the songs of my mouth: if not, ever∣lasting folly: and a reward of such, as are weary to hear of Truth. Now I pinched him .....

E. K. This he said looking behind him.

Δ.

..... Burn those blasphemous books of thine, and I will teach thee wisdom.

Δ. Will you have me note down that sentence so.

..... I will.

Δ. What blasphemous books can I acknowledge, seeing I understand none? If they con∣tain Sentence, make me to perceive it; that so I may compare it, with the Touchstone of God his word, using the Talent of such reason, as God hath given me.

..... I go, I go, I go.

E. K. Now cometh a great fire down, and there appeareth a great huge man, with a great sword in his hand; sire cometh out at his eyes, and at his mouth. This terrible man said,

..... Maledicti sunt, qui jurati sunt contra Nomen meum.

E. K. Now that wicked creature shaketh himself.

Δ. In nomine Jesu Christi Redemptoris humani generis, Quis tu es?

[This was spoken to the man with the sword.]

..... Sume vires.

Δ. Deus in adjutorium meum intende, &c. Miserere mei Deus &c.

E. K Now the great huge one kneeleth down, and his face is (now) from meward; he looketh up toward heaven; he hath very long hair, to

beneath his girdle; his Robe is long and tucked up. Now he stand∣eth up.

..... Cursed are they: Cursed are they: Cursed is he for ever. I am, I gave thee power, and sealed thee for a time: Power to use the vehemency of thine own poison; but not to touch my coat. Thus he saith, And (I am) thou art a lyar from the beginning, and the fountain of cursed∣nesse. Damnation is thy dwelling place; Death is thy seat; Vengeance is the Crown of thy disglory. Because thou hast entred into my seat: Hast exalted thy brightnesse, blasphemed my name; wherein (in this Action) thou continuest (No point of thy charge, nor of my permission.) Be thou ac∣cursed, weakened, overthrown, and defaced. Thou art vanqished, Thy time is shortened. And why? I am. And I say thou fightest against me, and not against men. I am Justice, and the strength of him that liveth, whom thou hast felt, and shalt feel, world without end; Therefore Depart; Depart I say.

E. K. Now the sword standeth by him, with the rags that appeared before.

..... Vengeauce, prepared for others, be thy reward: As it was delivered unto thee, so take it with thee; That the malice which thou shewest to others, may heap up thine own destruction.

Jeovah, Jeovah, Jeovascah.

E. K. The wicked Tempter falleth down into a hole, and this high creature putteth the sword and rags down after him. Now this great creature appeareth as small as he used to do. And it is Michael.

Mic. ..... Veniat Lux Domini, & fidelium Consolatio.

E. K. Now is all come in, as was before: The Vail, the feet of men appearing under, &c.

Mic. ..... Thus hath God dealt mercifully with you.

Δ. His Name be praised for ever.

Mic. ..... Thus hath Truth vanquished darknesse. Even so shall you vanquish the World in him which is the Spirit of Power and Truth. For I have Sworn (saith the Lord) and will be mer∣ciful unto you: But cease for these daies to come; for they were daies delivered: Let them be (therefore) unto you daies of Repentance: For the end of 40 daies must come: And this Do∣ctrine shall be written unto all Nations, even unto the end of the World. The Grain is yet in the earth, and hath newly consented with the earth: But when it springeth, and beareth seed, The num∣ber shall be the last.

Δ. A dark Parable, to my understanding, is this.

Mic. ..... The transparent fire of Meeknesse comfort and warm your souls, rectifie and make strong your bodies, to the eternal comfort of the World to come; in the pilgrimage which you shall endure, with a heavy crosse for the Testimonie of Truth.

E. K. A great many voices, say, Amen.

E. K. Now he is gone, and the golden Vail is drawn again.

Δ. Omnis laus, honor, Gloria, Victoria & Triumphus sit Deo nostro omnipotenti, Vivo & vero, nunc, & in sempiterna seculorum secula. Amen.

Sonday, 22. Decembris, Mane, we went from Rostoch toward Stetin.

Wensday, 25. Decembris, on Christmas Day morning, we came to Stetin by 10 of the clock.

Anno 1584. Stilo veteri. Stetini in Pomerania.

January 2. Mane, hora 9.

Δ. Veniat lux Domini, & fidelium Consolatio, &c. 40. dies, jam completi sunt, &c. Expectamus praepotens auxilium Altissimi, &c.

E. K. I cannot see but an inch into the Stone. The Curtain ap∣peareth, but more deep into the Stone At length cometh one very tall, in along white Gown, all open, and his hair of his head hanging down to his legs. He hath wings upon his head, armes, back, and legs. He seemeth to descend from the Clouds, and upon Clouds which lie sloapes vvise for his defcending. He speaketh as follovveth.

..... The purenesse of humility, dispersed through the inward bowels of man, is that, which is cal∣led (with you) Perseverance. Which Perseverance, beautifieth and establisheth in a true and stedfast Basis those things that are acceptable in the sight of God, the workes of man. Hence springeth justification, which .... with the love of God. Herein are you become like unto us, for that we are the image of Perseverance, and the Glory of God. But in us it is dignified: In you it is, and must be imperfect: For nothing is of flesh or blood, that receiveth perfection.

The Emanations from God, to, and into his creatures (which agree in the Center of the Earth as the knitting up of things) are established: So that one jot of his Will neither can, nor may per∣ish, wax weak, or dwell in error: Which foreseen from the beginning, carrieth in it self the re∣membrance of all things to the end. Through which mercy and remembrance, you are become the servants of God: Not for your own sakes; but in that it is the Glory of him, which hath called you to this exercise: Troublesome to the World, but rewarded with Glory. * 2.42

If therefore your imperfections rise up and resist the Will of God, saying, blasphemously as you do, Let us seek other wayes, Then you are not counted perseverers, neither are your works worthy reward: But humane reason can perswade and give judgement against these follies, much more are they damnable, and deserve correction in the voice and judgement of such as are pure.

He that dealeth with the wicked is a lyar, and shall have his reward: But the end of comfort is in the purenesse of spirit. But O you of little wisdom, you rise up against the windes, and yoke your wits against the mountains: Nay you cast your selves down headlong, where there is no mercy. For what blasphemie is it to say, If it be the will of God, it must follow? Is not man subject to the bringing in of his own labours? And are not they allowed to his comfort, being brought in?

The soul of man is the Image of God, after his form, which keepeth within himself the power of his divinity in the heavenly Spirit, whereby he hath Authority to consent with God in the workman∣ship of his Will and Creatures: Which Power being sealed already, giveth unto man (as King of himself) to consent to his own salvation, conjoyning and knitting himself together, either with per∣severance in the assured hope of mercy, or (with wilfull drunkennesse,) to the reward of such as fall. Therefore, Become Holy. For the soul beautifieth, when it is beautified in it self. Re∣sist not the Will of God, which is mighty on you: Be not obstinate.

Be humble, Rejoyce not for this World: But be glad that your names are sealed, and that you shall correct the World. Despair not through weaknesse; for from whom cometh strength? If puddles become Seas, the end is more wonderful: But yet greater when sinners are called to the knowledge and performance of God his Will, thorough his mercies. Even as one day perisheth, and is not, although he hath been; Even so it is, and shall be the state of this World. For the Earth must sing O Sanna with the Heavens, And there must be One veritie. And Hierusalem shall descend with an horn of glory to the end. The Sun and Moon shall be witnesses, and wonder at their stay. The Kings of the Earth shall become proud in themselves, and are unable to be tamed with man.

But I will yoke them (saith the Lord) with correction; And force them one to imitate ano∣thers steps: Yea they shall tread the grapes alike; For in my Vineyard Corruption shall not dwell with Authority: Neither shall the Prince of Darknesse usurpe my further honour.

E. K. He speaketh much in a smaller voice than he did. I cannot per∣ceive it.] He turned back and spake.

..... I speak these things for your understanding, and that you may be strengthened.

E. K. He turneth back again (as before) and speaketh I know not what.

..... My dear brethren, therefore rejoyce in Comfort, and the image of Peace: and remain faithful, that you may be fed with that food that shall preserve and alwaies rest before the mighty flames of Zanzor: where there dwelleth no defiled Creature, nor any unrighteousnesse.

E. K. He turneth now back again (as before) speaking. He seemeth now to lean against a Pillar of Copper, great and round: And he is become lesse than he was. Now he standeth on the top of the Pillar, Now he knee∣leth down, his back being turned.

A voice saith to him ..... Swear ..... [1]

He said ..... It is done.

He said ..... The first voice openeth his mouth and saith [There is a great rumbling and rou∣shings of falling of Towns or Houses, as it were in the Stone.]

He said ..... The will of God is sealed in this Prophesie, and it shall endure.

A voice. ..... Swear ..... [2]

He said ..... I have done.

He said ..... It thundereth, and it is the second voice. The effect of God his Will, is not of time; and therefore not to be known of man, till that moment and end of time shall appear, wherein it must be published, and finished with power.

E. K. Now it thumbleth again very terribly, as though a vvhole Town should fall down into a great Valley.

A voyce ..... Swear. ..... [3]

He said. ..... I have. ..... And it is the third, and the last voyce. All things that are crooked shall be made straight. The winde of the heavens shall walk through all the earth. Wisdom shall sit in her Majestie, Crowned, in the top of an Hill, with exalted glorie.

It is the end.

E. K. Now all dasheth in a flame of fire, Pillar, and he, and all, and so flieth upward.

A voyce. ..... He that hath ears, let him hear.

Another voyce. It shall be. Amen.

E. K. Now the Curtain cometh before all, as it vvas at the beginning, this day.

Δ. O Lord, for thy great mysteries declared unto us (this day) we most humbly thank thee. But on our parts, there remaineth some matter. .... thy hands by some of thy good Ministers, we desire to have some advertisement: as of the Lord Alb. Laskie. Secondly, of Vincent Seve, &c.

E. K. A very little Creature appeareth, and saith.

The little one. A word, and away. The hearts of Princes, are the secrets of the Lord: Such they are, as unlock the doings of this world.

Δ. Of A. L. his delay in coming (contrary to our defire and expectation) I would gladly understand the cause, &c.

The little one. Those things that are of wickednesse, are not of our remembrance. This stay shall hinder a third part of his glory. But all your life is not of him: Nor he of you. If he * 2.43 become good: he shall be well rewarded. He is forward, Vincent is in France.

E. K. He is gone suddenly. This Creature stood betvveen the Curtain, and the forepart of the stone, it vvas one of the least Creatures that ever I savv.

Δ. All Honour, praise, and thanks be to our God Almighty: now and ever. Amen.

Thursday, Januarii 9. The Lord Albert Laskie came to Stetin, Hor. 2½. à Meridie:

Fryday, Janurii 10. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉. Hora prima incipiebat, & per 2. horas durabat. Stetini.

Sonday, 12. Januarii. 1584. Stetin.

Δ. After Dinner we were talking together of our affairs. A voyce in E. K. his head said,

Jam venit hora.

Δ. After Supper, as I had a desire to shew to E. K. some places of St. Johns Apocalypsis, a voyce said to him,

Equus albus est initium Doctrinae vestrae, Et est verbum Dei. * 2.44

10. & 9. sunt Novemdecim.

Δ. Hereupon seeking in the 19. Chapter of the Apocalypsis: we found the Text, Equus al∣bus, &c. versu 11.

A voyce. Ne dubites. Sum enim servus Dei. To this purpose appertain these places of Scrip∣ture, &c. These are the dayes wherein the Prophet said, No faith should be found on the earth. * 2.45

This Faith must be restored again, and man must glorifie God in his works. I am the light of God.

Δ. Then, by like, He is VRIEL.

..... I am a witnesse of the light. These are the times when Justice and truth must take place. Behold, I touched him, and he became a Prophet.

Δ. Mean you Esdras?

Vriel. Yea, in his ninth Chapter of the fourth book. There you shall finde manifestly the Pro∣phesie * 2.46 of this time, and this action.

Δ. Alak, we think the time very long, before we entred in the right trade of our true lessons.

Ur. When you have the book of God before you, Then I will open these secrets unto you.

Δ. But Alak, the time is very long thereunto, the more is our grief.

Ur. The Bible it is.

Δ. I meant somewhat of our other book, which is to be written.

Ur. I will speak of that also.

Δ. This delay is greatly to our grief, and occasion of many temptations.

Ur. The temptations of the world are nothing unto the wise, happie are they that feel temptations with emptinesse of the belly. The Timber is not yet seasoned, or else thou shouldest Prophesie. I mean not thee E. K.

Δ. Vincat manifesta veritas.

E. K. He is gone.

Honor, Gloria, Laus, & benedictio, sit Deo Nostro, qui in ALBO EQUO Justi∣tias suas facturus est.

Amen.

Monday, Januarii 13. Mane hora. 9½. Stetin.

Δ. After our long discourse upon the 9^th. Chapter of Esdras, &c. Vriel came, and stood, he ..... Iy. upon E. K. his head, not visibly.

Ur. Read the sixth Chapter. For faith must flourish. The world is rotten, and is skalden in their own sins.

Δ. E. K. Read it, and in the 28. verse, thus it is. Florebit autem fides, & vincetur cor∣ruptela, & ostendetur veritas, quae fine fra ..... Diebus tantis, &c.

E. K. A voyce saith, Open the Shew-stone:

E. K. At length appared one in a long vvhite Garment. The Curtain went aside, and the feet of men appear not now. This man seemeth twice so high as Δ. He hath nothing on his head, but long hair hanging down behinde him. He is tied, or girded about, as though he vvere tied vvith many girdles.

URIEL. I am Vriel [said this man] The light, and hand of him that created Heaven and * 2.47 Earth: that talked with Esdras, and did comfort him in affliction, and the same that hath talked with you: Yea, from the beginning of this action. Therefore, gird your selves together, and hear the voice of the Lord: Listen, (I say) to such things as are hid, (I say) to them that dwell above the Heavens. Behold, this is the last sleep of the world: and the time, that the power of the highest hath armed himself, saying, Come, O ye strength of the Heavens, and follow me. For the earth hath cried vengeance, and hath cursed herself, and despaireth. Come (I say) For I will place the seat of righteousnesse. That my Kingdom may be in One: And that my people may flourish: Yea, even a little before the end.

And what is this? E. K. He spake these four words in another Tune.

E. K. He looketh up to heaven.

A voyce. Blessed art thou, which respectest thy Justice, and not the sins of man. * 2.48

Ur. This is the voice of the Angel that now taketh place.

Δ. May we be so bold as to demand the name of that Angel?

Ur. No, It is not lawfull. I swear by all things that are contained within this holy book: * 2.49 By the seat of God, and him that sitteth thereon. That the * 2.50 words, which have been spoken in this Action, and shall be now spoken, by me, are true: Three years are yet to come; even in this moneth, (that beginneth * 2.51 the fourth year) shall the Son of perdition be known unto the whole world: Suddenly creeping out of his hole like an Adder, leading out her young ones af∣ter her, to devour the dust of the earth.

Δ. The sentence is dark, in respect of the time. Consider well.

Δ. I suspect 42 moneths (now and then) to be understood for an year.

Ur. This moneth in the fourth year, shall Antichrist be known unto all the world. Then shall * 2.52 wo, wo, dwell amongst the Kings of the earth: For they shall be chosen all anew. Neither shall there any that ruleth now, or reigneth as a King, or Governour of the ..... le, live unto the end of the third year: But they shall all perish.

Their Kingdoms be overthrown.

The earth wasted. The Rivers become bloud, with the bloud of men and beasts mixed toge∣ther. * 2.53 In this time shall the Turkish state be rooted up, and cast from the earth. And instead of him shall enter in that Devil: the father of liars, and such as dwell in the house of Va∣nity. Behold, This * Prince shall fly through his Kingdoms, as the * 2.54 Greyhound after his spoyl: devouring his possessions, and cutting down the wicked: But he shall become proud. The Prophets of the Lord shall descend from Heaven, cloathed with their old Garments very fresh, and not stained. Thy eyes shall see them. Out of these books shall the true Doctrine of the Prophets, and Apostles be gathered: Which are not to be understood, but with the spirit of un∣derstanding, the spirit of wisdom, and truth. Behold, I will say unto you my self.

Come, Hear.

For, the voyce of the Lord is with power. Therefore, be milde, and of humble spirit. For lo, the time shall come. And I have seven books, such as shall be delivered unto one of you. And * 2.55 I will meet thee walking in the fields. And will stretch forth my hand, saying, Come: Then shall thine eyes see those things, that thy spirit doth. And thou shalt become a man of understanding: For I will give thee bread, and thou shalt eat it, such, as shall be the bread of sufficient comfort.

E. K. It thundreth in the stone. Of thee, [pointing to E. K.] thus sayeth the Lord.

Thou art flesh, and become stuhborn. Thy judgement waxeth dull, and thy heart sealed: But I * 2.56 will unseal thee; and thou shalt be partaker: But (because thou hast offended me) not with power in worldly things, I will make thee a great Seer: Such an one, as shall judge the Circle of things in nature. But heavenly understanding, and spiritual knowledge shall be sealed up from thee in this world: For, thou art become stony, and hast cried out against my Saints. Notwithstanding, your life shall be together. Thou shalt be a workman of nature, looking into the Chambers of the earth: The Treasures of men. Many things are pluckt from thee, which were thine: But not from you, because I have promised them.

What is be, that bridled the windes, Δ. At your prayers? Or, who is he that preserved you from the bloudy imaginations of men, [and] hatreds of the world invincible? Is it not be, that is God of Heaven and Earth? Is it not he, that made both flesh and Soul? Yea, even he it is, that sayeth. Fly from the wickednesse, and society with Devils. Leave off to sin against the Lord: for he is of great power. This is the last time that any shew shall be made in this stone. For, lo, * 2.57 the promise of the most highest shall be fulfilled.

E. K. Now I see all those men, whose feet I saw before: And there sit∣teth One in a Judgement seat, with all his teeth fiery. And there sit six, on one side of him, and six on the other. And there sit twelve in a lower seat under them. All the place is like Gold, garnished with precious stones, On his head is a great stone; covering his head; a stone most bright, brigh∣ter then fire. Four bring in a man bound. Now all is gone except Vriel.

Ur. The end of words, the beginning of deeds.

A voyce. Seal it up: For, it is at an end.

Δ. What is your will, that I shall do with this stone.

Ur. All is said: and I am sealed for time to come.

Δ. Deo omnipotenti, vero, vivo, & aeterno fit omnis honor, Laus, Gloria, Potentia, vir∣tus & victoria: nunc & in sempiterna seculorum secula. Amen.

Wednesday, January 15. we went from Stetin to Stargart.

Sonday, January 19. we came to Posen.

Ecclesia Cathedralis Posnaniensis fundabatur anno 1025. per Winceslaum Regem Christia∣num factum cujus sepulchrum in inferiori parte Ecclesiae extat, lapide egregiè 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

Saturday, January 25. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 E. K. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉. (i. e. Magnum adii vitae periculum per iniquitatem E. K. contra me.)

Sunday, January 26. ..... Invisebam Bibliothecam Ecclesiae 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

Monday, January 27. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉. (Rixae cum 〈◊〉〈◊〉 breves.)

Tuesday, January 28. We went from Posen.

Thursday, Jan. 30. We came to Komin Town, over the long and dangerous Bridge, with much cumber at one broken place, by reason of the huge Cakes 〈◊〉〈◊〉, which lay there.

Saturday, Februarii, 1. We passed the dangerous way of Ice, having 25 men to cut the Ice for our (oaches to come through above two English miles long: but for all that great help, we could not get to Vinew City that night, by reason of the great water and Ice hard by the Town, which was broken over the banks into the medows very deep.

〈◊〉〈◊〉, Februarii 2. We came over the great water, the Ice being most part (with that nights winde) driven away out of our passage.

Monday, Feb. 3. We came by Shadek to Lasko Town, and there were lodged in the Pro∣vost his fair house by the Church.

Prima Actio apud Lasko. Tuesday Februarii 11. Stilo veteri, ast 21. Stilo novo.

Δ. After our prayers of the 7 Psalms, and my particular invitation and calling for God his help, and the ministery of his good Angels: After (I say) more than half an hour space attendance; E. E. seemed and thought that he felt a thing about his head, as if it clawed with Hawks claws. It continued no long time. And toward the Easterly corner of my great Study above, seemed to E. K. clouds to appear, far off, as at a quarter of a mile di∣stance. Then appeared a Sea, endlesse one way, and a Haven mouth with a River which fell or ran into that mouth. And besides that River doing down into the Haven, did an∣other River appear by running into the Sea, without any Haven making or having. The water of this Sea, is not like Sea-water, but rather like Quicksilver. Now cometh a moun∣tain, and swimmeth upon that main Sea. Now that mountain seemeth to rest and stand be∣fore that River mouth, that is by the Haven.

A voice. ..... Measure me.

E. K. Now seemeth a great thing like a man to stand, with one leg in the foresaid River, and with the other in the said Sea, by having a corner of the ... 〈◊〉〈◊〉 between his said legs. His right leg is in the River, and his left in the Sea. His right leg seemeth gold, and his left leg lead. The moun∣tain standeth before him. His legs are like two posts, of the substance of the Rainbow. He is very high: he hath a face, but with many eyes and noses, but not distinctly to be discerned. His body seemeth to be red Brasse. He standeth with his arms abroad, and no hands appear. His right arme is of the colour of silver; His left arme seemeth to be black, twinkling. His head is much of the colour of that Sea wherein his left leg standeth. Now beginneth a right hand to appear; a fair right hand.

A voice said to this man. ..... Measure the water.

He answered. ..... It is 250 Cubits.

A voice. ..... Measure that foot of earth.

E. K. He pointeth to the mountain.

Answer. ..... It is a cube twice doubled in himself in a straight line.

E. K. One speaketh behind me, saying.

..... Measure the Sea also.

Answer. ..... It is 750. Cubits.

E. K. He now stoopeth to it, and taketh of it in his hand. * 2.58

He saith. ..... The fourth in the third, and three in himself square. The age of Nature.

E. K Now all is gone, all is clear, and nothing appeareth.

Δ, At length after this, E. K. heard from the foresaid corner of the Study, the noise, as of a Ship tossed and jolted of the waves of the Sea. After that E. K. saw one that stood all covered in a white cloud by the Easterly corner of the Table, above the Table in the Air. He said.

..... Beati sunt, quibus veritas, spes, & consolatio est: & quibus luminaria majora inser∣viunt, in fortitudine & potentia eterni & Omnipotent is Dei.

E. K. Now the cloud covereth him, and abideth.

E. K. Now he cometh out of the cloud, and stepeth three steps for∣ward,

and the cloud standeth behind him, like a garment ..... At length he said.

..... Then is their blessednesse, eternal life.

E. K. I never saw him before: He is covered with a red Purple Robe, such as my Lord, here, useth; but made somewhat like a Surplesse. His head is covered with feathers like Down: His face is like a childes face: His neck is bare: His legs are ba .... most white: His garment cometh not but to the small of his leg. He standeth upon a white great round Table, like Chrystal, all written with letters, infinitely. On the middle of the Table is a great swelling or pommel of the same substance the Table is of. Upon that pommel he standeth. He hath nothing in his hands; neither can his hands be discerned. His Robe hath no sleeves.

He said. ..... Non possum diutius videri: Servus sum Altissimi: Novi Terram in paradiso. Spiritus sum SAPIENTIAE: Nomen meum est NALVAGE.

E. K. He maketh a crosse upon the place vvhere he standeth.

Nal. ..... Beatus Pater: Beatus Filius: Beatus Spiritus Sanctus. Bea ... tu ... t Mensu∣ratio rerum & substantiarum omnium visibilium & invisibilium, verus & sanctus est Deus in pro∣missis suis & veritas ejus, Talis est.

E. K. Hereupon he shevveth a round Globe.

..... Caelum, Mundus, Angelus, Homo, Nihil, & non nihil, & omne quod est, vel erit, Nihil est nisi splendor, Gubernatio, & unitas Dei: Quae a Centro formata est reformata est, ab initio ad tempus mensuratum, & in perpetuum, Laus tibi in Coelo, Laus tibi in Terra, Triumphus tibi in in∣ferno, ubi non est Laus, nec Gloria. Quae jam infusa sentio, doceo: Sed modo, lingua, & ideo∣mate praedicto.

E. K. He turneth round when he speaketh.

Nal. ..... Omnis Caro maximè est sibi applicabilis, in natur a & perfectione sua. Igitur reve∣landa sunt Mysteria Dei, non ut audiantur, sed ut intelligantur.

E. K. Now cometh a great smoak: now I see nothing: now he is gone.

A voice. ..... Hear.

[E. K. I see no body.]

E. K. Methinketh that two speak, or else this voice giveth an eccho.

..... The unpatient and troublesome spirits of indignation, wrath, blasphemy, and disobedience, continually contend, bear arms, and ravenously run wilfully, against those that are the .... Messa∣gers and Angles of the Dignified and Triumphant Glory: which is now the Ministery of him that is Dignified in his Father: To the honour and glory of those that are humble and faithful in obedience. Yea those wicked ones keep open wars against God, and his Annointed in Heaven and Earth, onely for the safeguard and true keeping of such as love God, and follow his Commandments, rejoyce in Truth, and are visited in Righteousnesse.

Dark speeches to the flesh: but words mixed with humane understanding; wher ein briefly I will manifest the envy between the wicked (in respect of their enviousnesse) and those that are justified in Heaven; which fight in the government of mans soul in the Creatures of God: Not in that they know they shall overcome: But in that they are envious and proud from the beginning.

Their contention is evidently amongst you, which are joyned in the service of God: Not as De∣servers, but as Chosen; whose vessels and power, are best known unto God.

E. K. One standeth on my left shoulder and saith.

Sinister. ..... Dost thou not hear, how like a fool he speaketh, without all reason? Thou art a spirit of lying. Thou art one farthest from the glory of God. Thou art a sower of lyes, and a teacher of false doctrine.

E. K. Thus faith he on my left hand.

Sinister. ..... Speak, for I have power over thee. Canst thou deny it?

Dexter. ..... Thou thinkest so, because thou hadst power: But the brightnesse thou badst, is turned into iniquity. True it is, thou hadst power to banish the wicked out of Paradise: But me thou knowest not; because thou hast not banished me. In respect of thy dignification (which sprang with power) I say with the Hallelujab: But in respect of thy 〈◊〉〈◊〉, Thus saith the Lord; Posui tenebras à tergo meo.

Sinister. ..... Fy upon God, that ever he created me.

Dexter. ..... Even thus, do they seek continually to enter into the weakest vessel: of envy, not to triumph; for they know they shall not: but they hinder the time with man, wherein they may offend his conscience.

E. K. I hear howling and lamenting.

Dexter. ..... Such are those of whom thou seekest aid and comfort: Those that appear unto * 2.59 thee, have sought thy soul; And the fruit of them, is according to their destruction. Believe them not. It is said before. Thou dealest with devils. What reward shall he reap, that fighteth a∣gainst the Highest? Or taketh part with such as are banished from Righteousnesse? Much more shall his punishment be, which seeketh help of those that are dishonoured. For dishonour ..... to imperfection, and is become a monster for destruction.

It is written .... Nothing can stand before the Lord, that is imperfect; Much more that imper∣fection weakened, which obeyeth the imperfect. Leave, for the kingdom of Righteousnesse is at hand, And thou must vow. Hear the Lord, That thy sins may be forgiven thee: For the Prophesies of the Lord are not uttered to the world, with the seales of the wicked. Therefore become holy, that thou mayest augment the benefit of God bestowed amongst you; and render it to the world, as the message of truth, with thanksgiving. Meum est pauca dicere.

Δ. Sed quis sis, Nescimus, an non idem Naluage, qui nobiscum prius egisti hodie?

Nal. ..... I am.

E. K. Why call you those Devils, with whom I deal; not offending my conscience, but intending to do good to my self and my neighbours? If you be of God, where is the fruit of your doctrine? &c.

Nal. ..... If they were not Devils and enemies of truth, they would praise and honour God in his Messengers of truth. But because these Actions are true, and the truth of them shall be the de∣struction of their kingdom; Therefore devilishly and enviously they resist the will of God. Deny∣ing * 2.60 the power; Blaspheming his truth, and infecting his vessels.

In our Doctrine there is nothing taught but the state of the world, here, and to come. The pro∣phesies of time, and the knitting up of God his mysteries, opened from time to time, to those that are his sanctified: as testimonies in the Creation and Operation of his Creatures; whereof this do∣ctrine is a part. The Prophets in their times were not ignorant by revelation of the good will of their Creator. The Apostles in Christ his Kingdom, were made partakers of the mysteries to come, of the state of mans salvation; and ending of this combat, which is in that day, when all Creatures shall receive their reward. The Church of God is alwayes garnished and furnished with spiritual Revelations: as a Mansion or Dwelling-place of the Holy Ghost.

These latter dayes, and end of harvest must have also Labourers: For no Age passeth away, but through the hands of God, who maketh the end of his doings known to the World: To the end, the World may consent unto him in Glory. So that this Doctrine, is the mysteries of the word of God, sealed from the beginning, now delivered unto man, for that Reformation which must be in One unity established unto the end. The very part of that Circle, which comprehendeth the * 2.61 Mysteries of the Highest, in his Prophets, Apostles, and Ministers yet to come, which are alive, and shall bear witnesse of eternal Comfort.

The fruit of our Doctrine is, that God should be praised. For of our selves we seek no glory: But we serve you to your comfort, teaching you the will of God, in the self same Christ, that was cru∣cified; sold and died in the Patriarchs, and published to the World by his Disciples, and is now taught unto you, in the remission of sins .... greatest in the World, for the end of all things. The very key and entrance into the secret mysteries of God, (in respect of his determination on earth) bringing with it reward in the end of eternal glory, which is the greatest Treasure. Those that tempt thee, do it in respect of the fear they have of the power of God, springing in thee.

Let this suffice. The World is vain in respect of eternal joyes. Heaven and Earth passeth a∣way: The reward of the Righteous endureth.

E. K.

Nal. ..... What do you see imperfect, in all that hath been delivered?

Δ.

Nal. ..... You have 49 Tables: In those Tables are contained the mystical and holy voices of the Angels: dignified: and in state disglorified and drent in confusion: which pierceth Heaven, and looketh into the Center of the Earth: the very language and speech of Children and Innocents, Δ 2.62 such as magnifie the name of God, and are pure.

Wherein, the Apostles understood the diffuse sound of the World, imperfected for mans transgression. These Tables are to be written, not by man, but by the finger of her which is mo∣ther to Vertue [Madimi said her mother would write them, An. 1583.] Wherein the whole World, (to flesh incredible) all Creatures, and in all kinds, are numbred, in being, and multitude. The measure and proportion of that substance, which is Transitory, and shall wax old.

These things and mysteries are your parts, and portions sealed, as well by your own knowledge, as the fruit of your Intercession.

The knowledge of Gods Creatures.

Vnto me are delivered five parts of a time: Wherein I will open, teach, and uncover the secrets * 2.63 of that speech, that holy mysterie. To the intent the CABALA of NATURE, in voyce, sub∣stance of bodie, and measure in all parts may be known. For there is nothing secret, but it shall be revealed, and the son of GOD shall be known in POWER, and establish a Kingdom with righteousnesse in the earth, and then cometh the end.

For the earth must come under subjection, and must be made pure. That death may be swal∣lowed * 2.64 in his own Kingdom, and the enemy of righteousnesse finde no habitation. The word of God en∣dureth for ever. His promises are just. His spirit is truth. His judgements inscrutable. Himself Vniversall. He it is of whom you labour. The promises of God in this earthly Noble man shall be fulfilled. Salomon used the places of honour, and was exalted.

Thus sayeth the Lord.

I have sealed him against hatred; and have made his seat open. Let him therefore arise up, that the people may see him. For mortal men have places of honour, and in their own Courts, they come to be exalted: Who is he that made the earth, and dignified him with a living Soul? Even he it is that exalteth, and in whose hands the Kingdoms of the earth are setled.

Behold, the fifth time shall come, (in respect of the parts of time) and it is the day, that hath been promised. Then shall your eyes be open. Then shall you see.

A voyce. Stay there. .....

Nal. I obey.

E. K. Now I see him passe away over the Christalline Table, which is round like a Cart wheel, having a great knop in the middle.

Δ. As concerning our ordering of the Table, and the rest of the furniture, we are desirous to know, what is now to be done: seing, now we are come to the end of this first journey.

A voyce. Be it thy charge. I will put to my hand.

Δ. Mean you it to be my charge to order these things, as my imagination shall be instructed, by God his favour.

A voyce. It is so said before.

Δ. Gloria, Honour, & gratiarum actio Deo omnipotenti Deo nostro Domino & Patri Nostro: nunc, & in sempiterna seculorum saecula.

Amen.

Tuesday, February 18. a Meredie hora 3. Lasko. Stylo veteri, ast 28. ..... Die stilo novo.

Δ. After some prayers made, E. K. saw (as he thought) Nalvage standing at my left hand.

Δ. In nomine Jesu Christi Redemptoris nostri, Estis vos Nalvage?

Nal. Tu dicis.

E. K. The lower part of him is in a Cloud: but all his upper part is out, he hath a thing like a Pall hanging down behinde him from his head; He hath like a round .... of boane in his hand, he seemeth to be as farre as the Church. And I see him, as well winking as directing my open sight on him.

Nal. What is it you require?

Δ. The exposition of the time delivered to you in five parts.

Nal. Read it. * 2.65

Δ. I read, and when I came to the place, that death may be swallowed, &c. Nalvage said as followeth.

Nal. That is the last Conquest. Go forward.

Δ. In reading?

Nal. I.

Δ. I read to the end.

Nal. The finger of the highest peruseth nature amongst you by himself, and in her own motion. Through which action things become, that were not (by Generation:) And in the same time vanish, as though they were not (by corruption.) A year it is; Wherein nature looketh with many eyes through..... dwelling places: unto some as a Nurse: and to the rest as a step-mother. And so it is meant in the Scriptures. For, a time is an year, purposed by determination in the judgement of God; which is not known to man, how, or when it shall happen. Another year is a time established, and presently delivered, as the present judgement of God. This is that I speak of. A time is an year. The parts are known amongst you.

E. K. I never heard any speak so leisurely.

Nal. Now look to your understanding. I speak of two years. One appointed in the judgement and determination of God to come, and unknown to man. The other the time of the judgement of God (and before determined) now present: Notwithstanding, before determined. There is dif∣ference between an year mystically promised, and unknown: and the time that is mystically promised and known. Annus my sticus sumitur dupliciter: Unus, qui est Tempus cognitum Deo, & ho∣mini * 2.66 non revelatum: Tempus, hoc dicitur, apud Deum. Annum nos illud computamus. Aliud est pra finicum, cognitum Deo & Angelis, & revelatum homini: & Annus est praesens. This last is the year I speak of.

Δ. What are your parts of that year?

Nal. March, April, May, June, July, August. ..... In illo autem die, invenietis Christum.

The words of this Doctrine must agree, and times.

E. K. When come you with the rest of your words?

Nal. As it is given me, so I give it unto you.

A great unpatience.

[Δ. He was thus interrupted by E. K.] —

Must end their course in the promise of God: [In] These weeks are the fruits of my labour to be known. For I must unfold unto you, and * 2.67 open the secrets of this mystical, and Delivered speech: Whereby you may talk in mortal sounds with such as are immortal: And you may truely know the nature, and use of God his Creatures. Therefore, be diligent in hearing, and Receiving. For the course of man is con∣trary: But the determination of God most certain.

You are answered.

..... Mean you these Lenten weeks, or the weeks of all the fore-rehersed moneths?

..... Of my whole appointed time.

E. K. He standeth higher up.

..... May we (without offence) require your ..... at all times, as our case requireth?

Nal. Your labour is my readinesse.

..... You see I have an Ague: It hat is your counsel therein?

Nal. I have to counsel you (from God.)

Δ. Blessed be the Fountain of counsel, and of all goodnesse.

E. K. He sheweth an house; and six, or seven on the top of it with Torches: They are like shadows.

..... In the name of God what may this mean?

E. K. These shadows go up and down the side of the house, thrusting their Torches into the sides of it. The house is like this very house. They go round about the house. There are eight of them. They have claws like Eagles. When they sit, they are like Apes. They set a fire on it, and it burneth mightily; Now your wife runneth out, and seemeth to leap over the Galery rayl, and to ly as dead. And now come you out of door, and the Children stand in the way toward the Church. And you come by the yern door; and kneel, and knock your hand on the earth. They take up your wife; her head waggleth this way and that way. You look up to heaven still, and kneel upon one of your knees. The stone house quiver∣eth and quaketh, and all the roof of the house falleth into the house, down upon the Chests. And one of these baggage things laugheth. The house burneth all off. Your wife is dead, all her face is battered. The right side of her face, her teeth and all is battered. She is bare-legged, she hath a white Peticote on. Now the apparition is all gone.

Marie seemeth to be pulled out of a pool of water, half alive, and half dead, her hair hanging about her ears. They hold her up. Now they carry her out at the Gate. You seem to runne in the fields, and three, or four men after you. You run through waters. All disappeareth; And now Nalvage appeareth again. He seemeth to have wept.

Δ.

Nal. ..... God giveth you warning that you may eschue them.

Δ. And how shall I eschue them?

Nal. ..... Thus sayeth the Lord. Behold, I have sealed thee for my self: for my people, and for my servant. Therefore shalt thou not perish; No, not the least hair of thy bodie. Fear not, be strong in faith. For I come shortly. Hearken therefore to my voyce, I say, therefore hearken to my voyce: For the spirits of wickednesse, and confusion have risen up against thee: If therefore they prevail against my purposes; Then shall it be no world: Neither are there any heavens. But, this place is not for thee; yet, if thou wilt, be it unto thee. I will seal destruction, both for a time and for ever. Be mighty therefore in me. All the earth rageth in wickednesse. And sinne smelleth thee ready now to creep out of his hole. If thou move thy seat, it shall be more acceptable. For, even this year shalt thou see the beginning of many troubles: And the entrance of this LASKO, into the bloudy service of the world.

E. K. He seemeth to spit fire, and so vanish away.

O Jesu Christ, we have committed our selves into thy hand; and do submit our wills to thy government. What should this mean of terrible destruction threatned to my wife and maiden? And as it were frenzie, to light on me for sorrow. These things cannot well agree with our former assured protection.

E. K. I see a little wench on the bench, all in white, she sayeth.

..... How do you sir? ...,. [making cursie to Δ.]

Δ. Better it is known to you then to my self, how I do.

..... Sir, I have been...... land, at your house, where they are all well.

Δ. Thanked be God.

..... Amen.... The Queen said: She was sorry that she had lost her Philosoper. But the Lord Treasurer answered: He will come home shortly, a begging to you.

They were black. Sir, Herry Sidney died upon Wednesday last. * 2.68 A privy enemy of yours.

..... I ever took him for one of my chief friends.

..... But this it is: Truely, none can turn the Queens heart from you. I could not come into your Studie: The Queen hath caused it to be sealed up. You have been used to good Cities: It were good, you did consider * 2.69 it. Little words are of great matter.

Δ. Where, I pray, would you wish me to settle my self first?

..... My mother would give you counsel to dwell at LASCO.

Δ. Do you dissent from your mother?

..... I.

Δ. Upon what.

..... Jesu, you think that I am an unwise maiden. The Devil bringeth the sound of my mouth * 2.70 to thy ears. E. K. For I said CRACOVIA, and he spake LASCO.

Δ. Seing your mother would wish me to dwell at CRACOVIA, at what other place would you wish me to dwell?

..... Lux ante faciem, Tenebrae post tergum.

E. K. Now I feel a hussing thing go from my head.

..... I pray you be not offended with my simplicity: My mother and I am all one. In us is * 2.71 no discord: I pray you bear with me, if I say, I be the Concord of time. These are my words. My mother would have you dwell at CRACOVIA. And I consent unto it. Let them that be wise understand. Alwayes pray that you may hear truely, and receive faithfully.

Δ. May I before I go any further demand if you be Madimi?

..... I am so, Sir.

Δ. As concerning this terrible Vision here shewed, what, is either the intent, or verity of it?

Mad. Sir, will it please you to hear me?

Δ. The verity is most acceptable to me alwayes. * 2.72

Mad. ..... I think your book saith, This man his way is prepared, &c.

Δ. I trow, the words are, His seat is made open, or made manifest.

Mad. ..... It is so. Bear with me, I think, it is so.

Δ. What will you say thereof?

Mad. ..... And upon earth Princes have h ... in their own Courts. I remember, He was seal∣ed at Mortlake. Contra omne malum. Then cannot the King of Poland, nor the Chancelor, prevail against him. Yet Vendiderunt animam ejus.

Δ. Lord be merciful unto ...; What Trayterous dealing? I beseech you to say ... 〈◊〉〈◊〉. in that case; He is our great friend, and for the service of God furthering.

Mad. ..... You met a man by the way: He is an Irish man. (But as ... me, he said he was a French man) I heard the King, when .... him to go into England. But he could not poison him there ... Therefore he followed him, all the way. But if he return again: They say, We will exalt him. But send thou thy Army, and we will send him. Wherefore hath the King absented * 2.73 himself, but to betray his Kingdom? Truely, I can tell no other cause.

My Mother saith within these few dayes, after be .... calleth it) a little talk, Let him go to Cracovia .... himself as David did before Saul: It may be the people will like well of him.

Tush, Tush, Timor innatus, will never prevail. Although he hate him, he cannot hurt him.

E. K. She saith so, turning her head back to one that spake to her.

Sir, if you tarry here, you will have great grief in this house.

Δ. How long (I pray you) would you wish me, to tarry here: or how soon to be rid hence?

Mad. ..... Hark ... He, E. K. marvelleth what I will say now.

E. K. So I did indeed.

Mad. ..... The Physitian saith, infected air is to be avoided in hast. Many Princes shall be acquainted with you, and Learned men. The good are oftentimes stirred up to offend God, whose offendes are both wilful and rash: For temptation is a Touchstone, and is one of the black fellows chiefest weapons.

Δ. I beseech you, to say somewhat of the time of our going hence.

Mad. ..... Tush, I pray you, Go hence as soon as you may.

Δ. To Cracovia, you mean.

Mad. ..... I. ... I will now and then visit you there: And will become friend with you, E.K. now: for you are become a good man.

Δ. As concerning that terrible shew, what can you say of it?

Mad. ..... As a warning to beware that, that should be. This is the last Spear.

Δ. But, if I go to Cracovia, no such thing shall happen, I trust.

Mad. ..... So, Sir. Therefore, This is your warning.

Δ. Is it not, then, the will of God, that I shall set up the Table here, as you see, we have prepared.

Mad. ..... Be contented. This Wildernesse, is not 40 years. My Mother saith, It must not be here: yet at your request, it may be.

E. K. How can that be?

Δ. At mans commandment, the Sun can stand.

Mad. ..... He saith true, Believe him. .... Therefore I will not urge any thing herein, but de∣fer till we come to Cracovia.

Δ. At Cracovia, shall I set it up? And shall I require Pernns house there? Or what house else, is, in God his determination, for me and mine?

..... As wise as I am, I cannot tell, what, yet, to say. It is the Town, where the Sabbath day shall be celebrated.

Δ. But now, as concerning the house, What is your word?

Mad. ..... You will not be destitute of an house. Will you believe me; For I am your true friend MADIMI. Here shall be the end of your turmoil. Be of good cheare.

Δ. Did you not will us to have my chest from Torn before we go?

Mad. ..... I, when the black m ... hath called home his waters.

Δ. Assoon as .... n have it from Torn hither, then we are to be going.

E. K. How will my Lord agree to this?

Mad ..... Now you are become a new man, both we may dwell in one house. Sir, I promise you of my credit, you shall be to learn nothing of these things by August.

Δ. By August next?

Mad. ..... Yea ... Next.

Δ. Perhaps my Lord his furniture of money will not be such, as to serve for our carriage anew, &c. Besides that, I would wish Kesmark to be redeemed, before he should come to Cracovia: Perhaps then with the people, his credit would be greater.

Mad. ..... Those that become Kings, care nothing for Farm-houses.

Δ I would that needlesse cost, here bestowed, had been saved: or that you had told us this sooner.

Mad. ..... Silence now, is my best answer.

Δ. Do you know, (O Lord, what say I?) Have we had any name of NALVAGE, heretofore in our Tables or Books expressed?

Mad. ..... What have you written, that have you written. He is a near kinsman to my Mother. We call him, with us, Fuga terrestrium. * 2.74

Δ. We beseech God, that all intermedling, and saucinesse of the wicked in these Actions may cease. You know how one clawed him, here, on the head, as with Eagles claws.

Mad. ..... He may rejoyce, they clawed not his soul. You are content to let me go.

E. K. She goeth away somewhat bigger, and in a long Gown.

Δ. Soli Deo Gloria.

Amen.

Friday, Februar. 21. à Meridie, Lasko. Martii 2. Stylo novo.

Δ. As I had talked of Madimi, and IL. to E. K. about Treasure hid in England: and I was desirous to have some advertisement by Madimi, she appeared.

Mad. ..... I answer your inward man. I am come again.

E. K. She is bigger than she was.

Mad. ..... I am a little grown.

Δ. As concerning a medicine for my Ague, I would gladly ... And as concerning the wife of our dear friend, the Lor ...

Mad. ..... I pray you, bear with me at this time: I am as willing to answer you (when light cometh again) as you to ask me. You may consider of many things, I can answer them briefly. Such blessing as my Mother bestoweth on me, such I give you.

E. K She smileth.

Δ. God grant that his good Creatures may smile on me.

Mad. ..... When you know me well, you will find, I have been very charitable.

E. K She goeth away naked; her body being besprent with blood; at the least that side of her toward E. K.

Δ. Laudetur Deus Trinus & unus, nunc & in sempiterna seculorum secula.

Amen.

Saturday, Februarii 22. 1584. ante meridiem. Lasko. [ Martii 3. Stylo novo.

Δ. The questions needful to be required of Madimi.

1. Good counsel for my health recovering, and confirming.

2. If the Pedestal (for the holy Table) being here made, shall be carryed with us to Cracow, rather than to make a new there: both to save time, and to have our doings the more secret?

3. What is your knowledge and judgement of A. L. his wife, in respect of her life past, present, and to come; for we doubt she is not our sound friend?

4. It is our very earnest desire, that the Danish Treasurer in England, in the ten places, (seised on by E. K.) might be brought hither, very speedily: whereby A. L. might re∣deem Keysmark and Lasko lands, morgaged: and also pay his debts in Cracow, and about Cracow.

For, else, neither can he come with any credit, to Cracow, (as he is willed) neither can he come to us, there, so commodiously, and oft, as our conferences may be requisit. And thirdly, the day of Keysmark forfeiting (without the Emperour his favourable help) draweth nigh: as in April at St. George his Day next.

Δ. And by your speech of England, you give me occasion to enquire whether her Majesty doth cause my rents to be received, by my Deputy assigned or no?

Whether her Majesty, or the Council, do intend to send for me again, into England or no?

And as concerning the red p .... which E. K. found with the book in England, what it is: And what is the best use of it, and how that use is to be practised or performed?

Δ. after these Questions written, and a little our praying to God for his light, verity, and help, and to send Madami, according as she willed me to note many things, for that she could answer them briefly: we used silence a while; ... ath she appeared on my right hand be∣tween me and E. K.

..... Blessed be his name that in truth, and for the truth, sendeth his Ministers to instruct them that love Truth. .... Even so ..... Be not pierced too much with sight of me. [to E. K. for he looked mervallously earnestly on her.]

E. K. She seemeth more bright than she was; And to ... and to stand in a more bright place.

Mad. ..... All honour be to him that liveth in Heaven and in Earth, and is mighty in all places. Amen.

1. ..... Your health.

E. K. Now she is gone to the place on the Cushions on the bench, where she stood yesterday. She doth now as young children do, playing with her

coats; and at length sitteth down on the Cushions.

Mad. ..... Even as spiritual and dignified illuminations, from ascension, and by descending, work the will of God, determined in all Creatures, diversly, according to the measured purpose of the Highest, in dispersing his will upon and into every one, particularly; whereby some become wise, one in this, another in that degree; other some mighty in works, whereby health and help, comfort and joy, is given to the faithful: Even so, ascending, doth Hell infect, sometime with error, and sometime with infirmities: So that from Heaven springeth health, from below infirmities of body and soul. Whereby we find two immediate powers, bringing forth two properties, The one Comfort, * 2.75 with Joy; The other Infection with sorrow.

But this may be objected: Hath it not been seen, that the wicked cure diseases? and restore health? Whatsoever is of death, is sorrow; which is the ground of spiritual and bodily infection so that evil cannot work good. How can it therefore be that the dead revive, or restore health? The cure therefore of all spiritual infection (I mean the infections of such, as are spiritual is in re∣spect of his weaknesse, and not of his strength; Because Satan infecting, may become weak (whereby he cannot prevail) and so give health, by reason of weaknesse: Otherwise, with power, bringing death all manner of wayes.

Δ. E. K. thought a thing, whereunto she answered. . and he said ... my thought: she answered .... in my degree, thoughts .... known to me. I, than an .... she is of God and in God, tha .... the thought of man.

E. K. She ... I hear ... a buz... eare.

..... These two immediate and supernatural properties are so dignified in Creation and Deter∣mination, that the good Angels cannot cure, or help such infirmities, as are brought in by the subtile infection of the wicked themselves: Vnlesse in body the immediate power of the second Person in Trinity be adjoyned in the aid and cure of the infected body; which is the true Physitian. And as he took upon him man his frailty, so he is chief Governour over the same in all degrees.

If the soul be infected, the Angels have no power to ... it or make it clean: but by the will of the Father which is the Holy Ghost, descending through the Angels into the propriety of the Church: whereby the Disease is cured. Therefore, considering, thou art infected not naturally, but by spiritual and wicked inflammation, stirring up thy body unto infection. We that are good Angels, cannot minister help unlesse we feel the immediate power of him which is the second, and the water of Life. Notwithstanding, as we know how the infection grew, either locally or really: So can we find contrary places and things for comfort.

When Herod was infected by the Devil to kill very Christ the Son of God; His purpose was not altered by contradiction to the Devil, but by the foreknowledge of God, which appointed Egypt for his safeguard. So it is said unto thee, It is thought good thou shouldst rest at CRACOVIA; * 2.76 for it is a place sanctified, both in fore-determination, and now. Therefore use the Sabbath, and rest from labour: Reap now, and eat the fruit of thy labour; Presse the Vine, that thou mayest drink, and be comforted: For the promises of God, are not in vain; Neither are the Heavens fruitlesse. For as it is said, Thou art not bound, but for the service of God: Neither shalt thou * 2.77 be enriched by Princes: but shalt enrich them. Flesh may speak vainly, and be without comfort: But the promises of God, cease not, neither become uncertain.

This year to come, is of great blood-shed: prepared to stop the mouth of the Earth, which gapeth for sorrow. Therefore thou must be separated, that the promises of God may be fulfilled: which cometh (not at your request, but at his Determination) most abundantly.

These Boords need not, The paviment shall serve; for it is neither the Earth, nor mans hands, (but the Finger of him that liveth.) that 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

Behold .... That the power of God might be known, therefore he hath chosen those that are not regarded, to the intent, it may be said: Lo, This is of God. .. Hast therefore, and stay not, for thy warning is great.

Those that are wise (to sin) in their fleshly imaginations, are deceivers of themselves: Which with us are not to be accused, but rather unknown. For the Kingdom of Heaven is divided from Hell: and those that are of Hell, are unknown from us. For as ... and ... , naturally, know not, one another, such, and so it is of us.

Sit tibi satis quod illam non novimus, neque virtutem ullam descendentem ab illa vidimus. Neither is the power of God in him, for his own sake: but for the Spirit that God hath planted in him. * 2.78 For we have known him, and again have forgotten him. And yet we understand him. But (I teach thee a Mystery) by irradiation into him: and not by reflexion from himself. As the heavens fly from the stink of the infected powers, even so, fly thou.

Ganislay, Ganislay.

E. K. She calleth one, who is now come here. * 2.79 E. K. He seemeth to have his face half like a man, and half like a woman, his body being all covered with hair, rugged.

Gan. ..... What wilt thou with me? what wilt thou have?

E. K. Madimi shaketh her Coates, and brusheth her Coates with. .....

Mad. ..... Thus sayeth my Mother. Beware of wilde hony, and raw fruit: The one clarified, the other ripened may become good. Those that know not wine become drunken, but to such as know it, it bringeth health. Even so, this Doctrine. For, unto him that it is tasted, being ripe, or ..... or becometh comfort, and the Key of a pr. .... But unto him that tasteth it wildly, and ..... Worket 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Your knowledge is not to have, but to learn to ..... So that you may be, both having and learned. Small are the Treasures of this world, in respect of the wisdom that judgeth NA∣TVRE. For unto him that judgeth truely, what secret is hidden? Those that seek the world shall be contemned of it: But he that flieth from her, shall use her as a slave, or as the second mother doth her daughter. Notwithstanding, of my self, I will be more appliable unto you, then you shall be followers of me. For, for that cause am I become childish. Therefore cease: He is truely * 2.80 wise, that sayeth, God knoweth at all times what we have need of. Be not tempters. Be patient.

5. Even as thy desire is, so are all things in England. Nothing kept back. But for thy sake, such as are thine, are with them friendly used

6. If thou shouldest not be called home, how shouldest thou enjoy the benefit of God his promise, which hath said: Thou shalt call her back, &c. to her preservation. But, first these things must come to passe. The Countrey shall be divided, one rise up against another. Great treasons be wrought. Yea, and one cut anothers throat: And when the greatest troubles are, Then shalt thou save her life. Then shall the wall be broken down: And free passage shall be made: And such as are skorners, and ascend up the narrow steps, or shew themselves on the walls, shall be trodden down and defaced. Here is understanding. ..... That which thou, E. K. hast, is a part of four, and is become the fifth: Yet it is none of the four, dignified in a Cube, whose root is

..... I will know it shortly. Thou hast no power (for time is not yet come.) But must be brought forth shortly, that it may be known. ..... Made it, was * 2.81 Holy (but it was made by those that. ..... It: which is not man, neither any thing of wickednesse) which for his sins died, least he should have been destroyed in the second death. Revealed unto thee, neither for thine own sake; nor at thy request: But by the will of God, for a time to come.

E. K. I pray you to tell me plainly what it is.

Mad. .... Be content. ..... I speak thus, least thou shouldest sin, God the father, the Son, and the holy Ghost blesse you.

E. K. Now she is gone, as a mighty tall woman. * 2.82

Δ. Veritati aeternae, sit aeterna Laus Gloria & Benedictio.

E. K.

Amen.

Wednesday, Martii 4. Mane. 1584. LASKO. Martii 14. Stylo Novo.

Δ. After my Petition made to God (at the instance of A. L. not present now) to know of Maldavia Kingdom, the state to come: that is, when A. L. and by what means he should en∣joy the same (being before at Mortlak, promised unto him.) And at my requesting that Ma∣dimi might be the Minister of his will therein: At length appeared Madimi.

Δ. Gloria Patri, & filio & spiritui sancto: sicut erat in principio, & nunc & semper, & in secula seculorum. Amen.

Mad. Amen. A certain rich man, father of an houshold, returned, and found all things out of order: And lo, he looked up, and said unto his servant: Arise, and be ready, for I will set my house in order. Go to Asson, and I will meet thee there: And he arose up, and went unto Asson: But his master came not: At length he said unto him. Behold, I will not dwell h..... Remove my houshold 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Banal, and he did so. And the servant prepared a feast: But his master came not. And he said unto him the third time; why art thou sorrie, or why art thou angry? ..... Oh unto me, for I am thy master. And he said: Rise, go unto Molschecks, and thou shalt meet me there. But lo, thus say∣eth the servant, my master forgetteth. ..... and hath commanded me twice, and I have prepared for him, and he came not, and he saith unto me the third time, Arise, go, and I will meet thee: Thou shalt finde nie there; But he will there also deceive me: And he sent before, and behold, his master.... But immediately after that, the servants messenger. .... The father of the houshold came; and he looked but his servant was not there. And he sent for him, and commanded him to be .... and to be brought with violence: But the servant said, deal not thus with me, for it is violent: But the master answer∣ed, and said: What I command thee. ..... ghtest: For servants have no freedom of themselves. And it came to passe that after the master had gathered together his friends: He said unto them, Arise up, and finde me one that is FAITHFULL with OBEDIENCE. Then he stretched out his band, and he said unto his servant. Hold, take thy reward: For, from me thou art banished. How say you, was this Justice, that he did unto his servant?

Δ. O Lord, we appeal to thy mercies, and we acknowledge thy judgements alwayes to be most just and true, &c.

Mad. The Ark of the Lord was the Covenant of OBEDIENCE. Happy are those that enter.

E. K. There springeth a thing before her I ke a Reed, but withered.

Mad. Vnto thee, [E. K. pointing to the Reed,] thus sayeth the Lord, Because thou canst not endure the end of winter, Spring on, and grow: But in the midst of [thy] beauty, in the midst of summer, shall thy destruction be.

A. L. I will anoint thee before thy time, for my promise sake: That thou mayest fall in the midst of thine own time, for thy weaknesse is great.

E. K. She standeth and holdeth up her hands toward heaven, and saith no∣thing that I can hear.

Mad. Go, make haste: All flesh is abominable.

E. K. She speaketh another way, not toward us.

Mad. I am sealed, neither can I speak any more.

E. K. Now she goeth away like a three cornerd Cloud.

Δ. Oh Jesu have mercy on us. Oh King of Jews have mercy on us. Oh Conquerour against Hell, death, and the Devil have mercy on us.

E. K. Now is he here, who was last here. Are you Nalvage. ... In the name of Jesus. Lord be mercifull unto us, &c.

.... Is sealed; I am excepted.... I am commanded, and my Office is to teach.

E. K. He turneth about with a great swistnesse, at length he standeth,

Δ. O Lord, and our desire is to be taught of thee, in thee, and for thy service.

Nal. To him to whom it is said, G O: Thus, I say, let him be going. For God hath stretched out his hand, and he sayeth, I will not pluck it back, but with vengeance.

E. K. He turneth again.

Δ. O God, to whom is that G O, sayed? * 2.83

Nal. Thou mortal man, who is the Lord of health?

Δ. The God of Heaven and Earth.

Nal. The Lord is angry, and he said unto thee.

Be gone. * 2.84

Lo, there is a day past. And if his own Angel had not made intercession for him, he had been nothing: Seal these things, make haste.

Be going.

For the Lord is angry.

Δ. O God, &c.

Nal. Thus he sayeth..... Lasky hath rejoyced with an Harlot, and hath measured me, which am unknown: But he shall be rewarded.

Δ.

A. L. To thee it is said: Make haste, and be gone. I will fulfill my promise in him for thy sake: But he shall fall, being none of thy acquaintance.

Δ. Pronounce favour and mercy on me: who in my sin..... and singlenesse of heart rejoyce to do what I can possibly perform.

Nal. Thus they have said against thee. Let him not go. Of them thus sayeth the Lord. They shall tarrie where they would not. Cease, write no more.

Δ. Soli Deo, omnis honor & Gloria. Amen.

Monday, Martii 9. Hora 9. Mane recessimus a ..... & prima nocte fuimus apud petr.....

Tuesday, 10.

Wednesday, 11.

Thursday, 12..... At Michow we lodged at night.

Friday, martii 13. We came to Cracow, circa tertiam a Meredie, and were lodged in the Suburbs by the Church at..... Where we remained a sevenight, and then (I and my wife) we removed to the house in St. Stephens street, which I had hired for a year, for 80 gylders (of 30 gr.) And Master Edward Kelly came to us on Fryday in the Easter week (by the new Gre∣gorian Kalendar) being the 27 day of March, by the old Kalendar: but the sixth day of April, by the new Kalendar, Easter day being the first day of April in Poland, by the new Gregorian institution.

CRACOVIA. Martii 13. An. 1584.

Omnis Honor, Laus, Gloria & Gratiarum Actio, sit Deo Nostro Omnipotenti, Trino & uni 〈◊〉〈◊〉 & semper. Amen. Δ.

MENSIS MYSTICUS SAOBATICUS, Pars prima ejusdem.

Tuesday morning, Anno 1584. Aprilis 10. stilo novo Gregoriano. CRACOVIAE.

AFter our divers prayers and contestation of our humility, obedience, and credit in these Actions: and being come now to Cracovia, the place sanctified, whereunto we were willed to make hast, &c. At lenth appeared Nalvage.

E K. He hath a Gown of white silk, with a Cape with three pendants with tassels on the ends of them all green: it is fur, white and seemeth to shine, with a wavering glittering. On his head is nothing, he hath no berd. His physiognomy is like the picture of King Edward the sixth; his hair hangeth down a quarter of the length of the Cap, somewhat curling, yellow. He hath a rod or wand in his hand, almost as big as my little finger: it is of Gold, and divided into three equal parts, with a brighter Gold than the rest. He standeth upon his round table of Chri∣stal, or rather Mother of Pearl: There appear an infinite number of letters on the same, as thick as one can stand by another. the table is somewhat inclined on one side: he standeth in the very middle; his garment cover∣eth his feet: his breast seemeth smooth as the down remaining of a Swan, when all the feathers be off, so is his neck, &c. He is lean and long∣visaged.

Δ. The infinite mercies of God be on us: and the light of his countenance shine on us; and his favourable countenance be on us.

Nal. ...... Amen, unto him that is, and was, and liveth for ever.

E. K. He looketh earnestly on his table, and turneth him to view it.

Nal. ...... All things are in order. Thus saith the Messenger of him which is the God of Wis∣dom. Is your worthinesse such, as you can merit so great mercy? or are your 〈◊〉〈◊〉 cleansed, and made apt to receive and hold the sweet liquor, pure understanding it self?

Δ.

Hath the Sun entred into your bowels, or have you tasted of the night-dew? Where are your wedding Garments; or after what sort do you provide for your marriage? Unseasoned you are and withered flesh, partakers of those things which make you holy: through which partaking and the secret providence of him that is the Highest, you became dignified to the end, and are sufficiently washed for the time of entrance. O stiff-necked people you deserve nothing, and yet you have the hire of such as labour. But, what, can corruption be partaker of those things that are incorrup∣tible? or man, which savoureth in himself, can you savour also of the Almighty.

O you weaklings, O you of no faith, O you Cankers of the earth; Where is the shame you have; Where are the tears you let fall; Where is the humility you are taught to? Nay you are such as say in your hearts; if the Spring be fair, the Harvest is like to be good: If these thing come to passe, it is the finger of the Lord. But such is your imperfection, such are the fruits of the flesh, and the vanity of mortality.

Notwithstanding, consider that you are servants: Do therefore the will of your Master. You are become free: Be faithful and thankful to him that is the giver of liberty: Nay you are be∣come children: partakers of the counsel of him that sitteth and seeth, and saith I am. Therefore be sober, faithful, and waver not, for the inheritance of your Father is great: your freedom is without recompence, and your Master the King of Justice.

Where are the people, or in what generation did they dwell, that hath been thus acquainted and drawn into familiarity with the true Servants and Angels of God? Unto whom have those myste∣ries been opened. Is it not said, of those that are sanctified, The Lord appeared unto them in a vision: But he cometh to you when you are awake: Unto them he came unlooked for, unto you he cometh requested. Arise up therefore, and be not forgetful what the Lord hath done for you; for * 2.85 the things of this World are not, until they be done, neither is there any thing assured, but by the end.

It was said unto Abraham, And I will destroy them. He believed it; but he asked not, when. Great is the reward of Faith; for it giveth strength: But those that are faithful are not of this world. Notwithstanding, you have said, (as it was said by the Disciples to Christ, when they were yet unpure, and blind) When shall these things come to passe? Lord, what is meant by * 2.86 this, or that? Simple Faith excelleth all Science. For, Heaven and Earth shall perish in their corruption: But the voices of the Lord, much more his promises, are become Angels for ever: For as the Sun begetteth in the earth, and is father of many things that live in corruption and have end: So is the God of Heaven, the bringer forth and begetter of things celestial with life and for ever. For why, Dixit & factum est, Every Idea in eternity is become for ever, and what is * 2.87 thought, is become a living creature. I teach you a mystery.

As the tree in sappy life, watering her self throughly, bringeth forth the ornaments of her own beauty: So the spiritual part of man being good and dignified, burnisheth himself, with his sound and faithful thought: I mean the glory and shew of his own beauty; for the soul of man groweth, either with beauty to salvation, or with dishonour and filthinesse, to damnation.

I have done my Commandment. I have as a Schoolmaster warned you, and as a friend counsel∣led you: I will also teach you.

[E. K. He speaketh in a thin small voice.]

Δ. He used a great pause, and silence.

E. K. He standeth and pointeth with his rod to the letters of his Table, as if he made some account or reckoning. He went out of the middle, and measured how may steps it is about.

Nal. ...... Pater, Filius, Spiritus Sanctus: Fundamentum, substantia, & principium omnium.

[E. K. Thought in his minde, rerum, and he answered his thought, say∣ing, What need I say rerum? The Grammarians will be on my side. Om∣nium, is more than to say omnium rerum.]

E. K. This seemeth to be spoken by some other, in my imagination.

Nal. ...... Omnium, is the thing that is my charge.

E. K. He still conferreth place to place, &c. So. E. K. Now he standeth still.

Corpus omnium .... E. K. He pointeth to the whole or round table which he standeth on.

1. The substance is attributed to God the Father.

2. The first circular mover, the circumference, God the Son, The finger of the Father, and mover of all things.

3. The order and knitting together of the parts in their due and perfect proportion, God the Holy Ghost. Lo, the beginning and end of all things.

E. K. He still counteth and conferreth places and letters together.

Nal. ...... Lo, it is divided into 4 parts: whereof two are dignified: one not yet dignified, but shall be: the other without glory or dignification.

E. K. He seemeth to point to some divisions.

Nal. ...... Understand God, as the substance of the whole, (as above said.)

E. K. He counteth again.

Nal. ...... The substance of this part is called Vita.

E. K. He pointeth to the uppermost part.

Nal. ...... Called Vita Suprema. See here three small lines.

[E. K. Those three small lines appear in the uppermost parcel.]

Say... Gaudium, [pointing to the uppermost line.

Say... Praesentia [pointing to the second.]

...... Laudantes or Triumphantes [pointing to the third.]

E. K. Now he beginneth to account in the second portion,

Nal. ...... The Continent, Vita. [He counteth again.

E. K. The four portions are of equal widenesse, but not of equal clear∣nesse; and that about the center is of fuskish or leadish colour.

E. K. Now he sheweth three small lines in the second portion. He seemeth to speak to himself somewhat.

Nal. ...... Say ...... Potestas .... to the first line pointing. Motus ...... to the second; Ministrantes ..... to the third.

E. K. Now he proceedeth to the third circular portion.

Nal. ...... This Continent is also Vita [pointing to the third portion] non dignificata, sed dignificanda.

Nal. .... See .... E. K. There are also three lines, Actio ..... in the first line. Factum ..... in the second. Confirmantes ..... in the third. Sirha, this is true Logick.

[Δ. He said so to E. K. who now gave himself to study Logick diligently.]

E. K. Now he standeth trembling.

Nal. ...... Oh qualis est Justitia inter miseros?

Δ. .... Sed, mors est quae peperit hanc vitam.

Vita est etiam haec, sed quae peperit mors.

Say ..... Luctus .....

Here seem three lines also.

Discordia .....

Here seem three lines also.

Confundantes .....

Here seem three lines also.

Those that do their duty shall receive their reward. Let my diligence teach you diligence.

Be not angry, because you do not understand: These be means to understand. E. K. con∣fessed * 2.88 that he was very angry.

Nal. ..... Pray unto God, for I am resisted.

Δ. Deus in adjutorium nostrum intende, &c.

Say .... Vita Suprema. [pointing to the uppermost line of all.] I find it (by addi∣tion) in this Language, I ad, but written thus, toward the left hand, in three angles

I	d
a

Say ..... Gaudium ..... Mox. I find it is a name ascending and answereth to the two extremes of I ad in this manner.

I	d	z
a	o
m

Δ. I pray you, is Mozod, a word of three letters, or of five?

Nal. ..... In wrote three, it is larger extended. [Δ. z extended is zod.]

Δ. Will you pardon me if I ask you another question of this extension?

Nal. ..... Say on: Moz in it self signifieth Joy; but Mozod extended, signifieth the Joy 〈◊〉〈◊〉 God.

Δ. No word in his radical form is extended.

Nal. ..... These doubts will at length grow easie.

Praesentia ..... I find it called Zir.

So .....

I	d	z
a	o	i
m	z	r

This Lesson is greater than any that was learned in Cracovia this day.

Nal. ...... Potentia ..... But say, Vita secunda. I ad but thus.

I	d	z	〈◊〉〈◊〉	a	i
a	o	i	g	o	d
m	z	r	v	r	〈◊〉〈◊〉
b	n	〈◊〉〈◊〉
d	a	z			a
i	a	B		d	i

I will teach you here after the distinction of them.

Δ. You mean of I ad diversly fignifying.

Say ...... Potestas ..... I find it Bab. It doth ascend from the right hand to the left.

Motio ..... I find it Zna.

They will not fall out so, but they will fall out well enough.

Nal. ...... Vita tertia. ...... I ad.

Δ. I pray you, what is of Ministrantes?

Nal. ..... Look you to your Charge.

Actio .....

Sor

Factum .....

Gru

..... Vita, quae etiam est mors.

Luctus .....

Ser

Discordia .....

Off

f	o	s
s	e	a
r	d	i

If the order of the Table be ex spiritu Sancto,

The substance of the Father; How shall we gather the Circumference, which is the Son?

The Son is the Image of his Father: Therefore, in his death, he must be the Image of his father also.

If substantia be in forma Crucis, then the Son is the Image of his Father.

............. Laudantes ....... Luach.

		h	e	r	v
	i	d	z	s	a	i
l	a	o	i	g	o	d	h
v	m	z	r	v	r	r	c
a	b	n	a	f	o	s	a
s	d	a	z	s	e	a	s
	i	a	b	r	d	i
		l	a	n	g

Δ. The rest I pray you to deliver us.

Nal. ...... Bear with me, for it is easie for you, but hard for me.

Ministrantes ......

Lang.

Confirmantes .....

Sach.

Δ. Now.

Nal. ..... When I know, you shall.

Δ. As Sach.

God be merciful to man.

It is so terrible, that I tremble to gather it.

Confundantes ..... Urch.

Thus I have made plain this body generally: The particulars are long, hard, and tedious.

Thy name be blessed, O God, which canst open a means, whereby thy powers immediate may be opened unto man. Power, glory, and honour, be unto thee, for thou art the true body of all things, and art life eternal.

E. K. Now he is suddenly vanished away with the Table.

Deo nostro sit omnis laus & gratiarum actio nunc & in sempiterna seculorum secula.

Amen.

Thursday, Mane, Aprilis 12. 1584. 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

Δ. Some delay upon our prayers made, at length appeared Nalvage in shape and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 as last before: He standeth still.

Nal. ...... Benedictum sit nomen Domini in aeternum.

Δ. Amen.

Nal. ...... Audite mei fratres patienter.

The Godhead in his secret judgement keeping in his Almighty bosom, the image and form of all things, universally, looked down upon the Earth; for he said, Let us now go down among the sons of men: He saw that all things grew contrary to their creation and nature; either keeping their dignities and secret vertues shut up in obscurity, or else riotously perishing, through the imbecility and frowardnesse of ignorance: So that it was said, Behold, I delight not in the World: The Elements are defiled, the sons of men wicked, their bodies become dunghills, and the inward parts (the secret chambers of their hearts) the dens and dungeons of the damned: Therefore I will draw my spirit from amongst them, and they shall become more drunken, and their ignorance such as never was: No, not since the fall of he avens.

For, lo, the time is come, And he that is the Son of Unrighteousnesse, is and liveth: Unto * 2.89 him therefore shall be given strength and power: and the Kings of the Earth shall become mad: yea, even raging mad; yea even in the third madnesse, and that in the depth of their own imagi∣nations; and I will build my Temple in the Woods, yea even in the Desert places; and I will

become a Serpent in the wildernesse: for I have tucked up my garments and am fled away, and She * 2.90 shall mourn on the Mountains without comfort.

Lo, the Thunder spake, and the earth became misty, and full of fogge, that the Soul of man might sleep in his own confusion. The second Thunder spake, and there arose spirits, such as are for Sooth-sayers, Witches, Charmers, and Seducers: and they are entred into the holy places, and have taken up their seats in man. Woe be unto the earth therefore: For, it is corrupted. Woe be unto the earth, for she is surrendred to her adversary: Woe be unto the earth, she is delivered into the hands of her enemy: Yea, Woe be unto the sons of men, for their vessels are poysoned. But even then said the Lord, Lo, I will be known in the wildernesse, and will Triumph in my weaknesse.

And lo, he called you, and you became drunken, and foolish with the spirit of God: And it was said Descend, for he calleth, and hath called: and Raphael that brought up the prayers descended: * 2.91 and he was full with the power, & spirit of God: and it became a Doctrine, such was never from the beginning: Not painted, or carved: filed, or imagined by man, or according to their imaginations, which are of flesh: but simple, plain, full of strength, and the power of the holy Ghost: which Do∣ctrine began, as man did, nakedly from the earth: but yet, the image of perfection. This self∣same Art is it, which is delivered unto you an infallible Doctrine, containing in it the waters, which runne through many Gates: even above the Gate of Innocency, wherein you are taught to finde out the Dignity and Corruption of nature: also made partakers of the secret Judgements of the Almighty to be made manifest, and to be put in execution. Which knowledge in you is to be made perfect: two wayes, by power, mediate, and immediate. Immediately from God, in respect of his will, and secret Judgements, as unto the Apostles. By means and tradition, as from us, opening the substance and body of nature, according to our own image, which is the thing I have now in hand. I am therefore to instruct and inform you, according to your Doctrine delivered, which is contained in 49 Tables. In 49 voyces, or callings: which are the Natural Keyes, to open those, not * 2.92 49. but 48. (for One is not to be opened) Gates of understanding, whereby you shall have knowledge to move every Gate, and to call out as many as you please, or shall be thought necessary, which can very well, righteously, and wisely, open unto you the secrets of their Cities, & make you understand per∣fectly the contained in the Tables. Through which knowledge you shall easily be able to judge, not as the world doth, but perfectly of the world, and of all things contained within the Compasse of Na∣ture, and of all things which are subject to an end.

But behold, this charge of mine is tied unto time: Therefore be diligent to learn, diligent to * 2.93 hear, and that with patience: For it is neither a free School, nor a School of continuance. For as power is not given unto me beyond the first day of August next, so have you no strength to learn after, because I am the staff of your Doctrine.

Nal. ..... I am for the comfort of the world; and not for the hindrance: Thus sayeth the Lord. To them that have Harvest let them reap, and unto such as have labour let them work. As for me, I am tied to time, and am ready at all times: For I measure not your night, nor day.

Δ. Thanks be unto the highest.

Nal. ..... Cease now with me, for no more descendeth.

Soli Deo Honor & Gloria.

After-noon, the same Thursday. ..... After some short Ejaculations of prayers to God, there appeared a great black masty Dogge: with whom I would have nothing to do, but ex∣pect Nalvage. He said, that he was Nalvage. We rebuked him as an Hell-hound. At length * 2.94 he departed, and Nalvage appeared; but brighter then to day.

Nal. ..... Have you those things I told yout to day?

Δ. We have them in record and minde.

Nal. ..... Read them......

Δ. I did read them.

E. K. He laugheth, ha, ha, ha, &c. a great laughter: He hath also a Ta∣ble, but seemeth not to be like the former Table of Nalvage. There are ten, or eleven divisions in this Table, as was not in the former Table.

Δ. If thou art Nalvage, proceed in the Doctrine of wisdom, if thou are not Nalvage, depart in the name of Jesus.

...... I have free will, and therefore I will be here.

Δ. Now I doubt nothing, but thou art a deceiver. [Audite:] The ignorance of the wicked * 2.95 becometh dust: which shewing it self is swept out of doors, and thrown on the Dung-hills.

E. K. Now appeareth one like true Nalvage.

Nal. ..... Even so is it of the [ ] for thou hast opened thy blasphemy: and being disco∣vered, art become more accursed: Therefore because thou art accursed, thou art not dignified; but become a Vessel of iniquity: And therefore hast no free-will. For, free-will either is, or is in * 2.96 state to be dignified. Therefore, as dust I sweep thee out: and cast thee into that Dunghill; which is the place of the greatest woe: the Dunghill, and the reward of the unrighteous. And, because

thou hast thrust thy self into the Judgements of the Lord: and hast heard the secrets of the Almighty: Therefore I seal thee tanquam truncus in Infernum.

E. K. He striketh him with an yern, like a pair of tongs; in form of a Mould to cast Pellets in: griping his brain and underchaps, and so he fell down and disappeared: and in his place came Nalvage.

E. K. Nalvage maketh cursie toward the four quarters of the vvorld. Nal. ...... My Us is as good as thy Um.

E. K. In his heart thought that it might be, that now one Devil mastered an∣other, and thereupon said Um.

E. K. He is now accounting again on his Table as he did before.

Nal. ..... Vnto this Doctrine belongeth the perfect knowledge, and remembrance of the mysticall Creatures. How therefore shall I inform you, which know them not? * 2.97

Δ. Mean you as Babyon Boboyel, &c.

Nal. ...... The Characters, or Letters of the Tables.

Δ. You mean the mystical Letters, wherein the holy book is promised to be written: and if the book be so written and laid open before us, and then you will from Letter to Letter point, and we to record your instructions: Then I trust we shall sufficiently understand, and learn your instructions.

Nal. ..... Also in receiving of the calls, this is to be noted: that they are to be uttered of me, back∣ward: and of you, in practise, forward. * 2.98

Δ. I understand it, for the efficacity of them; else, all things called would appear: and so hinder our proceeding in learning.

Nal. ...... D P C E T E I R S M S S S

E S A I I M M N S E S. * 2.99

E. K. All this was in one line; in the lowermost portion: and lowermost line thereof.

Nal. ..... I E E E E T N O E D M E T M M M

M M D M A E T S E A M. * 2.100

E. K Now he standeth still.

Nal. ..... A E R T I S A N S S E A S D M M S E A O A * 2.101

V I I I I A O A O I I V I T S E I T T * 2.102

S D A I N.

E. K. These seemed to be taken out of divers lines, in the three lovver portions; but none out of the uppermost, or fourth.

Nal. ..... R S H D D S R R E S O L S N R E R E E

S F R H E I E E E E I E E O E T I S O E

R T T H D E O I S E O E S M E T F E D E

T S E E E E E R S E S E O R S M E T * 2.103

D. R. F E D E T S E E E R S E

(E E R)

S I S E H E N O E S M E F S F E E D I [I / E] O E * 2.104

S S S I S E O E S H E

D S D F T E I E O R S O E D H T E T * 2.105

O E S H E O T R T E R E O E H S E R * 2.106

E E I R E S R I S O E H E E D E I E H E

D T R N D D H D N.

The rest of this Lesson, the next morning.

Δ. After the correcting of certain places before in the Letters he said. I feel no more.

Δ. Thanks and honour be to the highest for ever.

Amen.

Fryday morning, Hora 8½. Aprilis 13: Cracoviae.

Not long after my Invitation, Nalvage appeared, Nutu Dei.

Nal. .... Our peace, which is Triumphing patience, and glory be amongst you.

Δ. Amen.

Nal. ..... It may be said, can there be patience in the Angels, which are exalted above the aire? * 2.107 For, such as were of errour have their reward: Yea, forsooth my dear brethren. For there is a continual fight between us and Satan, wherein we vanquish by patience. This is not spoken with∣out a cause: For as the Devil is the father of Carping, so doth he suttlely infect the Seers imagina∣tion, mingling unperfect forms with my utterance: Water is not received without aire, neither the word of God without blasphemous insinuation. The son of God never did convert all, neither did all that did hear him, believe him. Therefore, where the power of God is, is also Satan: Lo, I speak not this without a cause, for I have answered thy infection.

Δ. E. K. Had thought that Angels had not occasion of any patience, and so was his thought answered.

Nal. ..... I finde the Soul of man hath no portion in this first Table. It is the Image of the son * 2.108 of God, in the bosome of his father, before all the worlds. It comprehendeth his incarnation, pas∣sion, and return to judgement: which he himself, in flesh, knoweth not; all the rest are of understand∣ing. The exact Center excepted.

A (Two thousand and fourteen, in the sixth Table, is) D

86. 7003. In the thirteenth Table, is I.

A In the 21^th. Table. 11406 downward.

I In the last Table, one lesse then Number. A word, Jaida you shall understand, what that word is before the Sun go down. Jaida is the last word of the call.

85. H 49. ascending T 49. descending, A 909. directly, O simply.

H 2029. directly, call it Hoath.

225. From the low angle on the right side.

Continuing in the same and next square.

D 225. [The same number repeated.

A In the thirteenth Table, 740. ascending in his square.

M The 30^th. Table, 13025. from the low angle in the left-side.

84. ....... In the square ascending.

Call it Mad.

O The 7^th. Table, 99. ascending.

C The 19^th. descending 409.

O The ... 1. from the upper right angle, crossing to the nether left, and so ascending 1003.

83. N The 31^th. from the Center to the upper right angle, and so descending 5009. Call it Noco.

Be patient, for I told you it would be tedious:

O The 39^th. from the Center descending, or the left hand, 9073.

D The 41^th. from the Center ascending, and so to the right upper Angle, 27004.

R The 43^th. from the upper left Angle to the right, and so still in the Circumference. 34006.

I The 47^th. ascending, 72000.

82. In the same Table descending the last.

Call it Zirdo.

P The 6^th. ascending 109.

A The 9^th. ascending 405.

81. L The 11^th. descending 603. ...... Call it Lap.

Δ. Her, he stroke the Table on Saturday action fol∣lowing at my reading over of it backward.

E The 6^th. from the right Angle uppermost to the left, 700.

G The 13^th. descending, 2000.

R The 17^th. from the Center downward, 11004.

80. O The 32^th. descending from the right Angle to the Center, 32000.

Z 47^th. 194000. descending.

Call it Zorge. [Of one syllable.]

A 19^th. from the left corner descending, 17200.

79. A 24^th. from the Center ascending to the left Angle, 25000.

Q The same Table ascending, 33000.

Call it QAA. [Three syllables with accent on the last A.]

E The second Table, 112 ascending.

L The ...... ^th. descending 504.

C The 19^th. Table descending 1013. [That C. is called C Minor.]

I The 13^th. descending, 2005. * 2.109

C The 14^th. descending, 2907.

Call it Cicle.

E. K. Now is he kneeling, and praying with his Rod up

76. O The 4^th. ascending to the left Angle, 390.

D The 5^th. descending 812.

O In the same descending, 902.

Call it O D O.

Δ. Here he striketh again on Saturday.

75 M	N The 9th descending 804.
A The 11th descending 2005. * 2.110
R The 14th descending 5006.
N The 16th descending 12004: * 2.111
A The 20th descending 17006.
Z The 32th descending 40006. * 2.112

I give it faster unto you, than I received it. E. K. thought it.

74	T The 4th descending 212 * 2.113
O The 6th ascending from the center to the left corner 1907.
Call it OD * 2.114
73	A The 9th ascending 500
C The 10th descending 602 * 2.115
R The 16th ascending 22006. * 2.116
A The 19th descending 23012.
72	C The 30th ascending 30006.
A The 39th from the left angle descending 42012.
Z The 46th ascending 312004. * 2.117

Vse your time of refreshing, and return Deo gratias reddamus immortales.

The same Friday after Noon, circa 3. horam.

After a short request made by me to Christ for wisdom, and verity to be ministered by Nalvage; he appeared and spake much to E. K. which he expressed not to me: but a length confessed that he gave him brotherly counsel to leave dealing as an Idolater or Fornicator against God, by asking counsel of such às he did.

E. K. confessed that he had been that day, and some dayes before, dealing by himself after his manner, to understand of my Lord Laskie, and of other matters of Lasko, and left his questions in his window written. Nalvage told him the devil had now taken away his que∣stions. E. K. went down to see if it were true, and he found it true.

Nal. ..... Pray ..... Δ. We prayed.

There is an error in the last, not in the Number, but in the Letter. I will first go through the Letters, and after come to the Numbers. How many words have you received this day?

Δ. Thirteen, whereof Iaida was said to be the last of the call.

Nal. ..... They be more worth than the Kingdom of Poland. Be patient, for these things are wonderful.

71	N ( The number must needs go to) the sixth, descending 309.
A The 7th ascending 360.
O The 9th ascending 1000.
O The 13th ascending 1050.
V The 17th ascending 2004. It is Vooan. It may be sounded Vaoan.

Adde those last Numbers Δ.
	309
	360	Vooan is spoken with them that fall, but Vaoan with them that are, and are glorified. The devils have lost the dignity of their sounds.
	1000
	1050
	2004
	4723

Δ. They make 4723.

Nal. ..... It is called the Mystical roote in the highest ascendent of transmutation.

Δ. These phrases are dark; when it shall please God they may be made plain.

Nal. ..... It is the square of the Philosophers work.

Δ. you said it was a roote.

Nal. ..... So it is a roote square.

Δ. The square thereof is 22306729 ....

The word is, by interpretation, Ignis vera mater. The vain Philosophers do think it doth * 2.118 beget bodies: but in truth, it conceiveth, and bringeth forth. 70 D the fifth, ascending, 4. O the 39, ascending, 7806. call it OD. [Δ. drawing the O long.]

E L 17 (not 17 and the thirdth: for it is of the thirdth: and 17 it

L et may be of them both) ascending, 419.

69 O O the 18 ascending 2017 .... this O must be sounded as A.

T M M the 24 from the center to the left angle, ascending, 5069 .... T must be instead of M.

L A A 30 descending, 9012.

A I I the 35 ascending, 15079.

B P P the 43, from the center to the left angle, descending 159068. * 2.119

Call it Piamo el. It is Piatel Baltale to be sounded.

As the ear is the chief sense; so, being infected, it is the greatest hindrance. Many there be * 2.120 that thrust themselves between you and me: and they are increased. Power is given again to the Shew Stone; and thou shalt not be hindred.

Δ. Shall I presently bring it forth?

Nal. ..... As thou wilt.

Δ. I brought forth the Stone, and it seemed marvellously brighter than before it was wont to appear. * 2.121

E. K. He seemeth to pray.

E. K. There appeareth to me in the Stone Michael as he was wont to appear, with his sword in his hand, and in a long white gar∣ment, &c.

Mich. ...... I am the strength of the Highest, and the mighty arme of him that is Almighty: your fellow servant, and the messager of the Highest: The powers of the earth have risen up a∣gainst * 2.122 you: But you shall prevail, and this Doctrine shall be delivered as is promised, and according unto time. But pray earnestly; for lo, the whole hoste of Angels, such as are blessed, have cryed unto the Lord, saying: Not so Lord: Thy bread is torn in pieces, or reproachfully eaten.

Thus therefore saith the Lord, Be patient, for the place is holy, and the power of the Highest is amongst you. Receive willingly: for he that is offended is smitten. Be comforted, and be∣ware * 2.123 of deceivers: for the power of the wicked is increased, and is become mighty: But into this vessel shall enter no unclean thing, not for this time onely, but for ever.

Vnto thee Nalvage thus saith the Lord, gather up thy wings and enter: Do as thou art com∣manded, and be multiplied. Be comforted; for Gabriel shall ascend and stand before the Lord, * 2.124 and shall have power and descend: and he shall be yoked unto thy loynes, and thou shalt become mighty; that thou mayst open the wonders of the Lord with power.

E K. Now is Nalvage come into the Stone.

Mic. ...... Be comforted, be comforted, be comforted my brethren in the God of Hosts: for your comfort is and shall be of the Holy Ghost. Therefore let peace be amongst you, and be no more * 2.125 babes; for wisdom dwelleth not amongst children. The peace of God be amongst you: And thus much I have comforted you.

E. K. He is gone.

E. K. Now here is another.

Δ. It is Gabriel that came to Daniel.

Gabr. ...... I did so, and I am that Gabriel, and the World beareth witnesse of my coming.

You rebellious windes, you deceivers of the righteous, you naked substances and things lighter than the windes, know not you that the God of your creation hath rewarded you, know you not your own weaknesse, know you not your state of no return? I say headlong you all (without resistance) fall down to your places: Be gone, sink, for I am of power, and do prevail.

Behold he hath placed darknesse behind him, and hath made the lights of heaven as the Lamps of his beauty. Go you that are confounded without return; for the name of our God in his de∣termination is invincible.

This night is a Sabbath, and a scourge to the wicked.

Nal. ...... I promised to expound you a word, the first you had to day, but the last. It signifieth, of the Highest.

E. K. His Table now appeareth very evidently to me, as that I could paint it all.

Cease for this time, for it is a time of silence, for the wicked are confounded: in the morning early you shall be taught plentifully: for my power is become a hundred and fifty; and I will finish * 2.126 my charge, long before the time appointed.

Gabr. We are alwayes present until the promise be ended. Rest in peace.

E. K. Gabriel seemeth to be all in compleat harnesse, like skales of a Fish from

the arm-pits downward; with a Spear in his hand, all of fire, about a two * 2.127 yards long.

Δ. The peace of God, and his mercy, be on us now and ever. Amen.

Δ. If it should not offend you, I would glady ask your knowledge of the Lord Albert Laskie our great worldly friend, and that for the service of God, if he be past the chief danger of his present infirmity, &c.

..... When we enter into him, we know him; but from him, he is scarce known unto us: as of * 2.128 him of whom it is said, he hath consented with an Harlot: we know not the end of God his ju∣stice which is upon him.

His prayers are come to the second heaven, neither hath any received remembrance of him: But we will pray unto God to be merciful unto him, and that for thy sake; Because thou shalt not be made a laughing-stock to the wicked. Pray thou for him, that thou mayst work in him that * 2.129 which he worketh not for himself. Hold up thy hands for him; for it is a lawful and a cha∣ritable thing: For God hath granted thee a force in prayer: But be patient and humble. We with thee, give thanks and laud unto the Lord. * 2.130

Cease.

Δ. Laudes Deo nostro incessanter reddantur.

Amen.

Saturday, Aprilis 14. Mane. Cracoviae, 1584.

Δ. Oratione Dominica finita, & brevi illa oratione Psalmi 33. inspecto Chrystallo 〈◊〉〈◊〉 utrique Gabriel & Nalvage.

E. K. They kneel, as though they were in confession one to another, and .... about half a quarter of an hour.

Gabr. ......) after me.

O beginning and fountain of all wisdom, gird up thy loines in mercy, and shadow our weaknesse; * 2.131 be merciful unto us, and forgive us our trespasses: for those that rise up saying there is no God, have risen up against us, saying, Let us confound them: Our strength is not, neither are our bones full of marrow. Help therefore O eternal God of mercy: help therefore O eternal God of salvation: help therefore O eternal God of peace and comfort. Who is like unto thee in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of incense? before whom the Quire of Heaven sing, O Mappa la man hallelujah: Visit us O God with a com∣prehending fire, brighter than the Stars in the fourth heaven. Be merciful unto us, and continue with us; for thou art Almighty: To whom all things of thy breasts in Heaven and Earth, sing glory praise and honour, Saying, Come, Come, Lord for thy mercy sake. Say so unto God kneeling.

Δ. I repeated it, kneeling, and E. K. likewise kneeling.

E. K. They both kneel down again, and put their foreheads together. Gabriel seemeth to sit in a chair on the one side of Nalvage about 30 yards off, on Nalvage his left hand. Nalvage standeth.

...... Thus saith the Lord, Who is he, that dare resist invincible strength: Seale up the East, * 2.132 seale up the South, Seale up the West: and unto the North put three Seales.

E. K. Now sitteth Nalvage in a Chair aside from his round Table, the Table being somewhat before him.

Nal. ...... Name that I point to. [To E. K. he said so, as concerning the Letters.

E. K. He flung like a thin brightnesse out of the Stone upon E. K. he hath his rod, which he took out of his own mouth.

... ev... He holdeth up his rod, and saith, I am all joy, and rejoyce in my self.

E. K. He smit the round Table with his rod; and it whirled ábout with a great swiftnesse. Now that which before seemed to be a circular and plain form, appeareth to be a Globe and round Ball; corporal, when it * 2.133 turneth.

Nal ...... Say the last.

Δ. Piamo el.

E. K. He striketh the Table now, and though the body seem to turn, yet the Letter seem to stand still in their places.

E. K. Now he plucketh out five Books, as if from under his Chair, and setteth them down by him; the books be green, bright, and they be three corned, Δ a clasp.

Sal. ..... Read backward ... [to E. K.] Every thing with us teacheth. Read backward. Letter without number.

Nal. ..... Read backward, letter without number, the letters thou hadst yesterday.

Δ. After all read, he proceeded thus:

68	P The fourth ascending, 97.	68 PIAP.
A The sixth ascending, 112.
I The eighth ascending, 207.
P The ninth ascending, 307.

E. K. Now he striketh it again, and it turneth.

67	A	TA.
T * 2.134
66	I	AAI. * 2.135
A * 2.136

E. K. Now he striketh again, and turneth: his Rod seemeth to be hollow like a Reed.

65	APGOB. * 2.137

E. K. Gabriel falleth down on his face, and lieth prostrate, and Nalvage holdeth up his Rod all the while.

DOS. He pointed beyond him in the upper Circle, it seemeth * 2.138 like a Roman C.

64	LAMAOP. * 2.139

Make it two words. ..... It may be all one word with S. or T. but it would be hard for your understanding.

Make a point between Poamal and Od.

E. K. Gabriel lieth prostrate all this while.

63	XVDMOZ. * 2.140

..... With great difficulty this Letter was discerned: Nalvage himself said, he knew it not yet; but it seemed to E. K. to be an X. Nalvage denied it to be an X. and said he knew not yet the mystery: say the Lords prayer, for I cannot open it. Although my power be multiplied, yet I know not this Letter. At length he said it was V.

E. K. I can remember that word well.

Nal. ..... Thou shalt not remember it.

62	PEV. * 2.141
Make a point there.	Δ. A full point? * 2.142
61	OLOHOL. * 2.143
Long, the first syllable accented.

E. K. Now he striketh the Table.

60	SD.	It is the uppermost of* 2.144
59	SIMAPI.	Pronownce it IPAMIS. * 2.145
58	LU.	Call it UL.	Δ, With such sound to U. as 〈◊〉〈◊〉 yew, whereof bows are made.

57	MAPI. * 2.146	F. K. It seemeth to be an e.
DO.	OD. As you had before.

E. K. Now Gabriel riseth from his lying prostrate.

56	HOTLAB.	Call it BALTOH. * 2.147
PAIP.	Call it Piap.

E. K. Gabriel steppeth up, and seemeth to storm angerly against somewhat.

Δ. Belike some wicked powers would intrude their illusions, or hindrances in these actions.

E. K. He hath thrown his Dart from him: and it cometh to him again.

Gabr. .... Count the number of the words you have received to day.

Δ. Sixteen, if Poamal; Od be made two words.

Gab. ..... Be packing, and so many plagues be amongst you more then your plague was before.

E. K. He seemeth to storm still.

Gab. ..... Come in.

E. K. Now there come four more.

Gab. ..... Art not thou Adraman? Which hast fallen, and hast burst thy neck four times? And wilt thou now rise again, and take part anew? Go thy way therefore, thou Seducer, enter into the fifth torment. Let thy p wer be lesse then it is, by as much as thou seest number here.

E. K. Now they all four fall down into a pit, or Hiatum of the foundation of the place where they stood.

E. K. Nalvage lieth all this while upon his face.

Gab. ..... Count now again.

Δ. Sixteen.

Gab. ..... It is not so. There is an errour.

Nal. ..... I am deceived from Ipam.

OD the next is false, and so are the rest: And so is that that followeth.

ABOS.

SOBA.

Δ. I had Baltoh.

Nal. ..... And Piap.

Nal. ..... What is this? [to E. K.] E. K. ..... G.

Nal. ..... No, it is an H.

55	HOT. * 2.148	TOH.
54	MOH.	HOM.
53	SD.	DS.
52	LIPDAI.	Call it IADPIL accent ad.
51	ONOG.	Call it Gono.

Gab. ..... Move not, for the place waxeth more holy.

Nal. ..... Pointeth S. D.

D S. This was corrected on Monday following to be too much.

50

ANDA.

Call it ADNA.

E. K. Gabriel did throw a brightnesse upon E. K. after he had stro∣ked his own face first, E. K. started at it.

49

AZRNZ

Call it Zurza.

Δ. As... Znurza.

E. K. Nalvage kneeleth down before the Table, and useth many in∣clinations, and gestures of reverence, as Priests use to do at the Alter.

48	MZRAF		FARZM.
47	HALIP	moreover	PILAH.	Three syllables. * 2.149
46	HANDAI	the Ark of knowledge	IADNAH.	[yadnah.

E. K. Nalvage cometh and kisseth the Table and kneeleth down, and seemeth to pray.

45	MRE	with	ERM
44	BAC	a Rod	CAB

E. K. He kneeleth down again, and useth such gestures as before.

GSN

a rod

E. K. Nalvage said, Adjuva me, O mi Deus. He holdeth up his hand and kisseth the Table, and useth wonderfull reverence. He saith again. Fer opem, O mi Deus.

43	ERNOZ	delivered you	ZONRENSG
42	SD	and Δ which	DS
41	RIP	the holy ones	Pir, there is a point
40	ABAC	govern	Call it Caba.
39	ALEROHO,	I made a Law	Call it Ohorela, I * 2.150
38	MRASAC	to whom	Casarm I * 2.151

E. K. Now he kisseth the Table again.

37	MASRG	with admiration	GRSAM * 2.152
36	HELOBO	your Garments	OBOLEH
35	SBRU	beautified	URBS
34	SD	and Δ which	DS

E. K. Now he useth the former reverent gestures again.

33	IDLA	of gathering	ALDI
32	EGRP	with the fire	PRGE* 2.153
31	PNONG* 2.154	I garnished	GNONP
30	LIHT	seats	THIL* 2.155
29	ABOS	whose	SOBA
28	NEIZ	of my hands	ZIEN* 2.156

27	HOLBON	the palms	Nobloh.
26	AT	as	TA.
25	HAMMOC	trussed you together	COMMAH	A point.
24	DO	And	As before O D.
23	ZMIZ	of my vestures	Zimz.	A point.
22	AOHTON	in the midst	Nothoa.	Here is a point before the word. A point.
21	AAQ	your garments	QAA.	Three syllables.

E. K. Now he useth reverence to the Table again.

20	QLOH	measureth	HOLQ* 2.157
19	SD	which	DS

Nal. Adjuva me mi Deus.

18.	GRPLAM	a through thrusting fire	Malprg, as Malpurg.
17	AT	as	TA.

Now he prayeth as before, his arms extended.

16	AARG	and the Moon	GRAA. A point.
15	DASPZAN	a Sword	NAZPS AD.

E. K. Now he prayeth again.

14	AT	as	TA.
13	I	is	a word by it self.
12	ROR	The Sun	Ror. Here a point.
11	LOZ	bands	Zol ... zod Δ. as ol: A point.
10	ARBOS	in whose	Sobra.
9	OHPNOV	of wrath	Vonpho.
8	ZLAC	above the firmamets	Calz.
7	HSNAL	in power exalted	LANSH as Lonsh.
	Adjuva me O Deus.
6	TLAB	of Justice	Balt. Here is a point.
5	DAI	the God	Iad, as Yad.
4	OHOG	saith	GOTTO.
3	GSROV	over you	Vorsg. Here a point.
2	FNOS	Raign	Sonf.
1	LO	I	Ol.

E. K. Now he sitteth down in his Chair. This is the end of the * 2.158 mighty and first Call.

...... Pray that you may understand what it is.

Δ. Mean you presently?

Nal. ...... I, presently.

Δ. I pray to that intent.

E. K. All the Stone sheweth fire, and all is on fire, nothing else appearing: not like common fire, but clear, thin, &c.

Now it waxeth clear.

E. K. And now Nalvage is on the top of the Globe, and his seat remaineth in the former manner of fire. Now Nalvage holdeth up his right hand, and the same seemeth to be many hands. There is on one of his fingers an I. It vanisheth away; and so on divers fingers are words as follow.

I	midst	delivered
Reign	of	you
over	my	a
you	vestures,	rod
saith	and	with
the	trussed	the
God	you	ark
of	together	of
Justice,	as	knowledge,
in	the	moreover
power	palms	you
exalted	of	lifted
above	my	up
the	hands,	your
firmaments	whose	voices
of	seats	and
wrath,	I	sware
in	garnished	obedience
whose	with	and
hands	the * 2.159	faith
the	fire	to
Son	of	him
is	gathering	that
as	and	liveth
a	beautified	and
Sword,	your	triumpheth
and	garments	whose
the	with	beginning
Moon	admiration	is
as	to	not,
a	whom	nor
through	I	end
thrusting	made	can
fire	a	not
which	Law	be
measureth	to	which
your	govern	shineth
garments	the	as
in	holy ones,	a
the	and	flame * 2.160

in	Move	I
the	therefore	am
midst	and	the
of	shew	servant
your	your	of
Palace,	selves,	the
and	open	same
raigneth	the	your
amongst	mysteries	God,
you	of	the
as	your	true
the	Creation,	worshipper
Ballance	be	of	60
of	friendly	the	60
righteousnesse	unto	49 Highest.	49
and	me;		169
truth.	for

E. K. Now all the fingers be gone.

Δ.,

Nal. ...... It is the sense in your tongue of the holy and mystical Call before delivered: which followeth in practice for the moving of the second Table, the Kings and Ministers of govern∣ment: * 2.161 The uttrance of which, is of force, and moveth them to visible apparition: moved and appeared, they are forced (by the Covenant of God delivered by his spirit) to render o∣bedience * 2.162 and faithful society. Wherein, they will open the mysteries of their creation, as far as shall be necessary: and give you understanding of many thousand secrets, wherein you are yet but children; for every Table hath his key: every key openeth his gate, and every gate being opened, giveth knowledge of himself of entrance, and of the mysteries of those things whereof he is an inclosure. Within these Palaces you shall find things that are of power, as well to speak, as to do for every [(1) Palace] is above his [(2) City] and every City above his [(3) entrance.] * 2.163

Be you therefore diligent that you may enter in, not as spoilers, but as such as deserve intertain∣ment in the name, and through the power of the Highest. For great are the mercies of God unto such as have faith. This is therefore the key of the first seven, according to the proportion of the * 2.164 first Creation. No more for this time.

A sign alwayes to make an end.

E. K. He drew a Curtain before the Stone, of white colour.

The same Saturday, after Noon, hora 3½ 4.

The white Curtain remained about half an hour after my prayer to God, and some in∣vitation to Gabriel and Nalvage, at length the Curtain quaked as though wind blew it.

E. K. Me thinketh that I hear a stir within the Stone. At length they appeared.

E. K. They have very eyes which twinkle as other mens eyes do, and * 2.165 therefore I see them with my external eye, not within my ima∣gination, as.....

...... There are two kind of visions, the one by infusion of will and descending, the other by in∣fusion by permission and ascending. The first is the image of the Will of God descending into the body, and adjoyned to the soul of man, whose nature is to distinguish things of his own likenesse, but shut up in prison in the body, wanteth that power; and therefore being illuminated by spiritual presence, inwardly, seeth now in part, as he shall hereafter do in the whole.

But note, that every vision is according to the soul of man in power: and so is received of him * 2.166 that seeth. The boy of man feeleth nothing spiritual until he be of incorruption: Therefore useth no sense in and illumination. The other is to be found out by his contrary.

E. K. Here is a Devil that derideth these instructions, and saith, you may know his vertue by his wisdom: he never went to * 2.167 School.

Gab. ..... I know what he is: Power is given to me to resist him, but not to touch him. He hath * 2.168 ascended, and begotten him a son, wherein the people of the earth shall be accursed. those that are in prison shut up from light, and the use of the day comprehend not any thing, but that which entreth unto them by permission, or free will, so is the Soul of man shut up from all light, except that which entreth by the will, or suffrance of the highest.

But as obedience is the tryal of dignification, so are the Ceremonies appointed by God, the wit∣nesses of justification. For he that violated the outward Law was 〈◊〉〈◊〉: But the very end of Justice to salvation is the obedience, and submission of the Soul. How can it be that the earth and elements shall bear witnesse against man in the day of Judgement, but in the perverse use of them, contrary to God his Commandments. He is a slow School-master, and of smāll understanding. * 2.169

Gab. ..... Cease, for the conflict is great, and must have judgement of the Lord.

Δ. Sall I joyn my prayers with yours to our God, to drive away this wicked scorner, and contemner of your ministery?

Gab. ..... Not so, you know not the secret judgements of the Lord herein. The white Curtain was drawn.

Δ. Deo Nostro soli Omnipotenti sit omnis Laus, Honor, Gloria, & imperium in secula seculorum.

Amen.

Sonday, Aprilis 15. Mane Hor. 7½.

After a few prayers necessary, and invitation to Gabriel and Nalvage for their instru∣ctions.

...... Our instructions shall grow most plentifully amongst you. But give place to time, for * 2.170 this is the voyce of the highest. Be holy and righteous in the works of your hands, and keep al∣wayes the Sabbath of your Redeemer hereafter: For even yet, the Serpent is amongst us. For even yet the Serpent is amongst my holy ones, and endeavoureth to cut you asunder. Therefore I say be holy even in the works of your hands, for he thinketh to prevail against you: But let your houses be swept clean, that when the spy entreth, he finde nothing to feed on.

Δ. We ceased and gave our selves to the Sabbath: considering, intending hence foreward to visit the Church and Assembly, to pray and meditate on God his service.

Solus Jesus Christus est Triumphator contra mortem & Diabolum, Dominus Noster & Deus Noster.

Amen.

Monday, 15. Aprilis. Mane, hora 6. Cracoviae.

Δ. After a short prayer to God for remission of sins, and sending of his graces, and his good Ministers assigned for our instructions: and for the avoiding away of the great enemy, &c. who held conflict against Gabriel, &c. The white Curtain appeared still drawn before in the stone for an hour.

E. K. There appeareth a face standing upon two Pillars, the Cur∣tain yet remaining drawn: The face is fiery, and hath very great teeth. The Pillars are like Marble spotted gray, and the ground of the Pillars colour white. He said, the works of the highest are become a stum∣bling block, and have entred into the breasts of a woman, and he is be∣come angry. But when she thinketh her self happy, she shall stumble, where she would not, and become sorrowfull without comfort.

E. K. This face and Pillars became a great water swelling upward, and so vanished away.

Δ. After about an hour, the Curtain was opened. All appeareth as before: Gabriel sit∣teth in his Chair, and Nalvage kneeleth.

Δ. I prayed divers prayers of God, & help against the wicked enemy, yet present, and molesting us as he was permitted.

Nal. ..... Pray, for the mercy of God. Pray, for thou shalt not be heard? So, well said, fy upon him.

Δ. Thy judgement light on this wicked Rebel for this blasphemy, O God.

Δ. This Devil rayled against God.

Gab. ..... Move not, for presence of power is great.

Nal. ..... Number the words of the first Key.

Δ. I have counted them, and they seem to be 88.

Nal. ..... There are not so many.

87 Δ. Where have I misreckoned, I pray you? Perhaps Poamalzod is to be but one word, and so are 87.

E. K. There is a great Crosse over all the stone that is red: Not onely over to be impressed through the stone.

Nal. ..... Number the words in thy own language.

Δ. I have numbred them, and they seem to be 169.

Δ. While I numbred, the great red crosse went away: and shortly after came in again in∣to the stone as before.

Gab. ..... More not, for the place is holy. You have Zurza ds Gono in the Call: the sd is too much.

Δ. I will then put it out.

Δ. I finde Zurza Adna ds Gono.

Nal. ..... That ds is too much. I pray you, what is then the number of them, of you al∣lowed?

Nal. ..... 86.

Δ. Making also Poamolzod one word? in that account?

Nal. ..... Set down.

• 1 — 1
• 2 — 1
• 3 — 2
• 4 — 1
• 5 — 2
• 6 — 2
• 7 — 3
• 8 — 3
• 9 — 2
• 10 — 2
• 11 — 1
• 12 — 2
• 13 — 1
• 14 — 1
• — 15 — 2
• 16 — 1
• 17 — 2
• 18 — 1
• 19 — 4
• 20 — 1
• 21 — 1
• 22 — 2
• 23 — 3
• 24 — 3
• 25 — 1
• 26 — 3
• 27 — 1
• 28 — 2
• 29 — 3
• — 30 — 1
• 31 — 1
• 32 — 2
• 33 — 3
• 34 — 2
• 35 — 1
• 36 — 1
• 37 — 2
• 38 — 2
• 39 — 2 — 71
• 40 — 4
• 41 — 2
• 42 — 2
• 43 — 1
• 44 — 2 — 80
• 45 — 2
• 46 — 3
• 47 — 2
• 48 — 1* 2.171
• 49 — 5* 2.172
• 50 — 2* 2.173
• 51 — 1* 2.174
• 52 — 4* 2.175
• 53 — 1* 2.176
• 54 — 1* 2.177
• 55 — 2* 2.178
• 56 — 2
• 57 — 2
• 58 — 3
• — 59 — 1
• 60 — 1
• 61 — 3
• 62 — 3
• 63 — 3* 2.179
• 64 — 1
• 65 — 1
• 66 — 2
• 67 — 1
• 68 — 2
• 69 — 2
• 70 — 1
• 71 — 1
• 72 — 1
• 73 — 1
• 74 — 1
• 75 — 3* 2.180
• 76 — 1
• 77 — 1
• 78 — 3
• 79 — 4* 2.181
• — 80 — 1
• 81 — 2
• 82 — 2
• 83 — 1
• 84 — 5
• 85 — 3
• 86 — 3

Tuesday, Aprilis 17. Cracoviae.

After divers Ejaculations appropriate to the action, and the Curtain of white water yet remaining. E. K. thought divers times that he saw through the white Veil, and stone and all, nothing appearing therein. E. K. immediately fell into a new doubting of the verity of these actions, and said he had a Vision by a good Creature the last night, who said these Creatures with which we dealt, would no more appear unto him. Hereupon he said that both the last dayes skorner, and these our instructors were all Devils: and that he would no more sit to receive A. B. C. And so by Letters, any Doctrine of theirs, unlesse they would otherwise expresly, and lively deliver a plain rule thereof: With many other arguments to disprove the verity of our Actions, whereupon he said, that John your boy can well enough deliver you their Letters, and so you need not me, &c. I referred all to God, his will, and mercies: For, as I had at his hands onely, and by his order, and for his service required wis∣dom and true knowledge, so do I not doubt but God will, according to his accustomed good∣nesse, provide for me, that is best for my vocation here in earth, &c.

E. K. He rose, and went away: and left me alone in my Study, ap∣pointed for these actions.

Deus in adjutorium meum intende, Domine ad adjuvandum me festina. Gloria Patri & Filio & Spiritui Sancto, sicut erat in principio & nunc & semper & in secula seculorum.

Amen.

Thursday, Circa 9.

As I was in my upper Study, and had gathered the holy words of the second and third call, and had conferred them with their English delivered also unto us: E. K. came up the stairs, and so went into his Study, and came out again, and as he was going down the staires I opened my Study door, and saluted him: He thereupon came up again, and came into my Study: And there I shewed him what I had done; and how I had some under∣standing of those holy words, their significations by reason of due applying the English to the word Christus, in tending thereby to have induced E. K. to likē the better of the manner of our friends, due, and Methodical, proceeding with us, and told him that unlesse of this strange language I should have these words delivered unto us Letter by Letter, we might erre both in Orthography, and also for want of the true pronunciation of the words, and di∣stinctions of the points, we might more misse the effect expected: But as on Tuesday last, so now again he said, our Teachers were deluders, and no good, or sufficient Teachers, who had not in two years space made us able to understand, or do somewhat: and that he could in two years have learned all the seven Liberal sciences, if he had first learned Logick, &c. where∣fore he would have no more to do with them any manner of way, wished himself in England, and said that if these books were his, that he would out of hand burn them, and that he had written to my Lord (by Pirmis) that he took our Teachers to be decelvers, and wicked, and no good Creatures of God, with many such speeches, and reasons (as he thought) of force to diswade himself from any more dealing with them: But willed me to use John my Boy as my Skryer, for that these spiritual Creatures were not bound unto him, &c. I answered unto all these parcels and reasons, as time served declaring my perfect trust in God, that seeing I have many years desired, and prayed for wisdome (such as these Actions import) at his hands, and by such means as to his Divine Majesty seemeth best, that he would not either mislike my prayer, or abuse my Constant hope in his goodnesse and mercy: Therefore I concluded that I referred all to the mercifull will of God, and doubted nothing at the length to be satis∣fied of my request, and prayer made unto him. So he went from me this second time.... God lighten his heart with knowledge of the truth, if it be his Divine will and pleasure.

Note. Permis. went on last Wednesday morning, and had received our Letters after noon, on Tuesday last: But on Monday before the wicked Prince of darknesse did what he could to hinder our proceeding.

On Thursday, Tabius (brother to my Lord Laskie his wife) brought news to Cracovia, that my Lord, Laskie was coming to Cracovia ward. Emericus came from Kesmarks, and re∣turned back again. Tabius rode from Cracovia toward Kesmark.

Saturday, Aprilis 21. à Meridie.

After our prayers made, appeared shortly Gabriel and Nalvage. E. K. propounded six questions orderly, which had bred great doubt in this fantafie, and requested their an∣swers.

Δ. He would have our spiritual friends to promise him the performance of the Prints.

Gab. ...... If we were Masters of our own doings, we might well promise: But we are servants and do the will of our master. But let me ask thee one question:

Dost thou not think that all things are possible with God?

E. K. I do so, and I know so.

Gab. ...... Then is there no cause why thou should distrust. Let him that is a servant, and is commanded to go, go: and let not the earth rise up, and strive against the plow man. What sin is it when the creature riseth up, and saith in his heart, Let the Lord make a Covenant with me, considering he is a bond man?

[E. K. They seem, both the voices at once, to come to my eare.]

None but he that becometh disobedient, and refuseth his Master.

Δ....... [Δ would do so.

Gab. Nal. ...... These things, that is to say, this Doctrine, delivered by us, is of God, and of his mercies granted unto you, which cannot be in vain: and therefore to be performed; for the secret determinations of God are unknown unto us.

He never heard of any man that would ask, if God would perform his promises.

E. K. By August next?

What if it were a hundred Augusts? you may be a weary before August next, as the Children of Israel were of their Manna.

E. K. Why joyn you numbers with these letters, and added none with those of the former Table.

Brother, what is the cause that all the World is made by numbers? The Numbers we speak * 2.182 of, are of reason and form, and not of merchants.

Δ. I beseech you as concerning the powder whereof he thinketh that he hath made due assay of it, as if it should have been the Philosophers Stone, and so affirmed to be, by the minister of this action? I beseech you so to answer, the thing, as his reason may be satisfied.

Δ. They gave no answer hereunto, but proceeded in the former matter of Numbers.

Gab. ...... Every Letter signifieth the member of the substance whereof it speaketh. Every * 2.183 word signifieth the quiddity of the substance. The Letters are separated, and in confusion: and therefore, are by numbers gathered together: which also gathered signifie a number: for as every greater containeth his lesser, so are the secret and unknown forms of things knit up in their parents: Where being known in number, they are easily distinguished, so that herein we teach places to be numbred: letters to be elected from the numbred, and proper words from the letters, signifying substantially the thing that is spoken of in the center of his Creator, whereby even as the minde of man moved at an ordered speech, and is easily perswaded in things that are true, so are the creatures of God stirred up in themselves, when they hear the words wherewithal they were nursed and brought forth: For nothing moveth, that is not perswaded: neither can any thing be perswaded that is unknown. The Creatures of God understand you not, you are not * 2.184 of their Cities: you are become enemies, because you are separated from him that Governeth the City by ignorance.

E. K. Whether is this Language known in any part of the World or no? if it be, where and to whom?

Gab. ...... Man in his Creation, being made an Innocent, was also authorised and made par∣taker of the Power and Spirit of God: whereby he not onely did know all things under his Crea∣tion * 2.185 and spoke of them properly, naming them as they were: but also was partaker of our presence and society, yea a speaker of the mysteries of God; yea, with God himself: so that in innocency the power of his partakers with God, and us his good Angles, was exalted, and so became holy in the sight of God until that Coronzon (for so is the true name of that mighty Devil) envying his * 2.186 felicity, and perceiving that the substance of his lesser part was frail and unperfect in respect of his pure 〈…〉〈…〉sse, began to assail him, and so prevailed: that offending so became accursed in the sight of God; and so lost the Garden of felicity, the judgement of his understanding: but not utterly 〈◊〉〈◊〉 favour of God, and was driven forth (as your Scriptures record) unto the Earth which was covered with brambles: where being as dumb, and not able to speak, he began to learn of necessity the Language which thou, E. K. callest [1 Hebrew:] and yet not that [2 Hebrew] amongst you: in the which he uttered and delivered to his posterity, the nearest knowledge he had of God his Creatures: and from his own self divided his speech into three parts; twelve, three, and seven: the number whereof remaineth, but the true forms and pronuntiations want; and therefore is not of that force that it was in his own dignity, much lesse to be compared with this that we deliver, which Adam verily spake in innocency, and was never uttered nor disclosed to man since till now, wherein the power of God must work, and wisdom in her true kind be delivered: which are not to be spoken of in any other thing, neither to be talked of with mans imaginations; for as this Work and Gift is of God, which is all power, so doth he open it in a tongue of power, to

the intent that the proportions may agree in themselves: for it is written, Wisdom sitteth upon an Hill, and beholdeth the four Winds, and girdeth her self together as the brightnesse of the morning, which is visited with a few, and dwelleth alone as though she were a Widow.

Thus you see there, the Necessity of this Tongue: The Excellency of it, And the Cause why it is preferred before that which you call Hebrew: For it is written, Every lesse, consentesh to his greater. I trust this is sufficient.

E. K. As concerning the power, What is it?

Gab. ...... What it is, that it is, for the knowledge of it may lead you to error.

Δ. This answer offended greatly E. K. and thereupon he left off, and would receive no more at their hands. God make him patient, and a favourer of this Action as soon as it is needful that he should be.

Δ. Laudetur, magnificetur & extollatur nomen Jesu Christi in omne aevum. Amen.

Note on Tuesday after Noon, circa horam quartam, as we two sat together, E. K. said that * 2.187 he thought upon the matter, Et quod jam vellet duas horas mihi concedere singulis diebus ad reci∣pienda illa, quae illi tradere vellent. Ego autem illi & maximo Deo gratias egi, quia hanc esse mu∣tationem dextra excelsi factam verè judicavi; nam ante prandium rigidissimus erat in contraria opinione & sententia.

Wensday, Cracoviae, Aprilis 25, Mane, hora 7.

The Vail appeared as at first almost. After half an hour Gabriel and Nalvage appeared, after my manifold prayers and discourses.

Δ. Two keyes we have received by the mercy of the Highest and your ministers, the rest we attend, according to the merciful will of the Highest.

Gab. ...... Move not from your places, for the place is holy.

Δ. Shew a token O Lord when thy will is, whereby to perswade thy merciful dealings with us, and the presence of thy faithful Ministers.

Δ. The frame of the Stone gave a crickling, no hand touching it, or otherwise any mor∣tal * 2.188 or worldly thing moving it. I heard it very certainly, and to E. K. it seemed the sound of a bunch of keyes, as if they had quickly been shaken and strongly.

E. K. Gabriel fitteth, and Nalvage standeth.

Gab. ...... My Brethren he arken to my voice, for I am the true servant of the God of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, the dignity whereof is sufficient both for the verity of the Doctrine, and the confirmation, and perswasion of your mindes: for as God is the Father of the Faithful, so he sheweth himself unto the faithful: whereby you may prove the great comfort and consolation: that you may justly gather of the mercies of God, as touching your Election.

For at what time hath God appeared unto the unrighteous? or where do you read that ever he visited the reprobate? For the reprobate hath no visitation, but in the rod of Justice:

But you may rise up among your selves, saying lo, we are froward, we want faith. * 2.189

True it is, the acts of faith, but not the roots of faith. But I say unto you, that the power of God in his Election, is the Basis of mans purity and acceptation.

But here there is a Caveat.

That man imagining his Predestination and perfect Election, justifieth not himself; for wheresoever this is found, or this Doctrine preached amongst you, either simply in man, or publickly in Congregation, it is the sure sign and token of their perpetual ignorance and confusion: For the Will and Power of God belongeth not to our measure (for it was the cause of rebellion amongst us) much lesse among men, which are fighting yet for the Glory of their reward. Behold it is a sin in him that judgeth of his brothers Conscience; Much more is it a threefold error, to form the ima∣ginations of sin, by whose imaginations they are.

Be not proud therefore of the gifts of God, but become humble; Neither justifie your self in re∣spect that this is the word of God delivered unto you for your own selves: But the more you receive, be the more thankful; and the more you be in the strength of God, the more use you the purenesse of humility.

Of whom it is said, Behold my Spirit hath entred, yea into my servants, and they are become humble and meek in the sight of men: But if we be the servants of the God of Abraham, then are * 2.190 we the spirits of truth and understanding, for our faith is dignified in the sight of the heavens, and we are become mighty in the power of the Almighty. Therefore ought we to be believed.

Now if you will confesse your selves to be the children of Abraham, then must you also accept of our Doctrine: For the meat whereby Abraham lived, is the same food we minister unto you: of whom it is said, He believed God, and it was counted unto him for righteousnesse. Even so do you,

that you also may be righteous, wherein do you differ from Abraham? Were you not barren? Who hath made you fruitfull?

Did God make a Covenant with Abraham? Even so he doth with you. Did the Lord in his Mi∣nisters * 2.191 appear unto him? so doth he, and will do unto you. Were the sins of Sodom (the fifth that perished) imported into Abrahams bosome, as the secret determination of the Lord? Are they also not manifest 〈◊〉〈◊〉 you (even by the same God) as touching the time and corruption of this world? Rose he not up in the morning, and beheld the confusion, and headlong Ruines of the wicked? And shall you not also see the ruine of him that is the son of wickednesse. Yes, unlesse you hinder your selves. For the promise of your God is without exception. Be mindful therefore of your selves; and consider your calling: That you may be still blessed in him that is the God of Abraham, who is your Father.

In these keyes which we deliver, are the mysteries and secret beings and effects of all things mo∣ving, * 2.192 and moved within the world.

In this is the life of MOTION, in whom all tongues of the world are moved, for there is * 2.193 neither speech nor silence that was or shall be to the end of the world, but they are all as plain here, as in their own nakednesse. Despise it not; therefore ..... For unto them that are hungry, it is bread, unto the thirsty drink, and unto the naked clothing: A Serpent it is of many heads invin∣cible. Believe therefore, that with him you way be wise: that your humility may be such, as may be numbred in the world. I have said. Nal. Move not, for the place is holy.

E. K. What mean you by that sentence or phrase.

Nal. It is of two parts, the first in respect of the spirit and presence of him that is holy: present and teaching. Secondly in respect of your consent, which is obedience, for obedience confirmeth the will of God in man, and the will of God confirmeth mans salvation; wherefore it is said, move not: and why? because the place is holy. Move neither in mind, neither in body, for obedience is the conclusion, and confirmation of your separations from the Devils. Sacrifice is accepted, but obe∣dience is better. You are surely answered.

E. K. I like your answer well.

Nal. Our wisdom, shall prove Rhetorick.

80	Naaq	in your creation	It is q á an
79	LEANANA	of the secret wisdom	Ananael.
78	ILPALP	partakers	It is Plapli.
77	OGUP	as unto the partakers	It is Pugo.
76	RAMAUMI	apply your selves unto us	It is Im ua mar.
75	DO	And	Od.

E. K. This letter turneth so about, that I cannot well discerne it.

74

GALGINU

Descend

Uniglag.

E. K. This letter also turneth round.

73	RACAZ	Move	Zod a car.
72	AIHOG	we say	Gobia.
71	GMRASAC	in whome	〈◊〉〈◊〉.
70	MOIAA	Amongst us	A ai om.
69	ZLOACIM	mighty	Mi ca olz.
68	RAON	is become	Noar.

E. K. This Letter moveth.

E. K. Now he maketh a reverend Cursy.

67

NIAOODDO

and name

Od do o a in.

E. K. This letter also moveth.

Od is and * 2.194

E. K. Gabriel shaketh his speare. Nalvage.

66	MOCACAC	Flourish	Ca ca com.
65	ZOSUHEI	his mercies	Jehusoz.
64	AMCIM	Behold	Micma.

E. K. Now he useth his reverent Cursies again.

63

NARIMA

Your selves

Amiran.

Nal. Did I not bid thou shouldest not move?

E. K. He hath thrown down his rod upon the Table.

[Δ. I had moved to the dore, because I heard some going up and down the chamber with∣out: we had forgotten to shut the staire-foot dore.]

Δ. O Lord, I did it not upon any wilfull disobedience. But pardon this Fault, and by the grace (O God) I will avoid the like fault henceforward.

Nal. It was a great fault. Δ. I beseech the Almighty to pardon it.

E. K. Now he is kneeled down, and all his Face is under the Table. Now he is up again, and taketh his rod in his hand, and maketh a Crosse with it three times: East, West, North, and South.

Nal. Sound your word. Δ. Amiran.

E. K. He pronounceth the i so remissely, as it is scarce heard, and in the pronouncing of the whole word he seemeth not to move his lips.

62

SUHOG

I say

Gobus.

E. K. He made long leasurely reverence.

61

ROLOHOG

lift up.

Goholor.

E. K. He useth reverence again.

Nal. The next is a name mightier then the power of the same.

60

DAM

of the same your God

Mad.

E. K. He useth long reverent Cursy again.

E. K. Now he holdeth up his Rod.

59

PAIOOD

In the name

Do oi ap.

E. K. He holdeth up his rod again.

38	NAOOVDO	and truth	Od vooaen.
57	TLAB	of Justice	Balt.
56	HALANU	The Skyrts	Unalah.
55	NAON	thus you are become	Noan.
54	DLIP	on the earth	Pild.
53	GSOAC	continually	Caosg.

Now he useth courtesy.

52	IGRIPLAM	the fiers of life and increase	Malpirgi.
51	RIPNAP	powring down	Panpir
50	LEEANAN	my power	Na na e el.
46	NUAV	you might work	Vaün.

E. K. He useth reverence. Now he holdeth up his Rod and shaketh it about his head.

48	BAATENG	your governments	Gnetaab
47	ED	of	De, is my name
46	GAONIIM	the corners	Mi i no ag

E. K. He useth courtesie.

E. K. Gabriel shaketh his speare.

Nal. ..... It may be called Mi moag or Diuph

E. K. Now he extendeth. Diuf

45	DO	and	Od
44	POZIZI* 2.195	from the highest vessels	Izizop
43	NEFAF	to the intent that	Fafen
42	BSACOC	of time	Cocasb
41	LIMOH	the true ages	Homil
40	ALC	456	Cla
39	SROV	out	Vors

E. K. He useth most reverent Cursie.

38	ILAIMPAC	successively	Capmiali
37	ASNOL	power	Lonsa
36	GRAZMOV	unto every one of you	arg as in barge Vomsarg
35	AGULD	giving	Dluga
34	BAATEN	of government	Netaab

E. K. Many sounds are heard in the stone. He kneeleth down,

33	SONLIHT	in seats 12.	Thilnos
32	ALAAH	placed you	AAla
31	DO	and	OD
30	GRAZLAB	Stewards	BALZARG arg as in barge
29	LOE	I made you	EOL
28	ILI	in the first	ILI
27	LUZROT	shall rise	TORZUL
26	DO	and
25	ADGRB	sleep	as burgen to bud as Burgda
24	TSD	which	DST

23	NEIZO	mine own	OZIEN
22	M	except	E M it is a word

E. K. Now he useth reverence.

21	EGSIHCI	to are not	Kis I Chisge
20	SIHC	are,	Kis Chis
19	GROTLOT	the Creatures of the earth	org as in george Toltorg
18	NIIVQ	wherein	Qui in
17	HCOLET	of death;	as och in hotch pot Teloch

E. K. Now he maketh †.

16	HELP SOMQ	or the horns	Q Mos Pleh as two words
15	NIVPAT	as sharp sickles,	Ta pu in You may call it Tapui also
14	SIHC	are	as Kis
13	LDNV	the rest	Vnd L

E. K. Now he maketh a Crosse again. * 2.196

......... Now he stoopeth down and kisseth.

12	HAPIGIG	of living breath;	Gi gi pah
11	LIHTO	the seats	Othil
10	SIHC	are	as Kisse Chis
9	ZRON	six	Norz
8	HODNOLSO	12 Kingdoms:	Os Lon doh
	A Crosse again.		[Os signifieth twelve] Londoh
7	BAIB	are	Biah Biab
6	NEIZA	on whose hands	Azien

He stoopeth and kisseth the ground.

5	HLESMOC	a Circle,	Com 〈◊〉〈◊〉
4	RIZ	I am;	Zir
3	DAIP	your God	Pi ad

He kisseth the ground. He setteth his hands on the ground.

2	OHOG	saith	Goho
1	AMCIM	behold	Mic ma.

Nal. ...... This is all.

Δ. Now, in the Name of Jesus, as it pleased you before, so would we gladly have the sence hereof in English.

Nal. ..... Let him that hath wisedom understand: For here beginne the mysteries of your world.

• 1 Behold,
• 2 saith
• 3 your God,
• 4 I am
• 5 a Circle,
• 6 on whose hands
• 7 stand
• 8 12 Kingdoms;
• 9 six
• 10 are
• 11 the seats
• 12 of living breath,
• 13 The rest
• 14 are
• 15 as sharp Sickles,
• 16 or the horns
• 17 of death;
• 18 wherein
• 19 The Creatures of the earth
• 20 are
• 21 to are not,
• 22 except
• 23 mine own hand,
• 24 Which
• 25 sleep
• 26 and
• 27 shall rise.
• 28 In the first
• 29 I made you
• 30 Stewards
• 31 and
• 32 placed you
• 33 in seats 12 [or] in 12 seats
• 34 of government:
• 35 Giving
• 36 unto every one of you
• 37 power,
• 38 successively,
• 39 over
• 40 456.
• 41 the true ages
• 42 of time;
• 43 to the intent that,
• 44 from the highest vessels
• 45 and
• 46 the Corners
• 47 of your governments, * 2.197
• 48 you might work
• 49 my power,
• 50 pouring down
• 51 The fires of life, and encrease
• 52 continually
• 53 on the earth.
• 54 Thus
• 55 you are become
• 56 The skirts
• 57 of Justice
• 58 and truth.
• 59 In the name
• 60 of the same, your god,
• 61 lift up,
• 62 I say,
• 63 your selves.
• 64 Behold,
• 65 his mercies
• 66 flourish,
• 67 and name
• 68 is become
• 69 mighty
• 70 amongst us;
• 71 in whom
• 72 we say,
• 73 Move,
• 74 Descend
• 75 and
• 76 apply your selves unto us,
• 77 as unto
• 78 the partakers
• 79 of his secret wisdom
• 80 in your Creation

There are three calls in the second part * 2.198 of Cracovia, and one in the first.

These four calls are the second, the 3^d. 4^th. 5^th. for the first Table can have no call, it is of the Godhead.

E. E. Now all all his fingers disappear.

K. K. Now Gabriel standeth up.

Gab. ..... Heark, O ye sons of men; is the first of nature, and the beginning of your being in body: Whereby the things of the world have life & live. Let him that hath wisdom understand. Grow toge∣ther, for this hath its fruit in due time. Albert Laskie hath not done the Commandment of God; he should have been here by this time.

Δ. Gloria, Laus, Honor, & Imperium sit Deo Nostro in infinita seculorum secula. Amen.

Δ. Remember that on Wedsday night, April the 25. my Lord Albert Laskie came at night to Cracovia, and lay in a little woodden building, among guards, by St. Stenislaus Church: and on the Friday morning following intended to enter his journey toward Kesmark, and the recovering of Kesmark: Jesus prosper his just Cause.

Wensday morning, Aprilis 1584. Cracoviae. Jesus —

Nal. ....... A new Action — Backward, as before.

52	DAIOI	of him that liveth for ever.	Ioiad.
51	RIZ	I am	Zir.
50	PAL	for,	Lap.
49	PLERV	a strong seething;	Vrelp.
48	MZAZO	make me	Ozazm.
47	DO	and	Od.
46	OZLACIM	in power,	Micalzo.
45	NARMAZ	shew your selves	Zamran.
44	DOQONC	unto his servants,	[as C No quod.

Gab. ...... The place is become more holy, and he is become more meek.

Nal. ......

43	AC	therefore	Ca.
42	RACAZ	Move	Zacar. * 2.199
41	LEHOG	saith the first,	Go hel.

E. K. Now the Crosse is come in again thinner than it was before.

40	UZROT	Arise,	Torzú
39	NODIAI	of the all-powerful.	Ia i don.
38	NINAM	in the minde	Manin.
37	QO	but	O qua.
36	EGAT	as is not	Tagé.
35	SROC	Such	Cors.
34	FORT	a building,	Trof.
33	NAON	you are become	No an.
32	PAL	for	Lap.
31	NOGNOZO	then the many fold windes:	Ozongon.

30	AIB	your voices	Bia.
29	SIHC	are	Chis [the I long.
28	PLACIM	mightier	Mi calp.
27	DO	and	Od
26	IRRO	than the barren stone	Orri.
25	DSUL	your feet	Lusd.
24	SIHC	are	Chis [as Xis.
23	IUIG	stronger	as Giui.
22	HOTLAB	of righteousnesse	Baltoh.
21	EGOO	for the Chamber	Ooge.
20	SBRVT	in their beauty	Turbs.
19	QLSROL	the flowres	Lors I qua.
18	ATQ	or as	Quu Ta.
17	ADELCARAP	for a wedding	Paracleda.
16	OHLAT	Cups	Talho.
15	AT	as	Ta.
14	GMARBA	I have prepared	Abramg.
13	AMRASAC	whom	Casarma.
12	HPDAIP	within the depth of my Jaws	Piadph.
11	ZAZAZI	have framed	Izazaz.
10	GRUPLAI	the burning flames	I al purg.
9	MABOS	whom	S o bam.
8	L	of the first	A word.
7	VIIV	O you the second	Viiv.
6	DLAS	your voices of wonder	Sald.
5	PIAAF	understand	Fa a ip.
4	MO		Om.
3	GNOZ	of the windes	Zong.
2	HAAPV	the wings	V pa ah.
1	TGDA	Can	Adgt.

The first word. — The first is the last.

1 — Can

E. K. Now he holdeth up many hands and fingers as before, and on the very end of the fingers distinctly these parcels appeared in English.

• 2 — The second word — The wing. Vpaah, is the wings, and Adgt, is Can.
• 3 — of the windes,
• 4 — understand your voices of windes.
• 5 — O you
• 6 — the second
• 7 — of the first,
• 8 — whom
• 9 — The burning flames
• 10 — have framed
• 11 — within the depth of my Jaw;,
• 12 — whom
• 13 — I have prepared
• 14 — as
• 15 — Cups
• 16 — for a wedding,
• 17 — or as
• 18 — the flowres
• 19 — in their beauty
• 20 — for the Chamber
• 21 — of righteousnesse;
• 22 — stronger
• 23 — are
• 24 — your feet
• 25 — then the barren stone,
• 26 — and
• 27 — mightier
• 28 — are
• 29 — your voices
• 30 — then the mainfold windes:
• 31 — For
• 32 — you are become
• 33 — a building,
• 34 — Such
• 35 — as is not,
• 36 — But
• 37 — in the minde
• 38 — of the all-powerful.
• 39 — Arise,
• 40 — saith the first;
• 41 — Move
• 42 — therefore

E. K. All the Stone is become very dark.

The wicked said ....... Thou shalt go no further ......

Δ. I prayed Roffensis Psalm 9. and the Lords Prayer, and the Stone became clear, and the fingers appeared again, through the mercy of the Highest......

• 43 — unto his servants;
• 44 — shew your selves
• 45 — in power,
• 46 — and * 2.200
• 47 — make me
• 48 — a strong. [See thing,]
• 49 — for
• 50 — I am
• 51 — of him
• 52 — that liveth for ever.

E. K. Now appear no more fingers.

Nal. Compare them now together.

E. K. Now he is set down in his chaire.

Δ. I have compared the English Joynts to the mystical words, and I find 12. of each: so that they agree.

Nal. Thus you have this dayes labour. Now The white silk is extended over the stone.

Δ. Soli Deo nostro, Deo omnipotenti, & Majestatis tremedae, & super omnia amandae, sit omnis laus, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 actio, & Jubilatio.

Amen.

Friday, Cracoviae, Aprilis: Mane, hora ferè 9.

Oratione Dominica & aliis

Precibus ad Deum finitis, pro luce & veritate, in hanc formam, Omnipotens, sempiterne, vere & 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Deus noster, mitte nobis spiritum sanctum & veritatem tuam, ut sapienter, fideliter & constanter tibi serviamus, omnibus diebus vitae nostrae. Amen.

The white Curtain, or veyle, appeared very long.

Δ. It fell so out by the wonderful providence of God, that E. K. and I quietly considered these actions, generally, & the contrary spirituall informations given to him, apart by himself; (& sometimes) while we were receiving our instructions, by our Schoolmasters, of which contrary power, some would rayle on God, and blaspheme his Majesty horribly, as may appear by the record of some late Actions; But this was our conclusion, that we both desired the verity, and that so, as best might please God, in the manner of coming by it.

Δ. Be Judge. O Lord, between us, sending us the verity of the judgment, for the glory of thy * 2.201 name, for as much as they which impugne these proceedings, do (to E. K.) as it seems perfecter, and more wise and fruitful then our Schoolmasters, which I took to be the true and blessed Angels, &c.

E. K. Now is the note pluck't aside.

Δ. About an eleven of the Clock.

Δ. Blessed be the highest, who is Almighty.

Gab. Danida, a mighty Prophet (not the least upon the earth) opened his mouth, and said, Be∣hold, * 2.202 there shall a Whale come from the East, the fourtenth day of this Month, SAB.

E. K. They seem to speak both together.

Gab.. Nal. And he entred into the field, and he met with a Merchant, and he said unto him, Thou art not for me: for thy intent dwelleth in the world. He went further, and, lo, there was a field of all kind of people, diversly recreating themselves in their own pleasures: and he yet said, Lo, these are not for me: and he went on; and, lo, he saw, AND IT WAS A NAKED MAN.

Gab. Nal. Mark, [to E. K.]

E. K. So I do.

Gab. Nal. In his hands were divers things; mosse, leaves, flowers, and herbs; and he wondred, saying, Why art thou naked? and he said, Lo, I am old, and am without Garments, and these are the things wherewithall I will be clothed. And the Prophet talked with him, and told him of the Whale.

E. K. They speak both together, that I cannot discern their voyce.

And he commanded him to kneel, and he lifted up hands his to heaven and prayed within him∣self; and he said also unto him, I am a Prophet, rise up, I will blesse thee in the name of my prophesie: and lo, he took him by the hand, and went forward: and the way was rough, stony, and very sound: and, as they went, they found men, huge and big, monstrous: and the Prophet said, These please me not: and, as they talked on the way, they overtook a little child, And the Phrophet ask't him his name, * 2.203 and he answered, He was a man: and he said, Thou pleasest me, for thou mayest be a man.

There was a Hill, and they ascended, and, after a while, the child became weary, and sate down, * 2.204 saying with himself, This hill is troublesome, I am not able to keep company with them; and the Prophet, missing him, went back, and found him sitting. And he began to weep, saying, Whither will you lead me? But the Prophet comforted him, and said: Now thou seest, thou art not a man. And thus he did, ascending sundry times? and, lo, it was the top of the hill, and the Sun was hot and clear in the midst of the day. The Prophet said unto the child, look to the Centre of the Sun, and so he did, sted fastly.

And the Prophet said unto him, Now I have experience of thee, and I know thou wilt be a man; * 2.205 And he said unto him, that was naked, Here are Pen, Ink, and Paper.

And lo thou hast one that can see far off, and he shewed him the Seas: saying, look unto the East: and he told him of the Whole and of his coming, and of many mysteries. * 2.206

But the man answered him, saying, I am naked, the ayre is sharp, and I have no food: How

can I therefore STAY so many dayes? and he said unto him, Sit down, and note, untill this Child become a man. * 2.207

Feed by comfort. For the Whale shall be thine, in whose belly is a Chest swallowed of * 2.208 great value, and they were contented. Behold, the people of the countrey were rich, and had conquered many Nations, so that he was a Monarch in the world; this Monarch was skilfull in all Sciences, and knew all things to come, and he called his Counsell together, and said unto them.

Lo, thus it is; the cause why I have made those mighty banks, and have drawn my people from the lower places and the Seas, is for that, I fear a Whale: which, if he land in my Kingdomes, will be my destruction, and they told him what the Prophet had said, and he began to rage, and was puf∣fed up with anger, and he opened his books THE SECOND TIME; and his eyes were opened, and he vnderstood that the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 had ascended unto the top of the mountain, and had taken with him a naked man, and a child: and he said to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Ministers, Ascend, and bring me the child, for I will examine him, and know the Prophets meaning, and he apparelled him richly, and gave him much, but he prevailed not. And he said within himself, Ascend again they shall, and bring down that man.

And the servants ascended, and they found a Marble stone, and they were angry among them∣selves, * 2.209 saying, Is this a man? And lo they came unto the King, and said, Thou sendest us forth, but we found a mighty stone not able to be moved. Where is it therefore that thou wilt have us seek, that man; But he said within himself, I will overcome the child, and he took him by the hand, and led him into his Orchard, where he opened unto him the secrets of his books, so that he became skil∣ful. But, lo, the Prophet arose, and, as he walked towards the Hill, to comfort them whom he ac∣counted his friends, he espied the child apparalled strangely, and in company with strangers: * 2.210 and he opened his mouth, and began to prophesie, saying.

The King hath risen up against himself, for he hath CHOSEN THE CHOSEN, and hath opened the secrets of his own Kingdom to his destruction, and he stretched forth his hand, and said unto the child, Come with me: and he was unwilling, for his pleasures were great. And he lifted up his voyce and said: and he SWARE, And, lo, he came with him even unto the mountain: and the Prophet said unto him, When thou wast a child, I led thee, but now thou art become a man. stretch forth thy leggs, and labour, and he was unwilling.

Thus, whilst they were talking, they that waited upon him were at his feet armed, saying, come with us, for we are strong enough to deliver thee.

But the Prophet said unto them, GOE back and tell your King, that I found him on the way, and a stranger, and I had pity on him, and I took him for my own. Therefore strive not, for justice must prevail. And they began to stagger as drunkards, for they knew it was true. And the Prophet said, Now come with me, I will yet lead thee: and they ascended. The Prophet held up his hands, and SAID, I SEE, and behold, he that was naked arose: and said, I SEE ALSO.

And the Seas arose, and a great tempest, and broke down the banks: and entred on the earth, * 2.211 doing much harm to the people of that Kingdom: And, lo, there arose a wind the SECOND: and there were four beasts, such as are in the world, and were never known. And they came swimming, and so landed on the Hill. And the Prophet said, Arise, draw out your swords and kill them, and so they did.

Behold, the blood of them vanished into aire, and the flesh became earth: The entrals of them * 2.212 wasted away with the waters: and their bones burned with a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 fire. The second wind arose, and there were five Crowns: in the midst of them sate the Father of life, with a golden head: whose Feet bathed themselves in due and sweet Manna: and the 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉, Put forth your hands: and * 2.213 they did so: But lo they were afraid, for he that stood in the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the Crowns, was full of beauty.

And the Prophet said, Fear not, come with me; and he opened 〈◊〉〈◊〉 them the secrets of the * 2.214 Crown, for in every one of them was a golden sentence. And the secrets of the Hill began to shake, and there was a great Earthquake.

The third wind arose: and the twelve Cedar trees that were never corrupted, came and planted * 2.215 themselves in twelve places of the Hill, and they brought forth strange fruits, not as Cedar trees do.

The Prophet said, Gather, for I know you hunger, that you may be refreshed. While they thus * 2.216 talked, the fourth wind arose, and, behold, all the mountain was a flaming fire, and there were five * 2.217 Earthquakes, such as were not since the beginning of the world.

The Prophet took them up, for they were become as dead. And suddenly The Firmament and * 2.218 the waters were joyned together, and the Whale CAME, like unto a legion of stormes: or as the bottomless Cave of the North when it is opened: and she was full of eyes of every side.

The Prophet said, Stand still, but they trembled. The waters sank, and fell suddenly away, so that the Whale lay upon the Hill, roaring like a Cave of Lions, and the Prophet took them by the hands, and led them to the Whales mouth, saying, Go in, but they trembled vehemently; He said unto * 2.219 them the second time, Go in: and they durst not. And he sware unto them, and they entred in, and he lifted up his voyce, and cried mightily, Come away, and, 〈◊〉〈◊〉. they stood before him richer then an Emperour: Throne, for unto him that was naked, were elothes given: unto him that was a child and a man, were 12 gates opened. And the Prophet cried mightily, and said, This Whale cannot die; and lifted up his voyce again and said: Within this Whale are many Chambers, and secret dwelling places, which I will divide betwixt you on the right side (unto the which was a child, and

now a man) there are twelve opened, but unto thee that hast provided strange Garments for thy * 2.220 self, and not such as men use to wear, I will give thee head, hart, and left side, whose places * 2.221 are 46. You shall enter, and be possessed this day together: And behold, the son shall return again 21 times, and in one year, but not all, at one time. You shalt depart hence into a dwelling that shall be all one: where there is no end, the place of comfort and inspeakable glorie.

I have said.

Δ. As you have delivered us a parable, aenigma, or prophesie, so I beseech you, for the set∣ting forth of God his honour and glory, to expound what is meant by the Whale, the naked man, the Childe, &c.

Gab. .... Nal. .... The Prophet is in his name.

The naked man is Dee, The Childe is Kelly, The Prince is the Devil, The Hill is the World, The waters are the bosome of God, The 4 beasts are the 4 Elements, The 12 Trees are the 12 parts of the Heavens, The Whale is the spirit of God, The Chambers are the degrees of wisdome, The Thunders and windes are the ends of God his Will and Judgements.

The rest are not to be spoken:

This I take to notifie to us the judgement and arbitrement of God between us, in respect of our Petition to his Divine Majesty now made, whereby we may be assured what to judge of the Creatures which do deal with us in this action, and of the impugners, or diswaders of the credit of it. This I take to be sent and delivered unto us, of the meer mercy and providence Divine regarding his own glory, and the sincerity of my hope and confidence, which I put wholly in him, and alwayes will.

...... You are happy, for you believe, E. K. what am I. Δ. as happy if you believe likewise. * 2.222

Δ. Are you not to deliver us our lessons orderly, as we have begun to receive?

...... Understand that, by the Prophet delivering Pen, Ink, and Paper. * 2.223

Δ. As concerning the book writing by the highest, what shall I expect thereof?

...... There is no point of faith. * 2.224

Δ. I believe verily that it shall be written by the power of the highest.

Nal. ..... The power of the highest confirmeth me, but not my power, the highest.

Δ. Be it as the will of God is.

E. K. The white Curtain is drawn.

Δ. Gloria Patri, & Filio, & spiritui sancto; sicut erat in principio, & nunc, & semper, & in secula seculorum.

E. K.

Amen.

Saturday, 28. Aprilis, Mane hora 8. Cracoviae. Oratione praemissa statim apparebant.

E. K. They are here.

Gab. ..... Move not, for the place is holy.

Δ. Holy, holy, holy, is he, who sanctifieth all things that are sanctified.

E. K. He maketh Crosses with his Rod toward the four parts of the * 2.225 world, and then kneeleth down a while.

Gab. ..... Happy is he that hath his skirts tied up, and is prepared for a Journey, for the way shall be open unto him, and in his joynts shall there dwell no wearinesse: his meat shall be as the ten∣der 〈◊〉〈◊〉, as the sweetnesse of a bullocks Cud. For unto them that have, shall be given, and from them that have not, shall be taken away: For why, the bur cleaveth to the willow stem, but on the sands it is tossed as a feather without dwelling. Happy are they that cleave unto the Lord, for they shall be brought unto the store-house: and be accounted, and accepted as the Ornaments of his beauty: But pray with me.

O thou eternal foundation and strength of all things, mortal and immortal, which delight in thy face and in the glorie of thy name,

Consider the foundation of our fragility, and enter into the weaknesse of our inward parts: for we are become empty; whose salt is not, nor hath any savour: Fortifie, and make us strong in thee, and in thy strength; Have mercy upon us, Have mercy upon us, Have mercy upon us; that in this world our strength may be in patience, and after this life, that we may ascend unto thee.

Nal...... Amen.

Δ. We prayed the same prayer.

E. K. Now Nalvage standeth up upon his Table of Letters.

Nal. ..... It is a side-long Letter.

47

PALOMRON

the sons of 〈◊〉〈◊〉

Nor mo lap.

E. K. Now he kisseth the Table.

46	FAA	amongst	A af
45	LITSER	that you may praise him	Rest el.

Now he kisseth the Table, and maketh most humble and low Cursies, having first laid down his Rod.

44	GNOSILEBO	As pleasant deliverers	Obelisong
43	NARMAZDO	And shew your selves	Od Zamran

E. K Now Gabriel shaketh his Dart terribly.

E. K Why shake you your dart so?

Gab. ..... Scholers ought to give ear to their School-masters.

42	RACAZ	Move	Zacar.
41	LAAQ	of the Creatour	Qa al
40	PIAOOD	in the name	Do oa ip
39	ALIPADO	and liveth	Od Api la
38	ISD	which is	DSI
37	DAIANERIZ	I am the Lord your God	Zire nai ad

Now he useth his accustomed Cursie.

36	ELGAB	for	Ba gle
35	AGSOAGF	visit the earth	Fgaos ga
34	OD	and	Od.
33	IHASARQRON	you sons of pleasure	Nor qua sa hi
32	VGROT	Arise	Torgu
31	ALC	456	Cla
30	OLAT	as the first	Talo
29	SIHC	are	Chis
28	NIHSNOLDO	and their powers	Od lonshin

Now he kneeleth.

27

NOAMIPAG

the number of time

Capi ma on

26	SIHC	are	Kis
25	ILAMIPAC	successively,	Ca pi ma li
24	TSD	which also	DST

Now he falleth suddenly on his knees.

23	GEGVDO	and wax strong:	as Wedge
			Od Vgeg
22	SIHC	are,	Kis
			Chis

Now he kneeleth.

21	IZDOORC	The second beginnings of things	Cro od zi
20	GMRASAC	in whom	the gas in seurge
			Casarmg
19	LPRC	but one;	CRPL
18	OPMROC	hath yet numbred	Corm po
17	GA	None	as agg in nag
			Ag
16	MABOS	whom	So bam
15	MPAM	9639;	Mapm
14	〈◊〉〈◊〉	I have placed	O a li
13	IMRASAC	under whom	Ca sarmi
12	VIDVIV	in the second angle?	Vi v di v

Now he lifted up his hands.

11

FNOSD

which raign

Dsonf

E. K. Now he goeth off the Table, and kneeleth Down.

			Pe de
10	DP	33	PD

Now he lifteth.

9	PMROC	numbred?	Cormp
8	OGAVAVA	the thunders of encrease	Ava va go
7	EGSIHCG	Are not	G Chis ge
6	LOHOG	saying,	Go hol
5	AHPROD	have looked about me,	Dor pha

4	DO	and	Od
3	EGABAB	in the south	Ba bage
2	IDSAL	my feet	Las di
1	LIHTO	I have set	O thll

E. K. The Table turneth continually to his Rod end, and the Let∣ter seemeth to stand on his Rods end distinctly. That is it. This is this Call.

• 1 — I have set
• 2 — my feet
• 3 — in the south,
• 4 — and
• 5 — have looked
• 6 — about me,
• 7 — saying,
• 8 — are not
• 9 — The Thunders of encrease
• 10 — numbred?
• 11 — Thirty three
• 12 — which raign
• 13 — in the second Angel;
• 14 — under whom
• 15 — I have placed
• 16 — 9639.
• 17 — whom
• 18 — None
• 19 — hath yet numbred
• 20 — but one
• 21 — in whom
• 22 — the second beginning of things
• 23 — are,
• 24 — and wax strong
• 25 — which also:
• 26 — successively, [or by succession]
• 27 — are
• 28 — the number of time,
• 29 and
• 30 — their powers
• 31 — are
• 32 — as the first
• 33 — 456.
• 34 — Arise
• 35 — you sons of pleasure,
• 36 — and
• 37 — visit the earth;
• 38 — for
• 39 — I am the Lord your God
• 40 — which is
• 41 — and liveth.
• 42 — In the name
• 43 — of the Creator
• 44 — Move
• 45 — And shew you selves [or appear]
• 46 — as pleasant deliverers,
• 47 — that you may praise him
• 48 — amongst
• 49 — the sons of men.
• 50 —

E. K. He hath now plucked the Curtain to.

Δ. Note.

Δ. Thanks be to God, now, and ever. Amen.

Δ. Remember to request information of such a word, as (saith the Lord) is not here to be understood, some where.

Note, the second Angel.

Monday Cracoviae, Aprilis 30. Mane hora 6½

Oratione Dominica finita, & precatiuncula pro prospero successu A. L. (jam apud Keis∣mark, queritantis & petentis jus suum hereditarium, & aliis brevissimis ejaculationibus, pro prospero successu in hac actione tandem post semi horam apparuerunt.

E. K. Now they are here: and Gabriel is all full of glory, he seem∣eth to light all places.

Δ. O the mercies of God encreased, though his determination be all one

E. K. Now he is as he was before: and in the time of this his glori∣ous apparition, Nalvage kneeled down, somewhat regarding towards Gabriel.

Gab. ..... Give unto him that hath his basket open: But from him that is not ready, depart.

E. K. There appear here, 7 other like Priests, all in white, having * 2.226 long hair hanging down behind: their white garments traile after them: having many pleits in them. Me think that I have seen one of them before, and upon that creature appeareth a B upon his cloathes, an L in another place, an R upon his other shoulder, another A upon his other shoulder. There is an H upon his breast; there is an I upon his head, and a C upon his side on his garment; and an A under his wast behind: The Letters seem to go up and down enterchangeably in places. There seemeth an V on him, also an N, a D.

Now cometh a tall man by, all in white, and a great white thing rowled about his neck, and coming down before like a tippet. They all in the Stone (being 9) kneel down unto him.

The tall man said ...... Take this Key, and power: ascend and fill thy vessel, for the River is not pure, and made clean.

E. K. Now he is gone (that said this) in form of a great Millstone of fire.

E. K. Now they go up a Hill, with a great Tankard, as it * 2.227 were, of Bone transparent; Now he openeth one door, he, I mean, that had the Letters on his back.

1. There appeareth a Partridge, but it hath one leg like a Kite: This Partridge seemeth to sit on a green place under the gate, one leg is much longer than the other, being like a Kites leg. This Partridge seem∣eth to halt.

He biddeth one of his Company take it up. There goeth a bridge to the top of that Hill, all upon arches, and under it goeth a River.

He taketh the Partridge and pulleth all his feathers, and they fall into the River: He cutteth off the longer leg just to the length of the other. They about him cry, O just judgement.

Now he turneth him off over the Bridge, and he flyeth away, for the feathers of his wings were not pulled.

2. He goeth on, and cometh to another gate; and there the third man unlocketh it, as the second next him unlocked the first Gate; he himself having the Key first delivered him, as above is noted. There appeareth a thing like a Kite, all white, very great, it hath a fowl great head, he seemeth to be in a very pleasant Garden, and flyeth from place to place of it, and beateth down the Rose trees and other fruit trees. The Garden seemeth very delicate and pleasant. They go all into the Garden: and he saith, Thou art of the Wildernesse, thy feathers and carkase are not worthy the spoil of the Garden.

Now the Kite scratcheth and gaspeth at this man; but he taketh the Kite and cutteth her carkase in two equal parts, from the crown of his head, and throweth one half over one side of the Bridge, and the other half over the other side, and said, Fowles must be devoured of Fowles. The rest say, O justitia divina, clapping their hands over their heads.

3. Now the next in order openeth another Gate (going up upon the same Bridge still.) The rest of the building from the Gate in∣ward, seemeth very round and bright: yet there appear no windows in it. It is a frame, made as though the 7 Planets moved in it. The Moon seemeth to be New Moon.

There standeth Armour, and this man putteth on, all white Harnesse. He seemeth to kick down the Moon, and her frame or Orb; and seem∣eth to make powder of all; For there is no mercy here, saith he.

4. Now another of them goeth forward to another Gate, and open∣eth the Gate, and goeth in; there appear an infinite multitude of men.

There sitteth a man cloathed like a Priest, having a great Crown on his head: here are many preaching in this place. He goeth to that Crowned Priest, and he taketh away divers patches of the Vesture which he had, and the patches seemed to be like Owls, and Apes, and such like.

He saith ...... A King is a King, and a Priest is a Priest.

He taketh from the rest their Keyes and Purses, and giveth them a Staff and a Bottle in their hands. He goeth from them. He putteth all that he took from them in a house beside the Gate, and writeth on * 2.228 the door, Cognoscat quisque suum.

Now they proceed to another Gate, and another of them opened that Gate. The Bridge continueth still, ascending upward. Now there appeareth (that Gate being opened) a marvellous great Wildernesse.

There cometh a great number of naked wilde men to him. He sha∣keth that Gate with his hands, and it falleth in pieces, one falleth on one side into the River, and the other falls on the other side into the River,

........ Let both these places be made one. Let the spoil of the first, be the comfort of the last: For from them that have shall be taken, and unto them that have not shall be given.

6. E. K. Now he goeth, and the last of his Company openeth an∣other Gate; he is longer in opening of that Gate, than any of the rest.

There appeareth a bushy place, and there runneth a great River on the very top of the Hill, and a great Gate standeth beyond the Hill, and a very rich Tower all of precious Stones, as it seemeth.

Here he filleth his Tankard in the River, and holdeth his hands up, and maketh shew as he would return.

He said ...... This was my coming, and should be my return.

E. K. Now they appear suddenly before the first Gate, and there the Principal man diggeth the earth, and putteth stones and brambles, and leaves aside. There he taketh out a dead carkase, and bringeth it to a fire, and stroketh it: a very lean carkase it is; it seemeth to be a dead Lion; for it hath a long tail with a bush at the end.

He saith ...... Come let us take him up, and comfort him; for it is in him.

Now the Lion seemeth to sit up and lick himself, and to drink of the water, and to shake himself, and to roar. The man taketh of the segs

or flags by, and stroketh the Lion as he would make his hair smooth.

Now the Lion is become fair, fat, and beautiful.

He saith ...... Tarry you here, till I bring you word again; for I must follow the Lion into the Wildernesse.

E. K. Now all they are gone, except the two our School-masters, Gabriel and Nalvage.

Gab. ...... This is the Judgement of God this day. Happy is he that hath judgement to understand it.

Δ. Thou O Lord knowest the measure of our judgement: Give therefore light, under∣standing, and the grace to use thy gifts duely.

Gab. ....... Listen unto my words, for they are a Commandment from above. Behold (saith he) I have descended to view the Earth, where I will dwell for seven dayes, and twice seven dayes: Therefore let them be dayes of rest to you. But every seventh day, I will visit you, as Now I do.

E. K. He speaketh as if he spake out of a Trunck.

Δ. I understand that this rest is, that every Monday, for three Mondayes else next after other, we shall await for our lessons, as now we receive, and that we may all the rest follow our affairs of study or houshold matters.

Gal. ...... It is so, for one day shall be as a week: But those dayes you must abstain from all things that live upon the Earth.

Δ. You mean on these three Mondayes, ensueing next.

Gab. ...... You shall cover this Table with a new linnen cloth.

E. K. Pointing to the Table we sat at.

Δ. Most willingly.

Gab. ...... Moreover a new Candlesticke, with a Taper burning.

Δ. Obediently (O Lord) it shall be done.

Gab. ...... And the Candlesticke shall be set on the midst of the Table betwixt you two.

Note ...... That a day may become a week, and a week as many years.

Gab. ...... For I have put on my upper garment, and have prepared to enter, and it is shortly: and not yet.

E. K. Now he hath plucked the Curtain, as if he had pulled it round about the Stone; and it seemeth full of little sparkes like Stars.

Gloria patri & filio & spiritui sancto; sicut erat in principio, & nunc, & semper, & in secula seculorum.

Vide libro ........ 〈◊〉〈◊〉 pro saequentibus.

LIBRI MYSTICI APERTORII CRACOVIENSIS SABBATICI, An. 1584.

Saturday Cracoviae, 7 Maii, Mane, hora 6.

AFter prayers, appeared Gabriel and Nalvage, with the Table, and Gabriel with his Dart in his hand. Moreover there appeared the like furniture of Table with a white Cloth, a Candlestick, and Ta∣per on it, with a Desk and Cushions (which I had caused to be made with red crosses on them:) also E. K. himself and I appeared. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the same Stone. In effect, all things as we had before us, after half a quarter of an hour, that shew of our furniture, and our selves, disappeared.

E. K. Gabriel standeth up, and speaketh as followeth.

....... A mighty City was built on the top of a mountain, in the which dwelt many thousands. Round about the Hill, ran a fresh River, which was the onely comfort of the Town: for, of it they drank, their wives, their children, their man-servants, their maid-servants, their camels, horses, mules, and all the beasts of their fields. The beginning of which River was a Spring, which was un∣known to the City, by reason of the.. yth from whence it descended. It came to passe, that a Ser∣pent groaned for her time, and lo, she brought forth: and ... were such as her self: and she lifted up her head and leaned upon her twice writhen taile: and beheld the Sun stedfastly, (for her envy was toward that City) and she said within her self: My children are yet young, the time grew, and they became big: and she went unto the Spring, and smiled and said with a laughing voice, The Earth is fallen into thee, thou art choked: but hearken unto my voice, Thou shalt receive comfort: But she would not. And she lifted up her voice and roared; for she was full of craft and deceit. And she said unto the shingles, through the which the Spring runs (or rather syeth) Thou art full of emptinesse, and void places. Let my children (therefore) hide themselves within thee for a season: and they were contented; And she departed willingly, and saith within her self: Now I know I shall be Lady of the City.

And after a few years, the young Serpents became great; so that the one half of their bodies dwelt within the Shingles, the rest troubled the passage of the Spring: So that the Spring groaned; for, the injury that was done against her, was great.

A great misery, for the Hill is become desolate without the water, and the City and the beasts perish for want of drink; for the people groan, and are ful of sorrow.

This City and Serpents are 60.. now, and judgement must be had, betwixt the Shingles and the Spring. for between lieth the life and death of the City.

Thus saith the Lord unto thee [pointing to E. K.] Gird up thy self, and fit down, Consider both parts, and give judgement: for thy mouth shall this day be the judgement of the Lord.

E. K. Do you mean me?

Ë. K. As the Lord hath put the Authority of Judgement into my hands, so I beseech him to give me wisdom and understanding to judge right. And because the judgement hereof is committed to me, I sus∣pect some other mystery to lie hidden in this my judgement required: But if it shall please God that my friend here, Master Dee shall give me his advise, I shall think my self well satisfied.

....... Consider with your self (saith the Lord) and give judgement against the Shingles, for the fault is plain. Consider two points, the necessity of the Spring, that it must come that wayes: and secondly, the health of the City.

E. K. My judgement is that the Shingles and Serpent should be re∣moved away by an Earthquake from the place which they encumber and let, that there may be a fit new place, and course for that Spring, to the relief of that City as before it was.

...... Be it so as thou hast said, for it is a just judgement.

Now hearken, what the Lord saith. The people and City of the Hill, is the world, which are from time to time by the mercy and spring of Gods wisdom, relieved.. quenched: according to the extremity and necessity of their thirsting: But the people and City are such as are of the Temple and Church of God, which drink of his mercy to their comfort. The Camels and other beasts are the people of the Earth, which delight in sin, and in their own imagination, which also are relieved with those that are of the City: but the diversities of their bodies, doth cause the diversity of the ends of their comfort. The Hill wherein the Spring is, signifieth his Prophets, and such as are drunken in the Lord: Thr••ugh whom, inwardly the mercies and will of God and of the Highest are open from time to time, according to the secret will and determination of such as are within the City of his Elect. But the frailties and affections of their flesh and outward man, are their fond imaginations and loose Shingles wherein the Serpent, the old Devil, hath harboured her chil∣dren the spirits of darknesse and deceit, which alwayes resist the Will of God, and are put between the mercies of God and his people. Moses, Daniel, Esdras, all the rest of the Prophets: Christ his twelve, Paul the Messenger of God, they did all hurt the Congregation of the Faithful in their flesh, until they gave sentence against themselves (as thou hast done) with amendment of life: for who is worthy to know the secrets of our God, but he that delighteth in righteousnesse, is obedient, full of faith, and the spirit of understanding? Be it therefore unto thee as thou hast said. Let the Shingles and Serpents be separated, that the Fountain may feed as before. All the trash that thou hast of the wicked, burn it.

E. K. I do not know, they are wicked.

...... Their doings with thee, are the hindrance of the Will of God, and therefore they are wicked.

...... Thou hast given judgement against thy self: Take heed thou offend not thy own soul.

Δ. Send down thy Spirit O Lord, and illuminate E. K. his heart with perceiving of his wrong opinion, &c.

E. K. If Moses and Daniel were skilful in the Arts of the Egyptian Magicians, and were not thereby hindred for being the servants of God, Why may not I deal with these, without hindrance to the Will of God?

...... Darknesse yeilded unto light: the Greater excluded the lesser. The more a man knoweth wickednesse, the more he shall hate it, being called back. The more they knew the shadow, so much more they delighted in the body: For the doings of the Egyptians, seem, and are not so. The doings of the Lord are, and continue; for as the Painter imitateth the gestures of man in his fa∣culty, so doth the Devil the substances and things created and made by God.

Stand up and look into the whole World, into her youth, and middle age, for they are past. Where are the monuments that Satan hath builded?

E. K. Hath Satan builded any monuments?

...... Yes: Hath he not builded him a Fort upon the whole Earth? Hath he not the victory over the Saints? Dwelleth he not in the Temple of the Highest? Triumpheth he not in the Cities of the whole World?

Yes. ...... But without comfort, are his victories: without pleasure his dwelling places. For he knoweth his time is at hand. He that now giveth freedom, shall become bound; And unto whom the whole World is as a Garden, shall there be no one foot left. Therefore are all his pleasures va∣nity: all his Triumphs smoak, and his Authority, nothing indeed, but a meer shadow: For that that is not, cannot be; where, it is said of the Lord, it shall not be. Neither can truth, light, or wisdom, ascend from the Earth, but descend from the Heavens.

Compare the Earth, (into the which the Devil is thrust as into his dwelling) with the Heavens, which are provided for the holy. Consider the pain of the one, and the pleasure of the other: The seat of Gods Justice, and Fountain of his Mercy: The Cave of Darknesse, and the Diadem of Light. And then cry, wo, wo, wo, unto such as erre, and whose lives are but shadows: For their felicity is such, as from whence it came; and their reward is all one, with the spirit and prince of Darknesse.

Compare fond knowledge, with true wisdom, Thy spirits of lying with us, that are the voice of truth: The vanity that they lead thee into, and the reward of our message: And say within thy self, peccavi. Wilt thou be perswaded by experience? Consider thy imprisonments, thy af∣fliction * 2.229 and shame of body. Consider the love of a few, and envy of a multitude. Weigh with thy self the vanity of thy life; Thy rash foot-steps, All that happned unto thee, by the society, and (as thou thinkest) comfort; but indeed the stinging pricks of thy enemies

...... Since, we came into thee, (sent from the Lord, and calling thee, to God) thou hast be•••• delivered from them; from a place full of fornication, and the wrath of God: exalted to the skirts of worldly honour; and hast been satisfied for the necessities of this World. Holy is the money that is gotten righteously; but accursed are the evils that are reaped with wrong.

All which things thou hast by us in blessednesse, and in the knowledge of the will of God, above all men. Besides our continual presence with thee, to the comfort of thy Soul. Even these things are of us, and of our God. Which sware unto Abraham, and dwelleth in the Temple of righteousnesse. Now, therefore let experience be a Judge betwixt us and them.

But, this sayeth the Lord. I deal with you as a Childe: But the vessels that I must use, must be * 2.230 pure and clean.

Δ. Cleanse thou us, (O Lord) Cor mundum Crea in nobis; Crea.

Gab. ..... They that are incredulous believe not the Lord, but drive away his spirit: But where * 2.231 a grain is, it becometh as a mountain. The Lord is upon the earth: Take heed thou sweep thy house clean, for unto him that is naked, shall there be Cloathes given: But be that is covered al∣ready, shall be made bare.

Consider with thy self: for the Lord speaketh not once more, till thou hast fulfilled thy own judgement.

E. K. I will be contented to bury them in the field, and not to use * 2.232 them, or come at them: and that I will swear upon the Bible to per∣form: and if they be earthly, I will commit them to the earth: and so separate those shingles from the place near the spring: and in this man∣ner fulfill my own judgement: For, I will not be obstinate, but commit all things to the end.

Because thou art content to bury them; and withall, upon faith in the promises of God, to ab∣jure them in simplicity of heart, and external use .... simply, as a true meaning before the face of the highest: The Lord accepteth it, and it shall be sufficient.

Further, thou hast 27. Confirmations of sin, and consent with the Devil, which your intention calleth Characters, whereby those seven and twenty, (like unto their mother) are become fami∣liar * 2.233 and pleasant with thee, they must be brought before the Lord: and offered into his hands. For so long as they are, the wicked alwayes vex thee: For the Obligation burnt, the condi∣tion is void. These must be buried with the rest.

[E. K. Which rest?]

...... But must be brought, and burnt here before the presence of God: That, the cause dimi∣nished, the effect may perish.

E. K. I will be contented to bury them likewise, beseeching the Almighty to accept of my intent herein, as of the rest before speci∣fied.

...... He is contented; but let one be burnt. You may suffer one to testifie the discredit of the rest. It is but according to the grounds of thy own Magick.

E. K. I do not understand your meaning herein.

Gab. ..... Radius partis, may be sicut totius Corporis.

E. K. I understand not that, also.

Gab. ...... Magick worketh effect in things absent, that it doth in their parts, being present.

The wicked kill the body absent, but the garment present: so are all of one confederacie, dis∣graced * 2.234 by the confusion of one. Thou art contented to bury them all, upon the confidence, and sure hope of the promises of the God of light, and to bring one as a confirmation of thy promise to te∣stifie thy obedience as concerning the whole: which one burnt and abjured, may be a testimony to the Angels, that thou art obedient for God his sake, and for his testimony and truth. But this you shall burn with Brimstone onely. Whose ashes shall be kept as a testimony, till the rest be also consumed. This you shall do the next Monday at the rising of the Sun. That the number of the time may be of one bignesse. For, before August shall those Keyes be delivered unto you: which give entrance, yea, even into the privy Chambers of wisdom, whereof you shall have 14. the next Monday. And this dayes action is not the least amongst them. Glory be to * 2.235 God, and obedience unto man.

E. K. The Curtain is drawn.

Δ. We are desirous to know whether thus, this dayes action shall be finished: and whether we shall fast still as was prescribed.

Gab. ..... Detract not from the day, that, which is commanded.

Δ. We are very desirous to understand of the present estate of the Lord Albert Laskie: for as much as we were willed to go with him, and he linked to us in some part of our actions: To understand of his state, would be to our great comfort.

Gab. ..... It needeth not, for the world her self is at hand.

Δ. Verily, I understand not that speach: Is he coming back again? What, We are commanded

we know: And further then our Commandment is errour. He is in his hand that knoweth how to use him.

E. K. I see a man climing over a Hedge, and as he clammereth over the stakes break, and he falleth down. Now he is going up be∣tween two Trees into a Medow-ward. Now he hath both the boughs in his hand, standing still on the ground. Now he goeth lower, there is a gap, and through that he is gone into the Medow ..... so it is of Laskie ..... said a voyce.

Δ. This is dark: it may please you to give some light.

g..... This is more then enough for the matter.

Cease to ask these things here, where it is said, no impure thing should enter.

Δ. Gloria, laus & honor Deo Nostro Omnipotenti, Patri, filio & spiritui Sancto, nunc & semper. Amen.

Δ. Note, at this present was one come, and in the house (of whom we understood not till he was gone:) whom the Lord A. Laskie had sent to certifie us, that first he was in some cumber and hindrance. Secondly, how Fabius (his brother in Law) and another had given him counsel, very rashly to proceed: But leaving that. Thirdly, by the gap and open way with estate of the Commons, or Citizens, by their great Zeal, and favour that he obtained his purpose. This (in effect) we understood at the Messager his return after noon. Which marvellous exactly did answer to the former shew. * 2.236

Remember that on Saturday after noon, the Chancelour came to Cracow, with 60 Coaches in his Company and train: he bringing in a close Coach (covered with red) the Lord Sa∣muel S. Boroskie Prisoner, whom he took on Friday night before, at his sisters house, being separated from his Souldiers and servants, &c.

Saturday, 14 Maii, Mane hora 6 Fere. † Cracoviae.

Orationem Dominicam fudimus, &c. Mitte lucem tuam & veritatem, O Deus, &c.

Δ. E. K. Said, he had done that with the trash specified, as he thought would be accepta∣ble to the Lord: And as concerning one of the 27 Characters he had left it with me, ever since the last action, to be burnt at this dayes action, and it lay ready by me.

E. K. Our instructours appeared at the very first looking of E. K. in∣to the shew-stone.

Δ. Will you that I shall now execute this burning of the Character here as a sacrifice (to the highest) of our humility and obedience?

Gab. ..... Not as a sacrifice, but as a victory.

Δ. Shall I then do it, I pray you? As with the consent of my yoke-fellow, and so all one to be taken as his action.

...... He that doth righteously offereth up a sacrifice.

Nal. ..... It is true, that he that is obedient, and doth well, is accepted with the Lord.

E. K. I did take sacrifice to be onely with bloud.

Gab. ..... This is a sacrifice, because it is done righteously.

E. K. You said, Not, as a sacrifice, but as a victory.

Gab. ..... He that overcometh his enemy rejoyceth not for friendship sake, but for victory. The friendship toward God is obedience. He that obeyeth God, is a friend unto himself. God needeth not the love, or friendship of man. Therefore you rejoyce with God, who overthrew them, and thereby comforted. For he that dwelleth in the Lord is comforted.

Thou 〈◊〉〈◊〉 thy mouth, and sayest before the Lord, The spirit of God hath descended.

Δ. Gloria Patri, &c. * 2.237

And he hath 〈◊〉〈◊〉 into judgement with me, and I am condemned. But where Justice dwelleth, dwelleth also mercy. For, my Idolatry is forgotten before the Lord.

E. K. Have you committed Idolatry?

E. K.

Δ. He speaketh in your behalf Master Kelly.

...... I will therefore open my mouth, saying, I have erred. I will open my mouth also, and con∣fesse my sins: And, I will vow unto the Lord against the wicked. And I will say unto the Lord. Lo, here are the spoils of the bloudy 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Behold, O you Angels a blasphemy, and against the highest. Behold, the wickedresse of 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

Bear witnesse with me, for I have fulfilled his Commandement. Bear witnesse with me, that I * 2.238 return not, and rejoyce; for such are the spoyles of the wicked.

Gab. Art thou contented to consent hereunto?

E. K. What I have done with the rest, God, and they (if they be of God) know: upon the foresaid conditions I am contented to have this Character to be burnt. Let it be burnt.

Δ. I burnt it immediately, with the flame of brimstone, and brought the burnt black coal or cinder thereof to the Table, and laid it on a paper.

Now O Lord, darknesse is 〈◊〉〈◊〉, let thy light shine in us, and thy truth prevaile.

Gab. It is well. Δ. Blessed be the name of the highest: whose mercies are infinite. Oh, a sweet and comfortable sentence.

E. K. Now Nalvage turneth round, as he was wont.

Gab. Move not, for the place is holy.

E. K. Now Nalvage putteth down his rod to the Table, he maketh a crosse upon the Table reverently.

Nal. All things go forwards, Let us go FORWARD also. Δ. In the name of Jesus. * 2.239

Gab. Move not, for the place is holy.

E. K. Nalvage prayeth.

Nal. Not BACKWARD, as you were wont to do, but FORWARD.

E. K. Now he maketh three reverent Cursies, as he was wont to do, before the Table.

SAPAH	Sá pah.
	Sa pah.

E. K. Now he is on the top of the Table.

ZIMII	Zi mii. * 2.240
DUIV	Du iv.
OD	Od. * 2.241

E. K. He maketh cursy.

NOAS	Noas.
TAQANIS	Ta qu a nis.
ADROCH	as otch		Ad roch.
DORPHAL	Dorphal.
CAOSG	Ca ósg
OD	Od.
FAONTS	Fa onts.
PIRIPSOL	Pir ip sol.
TABLIOR	Tá blior.
CASARM	Casarm.
AMIPZI	A mip zi
NAZARTH	Na zarth.
AF	Af.
OD	Od.
DLUGAR	Dlu gar

E. K. Now he maketh cursy round about to all parts of the Table, he kneeleth down.

ZIZOP	Zizop.
Zod lida.

It is a Word and a Letter.

E. K. He sheweth it not in the Table yet.

Nal. Now I see the word of five Letters together, following letter by letter.

ZLIDA	Z. d-lida.
	Z lida.

Stay there.

CAOSGI	Ca ós gi.
TOLTORGI	Toltórgi.

He maketh now Cursy.

OD

Od

E. K. He seemeth to read as Hebrew is read.

ZIZOP	Zi zop.
ZCHIS	Zod chis
Nal. It is better than the other, I mean that Zod-chis being of one signification, with Zizop that Zod-chis is better to be used.
ESIASCH	E siach.
L	L.
TAUIU	Ta ui u.
OD	Od.
IAOD	I á od.

E. K. Now he maketh cursy again.

THILD

Thild, one Syllable.

Now he ma —

DS.	ds.
HUBAR	Hubar.
PEOAL	Pe ó al.
SOBA	So ba. * 2.242

E. K. —

CORMFA	Cormfa
CHISTA	Kista.
	Chis ta.
LA	La.
VLS	Vls.
OD	Od.

QCOCASB		Q có casb.
CA		Ca.
		Sa.
NIIS		Ni is.
OD		Od.
DARBS	Obey	Darbs-one Syllable.
QAAS		Qá as.
S. FETHARZI		Feth ár zi.

K. E. Cursy.

E. K. He hath drawn the Curtain.

It is not to be seen what he doth.

Δ. .........of 4 minutes of time the Curtain was drawn.

E. K. He is now otherwise apparelled, all the outside of his Gown is white Furre, on his head is an attire of furre, wreathed or wrapped as the Turks use; his head is now ike a mans head, with short hair.

OD	Od.
BLIORA	Bli ó ra * 2.243
IAIAL	Ia ial.
EDNAS	Ed nas.
CICLES	Ci cles.
BAGLE	Bá gle.
...........	ie in as ien tle iad-as iade.
............	Ge jad.
	i l.

That is one Call.

..........b....... Move not, for the place is holly. * 2.244

GAH	Gah.
SDIU	es di u
	S di u.
— HIS	Chis.
EM	Em.
MICALZO	Micálzo

E. K. Cursy, and he kisseth the Table.

PILZIN	pilzen.
	Pilzin.

E. K The Curtain is now plucked again, for three minutes or four. Now the Curtain is opened again. Now is he changed. Now he is * 2.245

all in black sarcenet, very plentifull of stuffe, girded to him, and with the coller high to the midst of his face.

SOBAM	Sobam.
EL.	el
	argenton.
HARG	Harg.
MIR	Mir.
PIZIN	Pizin.
BABALON	Babálon.

Put out the last Pilgin.

E. K. Why did you give us them?

Nal. ........If it stand.

OD	od.
OBLOC	ob loc.
SAMVELG	Sam velg.
DLUGAR	Dlugar.
MALPURG	Mal purg.
ARCAOSGI	Ar ca ós gi.
OD	od
ACAM	A cám
CANAL	Sanal.
	Canal.
SOBOLZAR	So bol zar
TBLIARD	Tbli ard. * 2.246

It is better if the T be made an F, and pronounced F bli ard.

CAOSGI	kaosgi.
	Ca os gi.
ODCHIF	kif.
	Od chif.
ANETAB	A né tab.
OD	od.
MIAM	Miam.
TAVIV	Ta viv.
ODD	Odd.
DARSAR	Darsar
SOLPETH	Sol peth.
BIEN	Bi en.
BRITA	B ri ta.

The Curtain drawn again. Now it is opened.

He is altered in apparel; one half under the girdle is red, and above the girdle white.

OD	Od.
ZAC .. AM	Za cam.
GMICALZO	G-ni cálzo.
SOBHAATH	Sob há ath.
TRIAN	Trian.
LUIAHE	Lu i a he.
ODECRIN	O de crin.

〈◊〉〈◊〉.

MAD	Mad.
QAAON	Q a a on.

That is the second.

Δ. Blessed.

frac37; RAAS	Ra as.
ISALMAN	I Sal man.
PARA .. IZ	Pa ra di zod.
OECRIMI	O écri mi.
AAO	A A ó.
	Yal.
IALPIRGAH	I A L pir gah.

E. K. The Curtain drawn again, and so remaind about 6 minutes.

E. K. Being weary of sitting, I would gladly have leave to walk a little. His Apparel all one as it was.

Nal. ...... You may; but to sit, is more obedient.

Δ. E. K. walked awhile.

E K. Now, when it please you.

Gab. ...... I feel a staggaring minde.

Δ. That God which created you and us, make us to have constant mindes in all vertuous purposes.

Gab. ...... I swear: Move not; for the place is holy.

QUIIN	Qui in.
ENAY	Enay.
BUTMON	But mon.
OD	Od.

INOAS	In ó as.
NI	Ni.

E. K. He prayeth.

PARADIAL	Pa ra di al.
CASARMG	Ca sarmg. The g as dg ármg.
VGEAR	V gé ar.
	Kir.
CHIRLAN	Chir lan.
OD	Od.
ZONA ..	Zo nar.
LUCIFTIAN	Lu cif ti an.
CORSTA	Cors ta.
VAULZIRN	Vául zirn.
TOLHAMI	Tol há mi.
SOBA	Soba.
LONDOH	Lon dóh.

The Curtain is drawn again: and after 6 minutes open.

Now he is all in a blew long vesture, with a long train; and hath a little Coronet of Silver on his head.

ODMIAM	Od mi am, or Od Nuám.
	Kis
CHISTAD	Chis tad.
ODES	O des.

Cursie.

VM: DEA	V má de a.
OD	Od.
PIBLIAR	Pib li ar.
OTHILRIT	O thil rit.
ODMIAM	Od mi am.
	Kol.
CNOQUOL	Cno quol.
RIT	Rit.
ZACAR	Za car.
ZAMRAN	Zam ran.

OECRIMI	O é crimi.
QADA:	Q á dah.
OD	Od.
OMICAOLZ	O mi ca ol zod.
AAIOM	A A I om.
BAGLE	Ba gle.
PAPNOR	Pap nor.

Cursie he maketh.

IDLUGAM	Id lú gam.
LONSHI	Lon shi.
OD	Od.
VMPLIF	Umplif.
VGEGI	V Ge gi.
BIGLIA ..	Bigli ad.

Nal. ...... This is at an end.

Δ. Blessed be he that is the beginning and ending of all things.

E. K. The Curtain is pluckt.

Now it is open, and he is all in green, with a Garland on his head.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 BAZMELO	Baz me lo.
ITA	I ta
PIRIPSON	Pi rip son.
OLN	Oln.
NAZAVABH	Na za vábh.
OX	Ox.
CASARMG	Casarmg.
G or V RAN	V rán.
CHIS	Chis.
VGEG	V gég.
.. SABRAMG	Dsábramg. [g not as dg.]
BALTOHA	Bal to ba.

E. K. The Curtain is drawn, for a while.

Now is in a Robe like a Marble colour spotted, white, gray, and black.

GOHOIAD	Go hó i ad.
SOLAMIAN	So lá mi an.

Fire came suddenly out of the Stone, that made E. K. start.

TRIAN

Tri an.

E. K. Now he kneeleth.

TALOLCIS	Ta lól cis or sis.
ABAIUONIN	A ba i uo nin
OD	OD.

E. K. He setteth his foot on a letter, pointing to it. He throweth fire on E. K. again.

AZIAGIAR	A zi á gi er. * 2.247
RIOR	Rior.
IRGILCHISDA	Ir gil chis da.
DSPAAOX.	Dspá a ox.
BUFD	Bufd.
CAOSGO	Ca, or Ka os go.
DSCHIS	Ds chis.
ODIPURAN	Odi pu ran.
TELOAH	Té lo ah.
CACRG	Ca curg.
OISALMAN	O i sal man.
LONCHO	Lon cho, or ko.
OD	Od.
VOUINA	Vo ui na.
CARBAF	Car baf.
NIISO	Ni i so.
BAGLE	Ba gle.
AUAUAGO	A uá ua go.
GOHON	Go hón.
NIISO	Ni i so.

BAGLE

Ba gle.

Δ. He casteth fire on E. K.

MOMAO	Mo ma o.
SIAION	Si a i on.
OD	Od.
MABZA	Mab za.

E. K. He maketh a cursie, he sayeth Mabza again.

IADOIASMOMAR	Iad o i as mo mar.
POILP	Poilp, one syllable.
NIIS	Ni is, small sound of i.
ZAMRAN	Zam ran.

E. K. The Curtain is drawn, white, and reddish, more red then white: Now it is away, and all open again: Now all his Gown is yel∣low and yellow furre in it; and on his head, a Hoode of yellow like Vel∣vet, &c.

E. K. Why change you your Apparel thus:

E. K. He speaketh very speedily to Gabriel, but I cannot perceive him.

CIAOFI	C I A O fi.
CAOSGO	Ka.
	Ca os go.
OD	OD.
BLI....S	Bli ors.
OD	OD.
COR ....	Cor si.
TA	Ta
ABRAMIG	A bra mig.

This is the end of that.

E. K. Now he pulleth the Curtain: Now it openeth again. His Apparel is now changed again of an Ashy and brown colour, in fashion as before.

Gab. ..... Who is to be compared to our God?

〈◊〉〈◊〉 MICAOLI	Mi ca o li.
BRANSG	Bransg.
P.. GEL	Pur gel.
NAPTA	Nap ta.
IALPOR	〈◊〉〈◊〉		I AL por.

DSBRIN	Ds brin.
... FAFE	E fa fa fe. * 2.248
VONPHO	Von pho. * 2.249
OLANI	O L a 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
OD	Od.
OBZA	Ob za.
SOBCA	Kae
	Sob ca.
VPAAH	V pa ah.
CHIS	Chis.
TATAN	Ta tan.
OD	Od
TANAN	Tra nan.
BALYE	Ba ly e.

E. K. Now he turneth round about. He maketh a cursie. So doth Gabriel.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 LAR	A lar.
LUSDA	Lus da.
SOBOLN	So boln.
OD	O d.
CHISHOLQ	Chis hol q.
CNOQVODI	Cno quo di.
CIAL * 2.250	Si i.
	Ci al.
VNAL	V nal.
ALDON	Al don.
MOM	Mom.
CAOSGO	Ca os go.
TA	Ta.
LA. LLOR	Las ol lor.
GNAY	Gnay.

E. K. He plucketh the Curtain, and quickly openeth it, * 2.251 and sayeth:

...... You must after E fa fa fe, put a P.

E. K. My thinketh that I hear a rumbling, or clattering of Pewter in the stone.

E. K. After he had spoken, he shut the Curtain again: Now the Curtain is opened again.

LIMLAL	Lim lal.
AMMA	Am ma.
CHIIS	Chiis.
SOBCA	Ka.
	Sob ca.
ADRID	Ma drid
ZCHIS	Kis.
	Zod Chis.
OOANOAN	O o A no an.
CHI.	Chis.
AVINY	A vi ny.
DRILPI	Dril pi.
CAOSGIN	Ca os gin.
OD	Od
BUTMONI	But mo ni.
PARM	Parm.
ZUMVI	Zum vi.
CNILA	Cni la.
DAZI.	Daz is.
ETHAMZ	E tham Zod.
ACHILDAO	Kil.
	A chil da o.
OD	Od.
MIR.	M irk.
	M irc.
OZOL	O zol.
CH..	Chis.
PIDIAI	Pi di a i.

COLLA..	Col lal.
VLCININ	Ul ci nin..
ASOBAMA	A so bam.
UCIM	U cim.
BAGLE	Ba gle.
IA. BALTOH	I ad bal toh.
CHIRLAN	Kir.
	Ch ir lan.
PAR	par.
NII..	Ni i so.
OD	Od.
IP	Ip.
O ... AFE	O fa fa fe.
BAGLE	Ba gle.
ACOCASB	A co casb.
ICORSCA	〈◊〉〈◊〉 I Cors ca.
VNIG	V nig.
BLIOR	Bli or.

E. K. Now the Curtain is drawn.

A voyce. The end of that.

Δ. This is the fifth of this day.

E. K. Now is the Curtain open. All his Cloaths are ..... ry, very clear, whitish, and blewish.

CORAXO	Co rax o.
CHIS	Chis.
CORM.	Cormp.
OD	Od.

BLANS	Blans.
....U....AL	Lu cal.
AZI........R	A zi a zor.
PAEB	Pa eb.
SOBA	So ba.
LILONON	Li lo non.
CHIS	Chis.
VIRQ	quu
	Vir q.
EOPHAN	E o phan.
OD	Od.

Between Chis and Virq, you must put in Op a word.

RACLIR	Ra clir.
MA ........	Ma a si.
BAGLE	Ba gle.
........SGI	Ca os gi.
DS	ds.
IALPON	Yal
	Jal pon.
DOSIG	as big.
	Do sig.
OD	Od.
BASGIM	Bas gim.
OD.	Od.
OXEX	Ox ex.
DAZIS	Daz is.
....IATRIS	Si a tris.
OD	Od.
SALBROX	Sal brox.
CINXIR	Cynx ir.
F ....BOAN	Fa bo an.
UNALCHIS	U n ál chis.
CONST	k.
	Const.
DS	ds.
DAOX	Da ox
COCASG	gas dg. * 2.252
	Co casg.

SALMAN	Salman. 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
TELOC..	Te loch.
CASARMAN	Casar man.
HOLQ	Hol q.
OD	Od.
Ti	Ti.
TA	Ta.
ZCHIS	Zod chis.
SOBA	So ba.
CORMF	Cormf.
IGA	I ga.
NIISA	Ni i sa.
BAGLE	Bagle.
ABRAMG	Ab ramg. g, not us dg. Nonsp.
N. NCP	Noncp.

... Curtain is drawn... The end of this.

....... This is the seventh.

E. K. Now is the Curtain pull'd away: and quickly pull'd again. Now it is open again. He is apparelled, of colour between a blew, and a red mingled; but blew seemeth to be the ground. From the shoulder on the arms, is a trunk of seven pendant labels, with laces. On his head a very broad Hat, between dun and black colour. His apparel is very long.

NONCI	Non ci, si.
DSONF	Dsonf.
BABAGE	Ba ba ge.
OD	Od.
CHIS	Chis.
OB	Ob.
HUBAIO	Hu bá i o.
TIBIBP	Tibibp.
ALLAR	Al lar.
ATRAAH	A tra ah.
OD	Od.
EF	Ef.

DRIX	Drix.
FAFEN	Fa fen.
MIAN	Mi an.
AR	Ar.
ENAY	E nay.
OVOF	O vof.
SOBA	So ba.
DOOAIN	Do ó a in.
AAI	A a i.
IVONPH	I vonph.
SOBA	So ba.
VPAAH	Vpa ah.
CHIS	Chis.
NANBA	Nan ba.
ZIXLAY	Zix lay.
DODSIH	Dod sih.
ODBRINT	Od brint.
TAXS	Taxs.

He maketh Cursie.

H.....	Hu 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ro.
TAST..	Tas tax.
YL..	Yl si.
......	Do a lim.
.....	E o lis.
.....	Ol log.
.....	Ors ba.
DSCHIS	Ds chis.
AFFA	Af fa.
MICMA	Mic ma.
ISRO	Is ro.
MAD	Mad.

OD	Od.
LONSHITOX	Lon shi tox.
DS	ds.
JUMD.	Jumbd.
LUSDAN	Lus dan.
EMOD	E mod.
DSOM	dsom.
OD	Od.
TLIOB	Tli ob.
DRILPA	Dril pa.
GEH	jeh.
	Geh.
YLS	as Yils.
	yls.
MADZILODARP	Mad zi lo darp,

That is the Twelfth.

........	ILS.
................	Di alpert.
...............	Za car.
...............	Go bus.
..................	Zamran.
.........	O do.
...ICLE	CICLE.
QAA	Qáa.

That is a call.

¶. This is the eighth

NAPEAI	Na pe ai.
BABAGEN	jen.
	B ba gen
DSBRIN	Ds brin.
OOAONA	Ux.
	O O Ao na.
LRING	LRING.
VONPH	Vonph.

SOBAIAD	So bai ad.
IVONPOVNPH	I von po vnph.
AL. ON	Al don.
DAXIL	Dax il.
OD	Od.
TOATAR	To a tar.

E. K. The Curtain is pluck't to.

A voyce. That is the thirteenth.

E. K. Now it is open again.

E. K. He is now as if he had a pall, or Robe of Gold with a strange Cap of Gold on his head.

...	Ils.
.........	Mi ca ol zod.
.L. IRT	Ol pirt.
IALPRG	Yal.
	I al purg.
BLIORS	B liors.
DS	Ds.
ODO	Odo.
BUSDIR	Bus dir.
OIAD	O i ad.
OVOARS	O vo ars.
CAOSGO	Ca os go.
CASARMG.	Ca sar mg.
LA...	Là i àd.
ERAN	E ran.
.INTS	Brints.
CAFAFAM	Ca fa fam.
DS	Ds.
IVMD	I vmd.
AQLO	〈◊〉〈◊〉.
	A q lo.
ADOHI	A do hi.
QZMOZ	Moz.

〈1 page duplicate〉〈1 page duplicate〉

〈1 page duplicate〉〈1 page duplicate〉

OD	Od.
MAOFFAS	Ma óf fas.
BOLP	Bolp.
COMOB .. IORT	Co mo bli ort.
PAMBT	Pambt.

Curtain is now pluckt to.

A voice ..... That is all.

Blessed be the Creator of all, who hath mercy on all.

E. K. Now he is here, apparelled as he was wont to appear.

Nal. ..... Thus, hath the Lord kept promise with you: and will not forget the least part of * 2.253 his whole promise with you. Keep you therefore promise with the Lord; for, he is jealous, and not to be defiled. Proceed as you now do. The next Monday you shall have, as many.

Δ. Will it please you to deliver us the English of these 14 now, as you were wont to do?

Nal. ..... The English will have a day by it self.

Nal. ..... The [Δ.] Third Monday to come, you shall have them all. So that, you have but three dayes to labour.

Δ. You speak of the next Monday, and the third; and speak nothing of the second Mon∣day: and you said, that the English will have a day by it self: And you say we have but three dayes to labour, &c.

Nal. ..... What I have said, is so. Go also, and refresh your selves.

[E. K. The Curtain is drawn.]

A voice. ..... Stay there.

A voice. ..... Give God thanks, and make an end.

E. K. Prayed the 145. and 146. Psalm kneeling reverently; and I likewise in heart consenting thereto, attentively listning.

Note ..... E. K. is very well perswaded of these Actions now, thanked be the Highest, who is Almighty.

Δ. Laudate Dominum de Caelis, laudate eum in excelfis: laudate eum omnes Angeli ejus, laudate eum omnes virtutes ejus. Quia ipse dixit, & facta sunt nobis. Non 〈◊〉〈◊〉 taliter omni nationi. Soli Deo nostro, laus omnis, Victoria, Triumphus, & Jubilatio,

Amen.

Monday Cracoviae Maii, 21. 1564. Mane, hora 5. Actio Tertia, Lunaris.

E. K. There appeareth neither Vail, nor any thing else in the Stone.

Δ. At length appeared one, but none of them: he is jolly and green, with a long (like green Velvet) Robe: his hair long, like yellow Gold: nothing on his head but his hair. He standeth as though he stood in a cloud, above the usual paviment in the air.

..... Lo the Sun shineth, and men fear no rain, the clouds are dispersed, and they look not for * 2.254 a tempest: But when it raineth mightily, or the heavens frown, then keep they their houses, saying one to another, What unreasonable Tempest is this? what Hail-stones are these? Good Lord, who ever saw such windes? were there ever such windes? So shall it be of the power of God, which holdeth in his hands the windes, and scattereth cloudes abroad with his feet: For of his * 2.255 coming, shall it be said amongst you, My Spirit hath vexed me, and I am troubled: Why hast thou * 2.256 brought in things, greater than thy self? or where shall this power dwell that overshadoweth me? Wanting you shall desire, (as you do) and being filled you shall think you have too much.

Flesh can never be throughly mortified but with death. Think not, that the Lord is as the Sun, that keepeth his continual watch through the heavens; which because be is made for a time, is also tied to time.

He that sitteth and judgeth, keepeth no course; but a continual performance of his long-be∣fore providence: For he that useth him otherwise, shall be rejected because his [Δ.] dwellings are not in the mansions of the faithful. Lift up your ears therefore; for thus saith the highest:

Who made the heavens, or spread them like a garment? Who breathed into man, the spirit of un∣derstanding? Who overthrew the proud world with waters? Who smiled at the ruin of Pha∣raoh? Who rooted the wicked out of their seates? and made them become vineyards for my peo∣ple: yea the stiff-necked generation? Who threw down the Towers of Babylon, and the great Har∣lot? Who dwelt upon the Earth, and became flesh, to pay for your wickednesse? Who tumbled the stone from the Well, that the Sheep might drink? Even he it is, that gave all these their times. He it is, that is as able to make you understand, as those, that cast into the waters, and said, Let us draw up our 〈◊〉〈◊〉: which alwayes dealeth with the weakest: To the intent he might prove himself the strongest.

[E. K. He speaketh a great deal of speech as to himself, which I perceive not.]

..... Even he it is, that will make you strong and wise, If he find you with garments. * 2.257

He it is, that saith unto you, Waver not, Be stedfast; for the faithful are never unre∣warded.

[E. K. He putteth his right hand out of the Stone, being grasped together. Now he openeth his hand, and it is written in; and it is so far from me, that I cannot read it: yet he seemeth to be nearer to me, very much more than his hand. The writing seemeth to be like the leaf of a Book. Thus it was written.

..... Have an eye to my foretelling .... Troubles. Sudden sorrow is at hand, in all the earth. * 2.258 No, his Ship is almost built. Laskie, if he serve me, shall be King of Poland. If he serve ano∣ther, his bowels shall fall out, before him with poison. * 2.259

E. K. Now he clasped his hand together, and stayed the reading.

Δ. Whom is Laskie to serve (O Lord) but thee? to keep thy Laws, Statutes and Commandements? not to depend upon any creature. * 2.260

..... The King and Chancelor have sold the people of this Land, and are sworn Turks. Re∣turn not home to Lasko (Laskie) for, if thou do, thou shalt offend me. Go to the Emperour; * 2.261 for I will comfort thee with his favour. Let him not return thence, till he be warned by me.

Δ. You mean, from the Emperours Court?

Δ. I beseech you, by what token, shall he receive your warning?

..... Be thou his right hand, to his body, and his mouth to me. I will be merciful unto him, and hold up his head. Leave off, till the seventh hour of the day; then cometh the Action.

Δ. Mean you the seventh hour, as from midnight last?

Δ. That beginneth at noon, if you make but 12 hours in the day: or at 11 if you reckon common hours.

..... The seventh from the Horison: Run, that run can.

E. K. He himself runneth away.

Δ. All Glory and Praise be to God.

Amen.

Eadem die 〈◊〉〈◊〉, hora 7 (inchoante) in meridie. Hora planetaria.

E. K. After a quarter of an hour (almost) appeared our Instru∣ctors, as of .. e time.

Δ. Gloria patri & filio & Spiritui Sancto, sicut erat in principio & 〈◊〉〈◊〉 & in sempi∣terna 〈◊〉〈◊〉 seculorum. Amen.

Gab. ..... Move, move, move not, for the place is holy. Re patient a little while.

E. K. Nalvage prayeth all the while.

E. K. Gabriel riseth out of his Chair again, and warneth as before (thrice) that we should not move, for the place is holy. Nalvage maketh a crosse toward the 4 quarters of the World, with his rod, as he was wont.

Nal. ..... There are 30 Calls yet to come. Those 30 are the Calls of Ni .. Princes and * 2.262 spiritual Governours, unto whom the Earth is delivered as a portion. These bring in and again * 2.263 disp.. Kings and all the Governments upon the Earth, and vary the Natures of things: with

the variation of every moment; Vnto whom, the providence of the eternal Judgement, is al∣ready * 2.264 opened. These are generally governed by the twelve Angles of the 12 Tribes: which are also governed by the 7 which stand before the presence of God. Let him that can see look vp: and let him that can here, attend; for this is wisdom. They are all spirits of the Air: not rejected, but dignified; and they dwell and have their habitation in the air diversly, and in sundry places: for their mansions are not alike, neither are their powers equal. Understand therefore, that from the fire to the earth, there are 30 places or abidings: one above and be∣neath another: wherein these aforesaid Creatures have their aboad, for a time.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 tota terra distributa sub 12. Principibus Angelis, 12. Tribuum Israel: quorum 12. aliqui plures, aliqui pauciores partes habent sub suo regimine ex 91 partibus in quas tota terra hic demonstratur esse divisa.

A pocalypsi Johannis Testimonium, de 12 Angelis 12 Tribuum, Cap. 21.

Quando dividebat Altissimus gentes, quando separabat filios Adam, constituit terminos populorum, juxta numerum filiorum Israel: Hoc igitur hinc egregiè patere.

They bear no name.

[E. K. What is without a name?] * 2.265

..... Their orderly place: But w .. they have, in respect of their being. Vnderstand them therefore, by the first, second, third .. so, thirtieth Air. ... are so to be nominated, O thou the Twentieth air, O thou sixteenth Air, &c. ... sometime, (yea all together) two or three, of the .. else govern, by times, which are the Kings unto these ... e to be spoken of) and beare rule together, and at one time in the divisions.

In the first Air, the ninth, eleventh, and seventh Angel of the Tribes, bear rule and govern. Vnto the ninth, 7000. and 200. and 9 mini 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Angels are subject. Vnto the eleventh 2000, 300, 60. Vnto the seventh 5000, 〈◊〉〈◊〉, 60, 2.

Nal. ..... Count the number .....

Δ. The whole sum of this Government amounteth to 14931.

Nal. ..... It is right.

2. The second is divided into 3 parts, the Angel of the fourth Tribe hath the first; The Angel of the second, the second; The Angel of the second the third. The fourth hath these many 3000, 600, 30, 6. The first second of the second 2000. .. 0. 60. 2. The last of the second ... 00, 900, 60, 2. Adde these together.

Δ. They are ..... 6660.

3. The third. The first, The ninth, The second, the seventh, The third the tenth. The ninth ..... 4400. The seventh or the second ..... 3660. The tenth or the third ..... 9236.

Nal. ..... Number them .....

Δ. They are in all ..... 17296.

4. Nal. ..... The fourth hath also his three parts. The Angel of the tenth Tribe hath the first. The tenth hath also the second. The twelfth hath the third.

E. K. He prayeth.

The first tenth ..... 2360. Second tenth ..... 3000. Twelfth or the third ..... 6300.

Number the fourth also.

.. — They are ..... 11660.

.. is also threeford. The first of the Tribes have the first .. enth hath the second. The ele∣venth hath the third. The first hath under him 8630. The seventh or second .... 2306. The eleventh, The third — 5000, 800, two. Number them.

Δ. They are — 16738.

E. K. He prayeth reverently.

Be patient for a while. These govern in the sixth. Δ. If I understand you right, these.

6. These govern in the sixth place (which is to come) The Angel of the fifth tribe, hath the first part. (for there are.....) The Angell of the twelfth hath the second. The Angel of the fifth hath the third part. The Angell of the first, that is to say, of the first fifth, hath subjects, 3000, 600, 20, of the second or twelfth, 900, 200, of the third place and second fifth 7000, 200, 20. The fifth governs in this order twice, therefore it is termed the second fifth. Number it.

Δ. They are — 20040.

7. The seventh hath also three places. The fourth hath the first. The third hath the second. The eleventh hath the third. The fourth and the first place — 6000, 300. 60, 3. The third Angell and second place, 7000, 700, 6. The eleventh Angell the third place, 6000, 300, 20. Number it.

Δ. They are 20389. so, ..... it is the seventh.

8. The eight Ayre, hath also three parts. The Angel of the fifth hath the first. The Angel of the first hath the second. The Angel of the ninth hath the third. The fifth Angel and first place 4000, 300, 60, 2. She first Angel and second place 7000, 200, 30, 6. The ninth Angel and the third place, 200, 300, 2. Number it.

Δ. They are — 13900.

9. The ninth is also of three places. The third Angel hath the first place. The tenth Angel hath the second. The ninth Angel hath the third, the third Angel hath in the first place 9000, 900, 90, 6. The tenth Angel and the second place 3000, 600, 20. The ninth Angel and the third place, 4 000, 200, 30. Number them.

Δ. They are — 17846.

10. The tenth hath places also three. The eleventh Angell occupieth the first. The seventh An∣gel occupieth the second. The ninth Angel occupieth the third. The eleventh Angel and first hath 8000, 800, 80. The seventh Angel in the second, 1000, 200, 30. The ninth in the third, 1000, 600 10, 7. Number them.

Δ. They are — 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

Nalvage prayeth.

Gabriel. ..... Take heed you move not.

11. The eleventh, is three as before. The first is occupied by the tenth. The second by the sixth. The third by the third. In the first place. 3000, 400, 70, 2. In the second place, 5000, 200, 30, 6. In the third place, 5000, 200, 30, 4. Number them.

.. — They are 15942.

12. The twelfth hath also his divisions. Three first places is of the sixth. Second place of the eighth. Third of the second. The first hath 2000, 600, 50, 8. The second, 7000, 700, 70, 2. The third 3000, 300 90, 1. Number it.

. — They are 13821.

13. The thirteenth hath three. The tenth is in the first. The first is in the second. The seventh is in the third. The first hath 8000, 100, 10, 1. The second 3000, 300, 60. The seventh Angel in the third 4000, 200, 10, 3.

Number it.

Δ. They are 15684.

14. The fourteenth hath threefold place as the rest. The fift Angel occupieth the first, The seventh occupieth the second, The twelfth occupieth the third. The first which is the fifth Angel, 2000, 600, 70, 3. The second hath 9000, 200, 30, 6. The twelfth 800, 200, 30. Number it.

Δ. They are — 20139.

Nal. Have 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

E. K. Now he standeth on the top of the Table.

Mark diligently.

OCCODON

Occodon.

Answereth to the Angell of the ninth, which is of the first, which occupieth the first place of the first Ayre. It is the name of that part of the earth which is governed by the Angel of the ninth Tribe, and those that are under him in the first division. The first Ayre.

Mark diligently.

.....

Pax comb.

Answereth the eleventh Angel, and is that part of the Earth which is governed by him and his Ministers, in the second place of the first Ayre.

Mark

VALGARS

Val gars.

It answereth to the seventh Angel and to his Ministers, 5562, which are the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 part of the first Ayre.

Mark deligently.

DOAGNIS

Do ag nis.

It is the first part of the second, the first part of the earth, which is governed in the first part of the second, as it shall after appear, under the fourth Angel.

Mark diligently. * 2.266

PACASNA

Pa cás na.

It is the name of that part of the world on earth, that is governed in the second part of the second Ayre, BY THE ANGEL of the second Tribe, with his Ministers. 2362.

Thus you shall understand of all the names that follow.

D .. AL .. VA	Di a li v a.
	The third of the second: whose governour is the ..... nons of the Tribe.
	The Third Ayre in the first place.
SAMAPH.	Sa ma pha.
	Samatha hath over it of the Tribe the ninth.
	The second of the third is.
VIROCHI.	Ki.
	Viróchi.
	Vnder the seventh of the Tribe.
	The Third place of the Third Ayre.
ANDISPI	An dìs pi.
	It is governed by the Tenth of the Tribe.
	The fourth Ayre, The first part.
THOTANF	Tho tanf.
	His Governour is the Tenth of the Tribe, whose Ministers are 2360.
	The second of the fourth.
AXZIARG	Ax zi arg.
	It is governed by the tenth of the Tribe.
〈◊〉〈◊〉	Poth nir.
	It is governed by the Twelfth of the Tribe.
	The fifth Ayre, The first part.
LAZDIXI	Laz dix i.
	Which is governed by the first of the Tribe.
	The second part of the fifth.
NOCAMAL	No cá mal.
	Which is governed by the seventh of the tribe.
	The Third of the Fifth.
TIARPAX	Ti ár pax.
	Which is governed by the eleventh of the Tribe, whose Ministers are 5802.
	Be patient awhile.

The sixth.

Gab. ..... Move not ..... Moses was to seek in these secrets.

Nal. ..... The first of the sixth whose Governour is the fifth of the Tribe.

S.XTOMP	Sax tomp.
The second of the sixth, whose Governour is the twelfth of the Tribe.
VAVAAMP	〈◊〉〈◊〉 Va amp.
The third of the sixth, which is governed by the fifth of the Tribe.
ZIRZIRD	Zir zird.
Whose Ministers are 7220 as before.
The first of the seventh is governed by the fourth Tribe.
OBMACAS	Ob ma cas.

K. E. Ever the Table turneth to the letter under.

The second of the seventh, whose the third of
GENADOL		Ge na dol.
The third of by the eleventh.
ASPIAON.	As pi a on.
The first of the eighth, whose Governour is the fifth, &c. whose Ministers are 43
ZAINFRES	Zá in fres.
The second of the eighth, by the first of the Tribe, whose Ministers 7236.
TODNAON	Tod na on.
The third of the eighth by the ninth of the Tribe, ad under him 2303.
PRISTAC	Pris tac.
The ninth: the first, governed by the third, whose Ministers, 9996. * 2.267
ODDIORG	Od di org.
The second of the ninth by the tenth, whose Ministers 3620.
CRALPIR	Cral pir.
Move not for the Lord is great amongst you.
The last of the ninth by the ninth of the Tribe.	Ministers 4230.
DOANZIN		Do an Zin

The first of the tenth	by the eleventh of the Tribe.
LEXARPH	Lex arph. Xarph.
The second of the tenth	by the seventh.
COMANAN	Co ma nan.
The third of the tenth	by the ninth.
TABITOM	Ta bi tom.
	Whose Ministers are 1617.
Have patience.
The first of the eleventh,	governed by the tenth.
	Ministers 3472.
MOLPAND	Mol pand.
	The second governed by the sixth Ministers 7236.
VSN.RDA	Vs nar da.
The third	by the third.
	Ministers as before 5234.
PONODOL	Po no dol.
	The first of the twelfth, go by the sixth.
TAPAMAL	Ta pa mal.
The second of the twelfth	by the eighth Angel.
GEDOONS	Ge do ons.
The third of the twelfth	by the second.
AMBRIOL	Ambriol.
The first of the thirteenth	governed by the tenth.
	Ministers 8111.
GECAOND	Ge ca ond
The second	by the first of the Tribes.
LAPARIN	La pa rin.
The last of the thirteenth	by the seventh of the twelve.
DOCEPAX	Do ce pax.
	Is Italia.
The first of the fourteenth	by the fifth of the Tribes.
TEDOAND	Te do and.

This is England and Scotland too, called anciently by the name of Britania. There liveth not * 2.268 a man that knoweth the truth of the British Originals.

Δ. The British Originals.

The second of the 14.

by the seventh.

VIVIPOS	Vi vi pos.
The last of the fourteenth	by the twelfth.
	Ministers 8230.
OO.NAMB	O o a namb.

E. K. Now he prayeth.

E. K. Now Gabriel standeth up.

Gab. ..... The Lord pardoneth your fasting, and accepteth the inward man, labour also to mor∣row. You shall have the rest.

Δ. May I be bold to ask you one question?

Gab. ..... You may.

Δ. Is the Queen of England, alive, or dead?

..... She liveth.

I am nothing near the earth.

E. K. The Curtain is drawn. We prayed joyntly some prayers.

Δ. Upon my motion, for the Lord Al. Las. how to deal with the Chancelour, the Curtain was drawn open. And he in the green, who appeared to day, came into the stone, and said as followeth.

Thus sayeth the Lord: Joyn body to body, but let mindes be separate, for he is despised in the * 2.269 sight of God, and is delivered over to destruction, which doth tarry, till it finde him ready. Israel deceived Egypt, and saw Egypt overthrown. Let him do what he will with him, but let him not joyn his minde with him.

Δ. We are desirous to know your name. * 2.270

My name is called Dic illis. I am one under Gabriel, and the name of Jesus I know and honour.

Δ. Jesus declared his name, and so have other good Creatures before unto us.

Map. My name is Mapsama.

Δ. Is, dic illis, the Etymology thereof?

Map. It is.

Δ. How much it importeth for us to understand the best counsel that is to be given to A. L. you know, &c.

Map. ..... I am commanded, and I have done my commandment. But see, that thou, and he ful∣fill those things that are commanded you by me.

Δ. You said I should be his mouth to you: How shall I execute that, I pray you?

Map. ..... Not to me, but to God.

Δ. By prayer mean you?

Map. ..... Yea, and by presence.

Δ. By presence, with whom? * 2.271

Map. ..... Thou shalt go from hence with him to the Emperour: God will stir up farther matter, by thy presence there.

Δ. Shall all our Lessons be finished, and sufficient power delivered unto us according to the promise of God?

..... you shall be able to practice by Sunday.

Δ. By which Sunday?

..... But the practices that are the instructions of the Highest, are not but in lawful causes and for necessity, to glorifie God; and against 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

Δ. What shall, then, be the hability of my skill to practice, before Sunday nex * 2.272

Map. ..... These Calls touch all the parts of the World. The World may be dealt withall, with her parts; Therefore you may do any thing. These Calls are the keyes into the Gates and Cities of wisdom. Which [Gates] are not able to be opened, but with visible apparition.

[Δ. And how shall that be come unto?

Map. ..... Which is according to the former instructions: and to be had, by calling of every Table. You called for wisdom, God hath opened unto you, his Judgement: He hath delivered unto you the keyes, that you may enter; But be humble. Enter not of presumption, but of permission. Go not in rashly; But be brought in willingly: For, many have ascended, but few have entred. By Sunday you shall have all things that are necessary to be taught; then (as

occasion serveth) you may practice at all times. But you being called by God, and to a good purpose.

Δ. How shall we understand this Calling by God?

Map. ..... God stoppeth my mouth, I will answer thee no more.

Δ. Misericordia Dei sit super nos, veritas ejus fulgeat & floreat in cordibus nostris.

Amen.

Δ. E. K. read this prayer devoutly, and I joyning my mind to his pronunciation thereof kneeled by.

Domine Jesu Christe, Deus salutarium nostrorum. Cnjus nomen fit benedictum 〈◊〉〈◊〉 & quotidie: * 2.273 qui ascendisti super Coelum 〈◊〉〈◊〉, ad dextram Dei patris: denuo venturus ad judicandum in nubibus, cum potestate magna, & majestate mirabili, educ nos vinctos in peccatis in fortitudine 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉: ut dealbemur per remissionem peccatorum super nivem; adeo ut beneplacitum sit tibi habitare in nobis, & nos 〈◊〉〈◊〉 te. Amen.

Δ. Ex Psalterio post 67 Psalmum.

Tuesday Cracoviae, Maii 22. 1584. in Whitson-week, Mane circa 7.

After our sitting, and some prayer used, appeared a very little Creature, on the Cushion, by the Stone: saying, Put out your Candle; for you shall have nothing to do, to day. * 2.274

Δ. What is your name that we may 〈◊〉〈◊〉 your message for our excuse: seeing we were bid yesterday to labour to day.

E. K. He is gone.

Δ. After that about half an hour, there appeared our Instructors, as before time.

Gab. ..... Move, move, 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉, for the place is holy.

E. K. Gabriel standeth up, and after a while said.

..... The heavens are called 〈◊〉〈◊〉, because of their obedience. The earth accursed, be∣cause of her frowardnesse. Those therefore, that seek heavenly things, ought to be obedient; lest * 2.275 with their frowardnesse, they be consumed in the end, burnt to ashes with fire, as the Earth shall be for her unrighteousnesse.

Therefore, be you obedient, and full of Humility; using the instrument of righteousnesse, (which is faith) That you may be 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the celestial comforts; which are the hire of such as for∣sake * 2.276 their frowardness It hath been said unto you, .... Measure not out Gods building. It hath been said unto you, .... Continue to the end It hath been also told you, ... That the Determina∣tions of God are not as yet established upon you.

For it is written, It may, again be * 2.277 〈◊〉〈◊〉 I speak this for your instruction: For many have the power of God, but not unto righteousnesse: as was evident amongst the Jews in the choice of their Kings. In the very 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of God, amongst those that entred into the holy place. For, all that the Prophets 〈◊〉〈◊〉 were not good. Not, that they were evil in the time of their anointing, but because 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉, and the dignity of their office was defiled in them in the end, through their own frowardnesse. 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 also were chosen in righteousnesse, and by the spirit of God: but they became Rebels in the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 house: and such as of whom it is said, Altissimus autem fuit scandalum illis. Even so 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 may it be with you.

Δ. Jesus defend us from that 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

For although, it hath pleased 〈◊〉〈◊〉, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 shew himself unto you, yet are you not ashamed to say: If the harvest cometh not in, at the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 appointed, I will become a runnagate.

But Euge (my brethren) Hath the Lord need of you? It needeth not be told you; you know the contrary. Then it 〈◊〉〈◊〉 you have need of God. But for what? and why? That your * 2.278 souls may overcome this World, overcome the body, to the dignity of an Angel.

And because you are 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and turned out to the field, full of brambles and misery, leane, naked, and unarmed, to fight against him, that resisteth against the might of God. Consider these last two, and then answer your selves, for the rest.

I give you a short warning. God will fulfil his promises: And (as he hath said) by this Au∣gust, * 2.279 you shall understand.

1. How to know and use God his Creatures, good and bad.

2. But when, and for what, is the gift of the Highest, and shall be fulfilled in you (If you will * 2.280 be obedient) when it pleaseth him: even with a sound from his own mouth, saying, Venite & audite.

For these Actions are two fold: Consider it, if you can: and they are the greatest, because they are the last, and contain all that hath been done before them. Which if you consider well, and to what you are called; you shall perceive, that the Judgements of God, are not a Tennis-ball.

Thus much I thought to warn you my brethren. Have a little patience for the Action. * 2.281

He that stirreth from his place shall find the reward of it.

Δ. After half an hour?

Gab. ..... Move not, Move not, Move not.

..... The fifteenth.

• Three parts.
• The ninth hath the first,
• The tenth hath the second.
• The twelfth the third.

The 16 hath 3 parts.

• The second hath the first,
• The third hath the second,
• The twelfth hath the third.

17. ..... The seventeenth.

• The second hath the first,
• The first hath the second,
• The ninth hath the third.

18. ..... The eighteenth is of three.

1	hath	the fifth,
2	the seventh,
3	the twelfth.

E. K. He threw like dust out of the Stone toward my eyes.

19. ..... The ninteenth is also threefold.

• 1 ..... The twelfth.
• 2 ..... The eighth.
• 3 ..... The eleventh.

20 The twentieth is also threefold.

• 1 ..... fifth.
• 2 ..... third.
• 3 ..... seventh.

21 The one and twentieth, is also threefold.

• 1 ..... twelfth.
• 2 ..... eighth.
• 3 ..... sixth.

E: K. There standeth one, at one of my eares, and at another, an∣other, * 2.282 howling like Dogs; and said, Ah you beggars!

Gab. ..... He will deceive you, take heed lest you move.

E. K. He seemeth to be telling money behinde me.

Δ. Look not back in any case.

The ninth of the fifteenth hath under him [Δ.] of the 12. 1000. 300. 60. 7. * 2.283

The tenth of the first [Δ.] hath under 1000. 300. 60. 7. [Δ.] of the 12.

The twelfth of [Δ.] the first 1000. 800. 80. 6.

The first of the second [Δ.] hath under him 9000. 900. 20. and he is the second of the twelve.

The second of the second, which is the third of the 12. 9000, 200, 30.

The third of the third, which is the twelfth of the twelfth, hath under him 7000, 200, 40.

The first of the third (the second of the 12) hath under him 7000, 600, 20, 3.

The second of the third, which is the first of the 12. 7000, 100, 30. 2.

The third of the third, which is the ninth of the 12. hath with him, or under him, 2000, 600, 30, 4.

18. The first of the fourth, which is the fifth of the 12. 2000, 300, 40, 6.

The second, which is the seventh of the 12. under him 7000, 600, 80, 9.

The third of the fourth, which is the twelfth of the 12. under him 9000, 200, 70, 6.

The first of the fifth, which is the twelfth of the 12. under him, 6000, 200, 30, 6.

The second which is the eighth of the 12. under him, 6000, 700, 30, 2.

The third of the fifth: which is the eleventh of the 12. under him, 2000, 300, 80, 8.

The first of the sixth, which is the fifth of the 12. under him 3000, 600, 20, 6.

The second of the sixth ..... the third of the 12. 7000, 600, 20, 9.

The third, which is the seventh of the 12. under him 3000, 600, 30, 4.

21. The first of the seventh, which is the twelfth of the 12. under him 5000, 500; 30, 6.

The second of the seventh, which is the eighth of the 12. under him 5000, 600, 30, 5.

The last of the seventh, which is the sixth of the 12. under him 5000, 600, 50, 8.

Number every Ayre.

• Δ. — The 15. — 4620
• The 16. — 28390
• The 17 — 17389
• The 18 — 19311
• The 19 — 15356
• The 20 — 14889
• The 21 — 16829

The first of the fourth seventh hath three parts.

Have patience for a while.

• 1 — is the twelfth of the twelve.
• 2 — is the first of the twelfth.
• 3 — is the twelfth of the twelve.

23. The first of the second.

• 2 — the seventh of the twelve.
• 1 — the seventh of the twelve.
• 3 — the eighth of the twelve.

24. The third.

• 1 — the fourth of
• 2 — the tenth.
• 3 — the twelfth of the twelve.

25. The fourth.

• 1 — the fourth.
• 2 — the second.
• 3 — the twelfth of the twelve.

The fifth.

• 1 — the twelfth.
• 2 — the eighth.
• 3 — twelfth of the twelve.

27. The sixth.

• 1 — the second.
• 2 — the fourth.
• 3 — the fifth.

28. The seventh.

• 1 — the tenth
• 2 — the ninth
• 3 — the sixth of the twelve.

〈◊〉〈◊〉

• The first of the first, which is the twelfth of the twelve, under him 2000. 200. 30. 2.
• The second of the first, under him 2000. 300. 20. 6.
• The third of the first, which is the eleventh of under him 2000. 300. 60. 7.

• .. The first of the second, which 7000. 300. 20.
• The second under him 7000. 200. 60. 2.
• The third of the second, which is the second of the 12. under him 7000. 300. 30. 3.

24

• The first of the third, which is the fourth of the twelve, under him 8000. 200.
• The second of the third, which is the tenth of the twelve, under him 8000. 300. 60.
• The third of the third, which is the eleventh of the twelve, under him 8000. 200. 30. 6.

25

• The first of the fourth, which is the fourth of the twelve, under him 5000. 6000. 30. 2.
• The second of the fourth, which is the second of the twelve, 6000. 300. 30. 3.
• The third of the fourth, which is the twelfth of the twelve, under him 6000. 200. 30. 6.

26

• The first of the fifth, the which is the twelfth of the 9000. 200. 30. 2.
• The second of the fifth, which is the eighth of the twelve, 3000. 600. 20.
• The third of the fifth, which is the twelfth of the twelve, 5000. 600. 30. 7.

27

• The first of the sixth, which is the second of the twelve, hath under him 7000. 200. 20.
• The second of the sixth, the fourth of the twelve, 7000. 500. 60.
• The third, which is the fifth of the twelve, 7000. 200. 60. 3.

28

• The first of the seventh, the tenth of the twelve, 2000. 600. 30.
• The second of the seventh, which is the ninth of the twelve, under him 7000. 200. 30. 6.
• The last of the seventh, the sixth of the twelve, under him 8000. 200.

• Δ. The 22^th. .... is .....6925.
• 23 — 21915.
• 24 — 24796.
• 25 — 18201.
• 26 — 18489.
• 27 — 22043.
• 28 — 18066.

They ..... I kneel to prayer. Then the Curtain was drawn.

E. K. There appeareth like the snuf of a Candle on the top of the stone, it is like a little spark of fire. After this, Gabriel said by voyce, Have patience.

Δ. After half an hour. A voyce said ... look to .... to E. K.

E. K. The Curtain is drawn open. Nalvage standeth on the top of the Table.

Nal. ..... The first part of the first seven you bad to day.

The ninth.

TAHANDO.

Ta ban do.

The tenth, the second of the first, which is the tenth.
NOCIABI	No ci a bi.
The third.
TASTOXO	Tas to x o.
16 The first of the second.
CVCARPT	Cu carpt.
The second.
LAVACON	La va con.
The third is governed by the twelfth of the twelfth.	Ministers 9240.
SOCHIAL	Ki
	So chi al.
17 The third. The first, which is the second of
SIGMORF	Sig morf.
The second.
AYDROPT	Ay dropt.
The third, whose governour is the ninth of the twelve.
TOCARZI	To car zi.
18 The first of the fourth.
NABAOMI	Na ba o mi.
The second.
ZAFASAI	Za fa sai.
The third.
YALPAMB	Yal pa M B.
The first of the fifth.
TORZOXI	Tor Zóx i.
The second.
ABAION	A ba i on.
The third.
OMAGRAP	O ma grap.
20 The first of the sixth.
ZILDRON	Zi L dron.

The second of the sixth.
PARZI . A	Par zi ba.
The third of the sixth.
TOTOCAN	To to can.
The first of the seventh by the twelfth.
CHIRSPA	Chirs pa.
The second of the seventh.
TOANTOM	To 〈◊〉〈◊〉 tom.
The third of the seventh.
VIXPALG	Dg.
	Call it, Vix palg.
Nal. ....The last seven.
The first.
OZIDAIA	O-zi-dai a.
The second of the last seven.
PARAOAN	Pa ra o an.
The third.
CALZIRG
Dg.
Calzirg.
23 The first of the second.
RONOAMB	Ro no amb.
The second.
ONIZIMP	O m Zimp.
The third of the second.
ZAXANIN	Zax a nin.
24 The first.
ORCAMIR.	Or ca mir.
The	Ki.
CHIALPS	Chi alps.
The third of the third.
SOAGEEL	So á ge el.
The first of the fourth.
MIRZIND	Mir zind.
The second by the second of the twelfth.
OBVAORS	Ob va ors.
The thirds.
RANGLAM	Ran glam.
The first of the fifth by the twelfth of the twelfth.
26 POPHAND	Po phand.

The second.
NIGRANA	Ni grá na.
The third.	kim.
BAZCHIM	Baz chim.
The first.
SAZIAMI	Sa zi a mi.
The second.
MATHULA	Ma thu la.
The third.
ORPANIB	Or pa nib.
28 ..... The first of the seventh.
LABNIXP	Lab nin p.
The second.
FOC.SNI	Fo cis Ni.
The third.
OXLOPAR	Ox lo par.

E. K. Now he standeth off the Table.

Nal. ..... Have patience for a while. Say on.

• The twenty ninth hath three parts.
• The first part hath his Governour the third of the 12.
• The second the fourth of the 3 ..... the fifth of the 12.

30. The thirtieth ..... hath 4 parts.

• 1 — the twelfth. of the 12.
• 2 — the fourth. of the 12.
• 3 — the third. of the 12.
• 4 — the sixth. of the 12.

• The first of the nine and twentieth hath under him, 9632.
• The second ..... by the fourth of the 12. under him 4236.
• The fifth of the 12 that governeth under 7635.

30 The twelfth of the 12. 4632.

• The second ..... by the fourth of the 12. under him 9636.
• The third ..... by the third of the under him 7632.
• The last ..... by the sixth 5632.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 The earth in the first division of the 29.
VASTRIM	Vas trim.
The second part of 29 Ayre.
ODRAXTI	O drax ti.
by the fifth of the 12.
The third, whose Ministers are 7635.

GOMZIAM	Gom zi am.
30 ..... The first of the 30 ..... under the 12.
TAOAGLA	Ta ó a gla.
The second under the fourth of
GEMNIMB	Gem nimb.
The third under the third.
ADVORPT	Ad vorpt.
The last ..... by the sixth of the 12.
DOZINAL	Do zinal. * 2.284

Nal. ..... I have done.

Δ. As you gave us taste, or warning of Italia and Britania, so if it be thought good to you, we are desirous to understand of the rest, the Application to such names as we under∣stand.

Nal. ..... Make an end for to day: Give over. Make your selves ready for to morrows Action.

E. K. The Curtain is drawn.

Δ. Deo omnipotenti, Optimo, & maximo Universa machina creata laudem gloriam & ho∣norem reddat, nunc & in perpetuum. Amen.

Δ. There is a prayer written after the Action of Monday Maii 21. next here before be∣ginning Domine Jesu Christe, &c. which I misplaced there; for after this dayes Action, it was said by E. K. and me.

LIBRI SEPTIMI APERTORII CRACOVIENSIS MYSTICI, SABBATICI, Pars Quarta; Anno 1584. Maii 23.

Wedensday, † Cracoviae, Maii 23. Manè, hora 7.¼ ferè. Post orationes nostras.

THe Curtain appeared, at the first looking.

Δ. There happened a great storm or temptation to E. K. of doubt∣ing and misliking our Instructors and their doings, and of contem∣ning and condemning any thing that I knew or could do. I bare all things patiently for God his sake, &c. At length the Curtain was opened, and they appeared.

E. K. I am contented to see, and to make true re∣port of what they will shew; but my heart standeth against them.

Gab. ..... The time shall come, that the oak that is beaten with every storm shall be a Dining-Table in the Princes Hall. * 2.285

Gab. ..... M ve not, for the place is holy. He that doubteth, doth the property of the flesh, but he that hath faith, hath the gift of the Holy Ghost. The Swallow flieth swift, but where she lighteth, there is no remembrance of her being: such are the words of man. But our words are like unto a swift arrow, that entreth and sticketh where it lighteth.

As man loveth the Owre for the Gold that is in it, and for the end of his use; so God loveth the dungbills of the World, &c. But the enemy, the more he lifteth up himself, the greater shall be his * 2.286 fall: for instead of joy, shall enter in an hundred, and instead of hundred a thousand. But beware of those Rebels; for they are like the small stones which are in every place of the Earth. But move not. Let us do that which is our part: Vnto others be it as they deserve. * 2.287

E. K. There appeareth a great thing like a Globe, turning upon tvvo axell-trees.

Nal. ..... 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to the first Air ..... Δ. I have done.

Nal. ..... The Earth in the first ayre, is this, [E. K. pointing on that Globe to it.]

Δ. We beseech you to bound or determine the Countries or Portions of the Earth, by their uttermost Longitudes and Latitudes, or by some other certain manner.

Nal. ..... Our manner is, not as it is of worldlings: We determine not places after the forms * 2.288 of legs, or as leaves are: neither we can imagin any thing after the fashion of an [Δ] horn: as those that are Cosmographers do.

Notwithstanding the Angel of the Lord appeared unto Ptolomie, and opened unto him the parts of the Earth: but some he was commanded to secret: and those are Northward under your Pole. But unto you, the very true names of the World in her Creation are delivered. * 2.289

Δ. There appeared a great water, long and narrow, reddish, and thereby appeared ...

There appeared written Egypt. He hath in his hand written Syria. And of that he said, that it was the second of the first.

Now appeared a very fine Land and Region in which appeared a great City, in the edge of it. There appeared written ..... Mesopotamia. The third of the first.

Now appeared a large portion of the Earth, wherein appeared Beares, a great River from * 2.290 a Hill going into the Sea with three mouths. The word written Cappadocia.

The second of the second.

written in his hand Tuscia.

Δ. I pray you, do you mean Tuscia by Italy?

The third of the second: written Parva Asia.

The first — Hircania — Δ. Mare Caspium appeared by it.

The second — Thracia —

The last Here appear people going into Caves of the ground, and dwelling in * 2.291

Caves: they are long haired men, naked; Here appear great Hills, and the veines of the

Gold Mines appear: the men seem to have baskets of leather. This is one of the places un∣der the Pole Artick, written ..... Gosmam.

Δ. — Is it so called, of the people of the Country?

Nal. ..... Even at this hour.

E. K. Here appeareth a mighty great Hill, and about it a great Cave of water. Here appear beasts divers: some like a Swine, with feet like a Beare, his neither jaw hanging to his and divers

and a mighty Hill running, with branches: there by lie things with huskes on them.

The first.

he appointeth, written The b a idi.

The second — Here the Sun shineth fair. Parsadal.

The third — Here appear people very beastly, with Mantles on their shoulders: and beasts with long snouts.

India.

Here appear great rotten trees, very old, great Woods of them. Beyond the Woods are great Hills. Great Fens appear, and great Marish-ground: Fowles as big as Swans, green, scaled on their backs, in the water.

The first of the fifth — Bactriane.

The second — Cilicia.

The third — Oxiana.

6. The first of the sixth — Numidia.

The second — Cyprus.

The third — Parthia.

7. The first of the seventh — Getulia.

The second — Here is a great Desart: no Trees. in his hand — Arabia.

The third — Phalagon.

Δ. I never heard of it.

E. K. It is toward the North, where the veines of Gold; and such people appear as before were noted. On this side them a great way * 2.292 appear men with swinish snouts, their visage is so strouted out; but to be perceived to be of humane visage. The women have about their privities very long hair down to their knees. The men have things on their shoulders of beasts skins, as instead of a Jerkin or a Man∣dillion.

8. The first of the eighth — Mantiana.

People appear here of reddish colour.

The second — Soxia —

On the one side of the black men

The third —

like Spaniards appear very high men with Spanish Capes without Swords by their sides. Here appeare great Towns; divers; The name being not evident we urged, and Gallia appeared.

8. The first — Illyria.

The second —

..... If thou 〈◊〉〈◊〉, thou shalt never see more — To E. K.

— Sogdiana.

The third — Lydia.

The first Caspis.

The second Germania.

Men like Dutchmen with leather ne∣ther stocks.

The third.

Here appear Monkies, great flocks.

Trenam.

The people have leather Coats, and no beards, thick leather, and Gar∣thers. They gather up thinkg .....

Nal. ..... These people are not known with you.

Δ. Are they not in Africa?

Nal. ..... They be. Now a dark fog covereth all the stone.

Nal. .... Stay awhile.

E. K. I pray you let us go to dinner. Move not, I say.

E. K. Nalvage prayeth. Now he pointeth to a place.

11. The first of the eleventh. Bithynia.

The second. [A great Citie, and the Sea hard by it.] Graecia.

Δ. Is not that great Citie Constantinople?

Nal. ..... It is. There is the seat of that great Devil the Turk.

Nal. ..... He is but Tenant at will.

The third. Licia.

12 The first of the twelfth.

E. K. Here appear handsome men, in gathered tucked Garments, and their shooes come up to the middle of their legs, of diverse coloured leather.

Nal. ..... These be those beyond Hispaniola.

E. K. It is a low Countrey. Here appear great piles of stones like St. Andrews Crosses. Two Notable Rivers are here, The women have great covertures over their heads, coming from their shoulders, as the Hoyks in Flanders.

O ni Gap.

There are on this side of it, (a great way) a great number of dead Carkases.

Nal. ..... It is beyond Gia pan.

Δ. Then it is that land, which I use to call Atlantis.

Nal. ..... Thēy stretch more near the West: They are 25 Kingdoms in it.

The second ..... beyond a place where the Gese.

I India.

India in the heavenly government is divided into two parts. This is called the greater Inde.

The third ..... a great many little Isles.

Orchenii.

Δ. Do you mean the Isles of Orkney.

Nal. ..... No.

Δ. They seem to be the Isles of Malacha.

The first of the thirteenth ..... Achaia.

The second ..... Armenia.

E. K. A great old Castle standeth on the side of the top of a ve∣ry high Hill. It seemeth to be made of wood, It seemeth four cor∣ner'd.

Δ. I beseech you what is that Castle?

Nal. ..... It is the Ark of Noe.

The third ..... Cilicia.

Nal. ..... You never knew this Cilicia. This is Cilicia, where the Children of Nemrod dwell. Nimrod.

It is up in the Mountains beyond Cathay.

E. K. This people, some great Gyants, and very fair. Their Appa∣rel is Gowns tuckt up, they are very costly Apparell'd, and in their faces they have great Jewels like precious stones hanged, they are marvellous∣ly rich apparelled in silks.

14 The first ..... Here seem as if many houses were thrown down, and Castles. Paphlagonia. Onely one Hill appeareth in it very long.

The second ..... Phaziana.

The third ..... Here be men with broad Caps like Egyptians, and many Mountains are here on one side Chaldei.

5 The first ..... Itergi. Here appear Woods, Waters, and fair Towns, but the people are 〈◊〉〈◊〉, 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and have great lumps of flesh under their Throats. They are to the South of the last Ciliciens.

There are 14 Kingdoms of them.

The second ..... Macedonia.

The Th••rd ..... Garamantica. People of a low stature, black, swarty people, naked.

The first of the sixteenth ..... Here like men of wilde gesture, cloathed like Polonians.

This Countrey is ..... Sauromatica.

The second ..... AEthiopia.

E. K. Here are some naked, some not naked, covered with red Garments. The houses seem like Tents, made of cloath and leather. There are great Rivers.

The third.

E. K. Now he sheweth by the North-pole, and the great Moun∣tain.

Fi a cim. ..... Here be seven Kingdoms, their chief Citie is called Fiacim, all that are of that Kings Counsel are Astronomers. The Kings name that now governeth is Gapsacar.

The first.

Seest thou this Countrey? ..... Colchica. To E. K.

The second ..... Cireniaca. ..... E. K. Hard by a great water.

The third ..... Nasamonia.

The first. ..... Carthago.

The second ..... Now appear many Crocodiles, long necked, scaled on the body, with long tailes.

..... Cox lant. A great place appeareth, covered about with fire. Many great Serpents appear here of 200 foot. It appeareth very Eastward. No people appear here.

E. K. There cometh from Heaven like a Mist, and covereth a great place, about 300 mile long, like a Park, enclosed with fire. It is on a high ground. There come four Rivers out of it, one East, another West, another North, and another South. The pales, or enclosure of it seem to be Arches, beset most richly with precious stones. In the Gate of it stand three men like us, one is in a long Gown with many pleats, the other like in a Cassek. The third in the rough skin of a beast. In the name of Jesus: Is this the Paradise that Adam was banished out of?

..... The very same; from hence he was turned out into the earth. This is the true Vale of Josaphat.

Δ. Will you give me leave?

Say on.

It should seem this must be on the earth, not in the aire.

..... It is upon the earth.

You said that from hence he was turned out into the earth.

..... The curse of God in Adam caused the earth, whereinto he was cast to be accursed. For, if Adam had after his fall tarried in Paradise, his wickednesse would have altred the innocency of the place. Therefore is Paradise distinguished from the earth, in respect of her purity: because the earth is defiled, and corrupted with man. The earth is said to be sinfull in respect of the sin of man.

Δ. Till 45 degrees, both Northerly and Southerly, all is known in the most part of the world: But of any such place there is no knowledge nor likelyhood by any History of these dayes, or of old time.

Nal. ..... Therefore this is cunning, and the wisdom of God. There dwelleth flesh in it that shall never die, which were taken up for a testimony of Truth..

Δ. Elie and Enoch, by the Apocalyps do seem that they should suffer death, under Anti∣christ, if we understand right. There is Elie, Enoch, and John: They shall seem to be dead, by his power, but not dead.

The third — Idumea.

Ninteen The first — Parstavia.

I know it not.

The second — Celtica.

..... That we understand commonly now for Gallia. It is that which you call Flandria, the Low Country.

The third — E. K. Here appear men with tallons like Lions.

They be very devils. There are five Isles of them. These be they that can dwell in any part of the Earth, and are called Pilosi.

Nothing differeth them, but in that they have bodies.

Vinsan.

20 —

The first.

E. K. Under the South Pole.

Here appear little men with long beards: their * 2.293 bodies as childrens bodies.

Nal. ..... There dwelleth the wonderful Emperour of the World, and the wonderful City of the * 2.294 World: Here are an hundred and twelve Kingdoms. This City is a hundred forty six leagues about.

Δ. You understand two English miles for a league, as in France?

Nal. ..... I. There dwelleth the true generation of Cham.

Tolpam.

The second — Carcedonia.

The third — Italia.

Δ. Italia and Britania were before applied: the third of the 13. and first of the 14.

..... Therefore these two places to be reconciled.

He pointeth to a great City with a River by it.

..... This is that City which shall not have one stone standing in it. This City is in Italia

Δ. Is it Rome, I pray you?

Nal. ..... It is Rome.

E. K. Now there is come a white mist in the Stone.

Cease, said a voice.

A voice ..... Stay for a while.

E. K.

Nal. ..... Read them in my hand as thou seest them [Δ. He spake to E. K.]

21 The first — Britania.

The second — Phenices.

The third — Comaginen.

22 The first — Apulia.

The second — Marmarica.

The third — Concava Syria.

23 The second of the seventh —

The first — Gebal.

The second — Elam vide 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

The third — Idunia.

Nal. ..... It is beyond Greenland.

24 The first — Media.

The second — Arriana.

The third — Chaldaea.

Δ. I beseech you, what differeth this Chaldea from Caldei before?

Nal. ..... You shall finde the difference of it, in practice.

25 — These people Serici.

The second — Persia.

The third — Gongatha — E. K. Toward the South Pole.

26 The first — Gorsim — Beares and Lions here.

The second — Hispania —

The third — Pamphilia —

27 The first — Oacidi.

Gal. ..... There be 9 Kingdoms — Fair made people, but tawny.

The second — Babylon.

The third — Median — E. K. It is much Northward.

28 The first — Idumian.

Nal. ..... They are two Isles environed with an arm of the Scythian Sea, which goeth in at Maspi. * 2.295

The second — Felix Arabia.

The third — Metagonitiden — It standeth very Southerly.

29 The first — Assyria.

The second — Africa.

The third — Bactriani.

30 The first — Afran.

Here appear people with one eye in their head, seeming to be in their breast, toward the Equinoctial.

The second — Phrygia.

The third — Creta.

The fourth — Mauritania.

Δ. I remember of people called Arimaspi.

Nal. ..... This dayes Lesson is as much worth, as all between this and Mauritania.

Note. ..... Here are 15, which were never known in these times.

..... The rest are.

Δ. I hear nothing of P lonia, Moschovia, Dania, Hibernia, Islandia, and so of many o∣ther which I could name; what is to be thought of those? in respect of the distribution of the whole face of the Farth?

..... Polonia and Moschovia, are of Saromatia; Denmark, Ireland, Frizeland, Iseland, * 2.296 are of Britain: And so it is of the rest.

Δ. I beseech you to what part, is Atlantas and the annexed places, under the King of Spain called the West-Indies?

Nal. When these 30 appear, they can each tell what they own. Prepare for to morrows Action.

Δ Most 〈◊〉〈◊〉 —

E. K. If you prove your self true, you shall win me to God.

Nal. ..... You may be answered with the first words I spoke to day.

Δ. Deo, Opt. Max. sit omnis honor, laus & Gloria nunc & semper.

Amen.

Thursday Maii. 24.

Δ. Because E. K. came not, (according as it was bidden yesterday) to follow the Acti∣on: I went to his Study door, and knocked for him: And I requested him to come; and he refused so to do, and gave me a short and resolute answer, That he would never more have to do with these Actions. I asked him the reason why: He would give none: But earnestly denied to proceed. I told him that his words * 2.297 yesternight (that he could not this day deale) did very much grieve me, &c. whereof he made small account. So I went into my Study again, and committed the Cause to God.

After half an hour and lesse, he came speedily out of his Study, and brought in his hand one Volume of Cornelius Agrippa his works, and in one Chapter of that Book he read the names of Countries and Provinces collected out of Ptolomeus (as the Author there noteth) Whereupon he inferred, that our spiritual Instructors were 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to give us a description of the World, taken out of other Books: and therefore he would have no more to do with them. I replied, and said, I am very glad that you have a Book of your own, wherein these Geogra∣phical names are expressed, such as (for the most part) our Instructors had delivered unto

us: and that, according to the Tenor and form of my request to him, so to have them ex∣pressed: for 〈◊〉〈◊〉 more perfect information, by those known names; to understand those 91 unknown and unheard of names, of seven letters every one: whereby they (our Instructors I mean) are very greatly to be thanked, and to be deemed (in all reasonable mens judgements) most friendly, and far from cosenage, or abusing of us: And farther I said, that I my self, had here set down on a paper, all the 91 names together orderly, as we received them, and that * 2.298 I had here brought the description * 2.299 Geographical of the whole earthly Globe: and also Pomponius Mela set forth in English with the Chartes thereunto belonging, fairly described by hand: To the intent he might see the verity of their words yesterday delivered unto us: for the performance of my request made to them, on Tuesday last in this form of words, as the Book hath it recorded thus;

Δ. As you gave us a taste, or warning of Italia and Britania, so, if it be thought good to you, we are desirous to understand of the rest, the Application to such names as we understand.

Whereby you may perceive (said I to E. K.) how your reason is marvellously confounded by your wilful phantasie: For so much as, wherein you would find fault, in our spiritual Instructors doings, Therein they have done that which I requested them: as appeareth; and that to the intent, of known Countries we might understand which Angels had the govern∣ment: for such purposes, as occasion might offer or require our practices to be tryed in.

This (quoth I) is to grosse your error, and to wilful your wrangling: But I do in nar∣rower points peruse and consider their words and doings; In which though sometimes my writings (after your declaration) hath been amended by them, yet the occasion of miswrit∣ting for the most part, hath been either in your misreporting what you saw and heard, or in my wrong hearing, or writing: and sometime by the spiritual present correcting of my writing, and sometime longer after, &c.

But for all this, E. K. remained of his wilful intent; and so departed to his Study again: And I committed God his Cause, into his own hands, care and ordering, as may be best for his honour and glory. So be it.

Monday, Maii 28. hora 10½ ante meridiem.

Δ. I said the Lords Prayer.

E. K. Here appeareth nothing but the clear Stone.

Now there appeareth a white circle, more than usual: it is as it were a white smoak, very large comprehending all the heavens in man∣ner, having as it were, the breadth of my finger in the circumference or border of it.

Δ. After this, an hour and an half, after divers our discourses of my Wife her speeches and usage toward E. K. &c.

E. K. Here appeareth one like him in the green that appeared last day: the Etymologie of whose name is Dic illis, and his name Mapsama.

Δ. In the name of Jesus, and for the honour of Jesus, we beseech you to deliver the ve∣rity of your message.

Maps. ..... He liveth, and he saith, Arise up, and say unto them. How many times have I opened my armes to embrace you? How oft have I wept over you, as a father? But you are still, stiff-necked and disobedient children. Lo, I cease yet, and will not impute this wickednesse unto * 2.300 you.

[Δ. O blessed God, blessed God, blessed God of mercies.]

Maps. ..... Because my promises may be: notwithstanding, that the sons of men, may not say, such a day cometh in the Bridegroom; nor at such a time shall the Lilly spring: Let the day, that I will visit you in, be unknown unto you. * 2.301

E. K. I thought you would say so.

Map. ..... But this you shall do utter part.

..... Bind up together, 48 leaves; whose skin shall bear Silver: Whose Perimeter shall be 〈◊〉〈◊〉. 30 inches, in length; 8, in breadth 7. * 2.302

Δ. Do you require it to be parchment, or paper?

Map. ..... I have said.

Δ. What shall I, then, do, after I have caused 48 leaves to be bound?

Map. ..... This done, rise up, and perform your Journey, as you are commexded.

Δ. I have heard onely of the binding of the book: Mean you after the binding of the book * 2.303 that this journey shall be entred into?

Map. ..... I —

Δ. What shall I do with the book, after I have bound it?

E. K. I will answer for him....burn it. * 2.304

Map. ..... The fourteenth day of your rest, even this Table-Cloath, and none other shall be spread for a Banket.

E. K. He pointeth to this Dia∣per Table-Cloath.

Whereunto, you shall invite the Angels of the Lord: In the middest of the Table lay down the * 2.305 book and go forth; make also the doors after you. That the heavens may justifie your faith, and you may be comforted. For, man is not worthy to write that shall be written: neither shall there be found many worthy to open that book.

I have entered already into the Emperours heart.

But it may be he will become wilfull. If he do, a hundred and twelve dayes remain, and he is not.

For, I have cut down the banks, the waters may rush out, that there may be a sudden alteration In this, now, time.

* 2.306 When I warn you, you shall return: But you please me much, if you believe. If time govern not my providence, (re∣pine not) but let my providence govern time: Look neither for the Sun nor Moon, but be ready alwayes.

For, whom I finde apt, shall be made 〈◊〉〈◊〉: And to him that is barren, shall there be little added.

Three dayes before you take your voyage, shall you meet me here. * 2.307

For, I have something to say unto you, which shall be hidden * 2.308 till then.

Let Lasky stretch out his lims: For I will * 2.309 love him, and let him gape wide: And take much for the Vessel is wide, that he shall drink of.

Let him not despair: for he that governeth the windes, and dwelleth not in the hands of man, be it is that shall comfort him.

Glory be to God the Father. Glory be to God the Son. Glory be to God the holy Ghost. All the Heavens rise up, and glorifie God.

Δ. Amen.

Map. ..... Hallelujah.

Δ. I beseech you, as concerning the rest of the Calls, or invitations: we are most ready to * 2.310 receive them now.

Map. ..... Pray, that those three dayes to come, may satisfie those three dayes that are past. * 2.311

Δ. I beseech you to let me understand, whether I shall take with me onely this Table-Cloath.

Map. ..... With the shew-stone that is made for your self.

A voyce. ..... Cause the book to be made all ready.

Δ. I understand that I shall cause the leaves to be silver'd, and so prepared.

Δ. Misericordias Domini in eternum cantabo: Ejus nomen sit benedictum ex hoc nunc & in sempiterna seculorum secula: Ille solus est Deus Noster, Omni∣potens, eternus & vivus: Illi soli omnis honor, laus & Gloria.

Amen.

Saturday, Cracoviae. 2 Mane circa 7. Post preces aliquot & 〈◊〉〈◊〉 meas: statim ferè apparuit.

E. K. I see him, that we call Gabriel, sitting in his Chair alone.

Gabr. ..... God is a spirit essential and in himself: Essential and working by himself: Essential in all works, and dignifying them by himself: So that the beginning and ending of all things, that * 2.312 are already, or are in him already, and to come, is placed in the fountain, and well-spring of all life, comfort, and encrease: Whereby we see, that the heavens and the mighty powers therein from the highest unto the lowest, things that shall have an end, and the earth with all that she bringeth forth; yea, the lower parts (though after another manner, and by another course) do all hang, and are established, in and upon the unspeakable 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in the providence of him. How, therefore can the Heavens run awry? Or the earth, (for the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 sake) want a comforter? Or the lower places look for comfort? If it be so (therefore) that the heavens cannot erre: Or if the power of God be so mighty, and so full of prevailing; If in the house of light there be no darknesse, or from the Heavens can descend no wickednesse. (And why? because they are dignified in the power of God.) What is he that should live, and distrust the Lord? But 〈◊〉〈◊〉, The power and quality of the * 2.313

Devil is not onely manifest, but also still contendeth against the power and will of God: stirring * 2.314 up, and provoking man to fast at full Bankets, to study for good and evil. To rise up against the Lord, and against his power. And to vex the Lord himself: which cannot be vexed at the wicked∣nesse of the Devil. Even for this cause, sayeth the Lord unto you: How long will you wallow in wic∣kednesse? How long will you be drunken with folly? How long will you rise up against the * 2.315 Lord and against me? * Saying, And if this be the power of God, Are these the Messagers of the highest? Is this the will of God? Or can it be, that he hath care of the earth? But these are the blasphemies of your mouth. But I see, I must differre my self for a time, and must raise up a Table where there shall eat more worthy. Consider what it is to deal with Devils: Is it not to take part with Rebels? Is it not to be Traitors against the annointed in his own Kingdom? Is it not a greater sin then the sin of the Devil? For why, The Devil sinneth in himself, and therefore had his fall. But your sin is in your selves and by the Devil, and therefore it is the greater. But, as it is said be∣fore, Where is there a moniment upon the earth that the people have raised up, in the remembrance of wickednesse? Many there be that say, Lo, there is Hierusalem. Lo, there was the Lord buried. Lo, there the flouds divided themselves with all the rest; in remembrance of the Lord: But none there is that say, Lo, in this place the wicked have risen up and prevailed. Therefore to cleave unto the Lord is good, and to follow a sensible Doctrine, which bringeth with it self the loathsomnesse of wickednesse, and the study to do well, that the wicked may be confounded. Alas! let the whole earth rise up, [thrusting up his hand] even this hand, can gather them all together: what therefore can the Lord do when he frowneth? O unreasonable Creatures, and worse then beasts, more ignorant then the beasts that grase in the Mountains: Are you not afraid of the power of God, when it becometh a skourge? For, doubt you not, to deal with those that are wicked? (you of no faith) wherefore hath the Lord made the earth, but to be glorified in the creatures thereof? And what is he that glo∣rifieth God on earth but man? Think you [not] (therefore) that the Lord bath not care of his people? Think you that there is a Seat upon earth, wherein he hath not hidden the might of his free power? Doth Satan get a Soul that he is not privy of? Believe, O you of little Faith, for it is * 2.316 the power of God, it is the Key of the whole world, which is the Key of mans conscience: If he lock not the door, but depart and leave it open: Wo be to that Soul, for the Prince of darknesse en∣treth, and is possessed to the eternal wo of his dwelling place. If, therefore the earth be a Cave unto him that made it, (as appeareth by his Prophets, and by the Son of God.) What are you? Or how empty are you? When you think it is in vain, that the Lord hath appeared unto you.

But in you two is figured the time to come: For many shall cleave unto the Lord, even at the first call: And many shall doubt of the Lord, and not believe him for a season. But as you two shall dwell in one Center, (if you (yet) do look forward, and step right) So shall the face of the whole earth be, for 800. one hundred and fifty years.

(For, the fruit of Paradise shall appear, that nothing may be on earth without comfort.

For, lo, the first shall be last,) and it shall be a Kingdom without corruption.

Now, now, hath the Serpent wallowed his fill.

Now, Now, are all things in the pride of their wickednesse.

Now, now, is the Heir ready, most like his father. But wo unto the earth through his govern∣ment.

For, his Kingdom shall have an end with misery. And these are the latter dayes. And this is the last Prophesie of the World.

Now, now, shall one King rise up against another: And there shall be bloud shed throughout all the World: fighting between the Devil his Kingdom, and the Kingdome of light.

Contentions and quarrels on the earth between man and man, father and son, wife and husband,

Kingdom and Kingdom; yea, even in the very beasts of the field shall there be hatred. And into

them shall the spirits of Contention enter.

For, now cometh the necessity of things.

E. K. He now kneeleth down.

Gab. ..... As for you, thus sayeth the Lord.

I have chosen you, to enter into my barns: And have commanded you to open the Corn, that the scattered may appear, and that which remaineth in the sheaf may stand. And have entered into the first, and so into the seventh. And have delivered unto you the Testimony of my spirit to come.

For, my Barn hath been long without Threshers. And I have kept my flayles for a long time hid in unknown places: Which flayle is the Doctrine that I deliver unto you: Which is the Instrument of thrashing, wherewith you shall beat the sheafs, that the Corn which is scattered, and the rest may be all one.

(But a word in the mean season.) * 2.317

If I be Master of the Barn, owner of the Corn, and deliverer of my flayle: If all be heaven.

(And unto you, there is nothing: for you are hirelings, whose reward is heaven.)

Then see, that you neither thresh, nor unbinde, untill I bid you, let it be sufficient unto you: that you know my house, that you know the labour I will put you to: That I favour you so much as to enter∣tain you the labourers within my Barn: For within it thresheth none without my consent.

For, in you shall many people be blessed, and in you shall there be no division: For Esau and * 2.318 Jacob shall be joyned together; and their Kingdom shall be all one: For as the Sacrifice is, so must the Priests be.

E. K. Now he kneeleth down again. Me thinketh, I hear them * 2.319 say, What shall become of Laskie?

E. K. And so the people say.

[Ask me no Questions: but hear, what I have to say.]

As those that desire to make a speedy Dinner, and to entertain their guests, go suddenly out, and gather the dryest wood in the wood-pile: Not because it is more wood than the other; but because it is dry, and most apt for the speediness of the kitchen. So, it is with me, saith the Lord. * 2.320

For, I respect him not in that he is a man, but in respect of the manner of his minde and in∣ward man, which I find in respect of my purpose, aptest in the world: because be naturally hateth the wicked, Therefore naturally I love him, of whom I say I swear, If he follow me (saith the Lord) I will be with him, as I was with my † 2.321 Warrier at Hiericho: And I will be mighty with him in this world, and a lover of him for ever. But me thinketh he will be † 2.322 proud. If you find me weak: know you, that I am not weak, of my self; but your own weakness may be your con∣fusion. For I am a fire, and take hold of such matter as I find apt.

E. K. He kneeleth again.

1. I have now told you (my Brethren) of, and of the manner of the power of God.

2. Of the nature of Hell, and of her wickednesse.

3. Of the course of the World, and of the necessity of things.

4. Of your election, and of the end thereof.

5. Of Laskie, and why he is elected.

6. Now I am lastly to perswade you, by the power of God, that you make your selves apt and * 2.323 meet matter: and that you may stand before the Lord as acceptable: which you shall perform if you intend your former Lessons. The ground whereof is Humility and Perseverance, which be∣cause they have been often spoken of, I passe with referring you to the consideration thereof.

Giving you one warning, That this Action shall never come to passe, until there be no re∣membrance of wickednesse, or hell, left amongst you: and yet, after, for a time, you must have patience. For, your offices are above a Kingdom. Hinder not the Lord in his expeditions. Remember he hath commanded you to go to the Emperour. Happy is he, that cometh when * 2.324 he is bid Go. And foolish is he, that goeth not, when he is bidden.]

There, use thy self: for it shall be a key of thy habitation: And for that place, is the Angel of thy Creation sealed. Love together: Be humble and continue to the end.

Δ. Deo nostro immortali, invisibili, omnipotenti, & Patri misericordiarum, ejusque filio Redemptori nostro, & Deo Spiritui Sancto, sit omnis laus, gloria & gratiarum actio. * 2.325

Amen.

Monday, † Cracoviae † 4. Junii, Mane, hora 8.

Orationem dominicam genibus flexis recitavi, variasque juxta propositam materiam ejaculationes habui, variasque inter nos collationes, considerationesque ultimorum verborum ipsius Gabrielis, &c. After almost an hour after our sitting to the Action, he appeared.

E. K. Gabriel is here again in his Chair, and his dart upright in his hand, his dart is like a flame or staff of fire.

Δ. Blessed be God.

Δ. After his appearing, he stayed almost a quarter of an hour before he began.

Gab. ..... As God in his essential being, is a Spirit, without demonstration, so are his profound providences, works, and determinations, unable to be measured.

[E. K. He maketh cursie: but nothing appeareth in the Stone.]

Gabr. ..... Hereby may you find, that the love of God towards you (O wretches and sinners) is more than a love: and more than can be measured, which was the cause, that with his own finger, (delighting in the sons of Jacob,) he sealed this saying; yea with his own finger, this shew and sign of his excellent, and more than, love toward his people.

I am a jealous God; which is as much to say, Lo, I am your friend: nay, rather your father, * 2.326 and more than that, your God: which delighteth in you, rejoyceth in you, and loveth you with that affection [Jealousie] which is more than love: which is as much to say, as my love is such to∣ward * 2.327 you, as I am to my self. But, O ye stiff-necked Jews, O ye Strumpets, you despised the love of God, you committed adultery, and ran into the Temples of Idols: which was the cause, that the same mouth, that praised you before,

[E. K. He maketh cursie often.]

.... Said also of you; It repenteth me that I made this people. Let me raze them out, and make a people of * 2.328 thee. This Idolatry was the cause, from time to time, that you became Captives, and of Inheritours, Runnagates, and without a Master. Vnto you also, thus saith the Lord (unto you my Brethren, I say that are here) More than the love of a father is, is the love of God toward you: For, unto which of the Gentiles, bath the Lord shewed himself? Where dwell they, or where have they dwelled, into whose houses have the Angels of the Lord descended, saying, thus and thus, doth the God of Heaven and earth mean to deale with the World.

Think you not, that this is more than love? Look therefore narrowly into your selves: Vn∣cover the doings of your life, and secret Chambers: Enter into judgement with your selves. Vnto thee I speak [To E. K.] Hast thou not run astray from the Lord, and committed Idolatry?

Δ. He told E. K. of his faults, which E. K. would not expresse to me, and I desired him to listen to them, and to do as it appertaineth to a Christian, &c.

Gab. ..... But thus saith the Lord, I am a pure Spirit that participateth not with the de∣filed: * 2.329 neither can I enter in mercy into that house which is defiled. A great saying, my Bre∣thren: For hereby you are monished to make your consciences clean, to open your selves in pureness, to the Lord, that he may enter into you with comfort. For, so long as thou dealest with wicked spirits, will the Lord keep back his hands: and thou keepest back the Lord. For shall * 2.330 it not be said hereafter? Lo, is not this man known to have dealing with the wicked? And (as the foolish voices of the people are) Is not this he that can constrain the wicked? with further ar∣guments, by repetition of thy doings. Well, if thou wilt be the Minister of God; If thou wilt go forward in his works; If thou wilt see the happy times that are to come, thou must abstain from evil, and thou must sweep thy house clean: Thou must put on thy best garments, And must become * 2.331 humble and meek. Let not thy life be a scandal to the will of the Lord, and to the greatnesse of his works: For the power that is within thy soul (in respect of his essential quid,) is of great force and ability to perform those things that proceed with power: which is the cause that the wicked ones obey thee; for they fear themselves, when they see the seal of thy Creation.

This is therefore the Cause, that God finding thee (as he passeth by, by his Angel) fit in matter, but, my brother (God knoweth) far unfit in life. O Consider the dignity of thy Crea∣tion; Consider that the affection of God toward thee, is more than love. See how he beareth with thy infirmity, from time to time. O, I say, (yet) Enter into judgement with thy self: And consider, that thou art now at a Turning where there lieth two wayes: One shall be to thy com∣fort, The other to thy perpetual wo. Let not good ground bring forth weeds, lest it choke her self.

Δ. We will call unto God for his mercies, graces, and help, &c.

O, consider, my brother that the appearing and works of the devil are but of necessity. That is * 2.332 to say, that he that is good, by resisting of the devil may manifest and make plain to the powers and spirits of Heaven, the strength of his faith, and assurance of his Hope: and so, necessarily, by the promise of God, inherit everlasting life, to the which he is elected. To the wicked, that be∣cause of their disobedience and partaking with them, that are the Angels of darknesse, (even those, that strive against the Lord) they might worthily be damned: according to the necessity of God his judgement. See, therefore they appeare unto thee, either for the greatness of thy wickedness, or else because they suspect thee to be elected. If thou, therefore think thy self elected, despise them; If thou therefore think to be a spirit dignified, and in glory, Then be faithful in the assu∣rance of hope, and resist the devil: that we may testifie thee, before the heavens, and before * 2.333 the God of Justice.

E. K. He weepeth.

Δ. E. K. and I also could not hold our teares.

Ah, my brother, great are the joyes of Heaven. Remember what Hell is; for to thee the * 2.334 For∣nace was open: Remember the vision thou hadst of hell, and of her powers, at Mortlake. For nothing (my brother) is done without a cause. Remember thou couldst not abide it: No not to see::. Think thyself accursed (therefore) if thou feel it: For, if Sodom had seen it, they would have been converted.

E. K. He prayeth.

1. I have now told you of the Jealousie of God, and of the cause thereof.

2. I have also told you that the house of God must be clean, and without spot.

[E. K. Now there cometh a brightnesse about him.]

3. Lastly, I have told you, of that necessity which causeth the devils to work, and appear: and have exhorted you to the love of God and repentance, which were the things I onely had 〈◊〉〈◊〉 speak of.

Δ. O Lord, seeing we are uniformly desirous that the Action may proceed, and that we crave thy mercy and graces, as well for the pardoning of our wickedness past, as for the con∣firmation of us in thy service, What shall we look for touching the proceeding, being thus stayed to our great grief?

Gabr. ..... You have to receive the will of God (but what it is, I know not) those three dayes,

you begin your Journey. And you are also, to learn, what the Angel is, and how many * 2.335 Subjects he hath.

Δ. Which Angel?

Gab. ..... That governeth Hyleich: which is the matter of the 4 Elements: And which onely is an Element. The Princes and Governours also of the 4 Elements, (and of their Generation, how they receive mixtion, and in what quantity) With their Ministers that are under them.

Δ. I said to E K. These shall be part of your practice and portion.

[Gab. ..... You are all to joyn joyntly in the Harvest of the Lord] The Angels also of the † 48 angles of the heavens, and their Ministers: For they are these, that have the thunders and the windes at Commandment. These make up the time, and then, cometh the Harvest. * 2.336

E. K. He is gone.

Δ. Non nobis Domine, non nobis, sed nomini tuo da gloriam. Tu enim Altissimus, Om∣nipotens, sempiternus, vivus, & verus Deus noster es: unus & Trinus: Cui Angelicus caele∣stisque chorus decantat perpetuò, Sanctus, Sanctus, Sanctus, Dominus Deus Zebaoth.

Amen.

Friday, Cracoviae, Junii 8. Mane hora 7½.

Post preces, & ejaculationes varias & gratiarum actiones pro magna misericordia Dei, erga nos & propter E K. qui jam patefecit mihi horrenda & multiplicia heresium, * 2.337 & blasphemiarum dogmata, quibus illi hostes Jesu Christi illum imbuerant, & quòd jam (onfessione 〈◊〉〈◊〉) vellet sacrosanctum mysterium corporis & sanguinis Christi recipere, issisque malis Angelis renunciare, & omnes illorum fraudes dete∣gere, &c.

Conversio E. K. ad Deum, abdicatis omnibus Diabolicis experimentis, &c. Nihil apparuit hodie.

Albeit the like had never happened to us, (that I remember.) but that either Cloud, Vail, or some Voice was perceived by E. K. Yet this † 2.338 doing we not onely took patiently; but E. K. used many good reasons to prove, that servants ought to attend so long, as it plea∣sed their Master to have them await his coming to any place, to them.

And that, about our own affairs we are contented to use patience for a long time, but to await the Lord his coming or message, is a time better spent, than in any humane affairs, &c.

He very plainly, and at large made manifest his conversion to God from the practices with wicked spirits: Yea, that he was ready to burn whatsoever he had of their trash and expe∣riments. That he would write in a book the manifold horrible Doctrine of theirs, whereby they would have perswaded him

..... That Jesus was not God.

..... That no prayer ought to be made to Jesus.

..... That there is no 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

..... That mans 〈◊〉〈◊〉 doth go from one body, to another childes quickening or 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

..... That as many men and women as are now, have alwayes been: That is, so many humane bodies, and humane souls, neither m re nor lesse, as are now, have alwayes been.

..... That the generati n of mankind from Adam and Eve, is not an History, but a writing which hath an other sense.

..... No Holy Ghost they acknowledged.

..... They would not suffer him to pray to Jesus Christ; but would rebuke him, saying, that he robbed God of his honour, &c.

And so. of very many other most blasphemous Articles and Points of Doctrine, whereof more shall be spoken in another place.

This forbearings of our Instructors presence, I did expound or conjecture to be done great∣ly for the honour of God, many wayes, if the same were recorded somewhat near to the very manner of the thing as it was: for so, should appear to the posterity, how truely it had been said before, that he should be converted to God: How truely God did prepare E. K. his soul to be a vessel cleansed, and so made apt for his visiting of him, in mercy and comfort. * 2.339

whereby the life of E. K. (now being amended, and his dealing with the wicked clean left off) should not be a scandal to the will of the Lord, and to the greatness of his works: as was noted unto us in the last Action.

Also I said, that not onely his Conversion recorded should be a more evident argument of his so oft repeated Election: But his patient attending this present day, ([Δ] two hours and * 2.340 a half, and taking all things in such sort as became an humble and patient servant,) will be a more sure and evident argument that it was no light pang, such as he hath made outward shew

diverse times before, but a very harty and sincere conversion, such as without all doubt, will be found very acceptable to the highest.

Moreover, he declared that about nine, or ten dayes past, he did intend to have gotten away secretly by the help spiritual of those, with whom he had so long dealt: And therefore that till now, he dealt hypocritically.

But, whereas they to fore were ever accustomed to threaten him Beggery, (a thing which he most hated and feared.)

That now he careth not if he should have want; yea, he took it neither to be shame, or sin to beg: and that he now made more account of God his favour and life eternal, then he doth of all transitory wealth and riches, and to be entangled within the danger of these wicked spirits their snares, with all.

Also he now perceived his great errour wherein he was of late, when he would for an as∣sured temporal maintenance have forsaken the dealing with the wicked, and so more willingly would have followed these actions without repining: Saying now, that he is no perfect Chri∣stian, who for money must be hired to forsake the Devil and his works, &c.

And as for the issue of these actions he would never either doubt, or mislike, howsoever they fell out; assuring himself: That God would do all things best, and for his honour, &c. Many other his sayings very glodly I omit, thinking these sufficient here.

Δ. O Almighty, eternal, and most mercifull God, we thank, glorifie, and praise thee; O bles∣sed, and most glorious Trinity, we will for ever Magnifie thy unspeakable providence, * 2.341 favour, Election, and Conversion unto thee.

O Blessed Jesu, we will for ever extol thy loving kindnesse, and long suffering toward us, and thy Triumphant proceeding against Satan and his Ministers, for thy Elect sake.

O holy Ghost, the directer into all truth, and comforter of thy Elect, confirm, and establish our * 2.342 hearts with thy gracious, and continual zeal, and love of truth, purity of life, Chari∣table humility, and constant patience to thy well-pleasing untill the end: That after this life (through the mercy of the father, and Merits of our Lord Jesus Christ, and thy charitable embracing of us,) we may for ever enjoy the heavenly Kingdom, among the blessed Angels, and all the dignified company of mankind.

Amen. Amen. Amen.

Munday, Junii 11. Mane hora 7¼. Cracoviae.

Δ. After our prayers due, and thanks to the Almighty for his great mercies and power shewed in the conversion of E. K. we stayed still attending some shew, as we were accustomed to receive: and among divers our short discourses of our faith, hope, patience, constancy, hu∣mility, and other our duties requisite in this action, and in the service of God: E. K. of him∣self said these sentences worthy to be recorded, as the evident token of his sound and faith∣full turning, and intent to cleave unto the Lord.

1. E. K. I acknowledge my sins have deserved, that this seven years I should have no shew, or sight of his good Creatures.

2. E. K. If I should sit thus for seven years, attending the plea∣sure of God, I would be contented.

3. E. K. I repent me nothing of that I have done, in forsaking those I was wont to have to do withall, &c.

E. K. In the stone nothing appeared all this while of our sitting here.

Δ. Nihil visible apparuit in Chrystallo sacrato, praeter ipsius Chrystalli visibilem formam: ut E. K. dixit.

Δ. Hora 11. we left off, so we attended 3. hours and 3. quarters.

Δ. I will affirm nothing in this case, but this my conjecture may be recorded: The cause of the non-appearance the last Friday, and now this Mounday may be this:

1. That, as we lost and refused three dayes assigned by our instructours, to finish all in; * 2.343 So now we shall call, and request three dayes, and have nothing: as, these two dayes it hath fall'n out: and it is possible, one day more we shall have the like non-appearance.

Or else.

2. According to the premisses; Onely, three dayes before our journey shall be begun, * 2.344 we shall have that delivered us, which in the three last dayes we should have received, &c.

Or else.

3. That great Caveat before noted, (on Saturday Junii 2. last past) may have some fore∣warning * 2.345 of this our patience to be used, after our Conversion unto God: The words then recorded are these:

This Action shall never come to passe, untill there be no remembrance of wickednesse, or Hell left amongst you: And yet, after, for a time you must have patience. For, your Offices are above a Kingdom.

To conclude; whatsoever, with God, is known and used as the true cause, we are content∣ed: Nothing doubting of the goodnesse, and wisdom, and power of God to perform his pro∣mises and Covenant made to, and with us, for our services to be used to his honour and glory.

Most willingly, and patiently we will attend the will and pleasure of the highest herein. Intending hence forward (by the help of God) not to give our selves over unto, nor easily to be inveigled, or allured of the temptations of the world, the flesh, or Devil.

For which our disposition of minde, and all other benefits received from above, we render most humble, harty, and entire thanks to the Almighty, most glorious, and blessed Trinity.

Amen, Amen, Amen.

Munday, Junii 18. Mane, hora 8. Cracoviae.

Δ. After the Lords prayer, and some other peculiar prayers and thanks-giving, for the ex∣ceeding great mercies shewed in the Converting and Reforming of E. K. & my promising to re∣cord the Act thereof, as well as God should give me grace: and also craving earnestly for comfort to be given to A. L. being somewhat oppressed with pensivenesse to see his own sub∣jects, and servants to triumph against him in his low estate from high, and all for lack of money and wealth, &c.

Suddenly appeared a mighty long, and big arm and hand in the aire, to catch at the shew∣stone: and E. K. meaning to save it from him, put his hand on the stone, and immediately the stone was out of the frame, we know not how, and lay by on the Cushion, &c.

And then soon after appeared Gabriel, in all manner as he was wont, and on the right side * 2.346 of the stone (that is against E. K. his right hand) as he was wont.

Δ. Gloria Patri, & Filio, & Spiritui Sancto, sicut erat in 〈◊〉〈◊〉, & nunc, & semper, & in se∣cula seculorum. Amen.

Gabr. ..... The comfort and peace of the Father, Son, and holy Ghost be amongst you, quicken and confirm you.

Δ. Amen.

E. K. I pray you what was that, that would have snatcht the shew∣stone?

Gab. ..... Let his house come, that his iniquity may be seen.

E. K. I see many houses, and besides them a fair House, separated * 2.347 by it self, the House is of stone and wood, and a square thing in the end of it, like a Turret. The houses of the Town are low wooden houses, small: There appear in that odd house fellows in red Coats, like Po∣land Coats. Now I see a bigge man sitting within the house afore the window: and the house is hanged with Turkie Carpets, and there is wrought in one of the Carpets (just afore the door) a man on hors∣back, * 2.348 with a sword in his hand: and the man is like the man I saw at Mortlack with a Wart on his cheek: There stand by him two boyes, they have red Coats on, one of them is a little fair boy: There stand∣eth a man by with a sword, which he delivereth to him that sitteth, and he looketh on it, being gilt and graven on it, and layeth it down on the * 2.349 Table.

Gab. ..... This is a sword, wherein he putteth his trust, but it shall fail him.

E. K. Now that man calleth the lesser boy to him, and the boy thereupon runneth along a Gallery. Now that man with the Wart goeth out after, strouting himself, and no body with him: Now he calleth that lesser boy to him, and maketh signe to him, smiting one hand on another, and drawing it under his throat: as though he threat∣ned the boy, unlesse he kept secret. Now he cometh to a door and knocketh, and one like an Italian letteth him in. There he hath in the corner a frame of wood, and a great stone in the middle of it (of about 16 Inches square) and there is a fire on that stone, on the middle of it. Now he taketh that engine, or frame with the fire between him, and that man (like an Italian) and carrieth it into another Cham∣ber. There they have a dead mans hand. Now he taketh out os his Casket a black box of yern (as it should seem by the blacknesse of it) The box is about a foot long. Now he hath set down the box, and the same is open, and therein appeareth an image of wax of blackish colour, like shooemakers wax. There is one like an Angel, made of red stuffe, standing at the head of the image, holding like a Skarf over the face of the image. The image is marvellously scratched and rased, or very rudely made with knobs and dents in the legs of it.

Now he looketh four wayes: And speaketh (the man with the Wart * 2.350 on his face.)

The house aforementioned seemeth to stand without the stone, and * 2.351 beyond the stone.

Now they poure bloud out of a Bason upon the fire, and lay the hand upon it: and it frieth in the fire.

Now he, and the Italian-like man, have put on Apparel, black, like * 2.352 Gowns: each of them, and the engine seemeth now to be set in a Chimney.

Gab. ..... Be it, as it was.

E. K. There be six smokes, like six men standing about them: and * 2.353 they go like smokes out at a window, and there standeth one like a Gyant man, and he taketh them, and windeth them up as they come out at the window. Now all that shew is vanished away.

Gab. ..... This is the cause that Lasky is poor. This is the seventh image that he hath scraped so.

Δ. As it is the seventh, so (I trust) it is the last. * 2.354

Gab. ..... This is three years four moneths, and ten dayes, since they begun; so long hath the Angel of the Lord been ready, for thy safe-guard, (O Lasky) standing at the window: and ready to binde up mischief prepared against thee.

This mischief shall light upon his own head.

But if thou remain my servant, and do the works that are righteous, I will put Solomon behinde thee, and his riches under thy feet.

Be therefore comforted in me: for the breath thou breathest is mine, and the body that thou dwellest in, is the work of my hands.

The earth from whence thou camest is mine also.

It is I, therefore, that cast down, and none but I, that raise up again.

E. K. All the stone is become full of a smoke.

Gab. ..... Art thou sure that the Sun shineth? * 2.355

Δ. I am as much as my eye may judge. * 2.356

Gab. ..... So sure it is, that he shall reign: and be the King of Poland.

Δ. Alwayes I understand a condition, if he do, &c.

Δ. The will of God be done, to his honour, and to the comfort of his Elect.

Gab. ..... Make haste for your journey.

Δ. O Lord, the man is ready (in manner) but hability wanteth: and to ask thy help here∣in, we dare not, but as thy will is, so be it.

Gab. ..... To talk with God for money is a folly, to talk with God for mercy, is great wisdom.

Δ. Lord, this mighty arm and hand, which here appeared, and would have snatched at the stone, what was it, and who sent it?

Gab. ..... It is a wicked power, which the Kings Enchanters have sent amongst you, but be hath his reward for returning.

Δ. What was his intent, I beseech you? and I marvel that his Enchanters were able to de∣tect any of our doings to the King.

Gab ..... The King knoweth not your doings.

Δ. I beseech you, as concerning the 48 leaves, being commanded to be bound, and to be silvered; what, if I caused seven white leaves to be bound before, and seven behinde, for the more aptnesse for the binding?

Gab. ..... Vse thine own judgement. God will appear no more unto you, untill you take your * 2.357 journey.

Δ. We believe, The Lord will perform his promises.

Gab. ..... According to your faith be it unto you.

E. K. Now he hath pulled a white Curtain about the stone, and the * 2.358 stone is dark.

Δ. Semper laudetur qui Trinus & unus est, Omnipotens & sempiternus.

Amen.

Wednesday, Junii 20. à Meridie. 1584. Cracoviae.

Δ. It is first to be noted, that this morning (early) to E. K. lying in his bed, and awake, appeared a Vision, in manner as followeth: One standing by h s beds head, who patted him on the head gently, to make him the more vigilant. He seemed to be cloathed with fea∣thers, strangely wreathed about him all over, &c.

There appeared to him [E. K.] four very fair Castles, standing in the four parts of the world: out of which he heard the sound of a Trumpet. Then seemed out of every Castle a cloath to be thrown on the ground, of more then the breadth of a Table-cloath.

Out of that in the East, the cloath seemed to be red, which was cast.

Out of that in the South, the cloath seemed white.

Out of that in the West, the cloath seemed green, with great knops on it.

Out of that in the North, spread, or thrown out from the gate under foot, the cloath seem∣ed to be very black.

Out of every Gate then issued one Trumpeter, whose Trumpets were of strange form, wreathed, and growing bigger and bigger toward the end.

After the Trumpeter followed three 〈◊〉〈◊〉 bearers.

After them six ancient men, with white beards and staves in their hands.

Then followed a comely man, with very much Apparel on his back, his Robe having a long train.

After him came five men, carrying up of his train.

Then followed one great Crosse, and about that four lesser Crosses. * 2.359

These Crosses had on them, each of them ten, like men, their faces distinctly appearing on the four parts of the Crosse, all over.

After the Crosses followed 16 white Creatures.

And after them, an infinite number seemed to issue, and to spread themselves orderly in a compasse, almost before the four foresaid Castles.

Upon which Vision declared unto me, I straight way set down a Note of it; trusting in God that it did signific good.

After noon, as E. K. sat by me, he felt on his head some strange moving: whereby he deemed that some spiritual Creature did visit him; and as we were continuing together, and I had red to E. K. some rare matter out of Ignatius Epistles, Policarpus, and Martialis; some of the Sacrament, and some of the Crosse, a voyce answered, and said, That it is true, that the sign of the Crosse is of great force and vertue.

After this, the spiritual Creature seemed to E. K. to be very heavy on his right shoulder, as he sat by me in my study: And as E. K. considered the numbers of such as he had num∣bred to passe out of the four Gates, (it is to wit, 1.3.6.1.5.) The spiritual Creature said, the number 16. is a perfect number, consisting of 1.3 6.1. and 5. He said further more, God the father is a standing Pillar.

Δ. Upon which word I asked him, if I should write such matter as he was to speak. And he answered to E. K. at his right ear.

..... If thou 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

Δ. His voyce was much like unto a mans voyce, not base, nor hollow.

..... Divided with a straight line, is one and two.

Δ. What is to be divided with a straight line?

..... The Pillar.

Δ. In the name of Jesus, who art thou?

..... The servant of God.

Δ. Art thou sent from God, with good tydings or message?

..... What I am he knoweth, of whom I bear witnesse.

Δ. What is your name, either as you are notified among the blessed Angels, or called by, of any mortal man? If you be of Verity, and so of Charity, you cannot mislike my speeches.

E. K. He sayeth nothing.

Δ. Belike he is not sent unto us by God: for if he were, he would do his mes∣sage.

..... I am AVE.

Δ. This AVE is one ex filiis filiorum, of whose order Rocle is, vide sup. lib. 2. & 4.

Δ. If you be AVE, In the name of Jesus, say, that all wicked Angels are justly condemned: and, that, by the mercy of God, in the merits of Christ, mankind, elect, is to be saved.

Ave. ..... The * 2.360 visitation of God, is twofold: [1.] In respect of his secret will and purpose: and in particularity. And in that he hath [2] sealed us, with the good will of mankind to their comfort. But if I be a scandal to the word, then am I not of righteousnesse: But my righteousnesse is of the world: Therefore, That I visit you of my self, can be no offence. Those that are, and die in wickednesse, are disho∣nourable, and far from the mercies of God: For it is written, I am a God to the living. Therefore, do I dishonour them: such (I say) as are wicked.

The mercies of God, (which is the true Manna) comforteth the comforted, and giveth hope of * 2.361 amendment, of such as run astray, are sinners, and may return: Therefore, I say, The mercies [of God] (which is the Fountain and sweetnesse of the love of God) is a thing most blessed, most holy, most to be desired in Heaven and Earth, and of me, the creature and servant of God, to be reverently spoken of, and required: For, it is the food wherewith we live: even the very bread wherewith we are rejoyced. Thus much, thou hast required.

Δ. I did so: for so, is his Justice against the impenitent, and his mercies to his Elect testified truely.

Ave. ..... Have patience: I will return after a few moments.

Δ. Hereupon, (in the mean space) we considered the premises: and liked very well of the scandal, or offence, avoiding: Because it was lastly (Junii 18) said, God will appear no more to you, until you take your journey.

And secondly he answered my request of God his Justice against the wicked Angels, and also of his mercies towards mankind.

Δ. About a quarter of an hour after, there seemed a thing to come again on E.K. his right * 2.362 shoulder: and (as before) he caused his shoulder to be very warm where it lighted on.

Δ. Benedictus qui venit in nomine Domini. Hallelujah.

E. K. Amen

Ave. ..... The place is sanctified.

Δ. Sanctus, Sanctus, Sanctus, est Dominus Deus Zeboath.

Ave. ..... I, in the favour of God, considering (and by force of his secret love toward you) how Satan purposeth, yet, and daily to over come you, thought good, (through the mercies of God) to prevent his malice, and the effect thereof.

Δ. O blessed, be thou, our God of mercies and all comfort.

Ave. ..... That, (although, yet, the Harvest be not) the Vineyard might yeild some fruit: whereby God might be glorified, and you, (in despite of the world) revived and comforted, * 2.363 might rejoyce, and shake off the present cares to come. For if those that be unworthy, can seem to be lifted up, and to enjoy the fruits of the Earth, by the Tempter: Much more ought the true ser∣vants of God, to feel his fatherly goodnesse. Those that trust in me (saith the Lord) shall not be driven to despair; neither will I suffer the beast of the field to tread such as I delight in under

The Earth is mine, and the glory thereof: The Heavens are mine also, and the Comforts that are in them. Why hath, (Therefore) the father of Darknesse, risen up saying.

• 1. I will shut up the Earth from them?
• 2. I will seal up the mindes of men: and they shall become barren towards them?
• 3. Their miseries shall be great, even unto death?

For this cause: That he might waken the Lord, when he is asleep: That those that trust in him, * 2.364 might be comforted. He hath sealed the Earth from you, and I will open it unto you: He hath said, you shall be poor: But I say, you shall become exceeding rich.

1. I will blesse you with a twofold blessing: That the Earth may be open unto you (which at last, you shall contemn.

2. And that my blessing and laws may dwell amongst you: wherein you shall rejoyce unto the end.

Δ. O blessed, blessed, blessed, God of power, goodnesse, and wisdom.

Ave. ..... This was the cause that I appeared to thee, E. K. this morning. Now therefore 〈◊〉〈◊〉 unto me: for I will open unto you the secret knowledge of the Earth, that you may deal with her, by such as govern her, at your pleasure; and call her to a reckoning, as a Steward doth the servants of his Lord.

I expound the Vision.

The 4 houses, are the 4 Angels of the Earth, which are the 4 Overseers, and Watch-towers, that * 2.365 the eternal God in his providence hath placed, against the usurping blasphemy, misuse, and stealth of the wicked and great enemy, the Devil. To the intent that being put out to the Earth, his envious will might be bridled, the determinations of God fulfilled, and his creatures kept and pre∣served, within the compasse and measure of order.

What Satan doth, they suffer; And what they wink at, he wrasteth: But when he thinketh him∣self most assured, then feeleth he the bit. * 2.366

In each of these Houses, the Chief Watchman, is a mighty Prince, a mighty Angel of the Lord: which hath under him 5 Princes (these names I must use for your instruction. The seals and autho∣rities * 2.367 of these Houses, are confirmed in the beginning of the World. Vnto every one of them, be 4 characters, (Tokens of the presence of the son of God: by whom all things were made in Crea∣tion.)

Ensignes, upon the Image whereof, is death: whereon the Redemption of mankind is esta∣blished, and with the which he shall come to judge the Earth.

These are the Characters, and natural marks of holinesse. Vnto these, belong four Angels * 2.368 severally. * 2.369

The 24 old men, are the 24 Seniors, that St. John remembreth.

These judge the government of the Castles, and fullfil the will of God, as it is written.

The 12 Banners are the 12 names of God, that govern all the creatures upon the Earth, visible * 2.370 and invisible, comprehending 3, 4, and 5.

Out of these Crosses, come the Angels of all the Aires: which presently give obedience to the * 2.371 will of men, when they see them.

Hereby may you subvert whole Countries without Armies: which you must, and shall do, for the glory of God.

By these you shall get the favour of all the Princes, whom you take pity of, or wish well unto. * 2.372

Hereby shall you know the secret Treasures of the waters, and unknown Caves of the Earth.

And it shall be a Doctrine, for you onely, the instrument of the World.

For, the rest of your Instructions, are touching the Heavens, and the time to come: of the * 2.373 which, this is the last and extream knowledge.

This will I deliver unto you, (because I have yeilded you before the Lord.)

Vpon Monday next, I will appear unto you: and shall be a Lesson of a few dayes. * 2.374

E. K. The will of God be done.

Δ. Amen.

Ave. ..... In the mean season, desire you of God, such things, as are necessary for you.

He that filleth all things, and from whom all things live, and in, and through whom, they are * 2.375 sanctified, blesse you, and confirm you in peace.

Δ. Amen.

Δ. I beseech you, to Notifie this mornings Vision, by words: as all other holy Prophets have recorded theirs.

Ave. .....

A Vision.

The sign of the love of God toward his faithful. Four sumptuous and belligerant Castles, out of the which sounded Trumpets thrice.

The sign of Majesty, the Cloth of passage, was cast forth.

In the East, the cloth red; after the new smitten blood. * 2.376

In the South, the cloth white, Lilly-colour.

In the West a cloth, the skins of many Dragons, green: garlick-bladed.

In the North, the cloth, Hair-coloured, Bilbery 〈◊〉〈◊〉. The Trumpets 〈◊〉〈◊〉 once. The Gates open. The four Castles are moved. There issueth 4 Trumpeters, whose Trumpets are a Pyramis, six cones, wreathed. There followeth out of every Castle 3, holding up their Banners displayed, with 〈◊〉〈◊〉, the names of God. There follow Seniors six, alike from the 4 Gates: After them cometh from every part a King: whose Princes are five, gardant, and holding up his train. Next 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the Crosse of 4 Angles, of the Majesty of Creation in God attended upon every one, with 4: a white Cloud, 4 Crosses, bearing the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the Covenant of God, with the * 2.377 Prince gone out before: which were confirmed, every one, with ten Angels, visible in countenance: After every Crosse, attendeth 16 Angels, dispositors of the will of those, that govern the Castles. They proceed. And, in, and about the middle of the Court, the Ensigns keep their standings, op∣posite to the middle of the Gate: The rest pause. The 24 Senators meet: They seem to consult.

I, AVE, STOOD BY THE SEER:

It vanisheth.

So I leave you.

Δ. Omnium bonorum largitori, Omnipotenti Deo, sit aeterna laus, gratiarum actio, honor omnis, & Jubilatio.

Amen.

Junii, 22, 23. Note.

On Friday, and especially Saturday, E. K. had great Temptations not to credit this Action, and was said unto by a voice, how our Instructors would use cavillation of our dis∣ordered life, to forsake us, and not to perform, according to our expectation of the former promises to be performed by them.

A voice said, likewise, to him, that A. L. should not go to the Emperours Court, for lack of money: for he should get none here. Likewise, it willed him to go up into his Study and he would shew him all the effect of our Instructions received. E. K. complained to me how he was thus greivously molested by such means, and almost brought in despair. But I com∣forted him as well as I could (my self being inwardly, most sorrowful) and made my moane to God by prayer when I was alone: for him, and our Cause. Moreover he could not be perswaded by me that good Angels would undertake to help us to any relief by money or trea∣sure: affirming that it appertained to the wicked ones: seeing they were the Lords of this World; and the kingdom of God was not of this World, &c. .... Said, that the wicked were in the world, and of the world: but the Elect were in the world, but not of the World.

Si de 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 quod suum est diligeret: quia vero de mundo non estis sed ego elegi * 2.378 vos de mundo, propterea odit vos mundus.

Ergo dedi eis sermonem tuum, & 〈◊〉〈◊〉 eos odio habuit, quia non sunt de mundo, sicut & ego * 2.379 non 〈◊〉〈◊〉 de mundo. Non r go 〈◊〉〈◊〉 tollas eos de mundo, sed ut serues eos à malo. De mundo non sunt: sicut & ego non sum de mundo, &c.

To be of the world, was to be in love with the trade of the vanities of this world, and to follow them: And that money and riches were things indifferent: good, if they were well used; and evil, if they were evilly used: And that, Bonis omnia cooperabantur ad bonum; Therefore the godly (as the Patriarchs and many now adayes) might have money; but to use, not abuse it: and that such is our case and necessary request to God, &c.

Sunday, Cracovie, Junii 24. à Meridie horam circiter tertiam.

Δ. Note, while at my lodging (by Saint Stephens) I was writing the Note, (on the page going next before) of the Tentations of Friday and Saterday: E. K. was at my Lord A. L. his lodging (at the Franciscan Fryars where he lay at Physick) and at the same time, this happened, as followeth;

As my Lord A. L. and E. K. face together, conferring and consulting of our affairs, of Gods mercies, and of sundry tentations of the spiritual enemy, and afterward, as the Lord A. L. was reading Rofensis psalm. de Fiducia in Deum, suddenly, upon E. K. his right shoulder,

did a heavy thing seem to sit, or rest, whereof he told the Lord A. L. And afterward was this voyce uttered by that Creature in Latine.

Lasky, veniet tempus, cum tu portabis versum sedecimum, illius Psalmi undecimi, in vexillo tuo, & vinces inimicos tuos.

Then A. L sought in Davids Psalter for the eleventh Psalm, and sixteenth verse thereof: and while he was so about that Psalm, The voyce said that he meant not that Psalm of Da∣vid, but the eleventh Psalm of Roffensis: which Psalm the Lord A. L. was then in reading to E. K. and was about the verse, Hic labor ac dolor, &c. being the sixth verse.

By and by after, the voyce said in English.

— Trust thou in God.

Hereupon the Lord A. L. did read forth that Psalm of Roffensis, and when he came to the sixteenth verse thereof, being

Si ambulavero in medio tribulationis, me custodies adversus inimicos tu... Manum tuam extendes, & dextera tua me salvabis.

Thereupon the voyce said: Put to the first line of the next verse: And that was Domine tu omnia pro me perficies.

And as he would have read further, the voyce willed him to stay at those words, and said as followeth:

— I swear unto thee by the true and living God, that this shall come to passe. * 2.380

Then E. K. said unto the Creature: In the name of God, Who art thou? And he an∣swered in Latin, and said,

Ego Sum AVE, cras plura audietis.

Δ. Gloria, laus, honor & gratiarum actio perennis sit Deo Nostro, omnipotenti & Misericordi.

Amen.

Munday 25. Junii, Mane hora 7. Cracoviae.

Δ. Orationem Dominicam pronunciavimus, & aliquot ali•••• or atiunculas ex Psalmis, &c. After we had sit awhile together conferring of Ave his Vision, &c.

A voyce said, bring up the shew-stone. * 2.381

Δ. I had set it down on the Table, behinde the Cushion with the Crosses, for I had fur∣nished the Table with the Cloath, Candles, &c. as of late I was wont: Hereupon I set up the stone on the Cushion.

E. K. There appeareth in the stone, like a white Curtain all over the stone: After awhile it was drawn, and layed on the back-side of the stone, on a heap together.

Now here standeth one in a white Garment, with a white Cerclet * 2.382 about his head like a white smock, I remember not that ever I saw this Creature before, his Garment is tucked up.

..... Who is he that is rich? * 2.383

Δ. The Lord of all.

..... He it is that openeth the † 2.384 store-houses, not such as fly away with the winde, but such as are pure, and without end.

Δ. Blessed be his name for ever.

..... To the pure in spirit, and such as he delighteth in. Amen.

Dixit Dominus, Invoca nomen meum, & mittam vobis verbum quo fabricavi terram, & re∣sponsum * 2.385 dabit de se, & testimonium dabit de se, ut in testimonio vincat malos.

E. K. Now is there fire come, and hath consumed this Creature all to pieces, and he is fall'n down to ashes.

Now he riseth up, and he is brighter then he was before. * 2.386

..... So doth the glory of God comfort the just, and they rise again with a threefold glorie.

Δ. A place was made.

E. K. Now he spreadeth the aire, or openeth it before him, and there appeareth before him a square Table.

Now he taketh off the Table a black Carpet. * 2.387

Now he taketh off a green Carpet.

Now he taketh off a white Carpet. * 2.388

Now he taketh off a red Cloath.

And now the Table appeareth to be made of earth, as Potters Clay, very raw earth.

E. K. The Table hath four feet, of which two touch the ground, and two do not: The feet seem also to be of the earth. The Table is square.

E. K. On the left corner (farthest from E. K.) did a T appear on the Table: Out of the top of this T do four beams issue of clear collour bright.

..... That part [pointing to that T] of the Table of the earth of those that govern the earth: that is are governed by the seven Angels that are governed by the seven that stand before God, that are governed by the living God, which is found in the Seal of the living God, (Tan with the four) which signifie the four powers of God principal in earth, &c.

..... Move not, for the place is holy, and become holy.

..... I said not so, he said it, that beareth witnesse of himself. Vnto this, obey the other three Angels of the Table.

E. K. On the other farther corner of the Table (on E. K. his right hand) is a Crosse like an Alphabet Crosse.

This Crosse, and the other T do seem to lye upon the Table, in a dim dunnish, or a sky colour. All the Table over seemeth to be scribled and rased with new lines.

..... The earth is the last, which is with the Angels, but not as the Angels, and therefore it stand∣eth * 2.389 in the Table of the seven Angels, * 2.390 which stand before the presence of God in the last place, without a Letter, or number, but figured by a Crosse.

..... It is expressed in the Angle of that Table, wherein the names of the Angels are gathered, and do appear, as of Michael and Gabriel.

Δ. I remember, there is an Alphabetary Crosse.

E. K. Now in the corner of the Table, on the right hand to E. K. appeareth another Crosse, somewhat on this fashion †. and there appear'd these Letters and Numbers.

b	6 * 2.391
4	b

..... It is in that Table, which confisteth of 4. and 8.

E. K. In the last corner of this earthly Table appeareth a little round smoke, as big as a pins head.

E. K. Now is all covered with a mist.

E. K. Now I hear a great voyce of thumbling and rumbling in the stone.

E. K. Now all waxeth clear again.

Now hoveringly over the Table, appear infinite sort of things like worms, sometimes going up and sometimes down; these seem somewhat brightish.

Over these higher in the aire, appear an infinite sort of small, little, blackish things, bigger then Motes in the Sun, and they go up and down, and sometime come among those worm-like Creatures.

..... The Lord appeared unto Enoch, and was mercifull unto him, opened his eyes, that he might * 2.392 see and judge the earth, which was unknown unto his Parents, by reason of their fall: for the Lord said, Let us shew unto Enoch, the use of the earth: And lo, Enoch was wise, and full of the spi∣rit of wisdom.

And he sayed unto the Lord, Let there be remembrance of thy mercy, and let those that love thee taste of this after me: O let not thy mercy be forgotten. And the Lord was pleased.

And after 50. dayes Enoch had written: and this was the Title of his books, let those that fear * 2.393 God, and are worthy read.

But behold, the people waxed wicked, and became unrighteous, and the spirit of the Lord was far * 2.394 off, and gone away from them. So that those that were unworthy began to read. And the Kings of the earth said thus against the Lord, What is it that we cannot do? Or who is he, that can resist us? And the Lord was vexed, and he sent in amongst them an hundred and fifty Lions, and spirits of wickednesse, errour, and deceit: and they appeared unto them: For the Lord had put them be∣tween those that are wicked, and his good Angels: And they began to counterfeit the doings of God and his power, * 2.395 for they had power given them so to do, so that the memory of Enoch washed away: and the spirits of errour began to teach them Doctrines: which from time to time unto this age, and unto this day, hath spread abroad into all parts of the world, and is the skill and cunning of the wicked.

Hereby they speak with the Devils: not because they have power over the Devils, but because they * 2.396 are joyned unto them in the league and Discipline of their own Doctrine.

For behold, as the knowledge of the mystical figures, and the use of their presence is the gift of God delivered to Enoch, and by Enoch his request to the faithfull, that thereby they might have the true use of Gods creatures, & of the earth whereon they dwell: So hath the Devil delivered unto the wicked the signs, and tokens of his error and hatred towards God: whereby they in using them, might consent with their fall: and so become partakers with them of their reward, which is eternal damnation.

These they call Characters: a lamentable thing. For by these, many Souls have perished. * 2.397

Now hath it pleased God to deliver this Doctrine again out of darknesse: and to fulfill his promise with thee, for the books of Enoch: To whom he sayeth as he said unto Enoch. * 2.398

* 2.399

Let those that are worthy understand this, by thee, that it may be one witnesse of my promise toward thee.

Come therefore, O thou Cloud, and wretched darknesse, Come forth I say out of this Table: for the Lord again hath opened the earth: and she shall become known to the worthy. * 2.400

E. K. Now cometh out of the Table a dark smoke, and there re∣maineth on the Table a goldish slime: and the things which hovered in the aire do now come, and light down on that slime, and so mount up again.

He said. ..... Non omnibus sed bonis.

E. K. He taketh the smoke and tieth it up.

..... I tie her not up from all men, but from the good.

Now cometh a dark Cloud over all again.

Δ. A pause.

E. K. Now it is bright again.

He said. ..... Fiant omnia facillima.

..... Number.

E. K. I see lines and scribblements (as before) going athwart the lines.

E. K. I count thirteen lines downward.

..... Stay there.

E. K. I count twelve this way overthwart.

[illustration]

E. K. In the just middle of every square are little pricks. The Table seemeth to be eighth yards square.

E. K. Now come upon these squares like Characters. They be * 2.401 the true Images of God his spiritual Creatures.

..... Write what thou seest.

E. K. I cannot.

Δ. Endeavour to do your best, for he that biddeth you do, will also give you power to do.

E. K. Did his best, at length fire flashed in his face, and shortly af∣ter he said, I perceive they be easie to make, so that I tell the squares, by which the lines do passe, and draw from middle prick to middle prick.

Δ. At length E. K. finished the Table: he said that these seemed to be yellowish Gold. * 2.402

E. K. You heard one here say, I write my own damnation.

..... He might have said, you write his damnation. Pray, and write as many more lines.

Δ. After awhile E. K. did with great ease finish the four parts of the Table.

E. K. The stone is become dark.

A voyce. .... Cease for an hour.

Δ. May we passe from our places as now?

..... I.

Δ. After a little hour past we returned, and as we talked of the premisses, he said.

..... 〈◊〉〈◊〉 no time.

Δ. He said in the stone being clear again.

..... In the name of God, be diligent, and move not for the place is holy.

..... Take the first square: write from the left hand toward the right, you shall write small let∣ters and great.

Say what you see [to E. K.]

r Zilaf Autlpa.

Δ. I finde here one square among these Characters that hath nothing in it.

..... It must be filled.

a r d Z a i d p a L a m.

E. K. A dim Cloud cometh before mine eyes: now it is gone.

c	Z	o	n	s	a	v	o	Y	a	u	b
T	o	i	T	t	X	o	P	a	c	o	C
S	i	g	a	s	o	m	r	b	z	n	h
f	m	o	n	d	a	T	d	i	a	r	i
o	r	o	i	b	A	h	a	o	Z	p	i

C	n	a	b	r	V	i	x	g	a	z	d
O	i	i	i	t	T	p	a	l	O	a	i
A	b	a	m	o	o	o	a	C	v	c	a
N	a	o	c	O	T	t	n	p	r	a	T
O	c	a	n	m	a	g	o	t	r	o	i
S	h	i	a	l	r	a	p	m	z	o	x

E. K. Now cometh a Cloud over.

Take the second, that is the third that was written. * 2.403

b	O	a	Z	a	R	o	p	h	a	R	a
u	N	n	a	x	o	P	S	o	n	d	n
a	i	g	r	a	n	o	o	m	a	g	g
o	r	p	m	n	i	n	g	b	e	a	l
r	s	O	n	i	z	i	r	l	e	m	u
i	z	i	n	r	C	z	i	a	M	h	l
m	o	r	d	i	a	l	h	C	t	G	a
AE	O	c	a	n	c	h	i	a	s	o	m
A	r	b	i	z	m	i	i	l	p	i	z
O	p	a	n	a	l	a	m	S	m	a	L
d	O	l	o	p	i	n	i	a	n	b	a
r	x	p	a	o	c	s	i	z	i	x	p
a	x	t	i	r	V	a	s	t	r	i	m

..... That last word is Vastrim. * 2.404

Δ. I marvel of that square that lacketh this line.

..... It must be drawn from the end, or foot to that prick, before where it cometh doubble from the first top, the prick is allowed but to one, and not twice to be accounted: So that, that standeth but of six pricks: Therefore it must be framed, and now it is of seven.

E. K. All is in a Cloud.

Now all is clear again.

d	o	n	p	a	T	d	a	n	V	a	..
o	l	o	a	G	e	o	o	b	a	..	i * 2.405
o	P	a	m	n	o	O	G	m	d	n	m
a	p	l	s	T	e	d	e	c	a	o	p
s	c	m	i	o	o	n	A	m	l	o	x
V	a	r	s	G	d	L	b	r	i	a	p
o	i	P	t	e	a	a	p	d	o	c	e
p	s	u	a	c	n	r	Z	i	r	Z	a
S	i	o	d	a	o	i	n	r	z	f	m
d	a	l	t	T	d	n	a	d	i	r	e * 2.406
d	i	x	o	m	o	n	s	i	o	s	p
O	o	D	p	z	i	A	p	a	n	l	i
r	g	o	a	n	n	Q	A	C	r	a	r

E. K. Now he calleth again, saying, See.

Δ. This is the Table that had the little round smoke.

Δ. No, it was the Table before.

T	a	O	A	d	u	p	t	D	n	I	m
a	a	b	c	o	o	r	o	m	e	b	b
T	o	g	c	o	n	x	m	a	l	G	m
n	h	o	d	D	i	a	l	e	a	o	c
P	a	c	A	x	i	o	V	s	P	s	yl
S	a	〈◊〉〈◊〉	i	x	a	a	r	V	r	o	i
m	p	h	a	r	s	l	g	a	i	o	l
M	a	m	g	l	o	i	n	L	i	r	x
o	l	a	a	D	a	g	a	T	a	p	a
p	a	L	c	o	i	d	x	P	a	c	n
n	d	a	z	N	x	i	V	a	a	s	a
i	i	d	P	o	n	s	d	a	s	p	i
x	r	i	i	h	t	a	r	n	d	i	〈◊〉〈◊〉

E. K. Now all is in a whitish cloud covered.

E. K. Now all is clear.

..... Make the first figure upon a clean paper, and thereto adde the simple letters: Then shall you hear more. Thou must make the squares of the first part of the Table unto every square and his letters.

Δ. I have made the squares of the first part, and set in the letters.

Thou hast in the middle line O r o i b A h a o z p i. There are 6 lines above, and six be∣low. That line is called linea Spiritus Sancti: and out of that line cometh the three names of * 2.407 God, from the East gate, being of 3, 4, and 5. letters, which were the armes of the Ensignes that were spoken of before. Oro, ibah, aozpi, I said before, that God the Father a mighty pillar divided with a right line.

The Father himself, without the line.

The Father and Son by addition of the line.

These two lines beginning

J	A
i	d
a	r
	&c.

That is the great Crosse that came out of the East gate. * 2.408

Δ. With that line of the Holy Ghost?

..... I.

Thou hast in the upper left angle in the second line a r d z a.

Thou hast that maketh the crosse downward: first i, then the same d, o, i, g o.

Δ. Will you have six letters downward?

..... I.

So then hast the three other crosses in their angles.

Δ. Will you give me leave to repeat them, for fear of erring?

I L a c z a, the down line of six letters, and P a L a m the crosse line.

..... It is so.

Δ. Now to the other on the left fide below.

a i a o a i

the down right line. Now the crosse line, is O i i i t. * 2.409

Here those Crosses have ten faces.

Δ. One letter is reckoned twice which is in the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the Crosse: and so should seens to be eleven.

..... This is true knowledge.

Δ. The last crosse is thus, his down line is a O u r r z

Δ. The Crosse is a L O a i.

Δ. So have I the 4 Crosses attendant on the principal Crosse.

..... Here thou mayst see the cause, that Pilat wrote with 4 letters.

Δ. How doth the cause appear?

..... For above every crosse, standeth 4 letters: Not that Pilat knew it, but that it was the fore-determination of God.

They are thus to be read. In the upper left angle thou hast r z l a: pronounce, urzla: by * 2.410 this name the first Angel appeareth. z l a: go then to the first r, and pronounce it zlar. That was the first letter of the first Angel, is the last letter of the second: as of the first r, was the first let∣ter of the name, as r z l a, that r is now the last letter of the name of the second Angel, beginning at z, as z l a, and so back again to the r.

Δ. So that the third beginneth at l, whose last letter is the first of the second name, and is called Larz, and so of the last: as a r z l, to be pronounced arzel.

Δ. So that you have, of those 4 letters, 4 Angels names, here thus gathered out: but how are they to be used? * 2.411

..... Let it be sufficient that you know these names. I will teach you to use them.

Δ. Shall we labour by like order of every the 4 letters over the crosses to make 4 such * 2.412 names?

..... They are also to be made.

Δ. I do know assuredly that there is very much matter in this Table. * 2.413

..... It is true: for hitherto, stretched the knowledge of Solomon.

..... Now for your six Seniors: whose judgement is of God the Father, the Son, and the Holy Ghost. In the line De Spiritu Sancto, you have Abioro of six letters: The second name of the second Senior is of 7. as, A (the same, ascending) Aaix a if the third, as the second, in patre & filio, H c mord A.

Again in Spiritu Sancto, haózpi. The fifth, in patre & filio descendens hi pot ga. The * 2.414 sixth, A V to Tar. If you will make them of 7 letters (because two of them, are but of six) that is, when the wrath of God is to be encreased.

Note.

Then whereas you say, Abioro, say Habioro; and where you say Haozpi, say ahahozpi. Thou * 2.415 hast haospi, before h is A; take that unto it and it maketh Aha ozpi. And so they consist all, of 7 letters.

Thou hast b the fifth, in the left part of the line, de Spiritu Sancto: thou hast a the sixth, (the * 2.416 first part of the line de patre & filio descending.) T the sixth in the second part descend∣ing. a The first in the second part descending, or the second ascending.

Thou hast a the fifth, in aozpi.

i The sixth, and V the sixth, ascending in the part descending of the line de patre & filio, the second and first part. Put the A or the h that stand in the Center, to it: Thou hast Bataiva or * 2.417 Bataivh. You must take but * 2.418 one of them, either the A or the h. A, comiter, and h in extre∣mis Judiciis.

Δ. So I see when the contract A, and when the contract H must end this word: That is the mighty Prince whose traine was holden up in the East.

..... Spare me now, I will open you more secrets to morrow, I am secretly called away: but * 2.419 you shall find me the true servant of God.

E. K. Now he spreadeth the white Curtain over all that was laid on an heap behind.

..... Yet one thing ere I go. Those Characters or Notes (for, so call them) are the parts of * 2.420 the whole Earth, as you may find in those names * 2.421 I delivered you before; To the intent you may work all the World over at one time. Now, my love rest with you.

E. K. Now he is gone.

Δ. Amor Dei patris filii & Spiritus Sancti sit super nos. Amen. Semper.

Tuesday, Junii 26. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 hora 8.

Precibus finitis, & post varias nostras considerationes de praemissis, tandem apparuit AVE. In nomine Patris & F. & SS ficut erat, &c. Amen.

E. K. He hath gathered the whole Curtain together as yesterday, and set it behind. Now a white mist cometh over all, Now the mist is gone.

Ave. ..... All glory and praise, be to God the Father, the Son and Holy Ghost.

Δ. Amen.

Ave. ..... Now to the purpose: Rest, for the place is holy. First, generally what this Table containeth.

1. All humane knowledge.

2. Out of it springeth Physick. * 2.422

3. The knowledge of all elemental Creatures, amongst you. How many kindes there are, and for what use they were created. Those that live in the air, by themselves. Those that live in the waters, by themselves. Those that dwell in the earth, by themselves. The property of the fire: which is the secret life of all things.

4. The knowledg, finding and use of Metals.

The vertues of them. They are all of one matter.

The congelations, and vertues of Stones.

5. The Conjoyning and knitting together of Natures. The destruction of Nature, and of things that may perish.

6. Moving from place to place, [as, into this Country, or that Country at pleasure.] * 2.423

7. The knowledge of all crafts Mechanical.

8. Transmutatio formalis, sed non essentialis.

E. K. Now a white mist covereth him. * 2.424

Δ. — Pause for a ¼ of —

E. K. Now he appeareth again

..... Look out Lexarph, with the two other that follow him, among the names of the Earth the three last.

Lexarph, Comanan, Tabitom.

Look out the name Paraoan. Write out Paraoan in a void paper.

Δ. I have done.

Seek out Lexarph.

Δ. I have found it.

Look into the 4 parts of the Table, and take the letters that are of the least Character. Look among the 4 parts that have the Characters: and look to the Characters that have the least letters.

Δ. I have done.

..... How many letters are they?

Δ. Seven.

..... They must be eight.

Δ. They are these (as I have noted them) OA JA JA il.

..... There are 8 in the 4.

Δ. Afterwards I found 8 letters in the 4 principal: for I had omitted Y I.

Δ. I suspect this was spoken to me, to my re∣proof, for no more diligenceused in the search.

Dwell in darknesse —

They must be made all one Character.

e	x	a	r	p
h	c	o	n	a
n	a	n	t	a
b	i	t	o	m

Lexarph, Comanan, Tabitom.

Set down those three names, leaving out the first L [that is of Lexarph, set them down by 5.]

Ave. ..... Your sicknesse causeth me to be sick.

Δ. E. K. had the Migrom sore.

A great Temptation fell on E. K.: upon E. K. his taking these words to be a scoff, which * 2.425 were words of compassion and friendship.

..... The first is exarp, five in order. Set them down without the first Table: That shall make the crosse that bindeth the 4 Angles of the Table together. The same that stretcheth from the left to right, must also stretch from the right to the left.

Δ. Have I now made this crosse of uniting all the 4 parts or Angels together, as you like of?

..... I.

..... Every name, sounding of three letters, beginning out of that line, is the name of a Devil, * 2.426 or wicked Angel, as well from the right, as from the left, excepting the [Δ] 4. Angels that are above the crosse, which have no participation with Devils.

The letters that joyne those names, which may be put before the [Δ4.] names of the four An∣gels of the four crosses in every angle, (as well from the right, as the left,) is the name of God, whereby these Angels, are called and do appear.

Δ. An example (I pray you) give of this rule.

..... As, in the first of the black crosses thou hast, e.

Δ. So it is.

In the first square of the right side thou hast r. beginning the name of the Angel Urzla: put e to it, and it changeth the sound, into Erzla. Erzla is the name of God that governeth, Urzla.

Δ. And likewise the other three above the crosse are governed by that name of God, Erzla.

Take * 2.427 X which is the next letter: look under the Crosse in the first angle; thou hast C 7. (then o, in the crosse:) then n s. Call it C zod∣en es: It is one of the 4 angels that serve to that crosse, which are * 2.428 ruled by this name Idoigo. It is the name of God, of six letters: Look in the crosse that descendeth, In that name [Δ Idoigo] they appear, by the * 2.429 name [Δ Ardza] that is in the crosse, [Δ Transversary] they do that they are commanded.

Δ. Which they? you named onely C zod n es.

Ave ..... There followeth Tott.

Δ. Which more?

Δ. The principal Crosse transversary.

Those two, under, till you come to the Crosse.

Δ. Do you mean Sias, f m n d?

..... Those 4 be of Physick. * 2.430

Δ. As they do appear in the name of God Idoigo, so what shall be of the name of God Ardza?

Ave ..... The one is to call them, the other is to command them.

If it be an incurable disease (in the judgement of man) then a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the letter that standeth a∣gainst * 2.431 the name, and make him † 2.432 up five: then he cureth miraculously.

But if thou wilt send sicknesse, then take two of the letters, and adde the letter of the Crosse [Δ the black crosse] to that, as in the second, a To.

[Δ. This a, is of the crosse of union, or the black crosse.]

..... Then he is a wicked power, and bringeth in disease: and when thou callest him, call him * 2.433 by the name of god, backward: for unto him, so, he is a god: and so constrain him backward, as Ogiodi.

Δ. I think the Constraint must be, by the name of the Transversary backward pronoun∣ced, * 2.434 as of Ardza, is back way, azdra: For ogiodi, should but cause him to appear by the order of Idoigo, used for the 4 good Angels.

..... The name of God in the middest of the great Crosse (where the name may have A or H in the end) upon which the 4 Crosses of the first Angle attend, (or first part of the table attendeth) * 2.435 calleth out the six Seniors: which give scientiam rerum humanarum & Judicum, according to the nature of their parts: as in the East after one sort, in the West after another, and so of the rest.

E. K. A Cloud covereth him.

The upper right angle in the next crosse, hath the same name [Δ hath * 2.436 his peculiar name] of God to call out, and to constrain.

Δ. Which name mean you?

Ave. ..... The name that is in the crosse. Δ. llacza — * 2.437

The good Angels are also 4. They have power over Metals, to find them, to gather them together, and to use them.

These, that are the wicked ones, (made by three letters) are the * 2.438 Princes of those wicked ones, that stood afar off in the Table of the Creation. * 2.439

Δ. You mean in our fourth Book.

Ave. ..... These can give money coined, in Gold or Silver.

Δ. Which these?

Δ. These wicked ones mean you?

..... I.

The other give no money coined, but the metal.

Δ. You mean the good.

..... I.

Δ. As XOY.

..... EXOY.

Δ. I note this pronunciation.

Δ. The next is apa.

The third Crosse is the Crosse of transformation. * 2.440

Δ. Mean you that on the left side underneath?

..... I.

The fourth is the Crosse of those Creatures that live in the four Elements, as you call them. * 2.441

The first Angel the aire.

The second — the water.

The third — the earth.

The fourth — the life, or fire of things that live.

Δ. Is not Acca the first Angel?

Δ. En pe at.

..... I. Then NP at.

Δ. Then O toi, and P mox. AVE. They are easie to call.

1. The knitting together of Natures lieth in the four Angels that are over the first Crosse. * 2.442

Δ. As Vrzla, zlar? &c.

..... I.

2. The carrying from place, which place lieth in the Angels of the second Crosse. * 2.443

Δ. I understand in the Angels over the Crosse.

3. All Hand-crafts, or Arts are in the Angels of this third Crosse.

Δ. I understand in the Angels over the Crosse.

E. K. He drew out much fire out of his mouth, and threw it from * 2.444 him now.

Δ. I pray you, what meant you by that?

..... For that I fulfill my Office in another place.

Stay, at this time I must also be gone.

Δ. When will you deal again.

Ave. After Dinner about one, or two of the Clock.

E. K. Now he spreadeth the Curtain.

Δ. Deo gratias nunc & semper agamus.

Amen.

† Tuesday, Junii 26. à Meridie hora, 1½ Circiter. Gloria Patri, &c. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 lueem tuam & veritatem tuam, O Deus, &c.

E. K. Now he is here, and the white Curtain laid behinde.

4. Ave. ..... The Crosse of the fourth, first Angle.

Δ. I understand the Angels over the Crosse in the lower right corner.

..... Herein may you finde the secrets of Kings, and so unto the lowest degree. But you must * 2.445 Note, That as the Augels of the first of the four Crosses in the East, which are for Medicine: so are the first of the second, the first of the third, and the first of the fourth; so that for Medicine there be sixteen, and so of all the rest in their order: but that they differ in that, some be the Angels of the East, other some of the West, and so of the rest.

Notwithstanding, to know the world before the waters, To be privy to the doings of men, from the * 2.446 waters to Christ; from Christ unto the rewarding of the wicked: The wicked doings of the flesh, or the fond and devilish imaginations of man, or to see what the blessed Kingdom shall be, and how the earth shall be dignified, purged, and made clean, is a meat too sweet for your mouths.

Δ. Curiosity is far from our intents.

Ave. ..... But there is neither Patriarch nor Prophet sanctified, Martyr, * 2.447 or Confessor, King, or Governour of the people upon earth, that his name, continuance, and end, is not (like the Moon at midnight) in these Tables.

Δ. Mean you not the Crosse of the fourth first Angle, to be that, which is of a Qurrz. And his transversary of al Oai?

Ave. ..... It is so.

Δ. I understand not well, your account of 16 Angels for medicine.

Ave. ..... Are there not four principal Crosses? Every Crosse hath also four. The first of every four are the Crosse of medicine, so that there be sixteen.

Ave. ..... One book of perfect paper. One labour of a few dayes.

The calling them together, and the yielding of their promise, the repetition of the names of * 2.448 God, are sufficient.

I have given you Corn: I have given you also ground. Desire God to give you ability to till.

Δ. We will pray for his help that is Almighty.

..... I am free before God. Catch that catch can.

Be it now as it was before.

E. K. He mounteth up into the aire, and is gone.

Δ. When would you that I should prepare that book, and what call you perfect: and how many leaves would you wish me to make it of?

..... Your book is not of my charge.

Δ. Lord, as thou hast dealt mercifully with us hitherto, and hast given us the understand∣ing of many secrets, so in respect of this strange dealing with us, and leaving us of Ave, we are desirous to know some cause: and therein we require that Madimi may be sent.

E. K. She is here in the stone.

Madi. ..... How do you?

E. K. She maketh a low cursie.

Δ. I declared our admiration of Ave his so sudden departure, aud required her opinion of the case.

Mad. ..... Surely Sir, I cannot tell: but I will go see if my mother can tell.

Δ. He that is the Creatour of all things, be mercifull unto us, and lighten our hearts with true knowledge, as our trust is in him.

E. K. She went away, and came again after a little while.

Mad. ..... My mother sayeth, you should have been at the Emperours.

Δ. But you see it is impossible to get thither without some good provision of money made by our great friend A. L. I pray you, what can you say of Ave?

Mad. ..... My gentle brother, Ave is a good Creature: indeed you might have made more of him.

Δ. I beseech you to give us some Declaration of Ave his last words.

Mad. ..... There is no word unperfect: My brother Ave his nature is to be plain and short.

Δ. I pray you to say somewhat more plainly of Ave his last words.

Mad. ..... If it were the commandment of my mother, I could do it. But this is the good will of my brother toward you.

Δ. As your brother hath done this of his good will, so do I desire you of your good will to do, or say somewhat to our comfort.

Mad. ..... Sir, I pray you, pardon me. I may not meddle with Ave his doing. I have no∣thing to say to you, but I know my Mother hath much to say to you

As the mighty thunder cometh, so cometh the promise of God.

Rodulphus the Empe∣rour now.

If the Emperour (my mother sayeth) do any thing against Lasky, or hin∣der, (she answereth in earnest) there shall be an Emperour.

A. L.

Earnest is means to be Emperour, vide 22 Sept. Prage.

Δ. Make your sentence more perfect.

Mad. ..... Therein lieth a mystery.

A Mystery.

A comfortable pro∣mise.

My Mother, my Sisters, Ave, Il, my self, and the rest of us will not be from you in your need.

Δ. Now is our need, as we have declared.

Mad. ..... Sir, Content your self: For, yet a season, you must have patience. God blesse you, for (as yet) I feel nothing to say to you.

Misericos, clemens & pius est Deus Noster: Cujus nomen sit benedictum, Nunc & semper. Amen.

Note. About seven of the Clock this afternoon, E. K. came again up into my study: and seing me reading, and considering this Action, began to finde talk of it, and willed me to as∣say the practise of it if I understood it: And, to be brief, by little and little fell to this issue, that he confessed himself to be very sorry that he was so far raging in words as he was this

day. Nay, (said I) any man living, else, would have found just cause of comfort, and to give thanks for AVE, such speeches to him, as he used unto you upon true compassion, and no skoff, &c. B t you by and by called him Devil, and raged on 〈◊〉〈◊〉 against Michael and Ga∣briel, and the heavenly powers with most horrible speeches, &c. He became very penitent, and ac∣knowledged * 2.449 that he had offended God: and said, that surely it was of the Devil, for he did not remember his words: but he is sure that they were not decent, and beseeched God to forgive him: And so did I, and was very glad of this his reforming himselfe, and we (being oft (be∣fore) called down to supper) were going out of my Study: and as he was almost at the door to go out, he said to me, I feel a very heavy thing upon my shoulder: and it is warm with all: Whereat I put to the door, and we sat down again: Verily thinking, (as it was) that it was the presence of AVE, whereupon I said unto the Creature.

Δ. In the name of Jesus, Ave art thou there, he answered immediately after as followeth.

Ave ..... Because thou [E. K.] 〈◊〉〈◊〉 acknowledged my honour again: I will also acknowledge my help toward you: But where man curseth the Heavens, what holy Creature can abide? Or where Satan is brought into possession, by free will of man, what good Angel is he that depart∣eth not?

Δ. O Lord, confirm thy mercies upon us from henceforth.

Ave. ..... As concerning your Action, The Heavens bear witnesse of it. * 2.450 Yea, yesterday did the good Angels contend with the wicked: and there was a great conflict betwixt them; and that about the love of God towards you, and your Action. But I will visit you again in the morning, and will perform my good will in God toward you. But 〈◊〉〈◊〉 must pray often if thou wilt avoid temptation. God be mercifull to you, forgive you, and strengthen you to the end.

Δ. Amen, sweet Jesu, Amen.

Δ. When all was thus ended, I delivered to E. K. my Psalter book (with the short prayers * 2.451 annexed to every Psalm) where he himself very devoutly, and penitently prayed three of them, and I hearing also of them, gave my consent in heart to the same prayers.

Δ. To God onely be all praise, honour, and glory, now and ever.

Amen.

Wednesday, 27. Junii. Cracoviae. Mane horam circiter. 7.

Oratione Dominica finita, & peculiari Oratione contra Tentationes Sathanae, apparuit ipse AVE, &c.

E. K. He is here.

Δ. Gloria Patri, & filio, & spiritui sancto, &c. Amen.

Ave. ..... In the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the holy Ghost.

Δ. Amen.

..... Now, what is that, that is hard to you?

4. First, whether the Table (for the middle Crosse of uniting the four principal parts) be made perfect, or no.

Ave. ..... Thou hast found out the truth of it.

Δ. I think a mystery did depend upon the choice of the three names, Lexarph, Comanan, and Tabitom.

Ave. ..... That is not to our purpose.

Δ. You bad me 〈◊〉〈◊〉 out of the Tables the Characters of fewest Letters, and I found them to be OARA JA, and L, you said they are eight, you said there are eight in four: I know not what this meaneth.

Ave. ..... You must make up the name Paraoan. * 2.452

Δ. What shall become of the L aversed?

Ave. ..... It may be N, or L.

Δ. What must I now do with that name?

Ave. ..... In Exarph there wanteth an L. which L. is of more force then the N. * 2.453 and therefore it is set in the Tables. As far as that N. stretcheth in the Character, so far shall that Countrey be consumed with fire, and swallowed into Hell, as Sodom was for wickednesse. The end of all things is even at hand: And the earth must be purified, and delivered to another.

The Heavens shall be 77 times above themselves. And the earth shall bring forth without Tillage: Prophets speak of dayes, [as] presently, that * 2.454 are far off. But we speak of dayes that are hard at hand. For, immediately after your being with Caesar, shall the whole world be in sudden alteration. Battails * 2.455 and bloudshed great number: The Kings of the earth shall run unto the Hills, and say cover us.

Δ. O, Thou mighty God of Hosts: be our strength and comfort. * 2.456

..... When you hear the peoplesay, Le, there is a man-child that doth great marvails, (which is even at the door threshold.) Then, then shall you see the calamity of the earth.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 let 〈◊〉〈◊〉, the servant of God do as he is commanded: And what goodnesse soever he cra∣veth * 2.457 shall follow him, for the Lord hath spared him among the Kings of the earth.

Let him provide for this one journey: He shall not need to provide for the rest: For, he that hath * 2.458 all, hath provided for him.

The fifteenth day of September, that shall be twelve moneths, shall you set up the signe of * 2.459 the Crosse; even in the midd'st of Constantinople.

Δ. Thy will be done, O Lord, to thy honour and glory.

Poland. Pro∣missio confirmata de A. L. fortè.

Ave. ..... In this Kingdom shall be much bloudshed, and the one shall cat anothers throat. And as the Lord hath promised, so shall it come to passe.

Ave. ..... Now to the Table.

Δ. Of the Principal King of Bataiva, or Baataiva, (using the last a twice) I doubt of the perfect writing of it.

Ave. ..... Is it not written? It is all, most easie, and in gathering thou canst not erre.

The 24 Seniors are all of one Office. But when thou wilt work in the East, thou must take such as * 2.460 bear rule there; so must thou do of the rest.

Δ. Do you mean the estate, in respect of any place we shall be in, or in respect of any earth∣ly place, accounted alwayes the East part of the world, wheresoever we be?

Ave. ..... The East and West, in respect of your Poles. What will you else of me?

Δ. Whether these four Tables be joyned in their right places, or no.

Ave. ..... They be.

Note, of the Letters in the black 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

Δ. Of the Letters in the Transversary of the wicked their black Crosse, I know no 〈◊〉〈◊〉, as of motivat; nan, &c.

Ave. ..... Thou shalt know, when thou writest thy book. * 2.461

Δ. I desire you of the book to say somewhat more for the fashion, paper, and binding, &c.

Ave. ..... Thou mayest use thy discretion.

Δ. You mean (I trust) the book that you bid me to prepare: For, the other is not for my writing.

Ave. ..... It is not. I my self will stand with you, and shew how to practise. * 2.462

Δ. Blessed be God for his ready help.

Δ. I will prepare the book (by the grace of God) with all speed.

Δ. As concerning the Offices, vertues, and powers of the three o∣ther quarters of the Table, what shall we think of them?

The Offices of all the four quarters.

Ave. ..... They are all as the first.

Δ. Note. Thou hast three names of God, out of the line of the holy Ghost, in the princi∣pall * 2.463 Crosse of the first Angle, so hast thou three in the second, &c.

Four dayes (after your book is made, that is to say, written) must you onely call upon those names of God, or on the God of Hosts, in those names:

And 14 dayes after you shall (in this, or in some convenient place) Call the Angels by Peti∣tion, and by the name of God, unto the which they are obedient.

The 15 day you shall Cloath your selvès, in vestures made of linnen, white: and so have the apparition, use, and practice of the Creatures. For, it is not a labour of years, nor many dayes.

E. K. This is somewhat like the old fashion of Magick.

Ave. ..... Nay, they all played at this. * 2.464

You must never use the Garment after, but that once onely, neither the book.

E. K. To what end is the book made then, if it be not to be used after.

Δ. It is made for to be used that day onely.

Ave. ..... What will you else?

Δ. As you best know: we need instructions; yet necessary for us.

Ave. ..... Very few.

Ave. ..... It is a stem with fruit, but it wanteth leaves.

E. K. What mean you by that?

Ave. ..... There be more leaves then fruit, and in many actions there be more circumstances then * 2.465 matter.

Δ. But here is onely marrow, and no bones, or flesh.

Δ. As concerning the great multitude that E. K. saw in the Vision standing after the six∣teen Angels, next the Gate, you made no mention in your Description of the Vision: There∣fore I would know what they are.

Ave. ..... 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 Ministers and servants.

E. K. * Aliter, Sendenna, as E. K. said. * 2.466

There shalt thou see thy old Sondenna, * and many other wicked ones, that thou hast dealt with∣all. Hereby shall you judge truly of wicked Magick. God be with you: I will be ready, when you need me.

Δ. AEterno & omnipotenti Creatori rerum omnium, visibilium & invisibilium sit omnis laus, honor, gloria, & gratiarum actio. Amen.

Δ. 1. Remember, I have not yet heard any thing of the 5 Princes which held up the traine of the chief King.

2. Neither any thing of the Trumpeter which went before all. * 2.467

3. Neither of the letters in the Transversary of the black Crosse.

4. Also of * 2.468 Docepax Tedoand, being referred to Cilicia, Nemrodiana, and Paphlagonia in the late exposition of the places by vulgar names: and before in the naming of them by the names of Creation they were applyed to Italia and Britania: One of those is to be doubted of.

5. We are desirous to know the Etymologies of all the names of God which we shall use, either to God himself, or to the Angels.

6. We require the form of our Petition or Invitation to be made to the Angels.

7. Of the 20 (and more) diversities or corrections of this principal Table, we require your censure, which diversities I have (by conjecture) so made or amended.

8. Whereas I was [Δ] willed to call 14 dayes, the Angels which are to be used: so would I * 2.469 know whether also I should summon the wicked here recorded (out of the black Crosse, ha∣ving their off-spring) likewise 14 dayes.

Saturday, † Cracoviae, Junii 30. Manè, circa 9. horam.

Oratione dominica finita, & 〈◊〉〈◊〉 illis 7. dubiis, quievimus paululum. Deinde, aliquot ora∣tiones ex psalterio recitavi, iterum quievimus paululum. Ad semihoram nihil apparuit.

At length appeared a face, very great, with wings about, adjoyned to it; afterward he seemed to be in a great Globe of fire.

..... Hearken to my voice.

Modesty, patience, and humility of heart and body, doth belong to these Actions. Tell me * 2.470 how many Thunders the Lord hath in store for the wicked.

Δ. O Lord, we know not.

..... Were you ever in the secret caves of the Earth?

Δ. No, Lord, never.

..... Then tell me how many windes the Lord hath prepared for an year?

Δ. Neither that can we tell: We are not of the Lord his Council in these things of his providence.

..... Can you tell me none of these questions?

..... Can you tell what shall become of your selves?

Δ. God onely knoweth, and no creature but by him: for all things are kept uncertain until the end.

..... You beget children, know you the hour wherein they shall be born?

..... You begin labour, can you tell what point of time you shall end in?

Δ. God only is the Fountain of all wisdom and truth.

..... Well, then I see, you are drowned in ignorance and know nothing.

E. K. He turneth round very swiftly,

..... Even as the Adder leadeth out her young ones, the first day one foot, (out of her hole) not * 2.471 because they should eat, but because they might acquaint themselves with the air, and her subtlety.

The second day, one yard and more: she encompasseth her hole, and windeth to and fro, and teach∣them to creep; and so five or six dayes, till they know how to move and stir their bodies.

After the seventh day, she leadeth them further, and faineth deceit, striking the ground with her tail, as though it were the sound of some one at hand: And then gaping, beginneth to hisse, and stir∣reth up fear unto her young ones, so that they enter into her mouth. And thus she doth till they be 12 or 13 dayes old: Then she leadeth them a stones-cast, and exerciseth them both with fear, and hiding themselves; And when they sleep (being young and wearied with labour) she stealeth from them and maketh a noise amongst the leaves and small stones, with the moving of her hinder parts:

To the intent she might see what shift her wormes can make, which stirred up with fear, and missing their mother, so learn to couch themselves in the Chymnes of the earth; At length, after silence, the mother thrusteth out her self, and doubleth her tongue (with the sound whereof she useth to call them) They come together and rejoyce, wreathing themselves diversly about her body, for joy: She for a recompence, suffereth them to hang upon her back, and so waltereth to her hole; where she ga∣thereth the leaves of the earth: and after she hath chewed them small and tender, with her teeth, and mingled them with the dust, she spueth them out again, and beginneth to lick them by little and little, as though she hungered, which she subtlely doth, that her wormes might eat and forget their hungrynesse.

Finally, in 20 dayes, they become big, and as skilful in the property of their kind... she (I say) leadeth them out into a fertile place, and full of dew, and full of bushes, and places apt to cover them, where they feed, dwell, observe their craft, and at last forsake their mother. Even so, it is with you; So the Lord, (the true Serpent and worme) leadeth you out from day to day, accor∣ding to your strength: and as you grow, to the intent you might, at last be brought unto the pleasant * 2.472 dew, and food of his mercy, which is Triumphing true wisdom.

But this the Lord feareth of you; that, as the wormes did, so you will forsake your mother.

Δ. Forsake us not, O God, Confirm thy graces in us, and we shall not forsake thee.

The nature of the Serpent, is, not to forsake his young.

Δ. O Lord we depend onely on thee, and without thy grace and continual help, we perish.

The Lord told Noe long before, the Flood would come, he believed him: Therefore he is safe in * 2.473 both worlds. The sons in law of Lot, sunk into Hell, for that they derided the words of God, and believed them not. His wife became a salt-stone, for that she looked back, and did contrary to * 2.474 the Commandment of God. Moses had the reward of his holinesse in this world pluckt back, be∣cause he said, Can this, &c.

I, as the messenger of God, am as one that say, Cave, Take heed that you become not son in laws, though you passe the fire, Take heed you look not back: for if you do, you shall not see the flood, nei∣ther shall the Lord put a vail betwixt you and vengeance, neither (I say) shall the promises of God come in your dayes. If God had taken you up into the heavens and placed you before his Throne, and told you the things that are to come, you would believe: But that you cannot do.

The Lord is merciful, he descendeth into your houses, and there telleth you what is to come, where you may under land: But you believe him not. Therefore saith the Lord of you, I fear you will * 2.475 forsake your mother: But if you do it, I say, if you do it, I will make of the Mothes, men, that shall testifie my name.

E. K. I ever told you I do not believe them, nor can believe them, nor will desire to believe them.

..... If you be faithful, you be able to comprehend: If you be obedient and humble, The * 2.476 Creatures of Heaven shall abide with you. Yea the Father and the Son, and the Holy Ghost shall make his dwelling with you. If you persevere, even with faith and humility, you shall see the wicked dayes that are to come, enjoy the promises of God, and be partaker of those blessed days that follow: For wonders unheard of, in, and of the world, are at hand. You are warned, * 2.477 The Spirit of God rest with you.

Δ. Amen.

Δ. O Lord, shall we continue in this wavering or stiff-necked willful blindnesse, and fro∣wardly * 2.478 keep out thy mercies and graces by our fleshly sense, and unreasonable perswasion a∣gainst the verity of thy true Ministers?

1. All things are committed to thy charge.

Δ. O Lord as much as ever I can do by prayer or otherwise, I do, and yet I enjoy no fruit of my long travel.

2. Thou hast ground, sow if thou can.

Δ. How can I without further instructions and help? and now, when I require Ave to come, he cometh not: O Lord comfort me.

3. AVE shall come when thou hast need of him.

Δ. In te Domine speravi, & spero, & sperabo. In die Tribulationis exaudies me. Refu∣gium meum, spes mea, vita & beatitudo mea Jesu Christe, tibi cum Patre & Spiritu Sancto sit omnis honor, laus, Gloria & Gratiarum actio

Amen.

Monday, † Cracoviae, Junii 2. Manè hora ½.

Oratione dominica finita, & mora aliqua interposita, & aliquot aliis ex psalterio recitatis pre∣cibus, & post varias meas ad Deum ejaculationes.

At length Ave appeared to E. K. in the Shew-stone, &c. * 2.479

Δ. O Lord, all honour, thanks, and praise, be unto thee, who hearest the prayers of thy simple servant.

Δ. First, for the reforming of diversity of letters in the names written, I require your aid, unlesse you will first say somewhat else.

By the same Jesus who sitteth on the right hand of his Father, and is the wisdom of his Father, I request you to proceed with us.

Ave. ..... So that the body of Christ, now, is glorified and immortal.

Δ. Most true it is — Mors illi ultra non non dominabitur.

Ave. ..... But as the Prophets, that were fullfiled with the Holy Ghost and Spirit of God, before 〈◊〉〈◊〉, tasted of him, in that he should come as a Saviour, and in the seed of man; So is the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of this time, Christ being ascended, in the same Spirit. But that Christ shall come in his * 2.480 glorisied body, Triumphing against Satan, and all his enemies.

Δ. So be it, O Lord.

Ave. ..... But that the words of the Prophesies may be fulfilled, It is necessary that the Earth swarm, and be glutted with her own fornication and idolatry: which, what it shall be, the same spirit will open unto you.

Δ. Fiat voluntas Dei.

Ave. ..... That you may not onely be wise in forsaking the world, and foreseeing the dangers of perdition; But also preach the wonders of the same Christ, and his great mercies, which is to come and to appear in the cloudes with his body glorified. The Lord said to Satan, I will give thee power, in the end over their bodies, and thou shall be cast out into the fields, and that for my * 2.481 names sake: But my Vineyard, and the fruit of my Harvest, shalt thou not hinder. Thus my brethren hath the Lord loved you, Thus have the Treasures of the Heavens opened themselves unto you: But your faith springeth not.

Δ. It shall when it pleaseth the Highest: We beseech him to encrease our faith as shall be most for his honor and glory.

Ave. ..... But unto you it shall be revealled, what shall come, after Morrows, after Dayes, Weeks, * 2.482 and Years: And unto you it shall be delivered, The Prophesie of the time to come, which is twelve: of the which you have but one.

Δ. God make us faithful, true and discret servants. * 2.483

Ave. ..... For God will shake this earth through a riddle, and knock the vessels in pieces, throw down the seats of the proud, and establish himself a seat of quietnesse: that neither the Sun may * 2.484 shine upon the unjust, nor the garments be made of many pieces.

Δ. All shall be in unity: unus pastor, unumovile, &c.

Ave. ..... Haste therefore and be gone: as the Lord hath appointed you, that you may be * 2.485 ready for him, when he bringeth the sickle. Purifie all the vessels of your house, and gather more into it, and when the Lord presseth, he will give you wine abundantly: And lo, the * 2.486 forks are weary of their burdens: But be diligent, watchful, and full of care: for Satan himself is very busie with you. After dinner I will visit you with instructions: But O my Brethren, be faithful, and persevere; for the same spirit that teacheth the Church, teacheth you.

Δ. To the same Holy Spirit, with the Father and the Son, be all honor, power, glory and praise, now, and ever,

Amen.

Julii 2. After Noon, Hora 1¼

Δ. Gloria Patri, & Filio & Spiritui Sancto sicut erat in principio & nunc & semper & in saecula seculorum. Amen.

E. K. Here he is now.

Δ. Nobis adsit, qui cuncta creavit.

Ave. ..... What will you?

Δ. If it please you, the solution of the former 8 questions first.

Δ. 1. As of the five Princes, which held up the traine of the King.

Ave. ..... The knowledge of them helpeth not now.

Δ. 2. Secondly of the Trumpeter, what it betokened.

Ave. ..... It hath no relation to these Tables.

Δ. 3. Of the letters in the Transversary, I would know your will.

Ave. ..... They are, as the other, but for a peculiar practice.

Δ. 4. For Docepax and Tedoand referred diversly, as I have noted, What is the cause of * 2.487 this diversity?

Ave. ..... It was the fault of E. K. in reporting.

Δ. What is the very Truth?

Ave, ..... Thou shalt be taught that, when thou hast their Calls, * 2.488

It belongeth to Nalvage his correction.

Δ. 5. As toncerning the Etymologies of these names of God, we would be satisfied.

Ave. ..... God is a Spirit, and is not able to be comprehended.

Δ. Some Notifying or Declaration, no full comprehension I require.

Ave. .... It is no part of mans understanding. They signifie all things, and they signifie nothing.

Ave. .... Who can expresse Jehovah what it signifieth. Deus significat ad id quod agit.

Δ. As for the form of our Petition or Invitation of the good Angels, What sort should it be of?

Ave. .... A short and brief speech.

Δ. We beseech you to give us an example: we would have a confidence, it should be of more effect.

Ave. .... I may not do so.

E. K. And why?

Ave. .... Invocation proceedeth of the good will of man, and of the heat and fervency of the * 2.489 spirit: And therefore is prayer of such effect with God.

Δ. We beseech you, shall we use one form to all?

Ave. .... Every one, after a divers form.

Δ. If the minde do dictate or prompt a divers form, you mean.

Ave. ..... I know not: for I dwell not in the soul of man.

Δ. As concerning the diversity of certain words in these Tables, and those of the portions of the Earth delivered by Nalvage, What say you?

Ave. ..... The Tables be true.

Is it Aydropl, or Andropl?

Ave. ..... Both names be true, and of one signification. I have delivered you the Tables, so use them.

Δ. As concerning the Capital letters, have I done well?

Ave. ..... You have easily corrected that, and to good end; for every letter, and part of letter, * 2.490 hath his signification.

Δ. I beseech you say somewhat of the N in Paraoan, of which you said, so far as that stretched, should sink to hell.

Ave. ..... Every letter in Paraoan, is a living fire: but all of one quality and of one Creation: But unto N is delivered a viol of Destruction, according to that part that he is of Paraoan the * 2.491

Governour.

Δ. It may please you to name that Place, City, or Country, under that N.

Ave. ..... Ask Nalvage, and he will tell you.

Δ. As concerning the wicked here, Shall I call or summon them all, as I do the good ones in the name of God?

Ave. ..... No man calleth upon the name of God in the wicked: They are servants and vile slaves. * 2.492

Δ. We call upon the name of Jesus in the expulsing of devils, saying in the name of Jesus, &c.

Ave. .... That In, is against the wicked. No just man calleth upon the name of God, to allure the devil.

Δ. Then they are not to be named in the first summoning or invitation.

Ave. .... At no time to be called.

E. K. How then shall we proceed with them?

Ave. .... When the Earth lieth opened unto your eyes, and when the Angels of Light, shall offer the passages of the Earth, unto the entrance of your senses, (chiefly of seeing) Then shall you see the Treasures of the Earth, as you go: And the caves of the Hills shall not be unknown unto you: * 2.493 Vnto these, you may say, Arise, be gone, Thou art of destruction and of the places of darknesse: These are provided for the use of man. So shalt thou use the wicked, and no otherwise.

Δ. This is as concerning the natural Mines of the Earth.

Ave. .... Not so, for they have nothing to do with the natural Mines of the Earth, but, with that which is corrupted with man.

Δ. As concerning the coined they have power to bring it.

Ave. So they may: that they keep, and no other.

Δ. How shall we know what they keep, and what they keep not?

Ave. .... Read my former words; for thou dost not understand them.

Δ. I read it: beginning at the first line on this side, when the Angels of Light, &c.

Δ. I mean of coined money that they keep not; How shall we do to serve our necessi∣ties with it?

Ave. .... The good Angels are Ministers for that purpose. The Angels of the 4 angles shall make the Earth open unto you, and shall serve your necessities from the 4 parts of the Earth.

Δ. God make me a man of wisdom in all parts, I beseech him.

Δ. Note I had spoken somewhat of my part in Devonshire Mines: and of the Danish

Treasures which were taken of the Earth.

Δ. These our Questions being thus answered, now I refer the rest to your instructions intended.

Ave. .... You have the corn, and you have the ground: Make you but invocations to sow the * 2.494 seed, and the fruit shall be plentiful.

Δ. As concerning our usage in the 4 dayes in the 14 dayes, we would gladly have some information.

Ave. ..... You would know to reape, before your corn be sown.

Δ. As concerning a fit place and time to call, and other circumstances, we would learn somewhat.

Ave. ..... You would know where and when to call, before your invocations bear witnesses of your readinesse.

Δ. Then they must be written in verbis conceptis, in formal words.

Ave. ..... I — a very easie matter.

Δ. What is the Book you mean that I should write?

Ave. ..... The Book consisteth [1] of Invocation of the names of God, and [2] of the Angels, by * 2.495 the names of God: Their offices are manifest. You did desire to be fed with spoones, and so you are.

Δ. As concerning Bataiva, or Baataivh, I pray you not to be offended though I ask again, what is the truth?

Ave. ..... The word is but of six letters, whereof, one is on the left side, one on the right, two a∣bove, * 2.496 and two under; A and H are put to.

Δ. Sometimes or communiter, A, and in extremis Judiciis H as I was taught before.

Δ. So that the word is Bataiva, or Bataivh.

E. K. I think he be gone; for he made a sign of the crosse toward us, and drew the white Curtain.

Δ. As we sate a while and talked of the Calls received in the holy Language, and not yet Englished, there was a voice.

..... You shall have those Calls in English on Thursday. And so ask me no more questions. * 2.497

Δ. Thanks, honour, and glory, be to our Creator, Redeemer, and Sanctifier, now and ever,

Amen.

Thursday, † Cracoviae, Julii, 5. Manè, hora, 8. ferè.

Oratione dominic a finita aliisque extemporaneis ejaculationibus ad Deum, & repetito promisso ul∣timorum verborum de Angelica interpretatione 14. illarum invocationum, quas à 14 Maii ultimi recepimus, tandem apparuerunt, Gabriel in Cathedra & Nalvage.

Gabriel in his Chair, and Nalvage with the Table, or rather Globe with the letters in it, &c.

Δ. Blessed be our God alwayes, for his mercies: his graces be with us, now and ever.

E. K. Gabriel standeth up.

Gab. ..... Dictum est saepe vobis, perseverate usque ad finem.

Δ. God give us that ability.

Gab. ..... And why is it said so? but because you shall have many temptations and afflictions: after which come consolation and comfort.

If the Smith prove and temper his Gold by fire, his intent is to excell in the work that he hath in hand: that thereby it might be tryed, refined, and made apt, to the end wherein it shall be used: Much more, think you, doth the God of wisdom, forge, try, and beat out, such as he intendeth to use in the execution of his divine and eternal purposes. How therefore can you find fault with the Lord? How can you say, he dealeth not justly with you? when he suffereth you to be proved to the uttermost. If you pay the uttermost farthing, are you not become free? If you feel affliction and temptation, and withstand it, are you not the more pure? the more justified? for the Vineyard and Harvest of the Lord? O yes, my Brethren; for the more the wise man is afflicted, the more he rejoyceth; And the greater his adversity is, the more he prostereth.

Is it not written? No man cometh to the Lord but he is justified, purified, and accepted. Whence therefore (if you seek to come before the Lord, that is to say, to appear, to be blessed) shall your justification or purifying arise? Of your own nature it cannot; for you were born sinners: But by Christ you may: In whom you are justified, through patience, and resisting temptations. True proof, and touch of man: But me thinketh I hear you say, O, if we were rich, or of ability. True it is, for the dust of the earth many men excel you: But in that you speak with God, in us * 2.498 his Angels (that is to say Messagers) you are not onely happy (which happinesse the others want) but you excell all the creatures of the Earth.

O my Brethren, their joy is a bitter-sweet: But the comfort that you have, is eternal, is sweet, and a food for ever. Therefore, if you will be eternal, and in perpetual comfort with joy, despise the world for the worlds sake: and delight in God for his mercies; which if you truly do, Then can no Tempest prevail, no affliction come amisse, nor no burden be too heavy for you: For it is written, Gaudium beatorum est Christus: Cui Mundus omnia mala fecit.

O my Brethren, be contented, and suffer the world: for as Christ in vanquishing her, did prove himself the Son of God: So shall you in resisting her, at last overcome, and be accounted the sons of

God in Christ, of whom you are a follower. John Dee, be of comfort, for thou shalt 〈◊〉〈◊〉. * 2.499

Δ. God be praised therefore.

E. K. And what do you say of me?

Δ. If I prevail, Satan shall not have his will of you: for

Gab. ..... But unto thee [E. K.] saith the Lord, Take heed, how thou meddlest with hell, lest it swallow thee.

Have patience, a time.

E. K. They be gone out of sight.

Δ. In the mean time we read over the premisses twice, to our great comfort.

E. K. Now they be here again,

Now is a Cloud over them, all white like a smoke.

A voice. ..... Move not, for the place is holy — By a great hollow voice.

E. K. Why should it be holy.

Δ. — The Court is, where the King is: So where the Lord is present, the place is accounted holy, and is so.

E. K. Now they be out of the Cloud.

Δ. After this, they made another pause: longer than before.

E. K. When shall we practice Ave his Calls, &c.

Gab. ..... My brother, thou hast least care: Thou drawest both of God and man. That is pro∣mised thee, shall be payed thee; and that which is to come, thou shalt be partaker of * 2.500

[Δ. To E. K. for he hath no care neither for meat, nor drink for him and his, neither is he destitute of 400 Dollers yearly pension, and is to have some help by Art.]

Nal. ..... Say the first word of the Call.

Δ. Sapah It is the fifth, for 4 being Englished. * 2.501

E. K. He holdeth up all his hand, and * 2.502 on his thumb standeth written — and on the fingers orderly very big letters.

There was no word there that fignified Nine, the third word should be E M. * 2.503

Nine	to vanne the earth	Wherefore
mighty	and * 2.504	Hearken unto
in the firmament		my voice,
of waters,	7699	I have talked of you
whom	continual Workmen,
the first	whose courses	and
hath planted	visit with comfort	I move you
a Torment	the earth,	in power and presence,
to the wicked,	and are	whose works
and	in government	shall be * 2.505
a Garland	and	a Song of honour
to the righteous;	continuance	and the praise
giving unto them	as the second	of your God
fiery darts	and the third:	in your Creation.

Nal. ..... That is one.

E. K. Now he plucketh the Curtain over all.

Δ. Because you said that Acam betokening 7699. was to be put in his place: I have viewed and numbred, and I find the words of the Call, more, than the English parcells, by many: For the English parcels are 41, and the Call hath above 50.

A voice. ..... You have OD the fourth word of that Call; The whole Call is placed there, and ought to be the next. Number the words of the next Call.

Δ. So that the next Call ought to have this English. * 2.506

E. K. Now he sheweth again.

Nal.... The mighty sounds	nineteen — * 2.507	whose * 2.508* 2.509
have entered	and	numbers
into the third Angle,	gave them	are as
and	vessels	the first,
	to water	the ends
are become	the earth	and
as Olives	with her Creatures,	the Contents of time.
in the Olive Mount,	and	Therefore, * 2.510
looking with gladnesse	they are	Come ye * 2.511
upon the earth, * 2.512	the brothers	and
and	of the first	obey
	and second,	your Creation,
* 2.513 dwelling in the brightnesse	and	visit us in peace
of the Heavens	the beginning	and comfort,
as	of their own seats,	conclude us
continual comforters,	which	as receivers
unto whom	are garnished	of their mysteries,
I fastened	with continual burning 〈◊〉〈◊〉	for why?
Pillars of gladnesse	69636. * 2.514	Our Lord and Master * 2.515
		is all one.

Nal. ..... That is it that went before.

E. K. Now he draweth the Cur∣tain.

Δ. I understand this to be the English of the fifth Call; and that before of the sixth: the Numbers of the parcels seem to agree. So that we have now the English of the fifth and sixth Call. Thanked be God. E, M, Af. and Peoal, three words which you said we had not, I finde them in the Calls: your meaning perhaps is some other then the common words.

E. K. Now he hath opened again.

A mighty	These * 2.516	upon
Guard	gather up	their hands
of fire,	the Mosse	are
with two edged swords	of the earth,	Marble
flaming,	[as] the rich man	sleeves. * 2.517
which have * 2.518	doth	Happy is he
the Viols	his Treasure,	on whom?
eight	cursed	they frown not:
of wrath	are they	For why?
for two times	whose	the God of righteousnesse
and	iniquities	rejoyceth
a half,	they are,	in them.
whose	in their eyes	Come away,
wings	are	And not
are	Milstones,	your viols.
of Wormwood,	greater	For,
and	then the earth.	the time
of the marrow	And	is such as
of salt	from their mouths	requireth
have setled	runne.	comfort.
their feet	Seas
in the West,	of bloud: * 2.519
and	Their heads * 2.520
are measured	are covered
with their Ministers,	with Diamond,
9996 — That is,	and

E.K. Now he draw∣eth the Curtain.

Δ. As I was comparing the Call to this English, a voyce said.

Nall. ...., It is the next Call.

Δ. I understand it to be the fourth Call, or

E. K. Now he openeth.

The midday the first,	like	Come away.
is as	unto the Harvest	For,
the third Heaven	of a Widow.	the Crowns
made	How many are there	of the Temple,
of Hiacinct pillars	which remain	and * 2.521
26.	in the glory	the Coat
In whom	of the earth,	of him, that is, was, and shall
the Elders	which are,	be Crowned
are	and shall not see	are divided.
become strange,	death untill	Come
which	this house * 2.522	appear
I have prepared	fall,	to the terrour
for my own righteousnesse,	and	of the earth
saith the Lord,	the Dragon	and
whose long continuance	sink.	to our comfort,
shall be	C me away.	and
as Buckles	For,	of such
to the stouping Dragons,	the Thunders	as * 2.523
and	have spoken:	are prepared

E. K. Now he hath covered all again.

Δ. As I was speaking of his diversities, saying, This you have not, and this you have not. A voyce said: Some you have, and some you have not, whether you have, or have not, it is a my∣stery.

E. K. There is a little fire in the stone, going about it like a little Candle.

The Curtain is open, and a great Cloud over them.

Now they appear clear.

The Thunders of Judgement and wrath.

are	of lamentation	of a moment * 2.524
numbred	and	roar
and	weeping,	with an hundred — Torb.
are harboured	laid up	mighty Earth-quakes.
in the North,	for	And
in the 〈◊〉〈◊〉	the earth,	a Thousand — Math.
of an Oak,	that	surges
whose	times	which
branches	5678. * 2.525	rest not [or] labour still,
are	in the 24th.	neither * 2.526
Neasts	parte	know.
22.

E. K. Now cometh a Cloud over them very white like smoke. Now they appear again.

Which	the Thunders	Yea,
burn	any	wo
night	time	be to the earth,
and	here.	for
day.	One rock	th
And	bringeth out * 2.527	her iniquity
vomit out	a thousand —	is,
the heads	even as	was,
of Scorpions,	the heart	and shall be
and	of man	great.
live Sulphur,	doth	Come away.
mingled	his thoughts,	But
with poyson.	wo, wo, wo,	not * 2.528
These be	wo, wo, wo,	your noyses.

E. K. Now the Curtain is drawn again, after a quarter of an hour.

E. K. Now he appeareth.

Nal. ..... Consider by these, whose businesse you have in hand.

O you	of sorrow	3663. * 2.529
that range	binde up	that
in the South,	your girdles,	the Lord
and	and	may be magnified,
are * 2.530	Visit us,	whose name
28.	Bring down	amongst you * 2.531
the Lanterns	your train	is wrath, &c.

..... Here must words in the end of the first Call, follow at Move, &c.

Δ. But this Call, it differeth a little expresly.

Δ. They are the 14 last words, in the holy language thus: Zacar e ca, od zamran, odo ic. Qua, Zorge, lap zirdo Noco Mad, Hoath Jaida.

Another —	spake,	it is measured,
The mighty seat	and	and
groaned,	cried with a loud voyce	it is as
and	Come away	they are
there were	and * 2.532	whose
Thunders	they gathered them∣	Number
5.	O..... selves together	is
which	and * 2.533	31 — Ga.
flew	became	Come away.
into the East,	the house	For
and	of death,	I prepare —
the Eagle	of whom	for you. Gabr. or, have pre∣pared.

Note. Then begin at the first Call, Move, as before.

E. K. Now they appear.

O thou	6739.	the great name
the governour	which weave	Righteousnesse,
of the first flame	the earth	and	— I le mese: Wednes∣ * 2.534
under whose	with drinesse,	the seat	Δ 11 15	day, Julii 11. dixit
wings	which	of Honour	hic deest.
are	know of		Of the first flame. * 2.535

Nal..... Then move as before, &c.

O you sons * 2.536	vexing	the voyce
of fury,	all creatures	of God,
the daughters	of the earth	the promise
of the just,	with age	of him
which	which have	which is called
sit * 2.537	under you * 2.538	amongst you * 2.539
on	1636.	Furie — * 2.540
24	Behold,	—
seats

..... Move, as before.

O you swords	making	and
of the South	men drunken	his power,
which have * 2.541	which are	which
42 — Ux.	empty.	is called
eyes	Behold,	amongst you * 2.542
to stir up	the promise	A bitter sting.
the wrath	of God
of sin,

..... Move, as before, &c.

E. K. Now all is covered.

E. K. Now it is open again.

O thou mighty light,	openest	to the Center
and burning flame of comfort	the glory	of the earth,
which	of God	In whom

the secrets of Truth	is called	not to be measured.
6332	in thy Kingdom	Be thou * 2.543
have	JOY,	a window of comfort * 2.544
their abiding	and	unto me * 2.545
which

..... Move as before. * 2.546

O thou	shalt comfort	separate
second flame,	the Just,	Creatures
the house of Justice	which walkest	great
which	on the earth	art
but	with feet	thou
thy beginning	8763 — * 2.547	in the god of * 2.548
in glory,	that understand	and Conquer.
and	and * 2.549

..... Move, &c.

E. K. They have covered all with the Curtain.

O thou	vexation	whose God * 2.550
third flame,	and hast	is Wrath in Anger.
whose	7336	Gird up
wings	Lamps living	thy loynes
are	going	and
thorns	before thee,	hearken.
to stir up

..... Move, as before, &c.

A voice. ..... Vpon Monday you shall have the rest.

Δ. The God of Hosts be praised, his name extolled, and his verity prevail to the comfort of his Elect. Amen

A voice. ..... The Eternal God blesse you. * 2.551

Δ. Amen, Amen, Amen.

Δ. Upon my considering (immediately) of these Englished Calls, and the Angelical Lan∣guage * 2.552 belonging to them, I find that here are but 13 Englished of the 14 which are in the third Cracovien Volume contained: and here wanteth the English of the third of those 14.

Besides this, you may consider that these English Calls keep this order as followeth: and to make it a more perfect account from the beginning of the first Call of All (being long since Englished, and three more) Then have we 18 Calls, whereof 17 are Englished.

The total summe from the very beginning.	The Numbers of the Third Book, Cracovien.	The Englished Calls of this Book.
6 —	2	— 1
5 —	1	— 2
9 —	5	— 3
8 —	4	— 4
10 —	6	— 5
12 —	8	— 6
11 —	7	— 7
15 —	11	— 8
14 —	10	— 9
13 —	9	— 10 * 2.553
18 —	14	— 11
17 —	13	— 12
16 —	12	— 13

Ergo, there lack yet 30 Calls, for the 30 Aires, &c. (besides the English of the seventh or * 2.554 third, in the third Book contained) and so shall there be 48 Calls: For the first Table, is no Call: Although there be letters gathered, but made into no words; as you may see, be∣fore the first Call of all.

Saturday, Julii 7. Manè hora 6¼ † Cracoviae.

Oratione Dominica finita, aliisque tam ad Deum quam ipsum Ave petitionibus, requirebam Judicium ipsius Ave de meis tam ad Deum quam bonos ejus angelos factis orationibus. Post vix quartam horae partem apparuit.

Ave. ..... If the words or truth of our testimony and message, were, or were contained within the capacity of man, Then might the Devil thrust in himself, and dissemble the Image of Truth: But because it is of Truth, and of him that beareth testimony of himself, it can neither have affinity with the flesh, nor be spoken of in this sense.

Lo, thus, deceitfully, hath the Devil entred into man.

Δ. Blessed be the Lord of all truth.

Ave. ..... Therefore seeing the word is not corruptible, Those that minister the word, cannot dwell in corruption. I speak not this, without a cause, my brethren.

Δ. I pray you to proceed, accordingly, that we may know the cause, if it be your will: or else leaving this Caveat unto us, to proceed to the matter wherein we required your help∣ing hand to correct or confirm, or to do that which is behooful.

Ave. ..... For, which of you have sought the Lord, for the Lord his cause or sake?

Δ. That, God can be judge.

Ave. ..... Or in which of you hath due obedience; either to the word, or unto us that are san∣ctified by the word, been faithfully performed?

Δ. My points of errour, and disobedience I beseech you to Notifie, that I may amend them.

Ave. ..... It may be, you will say, we have laboured, and we have watched, yea we have called on the name of the Lord. What have you done that you ought not to do, yea, a thousand times more?

Δ. We vaunt nothing of any our doings, nor challenge any thing by any perfection of our doings.

Ave. ..... Shall the hireling say, I have laboured hard? or doth the good servant think he merit∣eth his wages? It is not so But you do so; Therefore you are neither worthy of your reward, nor the name of faithful servants.

Δ. No Lord, we challenge nothing upon any merits; but flie unto thy mercy, and that we crave and call for.

Ave. ..... You do wickedly and injustly: yea you credit the Lord, as you do your selves: your faith is the faith of men, and not of the faithful.

Many things have I said unto you from the beginning, (saith the God of Justice) which you have heard, and not believed: But you tempt me, and provoke me; yea you stir me up to be angry with you.

Δ. If thy Anger shall be on us, beside the sorrow of this world, tentations of the feind, &c. Then are we not able to endure.

..... Answer not me, and hear what the Lord saith unto thee: Satan laugheth you to scorn; for he saith unto the Lord, standing before him, Are these they whom thou deliveredst from the * 2.555 perils of the Seas, and from the hands of the wicked, whom the windes were a comfort to, and thy Countenance a Lanthorn? But the Lord seemeth not to hear him: for he knoweth it is true. My brethren, you seek the world more than you seek to perform the will of God: as though God could not rain Gold and Margarits amongst you: As though the breath of God were not able to beat down the whole earth before you. O you faithlesse Creatures: O ye hypocrites in the Vineyard of the Lord: O you unworthy servants of such a Master. Neither unto Abraham, nor unto Noe, nor unto any other Patriarchs or Prophets, hath God done more merciful unto, than unto you. To Abra∣ham he said, When I return at this time of the year, Thou shalt have a son. Vnto Noe he said, Build thee a Ship: Make up the Ark, Thus and thus, it shall be: for the people shall perish.

You remember not that Joseph was sold by his brethren; or if you do, it may be, you think it is a * 2.556 fable: If you think it to be true, Then consider how he escaped the Pit; Consider he was sold, and so became a bondman: But who changed the imagination and sense of his brethren? who (I say) came between their Tyranny and his innocency? What was he that made him free? that brought him before Pharaoh? yes, and that which is more, made him reign over Pharaoh: Was it not the same God, that dealeth with you?

O ye of little faith, and starvelings, withered grasse, and blasted willows: What and if you were in hell, could he not deliver you? If you become bondmen, cannot he make you free? If you be in prison, cannot he deliver you? Cannot he compasse your neck with a chain? But Satan saith, Lo, they say, they have a long Journey: It is necessary that God comfort those that put their trust in him. Euge, O ho O you beggerly starvelings, Hath not the same God, the same Raphael that he had... Yes verily, a thousand a hundred, and a thousand and a hundred thousand thousands that are, and more than Raphael for the help and comfort of the faithful.

When Herod sought to kill the son of God, in that he was man: his Father delivered him not with a mighty wind, nor with beating down of Lords Palaces; but by a dream appeared unto Joseph, saying, flee, Herod seeketh the child his life. Note the manner of his warning, The man∣ner

of his departure: But hear what the Lord said in the end. Return, for he that sought the Child his life, is now dead. Why, I say, you rotten Keeds, worse than the excrements of the Fens, have not you greater warning? Wherefore is it said unto you, Up and be gone, but that the Lord * 2.557 seeth the thoughts of man? even of him which seeketh your destruction; Even of this wicked King which seeketh to destroy Laskie.

Could not the same Lord, consume that wicked monster and seller of his people, (which 〈◊〉〈◊〉 for a time) with the fire of his mouth? Yes, but that he hath given all things a time. Those that are righteous are often times taken away because of temptations that are to come: But the * 2.558 wicked are suffered to continue, because they might be more heavy, and sink deeper: But, (for love) I say unto you, my brethren, Flee the mischiefs that are to come, and go forward in the service of the Highest, that you may enjoy the promises that are made you, and be partakers of the happy dayes to come.

Take heed of whoredom, and the provocations of the flesh. For why? those things that we say, are not without their cause. You have but ten dayes to tarry (if you will follow my counsel) * 2.559 But if you linger any longer, you may drink of a Cup that you would not. Wherefore doth God warn you, but that he would be just with you? Hath he not the whole Earth to serve him? Believe me, by the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 we bear, that the good Angels weep over you; for, as you are particular∣ly called, so have you your particular and unaccustomed temptations. But pray unto God, that * 2.560 you may prevail. Nititur enim, omnibus modis, Sathanas ut vos devoret.

It is said unto you, If you provide for this Journey, &c. That word is as sure as the strong∣est * 2.561 rock in the world. Considering that you were warned by the same Spirit (whereof I speak) being witnesse of himself, and by us, which bear witnesse of him; Give ear, gird up your selves, and be gone: For, even at the very doors, are mischief. After a while I have somewhat else to say unto you.

E. K. He covereth all with the white Curtain.

Δ. We read and considered these premises somewhat diligently.

Δ. Afterward, [Ave] he came again, and (after a pause) said as followeth.

Ave. ..... My brother, I see thou do 〈◊〉〈◊〉 not understand the mystery of this Book, or work thou hast in hand. But I told thee, it was the knowledge that God delivered unto Enoch. I said also, that Enoch * 2.562 〈◊〉〈◊〉 50 dayes. Notwithstanding, that thy labour be not frustrate, and void of fruit, Be it un∣to thee, as thou hast done. * 2.563

Δ. Lord I did the best that I could conceive of it.

Ave. ..... I will tell thee, what the labour of Enoch was for those fifty dayes.

Δ. O Lord I thank thee.

He made, (as thou hast done, thy book) Tables, of Serpasan aud plain stone: as the Angel of * 2.564 the Lord appointed him; saying, tell me (O Lord) the number of the dayes that I shall labour in. It was answered him 50.

Then he groaned within himself, saying, Lord God the Fountain of true wisdom, thou that openest the secrets of thy own self unto man, thou 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 nine imperfection, and my inward darknesse: How can I (therefore) speak unto them that speak not after the voice of man; or worthily call on thy name, considering that my 〈◊◊◊〉〈◊◊◊〉 and fruitlesse, and unknown to my self? Shall the Sands seem to invite the Mountains: or can the small Rivers entertain the wonderful and unknown waves? * 2.565

Can the vessel of fear, fragility, or that is of a determined proportion, lift up himself, heave up his hands, or gather the Sun into his bosom? Lord it cannot be: Lord my imperfection is great: Lord I am lesse than sand: Lord, thy good Angels and Creatures excell me far: our proportion is not alike; our sense agreeth not: N twithstanding I am comforted; For that we have all one God, all one beginning from thee, that we respect thee a Creatour: Therefore will I call upon thy * 2.566 name, and in thee, I will become mighty. Thou shalt light me, and I will become a Seer; I will see thy Creatures, and will magnifie thee amongst them. Those that come unto thee have the same gate, and through the same gate, descend, such as thou sendest. Behold, I offer my house, my labour, my heart and soul, If it will please thy Angels to dwell with me, and I with them; to rejoyce with me, that I may rejoyce with them; to minister unto me, that I may magnifie thy name. Then, lo the Tables (which I have provided, and according to thy will, prepared) I offer unto thee, and unto thy holy Angels, desiring them, in and through thy holy names: That as thou art their light, and comfortest them, so they, in thee will be my light and comfort. Lord they prescribe not laws unto thee, so it is not meet that I prescribe laws unto them: What it pleaseth thee to offer, they receive; So what it pleaseth them to offer unto me, will I also receive. Behold I say (O Lord) If I shall call upon them in thy name, Be it unto me in mercy, as unto the ser∣vant of the Highest. Let them also manifest unto me, How, by what words, and at what time, I shall call them. O Lord, Is there any that measure the heavens, that is mortal? How, there∣fore, * 2.567 can the heavens enter into mans imagination? Thy Creatures are the Glory of thy counte∣nance: Hereby thou glorifiest all things, which Glory excelleth and (O Lord) is far above my understanding. It is great wisdom, to speak and talke according to understanding with

Δ 2.568 Kings: But to command Kings by a subjected commandment, is not wisdom, unlesse it come from thee. Behold Lord, How shall I therefore ascend into the heavens? The air will not carry me, but resi teth my folly, I fall down, for I am of the earth. There∣fore, O thou very Light and true Comfort, that canst, and mayst, and dost command the heavens; Behold 〈◊〉〈◊〉 these Tables unto thee, Command them as it pleaseth thee: and O you Ministers, and true lights of 〈◊〉〈◊〉, Governing this earthly frame, and the elements wherein we live, Do for me as for the servant of the Lord: and unto whom it hath pleased the Lord to talk of you

Behold, Lord, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 hast appointed me 50 times; * 2.569 Thrice 50 times will I lift my hands unto thee. Be it unto 〈◊〉〈◊〉 is 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 thee, and thy holy Miniters. I require nothing but thee, and through thee, and for thy honour and glory: 〈◊〉〈◊〉 I hope I shall be satisfied, and shall not die, (As thou hast promised) 〈◊〉〈◊〉 thou gather the clouds together, and judge all things: when in a moment I shall be changed and dwell with thee for ever.

These words, were thrice a dayes talk betwixt Enoch and God: In the end of 50 dayes, there * 2.570 appeared unto him, which are not now to be manifested nor spoken of: he enjoyed the fruit of God his promise, and received the benefit of his faith. Here may the wise learn wisdom: for what doth man that is not corruptible?

I have not that I may say any more unto you: But believe me, I have said great things unto you: If you will have me hereafter, I will come.

Δ —

..... Consider well my words, and what 1 have now said unto thee: for here thou mayst learn wisdom, and also see what thou hast to do.

Δ. I will, if it please you read over some of these Invitations which I have made and writ∣ten here in this Book.

Ave. ..... You may not use that word Obedientes.

Δ. You spake of a first word to call, and of a second to constrain. Ave. ..... It signifieth, it urgeth them more in God. I have said.

Δ. Note, what is meant by the name of God that was said to constrain, being the second * 2.571 names of two before given.

E. K. He is gone, and all covered with the Curtain.

Δ. All honour, praise, and glory, all thanks and power, is due to our God and King. So be it.

Amen.

Monday, Julii, 9. Manè hora 7. three quarters, † Cracoviae.

Orationibus quibusdam finitis ad Deum & deinde ad Gabrielem & Nalvage, &c.

E. K. As soon as he looked, he found the Stone covered with the white Curtain.

Δ. A pause of a ¼ of an hour: In which space I used sundry ejaculations to God, and his good Angels.

Δ. This day was appointed, we attend therefore your instructions. At length they ap∣peared not, but used a voice.

A voice. ..... This day, but the Sun declining the fourth hour.

Δ. Your meaning is, that at after noon, at 4 of the clock.

The voice. ..... As thou hast written —

Δ. The will of the Highest be done.

Amen.

Monday, A Meridie, hora 4.

Δ. As E. K. was saying to me, that he thought that the Angels might tell the certain day and times of things to come, and that Angels could now fall no more, &c. Of such things touching Angels; suddenly a voice was heard, as followeth.

A voice. ..... Herein will I talk with you, my brethren.

E. K. Gabriel onely appeareth: neither Nalvage nor the Table appeareth. He sitteth in a Chair, and with his fiery Dart.

Gabr. ..... The 〈◊〉〈◊〉 inspired with the Holy Ghost, were assured of the coming of their Messias, of their Christ: But what day, or in what year was not of mans understanding. Christ himself opened unto his Disciples his death, and the manner thereof; but the day and hour he never dis∣closed.

So likewise the Scriptures speak of the coming of Christ, but the day and hour, the Son of * 2.572 man knoweth not. But because in time to come, and for this action, (the message of the highest) And assured, and infallible Doctrine, (in respect that God appointed you no certain time) is neces∣sary. For, for this cause you waver my brethren: and may lose the benefit of God his favour, and mercies. O weaklings examine the Prophets, look into the doing of the Apostles. There alwayes went a promise before the end: But the end was the benefit and fruit of the promise. Some al∣leadge Paul, some Peter, some Daniel: But in this case shall you alleadge the sayings of God, spo∣ken in the spirit of truth by me Gabriel, the servant of the highest. God, for three causes hi∣deth the end, and the very time of his heavenly purposes. As after a little silence you shall short∣ly hear.

E. K. A cloud covereth him.

E. K. Now he appeareth again.

Gab. ..... First, by reason of his own inexplicable Est & non est esse, which is without the circum∣ference, strength, capable vertue, and power of man, his intellectuality, whereby he appeareth to be verily one God, and incomprehensible.

Secondly, because Lucifer with his yea sayers, (damned justly) should never taste of his light, nor understand his secret judgements: which he would, and might do, if they were delivered to mans imagination, and discourse: Because it is within the circumference and compasse of his Creation. Consider of these two.

E. K. Now he is covered in a white Cloud again.

Δ. The first reason, or cause we do not sufficiently understand, or conceive.

Deus est esse, Sanctis Deus.

Non est esse, Impiis Deus.

For, In the judgement day, God in his son, Christ, shall shut up his perpetual and everlasting Ju∣stice, wrath, and anger, with Hell and damnation. Leaving them, and forsaking them, and in no case to be called their 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Fratres [mi] non habebunt Deum. But they shall be without a guide, and without a Centre. Hereby you may understand, Esse & non est esse. To the purpose.

Thirdly, that man firmly perswaded of things spoken of by God above his capacity to come, and unknown, might worthily in the strength of faith, and through the effect of his promises merit his fa∣vour in Christ, and receive eternal salvation, justly before God and his Angels. These are the three causes.

Δ. This last cause, if it would please you to make more plain, it should greatly enform us and confirm us.

..... These are the three onely causes, that the ends of God his determinations are secret.

1. In the first, that God might appear omnipotent.

2. In the second, sealed up in himself from the knowledge of such as have rebelled to their de∣struction.

3. In the third, that man might justly be made worthy of the places prepared for him.

Nalvage is called away, and cannot be in Action with you till Wednesday. Then shall you * 2.573 have the Calls that you look for. And so enter into the knowledge and perfect under∣standing of the 49 Gates and Tables if you will.

Δ. O Lord, thy will and mercy be shewed upon us.

Gab. ..... But understand that it is a labour, the hardest and the last.

Δ. Violenti nihil difficile: God strengthen our will and faith.

Gab. ..... I have nothing else to say unto you. But God be mercifull unto you, and forgive you your sins.

Δ. Amen.

Gab. ..... And that you go hence, make haste.

Δ.

E. K. He is gone.

Δ. Gloria Patri, & filio, & spiritui Sancto sicut erat in principio, & nunc & semper, & in secula seculorum.

Amen.

Wednesday, Julii 11. Mane hora, 6½. Cracoviae. Oratione dominica finita, &c. * 2.574

Δ. We await the promise, which you made us, O Gabriel.

A voyce. Not now, but at the fourth hour, declining as before.

E. K. And why not now as well? * 2.575

A voyce. He that laboureth in his own harvest laboureth when he list: but he that fisheth on the Sea, must be ruled by her course.

Δ. Fiat voluntas Dei.

Wednesday, Julii 11. à Meridie, hora 4.

Δ. At the first looking the Curtain appeared to E. K. his sight.

Δ. When it shall please thee, O God, we are desirous to receive wisdom from thee.

Δ. At six of the Clock appeared a little one, yellow, like a little Childe: his hair fine yel∣low, and a very amiable face.

To avoid reproach, and for the truth of the word I visit you, instead of Nalvage, which cannot * 2.576 come. I am 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Mese, the servant of the highest, which instead of Nalvage, will, and am able to sup∣ply * 2.577 his place.

Δ. So be it in the name of Jesus.

Ilem. ..... Many, and strong are your enemies, both bodily and ghostly: But be you strong, and you shall prevail. * 2.578

Therefore say, what you will have me do.

Δ. That (if it please you) that Nalvage would have done.

The East is a house of Virgins.

Δ. He distinguisheth it not by fingers.

Ile. ..... Well, you shall have fingers.

Singing praises	with ornaments so bright	Move,
amongst	such as	appear,
the flames of first glorie,	work wonders	sing praises
wherein	on all creatures,	unto the Creator,
the Lord	whose	and
hath opened his mouth	Kingdoms	be mighty
and * 2.579	and continuance	amongst us,
they are become	are as the third	for
Twenty eight	and fourth	unto this remembrance
living dwellings,	strong Towers	is given
in whom	and	power,
the strength of man	places of comfort.	and
rejoyceth.	The seat of mercy	our strength
and	and continuance.	waxeth strong
they are apparail'd	O you servants of mercy.	in our comforter.

Ile. ..... Lo, there you have it.

Δ. I pray you to consider of the form of the promise, for we were promised to receive the * 2.580 Calls we looked for, and so to be fit for the 49 Gates, &c. If this you have done, be the performance of those the words of Gabriel, or no, I pray you consider.

Ile. ..... For the thirty Calls, or thirty Call, to morrow at the fourth hour, * 2.581 I will ease you sufficiently.

Δ. I beseech you (if I shall not offend to request it) What is the cause of Gabriel and Nal∣vage their absence?

Ile. ..... Spiritual Contention between Satan and them, and more then man can, or may un∣derstand.

Δ. Then I pray you, why was not this supply sent at the time appointed?

Ile. ..... It is not of God, to think that God is of time. All things are tied unto him, and no∣thing can be separated from him. Notwithstanding, he may separate himself from them. But you * 2.582 shall understand, that these nineteen Calls.

Δ. There are but 18. besides the first to God.

..... There are nineteen besides the first] are the Calls, or entrances into the * 2.583 knowledge of the mystical Tables: Every Table containing one whole leaf, whereunto you need no other circumstances.

1. The first Call beginneth	Ol Sonf.
In English	1 raign.
2. The second beginneth	Adgt.
In English	Can.
3. The Call of the third Table beginneth	Micma.
In English	Behold.

E. K. A white cloud cometh about him, but hideth him not.

Ile. ..... But you must understand that in speaking of the first Table, I speak of the second. So that the second, with you is the first.

4. As this last, behold is the fourth, but with you the third.

〈◊〉〈◊〉. It is the seventh: but the third of the fourteenth.

Ile. ..... It is the Call of the third.

5. The next —	in English is I have set
Otherwise —	O thil.
6. The sixth —	The mighty sounds.
Otherwise —	Saphah.
7. The seventh —	The spirits
	Gah.
8. The eight —	The East
	ROa.

Ilem. ..... Look that, that you call the third.

Δ. It is Raas.

9. The next —	The midday the first
	Basenn lo, or Basemlo.
10. —	A mighty
	Micaoli.
11. —	The Thunders of judgement and wrath
	Coraaxo.

There cometh a white bright Cloud about him.

12. —

The mighty seat

Sai

Ox Cai al.

E. K. Every time he speaketh, he pulleth fire out of his mouth, and casteth it from him.

13. —	O you
	Nonci.
14. —	O you swords
	Napti.

E. K. Now a white Cloud goeth round.

15. —	O you sons
	No Romi.
16. —	O thou the Governour
	Ils Tabaam.

Il. ..... There you lack the third word?

Δ. What is that?

..... Of the first flame, it answereth to L al purt.

You had not the exposition of the third word.

17.	O ye of the second flame.
	Ils 〈◊〉〈◊〉 a purt.
18. —	O thou third flame.
	Ils di al part.
19.	O thou mighty light
	Il micalZo al part.

Thus you have not lost your labour.

E. K. Now he wrappeth the Cloud that was under him about his head.

..... God be with you.

E. K. Saw him go upward.

Δ. Glory be to God, praise and honour for.

Amen.

Thursday, Julii 12. à 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 4. † Cracoviae.

Ocatione Dominica finita, & breviter ad 〈◊〉〈◊〉 quibnsdam dictis.

E. K. The Curtain appeared at the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 looking.

Δ Now in the name of 〈◊〉〈◊〉, as conceining those 30 Calls, or thirty Call, we await your information of Ilemese.

Δ. After divers parcels of our Actions past with Nalvage being read, which were very well of us liked, at length Ilemese appeared: and after he had shewed himself (the Curtain being * 2.584 opened) he drew the Curtain to again.

Δ. I then said three Prayers out of the Psalms, &c.

E. K. Now he standeth as Nalvage used to do, upon the Globe with the rod in his hand: And Gabriel sitteth by.

Δ. In the name of the eternal and everlasting God say on.

E. K. Now the Globe turneth swiftly, and he pointeth to letters thus, with the rod which Nalvage was wont to use.

MADRIIAX	O you heavens	Δ. I think this word wanteth * 2.585 as may appear by Madriax, a∣bout 44 words from the end.
DSPRAF	which dwell	Ds praf.
LIL	In the first air	Lil.
		Kis
CHISMICAOLZ	are mighty	Chis Micáolz.

Gab. ..... Move not, for the place is holy.

Δ. Hallowed be his name, that sanctifieth whatsoever is sanctified.

SAANIR	in the parts	Sa á nir. * 2.586
CAOSGO	of the earth	Ca ós go.
OD
FISIS	and execute	Od fisis.
BALZIZRAS	the judgement	Bal zi zras.
		Ya
IAIDA	of the highest	Ia - i da.
		sa
NONCA	to you	Nonca.
GOHULIM	It is said	Go hú lim.

E. E. There came a black cloud in the air about the Stone, as though it would have hindered E. K. his sight.

Gabr. ..... It behoveth us to do that we do even with present contention against the wicked. Have a little patience.

The curtain is now away again, and they appear again.

		Mikma
MICMA	Behold	Micma. * 2.587

E. K. Now is the curtain plucked to again, and they covered.

ADOIAN	the face	A do i an.
MAD	of your God	Mad.
IAOD	The beginning	I á od.
BLIORB	of Comfort	Bliórb.
SABAOOAONA	whose eyes	Sa ba o o á o na. * 2.588
		Kis s
CHI	are	Chis.

LUCIFTIAS	the brightnesse	Lu cif ti as.
PIRIPSOL	of the heavens,	Pe ripsol.
Δ S	which	Ds.
ABRAASSA	provided	Abraássa
		Nonsf
NONCF	you	Noncf.
NETAAIB	for the government	Ne tá a ib.
CAOSGI	of the earth,	Ca of gi.
OD	and	Od.
TILB	her	Tilb.
ADPHAHT	unspeakable	Ad phaht.

Ile. ..... Read it.

Δ. The English.

Ile. ..... I

DAMPLOZ	variety,	Dám ploz.
TOOAT	furnishing	To ó at.
		Nonsf
NONCF	you	Non cf.
GMICALZOMA	with a power, understanding	Gmi cál zo ma.
LRASD	to dispose	Lrásd
TOFGLO	all things	Tóf glo.
MARB	according	Marb.

[Δ. It follows in Libro Crae. .

LIBRI CRACOVIENSIS MYSTICUS APERTORIUS, Julii, 12. 1584.

PRAETEREA PROOEMIUM MADIMIANUM, Libri primi, Pragensis Caesareique, Anno 1584. Augusti 15. Stilo Novo.

Liber 5. Cracoviensium Mysteriorum Apertorius. Thursday, Julii 12. Anno 1584.

YARRY	to the providence	Yár ry.
ID*UIGO	*O	Δ. Note the wicked power dazeled so the eyes of E. K. that he could not well discern this O, but staying at it a while concluded it to be an V: which afterward, and by and by, he corrected.
	of him that sitteth on the holy Thrana.	Id, ui-go.
		I d oi go.

The Curtain being plucked.

Ile. ..... Have Patience.

Δ. As we were talking of the name of God Idoigo in Enoch his Tables, a voice said.

A voice ..... Where the most force was, the Devil crept most in. Herein the Devil thought to deceive you.

Δ. It must be then I doigo?

OD	and	Od.
TORZULP	rose up	Torzulp.
		Y
IAODAF	in the beginning	Ia ó daf.
GOHOL	saying,	Go hol.
CAOSGA	The earth,	Ca os ga.
TABAORD	let her be 〈◊〉〈◊〉	Ta ba ord.
SAANIR	by her 〈◊〉〈◊〉	Sa á nir.
OD	and	Od.
CHRISTEOS	let 〈◊〉〈◊〉 he	Chris té os.
YRPOIL	division	Yr pó il.
TIOBL	in her,	Ti óbl.
BUSDIRTILB	that the glory of her	Bus dir tilb.

NOALN	May be	No aln.
PAID	alwayes	pa id.
ORSBA	drunken	Ors ba.
OD	and	Od.
		Dodrumni.
DODRMNI	vexed	Dod rm ni.
ZYLNA	in it self.	Zyl na.
ELZAPTILB	Her course,	El zap tilb.
PARMGI	Let it run	Parm gi.
PIRIPSAX	with the Heavens,	Pe rip sax.
OD	and	Od.
TA	as	Ta.
		Kurlst.
QURLST	an handmaid.	Qurlst.
Il. ..... Have patience a little.	E. K.

E. K. Now they are here again.

BOOAPIS	Let her serve them	Booapis.
LNIBM	one season:	Lnib m.
		Chose.
OUCHO	Let it confound	Ov Cho.
SYMP	another,	Symp.
OD	and	Od.
CHRISTEOS	let there be	Chris te os.
AGTOLTORN	no Creature	Ag tol torn.
		Mirk.
MIRC	upon,	Mirc.
Q	or	Q.
TIOBL	within her	Ti ob l.
LEL	the same	Lel.
	..... one and the same.
TON	All	Ton.
PAOMBD	her members	Pa Ombd.
DILZMO	let them differ	Dil zmo.
ASPIAN	in their qualities,	As pi an.

OD	and	Od.
		Long, or short.
CHRISTEOS	Let there be	Chris te os.
AGLTOLTORN	no one Creature	Ag l ter torn.
		Ah.
PARACH	equal	Ach.
		Pa rach.

The wicked spake behinde E. K. * 2.589

ASYMP	with another.	A symp.
CORDZIZ	The reasonable Creatures of the earth, or Man.	Cord ziz.
DODPAL	Let them vex	Dod pal.
OD	and	Od.
FIFALZ	weed out	Fi falz.
LSMNAD	one another.	Ls mnad.

E. K. Now the Curtain is drawn.

A voyce. ..... Read.

Δ. I read it .... ter from the beginning hitherto.

Ile. ..... Whereat doubt you.

Δ. Is it true, that before the Creation of man this kinde of Malediction was pronounced, or when else shall we understand it to have been spoken?

A voyce. ..... True it is that one man weedeth out another. To avoid which fault it is said, and after God the brother as thy self.

One Kingdom riset̄h up against another, the servant against his Master, the wicked son disdain∣eth his father. All which fell upon man when God cursed the earth: For, perfect love was taken from amongst them, and the spirit of malice came amongst them, to the intent they might be alwayes at variance, and one weed out another, and so must be, and shall be unto the end. Answer me, why turned God Adam out into the earth.

Δ. Because he had transgressed the Laws to be kept in Paradise.

..... It is true. Then Adam offending, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 punishment for his offence, in that he was turn∣ed out into the earth. If he had been turned 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to a blessed place, then can you not aptly say he was turned out, for he that is turned out goeth to dishonour: Even so Adam, from innocency through * 2.590 his fall, was turned out to corruption into a prison prepared for him before, if he offended. God (my brother) know he would offend: he knew also how to dishonour him. * 2.591

As Jesus Christ brought all blessednesse, and comfort into the world: So did Adam, ac∣cursed, bring all misery and wretchednesse into the world, and in the same instant, when Adam was expelled; The Lord suffered the earth to be accursed for Adams sake, and then, said the Lord these things, and gave unto the world her time: and placed over her Keepers, Watch-men, and Princes, for years, moneths, and dayes: [I am easie, you may understand my rule.]

Δ. Note, All this was answered by a voyce, as concerning my question, or doubt hereto∣fore expressed.

..... After this, a great pause was used: In which time in my minde, I discoursed of the Ministery Angelical, not all to have been committed to their charge with their Creation, but afterward in di∣vers times, divers offices, both toward God and man.

A voyce. ..... To morrow morning I will meet you here the third hour.

Δ. The third hour after the Sun rising mean you?

A voyce. ..... I.

Δ. Let us hartily thank the Lord and praise him alwayes: His Mercy and Grace be upon us, now and ever.

Amen.

Fryday, Julii 13. Mane hora 7. † Cracoviae.

Δ. Oratione Dominica finita, &c.

Δ. At the first looking, E. K. saw the Curtain usual to appear, and somewhat plighted, and shortly.

A voyce. ..... Read that you have done.

Δ. I read hitherto that was written.

E. K. Now they appear, the Curtain being drawn away: But the round Table, or Globe appeared not.

E. K. Now they have drawn the Curtain over them again.

Δ. Blessed be they that are come in the name of our God, and for his service.

E. K. Now they appear, and the Table, or Globe with them.

Ile. ..... The rest.

Δ. In the name of Jesus, and for his honour.

OD	And	Od.
		Gad.
FARGT	the dwelling places,	Farg t.
BAMS	Let them forget	Bams
OMAOAS	their names,	O ma o as.
CONISBRA	the work of man	Co nis bra.
OD	and	Od.
AUAVOX	his pomp:	A ua vox.
		g dg.
TONUG	Let them be defaced	To nug.
ORSCATBL	his buildings,	Ors cat bl.
NOASMI	let them become	No as mi.
TABGES	Caves	Tab ges.
LEVITHMONG	for 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 of the field	Levith mong.
		Ki.
UNCHI	confound	Un chi.
OMPTILE	her understanding	Omp tilb.
ORS	with darknesse,	Ors.
BAGLE	for why?	Bagle.
MOOOAH	it repenteth me	Mo o Oah.
OLCORDZIZ.	I made man	Ol cord ziz.

LCAPIMAO	one while	L ca pi ma o.
IXOMA XIP	let her be known,	Ix o máx ip.
ODCACOCASB	and another while	Od ca co cash.

Gab. ..... Move not, for the place is holy.

E. K. All is covered.

E. K. Now it is open.

GOSAA	a stranger,	Go sa a.
BAGLEN	because	Baglen.
PII	she is	Pi i.
TIANTA	the bed	Ti án ta.
ABABALOND	of an harlot	A bá ba lond.
		gt, or dgt.
ODFAORGT	and the dwelling place	Od fa orgt.
		lotch, or loch.
TELOCVOVIM	of him that is fallen.	Te lóc vo v im.
		yax
MADRIIAX	O you heavens	Má dri iax.
TORZU	arise,	Tor zu.
OADRIAX	The lower heavens	O ádriax.
		ka.
OROCHA	underneath you	O ró cha.
ABOAPRI	let them serve you,	A bó a pri.
TABAORI	Govern	Tabá o ri.
PRIAZ	those	Priáz.
ARTABAS	that govern,	Ar ta bas.
		dir
ADRPAN	Cast down	A dr pan.
CORSTA	such as	Cor sta.
DOBIX	fall,	Dobix.
YOLCAM	bring forth	Yol cam.

E. K. Now the Curtain is drawn.

PRIAZI	with those	Pri á zi.
ARCOAZIOR	that encrease,	Ar co a zior.
ODQUASB	and destroy	Od quasb.

		dg
QTING	the rotten	Qting.
RIPIR	No place,	Ri pir.
PAAOXT	let it remain	Pa a oxt.
		Kor
SAGACOR	in one number.	Sa gá còr.
VML	Adde	Vml.
OD	and	Pur
PRDZAR	Diminish	Prd zar.
		cúrg
CACRG	until	Ca crg.
AOIVEAE	the Stars	A oi vé a e.
CORMPT	be numbred;	Cormpt.
TORZU	arise,	Tor zu.
ZACAR	Move	Zacar.
ODZAMRAN	and appear	Od zamran.
ASPT	before	Aspt.
SIBSI	the Covenant	Sib si.

E. K. Now he hath drawn the curtain again.

BUTMONA	of his mouth,	But mo na.
DS	which	Ds.
SURZAS	he hath sworn	Sur zas.
TIA	unto us	Tia.
BALTAN	in his Justice.	Baltan.
ODO	Open	Odo.
CICLE	the mysteries	Cicle.
QAA	of your Creation,	Qáa.
OD	and	Od.
OZAZMA	make us	Ozazma.
PLAPLI	partakers	Pla pli.
IADNAMAD	of undefiled knowledge.	Iad na mad.

• The first Aire, is called — Lil.
• The second — Arn.
• The third — Zom.
• 4 — Paz.
• 5 — Lit.
• 6 — Maz.
• 7 — Deo.
• 8 — Zid.
• 9 — Zip.
• 10 — Zax.
• 11 — Ich ik.
• 12 — Loe.
• 13 — Zim.
• 14 — Uta.
• 15 — Oxo.
• 16 — Lea.
• 17 — Tan.
• 18 — Zen.
• 19 — Pop.
• 20 — Chr * 2.592
• 21 — Asp.
• 22 — Lin.
• 23 — Tor.
• 24 — Nia.
• 25 — Uti.
• 26 — Des.
• 27 — Zaa.
• 28 — Bag.
• 29 — Rii.
• 30 — Tex.

There is all —

Now change the name, and the Call is all one. * 2.593

Δ. Blessed be he who onely is alwayes one.

Δ. I take these names to be as primus, secundus, tertius, and to 30.

A voice. ..... Not so, they be the substantial names of the Aires.

Δ. It was said they had no proper names; but were to be called, O thou of the first Aire,

O thou of the second, &c. I pray you reconcile the repugnancy of these two places, as they should seem.

E. K. The Curtain is opened.

E. E. Now Gabriel standeth up.

Gabr. ..... Thus hath God kept promise with you, and hath delivered you the keyes of his store∣houses: wherein you shall find, ( if you enter wisely, humbly, and patiently) Treasures more worth than the frames of the heavens.

But yet is not August come: Notwithstanding the Lord hath kept his promise with you before * 2.594 the time. Therefore, Now examine your Books, Confer one place with another, and learn to be perfect for the practice and entrance.

See that your garments be clean. Herein be not rash: Nor over hasty; For those that are hasty and rash, and are lothsomely apparelled, may knock long before they enter.

There is no other reading of the Book, but the appearing of the Ministers and Creatures of God: which shewing what they are themselves, shew how they are conjoyned in power, and represented formally by those letters.

E. K. Now he taketh the Table, and seemeth to wrap it up to∣gether.

Δ. Seeing I have moved the doubt of their names I pray you to dissolve it.

Gab. ..... You play with me childishly.

Δ. I have done.

Gab. ..... Thinkest thou that we speak any thing that is not true?

Thou shalt never know the mysteries of all things that have been spoken. * 2.595

If you love together, and dwell together, and in one God; Then the self-same God will be mer∣ciful unto you: Which blesse you, comfort you, and strengthen you unto the end. More I would say, but words profit not. God be amongst you.

E. K. Now they both be gone in a great flame of fire upwards.

Δ. Laudibuste celebrabo Domine Deus quoniam non praevaluerunt Inimici mei super me. Domine exercituum clamavi ad te, & tu salvasti me. Convertisti dolorem in gaudium mihi, dissolvisti luctum meum & circumdedisti me laetitia. Misericordias tuas in aeternum cantabo. Notam faciam veritatem tuam in vita mea. Os meum narrabit Justitiam tuam omni tem∣pore beneficia tua: certè non novi numerum. Sed Gratias agam donec mors rapiat, tibi psallam quamdiu fuero. Laudem tui loquetur os meum: & omne vivens celebret nomen tuum Sanctum, in perpetuum & semper. Laudate Dominum, O vos Angeli ejus, potentes vir∣tute facientes jussus ejus, obedientes voci verbi illius. Collaudate Deum Universi exerci∣tus ejus, Ministri ejus qui facitis voluntatem ejus. Omne quòd vivit laudet te Domine, Amen.

1584. Remember that on Saturday, the fourteenth day of July, by the Gregorian Calen∣der, and the fourth day of July, by the old Calender, Rowland my Childe (who was born * 2.596 Anno 1583. January 28. by the old Calender) was extreamly sick about noon, or midday, and by one of the Clock ready to give up the Ghost, or rather lay for dead, and his eyes set and sunck into his head, &c.

I made a vow, if the Lord did foresee him to be his true servant, and so would grant him life, and confirm him his health at this danger, and from this danger I would (during my life) on Saturdayes eat but one meal, &c.

Remember on Wednesday night the eighteenth of July, as I walked alone about nine of the Clock in the evening, in the Chamber before my Study, (above) in divers places of that Chamber appeared flashes of fire, and did not lighten abroad.

Munday, Julii 23. Mane Circiter 8. † Cracoviae. Oratione Dominica finita.

Δ. I read Mapsama his first words of the book to be prepared of 48 leaves to be silvered, and would gladly know what I was now to do. By and by at the first looking into the stone.

E. K. There appeared ten Pikes, all black on the ground in a Cir∣cle as it were, and 1 in the middle, a great Pike, standing up. And Vera, falsis, falsa, seemed to be written in the middle of that Circle, somewhat blacker then all the rest, which seemed to be as new molten Pitch.

A voyce. ..... Qui non in 7. vivant in undecimo.

Δ. I made a short discourse to God of my sincere, and just dealing, hitherto of the book of Enoch, written, of the book to be silvered, how hardly I can get it performed to my content∣ment: (the books being laid on the Table, that of Enoch, and that as it were silvered) &c. I craved therefore the expofition of this dark shew, and as yet nothing pleasant, or plain: My conscience is clear, and I trust in the Lord his mercies.

E. K. After this appeared a man all black, naked all over.

..... O thou that art just, and hast a clear conscience, answer me.

Δ. In the name of Jesus.

..... Who commanded thee to be gone? * 2.597

..... I take the Commandment to have been from God.

..... Thou hast broken the Commandment of God.

Δ. I can in no case yield thereunto.

..... You have dishonoured the Lord: which is just in the bottom of his own breast, and gave you warning, and commanded you to go: which is the Lord of Heaven and Earth.

Δ. O Lord, my first charge was in these words: Thou shalt go from hence with him to the * 2.598 Emperour: It was also said that he should make provision for this one voyage, and for the rest God had provided. So that seeing I was to go with him, and he hath not yet provided (doing what he can) what shall I say, or do?

..... True it is, thou hast had the victory, and thou, and thy Children have tasted mercy. Thou art one of those, that when I command thee to leave nothing with life, yet thou savest the fatlings to of∣fer before him that abhorreth such sacrifice.

Δ. Lord, I know no such act of mine: The Lord be mercifull to me. For when it should come to such a case, God knoweth, I would spare none.

..... O thou just man [shaking his head] thou art become a Saul.

..... Wherefore did God (answer me) take the Kingdom out of Saul his hands?

Δ. It appeareth in the Bible, because obedience was better then sacrifice.

..... Even so, if thou badst been obedient, thy obedience had been regarded. But I say unto * 2.599 thee, the Lord oweth thee nothing for thy labour: he bath payed thee to the uttermost.

As for Lasky, I will give him over to the spirit of errour: and he shall become more poor, so * 2.600 that his own Children shall despise him.

But it shall not come to passe in these dayes. For I will keep my promise with you. You do * 2.601 the Commandment of Princes, and Lords, and Masters: But when the God of Justice (without your desert) entertaineth you, and placeth you, and dwelleth amongst you, (which is able to give you all things) commandeth you to go, and that for your own profit, you think it nothing to offend him.

But true it is, That, Obedience pleaseth the Lord for thererin, his Creatures glorifie him most. * 2.602 All Worship, all Honour, all Love, all Faith, all Hope, all Charity, all the knitting together of the Heavens consisteth in Obedience. For if you had been obedient, the very stones of the earth should have served your necessity. For the Lord will not be found a lyar.

Δ. O Lord, be mercifull to me: I could not do thy Commandment in going without A. Laskie, and him I was not able to cause to goe without provision: And to our judgement he seemeth marvellously to be carefull to make provision: but still he hath hinderance.

..... Thou (hearest thou?) the Lord forgiveth thee: but from henceforth, * 2.603 he commandeth thee that thou open not the secrets and the judgements, which the Lord shall open unto thee of the times to come, unto Laskie.

Δ. I pray you to say somewhat unto us, as concerning this book to be silvered: Else what shall I do, if I have not direction herein, the case being so hard.

..... As concerning the book, when thou art at the end of thy journey it shall be told.

Δ. Misericordias Domini in aeternum Cantabo, Amen. Hallelujah.

Amen.

Tuesday, Julii 31. Mane hora 7. † Cracoviae.

Oratione Dominica finita, & variis ejaculationibus factis tam ad Gabrielem, quam Nalvage, Ave, Mapsama, & Ilemer, quàm maximè ad Deum ipsum pro suo lumine, auxilio & protectione: tam in ipsa actione quàm itinere praesenti, futuro, versus aulam Caesaris.

After a great hour attendance. At length appeared one all naked, black, and about the stone a Circle of black.

He said. ..... Were you not commanded to go after ten dayes?

Δ. It is true.

..... And what followeth?

Δ. I appeal unto the mercy of the highest, for that I have not offended upon wilfulnesse.

..... Say what followeth.

Δ. It followeth that we may drink of a Cup, which we would not, &c. And also we were willed to provide for this journey, which provision onely now is made for us two, and not yet for A. L. himself.

..... Thus sayeth the Lord, I have stretched out my hand, and you have hindred me.

I have brought things unto their course, but you have thrust your selves between.

When I appointed you 10 dayes, did I not also tell you that the earth was mine. * 2.604

Am not I the God of heaven and earth, by whom you breath. The same which also forsaketh not my people in the time of need.

I have opened my wings, but you have refused my cover.

I have brought in madnesse into the house of the unjust, but you have pre∣vented * 2.605 my judgement.

And because you have done so, and have trusted more in the mallices of the world then in my power.

[Δ. Lord we have not done so: to our knowledges.] * 2.606

..... Therefore shall you drink of a Cup that you would not: but it shall not fall in these dayes, but in the dayes to come.

Moreover,

[E. K. The fire cometh out of his mouth as he speaketh.]

..... If you go, it is: if you go not, it also shall be.

[Δ. Make that dark speech plain, for I need you not.]

Δ. We were willed to go, but with this condition, that Laskie should make provision.

..... I have not sealed this sin unto thee [Δ.] but yet I have measured out a plague, and it shall light * 2.607 upon you all. But unto Lasky I have sealed it, and it shall be heavy.

E. K. Doth not A. L. use all the means he can for provision ma∣king.

..... The time shall come when I am, and will appear unto thee in a Vision, and of seven Rods thou shalt chuse one, unto you both I speak: For I will not let passe my dishonour unpunished, neither will I sell my name like an hireling.

Notwithstanding, in the midst of my fury I will be mercifull unto you, when you think I have for∣saken you, then shall the Rod break in pieces.

Δ. Lord deal with us, as we have just cause to put our trust in thee, not onely in the prin∣cipal state of our salvation, but also in this Action.

..... You go: I will not forsake you. And what I have said, that I have said. And it is a living spirit, and shall bear witnesse of it self. For, great is the God of Hosts in power, and in all his works, and words most just.

Δ. Lord, is it thy will that we shall go before this A. L. toward Prage?

..... If you tarry it is, and if you go, it shall be.

Δ. Lord make that plain unto us?

Thus sayeth the Lord, if you tarry, it is because I am, which am strength, and triumph against mine enemies, and so against the enemies of those that put their trust in me: And shall be, because I am just, and because it is.

For, that I am, I am, and my spirit is justice and truth: which before, was, is, and shall be, and after, world without end.

Δ. Lord, shew us the light of thy countenance, and be not wrathfull against us any longer, be a comforter unto us in our journey to be undertaken.

..... Move me not, for I am gone.

E. K. He is gone.

Δ. Misericordia Domini sit super nos, nunc & in sempiterna seculorum secula.

Amen.

ANNO 1584.

On Wednesday the first day of August, at afternoon (hora 3.) we entred on our journey to∣ward Prage, in the Kingdom of Beame, whither we came on thursday sevenight after, by three of the Clock, that is exactly in eight dayes.

We came by Coach, I, E. K. and his brother, and Edmond Hilton, so that we came to Prage Augusti 9. by the new Calender: but by the old July 30. two dayes before August the old Calender.

Miserere Nostri Deus Noster neque in eternum irascaris nobis.

PRAGE 1584.

Augusti 15. Wednesday, we began on the day of the assumption of the blessed Virgin Mary: in the excellent little Stove, or Study of D. Hageck his house lent me, by Bethlem in old Prage. Which Study seemed in times past (Anno 1518.) to have been the Study of some Stu∣dent, or A — skilfull of the holy stone: a name was in divers places of the Study, noted in letters of Gold, and Silver, Simon Baccalaureus Pragensis, and among other things manifold written very fairly in the Study (and very many Hierogliphical Notes Philosophical, in Birds, Fishes, Flowrs, Fruits, Leaves, and six Vessels, as for the Philosophers works) these verses were over the door.

Immortale Decus par gloriaque illi debentur Cujus ab ingenio est discolor hic paries.

And of the Philosophers work (on the South-side of the Study) in three lines, uppermost was this written.

Candida si rubeo mulier nupta sit marito: Mox complectuntur, Complexa concipiuntur. Per se solvuntur, per se quandoque perficiuntur: Vt duo que fuerant, unum in corpore fiant: Sunt duae res primo, Sol cum Luna, tamen in imo, Confice, videbis, fit ab hiis lapis quoque Rebus.

Lunae potentatu, peregit Sol Rebis actu: Sol adit Lunam per medium, rem facit unam. Sol tendit velum, transit per ecliptica Coelum: Currit ubi Luna recurrit hunc denuo sublima. Vt sibi lux detur, in sole quae retinetur. Nec abiit vere, sed vult ipst commanere: illustrans certe de∣functum corpus aperte: Si Rebus scires, quid esset tu reperires. Haec ars est cara, brevis, levis atque rara. Ars nostra est Ludus puero, labor mulierum; scitote omnes filii artis hujus, quod nemo potest colligere fructus nostri Elixiris, nisi per introitum nostri lapidis Elementati, etsi aliam viam quaerit, viam nunquam intrabit nec attinget. Rubigo est Opus, quod fit ex solo auro, dum intraverit in suam humiditatem. And so it ended.

MYSTERIORUM PRAGENSIUM Liber Primus, Caesareusque, Anno 1584. Stylo Novo.

Augusti 15. incoeptus ad Omnipotentis Dei Laudem, Honorem, & Gloriam. Amen.

Δ. FIeri potest, quod anni 1588, & aliorum supputatio, initium suum ha∣bent ab ipsa die Passionis Christi vel Ascensionis in Caelum. Atque * 2.608 hac 〈◊〉〈◊〉, 33, vel 34. anni plures considerari debent: quia tot an∣norum Christus erat tempore suae passionis, vel ascensionis: Addas igitur annis 1588, 34. & inde emergunt anni 1622. acqueiste nume∣rus propius accedit ad tempus annorum diluvii & Arcae, cujus simisitudinem * 2.609 fore circa secundum Christi adventum Scripturae docent:

Vel, cum post creatum Adamum, Anno Mund. 1655, Diluvium Aquae, omnia deleverit viventia: Post Christi, (nostri Adami spiritualis) restitutionem in Caelum, Anno 1655 (qui erit anno 1688.) expectamus Dilu∣vium ignis, quo omnia sunt Immutanda: vel Charitatis & ardoris Christiani magnum futu∣rum specimen.

Non faciet Dominus DEVS verbum, nisi revelaverit Secretum suum ad servos suos, pro∣phetas. Leo rugiet, quis non timebit? Dominus Deus loquucus est: Quis non prophetabit?

Amos, Cap. 3. B.

Nihil mali invenimus in homine isto: Quid si spiritus locutus est ei, aut Angelus? Act. Apost. Cap. 23. C.

Dico enim vobis, quod multi Prophetae, & Reges voluerunt videre, quae vos videtis, & non viderunt: & audire quae auditis, & non audierunt. Lucae 10. E. Matthaei 13. B.

Charissimi, nolite omni Spiritui credere: Sed probate Spiritus si ex Deo sint: quoniam multi pseudoprophetae, exierunt in mundum. In hoc cognoscitur Spiritus Dei. Omnis Spi∣ritus qui confitetur Jesum Christum in carne venisse, ex Deo est, &c. Johannes Epistola 1. Cap. 4. A.

Quisquis confessus fuerit, quoniam Jesus est filius Dei, Deus in eo manet, & ipse in Deo, &c. Cap. eodem C.

Paulus ad Corinthios, Epistola, 1 Cap. 1. b.

Gratias ago Deo meo semper pro vobis, in gratia Dei, quae data est vobis in Christo Jesu, quod in omnibus divites facti estis in illo, in omni verbo & omni scientia (sicut testimonium Christi confirmatum est in vobis) ita ut nihil vobis desit in ulla gracia, Expectantibus revela∣tionem Domini nostri Jesu Christi, qui & confirmabit vos usque in finem sine crimine, in die Ad∣ventus domini nostri Jesu Christi. Fidelis Deus per quem vocati estis in Societatem Filii ejus Jesu Christi Domini nostri, &c. * 2.610

Δ. Noto Revelationem & adventum Christi secundum: deinde confirmationem quae re∣spicit alium adhuc finem temporis: unde de Regno Christi hic in terris, secundum Joannis Apo∣calypsim, videri possit hic locus aliquem praebere gustum, &c.

Paulus ad Corinthios, Epist. 1 cap. 1. D.

Quae stulta sunt mundi, elegit Deus, ut confundat sapientes: & infirma mundi elegit Deus, nt confundat fortia: & ignobilia mundi, & contemptibilia elegit Deus, & ea quae non sunt ut ea quae sunt destrueret, ut non glorietur omnis caro in conspectu ejus. Ex ipso autem vos estis in Christo Jesu, qui factus est nobis sapientia à Deo, & Justicia, & Sanctificatio & Re∣demptio. Ut, quemadmodum scriptum est. Qui gloriatur, in Domino glorietur.

Paulus ad Corinthios, Epist. 1. cap. 2. C.

Nobis autem revelat Dens per Spiritum suum: Spiritus enim omnia scrutatur, etiam pro∣funda Dei, &c. Vide praecedentia & sequentia in eodem capite.

Pragae. Prima Actio, Anno 1584. Wedensday, Augusti 15. Mane horam circiter 9.

Δ. We thanked God for his safe bringing us hither, to the place appointed by him: We desired him to direct us, as the rest of our Action requireth: And thirdly, for the Book with silver leaves, to be prepared, we required instruction, as we were promised.

Anon after E. K. his looking into the Shew-stone, he said, I see a Garland of white Rose∣buds about the border of the Stone: They be well opened, but not full out.

Δ. The great mercies of God be upon us: and we beseech him to increase our faith in him, according to his well liking.

E. K. Amen.

E. K. But while I consider these buds better, they seem rather to be white Lillies.

Δ. The eternal God of his infinite mercies, wipe away our blacknesse and sins, and make us pure, and whiter than Snow.

E. K. They are 72 in number: seeming with their heads (alternatim) * 2.611 one to bend or hang toward me, and another toward you. They seem also to move circularly toward the East: but very slowly. In the middest of this Circle, appeareth a little fire, of the colour of yern, hot; ready to melt: from which fire to every one of the said lillies, is a fiery beam extended; which beam toward the end, is, of more whitish fiery colour, than it is near the center.

A voice. -... E. K. A voice cometh shouting out from the Lillies, saying, Holy, Holy, Holy: and all the lillies are become on fire; and seem to tumble into that fire. And now they appear again distinctly, as before: And the fire remained in the center still: and the emana∣tion of beams, came from it, still to the foresaid lilly buds.

E. K. I hear a sound, as though it were of many waters, poured or streaming down in the clifts of great Rocks and Mountains: The noise is marvellous great, which I hear coming through the Stone: as it were of a thousand water-mills going together.

A voice. ..... Est.

Another voice. ..... Seemeth to pray over, & quo modo est.

A voice. ..... Male & in summo: & mensuratum est.

E. K. I hear a great roaring, as if it were out of a Cloud, over ones head: most perfectly like a thunder.

Another voice. ..... The Seal is broken.

Another ..... Poure out the sixth Violl that the earth may * 2.612 know her self [Viola Sexta.]

These are the dayes of wo, that are spoken of.

E. K. Now I see beyond like a Furnace∣mouth, as big as 4 or 5 Gates of a City. It seemeth to be a quarter of a mile off: out of the Furnace-mouth seemeth a marvellous smoke or smother to come. By it seemeth to be a great Lake of pitch: and it playeth or simpreth, as water doth, when it beginneth to seethe. There standeth by the

pit, a white man, in a white garment tucked up: his face is marvellous fair; he saith very loud.

A white spiritual Creature. ..... Ascend.

E. K. Now there cometh out of the Lake, a thing like a Lion in the hinder parts, and his fore part hath many heads, of divers fashions: and all upon one trunk of a neck. He hath like feathers on his neek. He hath 7 heads: Three on one side, and three on another, and one in the middle: which branch from the neck is longer than the other, and lieth backward to his taile-ward. The white man giveth him a bloody Sword: and he taketh it in his forefoot.

The white man tyeth this Monster his 4 legs with a chain, that he cannot go, but as one shackled, or fettred. Now he giveth the Mon∣ster a great hammer, with a seal at that end where the hammer striketh, and the other is fashioned like a hatchet.

The white man said. ..... A horrible and terrible beast .....

E. K. This the white man said with a loud cry.

A voice out of the little fire. ..... Seal him, for two years of the Seven: For, so long is his power.

The Stars, with the Earth, even to the third part, are given unto thee: The fourth part thou shalt leave untouched.

E. K. The white man taketh the hammer, and striketh him in the forehead of that head which is in the middle, and lieth down backward toward his taile.

E. K. Now all this vision is vanished away. The Stone is clear.

E. K. Now Madimi appeareth, and she seemeth to be bigger than she was.

Madimi. ..... The blessing of God the Father, the Son, and (in the Father and the Son) of the Holy Ghost, in power and comfort rest upon you, take hold of you, and dwell with you, that you may be apt to receive the comfort of my childishnesse? and the reward of such Innocents, as my voice beareth witnesse of. You both, the Spirit of God, salute you: which alwayes comforteth the Just, and is the strength and stay of such as are Elected: of whom it is said, Mittam illis Angelum, in Adjutorium.

Δ. Are you Madimi (in the name of Jesus) that I may so note of you?

Mad. ..... I am Madimi, and of that order, wherein the wonders of God are wrought with * 2.613 power, with you, as my words are: with my self, as my creation is.

Lo, as I have often * 2.614 promised you, so in the time of your necessity and grief, I visit you.

Δ. Thanks be to the Highest.

Mad. ..... Not as the friends of the world do, but as a comforting spirit: exalting the ser∣vants of God, and cherishing them with celestial food: But my mother is at hand, which openeth * 2.615 unto thee, the will of God. Believe me, many are the woes of the world, and great are the sor∣rows that are to come: For the Lord prepareth his Rain-bow, and the witnesses of his account: * 2.616 and will appear in the heavens to finish all things: and the time is not long.

Blessed are those that believe; for faith shall flee from the Earth, and her dwelling places shall be * 2.617 in caves, and unknown mountains, and in parts of the Earth which the Lord hath kept secret for such as shall triumph and rejoyce in the Judgement to come.

1. Wo be to women great with child, for they shall bring forth Monsters.

2. Wo be unto the Kings of the Earth, for they shall be beaten in a Mortar.

3. Wo be unto such as paint themselves, and are like unto the Prince of pride; for they shall drink the blood of their neighbours, and of their own children.

4. Wo be unto the false preachers, yea seven woes be unto them; for they are the teeth of the Beast.

He that hath ears, let him hear. * 2.618

5. Wo be unto the Virgins of the Earth, for they shall disdain their virginity, and they shall be∣come Concubius for Satan, and despise the God of Righteousnesse.

6. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 unto the Merchants of the earth, for they are become abominable: 〈◊〉〈◊〉, they are 〈1 line〉〈1 line〉 the earth, and the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 meat of Kings. But they are foolish: 〈◊〉〈◊〉, they shall fall into the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 that they have digged for others.

7. 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 be vnto the books os the earth, for they are corrupted; and are become a wrasting stock, and * 2.619 firebrand to the conscience.

Stay a season, for my mother cometh.

Δ. We read over the premisses, and so conferred of the verity and weight of them. And all 〈◊〉〈◊〉 while Madimi stood still in E. K. his sight (as E K. told me:) But because we were 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to stay, I moved no question: but 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to have some understanding, how my wife and children (at Craecovia) did. Hereupon Madimi said as followeth.

Mad. ..... Hear what I say unto thee [Δ.] The King of darknesse whetteth his teeth against thee, * 2.620 and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 with great rage to overwhelm the world upon thee: And he seeketh the destruction of thy 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉, and thirdly thy overthrow: The life of thy Children; yea, he tempteth thy wise with 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and to be 〈◊〉〈◊〉 into her self.

Δ. Why with despair?]

..... But his lips are sealed, and his claws made dull: that when he would bite he cannot: And where he 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the bloud follow to not.

But hear what thy friend sayeth unto thee: Both in her self, and by him that moveth her to speak; As thou art the servant of the God of victory, so shalt * 2.621 thou 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in the God of stretchforth and Conquer. Δ. Madzilodarp. * 2.622 Thy wife, thy children, thy servants, and more then that, such as favour thee, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of thy house; are under the protection and defence of such as are of power: against whom, neither the rage of such as raign, neither the fury of Authority (though it hath the help of Satan) can prevail. For why? God hath care over thee: But thy faith is sowewhat lower. Take heed of Satan, he will 〈◊〉〈◊〉 himself unto thee. But beware of him. For, sin, keepeth back * 2.623 the power of God, which is oftentimes deferred for another season: Yea, even for the wickednesse of one Soul.

Lasky, I look for, but I see not: 〈◊〉〈◊〉, I 〈◊〉〈◊〉 my eyes after him, and cannot finde him. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 * 2.624 he hath 〈◊〉〈◊〉 himself behinde some Mountain, or is creft into a Cave: for he appeareth not.

Δ. I beseech you, what is the cause thereof? Is he not gone from Cracovia?

Mad. ..... Sin is the greatest Mountain, and he rejoyceth when he pleaseth himself: and in the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of his flesh Crecpeth into a Cave from us.

Lo, I look for him, and cannot see him, yet see all the world over, It is * 2.625 a sign that God is not with him.

Δ. I beseech you, is he not gone from Cracovia yet?

Mad. ..... I tell thee, I see him not; I can say nothing of him.

Δ. Lord, our coming hither was to come with him.

Mad. ..... Therefore brought I thee hither, that thou shouldst not tarry with him. Knowest thou not that God is marvellous in his works? Hast thou not heard of his secret judgements? If thou hast, Think he hath care over thee.

For also, thy wife and children, and the rest of thy houshold must be moved * 2.626 hither.

Δ. When, I beseech you?

Mad. ..... Let that be my charge to answer thee.

E. K. Now here appeareth a little fire like the same, which appeared before: but it hath no beams from it, as it had before.

Mad. ..... Hic & haec, est Mater mea.

[E. K. Pointing to the fire.]

E. K. She falleth down on her face prostrate: Now she riseth again. * 2.627 This fire entreth into her mouth, she is waxen of higher stature then she was, she hath now three faces. * 2.628

Δ. Now it is the vertue of the Trinity in her so represented.

Mad. ..... I. And I have a few things to say, and I say.

E. K. I hear a marvellous noise, as of many Mountains falling.

Mad. ..... Arise, and believe. The time is come, that of the foolish I will make the wise. And of such as are sinfull men, my anointed: if they encline their ear unto my voyce. * 2.629

E. K. The noyse is marvellous: And which of the mouths doth speak, I cannot discern.

Mad. ..... First, thou shalt write unto Rodulphus, as I shall enspire thee. Then shalt thou go * 2.630 unto him, saying, That the Angel of the Lord hath appeared unto thee. —

[E. K. A great noyse still.]

And rebuketh him for his sins. [I never heard any such noyse: it is as if half the world were rushing down an hill.]

Mad. ..... If he hear thee: Then say unto him, He shall triumph, Fear thee not. * 2.631

If he hear thee not: Say, that, The Lord, the God that made heaven and earth, (under 〈◊〉〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and hath his spirit) putteth his soot against his breast.

[E. K. A great noyse still.]

And 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 him 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 from his seat. * 2.632

Lo, this (I swear unto thee) I will do. If he forskae his wickednesse, and turn unto me: His seat shall be the greatest that ever was, and the Devil shall become his prisoner.

E. K. There came great flashes of fire out of her, and so out of the stone: and suddenly she was in her former shape again.

Δ. In the name of Jesus.

Mad. ..... Where this voyce entreth, no man hath to say: For it is the beginning, so it is likewise the end.

Therefore enquire not any more now, but cease: For this is the mar∣vellous * 2.633 beginning of this last time.

Δ. All thanks, Laud, Honor, Glory, and Empire be to the Eternal, Omnipotent, and our onely God of Heaven and Earth.

Amen.

Thursday, Augusti 16. 1584. Mane, circiter horam 8⅔. † Prage.

Δ. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 finitis, I propounded, as concerning the book to be prepared for the Angelical writing, &c. And because Mapsama had dealt about that point: Therefore I required at God his hands, the Ministery of Mapsama herein: if it were his will.

E. K. Here is Madami.

Δ. Blessed be the God of Heaven and Earth, who regardeth the sincere intent of his sil∣ly ones.

Mad. ..... When seed time is past, who soweth his Corn? Or what is he amongst men that calleth back the Sun a minute? So may it be said of you, which were 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in sowing, and therefore have let passe the benefit of time, wherein your seed might have multiplied. Behold, your labours are in vain, in respect of that you might have received.

..... For August is past with you the first day: And Mapsama wanteth, not by himself, but * 2.634 through your negligence: whose fingers wrought, and made an end of anothers work, which was tied to time.

Nalvage was beaten back from you: But you consider not his conflict, neither thank God for that he hath finished for you: with whom [Nalvage] now, you have no power. For the Receiver and Giver for that time, were of time.

But to the entent that the Heavens may agree, (because they are the light of him, which is the * 2.635 light of his father) I say unto thee that thou must prepare, of fair, and decent paper, a book. To the entent, that the paper it self may bear witnesse against you: and receive that, which should have been printed in Gold.

Δ. God he knoweth, and the Heavens, that I did the best I could, to have had the book silvered.

Mad. ..... It is so: I will bear witnesse with thee. But where the watch-men sleep, and do not their duety: Theft taketh place, and the enemies make havock.

The sins of Lasky are not a few; yea, they are such as have brought in the Prince of Thieves, which had prevailed: But God was watch-man at the inner doors. For, he doubted of thy faith, and laughed God to skorn. But hear the voice of him that sitteth: Leapers and desited people use not to carve at a Kings Table: for when his Carvers become Leapers, they are not: because they are expelled.

Even so into my Chambers, and secret judgements entreth not the Incredulous, Proud, and Skornfull sinners. But because he became worse then a Leaper, I banished him out of my Chambers, for I am more then a King.

Notwith sanding, because I have sworn unto thee for him, I will suffer him * 2.636 to be exalted: But in the midst of his Triumph he shall fall, as a proud Tree doth, whose roots are uncertain.

And because thou hast believed me, and hast not murmured against me, I will be * 2.637 just with thee, And with this Emperour shall be thy aboad. And through thy mouth shall spring a Cedar-Tree, whose top shall touch the Moon, and branches cover the beasts of the field, the birds of the Aire; yea, and a part of the Seas. Because thou hast taken pains for me, I will deal justly with thee, and reward thee.

The sons of wickednesse are proud, because of their promotion; are stout, because of their King∣doms and Tominions: But they must fall, because their building doth stand on * 2.638 sand.

Do my Commandment, be not afraid.

For I have new lessons to teach thee, and new books to open, such as have been sealed in the wil∣dernesse. * 2.639

E. K. She is gone.

Δ. As concerning the Letter to be written unto Rodolphus, O Lord, I would gladly know the Argument, and when I should send it.

A voyce. ..... Incipienti, dabitur.

Δ. I understand this thus: That, when I begin to write it shall be inspired from God, as was said before.

A voyce. ..... Cease.

Δ. Deo Nostro Immortali, Invisibili, & Omnipotenti, sit omnis honor, Laus & Glo∣ria: Nunc & semper.

Amen.

Friday, Augusti 17. Mane. † Pragae.

Δ. Because I would make no delay, for the Letter writing to the Emperour Rodolphus, I framed my self to write, beseeching God that I might so write, as might be sufficient for the purpose, &c. And thus I wrote as followeth.

Omnipotentis Nostri Creatoris (hristianorum omnium Imperatorum faelicissime, O Ru∣dolphe) * 2.640 tam est hominibus incognita illa, quae cuncta disponit perficitque PROVIDEN∣TIA, rataque ipsa rerum series & coordinatio (à primo ad ultimum) quòd à plerisque, te∣merè, 〈◊〉〈◊〉, vel casu, hoc illove evenire modo, existimentur omnia, quae extra praeterve suo∣rum Consilior m 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉, fieri conspiciant. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 quibus est mens 〈◊〉〈◊〉 veritatis lu∣mine collustrara, & ad multiplices longisque intervallis distinctas rerum consecutiones conside∣randas, attention, evidentissimè deprehenden illi quidem, Quae, quibus praecurrisse, tanquam causas, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 necessarias, also priori, & interdum longe diversissimo, tempore, oportue∣rat. Atque ut varietatem nunc omittam exemplorum, (quae, ex aliorum hominum inter se collatis vitis, conditionibus, factisque adferre possim,) Exemplum satis conspicuum hoc uni∣cum fieri possit: Nimirum illa, (incredibilis ferè) quae inter sacram Caesaream Majestatem ve∣stram, & humillimum (in Deo) Mancipium me vestrum (ex multiplicibus utrinque praecur∣rentibus occasionibus) jam quasi instare videtur, In unum (idemque admirandum quid) Com∣binatio, Divinaque conspiratio. Ambiverunt me (Juvenem) Illustrissimi Imperatores duo: Victoriosissimus ille Carolus Quintus, & ejusdem Frater Ferdinandus, vestrae Caesareae Majestatis Magnificentissimus Avus. Hic, Posonii, Hungariae: ille verò, Bruxellae, Brabantiae. Hic, An. 1563. Ille autem, Anno 1549. Ast clementissimum Imperatorem Maximilianum, Caesareae vestrae Ma∣jestatis Patrem (Immortali glora dignum) jam 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Hungariae coronatum Regem, (invitissimo quidem ipso Tyranno Turcico) eodem in Posonio, eodemque, Anno 63. in deliciis habere coepi: 〈◊〉〈◊〉 sque rarissimas virtutes, cum fideliter colere, tum posteritati easdem reddere commendatissi∣mas, opere quodam conabar Hieroglyphico. Quo etiam in labore exantlan∣do, animus mihi 〈◊〉〈◊〉, Austriacae * 2.641 familiae; alium fore aliquando aliq em, in quo maxima mea spes, & 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Christianorum 〈◊〉〈◊〉, Res, con∣firmaretur, (vel 〈◊〉〈◊〉 poterit,) Optima, Maximaque. Vestrae igi∣tur Caesareae Majesti, In peratorum Romanorum (ex Austriacorum Principum nobilissima fami∣lia) mea aetate florentium, QUARTO: Adsum, & ego, Triplicis Alphabeti, litera * 2.642 Quar∣ta. Atque ita 〈◊〉〈◊〉, ut me ipsum ad pedes Caesareae Majestis vestrae demissè osculandos offe∣ram: plurimùm gavisurus, si qua in re, Christianae Reipublicae Imperatori tanto, talique, gra∣tus, utilisve esse potero.

Vestrae sacrae Caesareae Majestati, soli, si haec aliquandi u constare patiemini (neminique detegere velitis) rem facietis valde necessariam.

Superscriptio erat haec.

Screnissimo ac potentissimo Principi ac Domino Do∣mino Rudolpho, Dei Gratia Romanorum Imperato∣ri semper Augusto, ac Germaniae, Hungariae, Bohe∣miae, &c. Regi, Archiduci Austriae, Duci Burgun∣diae Stiriae Carinthiae, &c. Comiti Tyrolis, &c. Domino meo clementissimo.

Pragae, An. 1584. Augusti 17. Caesareae Majestis Vestrae Humillimus & fidelissimus Clientulus

Joannes Dee.

Monday, † Pragae, Augusti 20. Mane circa horam 7.

Δ. Precibus ad Deum fusis, ex more nostro, &c.

1. I propounded: If the letter written for Rodolphus, were as it should be?

2. Secondly, because we were willed to invite the good Angels, for the book writting, I asked how we should invite them?

3. As concerning our wives, and my familly sending for: I required, when that should be done?

Δ. Quickly apparition was made.

E. K. Here is Vriel.

Δ. Welcome be the light of the Highest.

VRIEL. ..... Wo be unto the world: for her light is taken away. Wo, wo be unto man, for the eye of light hath for saken him. Wo, wo be to the understanding of man, for it is led out, with a threefold spirit, * 2.643 the spirit of errour and ignorance. And wo be unto such as believe not the glorious and supereminent light of this Testimony: for they are not written with the life, neither shall their portion be with the living.

Thus saith he that is a mere stone, ( which sitteth between the seat of light and darknesse) whose wings are great, and more than mighty: wherewith he gathereth the Stars, and the powers that hang upon the firmament of the first and lesser light: placing them and powering them, in the Spi∣rit of Truth; and through his own power, the power of the word, whereby all things are, and are comprehended: in that he is as well in the heavens of Glory, Chastity, and Message, as also in * 2.644 places unknown to us.

Behold, those that dig into Nature with dull Mattocks, and dull Spades, are such, as of every congeled substance can imagin, but not judge: are foolish, and of the world: whose imaginations, are become the instruments of vanity, and the piercers of him which is the father of ignorance. Wo be unto them, for their disputations and doctrines, are dogma's and dull. Wo, wo unto them, for they are such as please themselves, and are become fathers to many lewd children: of whom it is written, They are become stiff-necked and proud, and the followers of their father. Therefore have I gathered my self together, and am hidden from them; because they are proud and haters of inno∣cency. These teach not unto you a doctrine, neither are you partakers of their Bankets; for the Spirit of God, is plain, pure, and most perfect. These breath not upon you, neither are the Orna∣ments of your Garlands enterlaced by these: But by him are you lifted up, that is the God of Justice, and the Discloser of his own secrets: and the headlong drawer of things to an end. * 2.645

Therefore believe, and dream not with the world: For the world shall perish, and all her ad∣herents: and shall be cast into the pit of wo everlasting. Read the Scriptures, and understand them: but wrast them not, with the wicked. Look into the simplicity, and nakednesse of God his Promise.: View the innocency of some that received them, And let not the wickednesse of those that the Lord made vertuous, go out of your remembrance. But so Triumpheth true power, so ga∣thereth he himself together to discomfort the Serpent: Of the lightest he maketh the heaviest, and of the weakest the strongest: And in the weakest vessels, worketh he his mercy. And why? Behold, lest the world, in her proud imaginations, in the ornaments of her pearls, and most pretious wits, should brag, saying, I can compare with the Lord. Hear my voice, for it is of God. The world bringeth forth no good thing, neither are the doings of man accepted; but where the spirit of humi∣lity * 2.646 dwelleth. Out of the depth of darknesse, hath God made light: And lo, the light is great, and the darknesse comprehendeth it not. So, in the weakest will he be exalted.

The Spirit that speaketh unto you, is he that hath a Tower to build, a strong Tower and a mighty; yea such a one, as hath not been from the beginning: No, not from the beginning. Great is the foun∣dation * 2.647 thereof; for, it is of Iron; But greater are her walls; for they are of Diamond. Most great are her Turrets; for they are the seven Heads, that behold, judge, and gather: And they are made of Truth, the Spirit of Eternity. Vnto the laying of every stone, are you made privy, * 2.648 And for this Tower are you provided.

1. For lo, the first hath appeared, and shewed himself mightily. * 2.649

2. And the second hath redeemed, and overcome Satan.

3. And lo, the third appeareth, and shall visibly shew the power of God to all Nations.

For Now cometh the Desolation of the World, And the fall of her pride. And this is the last * 2.650 Rod that measureth, and shall be broken: For it is said, Now will I hear you from un∣der the Altar, Now will I revenge the blood of your brethren.

O you ignorant, and of weak faith: Know you not the times that are to come? O you that spit out the meat of comfort: yea when it is put lovingly into your mouths. Why are you sorrowfull? Why rejoyce you not, that the God of Justice is girded, and hath whetted his sword, upon a thousand thousand Mountains of fire? Why laugh you not the world to scorn? and deride her fornication? weep not upon her; for she is accursed: Neither wonder at her; for she will be more wonderful.

You have received this Doctrine in Chambers, and in secret * 2.651 places: But it shall stand in the great City: and upon 7 Hills, and shall establish her self in truth: Purifie the walls, and sweep out the dust and cobwebs (the works of the venemous) that it may be cast into the River, and brought into no remembrance.

Yea, it shall sit in * 2.652 Josaphat, in Judgement, against the wicked, and shall become a fire engendred in the cave of Thun∣ders. Therefore, When you are commanded, lift up your heads, and † 2.653 fear not: for whom, the Heavens shall fight.

But in your selves be patient, and continue to the end: That your Crowns may exceed the Gar∣lands of the Earth.

Thus saith the Lord, Lo, I have promised thee, that my An∣gel shall † 2.654 visit thee: And so it shall be. But if I now visit thee, Thus will the world say hereafter; Lo, he hath fained a Doctrine for himself. Lo he excelleth in subtilty. When I gave my laws, they were not secret; neither was the place unsanctified. When the Comforter cometh, girdeth himself a∣gainst the son of * 2.655 wickednesse; Then must you be known, and seen unto the Earth.

But I will give thee the choice: Chuse therefore, whether thou wilt banket Now: because I have * 2.656 promised thee: Or tarry, till I see the time more convenient; For lo, if Rodolph, hearken unto my voice, He shall wonder, and rejoyce with thee: And I will exalt him, above the Kings of earth.

Stay a while: I come again.

Δ. After he had stayed a while, and read over the premisses, and talked of the manner of the Choice or Election offered: and the dealing with Rudolph: we thought good to be∣seech God to regard his promise, for his glory and honour, and we most humbly to thank him that he would offer a choice to me a man of no worthinesse, nor wisdom: therefore most desirous to be entred speedily into the School of Wisdom, wherein we might grow, and attend the oppor∣tunities of any thing to be done or said by us; So that (if it were his will) we were, and are desirous now to be visited, as his most merciful promise importeth.

E. K. Now Vriel is here; he hath a Chair, and is set down in it: * 2.657 It is like a Throne..

Here I see a green Hill: and I see thereon three men, like learned men, in Gowns of puke-colour: they have Hats on their heads. Vriel hath in his hand a thing like a rolling-pin (of half an ell long) of Gold.

I see beyond the men, a very fair Park, enclosed with pale, piked, &c. * 2.658 I see Roses and Lillies, and goodly Flowers in one part of it, and fair running waters in it, and little Hills, and all manner of Birds: And in the middle of the Park, is a turret, and in the top of that, a round thing like a Stone, which giveth light all the Park over: but without the Park pale, it is duskish or dark. These three men stand together upon the pitch of the bank of the Hill that goeth down toward Vriel.

There appear three diverse fair wayes to the Park, two from the Hill where the men stand, and one from the place about Vriel.

1. I see one man walk in the Park, und he picketh Flowers, and put∣ting them to his mouth, they smoke, as the smoke of the snuff of a candel when the candle is put out.

2. I see likewise another man gathering of Flowers there, and he would put the Flowers to make them stick on his Coat, but they will not hang on but fall down, it is so bare.

3. I see a third man, who hath his Robes all belayed with lace of gold, great and small, and divers pretious Stones, and on his head a wreath like a Garland, very broad beset with very beautiful pretious Stones: and he trimmeth himself all over with the flowers of the Park

or Garden, Now the three men are come from the Hill, before Vriel his seat.

..... I most humbly beseech you that I may have accesse into the Garden of Comfort. * 2.659

Uriel. ..... You shall: I am contented.

E. K. Now they three go toward the Garden of Comfort: they point one to another, and seem to talke one with another. They go in the path which leadeth from him [Vriel] toward the Park.

Uriel. ..... These are Wise men, for they shall escape the danger of the [Δ] first and the second, * 2.660 and shall live as the [Δ] third in comfort and pleasure: For behold, Those which have entred, and now shall enter, have deserved their reward.

But some there be that enter, and respect not the end; and such shall they be as he is, which defileth the flowers.

E. K. Now here cometh a man from the Park-ward, and meeteth those three men, and giveth them three very rich garments: they put∣off their former garments, and put on those rich and beautiful gar∣ments.

Uriel. ..... Othersome there be, and go the middle way, because it is the next and straightest, * 2.661 and those be such as enter with their own ornaments, which are very poor and bare, and upon whose garments can hang no pleasure.

Some there are that enter [1] from me (for without me none entreth into that Garden) and * 2.662 because I am the light of him that lighteth by Creation, therefore is there a way perfect, and bear∣eth testimony from me, whereby they are thought worthy, and are [2] apparelled for that place of pleasure, and so worthily enter.

Lo they enrich themselves, being made rich with the beauty of so pleasant flowers: and they al∣wayes drink of the water of wisdom to their comfort and continuance. Blessed is be that so entreth.

[illustration]

Three men The Garden of Comfort and Wisdom.

all worthy to enter: but onely one hath the proper testimony, &c.

Three men going to Uriel from this Hill

worthy to enter with Testimony.

Uriel sitting in his Throne.

1. He that defileth the flowers, was worthy to enter into our Garden: but because he came not * 2.663 hither to my Throne, and so took the way descending from the Hill, [to 〈◊〉〈◊〉] and brought into the Garden of Wisdom, his worldly apparel; which, lo, is alwayes as a mist between him and true wisdom, yet he thinketh himself satisfied.

2. He whose coat is bare, was also worthy: But because he thought himself worthy, and visited not my seat, he took the middle way, where are no ornaments: Therefore he brought in his own nakednesse which is so thredbare, that the flowers fall off it, as from a marble stone, and the waters glideth of it, as from the back of a Falcon.

Behold, I sit: happy are those, that come unto me.

Lo, you see, you may become wise; with the [1] Cloudy, wise with the [2] bare; and wise with * 2.664 those that are [3] advanced; and dwell in true wisdom.

The Gate that thou shalt enter into, is a fire of fury, and of revenge: * 2.665

But be it unto thee, as thy Election is. Even from the beginning, nakedly.

Rudolph, the manner of Gods visitation: Shew unto him the holy Vision: for I will make thee un∣to * 2.666 him an hand, an arm, yea an half body. Yea I will be merciful unto him, and seal him for my self: and he shall be thy comfort. I will put my fear into him, and he shall be afraid to sin, and he shall become a rod to those that are sinful.

Happy are those, whose works are a hope; and whose faith deserveth the aid of my light. This is of God, and I am the finger. Happy are those that are directed by me. For, in me is the true path and light of direction.

E. K. He is gone.

Δ. As concerning this Gate (lastly spoken of) whereinto I must enter, that it is a fire of 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and of revenge: O Lord, I am afraid, if that phrase be of any displeasure to me: for I referred my Election to the will of God, as was for his honour and glory to be granted: And I have long made Petition to God for your help, and I desire nothing that should make the highest of∣fended with me. But perhaps the service of God wherein I am to serve him now, (with his Talent of wisdom to be imparted to me) consisteth in the execution of the Justice of God, with a furious and revenging fire, as under the Altar they lie, and cry for, &c. * 2.667

..... Thou hast said —

Δ. All Laud, Honor, and praise be unto the Almighty, wise, and our most mercifull God: now, and ever.

Amen.

Tuesday, 21. Augusti: Ante Meridiem horam Circiter 9. † Pragae. Precibus finitis, & invito Vriele ut nos illuminaret, dirigeret, consolaretur, &c.

E. K. Vriel is here, and about his head at a little distance, is a bright part of a Circle like a Rain-bow, &c.

Δ. We propounded unto you yesterday (O you faithfull messager of the highest) as con∣cerning this letter, how it is liked: when it is to be sent, and by whom, &c.

Uriel. ..... O earth, how great a Monster art thou, and how great is thy wickednesse, which makest * 2.668 dull mans capacity, and carriest him away into an obscure and rash sense? Not without a cause art thou hated with the highest; yea, not without a cause are thy Garments made short.

My brethren, how long will you be grievous to the Lord, how long (I say) will you be without un∣derstanding.

O, how long will you consider your own commodities, and neglect the harvest of the Lord?

[Δ. I understand nothing of the occasion of these speeches.]

Uriel. ..... But behold, for you have chosen unto your selves a visitation, and have broken the visitation of the Lord. * 2.669

For when you were commanded you went not, and unto your selves you chuse dayes for ad∣vantage: Well, I say, Take your choice and become wise: for I am ready to deliver. I say, prepare your selves, and be ready: But I fear me, (yea, I know it) that you will become * 2.670 foggy and misty. Notwithstanding thus sayeth the Lord: Since you will become wise, Chastise your self for a few dayes, and abstain, and you shall see that I am a God that can visit, and mightily: I am not man, that my promises may not be, neither speak I of any thing that liveth not, for I am * 2.671 light, and the breath of understanding. Because you have followed my Commandments (yet some of you obstinately, and rather, as reprehenders then obedient servants) I will put a snaf∣fle unto Satan, and unto his Ministers, and thou shalt sit in judgement against the wicked: For I will multiply thee, and thy houshold: And of thy seed; yea, even of thy seed, will I finder out a Camber, a 2.672 and will root out a people, which I have long favoured. And for this cause spared * 2.673 I him unto thee, for unto him that loveth me, will I be a just rewarder. The branches of the wicked do I cut off, and make worse then the Asses dung: But unto the faithfull will I send honour, and a Crown of rejoycing.

Hui, who is he, that I cannot reward him? Or where dwellest thou, (in Heaven, or in Earth) that art, and rejoycest not by me? If thou follow my Commandments, and I once begin to love thee?

I have told thee that I will place thee here.

[Δ. In this Citie.] * 2.674

Uriel. ..... Not as a Citizen, but as an owner of ma∣ny houses. But take heed, thou be be just to me, and do what I command thee.

Δ. Lord thou knowest my heart, help, and supply my wants.

Uriel. ..... Behold, the Corn is not ripe, neither are the Grapes red, nor the Sun hath not yet sea∣soned * 2.675 them; Therefore, yet, need I not Stewards, but Overseers: And as yet, Laborers are to me as shadows. Because, not yet, no, not yet is the time of my visitation: therefore he that bring∣eth his Syckle now, must not reap for me, but must rejoyce in himself. Happy is he that tarrieth the Lord, least afterward the doors be shut, and the feast at an end. All wisdom (and scien∣ces

comprehended in wisdom) that worketh for himself, is of the world: But the wisdom that I give, I give openly, and without reproach: that I also rejoyoing in the wisdom 〈◊〉〈◊〉 be gl rified, and ex∣alted with a Diademe of honour. When Sodom cried for vengeance, had I it not ready? Could not I from heaven have consumed them with the breath of my own mouth? I, in my self know it, and am witnesse: But lo, in the pride of their filthinesse I had regard to time: And (that it might * 2.676 be known to all Nations) licensed my Angels, and gave them power: And lo, then made a promise * 2.677 unto all Nations that they should be blessed in Abraham: even the same moneth that I destroyed the So∣domites. These things did I, as unto Noe: and unto Seth, whom I l ved: I made them privy of time to come, and opened unto them my judgements: because the world should be justly condemned. After the same manner made I a promise unto you: Lo, after the same manner have I called you * 2.678 to counsel. But you have chosen the lowest, and have refused the highest places, and have regarded your own comforts, and not my visitation. I commanded thee not to go into the woods, and to fetter Wolves: neither to saw the Tygers teeth. I delivered you not unto the wicked, neither suffered I them to rejoyce over you: But I have brought you from death, and from the dayes of lamentation, and have dealt with you as faithfull brethren do in their divisions: Not that I forget my self, but that I would be magnified, and that you might see your wildnesse, and naked rashnesse: Many are there upon the earth, which would have burst with gladnesse, and have rent their Garments in pieces. If I had touched them with the least of these Counsels (so I call them, because they are my secrets) Is it not sufficient that I have brought you [Δ 2.679.] hither fafe? Have promised you a sure help?

Lo, you wrast me, for what is he of the world, to whom I shall confirm letters?

[Δ. This is spoken in respect of God his judgement required of the letter.]

They grieve me, because they are the doings of man: O man, let man answer unto thee, and let it suffice thee, that the mark whereat thou shootest is in my hand.

My work is not a work of hours nor dayes. But when I command, do speedily. When the * 2.680 Thunders fall from Heaven, and burn up the Earth, scale her face, and leave her naked. Then, Then, will you believe.

Behold, He that is a man, being new born, is accounted a Monster.

Is it not written? Lo, the Lord looked from heaven in his visitation, and in the midday, and groaned upon her, for she had vexed him. Happy is he that is ready when he visiteth: That which I command, let it be done. For when the Kings of the earth, say, do this: They play not also the parts of their servants and subjects, but lo, it is done. Suffer me (I pray yo) to have that fa∣vour.

Δ. Deo Nostro Misericordi, Pio, & Justo, sit omnis Honor, Laus & Gloria.

Amen.

Tuesday, 21 Augusti. † Pragae.

After Dinner as we [E. K. and Δ.] were in my Study, and conferring of my choise, and very sorry that we had made our choise not of the best: E. K. saw Vriel in the stone, which yet stood unput up: and said, he had seen him there ever since we began: So coming to the stone he said as followeth.

Uriel. ..... Murmur not amongst your selves: But rejoyce and be glad, and sound into the greatnesse of Gods mercies, which beareth all your weaknesse, and leadeth you through the foggy and perilous mists of your daily temptations even by the hand: And now, not onely giveth, but also exhorteth. I speak with you as a man. Yea, let me speak with you as a man: You are opprest with sin, and with the world, and are not yet apt for the visitation of God. * 2.681

My brethren, God hath dealt mercifully with you, hath opened unto you these three wayes de∣sirous

Δ. In malevolam animam non introibit sapientia, nec habitabit in corpore subdito peccatis, Ecclesiastes, cap. 1.

[E. K. He speaketh other language, I understand not.]

..... That one of you might have entred into the highest Gate. * 2.682 And why? Because the workman might be able, and correspon∣dent unto the work, and time (of the Lord) to come. God hath done may great things for you: but you will not see them. Tar∣ry awhile till I come again.

E. E. He is gone beyond a thing like a Hill.

Δ. After half a quarter of an hour he came again.

E. K. He hath a pair of Tables in his hand, made as of white bone: and therein are many names written orderly, one under another.

E. K. If I thought this to be of God, and this to be Vriel indeed, it were another matter: but their too much familiarity maketh me doubt.

Δ. The old saying is true in you, Nimia familiaritas parit contemptum.

Uriel. ..... Believe me, by Heaven and Earth, I am true Uriel.

E. K. He hath another Book holden unto him, by one standing by him, who is like a shadow.

Uriel. ..... Give ear, say and chuse: for after this time, there is no choice. * 2.683

Dee, thy age and continuance in this world, in flesh, according to the finger, and second pro∣portion, which you call Nature, is 73 years and a half: and here it is [Δ. pointing to the other Book.]

E. K. He that is like a shadow openeth the Book; it seeming to be of yern or steel. In which Book appeareth divers names, as Bamasan, Corsax, Tohomaphala, &c.

[Δ. They seemed to be the names of good Angels proper to peculiar men.]

Uriel. ..... Thou [E. K.] dost more than thou art commanded. Yet, cease a while.

[Δ. Because he [E. K.] read these names.

E. K. He spreadeth a thing like a Cloud before them.

E. K. Now he appeareth again, and the other with him.

E. K. Sudsamna appeareth in the Book, and against it 46. * 2.684

Uriel. ..... So much shalt thou [E. K.] live by nature, and die violently.

E. K. Now he is covered again.

E. K. Now he is here again.

E. K. Aflafben standeth written in that Book, and 73 with a prick over the upper part of the figure 3.

E. K. The Book is very big and full of names, and numbers against them: the leaves are very thin.

E. K. Now Vriel openeth his book himself; And there appeareth * 2.685 against Aflafben, 122. And against Sudsamna appeareth 87.

Uriel. ..... Beyond the which, you cannot: Notwithstanding this life, is alwayes given by God, or at the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of some one, or mo, of us his Angels. The other is natural: not∣withstanding is shortened through the sin of man. I am a witness to my self, that these books and words are true.

E. K. Now he is in his Cloud again.

Δ. After a while, they appeared again, as before.

E. K. They look very gravely on their books.

Uriel. ..... Behold my brethren, God is ready to open his merciful store-houses and gates of un∣derstanding unto you: But he that liveth for himself, and for the end of this shadow, limiteth his wisdom with this number: and shall both have an end at once: But he that turneth him to * 2.686 the wall, and weepeth bitterly, shall enter into this Book: But he must not build his own house, but an house for the Lord; Neither must he be visited by the challenge of promise, but by the meer mercy and good will of God, and at his pleasure and appointment: He that hath under∣standing let him hear.

Behold, This his pen, is a pen of Steel; But that that I raze withal, is of Gold, and a piercing In∣strument. If therefore your visitation shall be after to * 2.687 morrow, and that you covet to build (because you are men) Then give your names unto the yern: But if you will remember the Lord, * 2.688 and adde any thing unto his building, faithfully, Then vow your names unto me, In the name of him which created you. After this time, there is no choice.

Therefore, consider; for, never before, (but once) was this mystery, and mercy of God opened * 2.689 unto man.

E. K. Now he hath drawn the Cloud to him.

Δ. I am not able (O Lord) to give thee condigne thanks for these mercies: But thy will be done: Not as we will, nor as we have rashly and blindly (before) chosen: But this is our choice, to be thy servants all the dayes of our life; and we desire not long life so much, as the favour which addeth those dayes, wherein our faith may be fruitful through thy gra∣ces abounding in us. I renounce my former choice, I challenge no promise: But require thee, O God, of thy fatherly goodnesse to be my light, director, staff, strength, defence, and comfort, now and ever, Amen. * 2.690

Uriel. ..... Alwayes call unto me for the Testimony and witnesse of the promise of God, and the remembrance of this day.

E. K. He hath written after the * 2.691 numbers in his own Book, Est, Est.

Δ. Ad laudem, gloriam, & honorem Dei, Esto, Esto. * 2.692

Uriel. ..... Now deai with Rodolph. and be not slack: for until thou have talked with * 2.693 him, I appear no more.

Thy haste, shall prevent the slander of wicked tongues, whom Satan hath already stirred up against thee.

Δ. I understand of none.

Uriel. ..... It is best thou understand it not at all.

E. K. He putteth a Cloud over all the Stone, like a white wrink'ed Curtain: and so disappeareth.

Δ. But though you appear not, yet of Madimi I may require answer, to know when my wife and children are to be sent for, &c.

E. K. There is no answer given.

Δ. Fiat voluntas Dei, juxta illius beneplacitum: cui omnis laus gloria & gratiarum Actio, nunc & in omne aevum. Amen.

Δ. I received letters from my wife, that she and her children are well. God have the praise and thanks therefore.

Amen.

Friday, Augusti, 24. à Meridie. Pragae.

Being willed to deal with Rodolphus, first by letter, and then by speech: I thought good to send the Letter before written, for the Emperour; by the Noble Don 〈◊〉〈◊〉 de St. Clemente, the King of Spain his Praefectus Negotiorum with this Emperour: and thereupon by Emericus 〈◊〉〈◊〉, the Lord Laskie his Secretary, I wrote this to the aforesaid Don Clemente, and sent it this Bartholomew Day.

EA est hominum in terris conditio (Nobilissime vir) ut sibi soli nullus natus esse videatur: Immò neque sibi ullus omnia sponce nascenria, vel ultro ab aliis oblata, quae sibi maximè sunt necessaria recipiat. Mucuae inde hominum emerserunt societates, mutuae amicitiae, mutuae operae, Mutua dona, Rerum commutatio, & emptionis, rerumque venditionis contra∣ctus: Aliique diversi hominum existunt status, unde hominum inter homines, & cum homi∣nibus multiplicia procurantur officia, commerciaque. Neque omnium istorum, sola est utilitas vel (quae 〈◊〉〈◊〉) voluptas, scopus ille, vel finis, quem attingere conantur & student: Sed aliud aliquibus, est propositum quod Divinius quidem est, quod virtutem vel Honestatem no∣minare possumus; quae caelitus 〈◊〉〈◊〉, hominum informet mentes & orner, sibique coaptet: Adeo ut sedibus illas reddat celestibus dignas. Illud, illud, ergo est Illustrissime vir quod excellentiam vestram tam mihi pridie reddid 〈◊〉〈◊〉, benignam & perhumanam; Illud est quod vestram refricabit memoriam, & vestrum insigniter acuet ingenium, in Causa mea, suae Caesareae Majesti tam proponenda, quam commendanda: eoque tractanda modo, quo illa tractari Arcana debeant, quae a paucis credantur, & a paucioribus intelligantur: verissima licet sint, & ex sese utilissima. Quo citiùs Caesarea sua Majestas, mirabilent hanc & maxi∣mam Dei, non Providentiam solum sed bonitatem etiam amplexus fuerit, eo cit us & abundan∣tiùs, meae ad illum legationis constabit sinceritas, bonitas & utilitas. Voluissem equidem hunc inclusum libellum, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 inclusas vestrae 〈◊〉〈◊〉, ipsemet atrulisse. Sed (cum venia sit dictum) ex digiti pedis mei, offensa cuticula, non cam 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 ho lie pedes venire. Proinde amico meo hoc onus imposui, ut (cum vestrae Excellentiae manuum deoscu∣latione) omnia mea vobis orferat servitia: hocque, quicquid est, pro sua Caesarea Majestate, traderet munusculi.

Prage 24. Augusti 1584.

Joannes Dee.

The Superscription of this Letter was thus,

Illustrissimo Domino, Domino Don Gulielmo de Sancto Clemente serenissimi atque Catholici Hispaniarum Re∣gis Negotiorum apud sacram Caesaream Majestatem, &c. Praefecto, Domino meo Observandissimo.

Monday, Augusti 27. Mane circa 9. † Pragae.

Precibus finitis, I propounded to God, of Madimi four things.

First, what was the cause of the errour recorded, Febr. 18. this Anno 1584. at Lasko of Sir Henry Sidney his death?

Secondly, In what sense is this to be understood, which Madimi willed me to say to Rodol∣phus, An Angel of the Lord hath appeared unto me?

Thirdly, Madimi said as concerning the time of my wife and children and houshold to be moved hither, Let that be my charge to answer thee?

Fourthly, Madimi willed me to write to Rodulphus: And I have done, and caused it to be delivered to Don Wilhelmo de Sancto Clemente, the Spanish Embassadour, to deliver it to the Emperour. God prosper it. Amen.

E. K. Here she is.

Δ. The eternal roots of verity bring forth fruit, to the comfort of such as delight in the pure verity for the service of God, &c. And you Madimi, as a Minister of the Highest in ve∣rity, are unto me welcome.

Mad. ..... Even as mans fingers [or a thing,] touching, moving, or forcing an instrument * 3.1 musical, is the cause, without the which it cannot sound, or drink up the air; which again seek∣ing issue, and feeling a stay, is the [objectum] cause of concord or dissonancy, according to the in∣ward spirit and imagination of the thing that moveth, or of the finger moving; So the earthly part of man, which hath no motion of it self, (radicall) moveth by touch or finger (whatsoeve) spiri∣tual, and sendeth out sounds; not according to her self, but according to the fiery, yea invisible, and spiritual power, wherewithal it is moved.

Hereby we learn, that mans body, and his organical motions, hath three manner of movers; cen∣traliter, * 3.2 by the property and perfection of the Soul, a superiore, and by descension, from the An∣gels or participants of understanding: E contrario, and ascending, spirits wicked, and tempters, all moving.

But here you must note, That as the Sun depriveth the Moon in respect of her end, which is to * 3.3 give light, but not of her self; So do the Angels and higher powers drown and overshadow the soul in man when they are present: working from God and in themselves, (as from abov) and not by the soul as any root, or first cause of the motion.

But when the Devil entreth, and ascendeth, he worketh not by force, but by enticement, and so * 3.4 allureth the soul, to grant of his possession: whereby he entreth and becometh strong.

Those that have ears let them hear; for my words are wisdom, and the grounds of many Sciences.

Then, by a similitude, is the world wax: Mans body wax: and * 3.5 the natural motions of things, naturally extended, wax also: But our purpose is of man; which at one instant receiveth three impres∣sions: * 3.6 Missive, Natural, and Offensive.

Whereby you may perceive, That man greatly needeth to pray * 3.7 against temptation: For the last Seal, is sign of him that oweth * 3.8 the wax, Happy are those, that can watch and pray: for such they are that grant not any room or interest, to the wicked ascen∣der. * 3.9

I answer you: If you be but as a string, Challenge but your own duty: But take heed, you be in tune.

E. K. She speaketh, but I cannot expresse it.

Δ. I pray you let nothing of your words, that you utter to us, or before us, be unrecor∣ded.

Mad. ..... You are not worthy to write it: for it is the harmony of the heavens. Stay a while; for I would open that unto you, which I perceive I may not: but I come again.

[Δ. We read over the premises, and weighed them as instructions of the three divers movers of mans senses internally, &c. And so after a quarter of an hour

E. K. Here she is again.

Mad. ..... For he that purifieth his house, and straweth rushes, and beautifieth the chambers with Garlands, is worthy to receive (because of his aptnesse) such as are messagers of under∣standing and light. My friends and brethren, marvellous is the God of Wisdom in all his doings and works, and full of variety are the works of his hands.

E. K. Now she speaketh again; I understand it not.

..... But to the Answer: The end of my purpose, Satan, perceiving you [E. K.] as well to be * 3.10 moved by him because of your own grant, as by the motion wherewithal you were moved and illu∣menated:

and being the father of suttlety, and a froward understanding 〈◊〉〈◊〉, even in this one sentence; yea, with this one lye, to overturn, or at least to Hemish the worthinesse of our message, and of your receiving: be∣cause he saw the course of nature, and the doings of man, and that this man Mr. Simon Hagek, young Hagek, would first visit thee. [Δ 3.11] therefore he thrust in a shingle of his own cutting and nature: Not to the intent it should * 3.12 be credited, but to the intent it should be a stumbling block to the action in time to come, which is now.

My brethren, he is a marvellous work-man: and one that striketh now the most strings, in a man∣ner, all. But he hath his reward: Therefore do I deny it to be spoken by me, or of me.

Δ. So by God his Grace, I did conceive, and undoubtedly think, and of many other things, * 3.13 besides that, I have occasion of reforming the Records: that the heavens may agree, as the phrase was used.

Mad. ..... Many there are not: But such as are, gather them together, let me sift them.

Δ. I thank God for that his mercy.

Δ. Now I beseech you to the second my present request before propounded, it may please you to give answer.

Mad. ..... When the King sendeth a Present to a Noble man, or unto any one that he favoureth, * 3.14 he loveth, or delighteth in: The Messager carrieth it, delivereth it within his house.

E. K. She seemeth to smile.

..... He to whom it is sent enjoyeth it, he useth it; yea, peradventure (being a dainty dish) eateth of it.

Afterward the King sendeth to him by the same messager, saluteth his houshold, and commandeth him to say: Thus sayeth the King; Go to such a man and salute him: Tell him that I will visit him, and that I say so.

Behold, he sitteth still, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 not, neither doth he the Commandment of his Superiour. For lo, sayeth he: The King commanded me not; his messager came, and would so. But whether the King will so, or no, I know not.

But hearest thou: Thou wicked man, hast thou not eaten of his meat, and enjoyed the benefit of * 3.15 his present before? Yes, A threefold benefit, which shall continue untill the * seventh Angel, and untill the third woe.

Man begetteth a Son, and lo, his wife is with Childe, and she 〈◊〉〈◊〉 for the time of her delive∣rance: If the question be moved unto him, (his wife not yet delivered,) whether he have issue, or fruit of his body, say thou unto me, what shall he answer?

Δ. As it shall please God.

Mad. ..... That is no answer.

Δ. Then he may say, He is in hope to have the issue his wife goeth great withall, may this seem an answer, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 beseech you?

Mad. ..... Though the Childe be not yet born, he hath issue Deliverance, is, by reason of the issue, and not called issue of the deliverance: for he is a son as well unborn as born.

So is it of you: Thou hast prayed unto God, and he hath heard thee. * 3.16

And lo, the issue, which he giveth thee is Wisdom. But 〈◊〉〈◊〉, the Mother of it is not yet deli∣vered.

For, If woman know her times and seasons of deliverance: Much more doth he, * 3.17 which is the Mother of all things. But thou mayest rejoyce that there is a time of deliverance, and that thy gift is compared to a woman with childe.

For, as the one is, and shall be visible: so is wisdom granted, and shall appear: * 3.18 yea, a lively, and most perfect Creature.

Behold, the Angels of the Lord have been sent down from God, unto him [E. K.] here is sight, which is of this houshold in God: He hath brought unto thee that which he tasteth not himself: And yet thou doubtest, saying, How shall I say the Angel of the Lord hath appeared unto me?

Unto thee, [Δ] we are we have appeared: for unto thee, * 3.19.] sent. And because his eye hath seen, therefore we have joyned him vnto thee, that in the time of darknesse thou mightest see.

Δ. It is to be made perfect before the time of his visitation.

And before the time of thy vi∣sitation thou must be made per∣fect.

And because it is of thee and not of him: Therefore doth not God impute unto him his offen∣ces, but placeth in you the figure of time to come.

Supra lib. 15. 1584. Junii 2.

For some there be that naturally shall draw in the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the Lord. And other some there be, that must have their times and seasons.

For thy houshold affairs, I say nothing yet, neither for thy Letter sent, or Messen∣ger. * 3.20 Nam Deus agit in 〈◊〉〈◊〉, sicut vult.

I have nothing else to say unto thee: but blessed be those that believe in the Lord, for they have their reward.

E. K. She goeth away, divided into a great many pieces of fire.

Deo Nostro Omnipotenti, eterno & sapienti: sit omnis honor, Laus & Gloria. * 3.21

Note. At noon, this day I received Letters from the Lord Laskie, from my wife, and from my brother Nicolas Fromonds in England: how Mr. Gilbert, Mr. Sled, Mr. Andreas Firmorshem, my Book-seller, used me very ill in divers sorts.

The Dates of the Letters from England were of the 15. and 16^th. day of April 1584. My wife is in great sorrow for my brother Nicholas.

At night after Sun set, Emerich Sontag brought me word from the Spanish Ambassadour, * 3.22 that he had delivered to the Emperour this day my Letters and Book: and that he took them graciously and thankfully, and said that within three, or four dayes he would let the Spanish Ambassadour understand, when he would give me audience.

Deus bene vertat: & ad sui nomiuis honorem & Laudem.

Amen.

Saturday, Septembris 1. Ante Meridiem Circa 10. † Pragae.

Δ. As I, and E. K. sat in my little Study: after our talk of divers matters, and of my ex∣pecting audience at the Emperour his hand, &c. E. K. saw three little Creatures walk up and down in the Sun-shine, about an handfull from the pavyment: and the Creatures themselves very small, not an hundfull long, like little shadows, or smokes, and the path wherein they walked seemed yellow. They walked a good while to and fro, till at length I suspected that they were sent to us; and so prepared the shew-stone: But E. K. said, he had rather see them thus out of the stone. I said that in the stone we have warrant that no wicked thing shall en∣ter: but without the stone, Illuders might deal with us, unlesse God prevented it, &c. E. K. said again, he had rather deal thus.

..... His meaning is above thy sight. * 3.23

E. K. Now two of them seem to kneel down in the Sun beams.

..... Blessed be God the Father, God the Son, and God the holy Ghost, the most holy and blessed Trinity: One, true, mighty, perfect everlasting and incomprehensible God.

[Δ. Amen, Amen, Amen.]

..... Which will be comprehended with those that live in the Heavens * 3.24 (the true Church of God) of such as measure him by faith, and not reason: which hath sent us to do his will; Both in that he will turn his heart: And in that he doth vouchsafe to make you witnesses of his secret purpo∣ses, and determinations in hand.

The [1] middlemost said — I am the midst of the third, and the last [Δ] of the spirit of life: Vnderstood in this temporal controversie, and conflict of mans Soul: but not according to his eternal and immensurable propor∣tion.

The [2] on the right side said — I am the second of the third, which dwell in the spirit, and power * 3.25 of God in earth: I have power to scourge them that resist the power, will, and commandment of God: and I am one of those that stand, and is perpetual.

For even as the father, son, and holy spirit are one, but of themselves and being dilated, is full * 3.26 of power, and many. So are we one particularly in power, but separated; notwithstanding, spiri∣tually, of, and amongst others, and dilated in the will of God, and into the branches of his determi∣nations: but particularly living, and joyntly praising God.

E. K. Now [3] the other (the third) on the otherside standeth up, and sayeth.

3 ..... The Kingdom of God, and of his son Christ: (which is true God, and the substance of his father, True God of true God) is contrary to the Kingdom of this world.

Δ. The Confession and belief of the Catholick Church: not to be talked of now.

E. K. What is that, God of God?

E. K. They are disappeared: but their path appeareth in the aire, in sun-beams still.

Δ. Half a quarter of an hour they had dis∣appeared.

E. K. They are here again.

..... Happy are those that are of his Kingdom, for it hath no end; yea, happy are those that are * 3.27 the sons of saith, and not of the world: which is called Reason. Which is blinde, and is scaled

with the mark of destruction. Because she prosecuted, and put to death the Son of God, the God of righteousnesse, and light of all that live.

I am the last, of the first, of the fourth, and I have power to gather up the bles∣sings * 3.28 of God, and to set them (if they be disdained) in a better soyl.

Ejus officium est transplan∣tatio Donorum Dei.

3. For thus sayeth the God of Hoasts.

If he dream and will not hear me Gather up that he hath, and that which * 3.29 should be given him: that his life may be short, and his house without comfort: that he may passe away nakedly, as a shadow. * 3.30

As lo, behold, we go, and we will dwell there; yea, even in the skirts of their Garments will we take up our habitation. And why?

Behold, this hath God said: In the morning watch them, and see how they * 3.31 rise. In the day time give ear unto them, and listen unto their counsels. Stand over them in the night, and note their filthinesse. And when it exceedeth the number, strike. * 3.32

We are they that must direct your practises. * 3.33

..... Behold, let us give Testimony of our names. * 3.34

My name is — Ga — E. K. He in the middle.

My name is — Za Δ. The three names make one name of 7. Letters, Gazavaa.

My name is — Vaa

So we are called by position.

Thou shalt finde us amongst the mercifull Tables delivered unto Enoch: and so unto you.

1. The middlemost

I am of the third Table, and am extream. * 3.35

2.

I am of the third, but of the humanity, and the second. * 3.36

3.

And I am the fourth, but Angular, and extream, Linear of the upper∣most. * 3.37

..... We are gone.

E. K. They are out of sight.

A voyce. Follow that which is commanded thee.

Δ. AEterno, Omnipotenti; Trino & uni Deo, sit omnis honor Laus & Gloria.

Δ.

• Ga — Vltimus spiritus vivorum.
• Za — Flagillator 〈◊〉〈◊〉 potestati, voluntati, praecepto Dei.
• Vaa — Transplantator Donorum.

Monday, Septembris 3. Mane. * 3.38 Δ. Nota. Sathanae astutum & violentum Stratagema.

Δ. There was great disquietnesse in E. K. being come home from our Hosts house, where he had lyen all night upon a form: by reason he had been (which he never was the like afore, as he said) with wine overcome suddenly: yet intending with himself to take heed of being overshot in drinking of wine: being requested by the Hostes to give her a quart of wine upon the good bargain he had in a Clock he bought of her for five Suckats: In this company of drinking was Alexander, the Lord Laskie his servant, who came with us to Prage. Unto whom E. K. (when the drink on the sudden had overcome him) said he would cut off his head, and with his walking staffe did touch him fair, and softly on the neck, sitting before him: This Alexander being half drunken himself, by & by took those words in great snuffe, and went to defend himself, and so took his weapon to him, and thereupon they by caused Alexander to go down: It was supper time; and I that night refrained to suppe, and so tarry∣ing at my Lodging, and looking out, saw Alexander sitting on the great stone against our Lodging: I called to him, and told him that they were at supper: And he came over to me, and he had wept much; he complained of E. K. his former words, and the touch of the staffe, how it was against his credit to take that in good part, and spake many Souldiers terms of stout words, not worthy the recording. I, thereupon went to our Hosts house, and would un∣derstand the very truth; and there I found E. K. fast on sleep on a form, most soundly: for which I was right sorry: And yet better pleased to perceive the words of E. K. which so moved Alexander (being half drunken) to have been spoken by E. K. when wine, and not wit, bare rule: and so pleaded long time with Alexander, that of words spoken so as they were, no such exact account was to be given to him, &c. And after two hours perswasion caused Alexander to go to bed in our Lodging, where he used to lye, For he would have gone out,

to our former Inne, in those raging half drunken pangs, he was in: which I thought not good. This Monday morning E. K. coming home, and seeing Alexander, as he came in; he said, they tell I should have spoken words, which greatly offended thee yesternight, and that I touched thee with my staff, &c. I know nothing of it, and shoke hands friendly with Alex∣ander. Well saith Alexander, Si fuisset alius, &c. E. K. came up to me: I told him how sorry I was for this mischance, and told him of the Watchmen perceiving Alexander his dis∣quiet mind, and hearing his words, they came to me and charged me to have a care of the peace keeping (as they did indeed) And farther said, that Alexander in his rage, said, that rather, or before, he should cut off his head, that he would cut E. K. in pieces. So soon as I had expressed that word of this drunken Alexander likewise, (whom now I saw quiet, and E. K. also quiet) suddenly E. K. fell into such a rage, that he would be revenged of him for so saying, and for railing on him in the street, as he did, &c.

Much a do I, Emericus, and his brother, had to stop or hold him from going to Alexander with his weapon, &c. At length we let him go in his dubblet and hose, without a cap or hat on his head: and into the street he hasted with his brothers Rapier drawn, and challenged Alexander to fight: But Alexander went from him, and said. Nolo 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Kelleie, Nolo. Hereupon E. K. took up a stone, and threw after him, as after a dog, and so came into the house again, in a most furious rage for that he might not fight with Alexander. The rage and * 3.39 fury was so great in words and gestures, as might plainly prove, that the wicked enemy sought either E. K. his own destroying of himself, or of me, or his brother, &c.

This may suffice to notifie the mighty temptation and vehement working of the subtile spi∣ritual * 3.40 enemy Satan, wherewith God suffered E. K. to be tempted, and almost overcome: to my great grief, discomfort, and most great discredit: if it should (as the truth was) have come to the Emperours understanding, except he had known me well, &c. I was in great doubt, how God would take this offence, and devised with my self how I might, with honesty, be aleared from the shame and danger that might arise if these two should fight, &c. At the least it would crosse all good hope here with the Emperour, &c. for a time, till God redres∣sed it.

After I had brought E. K. to some quietnesse, (by yeilding much to his humour, &c. and * 3.41 saying little:) not long after, came my messager from my wise at Cracovia: and Hugh my servant with him, to my great comfort through her letters, and the full satisfying of me by Hugh my servant his knowledge farther than conveniently could be written.

About 2 of the clock after Noon, came this letter to me, of the Emperour his sending * 3.42 for me.

Nobilis, Praeclarissiméque Domine, Domine observandissime.

CAEsar, jam jam significavit Domino Legato Hispaniarum, Hero meo, ut Dominationem ve∣stram * 3.43 ad se evocaret, ad horam secundam; qua eam audire cuperet: Dominatio vestra si ad dictam horam venire poterit: accedet statim Dominum Octavium Spinolam, qui est Majestati suae Caesareae à Stabulis & Cubiculis. Is enim eam, ad Majestatem suam introducet. Quod reliquum est, me D. vestrae quam officiosissimè etiam atque 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉,

Dominationis vestrae 〈◊〉〈◊〉

Arnoldus Vander Boxe.

Hereupon, I went straight up to the Castle: and in the * 3.44 Ritter-Stove or Guard-Chamber I stayed a little; in the mean space I sent Emericus to see what was of the clock: and * 3.45 the Chamberlain, (Octavius Spinola) spied him out of the Emperours Chamber window, and called him, who came up to me, and by that time was the Chamberlain come out to me; and by Emericus he under∣stood that I was the man the Emperour waited for. He came to me very * 3.46 curteously: told me of the Emperours desire to see me, and to speak with me. So he returned to the Emperour into the privy Chamber, and came out again for me, and led me by the skirt of the Gown through the Dining-Chamber, and the Privy Chamber, where the Emperour sat at a Table, with a great Chest and Standish of Silver, before him, my Monas and Letters by him, &c. I came toward him with due reverence of three cursies, who shewed me a gracious and chearful countenance.

Then I craved pardon at his Majesties hand, for my boldnesse to send his Majesty a Letter and the Monas Hieroglyphica (dedicated to his father.) But I did it of sincere and entire good will I bare to his father Maximilian, and also unto his Majesty: and that the rather, because I had good proof of the favour which Almighty God beareth unto his Majesty. He then thanked me for his fathers Book, and did affirm, that he believed me, that I was affecti∣onate unto his Highnesse: And of my estemation with the learned of the world, he had

heard by the Spanish Embassadour; and also of my zealous mind towards his grace. And commended the Book 〈◊〉〈◊〉, but said, that it was too hard for his Majesties capcity; and ad∣ded, that the Spanish Embassadour told him, that I had somewhat to say unto him, Quod esset pro sua utilitate. I answered, So I have, and withal looking back whether any man were in the Chamber or no, I found that we were alone: Hereupon I began to declare that All my life time I had spent in learning: but for this sorty years continually, in sundry manners, and in divers Countries, with great pain, care, and cost, I had from degree to degree, sought to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the best knowledge that man might attain unto in the world: And I found (at lengh) that neither any man living, nor any Book I could yet meet withal, was able to teach me those truths I desired, and longed for: And therefore I concluded with my self, to make inter∣cession and prayer to the giver of wisdom and all good things, to send me such wisdom, as I might know the natures of his creatures; and also enjoy means to use them to his honour and glory. And in this purpose made divers assayes: and at length it pleased God to send me his [Δ 3.47] 〈◊〉〈◊〉, whereby I am assured of his merciful hearing of my long, fervent, constant, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 prayer, in the cause before specified: And that, His holy Angels, for these two years and a half, have used to inform me: and have finished such works in my hands, * 3.48 to be seen, as no mans heart could have wished for so much; yea they have brought me a Stone of that value, that no earthly Kingdom is of that worthinesse as to be compared to the * 3.49 vertue or dignity thereof, &c. And that these things be true, I protested, and took to witnesse the God of Heaven and Earth, by whose Commandment I am now before your Majesty, (said I) and have a message from him to say unto you; and that is this:

The Angel of the Lord hath appeared to me, and rebuketh you for your 〈◊〉〈◊〉. If you will * 3.50 hear me, and believe me, you shall Triumph: If you will not hear me, The Lord, the God that made Heaven and Earth, (under whom you breath, and have your spirit) putteth his foot against your breast, and will throw you headlong down from your seat.

Moreover, the Lord hath made this Covenant with me (by oath) that he will do and perform. If you will forsake your wickednesse, and turn unto him, your Seat shall be the greatest that ever was: and the Devil shall become your prisoner: Which Devil, I did conjecture, to be the Great Turk, (said I) This my Commission, is from God: I feigne no∣thing, neither am I an Hypocrite, an Ambitious man, or doting, or dreaming in this Cause. If I speak otherwise then I have just cause, I forsake my salvation, said I.

The Emperour said, he did believe me, and said, that he thought I loved him unfaignedly, and said, that I should not need so earnest protestations: and would not willingly have had me to kneel, so often as I did.

Farther I said, His Majesty was to see and understand nakedly, from the beginning, the * 3.51 whole course of this Angelical leading, instructing, and comforting of me: for so I was com∣manded, that I should from the beginning, nakedly open unto Rodolph, the manner of God his visitation, and shew unto him the holy Vision: Which my charge I am ready to do. The Emperour said, at another time, he would hear and understand more. I spake yet somewhat more in the purposes before, to the intent they might get some root, or better stick in his minde. To be short, he thanked me, and said he would henceforward, take me to his recom∣mendation and cāre, and some such words (of favour promised) he used, which I heard not well, he spake so low. In the end perceiving that his will was to end for this 〈◊〉〈◊〉, I did my duty with cursie; and at the door going out, I turned back, and made 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and so came into the next Chamber, where the Noble Octavius Spinola came to me again, and with curte∣ous * 3.52 words, offered me great friendship. I took my leave of him, and so came through the Ritters Stove or Guard Chamber, and so down, and home. I had a large hour audience of his Majesty.

Deus bene vertat: ad sui nominis Laudem, Honorem, & Gloriam.

Amen.

Wedensday, Septembris, 5. 1584. Mane circiter horam 8. † Pragae.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 finitis, &c. Repetivi ter hanc Sententiam Mitte lucem tuam (O Deus̄) & verita∣tem tuam quae nos ducat & perducat ad montem Sanctum Sion & Tabernacula coelestis Hierusalem.

Δ. I have to the best of my ability, both written and spoken unto Rodolph, as I was willed: how it worketh or taketh place in his heart, is known to thee O God, &c.

Now I am to receive farther instructions, what is to be done in this cause, or else what∣soever shall please the Highest, &c.

E. K. Now here is Vriel, and a black thing like a Sarcent of silke be∣fore * 3.53 his face, and over his head behind: by the rest of his garments it seemeth to be Vriel.

God make all things white, and make us whiter than Snow: What that black Scarf importeth I know not; but I suspect.

Uriel. ..... Such as defile the seat of the Soul, and are suffocated with drunkennesse enter * 3.54 not into the Kingdom of Heaven, neither can behold the ornaments of the Lord his beauty.

See, how Satan, how he runneth headlong about and through you. See, how he maketh his dwel∣ling place within you: of whom the Lord gave you warning, saying: Satan seeketh to sift you.

Lo, he hath done wickednesse against the Lord, and against you; for he hath blemished the eyes of your understanding.

[E. K. He speaketh other words between, which I understand not.]

Uriel. ..... Is not Jesus, God, and the High Priest of the Lord, placed on the right hand of his * 3.55 Father?

Δ. He is: we believe it.

Uriel. ..... Is not Satan (as the † 3.56 Prophet sait) suffered to stand and triumph on the right hand of the Lord of Hosts and Justice, as the open enemy of the Lord, and of his an∣nointed.

True it is: and he hath almost given you the overthrow. * 3.57

Δ. Assist us O God, and be our strength against this most subtile and mighty enemy.

Uriel. ..... But because he is subtile, and hath power given unto him for a time, and hath stri∣ven against you, not for your own sakes, (but because you are of the Spirit of the Highes) and against his testimony: Therefore doth not God, in his Justice impute the sins of the eye, unto the * 3.58 body.

[Δ. Lord thy mercies are infinte, praised be thy name for ever.]

Uriel. ..... But commandeth the [Δ] eye to be reconciled, as the spirit of Truth hath * 3.59 taught.

E. K. He is gone.

Δ. Glorified be God for his most loving kindnesse and infinite mercies towards us fraile, and sinful creatures: and we beseech thee to shew us the light of thy countenance, to our comfort and direction.

Amen.

Vide Septemb. 13. of Reconciliation.

Δ. As I was putting up all, Vriel appeared again, with his black Scarf, as he did before: but paused a while before he spake any thing.

Δ. In thy name (O Jesu) we attend thy words by thy messager to be uttered.

Uriel. ..... Give ear unto my voice.

E. K. Now he is become like a great wheele of fire, like a waggon wheel: He thrust out his hands on the sudden, and so became like a * 3.60 wheel full of mens eyes: it turneth round, it is full in all places of those eyes, like living and seeing eyes.

Now cometh fire out of it in 4 places. * 3.61

Now there is a great Eagle, which is come, and standeth upon it: It * 3.62 is a white Eagle: The wheel turneth still, notwithstanding that she standeth on it. * 3.63

E. K. She hath in her beake, like a scrol of parchment. She hath two monstrous eyes: one like fire red; her right eye as big as my fist, and the left eye, is Chrystal-like. She standeth hovering with her * 3.64 wings spread, and her stern or taile spread.

Under the wheel is a great valley, and in it a great City, and a Hill on the East part of it. And all toward the South are Hills. * 3.65

The City is as as big as six of Cracovia: and many ruins of houses in it there appear.

There is one place in it covered, square like a little Chappel: It * 3.66 hath a little round pinacle in the end of it; and over it in the air, hanging a little fire bright.

There be many like unto fowles, like Ravens, and their heads like * 3.67

unto bright fire: They flie into a Country a great way off from this City.

Now Vriel standeth beside the wheel, and the wheel is as it was be∣fore: and he as before with the Scarf.

The Eagle cryeth and skriketh as a Gull, or the Sea fowles do.

Vriel seemeth to descend from the air above, and to come to the side of the Shew-stone.

Uriel. ..... The Lord hath chosen you to be Witnesses, through his mercy and sufferance, not in the * 3.68 office of 〈◊〉〈◊〉, but in the offices and dignities of the Prophets: which is alwayes beautified with the wings of the Cherubims, with the voices that cry a thousand thousand times in a moment be∣fore the Lord, and before the Majesty of his eternal Seat: wherein you do exceed the * 3.69 Temples of the earth: wherein you are become separated from the world, and whereby you are lifted up, as of the houshold of the Blessed, even by the very hand and finger of the Highest.

Δ. Blessed, blessed, blessed, is the Lord to whom Cherubim and Seraphim incessantly sing, Sanctus, Sanctus, Sanctus, Dominus Deus Zebaoth. Amen.

Uriel. ..... But that it may appear, that he it is, that revealeth, which gathereth the Clouds to∣gether, * 3.70 and is the breath of all things that live: Because I say it may appear that the Lord visit∣eth, and is of power, and that the imaginations of man, flie before themselves, as the dust of the earth doth before him that moveth it: 1 open unto you a Seal, yet secret and not known. * 3.71

[Δ. Zach. 13. — Et erit dies una, quae nota est Domino, &c.]

Behold, now cometh that day, that is known unto the Lord himself, wherein the Kingdoms of the earth shall begin to fall: that they may perceive how they have run astray: and how weak they are in the triumph of their pompe.

And now out of Hierusalem, out of the Church of God, and of his Son Christ, shall passe out and * 3.72 flow the water of life: That the sayings of the Angels and Spirit of the Lord, may be verified up∣on the face of the earth, spoken by his annointed Zachary.

Now shall those dayes open themselves, which are the dayes of vengeance. * 3.73

Now, Now shall these woes, that have been spoken of and sealed, burst out, to the confusion of the wicked, and the establishment of his Kingdom, which is annointed.

Behold, I teach thee.

Those that inhabit the holy City, and usurp the authority of the Highest, are called in remem∣brance * 3.74 before the Lord, and they shall be scattered like unto the mighty hail, that the spirits of the North have gathered against the day of revenge.

They are become proud, and think there is no God. They are stiff-necked; for they are the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 * 3.75 of wickedness. Lo, in the dayes of Rodolph, shall this come to passe, of whom the Lord hath said, If he hear me, and believe my words, I will place Thee [Δ] unto him, as a mighty rock: * 3.76 I will open unto thee [Δ] (for his instructions, and safeguard to come) my determinations in hand, and lo, to come. And when he hath wiped away his darknesse, and offence of his soul, I will appear unto him, to the terrour of all Nations.

For I rejoyce, when I exalt such as are weak: And when I help the comfortlesse, am I magni∣fied.

Δ. Thanks, honour, and glory, is due to thee, O our God.

Uriel. ..... And behold, the day of this visitation, and of the execution of my judgements, is at * 3.77 hand: And lo I open unto you another Seal (Because I have said unto you, I am true, and just.)

In the year eighty eight, shall you see the Sun move contrary to his course.

The Stars [Δ. 3.78] encrease their light: and some of them * 3.79 fall from heaven.

Then shall the Rivers run blood:

Then shall the wo be unto women with child.

Then shall the time come to passe, that this Prophesie shall be known. * 3.80

For lo, the Lord hath prepared his Prophet, and he shall descend from the Heavens: as it is written by * 3.81 Malachiah the Prophet.

Behold I will send before that day, (not that day I spoke of, but the great day of the Lord) Elias again amongst you. * 3.82

In the mean season will I be mercifull unto Rodolph, and will bring into his house, such as shall be skilfull: unto whom I will give my spirit, to work Gold, * 3.83 Silver, and the Ornaments of his house. And he shall perceive that I blesse him, In that I have tied him to my Garments.

If, he hear thee not * 3.84

Behold, I have one in store: Yea, such an one as cleaveth unto Justice. Man is but a Reed that is shaken with every winde. The pride of Kings, is as the beauty of a Peacock: See how they run all astray. See how they tempt the spirits of righteousnesse.

Lo, (as I have said unto thee) I reserve that wicked King, not that I will be mercifull unto him. * 3.85 But that he shall shortly perish with an eternal scourge.

And now hear me what I say unto thee. Hereafter, see thou tempt me not: Neither look for my presence after this order: But for great causes. * 3.86

For lo, this is the end of Teaching. Now cometh in the time of warn∣ing and of counsel.

Δ. Will you give me leave to speak?

Uriel. ..... Say.

Δ. I trust it shall not offend God at any time, to call for [Uriel] his light in matters dark to us, and above our capacity. Also in Enoch his Tables understanding and enjoying, we * 3.87 are to require help of instruction at Ave: and so of other points and Doctrines already begun, we are to require their help, who have begun with us, &c.

Uriel. ..... As far as the Lord hath suffered you to enter into his Garden: Even so far (I say) Taste, and eat.

Δ. The entrance yet we have not, but the manner to enter: The perfect practise is the best entrance.

Uriel. ..... Man speaketh not with thee: wherefore dost thou wrast the Lord? All things that are delivered thee are plain.

Δ. Lord, I do thus speak to be perfectly instructed in what sense your words are to be un∣derstood, when you said: This is the end of teaching.

Δ. Vriel, or perhaps in the name of God.

Uriel. ..... Thou hast called upon me, and I have heard thee.

Thou hast desired comfort, and I have comforted thee.

Thou hast the spirit of choice. * 3.88

Be it sufficient unto thee, that the Garden of the Lord is open unto thee: where there is no hunger, nor thirst, but a filling spirit, a comforter.

† What care is it unto me, if the Kings of the earth say: Lo, this is not of me. Lo, this is not of the highest. * 3.89

Δ. Ex Dei lu∣mine.

Uriel. ..... Behold, I am the light, and servant of God: Blessed are * 3.90 those which believe, and are made partakers in this Testimony: by the which you are become Prophets, and are sanctified for the coming of the Lord.

But lo, why do I speak unto you, who have defiled your selves? I will * 3.91 take up those things that I have, and will be gone. Lo, blessed is he that giveth ear unto the Lord.

E. K. Now all is vanished away, and he is disappeared: Wheele, Eagle, Citie, and all, &c.

Δ. All laud, thanks, honour and glory be to the eternal, Almighty, most just Judge, and mercifull father our God, the God of Heaven and earth, whom of his infinite goodnesse, we beseech to have mercy upon us, and to purifie our hearts and consciences, granting us humble contrition, and sincere confession of our transgressions and iniquities whatsoever. Amen.

Note. While I was thus requesting God, E. K. made a vow of penance, during his life: (in token of hearty sorrowfulnesse for his fault in that dayes action noted) never to eat his supper, or evening meal on Saturdayes, during his life; wherein I beseech the highest to regard * 3.92 his inward intent, and his continual memory of the Lord his mercies, in sparing him when he most had offended him.

Δ. Deo Nostro vero, vivo, omnipotenti, & eterno sit omnis Honor Laus & Benedictio, nunc & in perpeturm.

Amen.

Wednesday, September 5. NOTE.

Δ. The morning of this Wednesday (before I prepared my self for the former action) I sent Emericus with two Letters to be delivered: the one to the Spanish Ambassadour (giving him thanks for his honourable dealing with the Emperours Majesty in my behalf) and the other to the Noble Octavius Spinola: thanking him likewise, and requiring his instruction, or advise how I might most conveniently proceed in dealing with the Emperours Majesty: The Copy

of which Letter I thought good to record here, that the effect thereof consequent, might have the light of the Original cause (Divine and humane) annexed.

Illustri & Magnifico Domino, Domino Octavio Spinolae, sacrae Caesareae Majestatis à stabulis & Cubiculis Domino suo observandissimo.

ILlustris ac Magnifice Domine: Non possum satis condignas vestrae Magnificientiae agere grati∣as, pro singulari illa, qua me Heri amplexi estis humanitate & benevolentia: hominem quidem vobis incognitum, sed tamen virtutis & veritatis studiosissimum: quique omne reliquum meae vitae curriculum (Deo sic volente) in hoc co sumere decrevi, ut sacra sua Caesarea Majestas clarè percipiat, sibi, incredibiliter (ferè) propitiam fore Dei Omnipotentis tremendam Majestatem. Atquae quamvis videam multiplicibus multarum Regionum negotiis, suam sacram Caesareaem Majestatem occupatissimum sepissime teneri, neque aliis, illisque à me, suae sacrae Caesareae Maje∣stati proponendis causis, commodè vacare, vel posse, vel evidenti aliqua ratione debere: TAMEN, si aliquis excogitari possit modus, pro loci, temporis, & rerum occasione, quo sua sacra Caesarea Majestas, ea penes me videre, vel ex me intelligere dignaretur, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 illi forent grata: Ea in re, vestrae Illustrissimae Magnificentiae libentissimè audirem vel reciperem Informa∣tionem atque Judicium. Nam in hoc totus ero, ut tempore debito, appareat, Omnipotentis Dei, & suae sacrae Caesareae Majestatis servitio (Maximè autem, pro Sacrosancta 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Ca∣tholicae & Apostolicae fidei Illustratione, ac Reipublicae Christiane defenfione, amplificatione∣que) Addictissimum, devotissimum, fidelissimumque me esse, ac fore sacrae suae Caesareae Maje∣statis servitorem.

Opportunitatis flos maturè colligi debet: Cito enim fiet marcidus.

4. Septembris 1584.

Illustrissimae Magnificentiae vestrae Paratissimus

Joannes Dee.

Emericus went and delivered my Letter to the Spanish Ambassadour: But this he brought back again; saying, that the Emperour was ridden very early abroad to Brandeish, or else∣where: (not certainly being known) and that this Noble Octavius Spinola was gone with his Majesty.

Hereupon I determined with changing the Date, to * 3.93 send unto him at the Emperour his Majesties returning to Prage. Deus bene vertat.

Mr. Doctor Hagek his son was by

At noon this day

I sent Letters to my wife: to my Lord 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and to Mr. Paul Hertoll, by the Messager of Reichenstein, on this side Nesse.

Monday, Septemb. Manè hora 9. † Pragae.

Δ. Precibus finitis; I invited Ga, Za, Vaa, (as being assigned to understand of Rodolph his doings,) that of them I might receive instructions; that my proceedings might be answerable as occasion should be given.

E. K. There appeareth written in great letters upon a right hand (and no body appearing:) the hand being very big.

Cui est habet: Cui nihil non habebit.

E. K. And so the hand vanished out of sight: The writing was in the palm of it.

Δ. After that appeared the same hand again, with his writing

Face, & factum erit, Vltra, non habeo. * 3.94

E. K. It vanished away, by and by, hand, writing, and all.

Δ. I take this (O Lord) in this sence: That I am to proceed, and to do as I intended, in * 3.95 either writing to Rudolph himself, or to the Spanish Ambassadour, or to Octavius Spinola for the Emperour to give me audience, time, and place to hear, and see the Records and Monu∣ments, which I have to shew him: And that when I had done as was commanded me, that, Then the purpose of God shall also be done.

Δ. Deus, in adjutorium nostrum intende tuaque nos dirigat sapientia, ad illud Facien∣dum, quod tibi maxime erit gratum.

Amen.

Tuesday, Septemb. 11. Hora 9. ferè.

Misi per Dominom Emericum Sontagium Secretarium Domini Palatini Siradiensis literas illas ad Dominum Octavium Spinolam: quas superiùs descripsi; sed ubi in illis scripseram qua me heri amplexi estis. Nunc, scripsi, qua me ante paucos dies amplexi estis, & pro, quique omne reliquum, nunc scripsi quique reliquum, &c. & pro incredibiliter (ferè) propitiam, &c. scripsi, nunc, Incredibiliter (ferè) & modo 〈◊〉〈◊〉, propitiam fore, &c. Et reliqua omnia scripsi ut supra annotavi: sed datae erant hae, 11. Die. Septembris. Illae autem priores, 4. Septembris.

Tradidit istas literas (Emericus) Magnifico Domino Spinolae; jam statim post prandium Cae∣sareae Majestatis, & crastina die (post missam) pro responso, venire jussit.

Wednesday, Septembris 12. Manè.

Δ. This morning, when Emericus Sontag went up to the Castle for answer from the Empe∣rour: By the Noble Octavius Spinola, he received the effect of this answer, which I required the same Emericus to write down with his own hand (for sundry respects;) which his own hand writing I have annexed ad majorem rei 〈◊〉〈◊〉. And because his writing is not easie to be read, I have written it plainer somewhat, as followeth:

Responsum Imperatoris, per Dominum Spinolam.

Sacra Caesarea Majestas benignè intellexit quae Dominus Joannes Dee, per suae Majestis Cu∣bicularium, Dominum Octavium Spinolam, proponi curavit: Ad quae, sua Majestas gratiosè sic se resolvit: Quòd quandoquidem Latinum Sermonem non omni ex parte exactè calleat: prae∣terea etiam variis & multiplicibus negociis occupata, non semper ad audientiam vacare possit, videri suae Majestati ut idem Dominus Dee, cum Magnifico Domino Doctore Kurtzio (qui & suae Majestati ab arcanis est consiliis, satisque fidus, eruditione quoque insigni pollet) tracta∣re, & negotia sua concredere velit. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 quod, sua Majestas praelibato Domino Consiliario suo, Kurtzio, renunciari curabit. Sin verò, secus Domino Johanni Dee videbitur, suam Majestatem quomodocunque tandem per occupationes facere poterit, desiderio Domini Dee satisfactu∣ram.

1584. xii. Septembris.

Emerieus Sontagius manu propria.

Pragae.

Δ. Which answer, both by word of month, and thus by writing being received by me: and the said Emericus being (by the Noble Spinola) willed at Evensong time, to bring my answer herein; which I gave him of my great good liking the same, and most humble thanks to his Maje∣sty, for so wise and gratious his consideration had of the cause. I required the same Emericus to understand; when, and how soon Doctor Curtzius should be made privy of his Majesties plea∣sure herein: and so, after my dispatching of Emericus, I endeavoured my self to render thanks unto God for his mercies, graces, and truth, in these his affairs: beseeching him to frame my heart, tongue, and hand in such sort, as to his Divine Majesty, my dutifull service, doing, may be acceptable: as chiefly of me intended to his honour and glory: And secondly to the comfort of the godly and elect: And thirdly to the confusion of the proud, arrogant, scorn∣full enemies of truth and vertue.

Amen.

Thursday, Septembris 13. Manè, hora 7. † Pragae.

I received the Noble Octavius Spinola his answer by Emericus, as concerning my accepting of the Emperour his gratious former answer of condescending to my request, so much as he conveniently could: which my answer yesterday * 3.96 night, late was delivered to the Noble Spinola. Where∣unto he said, that my Answer would be most acceptable unto the Emperour: and that to morrow,

meaning this Thursday) the honourable Doctor Curtz should understand the Emperours pleasure herein. Hereupon I willed Emericus to go up to the Castle, and to bring himself in sight of the Noble Spinola, if he could. Thereby to help his memory, for warning and in∣formation to be given to the said Doctor Curtz: That so we might come together, so soon, as conveniently might be.

Deo, omnis laus, honor, & gloria.

Amen.

Thursday, Septembris 13. Manè, horam circiter 9. † Pragae.

Δ. Precibus finitis, and the case propounded of the Emperour his Answer, for dealing with Doctor Curtz, a man of his Privy Council, faithful, learned, and wise: upon the con∣siderations alledged, I requested of God, his pleasure to be signified unto me, by some of his faithful and true Messagers: whether I shall openly and frankly deal with this Doctor, so, as the Emperour, by him may understand that which he should have done at my mouth and hands originally: And whether I may, both alone with the Emperour, and before, and with the said Doctor, deal in this Action as occasion shall serve from time to time, at my discretion, in∣formed by his secret grace divine. —

Δ. Nothing appearing, or being heard, in a quarter of an hour space, I suspected some of our misdoings, to be the cause of the Lord his refraining to answer: and thereupon I did fall to prayer for mercy and grace, and deliverance from the assaults and malitious purposes of the Devil against us: And that I did the rather, because as I felt my good Angel (〈◊〉〈◊〉 o∣ther good friend) in vertue, so I felt Pilosum, sensibly, busie, and as it were to errisie me with my offences past, or to put me out of hope, at this present, from being heard. But I held on to pray divers Psalms, and at length against the wicked tempters purposely. After my prayers and assuring E. K. that the spiritual enemy was here busie, and attended to frustrate this dayes Action: He answered, that against him [E. K.] he could not prevail, or accuse him, for his late notable fault; for he had made a reckoning, and sorrowful bewailing for that his trespass, to the Lord, and that he doubted not of forgiveness; and that he was so reconciled to God, that Satan nor any other wicked accuser, could put him in any doubt of * 3.97 God his mercy, &c. And he spake very well both of repentance, Gods mercies, his justice, and of these Actions.

Mary, he confessed that by reason, he himself was an unmeet person to come before the Em∣perour, or Princes, &c. and therefore if it would please God to discharge him of further medling, so, by reason he might seem well at ease, &c. At length, after an hour appeared Vriel; but with a Scarf before his face, as he had last.

Δ. God send us the brightnesse of his countenance when it shall please him.

Uriel. ..... True it is, that in respect of the terrour and force of God his wrath and indignation in [1] Judgement: Reconciliation is made: through that power which is given unto the Lamb, * 3.98 to whom all power is given in Heaven and Earth: But with the [2] congregation, and the mem∣bers of Christ his body, the number of the faithful, the Church of God, you have not made reconcilia∣tion, * 3.99 And therefore, are not sinners worthy to behold the face of true light and understanding: for there is a double Reconciliation: One (and the firs) between the Conscience and the Judge: through the force of faith and repentance: that is to say, Recon∣ciliation against Judgement. Another, (the secon) Reconciliation * 3.100 between the Spirit of Truth, (the Church of Go) and mans Con∣science.

Behold I teach you a mystery.

1. Those that are at one with God, shall not be judged with the wicked in the last Judgement: * 3.101 Notwithstanding the Justice of God is pure, and undefiled: and suffereth not mans fault un∣punished. 2. But he that is at one with the Spirit of God, is made one with him, and without punishment.

For there are many things that God beareth witnesse of, in the soul and secret Chambers of man, * 3.102 that neither the blessed, already dignified, nor to be dignified, do, or can know: which is the cause that the soul of man, (after his body sleepet) being found polluted, is received, and snatched up, of such as are the Messagers of punishment: and so, according to the multitude of their sins, are * 3.103 in horrour, and punishment. Therefore not all, that are punished, shall be damned; Neither is it evident unto the Angels, who shall be saved: I speak generally:

Therefore when you offend, be also reconciled unto the Mother of the house: that you may have * 3.104 place before such as are reproved.

Herein you may understand the retaining of sin; For the [Δ 3.105] re∣taining of sin is a judgement: And therefore it is necessary that God should hold a general day, that those that have trusted in him, and in∣wardly have been sorry for their offences, may also taste of his mercy. Else how could it be verified, that the Prophet saith? If in Hell, thou art also there.

But, here, there is a Caution; All sins that are forgiven by the Church, passe not the fire: but * 3.106 he that is forgiven in his heart by God, in his Son Christ; and [2] reconciled through the holy Spi∣rit, to the body from whence he is fallen, is safe, as well from the wrath of God to come, as the punishment due unto his offences.

And therefore is the reconciling of brethren, of great force. Wherefore * 3.107 hath Christ left his body with the Church? Wherefore is he called the bread of Life?

I say unto you, my brethren, that the body of Christ dignified and glorified, is true bread; is true comfort, which cleanseth sinners that are penitent, and wipeth away the punishment of adversity.

Happy are those, that eat of him, and that account not his body, as the shadow of a candle. * 3.108

Behold, I teach you: Even as the Spirit of God filleth the Congregation of the faithful; so doth the body of Christ now dignifie, fill and cleanse all that receive with sorrow: sorrow I mean for their wickednesse.

But lo : his body is become an offence unto the world. Many there are that say, This is Christ: But behold I teach you. Even as all things were made by him, spiritually: So are all, that are of his Elect, nourished through him, bodily.

Lo, he is become one power, one God; in that he is neither separated from his body; nor se∣parateth his body from his Church.

After a while I come again.

E. K. Now he is gone away.

Δ. We read over the premises to our great comfort, in the mean time, while VRIEL disappeared.

E. K. Now he is here again.

Uriel. ..... O ye timerous birds, How long run you headlong into the Wildernesse? How long * 3.109 will you be ignorant? How long will you tempt the Lord with the spirit of foolishnesse and errour? Behold thou hast not judged well of me. Behold thou hast placed me in a low room, and hast taken the Garland from my head, and trod it under thy feet: For, what is Rodolph, that is not at leisure for the Lord, the God of righteousnesse, the King of Heaven and Earth?

Are they troubled with things that are greater than I? True it is; for with me there is no trouble: for where I enter, I set all things in quiet. Will the Counsellours of the Earth, sit in judge∣ment to sift the Lord? O ye fooles and starvelings of the Earth: O you of little understanding. Think you, that you are able to find light amongst the affairs of the World? true judgement in the imagination of man? or verity amongst the hoords and corruption of covetousnesse and falshood? * 3.110

If he be not at leisure to hear me: Have not I told thee, that I have another in store? Lo, I see, all flesh is full of folly.

Δ. It is not yet done: and therefore we ask counsel of thee; and I thank thee (O Lord) for rebuking of us, before farther errour committed. * 3.111

Uriel. ..... Lo, I gave unto thee, the spirit of choice: and therefore I will regard thy doing, and will wink at thy weakness. I will blesse all that thou takest in hand, and will cover thee with a Robe of Purple; that thou mayst understand that all is mine, and that I raise up whom I list. And I say unto thee again.: Lo, Rodolph hath heard thee, And I will poure my Spirit of truth into thee, and thou shalt be a light unto him.

But, now, If he live righteously, and follow me truly; I will hold up his House with Pillars of * 3.112 Hiacinct, and his Chambers shall be full of Modesty and Comfort. I will bring the East wind over him, as a Lady of Comfort: and she shall sit upon his Castles with Triumph, and he shall sleep with joy.

Moreover I will blesse his loynes: and his House shall stand to the third generation: and to the end; for, now, the World hath hoary hairs, and beginneth to be sick.

If he despise my commandment, I will put the sword against him; and in his dwelling places shall his enemies banket. (But those that deal with thee, let them sow up their mouth: lest being cut with a Razor, they speak not.) For those that neglect my Judgements I will despise them, and their seed shall wither, as corn sown out of season: But he that loveth me, I will multi∣ply him, And he that addeth unto me, I will adde unto him a thousand. * 3.113

But lo, thou hast the spirit of choice.

Δ. O Lord open my understanding of that saying.

Uriel. ..... Quos tu eligis, electi sunt: quo autem despicis, despiciuntur etiam.

Δ. Dwell thou in me (O Lord) for I am frail, and (without thee) very blind.

E. K. Now he is gone.

Δ. Thy glorious name (O Lord) be magnified, praised, and extolled for ever. Amen.

Δ. I perceive that I shall not deal with the Doctor Curtz now. Well, I can let him under∣stand * 3.114 that I had rather deal with the Emperour himself, and so shift my self of him.

E. K. He is here again.

Uriel. ..... Yes, deal with him: and hide nothing from him.

Δ. With Doctor Curtz, O Lord? * 3.115

Uriel. ..... I — And therefore I said, He that addeth unto me, I will adde unto him a

thousand: But he that playeth with me; lo, I swear, I will blot his name from life: * 3.116

[Δ] Liberèagas: Deus est enim liber.

E. K. Now he is gone.

Δ. Deo Omnipotenti, Invisibili & misericordi sit omnis honor, laus, gratiarum actio, & Gloria: nunc & in perpetuum.

Amen.

Thursday, Septembris 13. Mane. † Pragae.

Emericus did bring himself in sight of the Chamberlain, the Noble Octavius Spinola: as I willed him: And he called Emericus to him, and told him, that this day Doctor Curtz should understand the Emperour his pleasure, to confer with me, &c.

Emericus about 10 of the clock before Noon being in the Ritters Stove (or Guard-Cham∣ber) saw Doctor Curtz come out from the Emperour.

Friday, Septemb. 14. Mane, circa 10.

I sent Emericus to Doctor Curtz his house in parva parte: with my commendations; and to say that before, I understood of Doctor Hageck Mr. Doctor Curtz his desire to be ac∣quainted with me: whereof I was very glad and desirous: and now I trust that the Empe∣rour his majesty, by his Authority hath taken order with him whereby to begin our ac∣quaintance, and (God willing) our perpetual friendship. The Doctor was at home, and to Emericus (saying the effect of my message before noted) the Doctor declared that Captaverat antea varias occasiones mecum contrahendae amicitiae, &c. and that now he is very joyful of the occasion offered by the Emperours Majesty: and that this day sundry affairs did hinder the opportunity of our meeting, but to morrow at any hour (at my choice) he would be ready to welcome me to his house: and so with the usual phrase of offering all his services to my pleasure, he sent Emericus to me with his said Answer.

Quos Deus conjungit, Homo ne separet. Amen. Quos autem Deus & Caesar copulat, copulatissimi maneant.

Amen.

Saturday, Septembris, 15. A Meridie hora (ferè) prima. † Pragae.

I came to the foresaid (called Doctor) Curtz: about one of the clock after Noon, who had all the day been ready to have heard me, if I would so have had it: but I sent him word in the morning by Emericus, that after Noon, (as now at this hour) I would come to him. Being come, he entertained me curteously: and two chairs being at the Tables end, he gave me the preeminence (by a friendly kind of earnestnesse) Then he told me, that long since in Germany, he had heard of my fame, and had seen of my writings: and that he was very glad of the opportunity now of my coming to this (ity; and that otherwayes he was desirous of my acquaintance, but chiefly seeing the Emperour his Majesty Ore tenus (for that was his phrase) by word of his own mouth, had willed him to hear what I had to say to his Majesty. I began and declared my long course of study for 40 years, alwayes, by degrees going for∣ward, and desirous of the best, and pure truths in all manner of studies, wherein I had passed, and that I had passed as many as were commonly known, and more than are commonly heard of. But that at length I perceived onely God (and by his good Angels) could satisfie my desire: which was to understand the natures of all his creatures, and the best manner how to use * 3.117 them to his divine honor and glory, and the comfort of the elect, and also to the reproof and con∣fusion of the adversaries of his name and honour. And herein I had dealed sundry wayes: And at length had found the mercies of God such as to send me the instruction of Michael, Ga∣briel, Raphael, and Vriel, and divers other his good and faithful Messagers, such as I had here now brought books (about 18) to shew him the manner of their proceeding: And that I thought it good to begin at the last book, which also concerned most this present Em∣perour Rodolph. And so I did; and so by degrees from book to book lightly, I gave him a * 3.118 taste or sight of the most part, and also let him see the Stone brought me by Angelical ministery, &c.

All things being seen and heard, that in six hours I could shew him: at length he required of me what conclusion, or summary report he should make to the Emperour. I answered, as he had occasion of the things seen and heard; but if he would follow my counsel (somewhat expert in these Divine and Angelical doings.) That his Majesty was to thank God for his * 3.119 great mercies and graces offered: and that by me one, who most sincerely and faithfully gave his Majesty to understand the will of God herein, and that his Majesty was to do, as Mary (the blessed Virgin) did, to lay up all these my informations in his heart, and to say Ecce

servus Domini, fiat voluntas tua, and so to attend the manner of the Lord his proceeding, while he framed his life, as it became every Christian to do.

He said, that he would write (for his own memories help) some short note of his observa∣tions of my speeches, and things seen and marked: and that he would to morrow (being Sonday) or on Monday, if he conveniently could, make a report to the Emperour, and so with all speed give me to understand further of the Emperour his Majesties will and pleasure. Hereupon courteously he brought me down to the street door of his house; and I came home after seven of the Clock, and an half, in the evening.

The mercies of God be on me, and his name be magnified and extolled in this world, and for ever. Amen.

Note. In the mean space while I was thus occupied with the foresaid Mr. Curtz. E. K. was visited at our Lodging with a wicked Tempter, who denied any Christ to be: and that as the * 3.120 heart received comfort of all the Members of the body: So that he, who is God, of all things received comfort by Angels, and other the Members of the world: and that I was now with one, who would use me like a Serpent, with head and tayl compassing my confusion, &c. he earnestly reviled E. K. in divers manners: he said, that E. K. should be damned, and said: moreover, that of our practises should never come any fruitfull end, &c.

Δ. The eternal and Almighty God confound the Adversaries of his truth and glory, and of his Son Jesus Christ our Redeemer, and the Triumphant Conquerour a∣gainst, Hell, fin, and the Devil.

Amen.

PRAGAE.

On Monday and Tuesday the 17^th. and 18^th. of September, I sent Emericus up to the Ca∣stle, to listen after answer of that Doctor Curtz his report to the Emperour, of that he had perceived by me. (But on Monday Octavius Spinola had sent into the Town for Emericus, * 3.121 and told him that the Emperour had care and desire to understand my doing with the Doctor: And therefore asked Emericus if I had been with the Doctor, and he affirmed that I had. Hereof (said he) the Emperour will be glad: And yet (as I began to note) Emericus coming on Tuesday in the face of the Doctor in the Ritters stove; had not one word spoken to * 3.122 him, that either he had spoken to the Emperour, or he had not. And therefore I suspect that the Doctor dealeth not honestly, faithfully, or wisely in this so weighty a case. And foras∣much as he told me, that the Emperour his Majesty was perswaded, that he was pious, &c. per∣haps he would be loath; now, to prefer me to the speech of the Emperour, seeing both he him∣self, and the rest of his counsel stood perswaded to the contrary of this King. Hereupon this great delay, upon sinister report made to the Emperour might follow, &c.

Note. Fryday, Septemb. 21. Circa horam 10. Ferè, Mane. † Pragae.

Δ. As I and E. K. were together in my Study, earnestly discoursing of Auricular confes∣sion, publick confession, and confessing to God alone, and of the Authority of the Church, and the manner of the same Authority using to release, or retain fins, E. K. saw one walk on the Table between him and me: Thereupon I framed me to write, and note what should be shewed, or said, E. K. willed me to set down the shew-stone: So I did, and he looked.

E. K. I see him here with the Scarf over his head and face, untill his waste, but I see his hair yellow behinde on his head, &c.

Mitte lucem tuam, O Deus & varitatem tuam ut ipsae nos ducant ex hac valle miseriae ad montem Sanctum Sion, & ad coelestia tua Taberna∣cula. Amen.

Uriel. ..... I am Uriel the servant of the most wise, mighty, and everlasting God: which visit you for two causes.

The first, that I may open unto you true, and perfect light: such as darknesse comprehendeth not, infallible, and true meat, the power and spirit of the everlasting God.

The second, that I may counsel you against the world, and teach you to triumph against her fro∣wardnesse. For, who hath trusted in the Lord, and hath been cast down? or what is he that hath cried aloud, and is not heard? Therefore, I say unto you; Hear my voyce: For I am of truth, and * 3.123 put against darknesse, and in me are published the light, and mysteries of the Trinity from time to time, and in all ages unto those that fear, and obey God.

Two things there are which are the seals and marks of Satan: which bring eternal death and damnation to all such as are noted, or burned with them, that is to say, lying, and froward si∣lence.

Behold the words of Christ, unto the subtile (your father is a lyar from the beginning, and the Devil.)

Hearken unto my voyce: He that [1] teacheth false Doctrine, openeth [2] his mouth against truth, or defiraudeth [3] his brother is a lyar, and shall not be forgiven.

1. For first, he sinneth against his Creator, which created all things in truth.

2. Secondly, he offendeth against the truth, and his Redeemer, which is the son of God, very Christ.

3. Thirdly, he offendeth against the spirit of God, (of the Father, and the Son) the holy Ghost: which shall not be forgiven; And therefore doth he incurre the rigour of Gods justice, his eternall damnation.

But, I say, give ear unto my words: For, I will sift the dust, and finde out the Pearle, that of a long time hath lyen trodden under the feet.

I will come again.

E. K. He is gone.

Δ. We read over the premisses, and so expected the rest.

E. K. He is again here.

Uriel. ..... Now let us joyn these things together.

All flesh offendeth, and is a lyar. Who, therefore shall be saved, or escape eternal damnation? * 3.124

He it is (I sa) that when he hath lyed, and spoken against the truth doth not frowardly drown'd, and keep down his sin in silence.

For, lying meriteth the vengeance of the Trinity. But he that is wilfully froward, sealeth up * 3.125 his own damnation: For this cause (my brethre) and to the intent that the mercies of God might alwayes be ready for sinners; hath he provided the light, and comfort of his spirit, left as a con∣tinual workman in the Church and spouse of Christ.

I teach you briefly: that, he whosoever, opening his mouth against the spirit of truth; and with * 3.126 wilfull frowardnesse continueth in his lying, without reconciliation to the Church sinneth against the holy Ghost, and shall be damned eternally.

I come again.

E. K. He is gone.

E. K. He is here again.

Uriel. ..... Be now therefore admonished (I say) be warned: And considering you be sinners, ac∣knowledge your offences, least in the end your sin be against the holy Ghost, and so not to be forgiven. But herein they erre with you that expound the Scriptures, saying, that man sinneth, and cannot be forgiven, because he sinneth against the holy Ghost.

I teach you, my brethren: that there is no sin against God, but it is against the holy Ghost:

If so be, in the end, it be shut up with wilfull silence. * 3.127

Whensoever, (therefore) you have offended acknowledge, I say, your sins, before God and his An∣gels: That God may forgive you, and the Angels bear witnesse of your forgivenesse, and shut not up your sins in froward silence.

If thou commit adultry, if thou blaspheme the name of God, if thou be a lyar; yea, if thou speak against the truth: yea, if thou say there is no God (as the * 3.128 foolish do) Despair not; saying, I have sinned against the holy Ghost, because I am a sinner, and a blasphemer of the name of God, because I have spoken, and opened my mouth against the spirit of truth: But go unto the Church, which is * 3.129 governed by the spirit of God, and there with hearty, and open confession disclose, and make plain thy offences, that the holy Ghost may bear witnesse in the spouse, and Church of Christ; That thou hast not sinned against him to eternal death: Because * 3.130 thou art not drowned in froward silence.

For, although God bear witnesse of repentance. Although he hear, and open his ears, yet consider also he hath hands, and must untye those bonds wherewith you are bound. What are the hands of God, but his spirit, wherewith he maketh and created all things. Therefore when thou hast cried out and art sorry, endeavour thy self also to be lifted up by the hands of God.

Learn a similitude in Christ, which (signifying the power of his Church,) commanded the offen∣der to go and wash himself: and so he was whole. I speak this, for thy [E.K.] instruction: I say also unto thee, [E.K.] Go and wash thy self: For thou art a lyar, thou art a drunkard: And therefore thou art a sinner. And if thou persevere, and shadow thy sins with wilfull silence frowardly, then sealest thou thy self with the second brand, and canst not be forgiven, because thou sinnest against the Ghost.

* 3.131 Ananias fell down at the feet of Peter, not onely for that he lyed: but because after his of∣fence he was wilfully silent.

Here thou mayest consider the greatnesse of God his mysteries, and secrets of his will and of fa∣vour, * 3.132 that he stretcheth out unto thee in mercy, for thou art a Childe, and must ascend, and must become a man. The rest after you are refreshed.

Δ. We went to Dinner to our Host his house.

Δ. Thanks, honour, glory, and praise be unto the Almighty Trinity, now and ever. Amen.

Δ. After we had been at Dinner, they read over the premisses, and considered them quietly.

E. K. Here he is.

Δ. Blessed be he that cometh in the name of the highest, to whom be all honour and glory. Amen.

Uriel. ..... Lo, Lo, Lo, (I sa) which of you hath an eye, that seeth not, (no) the world: the vanity, and folly of worldlings: and such as are choked with the mildew of vanity and worldly pro∣motion?

For thus sayeth the Lord; wherein could I shew my self more, either unto this age, or unto this Emperour, then with rebuking him for his sins from Heaven?

Who is able to promise more, or to perform † 3.133 assureder then I, which lighten, and make all things? Yet they believe not,

〈◊〉〈◊〉, they rejoyce in their own folly, and despise me: yea, because they despise thee, whom I have sent with my word unto them.

Δ. Is despised of Rud, and Curtz.

E. K.

Well, thus sayeth the Lord, they have despised their own Garlands, and have trodden their food under feet: They have rent their Robes in pieces, and have cast them into the waves. They are be∣come masterlisse Dogs, for I have forsaken them. And lo, Rodolph, I will scatter thy bones, and * 3.134 thy head shall be devided in many pieces. I will bring in thy enemies over all thy Kingdoms, and for thy sake shall many thousands perish. He also that thinketh himself wise, if he dye a natural * 3.135 death; then say, I am not, neither that I live with my people.

But because thou hast done that which I commanded thee, and hast not forgot my name. Lo, * 3.136 I will plant thee my self, and thou shalt grow, and out of thee shall spring a mighty and a ter∣rible sword: whose Hilts shall be as the Carbuncle, and edge like unto the sting of a Dragon, and I will not suffer thee to fall: neither shall thine enemies ride upon thee. Truely, truely, thou shalt know I am with thee.

But be patient: for Satan hunteth hard after thee. Thou shalt * 3.137 have alwayes a * prick even unto thy last grave. But therein shall thy faith be exalted, and thy reward great.

..... I come again.

E. K. He is gone.

E. K. Here he is again.

Uriel. ..... Lo, for thy labour I will reward thee: And so it shall be. Behold, I had deter∣mined * 3.138 to have rooted out the English people, to have made a wildernesse, and desart of it; to have filled it with many strange people, and to have tied the sword to it perpetually.

Δ. This is no contradiction, for thus this wildernesse and filling is to be understood.

But

Δ. The filling of it with strangers should have been for the conquest, and in a manner ra∣zing, or defacing of all Cities, Towns, and Castles, and so to have brought it to a wil∣dernesse and desart.

But Lo, I will give thee that land; (onely for thy sake) * 3.139 it shall not be consumed.

And after certain moneths, I will bring thee home; yea, thou shalt live till thou be able to passe the waves without a ship, and to ascend the Hills, as the Spiders do. Notwithstanding, I will take the Crown from the house, it is in, and I will place it, as I have Prophesied unto thee. Notwithstanding, for a time, thou shalt live with Caesar.

..... I come again.

E. K. He is gone.

Δ. O Lord, what shall become of my good friend the Lord Laskie.

E. K. Here he is again.

Uriel. ..... Of Lasky thus it is said: Thou [Δ.] hast groaned for him, and hast placed him in * 3.140 thy [Δ.] heart: From henceforth will I reconcile him unto me, and I will cease my anger upon him, and he shall come hither * shortly. But he is a wanton, and very prone to sin.

But hear what I say unto thee.

[E. K. He seemeth to have talk with one afar off]

Caesar thought thou hadst had the Philosophers stone, and (as yet) he thinketh so.

Even as I choaked the gluttenous Israelites with quayles, so will I choake him with that secret.

Behold, thou shalt write unto him, saying, that he regardeth not heaven: * 3.141 And say unto him, that thou canst make the Philosophers stone, I will per∣form it unto thee: Thou shalt do it: And I will give unto thee a special vertue in healing: That whensoever thou comest hither: Thou shalt under∣stand the truth. And this I do, because they shall not despise thee.

Δ. O Lord, for me to be despised in doing thy commandment, is honour and comfort to me: But as concerning thy honour and glorie; Thou in thy wisdom knowest what is best to be done. * 3.142

Uriel. ..... Notwithstanding, thou shall see him perish before thy face. Lo, from this time, I will blesse thee marvellously, and I will help thee in all thy works.

Do thou alwayes:

And make me thy Buckler.

Δ. What shall I do with Doctor Curtz, as concerning his answer?

Uriel. ..... Handle him like a man, for he will deceive thee.

E. K. I request you but one thing for all my labour and travel; that is, that this Doctor might this night be bereft of his life, to the ter∣rour of other, &c.

Uriel. ..... Have patience, God turneth all to his glory, and your commodity. To morrow I have something else to say.

Deus Noster in coelo, omnia quaecunque volrit fecit: Ille solus est Omnipotens, aeternus, sapi∣ens, Bonus, Justus & Misericors: Illi debetur omis Laus, gratiarum actio, honor & gloria.

Amen.

Saturday, 22. Septemb. Manè, Circiter horam 9.

Precibus ad Deum finitis, & variis ad ipsum Ejaculationibus pro 〈◊〉〈◊〉 & veritate Dei, &c. & quibusdam de Rudolphi & Curtzii corruptis Judiciis (qui Dei Misericordias, juxta carnis sensum judicare ausi sunt) [apparuit Vriel facie velata ut ante.]

Uriel. ..... (For this cause say I unto thee) write unto Rudolph, saying, I can make the Philo∣sophers * 3.143 stone: Because I would place thee with them, according to their hope and imagination: That whilest they think little of me, and of the sweetnesse of my message and testimony, I might burst out amongst them; as the mighty waters do out of Hills, when the earth moveth: For I have said unto thee, I will place thee here; If I sow thee here, what Raven can pluck thee up by the roots. No, I will hide thee, as the Hen doth her Chickens: And I will make thee spring to their de∣struction. For why, thou shalt overcome that mystery for thy own sake. * 3.144

Δ. For the glorie of God: his honour and triumph, all good come unto me.

Uriel. ..... Behold, since they will not tye thee unto them from heaven: Thou shalt tye them unto * 3.145 thee from earth: That thou mayest rejoyce when thou seest their destruction, and be ready cloathed for him that is to come.

It was said unto thee, my mother saith she will chuse an Emperour in * 3.146 ernest: But it is Ernest that shall sit upon his seat. Behold, 'there shall be no seed left in him for his wickednesse. Yea, the blessings that I have offered him shall return again; and I will leave his house na∣ked. But when he seeth and hath Gold (which is the thing he de∣sireth, and those that counsel him, do most desire him, for) Then shall he perish with a most cruel, terrible, and unheard of mischief.

But lo, I have written his name within my hand, because I would not forget to punish him. Be∣hold, * 3.147 I could send the windes to devour him, and could open the Caves of the earth to swallow him; which would turn to my honour: But I have a care over you.

Now I am unto you in mercy and wisdom. But I will be with you in ter∣ror * 3.148 and miracles. And I will deal with you in a higher degree: And you shall hear my voyce, as men do their brethren.

Δ. What thou wilt (O Lord) for thy honour and glory: That be.

Uriel. ..... But those that are his counsellers have commanded him, rather then counselled him, * 3.149 to have no dealing with thee at all.

And he is possessed with a great, and a mighty Devil. And behold Belzagal (which is the fury and Prince of the Turks) doth assist him in his wickednesse, for he knoweth it may come to passe that * 3.150 his Kingdom shall be short. But give ear unto me. Fawn thou upon Caesar as a worldling, that thou mayest draw him with the world, to see the glory of God: but to his destruction. For lo, how much more a mans felicity is in this world, the more shall be the burden of his destruction.

There be that gape after thy books, and speak vainly of things that are not. Therefore I coun∣sel that they dwell not long with Poland.

Behold, when Lasky cometh, he shall not hastily return into Poland: till I whisper in his ears, He is dead that sought thy life. I have more to say, but they are not (yet) necessary.

Δ. I beseech you to tell me when I shall prepare my self to go for my books, &c.

Uriel. ..... I speak not, that I know not; but chuse thy own time. Now will I become a Courtier. * 3.151

E. K. He is gone.

Fiat voluntas Dei, ad ejus laudem, honorem & gloriam.

Amen.

Monday, Septembris, 24. Mane hora 8. † Pragae.

Δ. At the first looking E. K. saw Vriel, but covered with his Scarf, &c. Notwithstanding I said some prayers to God on my knees, and came and said here. Mitte lucem tuam & veritatem 〈◊〉〈◊〉 O 〈◊〉〈◊〉: ut ipsae nos ducart ad montem Sion, &c.

It is to be remembred that for two causes we repaired to the Shew-stone: the one by rea∣son of the letter which I had written to the Emperour: and was minded to go to shew it to the Spanish Embassadour before I sent it to the Emperour, to have his opinion of it, and also to bear it. Secondly, by reason of foul slanderous words which were spoken of me here at this Embassadour Table: That I was a Conjurer, and a bank rupt alkimist, and came here to get somewhat of the Emperour: and that I had sold my goods, and given to the Lord Laskie the mony, and that he had deceived me. To these untruths the Embassadour did reply in my behalf: for which I meant to thank him, &c.

Uriel. ..... Even as the accursed, and cast down, most wilfully abhorreth, hateth, and dishonour∣eth, the God of 〈◊〉〈◊〉, because of his mightiness and power over him: So do all those that suck and hang upon his dugs, that are coveteous and desirous of worldly promotion: that gape and thirst after the glory of this world, abhor, hate, and continually vex and dishonour, such as love Justice, or dwell under the wings of the God of power and Triumph. Herein may you rejoyce, that you are partakers and innocents (〈◊〉〈◊〉 at, and despised with the worl) in the fellowship of God, and of his Son Christ. Herein may you be glad, that you are sealed, and dwell with the Fathers, and that you play also upon the Harpe of David: for verily as they are, so shall you be: and as they are made righte∣ous * 3.152 by reason of their election, and crowned toward eternal Joy; So shall your Election establish your righteousnesse, and give you Garlands of eternal comfort. Those that are on the Seas, are fearful of the windes: And why? because of the motion of the place, and of the power of nature: But it is not so, with you: for you dwell in Castles made of marble, wrought out of the middest of a sure rock, a most stable foundation. For why? I am sure that God dwelleth in you, and you in him. * 3.153 Therefore lift up your heads, and rejoyce when you are afflicted, and keep the image of God sincere and perfect in you, that you may alwayes be * 3.154 merciful in the Image of his Son Christ. But when the Lord openeth his mouth, and calleth you together, saying, † 3.155 Venite & audite: Then lay away all mercy; for the God of * 3.156 Justice dwelleth amongst you. Who dwelleth in a house till it be per∣fectly finished? or what is he that putteth on a garment before it be made? Be you assured, that where the † 3.157 house is finished, and your * 3.158 garments made, you shall both enter, and be clothed with comfort: Comfort of † 3.159 wisdom and power. I am mindful of you, and will be mindful of my * 3.160 pro∣mise toward you. And If you remain and dwell [fortè together deest] and be constant in me, you shall passe the † 3.161 Thunders that are to come; you shall be witnesses of my power: and shall enter into the * 3.162 Land of Promise with those that shall be comforted: where these dayes shall have an end. O my brethren, this world exceedeth in wickednesse, and is a terrour to the good Angels: Because of the souls that she devoureth. But when lightnesse is rewarded, and Justice sitteth in place, Then shall she bear no weight, but be made all one with the bottomlesse pit. Despise her, despise her; for she is an 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

Behold I have entred in amongst you; and it is my Spirit that * 3.163 leadeth to the Embassadour from Spain. I will reward him.

Therefore as thou hast opened me unto the * 3.164 wicked, so let also the good bear witnesse of me.

The Lord is become a firebrand in fury, and hath armed him∣self: and hath taken unto him his great Target, and the Spear of his indignation: Accursed are they that have offended him.

Tum verò aeterni Genii Immortalis 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 & * 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉. URIEL, Saniel, Azaelque, * 3.165

Quae mala quisque hominum patraverit ante Scientes

E tetris animas tenebris caliginis omnes.

Judicio sistent ad formidabile patris

Magni, Immortalis solium, &c. Orat. Sibyl. pag. 79.

Ubi sequuntur plura de VRIELE.

And when I separate them in the day of wrath to come, (as one of the fingers and gatherers in of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of God) Then they shall know that I am URIEL, which will not forget the wickednesse of their hands, nor their blasphemous mouth, in that day of revenge.

After a certain time cometh Michael unto you, and shall shew unto you his bloody Sword; and * 3.166 you shall stand under his Banner. He shall hold up his hands, and shall fight against the Hills for you: and your enemies shall not be. Vnto which time, receive you Light and Comfort: and be con∣tented with adversity in the Lord.

My brethren, it is better to be poor, with those that are * 3.167 poor in spirit: then to be rich with those that are gluttons, and with the Princes of the Earth

Thou shalt be with Caesar, in despite of the Devil.

I have said.

Δ. Gloria patri & filio & Spiritui Sancto: Sicut erat in Principio & nunc & semper, & in secula seculorum. Amen.

Note: As I had finished this Action, and was come to my Study door; Emericus was re∣turned again from the Spanish Embassadour, to whom I had sent him desirous to know his leasure for me: who had now sent me word by Emericus to come to diner, & so he would have leasure, &c. Whereof I was right glad; and went thither to diner: who into his inermost Study (where he himself was writing of letters) caused me to be brought. And after I had complained of injury and violence done unto me, by foul slanders, and that, at his Honours Table: (to which his Honour, in my behalf had replied: and therefore most humbly, and sincerely I did thank him) I said that the Emperous Majesty himself could bear me witnesse, that I used this phrase unto him, that I came not for his riches as, Non veni ad vos O Serenissime Caesar propter divitias vestras, ut inde ego dives fierem, sed à Deo missus, non audeo aliter facere quam ejus ad ve tram Caesaream Majestatem voluntatem declarare, &c. And therefore, How falsly they slandered me, it was evident: and because I perceive that Doctor Curtz hath not dealt neither with due entertainment of me as of a stranger, or a Sudent, or a Mathematitian, or of one whom (to my face) he gave great praise unto, as of one long since of great fame in Germany, and so in his good estimation, &c. And least of all, as of one, who offered so great curtesies to the Emperours Majesty as he was made witnesse of: I thought good to send unto the Emperours Majesty this letter following, and so read it unto him after diner, when I shewed him Librum Pragensem sive Caesareum; and moreover Librum decimum, (whose former title was Libri Sexti Mystici Tertiarius) and there shewed him divers Actions in Latine al∣ready translated, because now to translate so to him of the English, did seem to me both te∣dious, and to him not so readily pleasant. All things on his 〈◊〉〈◊〉 considered, his summary final conclusion was, as well of the last offer in this my letter, as of the great actions and di∣vine purposes. For the first he declared that he was lineally descended out of the consan∣guinity, of one a Gentleman, but unlettred at the first, who left his wife, children, and family in * 3.168 Maiorca, and ascended an Hill there, and in place solitary remained an 〈◊〉〈◊〉 year, and at the years end, he came down, but so learned and wise, that all who knew him before, wondred at it. And that the same man was called Raymondo Lullio: and that he made that which is called the Philosophers Stone, as in England (said he) I understand is good record of it: Therefore I see, quoth he, that it is a truth and possible: and as he hath granted the knowledge of it to one man, so he may grant it to another, &c. And as for the other higher matters, I perceive that God intendeth some great matter in this world. But I am not able to judge or determine of it: But I am of this mind, wherein I can any way further the service of God, I will be ready and obedient, &c. And as for the Emperours person himself, I find him of a good na∣ture, curteous, and most zealously Catholick: yea ready to shed his blood in the cause, if opportunity required. He understandeth the Latine well, and speaketh sufficiently well: That is true (quoth I) for he spake well in Latine to me divers things. Moreover (said he) as concerning you, I saw him very well affectionated, making great account of your book, &c. Therefore you are not to regard these Dutch mens ill tongues, who hardly can brook any stranger, &c.

Upon farther matter that I had to shew him, I offered my ready repair unto him at all times of his good leasure being called or warned. And he desirous to see the Stone brought to me by an Angel, willed me to come to morrow also, to Diner: I promised him, and so with thanks yielded to his honour, I departed toward my Lodging at Bethelem in old Prage.

The Copy of the foresaid Letter to the Emperour.

MUltis (O Serenissime Caesar) & permagnis (ferè omnium) Creaturarum Dei, immò 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Dei, & coelestibus haud paucis mysteriis, arcanisque, vestrae Caesareae Majestatis jussu per me (jam, ante quatuordecim dies) fideliter, sincere, & diligenter (quantum sex horarum fieri poterat spacio) declaratis, ac manifestatis: eidem, cui, eadem penes me videnda, audienda, intelligendaque esse voluistis: Inde, nunc, quae sit vestrae Caesareae Ma∣jestari, simplex (tanquam ab aequo rerum AEstimatore) facta relatio: vel, quod cum relatione adjunctum Judicium: vel, qualis totius processus excogitata censura: vel, qualis mecum pro∣cedendi, vobis persuasa cautio; vel, quale pro Caesarei vestri responsi forma, initum captum∣que consilium, Non sum tam immodeste curiosus, ut expiscar, Neque aliter, vel alia ratione de sacrae vestrae Majestatis Caesareae prudenti & gratiosa (in praemissis) Resolutione, sum sol∣licitus, quam, me (fidelem, sincerum, & devotum) Dei Omnipotentis, & (in Deo, propter∣que Deum) vestrae sacrae Caesareae Majestatis servitorem deceat. Video tamen me (dum nullum adhuc ad praemissa receperim responsum) per tam alci silentii (quasi) stimulum, ali∣quantulum impelli, ut secundò vestram Caesaream Majestatem admoneam, Ne divinam hane, & divinitus oblatam Misericordiam, tam inexpectatam, tam magnam, tam inauditam, tam ad∣mirandam, tam multiplicem, tam statui Imperatorio, Christianaeque Reipublicae necessariam, tam certam, tam paratam, eamque (per Dei Omnipotentis, Caesareaeque Majestatis vestrae, fi∣delem servitorem) re ipsa, vobis confirmandam, & administrandam: (si sacra vestra Caesa∣rea Majestas voluisset) parvi momenti negotium, vel inventum aliquod humanum, aut frau∣dem Diabolicam, esse, fuisse, vel fore, ullo modo suspicemini, vel Credatis. Tali enim & tam gravi vestrae Caesareae Majestatis errore, Omnipotentis Dei incendi posse furorem vehementer vereor: & ne hanc Dei misericordiam respuentes, ejusdem indignantem provocetis vindictam, valde metuo. Quapropter, cum videam Caelum ipsum, & caelestia talia mysteria, non tali tantaeque curae, vestrae sacrae Majestati Caesareae adhuc esse, quali, quantaeque optassem equi∣dem: Ego potius quam, ut, vel Deus hujus suae (prius inauditae) Misericordiae ultroque vestrae Caesareae Majestati oblatae, prorsus nullum (penes homines) haberet conspicuum ju∣dicium, argumentum, Testimonium vel experimentum: Et potius quam mea (saepe nominata) fidelitas, sinceritas, & Devotio (sive votum) erga Deum & vestram Caesaream Majestatem, omni (apud posteros nostros) careret fide, & veritatis manifestae robore: In Dei Nomine, & ad ejus laudem, honorem, & gloriam: & ut vestrae serenissimae Caesareae Majestatis satisfa∣ciam desiderio Heroico, De lapide illo Benedicto: (Philosophorum vocato lapide) infal∣libiliter videndo, possidendo & utendo: Assero vestrae sacrae Caesareae Majestati, lapidem eun∣dem me (auxilio favoreque Divino) conficere posse. Et propterea; Si vestra Caesarea Ma∣jestas, me velit interim, sibi intime charum habere: Et, si, pro dignitate tanti mysterii, & Beneficii (sibi à me liberalissime & humillime exhibendi) gratiosè me tractare dignabitur (Non tamen alio quidem vel altiori me insigniens Titulo quam qui vestrae Caesareae Majesta∣tis Philosopho & Mathematico conveniat,) Hiis literis ore & corde polliceor, sanctéque coram Deo Omnipotenti voveo: Opus illud philosophicum, Omuibus suis numeris perfectum, in manus vestras Caesareas, (& sine sumptibus vestris ad illud opus perficiendum requirendis) ac brevissimo, quo fieri poterit, tempore (Nutu Dei) me daturum. De aliis praeterea Arcanis, adhuc mihi silendum esse video. Nunc autem sacrae Caesareae Majestaris vestrae gratiosam, li∣beram, constantemque voluntatem, in praemissis, non aliter, nisi ex vestro proprio gratioso ore vel ex vestris Caesareis literis propriis, intelligere Cupio. Nullum enim jam nosco, dignum & aptum, qui in istis, alissque Naturae & Artis secretis, meus (penes vestram Caesaream Ma∣jestatem) fieri deberet Mercurius.

Tuesday, Septembris 25. Pragae.

Note: I went to Diner to the Spanish Embassadour: and carryed with me the Stone brought me by an Angel; and the fourth Book, wherein the manner of the bringing of it is expressed. And also I carried with me Librum Sextum Sanctum Mysticum.

After Diner, when I had shewed him these things: his final answer was, that verily he took the doing to be by good Angel: marry, the matters to be too great: Therefore (said I) they are for the service of God, and not onely man. He said he was a sinner, and not wor∣thy to be privy, much lesse to be a doer in them: Notwithstanding whatsoever he can do therein acceptable to God, he would be most obedient thereto. He desired a Copy of the * 3.169 Emperour his foresaid letters, that he might consider circumspectly of the Contents before he should deliver them; whereunto I consented. Renderiug his honour thanks I de∣parted.

After my return home, I found E. K. resolved to go from hence to morrow, for his wife, * 3.170 and so straightway into England: which was to me a grief: But what can I do, but refer all to the mercies of God, whom I have called upon for wisdom to serve him withal? I have 〈◊〉〈◊〉 my trust in the Lord, I have not murmured at any such pangs and tentations hitherto.

The mercies of the Highest be upon me, as I have put my trust in him.

Amen.

Now were we (all) brought to great penury: not able without the Lord Laskies, or some * 3.171 heavenly help, to sustain our state any longer.

Besides this, I understood of the Queens displeasure for my departure, and of the Bishop of London his intent to have begun to have accused me of Conjuration, and so to have had the secret assistance of you know whom.

Tu es Deus fortitudo mea, refugium meum Susceptor meus, & liberator meus.

Amen.

Wedensday, Septembris 26. Ante Meridiem. Pragae.

About 10 and a half of the clock, Dr. Curtz sent with Mr. Simon Hageck his servant to * 3.172 know my lodging: He had passed not far off in a lane on horseback his self going into the Town, and so met Mr. Simon Hageck at the lanes end, &c.

Thursday, Septembris 27. † Pragae.

〈◊〉〈◊〉: About 7. of the clock came Dr. Curtz his servant from his Master to tell me, that his Master would come unto me at 9 of the clock. * 3.173

At 9 of the clock came Dr. Curtz on horseback to me, to my lodging (at Doctor Hageck his house by Bethleem) my wife he saluted, and little Katharine, my daughter. Mr. Kelly had gotten him into his chamber, not willing to be seen.

After he was come up into my little Study, and there set, in Mr. Kelly his usual place, and I in mine; I began to complain of the great injury done unto me here; for I came as a sin∣cere and faithful servitour of the Emperour his Majesty, intending all goodnesse and honour unto him: no hindrance, losse or hurt; neither came I propter divitias Caesaris mihi 〈◊〉〈◊〉, as I said expressely unto his Majesty. I was, before I came hither, of good name and fame, both in this Court, and all Europe over, As you your self Mr. Doctor (quoth I) can bear me witnesse: and other in this Court divers: And that here my name and fame should suf∣fer shipwrack, where I thought I had been in, a sure Haven of my principal Patrone: My thinketh that great in jury is done unto me: I know no means how to help it, but to give you warning of the envious malitious back biters that also are about this Court, that as you find occasion, you might encounter with this evil, and foul monster, in so mighty a Princes Cause intruding it self.

The Doctor seemed not to know what I meant. I told him, that at a Noble-mans Table, There was, of great account, who said, that there was an English man, come to the Emperours, A bankrupt 〈◊〉〈◊〉, a Conjurer, and Necromantist: who had sold his own goods, and given the Lord Laskie the money: and that he had beguiled him: and that now he would fain get some of the Emperour his money from him, &c. The Doctor seemed greatly to mislike these slanderous words, and said, that he never heard of any such; with some few words more, of the wicked manner of back biters.

After this, as 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the report making to the Emperour, of that I had shewed unto him, at his house, (as before is noted) he said that he had made a plain and sincere report. Whereunto the Emperours Majesty, had (as yet) given no answer. And to be plain with you (said he) his Majesty thinketh them almost either incredible, or impossible: and would have some leasure to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of them: and is desirous to have the sight of those Latine A∣ctions you shewed me, or a Copy of them, and especially, of that, which containeth a para∣phrasis of the Apostolical Creed. I answered, that my Books I would not deliver out of my hands: And as for a Copy of them, I would (at leasure) write it, that his Majesty might have it. And then I told him farther, that because it was so long before I heard any word of him, I had letters ready to send to the Emperours Majesty, to have farther declared my mind unto him, and I declared unto him the tenor of them: and he told me that about three of the clock after noon, his man should go to the Court, and if then I would send them, his man

should carry them. I answered that I would expect a day or two for the Emperours return hither. After this we talked of some Mathematical matters: And I shewed him the little Book de superficierum divisionibus, set forth by me and Commandinus, printed at Pezaro in Italy. He said that he never saw it before: I bad him then take it with him to peruse: and that if I had another Copy, I would give it him; but I had none other but that. I shewed him also the Propaedeamata Aphoristica de praestantioribus quibusdam Naturae virtutibus, which he had never seen before. After this, with mutual curtesies offered on both parts (after the manner of the world) he took his horse, and returned homeward.

Friday, Septembris, 28. Pragae.

Intending to send the Emperours letter (here before written) to his Majesty, by my good friend, the Spanish Embassadour, I wrote this letter to send to the Embassadour in that be∣half, and as concerning the credit of these Actions.

Illustrissimo Domino, Domino Don Gulielmo de Sancto Clemente, serenissimi atque Catholici Hispaniarum Regis apud sacram Caesaream Ma∣jestatem, &c. Legato, Domino suo observandissimo.

Illustris & Magnifice Heros: Multis hoc probari potest testimoniis & exemplis, quod illa, quae (preter vulgarium artium & scientiarum decreta) Nova, & supra vulgaritèr Studioso∣rum expectationem, hominibus (licet piis & candidis quidem) Divinitùs revelantur mysteria, cum summa difficultate vel intelliguntur à paucissimis, vel vix sine suspitione admittuntur, aut creduntur à 〈◊〉〈◊〉: Ast qualis, in nostris, (si rectae piéque informatae rostris adhibeatur judicium) esse potest suspitio? Nam à Deo Omnipotente, per multos jam annos, fideliter, ar∣denter, & constanter per preces requisita sapientia: Una (scilicet quae penes nos quidem) vi∣detur esse radix & occasio tanti istius Doni obtinendi. Ast in coelesti suo Palatio, ante condi∣tum mundum, determinata, & assignata erga nos Misericordia & gratia Omnipotentis Dei, praecipuum, solidum, immobileque hujus tanti mysterii est censendum fundamentum: In quo mysterio, talis relucet, per potentes fidelesque Angelos Isagogica Informatio, De Arcanis Dei consiliis, tam in mundi creatione Creaturarumque naturis, & vero usu, quam in mundi prae∣sentis moxque 〈◊〉〈◊〉 statu: Et preterea, de unius Catholicae Ecclesiae (charissimae Jesu Chri∣sti 〈◊〉〈◊〉, nostraeque piae matris) sanctitate, dignitate, & Authoritate (veluti in qua etiam est Sanctorum Communio, & Peccatorum remissio) & de multis nondum per nos revelandis Dei Arcanis Magnalibus & Determinationibus: Quòd tantum abest, ut aliquis (sanae mentis) Christianus, Actiones Nostras Mysticas, Diabolicas esse fraudes, contendere, immo ne suspica∣ri quidem conetur aut possit: ut potius, tale Arcanum Dei propositum, incredibiliter admi∣rari, rationem humanam, in eisdem examinandis, subjugare, & Dei erga Electos suos admi∣randam misericordiam in istis esse manifestam, humillimè, & cum summo tremore fateri velit: Ego quidem, hactenus, in istis, aliud (ferè) nihil, me esse invenio, nisi Calamum scribae, velociter per me scribentis. Nam visa auditaque (in mea praesentia) fidelissimè, de litera in∣terdum ad literam, interdum, verbatim, interdum pluribus simul receptis verbis (ipso eodem temporis momento, quo traduntur) annotare sum solitus. Ast jam in quam multa excrevit Noster talis labor volumina? Ex quibus omnibns illum fructum, successumque expectamus, qualem praefixit ille, cujus nutui cuncta obediunt. Istas autem ad suam sacrem Caesaream Maje∣statem literas meas: Cum vestra magnificentia opportunitatem inveniet primam, si meo nomi∣ne: humillimè eidem exhibere dignabitur, Tum magno mihi (Divinitus) injuncto, levatus ero onere: Tum magno, à vestra magnificentia affectus beneficio: Interim verò, Dum suae sa∣crae Majestatis Caesareae ad istas responsum dabitur, (nimirum si ad 14. vel 16. dies prius ex∣pectandum esset) vel, statim post acceptum responsum (si tam expeditè illud recipere possum, quàm quod recepi ultimo) ad iter me accingere debeo, propter familiam, libros, & aliquam meam suppellectilem, huc (ante hyemis asperitatem) transferendam. Ubi, cum Caesareae Ma∣jestatis gratioso favore, & sub ipsius Protectione Imperatoria, voluntatem Omnipotentis Dei implere, pro viribus, & suae sacrae Caesareae Majestati inservire (tanquam ejusdem Philosophus & Mathematicus) fidelissime, de tempore in tempus, paratus esse potero.

Illustri vestrae Magnificentiae Addictissimus

Joannes Dee.

I annexed hereunto a Post-script, which followeth:

Post-scriptum.

MEarum esse partium, & consultum esse duxi vestrae Magnificentiae paucissimis verbis significare, quod heri, manè, hora nona, vir egregius, & suae Majestis Caesareae fi∣dus Confiliarius D. Doctor Curtzius, me humanissimè invisebat in meo ergastulo, & hy∣pocaustato, juxta Bethlehem, ubi videre poterat Bibliothecam presentem meam, nullam (ferè) aliam esse, praeter Sancta Dei Evangelia & Biblia sacra ipsosque nostrorum myste∣riorum libros: Ego autem quodam humili modo (inter caeteras querelas meas) de tam lon∣ga interposita mora conquerebar, inter ejusdem (de meis rebus) factam relationem, & Caesareum de eisdem recipiendum responsum. Ille verò se simplicissimè Caesareae Majesti visa auditaque (penes me) retulisse asseruit, nullo suo, de eisdem, adhibito judicio. Ve∣rum, Caesari (dixit) quasi impossibilia vel incredibilia fuisse visa. Et de responso mihi (in hac parte) dando, secum, adhuc, suam deliberare velle Majestatem Caesaream. Unde ego de literis meis istis, suae Majesti mittendis, mentionem feci & summatim earundem teno∣rem, eidem enarravi. Ille easdem statim habere voluit, ipsi Caesareae Majestati à Meridie mittendas: Ego quidem Caesaris me velle ad pauculos dies expectare ad ventum dixi. Deinde de rebus Mathematicis brevissime inter nos habito sermone, illique (ad pervidendum) dato libello quodam Geometrico (per me & Federicum Commandinum Vrbinatem) in lucem olim dato, & mutuis, post, utrinque promissis officiis humanitatis & benevolentiae, abiit.

1584. Sept. 28.

Saturday, Septemb. 29. Die Sancti Michaelis.

The foresaid Letter to the Emperours Majesty, with this Letter to the Ambassadour, and this Post-script: And moreover, (according to the Ambassadour his request) the Copy of the Emperours Letter, all in one uttermore paper closed (Letter like) sealed, and with su∣perscription to the foresaid Ambassadour; I sent to his honour on Michaelmas day at din∣ner time, by Emericus Sontag: Who delivered the same to the Secretary of the Ambassa∣dour, and he to the Lord Ambassadour, as he sat at dinner.

Deus bene vertat, ad laudem nominis sui.

Amen.

September 29.

Remember that this day (after-noon) I sent Hugh on foot with my Letters to Cracovia to Edmond, that my folk should not be out of quiet, or afeard to see Mistresse Kelly, sent for, and no Letters to come from me, &c. I writ to the Lord 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of our want of mo∣ney, &c.

Monday, Octobris 1. à Meridie circa 3. horam. Pragae. Oratione dominica finita, &c. Valde cito est facta apparitio.

E. K. Here be two, one his face is covered, and the other is not: * 3.174 And he, whose face is uncovered seemeth to be Gabriel.

Δ. Sit benedictus Deus Pater, Deus filius, & Deus Spiritus Sanctus nunc & Semper. Amen.

Δ. Our chief cause (at this instant) why we resort to this shew-stone, is for to under∣stand (according to the grounds of God his promise) the state of my wife her grievous dis∣ease, * 3.175 and means to cure her, wherein if it please the Lord to be mercifull unto her and me, it shall be the occasion whereby she will all her life time praise the name of God for his mer∣cies, and be of a quietter minde, and not so testy and fretting as she is.

..... Who are you, or from whence come you, that you'require science; which seek to be more * 3.176 wise and expert, then such as are the Children and Doctors of this World? whose judgements are

rash, and understanding naked: and in whose lips dwelleth no truth. Who (I say) are you, that you should deserve the majestral benefit of so great and sanctified grace? as to understand the de∣termination of God, the power of his Angels, or the brightnesse, or obscurity of mans Soul, and understanding: You desperate sinners, and partakers with the wicked, how can you seek bread at your fathers hands: when you seek to steal into his barnes? Yea, into his house, and dining Ta∣bles: and more then that; yea, even into his privy Chambers: not to spoyl him of his houshold stuffe, * 3.177 of his Gold, or precious stones, but of the diademe, and Crown of his everlasting Majesty and ho∣nour: you are thieves and robbers; and through the Dignity of your spirit you shall think to exalt your selves, and to live in Majesty with the world.

True it is, you may live so: But you live with an Harlot, and shall possesse the reward of Fornica∣tors and 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

Therefore seek not to feed of such food, as the holy, and blessed messengers, and Ministers of the * 3.178 God of Hosts and glory do taste of: and are comforted; for they are the spirits of truth and under∣standing: such as cleave unto their God, and fight against the abominations, and horrible blasphe∣mies of the world and her adherents: which (because you set your selves against the) shall keep, * 3.179 and close up the brightnesse, and obscurity of each Soul from you, that 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ignorance may be greater; and your darknesse 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and that you may return without light: to the Barathrum of ignorance, * 3.180 where pride, self-love, and the Children of vanity have their hubitation.

Then (peradventure) will you say within your selves: There be other doors, there be other woods; yea, there be other wayes, let us therefore seek out them.

But behold, I will shut up from you all Elemental Vigor: So that the Fountains of coagulation * 3.181 shall be dried when you seek them, and the natural nourishment and food of parts that dwell in one * 3.182 proportion shall hide themselves, and be asleep when you seck them; yea, in the lowest I will place a threefold door-bar, stronger then a Rock of yearn, which shall stand between your eyes and know∣ledge, and you shall not see: for peradventure you may say in your selves.

Behold, there is a science known; yea, there is a conjunction of [Δ] equal qualities, opening un∣to * 3.183 us the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of comfort in infirmities, that is not so. O you foolish: for neither here, nor there, shall you finde the Lord, if you follow the steps, and defiled wayes that the world teacheth you.

For I said of you: Lo, I will place you against the world, that * 3.184 my name may be magnified, and the world shall hate you for my sake.

Δ. O Lord, be mercifull unto us: Deal, O Lord, with us, as I have put my trust in thee: Turn away thy wrath (O God) and visit us in mercy: O God, O Lord, what grievous say∣ings are these?

Gabriel. ..... Trouble [Δ] thou not thy heart, but hear the voyce of me, Gabriel, the man of God. I am the true medecine of such as put their trust in the God of Hosts, and in his son Christ; which is the Lamb of life, and the comfort of his father, which give unto those that thirst, the true medecine * 3.185 of comfort and consolation; neither shall God forsake thee, neither shall thy Soul be de∣ceived.

But it behoveth these things to be spoken, that sin might be corrected, and * 3.186 the name of him that sent us, magnified.

Δ. In nomine Dei loquitur, * 3.187 qui per omnes Angelos loqui∣tur: licet enim Vriel dixerit vel alius, tamen Deus semper loquitur. * 3.188

Gabriel. Hear my voice: as I said unto thee, so will I place thee here. And from hence thou shalt have science and understanding, and thou shalt be favourable in the eyes of him, that I favour not: that my glorie might be exalted in him, and against his childish∣nesse. Yet, I will be mercifull to him; yet if he hear me. E. L.

..... Vnto thee [E. K.] I say, (O thou that art a worldling) * 3.189 I will stir up friends amongst you, and I will fill thy hands with that thou desirest: But that thou receivest in the one, I will pluck back in the other, that when thou wouldest be wise, thou shalt not, and when thou wouldest see, thou shalt not.

Δ. E. K. Was very much offended at these sharp words, &c. and would have left off, &c.

Uriel. ..... Inobediens es, & castigatione dignus.

Gabr. ..... As for the vertue of the holy spirit * 3.190 (spoken of) the gift of medecine, and healing (which you call Physic) Alas, you know not.

Insani sunt omnes, & fatui: For, Physick is in very deed, the true, and perfect science of the natural combination, and proportion of known parts, answering in graduation real, to one principal and defined; is therefore above the capacity of such as are worldlings, and do hunt after money more then the truth of Gods spirit.

Definitie Medicina, Medicina est vera & perfect a scientia naturalis combinati 〈◊〉〈◊〉, & proportionis partium 〈◊〉〈◊〉 debito 〈◊〉〈◊〉 respendentium in graduatione reali ad 〈◊〉〈◊〉 principale, & desiaitum esse.

Uriel as a wit∣nesse standing by.

But lo, light standeth by me, and my words are medicine: and whatsoever I speak, light beareth witnesse of me: Therefore are my words true.

..... Have patience awhile.

Δ. He disappeared.

Δ. We examined the definition of Physick to be a very apt answering, both to the Anato∣mical natures of man, or any patient, and also of the Herb, or simple, that is medici∣nal, &c.

Δ. He came again and proceeded.

Gab. .... Which consisteth of two parts, the knowledge of coelestial radiation (the cause of [1] com∣bining) * 3.191 and of Elemental vigor, the stay, and cause of [2] proportion.

The first, and coelestial is threefold, that is to say, from God, from the Angels, from mans Soul.

The second (that is to say Elementa) is the knowledge of the star [1] coagulating; of the [2] pabula of the parts nourished, of the [3] conjunction of like qualities.

(Here is the true Art of Physick)

This second is threefold.

After a while I come again.

Δ. He is come again, and proceeded.

Gab. ..... Go to.

Δ. In the name of Jesus.

Gab. ..... Then you are diseased, you are sick: you must have a Physitian: why then, your Physitian must be such as hath this Science, to judge your disease,

Whether (for sin) it come from God: and so by prayer to be cured: * 3.192

Or from the Angels, as the Ministers of Gods Justice (generally) for desert or for reproof: * 3.193

Or from the soul of man, as from the chief life of the body, whose infection radically, and by the * 3.194 influence of proportions immediate, (hidden from man, but known unto us,). is called (with us) Mazah: with you, Impietas.

These are the first three, and Magicall Causes: The other three are Elemen∣tall. * 3.195

1. Either by the star, that is cause of coagulation and imbibing of mans sperm in the femine * 3.196 blood, without the which it could not.

2. The other (that is the second) through infection of meates which are divers, wherewith the * 3.197 thing is, [and] continueth, which in their kinds are many.

3. The last, by conjunction or mixture: which is the secret property that draweth infection from * 3.198 man to man.

These if you know (for he is no Physitian if he know them not) how they are and live, and are * 3.199 joyned together in their proportions, and also when they exceed, or are diminished, in that they are you shall be able to bring them to their proper being, wherein they are ratified and rejoyce.

[Δ. He was away a quarter of an hour.]

Gab. ..... Lo, these are seeds and foundations: and here I have (according to my property) touched the least of my strings for you.

If now you intend to excell the Physitians of the Earth, and to help those that are diseased, * 3.200 sincerely, truly, and through the power and mercy of God;

Then must you attend upon me, and my expositions, for forty dayes, wherein I will open unto * 3.201 you, many and unknown secrets; and will comfort you with this one herb or branch of my Garden, * 3.202 to the intent you may perceive I am true Gabriel.

But as in you that are hearers, due obedience ought to be, so must I keep the Authority and * 3.203 gravity of a Schoolmaster, suffering none to hear my Doctrine, but such as are abstinent and clean∣sed from their sins.

Consider therefore, what the mercies of God are, the fruit, and value of this Doctrine, and the

nakednesse and necessity of the world that requireth it, and then answer me. * 3.204

For your answer is a vow unto the Lord, of whose help and comfort I bear witnesse. * 3.205

But as touching thy wife, her disease is in the first Elemental, and very dangerous, and threat∣neth her child, yea and her self death.

Δ. Lord, therefore I resort unto thee, who art the Curer of all dieases.

Gab. ..... But to morrow (if thou resort here,)

I will tell thee, what it is, and will define of it.

Lord, I trust, it shall be cured: What is unpossible unto our God?

Gab. ..... I cease.

Δ. Incessant praise and honour, be unto the Almighty, most bountiful, and wise God, the Lord of Hosts, our God and King.

Amen.

Remember I sent letters to Cracow by the Messager of Prage:

Tuesday, Octobris 2. Mane hora 9. † Pragae.

Δ. Orationibus finitis, ad Deum, &c. Deus in adjutorium nostrum intende, &c.

E. K. Here they be.

Δ. Gratia Dei, patris, & filii, & Spiritus Sancti, sit super nos nunc & semper & in saecula saeculorum. Amen.

Δ. They paused, before they spake, very long.

Δ. Perhaps they expect our answer, as concerning our cleansing and abstaining from sins: Herein I crave at Gods hands his grace and mercy, and intend and desire both to be purged, and also to abstain not onely 40 dayes, but all my life, to the best of my abili∣ty, &c.

Gab. ..... Puris habemus omnia, Immundis nihil.

Δ. I beseech you for God his sake, & per viscera misericordiae Altissimi, that you would de∣clare uuto us a certain remedy of my wife her disease, &c.

Gabr. ..... When thy wife was a milkie substance, growing by the perfection of the place, and influence radical, (which onely, is the gift of the Sun) then, was not the Matrix, or bag of * 3.206 Nature (wherein she encreased) perfect, or of sufficient retention: By reason of a feaver going before the conception: So that, the Angelical administration, generally containing, the vessel of life, * 3.207 for the proportion of the world, * 3.208 entred by force of their Order immediately, before the [Δ]inward parts, were established in their nutriment and proportion.

Which is the cause, that the second * 3.209 vessel, and lowest of nature (for, your terms I must use) is so thin, and tyed short, that it is not able to keep in, or retain, the simile and quidditie of her own substantial being and seed.

Wherefore, when the rest of her digestions (according to her age and natural strength) fulfil their offices, by degree to be received into that receptacle; then, doth the force of nature quail: and by the subtilty of the principle, or matter ejected, (which seeketh to take up on every center a dwelling place,) the guts and passages, are offended and scalded with an intemperate heat: the most subtile and sharpest part, being of a most penetrating vertue: (and therefore seeking passag) mixeth her self with the excrements, where resting, she turneth unto her first form, which * 3.210 is blood: Whose Quintessence worketh, in her own property and beginning, and forceth the [1] ex∣crement stercoral many times to become bloody, the other part being more heavy, notwithstanding unapt to descend, (Quia natura quaerit omne suum) becometh corrupted; and so by vertue of * 3.211 nature, is cast out as an [2] excrement, being blood and matter.

But I tell thee, that so long as Nature was in the lowest degree, and the sperm kept more near together, by reason of the spiritual heat in youth, it was not faulty in her:

But in her sixteenth year, when they were more heavy and sought issue and descension, then began * 3.212 Nature to feel the effect, in the places, and vessel, which is the ground of her retention, the chief basis and mother of her dwelling.

Behold now, being faetive, and the force of heat drawn to the nutriment of the Creature; More∣over * 3.213 the other part Active compelled into a nearer place, by the impediment of imagination, bring∣eth great danger now, by reason that Nature is become very weak, and not able to make excremen∣tal expulsion.

But do 〈◊〉〈◊〉 thou think that there is a remedy to this disease?

Δ. Yea verily, through the wisdom and mercies of the Highest.

Gabr. ..... I have taught the disease; I will go and see if there be a remedy.

Δ. The God of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, be merciful to my wife and me, and send her remedy and cure of her grief.

E. K. Here he is.

Gab. ..... Come again after Diner.

Δ. We had been sent for to diner, twice or thrice before. So we went.

Δ. Misericordiae Dei sint super nos.

Amen.

After Diner, circa horam 1.

Δ. We resorted to the Mystery: and shortly, they appeared both.

E. K. Here they be both.

Δ.

Gab. ..... Take pure wheat, a pinte: one Pheasant-Cock alive, an eleven ounces of Masculine Amber (which is the white Ambe) an ounce and a quarter of Turpentine. * 3.214

Δ. Of washed Turpentine?

Gab. ..... Turpentine that is washed loseth his vertue.

Break the Cock in pieces with a pestel, (his feathers pluckt off) pound the Amber small.

Put all this into a gallon of red wine.

Δ. May we take the red wine of this Country?

Gab. ..... I. Distill them, with a fire of the second heat.

[Δ. I beseech you, how long shall they stand in steep?

Gab. ..... As thou wilt.]

Still it again the second time, (the feces being cast awa) And adde something more to the fire, so that it be a quarter toward the third.

Let her fast forty hours from meat: And let her divide the Medicine into three parts.

The first part, let her drink (being milk-warm) by little and little.

The second part, let her make a sawce of, for five or six meales.

The last part, let her use in Absconditis: And she shall have health.

Δ. I beseech you, in how many dayes compass would you have this to be done?

Gab. ..... It is no question: the necessity of the thing teacbeth.

Δ. As concerning the Infant, what state is it in?

Gab. ..... Shut thy mouth: Seek not.

Δ. I am contented.

Δ. As concerning a Pheasant-Cock, I know not how or where to get it.

Gab. ..... All the creatures of the world, else, help not. I have taught, take thou care.

Δ. The thanks, honour, and praise, be to the Highest, and I thank you for your charity and good will, to impart these things unto me.

Gab. ..... You shall have no more, at me, until you be repentant, and reconciled: and are * 3.215 made apt for my School.

E. K. You might give this Table vertue to cure her, or cure her with some one thing, or simple, if you be good Angels.

Gab. ..... Vnto us, the vertue of Gods Creatures are known: which we may open unto you: and * 3.216 the power of giving vertue is in God: Therefore cease thy malitious tongue.

I have no more.

E. K. They are gone.

Δ. Deo Omnipotenti, Optimo & Maximo sit omnis laus honor & gloria: nunc & semper.

Amen.

Thursday, Octobris 4. Mane, hora 10.¼ circiter. † Pragae.

Orationibus variis ad Deum, & pro pane quotidiano jam in tempore necessitatis, finitis, &c. apparitio facta est.

E. K. Here is he, that is covered with the Scarf.

Δ. It was a parcel of my prayers to God

Δ. Misericordias Domini in ater∣num cantabo, qui me sub alia suis il∣laesum servavit, servat, & servabit.

Uriel. ..... Hear, O thou, [Δ] that sayest, (if I have put my trust in the) hear me, If that thou hadst taried at home, and wan∣ted my admonishment, thy children had been scattered, thy wife had ended her dayes with sorrow: and lo, the birds of the air had rested on thy carkase. If thou wast held by the hand, and attended on, by heavenly Pilots, when the Seas would have swallowed thee, and Satan 〈◊〉〈◊〉 power over thee; If poison had prevailed, wherewith thy meat was often times sawced. If the continual rage of Satan and the world had overthrown thee. Then had not I been thy God, neither had done well unto thee. But out of all these I have led thee, as a father doth his

child from danger, And from many more scourges and adversities unknown to thee, but ready to afflict thee. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to, thou sayest unto me, If: What hast thou done for me, or added unto my * 3.217 name? What hast thou lost that I have not given thee? or what canst thou have, that I pluck hack? Hear my voice. He that loveth the world, loveth not me; for what I do I do: and what I am, I am: And I made nothing without a cause. Thou hast not yet begged for my name, neither hast been imprisoned for my sake; But I have turned the prison from thee, and have opened un∣to thee my mysteries. I say unto thee, I am the beginning, and an undefiled Spirit, and there is no riches that is without me. If I should not suffer thee to be proved, Then were thou not for me; * 3.218 For, those that are mine, taste tribulation: But when Satan hath spent his whip; If thou be found faithful, I will place my covenant with thee and thy children, And I will be revealed unto them, unto the end of the world. Silver and Gold I give not; But my blessing, is above the sub∣stance of the Earth. Dayes there be, that thou must drink of gall, and a time cometh, when thou shalt drink wine. In the mean season, those that give unto thee, I will mnltiply all they have with blessing a thousand fold; for those that give unto thee, I will give unto them; And those that pluck back from thee, I will also pluck back from them. Those that are of me, have no spot; for I am all beauty.

E. K. But will you give us meat, drink, and cloathing?

〈◊〉〈◊〉 ad Cor. Epist. 1. cap. 15. versu 51. & 52 Ecce mysterium vobis 〈◊〉〈◊〉: Non 〈◊〉〈◊〉 quidem obdormiemus: sed omnes 〈◊〉〈◊〉: 〈1 line〉〈1 line〉, &c.

The Commission, and manner of prophesying against the incredulous.

* 3.219 There shall come a time, (if you dwell together and love me) that in the twink of an eye, you shall breath your last, and live again: and I will kick under my feet all the proud Nations of the Earth:: for my day is at hand. But I am a jealous God: Be therefore faithful. If I send thee forth, and they hear thee not: or measure thee, as a shadow, at noon dayes, Go unto the mountains and take up stones and break them in pieces with a mighty pestel, cast them against the windes, and into the four parts of the Earth. And say, Thus and thus be it unto them: Thus and thus let the Lord work for me: and thy prophesie shall be true, and it shall come to passe that thou sayest. * 3.220

So likewise if they hear thee, do unto them, that my blessing may also be known.

Δ. Lord, what shall I do, if they hear me?

Uriel. ..... Do unto them the signs of good; as it shall come into thy mind.

I come again.

E. K. He is gone.

Δ. I thank thee O God, for this great comfort: my heart is greatly refreshed therewith: Thou art my God.

Δ. We read over the premisses.

E. K. He is here again.

Why dost thou [E. K.] seek to flee from me, aud secretly puttest into thy heart, &c. * 3.221

Δ. He spake divers things to E. K. which chiefly concerned himself: and he would not utter them as now: But he told me, That he was determined to have sold his cloths, and with as much speed as he could, with his wife, to have gone to Hamburgh, and so to England, &c. If his wife would not go, that he would.

Uriel. ..... Hear me, There is not any one, more strong, more rich, or more friendly, than I, &c.

Δ. He spake much again to E. K. of himself, which he expressed not.

E. K. It is true, I will follow God; but I doubt that you are not of God.

Uriel. ..... I will shew you the water: do what you list. I say unto thee [Δ] Take not thy * 3.222 wife Jane with thee, least thou have a new sorrow.

Three of you shall go, The fourth, [T. K.] (which is [E. K.] his brothe) shall be a ser∣vant to his house.

I can well keep it. * 3.223

But when thou comest into Poland, be not known. Lead out Lasky by the hand, and bring him hither, and prophesie against his enemies, that I may break them in pieces: and may be mind∣ful of my Covenant.

He hath much need of Counsel.

I am with you.

E. K. He is disappeared.

Δ. Deo nostro, Domino nostro & Sanctificatori nostro Omnipotenti, aeterno, & misericordi sit omnis laus, gratiarum actio, honor & gloria nunc & semper.

Amen.

Fryday, Octobris 5.

At afternoon came one of Doctour Curtz his servants from his Master to tell me, that his Ma∣ster would come to me to morrow in the morning about seven, eight, or nine of the Clock, as I would, &c.

Saturday, Octobris 6. Manè.

Before seven of the Clock I thought good rather my self to go to Doctour Curtz, then to suffer him to come to me so far, and that for divers causes: So I went to him, and came be∣fore he was ready. At his being ready he came forth, but nothing with so chearfull a coun∣tenance to welcome me as he did at the first: I conjectured that he suspected that I would take his words in evil part, which he had to say to me from the Emperour, which (after I had somewhat spoken of the book that I lent him, and some other, that had written some∣what of such matter of division of superficies, and he had told me that this my book was the most excellent in that Argument, and so made a pause, he began in this sort in two parts to divide his speech, and said that Caesarea sua Majestas quantum ad sua peccata (per me repre∣hensa) solet Confessionarium adhibere tempore & loco opportunis, neque diffidere illum de Misericor∣dia divina; Quantum autem ad me attinebat, paratam esse suam Caesaream Majestatem mihi gratificari & benefacere in quacumque re quae illius subjiceret Authoritati: I hereupon answer∣ed, and said: Doteo verba mea in alio sensu intellecta vel concepta fuisse à sua. Caesarea Maje∣state quàm intelligi vel concipi debebant. Non enim me ejus fieri Consessionarium cupiebam, sed peccata ejus ex coelo reprehensa fuisse, hoc illi significare jubebar, ut feci: unde ille consolationis plus haurire poterat, quam ex consilio alicujus sui amici vel 〈◊〉〈◊〉 sui, peccata ejus re∣darguentis, Domini enim Dei eximium declarabat favorem, &c. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 verò ad illam quam mi∣hi offerebat sua Majestas Caesarea gratiam, humillimè acceptabam. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 verò quod desiderem titulo Philosophi & Mathematici Caesarei insigniri causa est multiplex; tum respectu secreti mei ser∣vitii erga Caesarem, sub eo praetextu caelandi quam majoris authoritatis & 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 Caesaria∣nos & Anglos meos, ne vel illis hic nugas agere videar, & nullius esse 〈◊〉〈◊〉, vel istis 〈◊〉〈◊〉 viderer aptus, contra quem suam invidiam & maledicentissimam, ut incepere, exercerent linguam impune, &c. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 igitur D. Curtzium ut Caesaream suam Majestam admoneret de indebitae interpretatione illorum verborum quibus vitia ejus redarguebantur, &c. Then he spake of the se∣cond Letters to the Emperour, the effect whereof he had heard at my hands, and had sent on Michaelmas even to the Emperours Majesty, a note and advise of them, as he now said. And did wish that they had been delivered before the Emperour had resolved on the for∣mer answer: Those Letters (said I) are in the Ambassadours of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 hands; and if he will not deliver them to day, I will fetch them for you: If you do (said he) I will deliver them 〈◊〉〈◊〉 way, for at eighth of the Clock 〈◊〉〈◊〉 shall have me in the Ritter stove, or hear of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 there. Then (said I) I will straight way go to the Ambassadour.

I went unto the Ambassadour of Spain, and reported all that had passed between me and D. Curtz. He said, that by reason of his divers affairs he had not good opportunity, never since the receipt of my Letters to go to the Emperours Majesty: But that this day he deter∣mined to deliver my Letters with his own hand unto his Majesty: so with thanks given to his honour I departed: I went to the Ritter stove (or Chamber of presence) where I found none of the Guard, but very many sitting without. In the stove were three, or four, of which one went straight way into the privy Chamber, and by and by D. Curtz came out from the Emperour unto me, I asked him if he had told the Emperour of my grief conceived of his misunderstanding my words: he said, I, and that the Emperour 〈◊〉〈◊〉 it not in evil part, and so of divers other things we had talk walking up and down together about a quarter of an hour: Among other things I told him that the Lord Ambassadour would deliver my Letters himself to the Emperours Majesty, so I departed, and he returned back to the Emperour into the privy Chamber.

Sunday, Octobris 7. Mane hora 7.

I sent to the Lord Ambassadour his house, and there I learned that the Ambassadour had yesterday delivered my Letter to his Majesty: And that answer was to be expected by D. Curtz.

After Dinner I went to Doctor Curtz home to his lodging, and he had nothing as yet to say of the Letter delivered by the Lord Ambassadour: But we fell to other talk, and I told him plainly, that I had not hitherto lived obscurely, neither without care of my good fame and name, maintaining, and increasing; therefore if here for my sincere dealing 〈◊〉〈◊〉 should seem to be despised, or not regarded, or to be but a trifler, my thought I should have great inju∣ry: And sure I was that the Emperours Majesty was much ruled by him, and as he did frame his judgement, so did his Majesty very oft resolve in such matters as mine; wherefore if I

were not used in my causes as was reasonable, and for the Emperours honour it should not be laid to any other mans charge but to his, &c. He promised that he would deliver all in the best words he could, in friendly sort, &c. After this he shewed divers his labours and inven∣tions, Mathematical, and chiefly Arithmetical Tables, both for his invention by squares to have the minute and second of observations Astronomical, and so for the mending of Nonnius his invention of the Quadrant dividing in 90. 91. 92. 93. &c. I then opened to him my secret of my glasse, for battering in a dark night, &c. He said that conclusion would be very accepta∣ble to his Majesty, I told him that the glasse was at Cracovia, and his Majesty should see it by Gods leave.

After this I told him that I would full fain have a Pasport, or safe conduct to passe quietly and safely in any of the Emperours Dominions. He thought his Majesty would willingly grant that, and willed me to write three, or four lines as I would have it, and he informed me thus:

Caesaream suam Majestatem humillimè or at Joannes Dee Anglus, serenissimae suae Majestatis De∣votissimus servitor, ut pro sua majori in Itineribus per amplissimum suae Caesareae Majestatis Impe∣rium conficientis securitate, literas salvi passus fibi concedere dignaretur.

Joannes Dee.

At my coming home, I bethought me that I would gladly, the said Pasport, safe Conduct, or Letters of passage, more ample and beneficial; as for my wife, children, family, servants, and goods whatsoever, and for one whole year to dure from the date of these presents thus.

Wednesday, On Monday morning 8. Octobris.

Sacram suam Caesaream Majestatem humillimè orat, serenissimae suae Majestatis Devotissimus ser∣vitor Joannes Dee Anglus, ut eidem Joanni pro seipso, uxore sua, liberis suis, familia sua, servito∣ribus, Ancillis suis & suppellectili sua quacunque sua sacra Caesarea Majestas favorabiles & gratio∣sas suas liter as salvi quieti & liberi transitus per omnes & quascumque amplissimi Majestatis suae Cae∣sareae Imperii partes viasque, & pro integri anni (proximè post datam praesentium sequenti) tem∣pore quocumque, clementèr concedere dignaretur.

Anno 1584. Oct. 8.

Joannes Dee.

Monday, Octobris 8.

I went to Mr. Doctor Curtz, with these last Letters fair written, and I found him to be at the Hoff rate Camer in Counsel: and so awaiting till they rose (half an hour after 8. of the Clock) he came out with my Letters in his hand, which I left yesternight with him. I shewed him these last written: And he said they use to limit no time, but to make them indefinite. So he took the last, and I had the former Letters back again. He went with them into the pri∣vy Chamber, he said, I should not need to send for the Letters, but he would send them home by his man, and I went from him toward the Ambassadour Don Gulielmo de Sancto Clemente, whom I found coming with the Ambassadour of Spain (who came three, or four dayes before, to give the golden Fleese to the Emperour) and the Marshall of the Court to go to the Empe∣rour presently to have audience: And as I stood in the Court of the Ambassadours lodging, and they three on hors-back coming, the Ambassadour my friend did put off his Cap, so did the new Ambassadour and Marshal twice very 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to me. I saw it was no time to of∣fer speech to the Ambassadour; now of my giving thanks, taking leave, and requiring his plea∣sure toward the Lord Laskie: so following them to the Court, I passed for ward home toward my Lodging.

Mysteriorum PRAGENSIUM Confirmatio, Anno, 1585. Januarii 14. PRAGAE Iterum veni Pragam ultimo Decembris, ANNO, 1585.

✚ NOTE. Anno 1584.

ANNO, 1584, Decembris 20, (Stylo Gregoriano) we did set forth, I, Master Kelly, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 my Infant, with his Nurse, and John Crokar, (in a Coach with Horse, which I had bought of Master Frizer) from Cracovia toward Prage.

PRAGE.

Decembris 30. We came to Prage in the afternoon.

December 31. I wrote to Don Gulielmo de Sancto Clement, the Spanish Am∣bassador, as followeth.

ILlustrissime & magnifice Heros, Licet mea nondum privata curaverim negocia: pro quibus ordmandis, multos interim dum hinc abfuetim, & labores pertulerim, & sumptus fecerim: Tamen nolui literas ad vestram magnificentiam, à Nobilissimo illo Domino Palatino Syradiensi missas in multas horas à reditu meo retinere penes me: Ne aliqua ex parte, officio viderer deesse meo, tam erga vestram magnificentiam; quam ipsum Dominum Palatinum. Quantum vero ad Mysteriorum incredibilium pro∣gressum, habeo & quae dicam, & sunt quae audiam multa ad veritatis causam (invitis∣simis ejusdem adversariis quibuscunque) elucidandum. De quibus quando opportunum erit, paratissimus ero, cùm 〈◊〉〈◊〉, tùm audiri: eo quidem modo, quo sinceritati & 〈◊〉〈◊〉 meae erga 〈◊〉〈◊〉 saum Majestatem erit convenientissimum. Interim ali∣quot dierum intervallum liberum requiro, ut tam aedes mihi meisque conducam (〈◊〉〈◊〉 fieri possit) accommodas, quam ut alia, ad rem familia rem spectantia disponam, Deus Optim. Max. Magnificentiam vestram ornare beareque dignetur.

Pragae ultima Decembris 1584.

Illustrissimae Magnificentiae Vestrae Obsequentissimus, Joannes Dee.

Anno 1585, PRAGAE.

FRIDAY,

JAnuary 4. I hired the House in the Salt street, of the two Sisters: But Mr. Christo∣pher Christian, who had long time been Chancelor, or Register of old Pragae, did make the Covenant or Bargain with me: he had Anne the one Sister, to Wife, and the other Sister named Dorothe, had to her husband. This Dorothea dwest in the House, and was to remove to an other House of her own hard by: and to deli∣ver unto me and mine the whole House, with all the appurtenances of roomes and easements, and I to pay for the year 70 Dollers: and that quarterly, (every 3 Moneths expired) to pay the quarters rent thereof.

JAnuary 6. I wrote to D. Jacob Curtius: One of the Empereurs Privy Counsayle, of whom the former Records of Prage Actions do make abundant mention: And a letter of his written to me the 8th. day of October Anno 1584, is beginning of the Book next written before this. The Copy of the letter which I wrote now, is this.

Illustri & Magnifico viro Do Jacobo Curtio sacrae Cesareae Majestatis ab arcanis Consiliis, Domino meo plurimumcolendo.

ILlustris & magnifice vir. Majorine gaudio affici debeam ex bona vestra valetu∣dine, & salvo meo ad Pragam reditu: an ex contumeliis hic interim dum abfue∣rim, contra me confictis, & variis ejaculatis reprehensionibus & quasi nimis, do∣lore torqueri, penè incertum videri possit. Ego quod statui, hactenus seci: sup∣pellectilem scilicet ex Cracovia meam cum tota familia mea, huc jam adduci cura∣vi; cum magnis quidem laboribus meis; & sumptibus haud modicis. AEdes (ex quo jam veni) tales quales, etiam cum aliqua difficultate, conduxi. Et hac presenti septimana, omnia hic nostra ad easdem citissime transferri, remque familiarem, & Oeconomicam, quodam crasso modo disponi, negociorum meorum requirit ratio. Interim vestram magnificentiam enixe 〈◊〉〈◊〉 habere velim, ne ullo modo aegrè ferat, quod eandem nondum inviserim, officioque meo, in hac parte, accuratè satisfecerim spero, quòd una mecum sentire velitis, jure merito in proverbium hoc 〈◊〉〈◊〉 dictum.

Satis citò, modò satis benè.

Non solum literae ad me vestrae, in abitu meo, mihi magno interim fuere solatio o: Sed & absente me, saepe testificata bona vestra de me concepta opinio magno me delinivit gaudio: de contumeliis igitur, & literis vestris, & veram de me opinio∣ne, sive judicio, cùm opportunum fuero nactus ocyum (predictis negociis meis con∣fectis) vestrae magnificentiae adero, ut aliquid dicam: & paratissimus futurus, ut om∣nia quae poterofaciam, quò vobis & posteritati constet, fideliter & sincere (prout statueram) ad sacrae suae Cesareae Majestatis, aegregia servitia, animnm me applicasse meum.

Pragae Januarii 6. Anno 1585.

✚ Praga Anno 1585.

January 12.

Saturday Afternoon I removed clean from Doctor Hagek, his House by Bedlem, and came with all my Houshold to the House which I had hired of the two Sisters (married) not far from the Market∣place in old Pragae.

Pragae Actio prima, post reditum.

January 14.

Monday Circa 9 horam à media nocte: Precibus ad Deum de more fusis, & invocato lumine auxilioque Dei, ad ejusdem veritatem intelligendam, & cum virtute tractandam, &c.

E. K. Here is Δ 3.224 one with a Vail afore his face, as it were, a Hair Cloth of Ash∣colour: I know him not yet: I see a Garden full of fruit, of divers sorts. In the midst of it is a place higher then the rest. On that place standeth a round House, it hath four corners, [withi••] and 4 Windows: and every Window is round, and hath 4 round partitions, round also. It hath 4 Doores, and at the East Door is one step, at the South 2 steps, and at the North 3, and at the West Door, 4 steps: The first Door is white, like Chrystal, transparent: The South Door is red of an high colour, transparent. The North Door is bright black, not to be thorough seen, as the rest. The West is green, like an Emerauld Stone: So is the South Door like a Ruby. The Doores be all plain. The House within (as it may be judged by the transparent Doores) seemeth to be white, and empty.

E. K. He that hath his face covered, openeth the Eaft Door; and all the House * 3.225 seemeth to be on fire, like a furnace. The fire within doth weve, and move about the House, and by the roofe. Now he openeth the West Door, and there appeareth, as * 3.226 if all the House were a fountain full of water. And there run divers streames, in the same one water, whereof, one doth go and come, as if it ebbed and flowed; which stream doth go about all the rest, by the sides of the House, that is, as if it were the Ocean sea compassing t•••• World. The next stream, within that, moveth from the 4 sides ward, and make (in manner) 4 Triangles, or rather Cones, of water, whose vertices rest cut off (as it were) by the middle stream of water which occupieth the middle or Center of the House, and is in circular form invironed.

An other manner of stream there is, which commeth from the 4 corners of an in∣nermost square: and so run diametralitèr or contradictoriè wise, toward that circular middle stream.

The middle stream seemeth to issue out at the very Center of the place, and to mount up, and making an arch of his course, doth seem to fall circularitèr in one, circumference.

E. K. The fire also had diversity in it.

Δ I would you had noted the diversity of the fires also.

..... Those that learn truly, learn by parts.

E. K. The colour of the water in the Center, is most pure white.

The waters of that Saint Andrews Crosse, are like a water somewhat Saffronish co∣loured. The waters of the Triangles, are somewhat like a watrish blew, which ap∣peareth most, in the top of the arches of their flowing:

For all spring otherwise.

The uttermost water, is of Quick-silver shew, as if it were somewhat mortified.

Δ In the figure following, you may gather a better and more easie understanding of this Descrip∣tion of the water streams. * 3.227

E. K Now he openeth the Fire Door againe: And the fire appeareth in a square place. And there appeare 4 fires filling the whole place, leaving nothing vaccuum.

One of these fires seemeth to rise from the Center of the place; and to go in low arches to the 4 corners of the House.

The House seemeth to have 14 foot long in every side.

The arches of these fires seem to come from a trunk of fire, which riseth from a∣bout the Center: and seemeth to be 4 foot over in the Diameter.

This Trunk seemeth to be high three quarters of the height of the place; The place seemeth to be as high as it is broad.

On the top of this fiery trunk, seemeth the fire to be in form of a fiery Globe, having 6 foot, his Diameter, which fire reverberateth and rolleth in it self.

From the sides of the Trunk (between the said Globe and foresaid Arches,) goeth up fire Triangu∣larly, filling all; saving that which remaineth fil∣led, by the flames of fire, which ariseth from the * 3.228 Globe to the 4 corners of the House, filling all the place above the Globe: as by the figure annexed, more plainly may appear.

E. K. Note The colour of the fire of the 4 ar∣ches, is very red; The rest are very pure, Aërial, candent, &c.

The Motion of the trunk fire is swiftest.

The Original Center of all these fires, seemeth to be very little.

E. K. Now he openeth the red Door.

The House seemeth darkish, of colour of the

smoak of a Wax Candle being put out. * 3.229

..... By it self, it is not, but by the Sunne, it is clear.

E. K. It hath 4 motions in it also: every one moving more swiftly then the other: All from the middle of the House. Three of them move arch-wise to the sides.

The first and second arise to half the height of the place.

The third occupieth the other half.

The fourth goeth upright to the top of the House.

The second his space (that he striketh against on the Wall) is double to the space of the Wall, against which the first smiteth. * 3.230

E. K. Now he openeth the black bright Door; And the House there seemeth full * 3.231 of black dust, like Gun-powder colour, or somewhat of Leadish colour.

E. K. Now he seemeth to goe down, faire and softly from the House, down the little Hill, and from thence goeth by a water side, to a Rockish Mountain.

E. K He speaketh.

..... Ascend. I am now ready for you: Bring out your Mattocks, Spades, and Shovels. Enig è veri eri.

E. K. Now come out of that Rock, seven lean men, with Spades, and Shovels, and Mattocks, &c.

..... Follow me.

E. K. Now they be come up to the foresaid Hill.

..... Come on, Dig till you finde.

E. K. Every one standeth distinctly one from another, and they dig on the foresaid Hill, which before seemed covered with Earth and Grasse: But now it appeareth to be a Rock, and they dig that the Fire flieth out again of their stroakes, and some have broken their Mattocks, some their Spades, all except two, one with a Shovel, an other with a Pickax.

The Workmen. O Lord we labour in vain.

..... So you are sure to do, unlesse you have better Tooles.

The Workmen. Alas we labour in vain.

One of them. This is long of you.

..... I bad you provide Instruments to labour with, but you asked not me, wherein you should la∣bour. Therefore have you digged away that which you saw, and have repulse with that you know not.

A dark man thou art, and hidden from men, and so are thy doings. * 3.232

E. K. They stood gazing one on another.

..... Have you not better Instruments? Go, provide your selves, and return.

E. K. They runne a great pace to the foresaid Rocky Cave from whence they came out first. Now they come againe with great Beetles of Iron, and Wedges. They knock their Wedges (as we use in Wood) and so break off great Slakes of Stone, like Slate, and throw it down the Hill.

One of them. What a thing is this, that this Wedg is broken?

Another We are in worse case then ever we were.

E. K. Their Wedges are broken, the most part, and the Fire flieth out of the Stone in great abundance.

..... The nature of this Stone is not to cleave: Therefore if you have no other Instruments you must cease.

E. K. They are in great disquietness among themselves.

..... Those that go a Journey, provide them Cloathes against all weathers: He that is worthy of the Name of a Conqueror, carrieth with him all Engines: Where the Bridges be broken down, he stayeth not, because he is prepared: Behold, he hath victuals for time to come, and his Study is as well the event, as is the mean. So should true Labourers do: considering what they work in. For the Earth is a Monster with many faces: and the receptacle of all variety. Go home, stand not idle. Provide by Arts for the hardnesse of Nature, for the one Sister weepeth without the other.

E. K. They go away speedily.

..... They have their Tooles to harden, and their Steeles to temper. It will be more then au hour space before they return. Therefore may you spend the time in your necessity, and use the time of day as you are acquainted or wonted. I also must over-see them, or else their labour will be without fruit.

E. K. Now he is gone.

Δ. Gloria 〈◊〉〈◊〉. & F. & SS. sicut erat, &c. Amen.

Monday,

The same day, after dinner we returned to our former purpose for God his Service, to his Ho∣nour and Glory.

E. K. He is here. Now the Labourers be comming out; They have Wedges made long and sharp: and Pickaxes with three pikes very short.

They say. Our trust is, that these tools will serve.

E. K. They fall to work. They make like square holes, and put in their wedges, and break up the rock or blackish stone (like yron-mine, or Magnes stone) in roundish lumps as big as a two-peny loaf, about two or three inches thick. They pick or dig round about the hole first, and so after use their wedges. The Pickaxes have three heads, every pick thereof bigger then the other. The first as big as one finger: the second as two: the third as broad as four fingers. And so after the first digging they fetch three or four cakes or pieces out of one hole, and then they go to another. Now one of them is faln into the ground, up to the arm-pits. Now another is faln in, to the knees. Now the house standing thereon beginneth to shake, and waver from one side to the other. Now the men be gotten out of the holes they stuck in.

..... Make an end of your labour.

One of the workmen to the Guide. It behoveth you to find a remedy, or to let us understand what

remedy we shall 〈◊〉〈◊〉, that you may descend thence: for lo, the peril you stand in, is great: for this Rock was nothing else but a shell, whose kernel is a bottomlesse lake, and a myre quickened with some shut up water.

..... You come hither as Labourers, therefore make an end of your work, and stand not idle. If the house fall, and I sink, then is your labour at an end. For the end of your labour is the fulfilling of my will, and the promise which you have made me.

One of them. We are ready to do our promise; but we are more ready to provide that you may be amongst us; so you may be free from danger.

..... O you of little wit; are you not ashamed? which of you have dwelt within the secrets of this Hill? yea, which of you intendeth to fulfil his promise? Judge not a thing whereof you have no skill, neither be slack in that you have to do: for the one hath his 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of idlenesse, and the other is condemned of rashnesse: For why? It springeth on 〈◊〉〈◊〉 mother ignorance.

They say. If we work, it is against reason. Neither 〈◊〉〈◊〉 our tools 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to this labour. Therefore we had rather be idle, then to labour about nothing: for to labour in vain, is to do nothing.

If we were determined to work, how should we 〈◊〉〈◊〉 our 〈◊〉〈◊〉, since the Instru∣ments of working want?

..... Gather up the pieces of your spades, that is wood, and may be joyned together: The older and the baser they are, the fitter they are to turn up such soile.

E. K. There commeth a Smith by with a budget full of nails.

One of them to the Smith. What hast thou there?

Smith. Nailes.

E K. They be like Horshooe-nails.

..... Thou cam'st in good time, leave thy nails behind thee, and at thy return I will pay thee for them. See, God is not unmindful of us, for nails are the fittest things to further your work. Joyn therefore your spades and shovels together, and labour.

E. K. Now they are mending their spades and shovels, the iron of them being all off and broken.

Now they work, and throw away the earth like durty sand, and the skurf of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 sticketh to their spades and shovels.

E. K. One goeth behinde, and maketh a trench to let the water out from the sand.

One of them. How now! Have we found harvest in the midst of winter?

..... Why: what have you there?

One of them. Marry either Alablaster or Salt.

E. K. Now one of them knocketh a piece off with his shovel-end, and reacheth it up to his Guide.

..... Did I not tell you, that the Earth hath many faces?

E. K. They work now easily, and cut up like Salt or Alablaster.

Now they have digged all the hill away, even to the house. Now the house see∣meth 〈◊〉〈◊〉 upon that white stuff.

One of them. If we dig any further, we shall undermine the house.

..... Go to your businesse.

E. K. They work.

..... Soft, soft. Now labour with your hands as softly as may be. Stand aside.

E K. Now he taketh one of the irons of their spades, and seemeth himself to pare the sides of the Foundation under the house, and it seemeth to be a vessel of transpa∣rent glasse, and having fire within it.

..... The fear of the Lord is a burning fire, consumeth not, but 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the body; the old dross * 3.233 it wipeth away, and the daily influxion of the flesh and sin it separateth from the soul.

Behold (I say) he liveth not, but unto whom life is given: neither is their any joy, but it is as∣cending; for the end of joy is glory; but glory is the consummation of desire, and the beginning of felicity. No man entreth into joy, but by life: neither is there any life, but in the fear of God.

Whosoever therefore hath the fear of God, let him draw 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 hither. Number ex∣ceedeth * 3.234 not, but by unities. Neither is there any multiplication but by order. For the root of num∣ber is one. And things that ascend are dignified by order. Out of this vessel go four vents ascen∣ding into that Rock, which is the Root, which is this building. * 3.235

It is said, Behold: let my spirit enter in, let there be Separation mad within the house of the North, that the earth may be divided into her members. Cursed be that body, that is not divided, according to proportion, answering to the Division. For she hath yet not cast off the shape of dark∣nesse.

E. K. There runneth up fire into the house, from out of the round glasse vessel

under the foundation of the house. And that fire maketh a great 〈◊〉〈◊〉 (through the black bright or marble door to be hard onely.) Now that North door is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 thrown open, and there appear in the house like kernels of apples, and slime appear∣eth, and water thinner then slime, and there appeareth pure water, else. Now there commeth together stuff like yellow earth, which the fire wrought out of the black earth: And the pure water runneth into that yellow stuff.

.....Of that take a part.

E. K. The fire returneth back again among the stuff in that house, and there appear of all Creatures some.

Here is Creation, and it is the first. * 3.236

E. K. Now he taketh a lump of the earth lying by, which was thrown up, and he breaketh it into six pieces like round Balls.

E. K. He 〈◊〉〈◊〉 thing like a vessel of iron, and putteth into it that mixture of yel∣low earth and 〈◊〉〈◊〉.. And it looketh now like grasse mingled with water.

..... Thou art strong, and wilt beget a strong Child.

E. K. Now he 〈◊〉〈◊〉 out the earth which he put in, and it is a lump of gold. He giveth it him tha standeth by.

.....so are the seeds of the earth.

E. K. Now he taketh the second, and putteth it in.

.....Corruption is a thief, for he hath robbed thee of thy best Ornaments, for thou art weaker in the second.

E. K. He taketh it out, and it is as if it were pure silver.

.....Where there is double theft, poverty insueth. 〈◊〉〈◊〉, notwithstanding, Thou art true; for thou givest unto every thing as much as he 〈◊〉〈◊〉: Thus openest the greatest hability and strength of thy power, not such as it hath been, but such as it is.

E. K. Now he putteth in the third Ball.

.....Thou must tarry, for thou art of an harder digestion, since thou art the third, Content thy self, for thou art not an Inheretor.

E. K. He taketh it out, and giveth unto one of them that standeth by, that is a red metal like copper.

E. K. Now he taketh up another of the Balls, and holdeth it in his hand.

.....Behold, thy mother, Heat is gone, and the enemy of life entreth; for he that passeth his mid∣dle age, decayeth, and draweth to an end.

Behold, thou shalt find a Step-mother, for thou cam'st out of time.

E. K. Now he putteth it into the vessel.

..... Let cold cover thy face, let the North truly beget thee, for thou art an enemy to thy prede∣cessors. But thou art of great vertue, for of thy excrement shall vertue receive dignity. And thy vertue shall be a garland to Nature; for thou shalt be visible when the other are silent: the Seat shall not hinder thy ver̄tue, notwithstanding, thy vertue shall differ with the Seas: For as they dif∣fer, so shalt thou.

E. K. Now he taketh it our. It is a ragged thing like Smiths cynder of iron, and it hath holes in it, as if it were spongy.

E. K. Now he taketh up another Ball of the earth: he putteth it in.

..... Thou art tractable and like unto an obedient daughter: But thou shalt be the fifth in the second and an Instrument to the first.

E. K. Now he taketh it out, it is like unto a white whet stone, as he shaped it at the putting in, it is like Tynne.

E. K. Now he taketh up another Ball, and putteth it in.

..... Thou art the last that hath in himself and by himself his being: Behold thy face is like unto wax, but thy inward bowels are like unto the anger of a Serpent: Many shall have thee, but shall not know thee.

One of them by said. Will you give me nothing?.

E. K. A great cloud covereth them all, the stone and all.

Δ It dured so a quarter of an hour.

E. K. Now appeareth another, none of them before appearing. He seemeth afar off comming, and higher placed then the other, it seemeth to be URIEL, he hath his face covered with a Skarf of black hanging down to his breast.

URIEL ..... Blessed are such as are not offended in the little ones.

[E. K. He speaketh now a language which I understand not.]

URIEL ..... For the Angels of the God of Righteousnesse, are his little ones: and such as know

not sin of Concupiscence by consent (I speak this for your understanding) Take heed (therefor) that you offend not your selves: for you must become little ones: and the power of the highest must a∣bound in you.

He that offendeth his brother, offendeth God: but he that offendeth his own innocency, is abhor∣red of the Lord. Lo you are The children of Promise, and in you is the mystery of a great, and mighty Seal. Therefore study to humble your selves, for Humility is the Root of Innocency. But (my brethre) Innocents by nature you cannot be, neither can you serve God in the imagination of cleannesse of your own flesh. Now (therefore) since you are fleshly, will you become innocent? Or how can you seek that which Nature hath lost?

The Scriptures teach you; That in Christ you were born a-new: And by him you may become * 3.237 Innocents, when in him you are cleansed. Therefore, if in him the state of your Innocency remain, if in him you are renewed, and made clean, (being rotten and defiled) why seek you not him, as you should do?

No man that seeketh the brightnesse of the Sunne, goeth under the Earth: Neither creepeth he into unknown Caves. The Tygres seek not their prey upon Earth, where the waters are not. Nei∣ther the Eagles upon waters.

No more ought you to grudg that the Lord tempteth you, nor to be offended when the World of∣fendeth * 3.238 you.

Is it not said unto you, that you shall fight a great fight: What fight is it my brethren: But a Battel against the Worldlings and the Devil?

I say unto you that Kings shall be oft ••••ied in you. * 3.239

The Sunne ceaseth not, yet he shall cease, yea he shall not be.

The Lights of Heaven keep their course; but they ••hall suddenly stagger, and forget their long worne way. Much more shall the wickednesse of those that rise up against you, have an end, for in them is no course but error, and the fire-brands of Sathan, prepared in their own hands, for their own destruction.

Behold, they shall contend against you and shall despise * 3.240 thee: But lo I have blessed thee above them: for thou shalt fight against them, and shalt overthrow them: that my Name may be magnified in thy mouth amongst the multitude of the sinfull.

Behold, they are opposite unto thee, because they are opposite unto me: for I have gathered thee from amongst them, and they are become thy Enemies. Since therefore they are thine Enemies (because thou must fight against them:) Be not grieved therefore when their wickednesse doth of∣fend thee: But put on the armour of patience, and Become innocent.

Dost thou think that from the Heavens can come the dew and life of all things? Even so think * 3.241 also, that from us commeth no untruth.

Be therefore innocent, and be not deceived by the flesh; Cast reason aside, covered with her Cloud: And lift up thy self in him, unto him (I say) that hath lifted thee from the Doores of Death: taken thee out of the hands of Butchers, and continued thee for a member of his Glory.

Behold, I say unto thee, The brightnesse of Truth over-shadoweth thee. If therefore, thou dwell in * 3.242 truth, why shouldest thou be afraid? Considering that she conquereth and resisteth all her Enemies.

Behold, the World despiseth you, you also shall despise the World.

When the Angel of the Lord poureth his wrath and vial upon the Earth, and the enemies of the Sonne of God, •• in among the sheep. When the self-same Plague that was in the land of Pha∣raoh raineth in the Houses of all that dwelleth upon the Earth, such as the Lord abhorreth. When the Lord with his hand shall gather up the fruits of the Earth from them, Where then shall be their honors? What then shall be done with money; with that harlot and strumpet of the Earth? Of what value shall their love be then, or who shall regard their friendship?

In these a yeares that are to come, shall all these things come to passe. * 3.243

And this great joy shall be turned into teares of Brimstone.

Why? you of little faith, you know not how often I have been amongst you: neither the Harbor that I have thrust you into. Notwithstanding you murmur amongst your selves. But stick fast un∣to him that leadeth you: For he is a sure Guide.

And be not afraid, though the Earth open her jaws against you, for why? I will blesse all things you take in hand, (saith the Lord,) and my spirit shall dwell amongst you.

Δ May I speak?

E. K. He turn•• him to you.

Δ How shall our new proceedings joyne to our old beginnings? O God, our guide, light, staffe, shield, and comfort, &c.

URIEL. Behold, I teach you, before I correct: But the Doctrine I teach is Humility, Pati∣ence [he seemeth to speak to one above,] and the fear of wrath to come

After which manner, I have taught them, by thee Δ.

Therefore, if thou teach Obedience through the spirit of God, appearing unto thee; Be thou also * 3.244 Patient and Obedient: And Humble thy self unto them, for my sake. Not with the opening of any seal, neather with the Counsailes, that I shall deliver thee: But with a ready mind, Obediently, * 3.245 desiring to performe that which thou hast promised in me.

I am sufficient strength, and will be thy buckler, and if they intend evil, it shall rest upon them; yea when they imagin it, it shall frize within them. And thy goings in and out shall be sate amongst * 3.246 them. But behold, I teach unto thee a way, which thou followest not. When thou mindest to do any thing, in the name of God, to his honour, to the help of thy neighbour, or thine owncomfort: Go a∣bout it whatsoever it be: and begin a Labour; Do that thing thou intendest. And see that you joyn with one consent towards God and the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 you are occupied in.

Then cry out to God for comfort, for light, and true understanding. And it it shall be given unto thee abundantly. For Lo, I say unto thee [E. K. I understand him not now.] I will o∣pen my hand unto thee, and be merciful unto thee: And whensoever you heap up the Wood toge∣ther, * 3.247 I will descend and give fire.

Behold, I keep back the rest of my message for an other time. Which shall be ready for you when I find you ready to receive it.

Δ I requested to know 〈◊〉〈◊〉 I should deal with the Ambassador of Spain, or the Emperor, or Cur∣tius; Secondly, your RULE here given, I understand it not. For I dare not begin any labour 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 divine: Mans imagination is so weak, &c.

URIEL Thon hast those that are sent unto thee here for thy instruction, which shall by degrees lead thee into the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of that thou art to do. * 3.248

But it is one thing to receive Corn, and abundance of grain, by the blessing of God, in the return of an year: and an other thing to do the works of the Apostles.

For the spirit of God is twofold: working by information, and influence Coelestial through the grant of God his good will, in the ministery of his Angels to the information of such as are his faithful and chosen: An other thing to be inspired from God himself, in his holy spirit, imediately comforting and knitting Wisdom together with you, beyond the power that is given unto his An∣gels.

I have spoken unto you a sound and true doctrine, and have given you not fleshly but Celestial counsel: Apply your self unto it, as the Spirit of God leadeth you. As for those wicked men (that Ambassador excepte) our understanding hath no name of them: We remember them not, neither limit any thing for them. But if thou in thy simplicity and innocency canst not deal with them, the fault resteth in thy own faith. * 3.249

I am gone.

Δ Deo nostro Omnipotenti Immortali & Regi Gloriae, sit omnis laus, honor, gratiarum actio & Jubilatio.

Amen.

✚ Pragae.

January 16.

Wednesday, Mane hora 9½ ferè

Δ Precibus ad Deum fusis, ut nobiscum procederet in sua misericordia & lumine veritatis, non in parabolis solùm & manifesta, sed clara & manifesta veritate, modo qui illi maximè pla∣cet, &c.

E. K. I see the man again and the house: the man seemeth to be covered on his face, and so over with a vail of hair-cloth to his middle.

Δ When it shall please God, all vailes and AEnigmata shall cease.

..... Whatsoever I teach you hath a Mystery. And I am a Mystery in my self. Even so all * 3.250 things that you learn of me, you must be content to receive as mystical instructions comprehending perfect truth, and to be known to such as are true. Some there be that have, and have nothing: yea though they have all, for All, is conteined: But the mysteries of God are infinite, and his grace is not to be determined.

Δ That saying is dark.

That which is All, is conteined. Beleeve you, that we give holy things unto Swine? Or open the finger and workmanship of God unto Sinners? God forbid. Moses saw God but his hinder parts. The Prophets were acquainted with God, but mystically. The Apostles with the Sonne of God in sha∣dows, and their own impotency. Yea, I say unto you, that she that lyeth in the lap of her Mother, knoweth not but by degrees, for it is the manner of Gods Wisdom, both immediately and by us, to keep back his Wisdom from Hell and corruption.

Therefore murmur not at that which you receive, for it is not your own. Behold, if you have bet∣ter, you need it not: for it is vanitie to seek for that you have. Well, since it is given you, Consider what it is, that is given you. Consider also how it is given you, and by whom.

Δ We know by whom, as our consciences and faith teach us.

..... O you of little understanding: Who is he that can and hath to give, but God, Jesus Christ the Sonne of the living God, unto whom all things are given in Heaven, and in Earth, if therefore, All be his, then he giveth. And if you receive it hardly; Consider how hardly you ought to deliver it again.

And if it be a fire reviving the form of all worldly things: Then cast it not to Swine: neither * 3.251 yet worship it. Behold, you are men, But in having it you must cease to be men, for by it you enter

upon, and into all immortality: And by it you sacend into the true knowledg of our fore-fathers, and state of Innocency.

But I hear a voice; I will depart, and come again.

E. K. Now all is vanished away.

Δ We read over the premisses to our comfort and instruction, we beseech God to continue his graces and mercies, on us, and in us, to his honour and glory, here and for ever.

E. K. Now he is here again.

..... The will of God is upon me, and snatcheth me unto other things.

To morrow in the morning, with empty Bellies, I will tell you what it is you 〈◊〉〈◊〉

Δ Fiat voluntas Dei, ad ejus budem, honorem & gloriam, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 & semper.

Amen.

✚ Pragae.

Anno 1585. January 17.

Thursday. 〈◊〉〈◊〉, circa horam 8.½.

Oratione 〈◊〉〈◊〉 finita, & aha brevi ejaculatione, pro lumine & veritate Dei obtinendis, &c.

Post quartam horae partem, venit.

E. K. Here he is now.

Δ 〈◊〉〈◊〉, laus, & honor sit Deo nostro Omnipotenti. Amen.

..... Honour and thanksgiving with lowd voices, be unto our Lord Jesus.

Δ Amen. E. K. Amen. * 3.252

E. K. He hath a great heap of earth, or little hill natural by him of orange or tawny colour, drawing somewhat to a Lion tawny.

E. K. A Woman commeth, and with a spade diggeth about it. Now com∣meth a child (a man-child) out of a dark place, with a fire shovel in his hand.

The Woman hath taken away all the earth, and there appeareth water, where the earth * 3.253 was. The boy casteth out that Water with the fire shovel. The Woman laugheth at that. The Woman is in green clothes, and the boy in red. * 3.254

Now commeth a Woman with child, or with a great belly, in white clothes, she putteth her hand down to the ground, and pulleth out a little Glasse full of red oil.

Now commeth an old man with a Crab-tree staffe on his back, his clothes of mot∣ly colour. This old man taketh the Glasse from the Woman by force, with his fist he breaketh the Glasle, and all the oil runneth about his arm, and out of that oil did seem a Book to come, a very little Book.

..... Plainer, truer, or better can nothing be.

E. K. He said this, looking on the Book.

..... These four found, but none HAD FRUIT, but the last. Hear and write the my∣steries * 3.255 of God, with humble hearts, not sitting, but kneeling, before Sanctum Sanctorum.

Δ I kneeled, and so prepared my self to the writing. In the Name of Jesus our Redeemer, and the Wisdom 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of God Almighty.

E. K. He kneeleth himself.

E. K. Now goeth fire out of his mouth streamingly, he turneth himself to the 4 parts of the World, spouting out, or breathing fire vehemently.

E. K. Now commeth one like an angel, hovering over him in the aire: and biddeth * 3.256 him Hold up his hand.

..... Thou 〈◊〉〈◊〉 swear by heaven and earth, and by him that sitteth on the Throne, that thou * 3.257 shalt open thy mouth, and speak no more then is conteined in this Book.

E. K. He delivereth him a Book out of his Bosom.

..... I have sworn.

E. K. The Angel is gone. Now truly, the place is holy.

E. K. He holdeth the Book in his hand which the Angel gave him. The Book is as if it were of Ivory bone. The Book is open, he looketh on it. The letters seem to be blewish.

..... There is silence in us, and in the heavens.

E. K. Now all is full of smoak.

Δ 〈◊〉〈◊〉 paululum tacitus.

E. K. Now it is clear again. ..... He seemeth to read of the Book.

..... Take of your Dlasod.

E. K. The book seemeth to be written in the holy Characters.

..... Dlasod dignified.

E. K. — * 3.258

..... My brother, leave off thy childishnesse; murmur not, thou hindrest me.

E. K. He is again in a Cloud. E. K. Now he is cleer again.

..... And Luminus or from due degrees.

..... Read it.

Δ I read it. ..... Take off your Dlasod dignified, and Luminus, or from due degrees.

E. K. He seemeth to labour much about the reading of it.

..... Gather or take fierce degree.

..... [I feel no power, therefore have patience.]

'..... Notwithstanding, work it diverse dayes multiplying four digestions.

E. K. Now he is in a Cloud again.

..... Pray, that it may be given unto me of God.

.....

And double then Dlasod, and thy Rod Inr.

[It is a word which cannot be sounded] * 3.259

.....

Mend it Rlo.

Δ Must it be Rlodnr?

..... Look about you, for Satan would hinder you of Gods benefits.

..... Rlodnr.

..... Diligently.

..... Pray, that you may understand.

Δ We prayed.

..... For, until thou watch so continuing.

E. K. A Cloud standeth by him, and now commeth before him as other times before: and then goeth away from before him again.

..... it, a holy hour descendeth.

..... Note this, very well, for here you may be cast over shoes.

E. K

..... This Cloud is in thee. Δ VVe had talk of the foresaid Cloud.

..... Of every work there ascendeth one Audcal, and so every Law Rlodnr.

E. K. Now he is covered in his vail or cloud again.

E. K. Prayed a short fervent prayer, whereat I rejoyced much.

E. K. Now there commeth a beam from above into his head as big as my little finger.

..... And purpose Dlasod, take a swift Image, and have the proportion of a most glorious * 3.260 mixture Audcal and also Lulo. Continue and by office seek Rnodnr backward by the red di∣gestion. But he by the common or red Darr doth gather most ripest work, purge the last fortene well fixed. Then the four through your [Rlodnr]

[I said] Roxtan finished more together at the lower body by one degree 〈◊〉〈◊〉 be by you for him hold it, for him in one of them.

E. K. Now helyeth down prostrate.

..... Vntil of the last thing.

E. K. — * 3.261

..... In him become his red and highest degree of his resurrection through coition.

E. K. Now there commeth a great thing like a fire, and covereth him.

Now sit up.

Δ We did rise up from kneeling.

..... After a while I come again.

..... There is the whole work.

E. K. Here is again.

..... Bring forth the book of Enoch.

..... Read your lesson ..... Δ I read the former, Take off your, &c. * 3.262 Gather your six words, 4 words consist of 6 letters, and two of 4. * 3.263 Rlodnr read that, in the upper angle descending in the first square. It is a great thing to know which is the first table there in Nature. Deliver the Book here.

Δ I gave the Book to E.K.

..... Look where thou E. K. seest the letter clear.

E. K. looked, and saw a spark of light upon R, then on L, &c.

Δ He was led by light appearing on the letters to read the six words,

Dlasod, Roxtan, Rlodnr, Audcal, Darr, Lulo. * 3.264

..... Here is Quaternarius in Circumferentia, and Quaternarius in Centro.

There be the 4 mediating wayes to the Center.

All that may be spoken in that you call Animal, Vegetable, or Mineral workmanship of Nature * 3.265 is here, as in a part of the four. This far now, more as you desire it. But that you may see, I am a Companion with the rest.

E. K. He is gone.

Δ Benedicamus Domino Deo nostro Omnipotenti, Patri Filio & Spiritui sancto,

Amen.

✚ Pragae.

Januarii 18.

Friday Manè horam circiter 8½

Orationibus fusis ad Deum, ut Mysteria nobis exhibita (hesterno die) explicentur; & ut detracta literae cortice succus & spiritus veritatis manifestus fiat, &c. tandem apparuit ille cum velo cinereo.

E. K. Here he is, upon a green endlesse plain field, and as I see abroad in the field, so the Heaven appeareth, and all circumstances of the air abroad: but my thinketh, that I am from the earth aloft, and see all under me, as if it were in a valley.

..... Now what have you learned out of that Lesson?

Δ We perceive the grace and favour of God, to deliver us Mysteries in outward terms determi∣ned, but in the fruitful inward verity, as yet unknown to us.

..... Behold I have delivered you (through the Will of God) the true perfect and most plain Sci∣ence * 3.266 or understanding of all the lower Creatures of God: their natures, fellowship together, and perfect knitting together, which is fourfold.

The first, the knitting together of celestial influence, and the Creatures below. The second, the centre of every body Essential. The third, the combination of many parts or bodies concurrent to one principle. The last, the true use and knowledge of every substance to be conjoyned and distribu∣ted. Take a pause—

[E. K. He speaketh a language which I cannot sound after him.]

Δ We read the premisses, and discoursed of them.

E. K. Now he is here again.

..... In the Lesson which I have taught you is this knowledge, with the rest contained.

Therefore seek, and turn the earth upfide down. Labour, that you may receive fruit, for unto * 3.267 him that worketh, and hath strength, strength shall be given, and the reward of a workman. Many years, the daughter of long time, are not necessary to the opening of this Mystery. Many moneths have nothing to do here: For lo, it is a labour of one day, for in one day you may understand to tear this Lesson in pieces, and to understand what every word signifieth.

But here is to be considered, in the learning of this Lesson, three things: the place that every * 3.268 word occupieth; the place that every letter occupieth, and the number and place that every word and letter is referred unto. For here place and number are apart, and bear an Image of the work that they intreat of.

But number and place must be joyned together, and thereby shall you taste of that which followeth, * 3.269 true wisdome.

Be therefore diligent, and pray for the grace of God, that you may learn and understand. The * 3.270 manner of mans teaching look not for, in me; for I have nothing to do with man. See, how you can digest this:

E. K. He is stept aside.

E. K. He is here again.

Δ I discoursed.

..... ¶ Now hear of what I shall say unto you. I will open unto you a Mystery, the key and foun∣dation into the entrance and knowledge of the divine wisdome, delivered unto you in a Science pal∣pable, conteined in letters and words unorderly placed, as a Chaos: and therefore not to be under∣stood but by order to be reduced and drawn into their places, and thereby to be understood.

For you have not a letter, nor the form of a letter, nor the place of a letter, but they are all coun∣ted * 3.271 with us, as the stars are counted with God. The letters and words working into all reason, as the stars do into the lower creatures: Therefore humbly receive that which I have to say unto you, or shall open unto you as obedient Scholars, kneeling.

First, a little with me praise God — E. K. He is on his knees.

E. K. prayed the 142 Psalm, Domine exaudi orationem meam, and I with heart con∣sented, and greatly rejoyced in the aptnesse of the prayer: as E.K. his case chiefly re∣quired, and mine also.

.... I come again.

E.K. He is gone.

Δ We conferred and considered many things to the praise of God, and the contempt of the worldly wisdome, &c.

E. K: Now he is come again.

E. K. Now there commeth a white curtain before him.

..... Now hear my voice, for thou canst not see me.

120

One, Seventy three, 67, 29. 20 Read — Δ I read. ..... it must be 120. ..... 33.

E. K. I hear a voice, as if baskets, and earthen pots were thrown from place to place, from one side to another.

105

..... 78. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 95. 100. 60. 91. *

K. K. I hear as it were a whistling very basely or lowly, whu, whu, whu, &c.

..... Say what you have. Δ I read all the 12 numbers —.

..... Make a note there. Δ I made *as you see before.

..... 39. E. K. Had a very heavy thing on his head: and in his cap it seemed as if it would have crept into his head.

..... 51. 52. 83. 6. 7. 12. 20. 88. *

..... Note that. Δ So did I, as before, with * as a full point, Notable.

..... Take thou E. K. also pen, ink, and paper, and note the numbers also, that you may agree.

E. K. Took pen, ink, and paper.

..... Write thou E. K. also the numbers that he hath written.

E. K. Wrote out all the former numbers.

5

5 ..... 11. 13. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 62. 63 141. 9. 81. 18. 26. 54. 123. 105. 14. 27. 115. 135. 137. 10. 64. 46. 59.

Δ I became here almost in a found, I was forced to rise from kneeling. Our guide and School∣master bad me go away, and E. K. should write out the rest: But it was not our friend that so bad. * 3.272

139. 22. 3. 45. 128. 86. 72. 68. 58. 142. 121. 143. 24. 63. 69. 55. 19. 15 25. 37. 31. 17. 76. 57. 75. 40. 42. 79. 119. 8. 96. 113. 93. 84. 70. 49. 32 17. 122. 136 71. 2. 138. 43. 109. 106. 126. 116 131. 77. 4. 103. 16. 124. 30. 102. 110. 50, 48. 89. 44. 97 101. 82. 129. 130. 90. 34. 98. 99. 65. 28. 112. 114. 47. 144. 107. 132. 61. 133. 134. 66 80. 53. 73. 35. 92 111. 21. 127. 108. 56. 118. 125. 104. 87. 42. 94. 38. 85. 74.

Thou E. K. hast all done.

After Dinner we repaired to our businesse, and by and by apparitioa was made.

..... And luminous, all one word.

..... Now set your numbers, as they follow in order, so orderly over every word.

Δ To gether is to be taken for one word.

..... It is so.

Δ There seem to be just 144 accounted words.

..... Now bring every word consequently in order by number directing you. When you have fi∣nished and considered, after 2 hours I will help you again.

5 ..... Must be in the place of 23, and must answer And luminous.

2 ..... The number over Comoron, must be 2: and not 138. Set all together, I will help your errors.

Δ I cannot do it well this night.

..... As thou wilt, and when thou wilt, I am ready.

Δ Omne quod vivit resonet laudes altissimi.

Amen.

✚ Pragae.

Saturday.

Januarii 19 Mane hora 9. Inspecto Lapide statim apparuit, qui ante heri. Post preces ad Deum.

..... Hear what I shall say unto you. The Word and Testament of Jesus Christ, the bread of life, left to the comfort and instruction of the faithful, is such as informeth according to the digni∣ty and purenesse of Spirit in him, which seeketh to be informed. For why, the Holy Ghost helpeth not such as are Lepers, neither healeth such as are sick, unlesse they come seeking him truly for 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

Many read the Scriptures after the same manner, (my brethre) but they are confounded, be∣cause they seek their own glory, and not the glory of him, whereof they 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Herein deth Sa∣tan rejoyce that the Word of God is become an instrument unto him, to spoil the life, (and state to come) of man.

Herein deth he rejoyce, that with the same meat that God feedeth, even with the self same he confoundeth.

After the same manner hath he done unto you.

For yesterday, when he saw thee (Δ) labour and struggle with infirmities of the flesh, he thought * 3.273 a fit time to thrust in himself, and of the same bread that I have given you (in the power of Chris) to make himself an instrument by turning of himself into our brightnesse, to lead you into errour. But not unworthy are you of this mist or darknesse: Read you not in the Seriptures, that he perish∣ed that moved himself to stay the Ark unbidden?

The Hand doth not the part of the body, neither can he that is a Seer, and the member of another, * 3.274 fulfill the office of him of whom he is a member.

I say unto thee [E.K.]

Because thou yesterday wouldest offer up sacrifice, wouldest put thy hand to that which is not thy office, and that in the absence of him, which is thy body: therefore hath Satan deceived thee, * 3.275 and as the father of liers hath in a lesson of truth led you so far into errour, that you will never find the way out, if you should follow those instructions.

For why they are false, and of the Devil.

When thou wert commanded, saying, Write; then write: But when thou hast no authority gi∣ven thee, usurp not. But notwithstanding, Humble your selves before the Lord, and kneeling before * 3.276 him, Receive you Lessons together, you are but one body.

Δ Thanks be unto our God, which hath delivered us from the snare of the wicked hunter, and is ready to lead us into the path of truth.

.....: Now write both together, as you shall hear.

Δ In the Name of Jesus.

..... The Place is holy.

1. 10. 67. 29. 120. E. K. Now I hear as the falling of a block. 33. 78. 140. 95. 52. 60. 91. 39. 51. 65. 83. 6. 7. 12. 20. 88. 11. 13. 5. 62. 121. 63. 125. 141. 9. 81. 18. 26. 54. 123. 128. 14. 27. 115. 66. 135. 137. 10 64. 59. 139. 22. 3. 23. 105. 86. 72. 68. 45. 142. 121 29. 143. 24. 36. 58. 55. 15. 25. 37. 31. 117. 76. 57. 69. 40. 41. 79. 75. 8. 96. 113. 93. 84. 70. 35. 32. 17. 122. 136. 49. 138 2. 〈◊〉〈◊〉. 43. 109. 106. 126. 116. 131. 77. 4. 103. 92. 19. 124. 30. 102. 110. 50. 48. 89. 44. 97. 101. 82. 129. 130. 90. 34. 132. 98: 134. 87. 28. 112. 114. 47. 144. 187. 132. 61. 21. 99. * 3.277 [46] 71. 42. 80. 53. 66. 77. 16. 111. 133 127. 108. 56. 118. 119. 104. 100. 73. 94. 38 85. 74.

A holy must be all one word, and so else where, A most.

Δ I find here 8 numbers double, and 9 numbers between 1 and 144, not served with words, and * 3.278 one to want of 144.

..... What is it to me, if Satan confound you.

Δ As I put my trust in the Almighty power of Christ our Redeemer, so I most humbly, heartily and constantly beseech him, and verily believe, that he will confound and utterly extermine all Sata∣nical temptations in these actions, else are we nothing.

..... Beseech God to forgive you your sins. I will visit you at the fourth hour after dinner.

Deo Gratias.

Saturday,

After dinner, circa horam 4.

Δ Comfort us, O God, with thy truth, as we intend truly to be thy faithful and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Ser∣vants. Mitte limam.

E. K. Here he is.

1 ..... You have 29 twice, the last 29 must clean be put out.

2 You have two Dlasod, you must put the latter out.

E. K. He is gone.

E. K. He is here again.

3 ..... Have you-not this word double?

Put two words next to that, Dlasod and

..... Look out the number of 63

Put next to it 125. ..... Δ The wicked enemy prompted falls.

4 ..... You have two 10

Make the last 66.

5 The last 77 must be 71.

The rest will prove it self.

Now set the numbers and gather.

..... Think not that I can erre; if there be a fault, it is yours.

Saturday,

After drinking at night, hora 7.

..... Your words and numbers must be all one, or else you labour in vain.

..... 1. 2. 3.

Δ Which be the words answering to those numbers?

..... Take Common Rlodnr I will teach you no further.

Δ God be thanked.

..... Take Common

..... I spoke to thee in the beginning of Darr and And, over the which there must be 121 and 125

I so instructed thee in the beginning.

But it must be for a new Revolution, but not for this. * 3.279

Put out these numbers, let them fall elsewhere.

Note that, in the Margent, for the beginning of another.

• 1 Take
• 2 Common
• 3 Audcal
• 4 Purge
• 5 and
• 6 Work
• 7 It.

..... Dlasod and then together.

..... 121 over Dlasod, and 125 over then.

..... Now doubt not.

✚ Pragae.

Januarii 20.

Sunday after Dinner, about 3 of the clock. As we sat together in the Mystical study, and the Shew-stone being before E. K. our School-master appeared therein.

..... Behold I open unto thee this key, which is not worthy for the unworthy; neither are the un∣worthy worthy of it. - Yea such it is, as never entred into man before; but the body it is, with the image whereof they have brought forth many things, to the praïse of God, in the Number of his Works.

Take Common, &c. Take hold.

Write it in a paper by it self.

Now you have that you sought for (you may apply it, and find your own errours) which you are unworthy to receive any such thing.

Δ Gloria laus & jubilatio sit Deo nostro altissimo Domino Dominantium & Regi Regum im∣mortali.

Amen.

✚ Pragae.

Januarii 21.

Monday.

Mane hora 9½.

Δ Oratione Dominica & aliis precibus ad Deum fusis, pro ejus gratia & auxilio, per fideles fous Ministros, & nostros conatus promovendos, &c.

E. K. Here he is.

Δ Benedictus qui venit in nomine Domini, cujus nomen sanctificetur & exaltetur, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 & in aevum per omnes gentes.

.... Remember that you are flesh, and by your works deserve nothing at Gods hands.

Now then if you be man, then are you of earth, earthy. But according to your similitude, graf∣ted in the image of God in his Sonne Jesus you are heavenly.

But behold, God is opposite unto you, and his spirit 〈◊〉〈◊〉 not unto you, in that you are flesh, in that you are earth, in that you are filthy: in that you are the children of Satan, and that therefore, take part with him against Christ anointed of the Lord.

E. K. He is out of sight now.

Now if you be opposite, or more contrary to the image of him which dwelleth in you, if you dwell in him what do yee here: why presume you to enter within the Doores of him to whom you are an adver∣sary?

Herein you shew your ignorance; and the lumpishnesse of your fragility, in that you seek of him, unto whom you are odious, or crave the bread which is due and necessary for his children and ser∣vants. But hear my voice, Petentibus dat, sed petentibus 〈◊〉〈◊〉, & 〈◊〉〈◊〉, sed non alienis. * 3.280

Notwithstanding, of his mercy, and for that, he knew before the beginning of all worlds, the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of your vessels, and remembring that you have been of his houshold, mercifully he hath hi∣therto 〈◊〉〈◊〉 at you, and at your presumption, and fed you with that bread, which is not the bread of 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 now considering that you continue in your wickednesse, continue in your rebellion against his Majesty, and fight 〈◊〉〈◊〉 under his banner which is accursed, he taketh his bread from you, shut∣teth * 3.281 up his Doores against you, warneth his servants against you, and is become a fire-brand of wrath against you.

But here you will say: were not we of those number unto whom he made a promise, you were so. But upon condition: That if you would bridle your tongues from 〈◊〉〈◊〉 evil, and become wholly his. But you are neither his, nor bridle your tongues: but speak 〈◊〉〈◊〉 before the Lord, and the Messengers of his light and covenant. Therefore are you not inheritors of his promise. Behold, while the grapes grew, and the corn ripeneth, God did expect your return, for no hour is unacceptable un∣to him.

But now the harvest commeth that the corn must be cut down and the grapes pressed, you are not as you said you would be, nor as you promised.

Therefore are you excluded, for in the vineyard there commeth no strangers, nor in this harvest commeth any hirelings, for it is not the harvest of man.

Δ

Now either fulfill your promise and return from the multitude of your sinnes: or murmur not, though you be shut out of Doores.

The earth of it self bringeth forth nothing, for it is the lump and excrement of darknesse, whose bowels are a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 lake. * 3.282

But where the heavens yield, and the Sunne poureth down his force, she openeth her self, and be∣commeth spongy, receiving mixture to generation, and so is exalted above her self, and bringeth forth to the use of man: Even so the Body when it lyeth in the puddle and hotchpotch of his earthly filthinesse, and darknesse making himself equal with beasts: whose dignity is not, but in their use.

E. K. Now he is here again.

..... Two things you have to be instructedin, in Rlodnr, and in the Law of Coition and Mixture.

The first, is the instrument working, and drawing things together of one nature. The second is the bonnds and termes, wherein every mixture consisteth, and beyond the which it cannot go.

The first of 4 parts, every part conteining, conteineth his conteined double.

The first is Tepens, this teacheth the rest.

These two things can I open unto you in two revolutions, which is but one dayes work.

But now I cease to open any more unto you till I see the favour of God more open unto you.

After 7 dayes I will come again, until then, I neither am, nor speak.

Δ The mercies of God be upon us, now, and ever,

Amen.

✚ Pragae. Jesus Mercy.

Monday.

Januarii 28. Mane, hora 10 ferè.

Oratione Dominica & aliis pro misericordia divina, fusis precibus extemporandis.

After diverse pitiful complaints of our frailty, and calling for favour, grace, and mercy, he appea∣red.

..... Let the heavens prepare themselves to hear, the earth scatter her self before my voice: for I am the Trumpet of the Highest, and the piercing Spirit, dispersed into all creatures, which are from the beginning in God, and made to his glory, and the use of man-kind, that in man he might be glorified.

Give ear therefore, gird up your garments, and seatter your hair abroad before the Lord, which is glorified in me, and through whom I speak; and these are my words.

Harden not your hearts against the Lord, neither exalt your selves above him that hath created you. But humble your selves, and consider you are flesh, mortal, transitory, and full of sinne.

My brethren, my brethren, sinne and flesh appear not before the Lord, neither such as are sin∣ners, and fleshly vessels apt or fit for the Lord to dwell in.

Understand what the Lord is, and how great he is: a Judg to the wicked, great and terrible: a father to the holy and sincere, just, full of mercy, and loving kindnesse.

If you now therefore be holy, and put on the garments of Innocency, and walk before him in * 3.283 righteousnesse; Then look to have the reward of Children; Then look for his fatherly mercies, and loving kindnesse; Then, then rejoyce at the garments of glory prepared for you.

But if you seek him in judgment, and stir him up to wrath and anger: if you cause him to call the * 3.284 terrible thunders (provided for the wicke) about him, in the most furious flames of his indignation, to gather you together like whirl Winds: if you draw his holy Angel from you, and spoil you of your armes: if he sit down upon the mouth of vengeance, and arm himself with righteousnesse against your wickednesse.

Then look for the horrible and unspeakable reward of the wicked, and the consuming fire of Ju∣stice, sharper then the two-edged sword.

Who hath stood before the Lord in Justice? or who dare quarrel with the highest? What flesh hath seen the Lord in his Majestie? or can appear before him, as righteous?

Tear your selves therefore in pieces, and fall down before the Lord, worship him as a father, and become his children: for his Judgments (my brethren) are terrible, and his wrath is without mea∣sure. Many wayes you are bound and tyed unto God; As by discipline you learn.

But three special wayes you have been advanced by him more then your brothers or sisters have bin:

The first in the visitation, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 he hath comforted you, and exalted you above the world∣lings, of his good, pure, and just Ministers of eternity and light.

Secondly, in that with his own hand, yea, with the beck of his own eye, beyond the ministry of Angels, he hath divers wayes protected you: defended you, yea, and snatched you from imminent and violent envy, and prepared destruction of Satan, at home, abroad, and diverse other wayes, secret and not to be opened.

Lastly, that by their meanes and ministry, which are his good Angels, and minister unto him, he hath guarded you from the wickednesse of your own Country, and hath brought you, ready to place you into the lap of a Virgin, with whom, if you take part, you shall ascend into that Hierusalem, which shall descend, and there live for ever.

Therefore ought you, above all men, to lift up the horn of the Lord, and to blow his praises a∣broad.

Therefore ought you when others are full of idlenesse, the dalliances of sinne, to humble your self upon the earth before the Lord, and to praise his Name.

Therefore ought you, though all flesh forsook the Lord, and cried out against his anointed, to stand stifly against the malice of the hills, and to be without fear.

O my brethren, therefore ought you (in very dee) to shake off your wickednesse, and to cleave (before the Lor) unto the innocency of Angels, delighting in the one as an eternal food, despising the other as a fire-brand for Hell-fire and the wicked.

Δ O Lord, Velle adest nobis, ast absque tuo singulari favore, & auxilio non possumus perficere, quod ita debemus praestare. Igitur Deus.

Lo, behold, your humility is not, you are sealed to the World, and according to the World mea∣sure * 3.285 the Lord; Therefore with the World shall you be judged. Therefore shall the Lord sit in judg∣ment against you.

Δ O Lord, what prevaileth us that we are are born? or what prevaileth us that we have heard of the mysteries and promises most merciful of the highest, as concerning our Election, if the Lord will not help us in our great frailty and misery where shall we become on the face of the earth? &c.

..... Hear me. Fret not in Spirit, for it is not in thee. Δ

E. K. Now a flame of fire flasheth in my face.

..... O yee of little faith! O yee of little faith! O yee of little faith! I have gathered you to∣gether as Prophets. But you flie from me. If I had known or foreseen, that to sit on the seat of Kings, had been meet for you, to have had habitation or dwelling with the crafty Counsellors of the Earth would have made you fit for me. If I had seen that pride of the loathsome heaps of money ill gathered together, could have sanctified you before me; Then could I have lifted you up, placed * 3.286 you amongst the worldly wise, or opened unto you the lowth of the Earth. But I provided you against Kings, against Counsellors, against the Governours of the World, to open my judgments, and to bear witnesse of my power. But since you are so full of rebellion, and will rise up against the Lord * 3.287 that made you, disdain to take part with his holy Spirit, that you may be rectified and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to the performance of his holy will; Hear [Δ] thou my voice.

Take whomsoever thou wilt, in whose face the Lord shall seem to dwell, and place him with this * 3.288 Seer, and let him stand seven times by him: I will take the spirit from him, and will give it unto another, unto the same that standeth by, and shall have power to see: and he shall fulfill my word, that I have begun. But if thou do so, take heed that upon his head there come no rasor; But keep him for me.

I come again.

Δ O Lord God, thou hast coupled us two together, in thy election, and what the Lord hath joyned, no fleshly fancy of mine shall willingly separate. But Lord, if it be thy will, seeing he is so hard to give credit to thy holy messages, without some proof in work first passed; as for example, this doctrine of the Philosophers stone; that so he may come to be allowed, though he imitate Tho∣mas Dydimus in his hard and flow belief, or credit given to thy Ministers in this Action. Lord, proceed herein, that he may perceive thy power and mercies, &c. And Lord, because he is to re∣ceive the pledge of thy 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and mystery of the heavenly food, we would gladly hear of that holy Sacrament some discourse for our better instruction, and his better incouragement to the myste∣ry receiving.

Δ After a good while, in which mean time we had discoursed of the Sacrament receiving, and of the Philosophers stone making, he appeared.

E. K. Here he is now.

.....Note well what I say unto you.

E. K. He openeth his face, he putteth on a white garment, he taketh up the four corners of his garment, and putteth them under a broad girdle he hath: on his head is nothing, but hair reddish wavering.

.....God, in the beginning, of Nothing, by himself, made, created, and gathered together all Creatures; of Nothing, because in himself he is.

E. K. He holdeth up his hands, and looketh up to heaven, and seemeth to pray ex∣tentis manibus.

..... If he Be, then doth it follow, that nothing is, but that which is God. But God made not all things (made and create) of himself, neither out of himself: therefore of nothing.

Understand therefore, that God from beginning, and beyond the beginning in himself, in himself as God, conteined I am and is, proper to himself, and for himself: But also by the knowledge of himself, he conteined also that Nothing, of the which in his secret and determined purpose separated from himself, he intended to make all things. It followeth necessarily (therefor) that that which was not, had no power of it self, must remain after the Image of IS, brought or knit together by the Wisome of God, substantially in himself, whereby Jesus Christ appeared in his God-head.

But behold, when God the Father and the Son, through one spiritual substance and illumination, from one centre, had gathered together (Ictu Divino) that Nihil separable.

E. K. He seemeth to be consumed to ashes in a fire, and so lyeth as it were in ashes prostrate.

E. K. Now he is up again I know not how.

E. K. He seemeth now to be very clear, and in manner transparent.

..... Say that last.

Δ I read, But behold, when God, &c. as in the 8th. line above.

E. K. He looketh about him diligently.

..... Then did he separate that Nothing from himself, and as it marvelously lay hid in him: so marvelously he wrought upon it: Not at one instant, for then it had been like unto himself.

But in time, which he first made out of nothing: which being consumed, Nothing shall return in∣to * 3.289 the place from whence it came. And that which hath offended in nothing shall be a second, oppo∣site from God, and out of God; which shall have continuance, world without end: And it shall be alwayes vexed, the Spirit of God mediating: not of the substance or purenesse of God, or of his Spi∣rit, but with the self-same Nothing; out of which God created all things. Seeing therefore, that the Will of God, which is his Image, separating Nothing from eternity, in time made all things (being the work of six dayes.) [But I teach you a Mystery.]

All things that through God are moved to the Center by the Spirit of God, (which is the center of the Godhead) are not after the world, after the consummation of the world, as Angels and the * 3.290 blessed souls, are not to be reckoned with [that] Nothing: But are of God, because they dwell in him, of whom it is said, There they shall not need the Sun nor the Moon, the Lamb himself shall be their light, and a shining lamp for ever. Note here that the Trinity, first, second, and third, to∣tally not moved, but by himself, in himself, time bringing forth all things according to his Word, made all things except Man. For why? when all things had pleased him, not because they were, but because by the Word (the Image of himself, and wherein he is delighte) they were made, he made man, as the Scripture teacheth you, how by the Spirit of God in Moses, that he should injoy and use the benefit of all this something proceeding from nothing in the Creatures of God in their kind: that in him God might be glorified; not onely in this world, which is your earth & vail of mi∣sery; but also and chiefly that the memory of his exceeding and great mercy & omnipotency might remain before him in heaven, in the image of man, and the most excellent Creatures, world with∣out end.

E. K. Now he is faln into ashes again, as before.

E. K. Now he standeth up again, as before.

..... Here is the making of man to be considered: for of the most excellentest dignified, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 part of Nothing distributed, as it were approaching neer unto God: God made the Soul of

man, as a thing knit or tied in the convex of his own Sphere, not taking part with Nothing materi∣ally, * 3.291 but with Nothing Immortal.

The Soul was made spiritual and increasing, wherein the Philosophers, the wise men of this world * 3.292 are deceived, and hath been a secret shut up in the Book of Esdras, not fit for the world.

For even as flesh by conjunction and commixtion of likelihoods proper in their own nature to bring forth the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of himself; so doth the most execllentest part of man, taking part with the vicinity of God, (and so 〈◊〉〈◊〉 moving) bring forth, after the manner of eternity, every living soul: the Spirit of God (conjoyned with the 〈◊〉〈◊〉) working with him in his infinity.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 in the beginning God hath not numbred 〈◊〉〈◊〉 all souls that shall enter into those ves∣sels, * 3.293 or other part. But the matter material in himself, he knoweth and hath limited, beyond the which, 〈1 line〉〈1 line〉, there cannot be. Therefore it is conteined in Number: Not, that it is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in Number to be numbred, but within the proportion of number conteined in the know∣ledg of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Christ, taking 〈◊〉〈◊〉 with man, and so to be numbred.

Adam fell; 〈◊〉〈◊〉 God his Commandment, and therefore was his soul darkened, bare and naked, because he wanted the beauty and excellency of Gods Spirit, wherein he dignified him, and made him like unto himself, being a living soul. He was cast out, and now casteth off misery, wanting the knowledge of those things, for the which he was created. Now God, the image of his Father, grieved at the fall of man, and moved with pity, vouchsafed, because of the excellency of man, to enter into man being before 〈◊〉〈◊〉, into this part of nothing, into man. Not that he would beautifie himself with any thing that man had: But that, Become man, begotten of the Holy Ghost, he might, as you know by the Scriptures, make man acceptable again with God his * 3.294 Father, God himself, with God in unity, for 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and Terrour is God the Father, Mercy and love is God the Son Wisdome and knowledge is God the Holy ghost.

He, since 〈◊〉〈◊〉 became man, put not on the flesh of man to become a lyar, but that the flesh of man might be full of the spirit of truth and understanding.

E. K. Now he is faln again into ashes.

E. K. Now he is up again.

And so receive forgivenesse of sins, and be at one with God, which is to say, in his favour, ta∣king hold in God, not as created, and from Creation sinful by fall. But by ransonse and redemption as bought and made free in Jesus Christ, which offered up the Sacrifice of frankincense, gold, and myrrh, of true propitiation, for the quick and the dead.

Now, my brethren, give good ear what I say unto you.

The wisdome of the Father, in love, created and made man, dignifying him, and exalting him, as the Lord and Master over all Creatures mortal. But how? by Plasmation. For it is written, Let us make man.

Here thou seest also the Scripture saith, that God took of the Earth. Mark this word, and con∣sider * 3.295 it when I shall apply it.

Now if this power, if this Plasmating, if this Taking, which was the Word, become man, perfect man; then followeth it, that man was and is, God creating and created. If therefore this conjunction or knitting together of God and man, bear the image of him, in excellency and power, which created all things, and by whom this Nothing was spread abroad, and had form in his parts: then followeth it, that the self-same God and Man being truth, speaking of himself unto his Dis∣ciples saying, This is my body.

E. K. Now he is fallen again in ashes.

E. K. Now he is up again.

..... Read.

Δ I read, Now my brethren give good ear, &c.

E. K. Now he holdeth up his hands.

.....did in breaking of bread, which signifieth the earth, in taking it signified, the power of ma∣king, and his own Office, and breaking it before his Disciples, according to the secret sense of mans soul, then being yet alive, give himself in the bread, and in breaking unto his Disciples, as the sense of his word spoken.

E K. He speaketh that I understand not.

.....did import and truly signifie himself, his 〈◊〉〈◊〉 body, to suffer, and suffered in that, in him, in his Godhead and wisdome before the worlds it was so: his very true body and very true blood. But notwithstanding 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Consider of this.

E. K. He is gone.

Δ Blessed be.

E. K. Now he is here again.

..... Mark here for whom, and unto whom Christ took, and brake bread: also took the Chalice, and called it his blood of the New Testament, which shall be given.

Here you see, that in faith, and Sacramentally it was given unto his Disciples there, which was * 3.296 also to be given upon the Crosse for the redemption of man kind; for else, why should he have said, which shall be given?

But here my Brethren, in that it was to be given, it was to seal the perpetual and everlasting me∣mory thereof unto the destruction of Satan, and the comfort of his chosen. But in spirit, before, he had pacified the wrath of his Father: Therefore it was given and to be given.

But unto whom? to his Disciples, and not unto strangers; not unto the Scribes and Pharisees, but unto such as did apprehend him by faith.

Here thou seest, that to apprehend by faith, is to be comprehended in the love of God.

But in that Christ said that shall be shed, it signified unto the worlds end: for his blood is always shed before his father, as a satisfaction for the obstinacy and sin of man.

But the remembrance thereof is the power of doing, that he gave to his Disciples, which consist∣eth * 3.297 in Act, which must be done in the Church of God, yea even unto the end. For as God (Jesus Chris) is said to be a Saviour and anointed, so is he an eternal King, and a continual Saviour of such as fly unto him, conteining in man (being dignified through his Godhead) the eternal power of * 3.298 presence and Being, in all places wheresoever.

Consider (my brethre) unto what use should the body of Christ be, if the Body it self were not a Sacrament, and the holy sign of the peace between God and man.

Behold it is said, unlesse thou eat of the flesh and drink of the blood, thou canst not, &c.

If the Disciples did eat the body of Christ, Christ ministring himself, and standing by, not yet crucified, why therefore shouldest not thou eat the body of the same Christ, which dwelleth in thee, and in whom thou hast to dwell.

But here is to be considered the manner of eating.

E. K. Now he falleth in ashes again.

E. K. Now he is up again.

..... But at whom shall we learn this manner of cating? My brethren, of his Disciples. For although Christ himself alive, visibly and substantially stood beside them, and ministred unto them: Notwithstanding took bread, brake it, and gave it unto them, saying, This is my body: They simply did believe it, considering and acknowledging his Omnipotency (which Peter had grounded in saying, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the Son of the living God)

If therefore he be acknowledged of us (I speak for yo) to be the Son of the living God. Then must we truly confesse, that all things are possible unto him, and that by faith, we ought to believe the mysteries, works and wonders of God, Sacramentally opened and to be used for the cure of our own sores.

[He speaketh I know not what, nor to whom.]

..... Read.

Δ I read: But at whom? &c.

And not as the wicked use to do; Tie the power and majesty of God and his Omnipotency to the tail or end of reason, to be halled as she will.

If his Apostles have left us examples of belief, have taught us how to believe, and upon what rock and foundation to fasten our belief; Then simply and nakedly follow the steps of true Faith, and laying reason aside, believe.

But here note, that this Sacrament is to be ministred amongst the Apostles, amongst the Mini∣sters and true Servants of God, in his Church, and not in the temple of the Scribes and Pharisees, Hypocrites, and Deceivers, which 〈◊〉〈◊〉 they tear Christ Jesus and his body after the frowardnesse of their own sense, do eat (as Judas did) and so perish eternally.

But I say unto you, and teach you, that wheresoever in the true Church of God remembrance is made, and the use of this Sacrament is celebrated of the true body and blood of Jesus Christ cruci∣fied, there is also the true body of Christ, God and man substantial, and bread of eternal comfort and food, to such as humbly, nakedly, and penitently receive it, propitiatory for the quick and the dead; not unto such as are dead in sin, and in hell, and out of this life, but unto such as are here Sin∣ners, and so dead, and to be revived. For he that dwelleth in Christ is quick, because he dwelleth in life and light. But he that goeth out of Christ through sin, and in whom Christ dwelleth not, he is dead. For this, I have said.

Δ Lord, what shall we say to the Priests, when they would have us to acknowledge Transub∣stantiation, &c.

..... The bread that was ministred by Christ unto his Disciples, was not a figure of his body, but * 3.299 his true body. So the Minister using the office and person of Christ in office, pronouncing the [Δ] words, doth also give unto the people not Bread, but the true body.

But hear me, Thou must consider it as a Sacrament, and must believe as the Disciples did, that it is the true Body of Christ, that thou eatest in the form of Bread.

Δ As concerning under both kinds recieving, what is your doctrine?

..... Caro & sanguis faciunt corpus & cosstituunt.

Δ Then it is no offence to God, to receive under one kind onely.

Δ As concerning the worshipping of it, being lifted up by the Priest.

..... That, by faith, (in that it is believed to be the true body) is also by faith to be worshipped: Not in that it hath the shape of bread, but that it is the body of Christ. true God and man.

Δ As concerning also the reserving of it, being consecrated, what are we to understand?

..... Reason hath no place here: To them that receive it, it is a Sacrament. But receiving cea∣sing, the Sacrament ceaseth also.

Celebrandi, & accipientibus, Sacramentum & Sacrificium est: 〈◊〉〈◊〉 celebratione, & nullis accipientibus, cessat Sacramentum & Sacrificium. Nam Sacramentum 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ab institutione & modo.

The mean consisteth in them both.

..... To morrow you shall hear more of me, in the mean season consider you, How merciful God is unto you through me, and open this doctrine also unto your wives, that they may also know God truly.

Δ Gloria in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Deo, & in terra pax hominibus bonae voluntatis.

✚ Pragae.

1585.

Januarii 29. Tuesday. Manè hora 10½.

Orationibus finitis, post hesternae actionis lectionem, apparuit, facie velata, ut prius.

..... I demonstrated to you, yesterday, how the visible 〈◊〉〈◊〉 or matter appearing was united and knit unto the visible, significated: wherein and whereunto I answered in my own form and person, for whosoever talketh of God and Christ expounding the Scriptures, ought to talk plainly, truly, and openly, that that which they speak may be under stood. This is the Office of a Preacher. Even so I talking of God, and illuminated to this Office, for the time, was bare, because I spake not of my self. But the doctrine I taughtyou was true: and is worthy to be graved in golden Tables, and mo∣numentally to be placed upon the altar, wherein man may see, as in a glasse, How God through his Sa∣craments and holy institutions, sanctifieth, regenerateth and purifieth man unto himself.

Now to the work intended, which is called in the Holy Art Gebofal, which is not (as the Philo∣sophers * 3.300 have written) The first step supernatural, but it is the first supernatural step naturally li∣mited unto the 48 Gates of Wisdom; where your holy Book beginneth. The last is the speaking with God, as Moses did, which is infinite: All the rest have proper limits, wherein they are con∣teined.

But understand that hoc opus unum receiveth Multiplication and dignification, by ascension * 3.301 through all the rest that are limited according to their proper qualities.

Of this knowledg I have laid a sure foundation, have taught what it is, and the instrument wherewithal, and whereby it is. The manner of proceeding, and her Basis. So that there wanteth * 3.302 nothing but the simple and easie unknitting of those things that are wrapped, not with the bands of it self, but with the obscurity and caliginous Cloud of your own ignorance. * 3.303

But if the Cloud be in you, then by your own help and consent it must be removed.

Δ By the favour and help of the Highest we trust the Cloud shall be removed.

..... Take heed therefore you lift not up your selves in mind, presuming against reason, (where∣by you are knit together) and the will of God: whereby you are taught obedience.

For pride is hateful before God: and to be in love with your selves is the greatest ignorance. * 3.304

Shall a dark selter brag or boast of her beauty? because she receiveth light and cleernesse, by a Candle brought into, or shining into her.

No more canst thou, [E. K.] for the ripennesse of thy wit and understanding is through the pre∣sence of us, and our illumination.

But if we depart, thou shalt become a dark seller, and shall think too well of thy self in vain.

Matter wanteth amongst you, the fire cannot continue, but when you bring more Wood, you shall have more fire I will not visit you again, until the seventh day.

Δ Deo nostro Omnipotenti, Sempiterno vero & vivo, sit omnis Laus, Decor, Gloria & gratiarum actio, nunc & semper.

Amen.

✚ Pragae.

February 5. Tuesday. Mane, horam circiter 10.

Δ Orationibus finitis, & specialiter pro misericordia divina super nos tres, [A L.] E. K.] Δ] ad ejus honorem, laudem, & gloriam.

E. K. He is here now.

Δ Gloria patri, &c.

Wo be unto the World, for the hath appeared before the Lord unpure.

Wo be unto the Sonnes of men, for they are the dwelling places of the beast.

Wo be untothe seed of the earth, and unto the seed within her, for she is touched with fire from * 3.305 on high, and is trod under the feet of the Highest.

Who is he that girdeth his 〈◊〉〈◊〉 unto him: or what is he that is ready for the battel? such as have 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the Lord and are run astray: and hath placed himself with the scornful.

Great sorrow is at hand unto all flesh: the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 shall be 〈◊〉〈◊〉 down, and the streets shall bear 〈◊〉〈◊〉 or them. * 3.306

For there 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 proclaimed in Heaven, and the God of Hosts hath put on his armour, and is become a fire of warth

Now commeth the time, that such as so, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 God, shall fall down Headlong, and such as have been lifted up, runne astray and down willfully.

Happy 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 that endureth and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 a Labourer before the Lord, for he shall enter into his holy 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and had be crowned with the Victory.

Such as God covered, they 〈◊〉〈◊〉 from him: yea, such as serve at his Tables, become his enemies.

What therefore hall I say? I make 〈◊〉〈◊〉, but I reap it not: I build, but I enjoy not.

Δ 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to us, O God, and help our 〈◊〉〈◊〉, purge 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉, and create a clean heart 〈◊〉〈◊〉, &c.

..... 〈◊◊◊〉〈◊◊◊〉 an his heard: but he that is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 entreth, For into the Sanctuary of the Lord, no unclean thing commeth, for being cleansed, they enter.

He that is a 〈◊〉〈◊〉, or an Apostle, or a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 called, by the mouth of the Lord, and so sepe∣rated from the rest, let 〈◊〉〈◊〉 do his duty; First, that he make himself clean before the Lord; And * 3.307 then may he hear, and sit in judgment, against the impure and unjust, and may see the works and wonders of the Lord in his holy place.

〈1 line〉〈1 line〉.

E. K. He is gone.

Δ After 〈◊〉〈◊〉 we had 〈◊〉〈◊〉 together, I fell to this Prayer.

Δ O 〈◊◊◊〉〈◊◊◊〉 heard our conferences, discourses and resolutions: O God, be our 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 gnances of purposes, so as it may appear that thou art the merciful Fa∣ther, the almighty and living God, the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of all things being and that thy promises made in mercy and favour, shall not with 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 be overthrown, or hindred. Manifest thy power and glory to us herein, that thy Prphectes may come to light, to the end and purpose thy Wisdom and power may work thy own honor and glory. So be it.

E. K. Now sir, where are you?

..... Here I am, the servant of God.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 vestrum, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 est hujus negotii minister.

Alter, Puer.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 ad unpleat minister ministerium: Puer autem humili & se ministerio.

Understand that. * 3.308

Δ 〈◊〉〈◊〉 or the old 〈◊〉〈◊〉 told us of a man naked, who cloathed himself with leaves, and of a child, and a 〈◊〉〈◊〉, &c. Anno 1584. Aprilis 21. Cracoviae.

Hear my counsel, and follow it.

Wonderful, and great are the secrets and judgments of Gods determinations to come: which are all ready leased and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 into your bosome. * 3.309

They are great and true: and are like unto the Rainbow which the Sunne maketh by the aptnesse * 3.310 of the matter and place (that sheweth it self suddenly and many behold it: So shall the harvest of this Doctrine, when the Vial is runne, and the World receiveth disposition, shew himself wonderful and terrible to all Nations.

But if the matter agree not with the weaknesse of your understanding, and palpable blindnesse; Repine not, neither murmur. But pray, that you may have the spirit of God, to understand, and that your eyes may be opened.

The Prophet [Δ] saw, but his boy did not. * 3.311

But the Prophet praying, the boyes eyes were opened.

These mysteries are delivered and taught to a Minister apt for them through the Grace and fore∣knowledg of God, wherein ho hath blessed thee, Dee. * 3.312

Vnto thee is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the dignity of this mans vessel, which ministreth unto thee, as a servant.

He therefore is not part of the labour, but part of thy knowledge.

Kelley. True it is, that this rain falleth out at thy request. But lo, thou art let into the garden, * 3.313 and art preferred before all others, as a gatherer, that the wonders of the Lord may be finished in his House. * 3.314

Therefore seeing thou art let in as a servant, not as a JVDG, lay Judgment aside, and do thy duty.

So shall it come to passe that the minister, through thee, shall be satisfied, (as through the labour * 3.315 of a necessary) and thou through thee satisfied, shalt be satisfied also.

In the mean season gather thy self together, fear God truly, and humbly go home unto thy Mo∣ther. * 3.316

Endeavour thy self to know things necessary for mans understanding, whereby thou shalt be apter to judg, and to take part with the * Spirit of God.

I promise thee, if thou do so, that the Spirit of understanding in all humane knowledg and divine, sufficiently for thy Profession, Calling, and Creation shall multiply upon thee. * 3.317

Δ I presume not to interrupt your discourse of matter, but as we are knit with the Lord A. L. in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of friendship, for the Service of God, so doth charity, and the order of our affaires re∣quire that somewhat we should understand of his present estate, &c.]

..... Cast pride away and be humble: for he that hath an humble spirit knoweth much.

Et cum puer Prophete, es, ab illo quaere, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 te informab it.

Video & 〈◊〉〈◊〉, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 non video, Lasky.

Δ Oh Lord, what is this, what is this! Oh Lord! * 3.318

..... Sedem posuit Satanus in cor 〈◊〉〈◊〉, & neglexit mandata Dei.

Si quae dixi feceritis, bene fiet vobis: Sin minus, fiat vobis, sed 〈◊〉〈◊〉 mihi.

Δ Give me leave to speak I pray you.

..... Fio, loquendo, macer.

Δ If Lasky 〈◊〉〈◊〉, (upon whom so much of our worldly doings is grounded, as the House-keeping, still in Cracovia, in hire for an year, &c.) How shall we supply the wants? &c.

..... Si ceciderit, statu.

Unicum habet [A. L.] à coelo secum relictum.

But iniquity and negligence causeth him avolare also, of 21, this is the last. * 3.319

Δ O Lord, Lord, Lord, have mercy upon us.

..... Consider this last 〈◊〉〈◊〉 for I can counsel you no mora. As your sight is, so shall you see me.

Δ I beseech you let me know your name, if it shall not offend you to ask.

..... Sum sanetissimi figilli foederis centrum.

Δ Are you the same that is about the Crosse in the Center? * 3.320

..... I. [〈 math 〉〈 math 〉] Δ Then are you Levanaël. * 3.321

Leva. Relinquo, sed non desero. E. K. He is gone.

Δ Gloria, Laus, Honor Deo nostro Omnipotenti.

Amen.

✚ Pragae.

Februaris 18.

Monday Mane horam circitèr 9.

Δ Orationibus ad Deum fusis, & aliquantulum de E. K. quantum ad mysteriorum participatio∣nem presentem: ut misericorditèr nobiscum agat, & illius [E. K.] intentionem, & fidem Catholi∣cam respicit, & ut sua divina bonitas nobiscum procederet in mysterio perficiendo; viz. de lapide Phi∣losophorum, propter honorem & gloriam sui nominis, &c.

E. K. I see an endlesse thing like a red Sea. A head cut off from a body doth appear: * 3.322 the Hair hath bin pulled off it: that Head appeareth to come out up of that bloudy Sea, tumbling sometime one part, and sometime another upward, and sometime under the water clean.

E. K. Now I see a Tree upon an old Hill full of mosse in a desolate place, besides the former water.

The Tree is sprung of a graft, which hath been grafted in The Tree hath a few green leaves on, and many old leaves: The state of the Tree is as if it were Autumn. There lyeth by it the top of a Tree cut off, and dead withered.

The Tree hath a eleven Shots or branches issuing out of it.

There tumbleth down from heaven a white thing, and out of it issueth an arm with a broad axe in his hand, such as they hew pamnel board with, it seemeth to be about a yard long

That hand with his nail maketh a race down along the body of the Tree, and then spreadeth the bark open from that place of the race made.

Quod erit, & futurum est, est & non est. * 3.323

E. K. That voice seemeth to come out of the top of the Shew Stone.

E. K. On the place of the Tree where it was made bare appeared two figures of 8, one in manner under another. Now the bark is put together again, and the Tree seemeth whole, and as it were not cut.

Quod erit & futurum est, jam est. * 3.324

E. K. At this word he strook off ten of the Tree branches, and the stem or branch that standeth, seemeth to be now between me and the Sun risen about an hour high; And that stem or branch hath five lesser branches out of it.

Every.

E. K. Now there standeth one like Michael,, with a tanckard in his hand of silver and stooped, he saith;

Mich. ..... Iterum Lavabo te.

E. K. He washeth with water, and his hands the old branch cut off. Now he ta∣keth that old branch up in his hand, and holdeth it up. The ax is torned from the tree.

..... Plantavi te, & neglexisti mandata & statuta legis meae, & in superbia tua defalcavi te: * 3.325 Sedjam memor sum verborum & 〈◊〉〈◊〉 mei apud patres, & occupabis locum solitum, & ipse rorabo te 〈◊〉〈◊〉 coeli. Jam ponam timorem in cor tuum, & visitabo te legibus meis, & introducam pedes reductos in Sanctuarium: Neque cades, sicut patres tui ceciderunt; Induxi 〈◊〉〈◊〉 malam & 〈◊〉〈◊〉, & benedixi ei, (sed proh dolor) taedet me. Igitur dejeci, & praecipitavi illos à me: Ne forte triumphantes posuissent nullum Deum.

Michael..... Magnus es tu Ben Elohim, magna est gloria tua, magnitudo tua superat coelos, & jam 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in 〈◊〉〈◊〉. * 3.326

E. K. Now Michael putteth on the dead bough on the former tree: Now he with the ax with his thumb, closeth the barks together.

Now out of heaven commeth drops of a rain, and that stem which was so put to, had 12 branches; and both that and the rest springeth together very freshly.

Michael. ..... Qui habet occulos videat, & cui sunt aures audiat.

Deo

E. K. Now appeareth one like Δ under the tree. * 3.327

E. K. or Safeguard.

And also I see my self (said E. K.) comming there, and my Gown is all white, but 〈◊〉〈◊〉: and Δ seemeth to have a white Gown, or rather like a womans safeguard full of pleats, and full of mens eyes.

There appear seven more, six men and one boy. One is a Blackmore. * 3.328

They have all white garments also.

The tree at the first seemed to bring forth and shew horns, and after that there ap∣peared men issuing out or growing plentifully on that tree, and those men to have those horns.

Then he with the Ax pulled one of those men off, and pulled one of his horns, skull and all, and thereof gave to eat to Δ, E. K. and the other seven; and they did eat: and so all the Vision did vanish away, nothing appearing in the stone.

..... Ista ad rem; Vos autem post modicum admonebo. * 3.329

— Δ After half an hour, wherein we talked de Conversione Judaeorum.

E. K. Here is now Levanael, as before time.

Levan. ..... O thou which art of the seed of the earth, attend my voice, and open thy heart, that thy bowels may be filled with gladnesse, and that within thy head may wisdome enter, since God hath not onely called thee, but also hath made a choice in thee, If thou hear his voice, and obey it. * 3.330

Be not stiff-necked, neither suffer sensual imaginations to obscure or defile thy inward under∣standing. The first nourisheth thee to the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of thy flesh, that thy flesh perishing may also carry thy soul with it. The second teacheth thee to understand thy self, and thereby to acknowledg the Creator: that thereby thy soul purified may also purifie thy body: that thereby in the end 〈◊〉〈◊〉 mayest rise a purified and perfect Creature.

Behold, there are which rise; and have lost their bodies: and there are also which rise, and they rise in body.

Qui appetit se propter se, not intelligit Deum, sed qui intelligit Deum, appetit seipsum; sed appe∣titus ejus non est à se, sed ab alio.

Since therefore, to seek God [not] for your own sakes, is to glorifie God, lift up your selves, and behold the heavens, and look into the earth, and muse at her wonders: And let not the lesser part carry away thegreater.

E. K. I pray you speak higher, I can scarce hear you.

Those that have their Sanctification through promise, and fulfilling of the Will of God, have al∣wayes

forsaken themselves: But yet, for themselves, followed his Commandements; Therefore I say for sake your selves, and do the will of God, that for the comforts of your selves, and your e∣ternal salvation, you may seek God.

But he that seeketh God, seeketh him through patience, through afflictions, through temptations. * 3.331

Therefore despise this Monster that tempteth you, and neglect her in the middest of her pride, for she is poor, miserable, and prepared as a fire-brand for destruction; if you seek riches of her, she hath none, if you seek wisdom at her, she knoweth it not, if you desire 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and the joyes of rest, she cryeth out against you, Watch, Watch, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 up your selves.

And if you seek eternal life, or study to please God, and to glorifie him, whereunto you are cre∣ated, seperate your selves from the Harlot.

Swear your selves her enemy, and hate all those that take part with her; For, behold, she is be∣come * 3.332 an enemy of him that created you, a Blasphemer of him whom you seek to glorifie, the daughter of him, which set himself against the Highest.

Therefore for your Creations sake, ought you to despise her.

For your Redemptions sake to neglect her, and for the Glory that you seek to attain unto, utter∣ly to despise or contemn her.

But here, peradventure, you will say unto me, as he said unto Christ the Sonne of the living God.

E. K. He maketh cursy, and kisseth the ground.

What shall I do to enherit everlasting life?

I say unto you follow the Commandements.

Behold, it is written, I give you a new Commandemnt; Love one another. * 3.333

How love you one another without Charity?

But what is Charity? is it not the gift of the Holy Ghost? you know it is so, you know also, that the Holy Ghost is called a Comforter.

But consider with your selves, why he is called a Comforter; Not because he comforteth him∣self, for he is all comfort; But because he is the comfort of such as he hath spoken to, saying, I have given you a new Commandement, Love one another; But, who are they? Even they that eat the flesh, and drink the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the Sonne of man Jesus Christ, the Sonne of God, true God and man, which unlesse you do, you are not of that Company unto whom Christ said I give you a new Com∣mandment.

For in so doing you are 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in Christ, are subject to the Commandment, tyed unto Charity, wherein you are refreshed by the Holy Ghost the Continual Comforter, and giver of wisdom to such as dwell in Christ.

See therefore that none is of Christ, that hath not Charity, neither hath any Charity, that is not of the Company of such as feed of the flesh and bloud of Jesus Christ, without the which there is no Salvation, therefore art thou E. K. a lyar when thou sayest I fear God, I love God, I intend to live well and in obedience, for thou followest not his Commandements, thou fliest from him; There∣fore thou art not with him.

But I hear * 3.334 thee saying, I confesse my self to Christ before the Throne of God.

But thou hast not offered thy selfunto the Priest, neither hast laid down thy Sacrifice.

I say unto thee, Thou confessest not thy self, neither thy sinnes, before God, because thou com∣mest not where he is.

Not that God seeth thee not, but that he is said not to hear sinners, unlesse they be penitent, but penance is limited by the Church, and sorrowfulnesse is not judged by thy self, it 〈◊〉〈◊〉 thee therefore, if thou wilt flie unto Christ, to enter into the Company of such as professe him, where he is, and with whom he dwelleth.

There, at what time thou repentest thee of thy sinnes, and shalt confesse them with sorrowful∣nesse, before him which is in office at the mystery; there also by the mystery (which is Chris) shalt thou receive forgivenesse of thy sinnes.

For if he that ministreth, is heard in the power of his Administration, and Sacramental vow, much more hath he power to forgive Sinnes; For lo, that he doth, is not of himself, but his digni∣ty is of that, whereof he is called a Priest.

Now therefore I say unto thee E. K. until thou make thy self clean, thou shalt continue filthy, & immundis & impuris, non revelat Deus Sacramenta.

But even as thou, not clean, seest, and yet seest nothing: so being cleansed, not seeing thou shalt see, and see all things.

I have done.

Δ Gloria Patri & Filio & Spiritus sancto, sicut erat in principio, & nunc & semper, & in secula seculorum.

Amen.

✚ Pragae.

1585.

Februarii 23.

Saturday A meridie horam circiter 2.

Orationibus ad Deum fusis, pro luce & veritate divina, &c.

Δ The occasion of this comming to the Shew-Stone, was that as we sat together in the Stove, there was a pat or stroke or two (not natural) given on the Bench and Wall: and withal I felt on my head a heavy moving thing, and also after that E. K. felt on his back, as if one had written let∣ters distinctly: whereupon we went to understand the will of God, as being thereto half warned and stirred by these tokens.

E. K. Madimi is here.

Δ Benedicti sunt pedes evangelizantium pacem & favorem altissimi.

Madimi ..... What should I speak unto you, since you have no faith?

Why should I teach you that despise my documents? * 3.335

I knock in vain, for you hear me not.

Vnus unam alius aliam quaerit: dispares est is.

Δ Deus potest 〈◊〉〈◊〉 & 〈◊〉〈◊〉 satisfacere, bona semper petentibus.

Madimi ..... Shall I speak, or no?

Δ Speak in the Name of God, who would not hear the words of the wise and of the mighty, of the good and true?

Madimi ..... Shall I close my mouth, because of your wickednesse? or shall I open my mouth, be∣cause * 3.336 my Mother hath commanded me? * 3.337

I will go back, and will desire that my mouth may be sewed up with a double threed: for assure your self I will not come again willingly: But if she say again, Go, I will come.

Hui, wherefore doth God give bread to Dogs: or suffereth his sonne to shine to the bottomlesse Caves? I know a cause, but yet I am torn in spirit.

O Mother, Mother, if thou shouldest speak unto this people, out of and from above the Clouds, they would melt before thee, yea, they would fall.

But lo thou speakest unto them by thy daughter that they may stand and hear, but they hear not: But I swear unto thee, they despise thee.

What shall therefore become of them? I go, I will see if I can absent my self from them.

Δ She went away as if she had been angry, in the mean space we argued after our former man∣ner; E. K. as he was wont, and I still in my constant hope of Gods mercies.

E. K. Now she is here again. * 3.338

E. K. She putteth off her peticoat, and putteth on an other Garment full of pleats of a golden colour, and after that an other Garment, upon that Garment with ma∣ny Crowns bordered on it, with hands out of every of them, and a great part of the Arm, they are right hands, the first Garment (which she put off) and flingeth it into a fire.

Madimi ..... I speak unto you, though I say nothing.

Madimi ..... The counsels from above, are perfect, because they descend.

But the wrappings of mans wit, are unperfect knots, hard to put together, and harder to unlose: * 3.339 Therefore they are not.

But these are of God, and they are true. Envious minds, and false hearts, do hunt after thee, and * 3.340 they have said and have conspired; But I have said unto them, be it unto them, as they have mea∣sured unto others: And that which they have nonrished in corners, let it be fire, and consume their dwelling 〈◊〉〈◊〉; Let it seek out their brothers: Let their throats be burst in pieces: Let it range 〈◊〉〈◊〉 their Kingdomes, and let it burn down the gate of their borders, that the way may be wide: for a narrow way serveth not where I bring in mischief, I will bring her to the borders, and will place her in the Gates, and will say unto her.

Accipe tibi vim.

And I will give her a two edged sword, but I will not enter in with her: because I will not hear their Lamentations, neither be moved with their groanings.

These are the hard and heavy knots, that the evil spirit and mans wit hath wrought togther; But because they are humane, they shall perish.

Truly it seemeth good to my Mother and me: and our consent thinketh good also, (and the rather * 3.341 because she hath prepared the way by her own wisdome, which part of the North you must alwayes (look unto,) and be directed by.

For why, that Constellation is true, and doth teach those that erre; Those also that are right, it comforteth them.

But I will go unto my Mother, and ask her once more, whether I may hide these things from * 3.342 you.

E. K. She is gone.

Δ We read over the premisses, and gathered, that some treachery was devised against me: And therefore, I beseech God, to give us his counsels, and advises, to be my guide and protector, my light and comfort.

E. K. Here she is again.

Madimi ..... That you both, or (if you will be distracte) one of you, go secretly hence, and speedily * 3.343 unto Lasky: So shall it come to passe, that he whom they intended to imprison, (saying, we will compel him to perform his word, least he peradventure triumph elsewhere against us;) [&] may at last, open the Prison Doores for them, and salute a strange King, even in the self same place, where they shall eat to morrows Dinner. But when they perceive that you are gone; Then will they un∣derstand that you knew, and that the spirit of God was amongst you.

I come again. * 3.344

E. K. She is here againe.

Madimi ..... If these words be true, bear witnesse of the truth: if you think them to be false, you need not follow them.

Δ How soon would you advise me to be going hence? you see how bare I am of money.

Madimi ..... Do so as in an eminent danger. I have spoke the last word. Sed adhuc tria; Omnia 〈◊〉〈◊〉 voto.

Δ Deo nostro Omnipotenti, sapienti, & misericordi, sit omnis gratiarum actio, Laus, Honor, & Gloria, nunc & semper, Amen.

Monday

Februarii 25. à meridie, circiter 1½.

E. K. Fell on his back as one had written as he sat at the Table; Here∣upon we resorted to the Shew-Stone, &c.

Precibus ad Deum finitis, citò apparuit Angelus Dei.

E. K. Here is Madimi.

Madimi ..... You have vowed to your selves, and to the Lord, perform your vowes. That which God commandeth, that do.

Excuse your selves with men, and gird up your Garments to the travaile; Not in Waggon, but on Horse-back.

E. K. I pray you to give us some instructions of my Lord Lasky his being.

Travaile hence directly, and unto Wratislania, and there I will meet you.

E. K. I pray you to deal openly with us, according to our frail state, and to declare unto us of my Lord Lasky his estate. * 3.345

Madimi ..... You depend not upon Lasky, but Lasky dependeth upon you; if he do evil, his punishment is ready: if he do well, he doth it for himself.

I am greater then you, and my eye stretcheth farther then yours; yea, though you went to mor∣row, you have 〈◊〉〈◊〉 some dayes. * 3.346

Δ I must carry my Books with me, we must be at the least three horse. * 3.347

Madimi ..... Not so, but thou shalt hide them.

Δ Am I to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 hither again, before my wife come from hence?

Madimi ..... I am not flesh, neither do I move, or am moved with flesh; But if you fulfill the first, the rest followeth.

Δ Secretly and speedily.

Do this, as though you committed theft, for if the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 be diminished, the purpose shall also want successe. * 3.348

Ductus es, sequere si vis.

The hand is open, and ready to take hold on you, what therefore shall I say more to you?

Δ What hand I pray you?

Madimi ..... Manus amplectens non rapiens.

Δ Lord I understand not that neither.

E. K. She is gone.

Δ In manus, tuas Domine, Commendamus nostra corpora, animas nostras & spiritus nostros.

Amen.

Wednesday.

February 27. Δ I and E. K. and Thomas Kelly as servant, rode to Limburg, (otherwise na∣med Nimburge,) six miles from Prage, in the way toward Bressel: otherwise, named 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 28. Manè circa 6 horam. At Limberg.

Thursday. Note, I had caused from 4 of the clock in the morning the Horses to be looked unto, so as, by five, or assoon as it was break of day, we might be riding.

In the mean space while E. K. yet lay in his bed awake, and I was in the next Chamber by, in ordering my things of my male. E K. heard a voice (like mine) say D.

Whereat he asked me, what say you? I answered, that I spake nothing. Then he doubted what creature did use that voice. Afterward he rose: and when he had been ready a while, and sate in the Chamber where my male lay, he said, that he felt somewhat crawling, or as one writing on his back, and at length to ascend into his head. And so I left him, and went out into another place, and kneeled to pray, and prayed, and upon the comming in of Thomas Kelly into that room where I kneeled (in the Door of a little open Gallery over the street) I rose up, and went in again to E. K. and he told me that he slumbred by reason of the heavinesse of his head, and that he seemed to see me praying, and Michael to stand by me. I answered, that truth it was I had been somewhat bent to prayer, but that I could not pray as I would, &c. Hereupon, Immediately he saw Michael over my * 3.349 Head with a pen in his hand: Thereupon I was resolved that I was to write somewhat of importance: And I made speed to take pen, ink and paper, and to settle my self to writing, because we made hast to 〈◊〉〈◊〉, as intending to ride 8 or 9 miles that day, and company tarrying for us: one of them be∣ing a Jew, whose sister is wife to Doctor Salomon of Prague the Jew, &c. And going about to attend for something to write, a voice said, as followeth.

Cur non includis te ad audiendum vocem meam? * 3.350

Δ Hereupon, I did shut all the Doors, and uttermost Doors.

A voice ..... In receptaculo, ut magis approbetur veritas. * 3.351

Δ Hereupon speedily I took out the Shew-stone, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 it on the Table before E. K.

E. K. Here appeareth a white Circle round about the border of the Stone, and a ball or Globe of flaming fire in the midst; The white Circle hath great brightnesse of light in it. * 3.352

E. K. Now here is Madimi, she standeth in the white Circle: and looketh into the fire, she kneeleth.

On the outside of her, standeth Michael with a sword.

E. K. Madimi is gone away, and Michael is come to the lower part of the Circle.

A voice ..... Speak, for who controlleth me?

E. K. Michael boweth himself toward his feet, as though he kissed the place where he stood: as if it were the Circle that he kissed.

Michael ..... These are the words of the Lord, and of me his Angel, and Minister of truth: and they follow.

Behold, I have led you forth diverse times: and you have obeyed me. Therefore I say unto you, Be now Stewards of more.

Δ O merciful God.

E. K. He spreadeth his Arms abroad, and stoopeth down.

Michael ..... He that committeth his Treasure unto man, findeth favour, and at his return hath his own. But he that committeth himself unto me, and he areth my voice, I will write his Name in the Book of Life. Behold, Behold, Behold, I swear and it is.

That in thee, Dee, I delight. And lo, because thou hast obeyed me, and not of force of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 * 3.353 perswasions, I shew unto thee what is to come, and what I would have thee to do: and wherefore thou commest hither.

Δ Fiat voluntas Dei.

E. K.

Michael ..... Cover me for a while, lest peradventure thou see I am beyond the ability of thy capacity, and so return not easily.

E. K. He becommeth very bright.

Δ I understood not well this saying, neither E. K.

Michael I say unto thee cover the receptacle.

Δ We covered the stone a while, and read the premisses.

E. K. He is brighter then he was, the Circle of light shineth still.

Δ We uncovered the Stone, and then he spake again.

Michael ..... Before twelve moneths of your account be finished, with the Sunne: I will keep my promise with thee, as concerning the destruction of Rodulph: lest peradventure, he tri∣umph, as he often doth. For, thy lines are many times perused by him; Saying, This man doted, * 3.354 where is become his God, or his good Angels? * 3.355

And behold, I will sweep him off the face of the earth: And he shall perish miserably: that he may understand, that thou dealt not for thy self, but didst fulfil the work of thy master.

Moreover I will bring in, even in the second moneth, (the twelve ended) Steven. * 3.356

And for a truth, (as I am) will place him in the seat Imperial; He shall possesse an Empire most great: and shall shew what it is to govern, when God placeth.

In his time will I fullfil many things that I have promised thee, and I will be mercifull unto thee; because thou hast not broken my Covenant.

My minde abhorreth from Lasky, for he is neither faithful to me, nor to thee: neither he ca∣reth * 3.357 for his own soul.

Δ Chamo & fraeno maxillas illius constringe (ò Deus) ut approximet ad te.

Michael ..... The speedy return of Curtius was to deliberate with Rodolph how they might, (under the colour of Justic) entangle thee.

And lo, whom thou fostredst and fedst at thy Table, is he, that hath wet his hand in the dish with thee, and hath delivered thee. * 3.358

Moreover, he hath betrayed his Master: And the cause of his adversity, hath had chief root in him. From the third year he hath done unjustly: and hath made naked his Lords secrets.

But he shall have his reward: and shall perish with his own hand. Before thou 〈◊〉〈◊〉 out of thy own Doores, to take thy Journey, Rodolph knew of thy going.

And for a truth, his letters are before thee.

Therefore, it behoveth me, to give thee warning, and to teach and instruct thee, as one exercised in my businesse.

Cover me, I am become cleerer.

Δ We covered the Receptacle.

After a while we uncovered it.

Michael ..... This therefore shalt thou do.

The same way thou camest, the same way thou shalt also return: Not to flie from their malice or tyranny: But to stand in the face of them as my servant.

Hereby, indirectly, shall the Traitour understand you know him. * 3.359

And Rodolphus hard heart, I will stir up with indignation against him. For he shall 〈◊〉〈◊〉 constru∣ed a Lyar.

And they shall begin to fear thee, and also to love thee: and thou shalt be in favour amongst them. * 3.360

Annuate their doings, and hear their sayings. And those things they shall offer thee, refuse not. I will sendone out to pay them their wages.

Moreover, I command thee Kelly, (But in my own person, I counsel and advertise the) that thou take part with the Lord Jesus: And go forward with the businesse thou hast in hand. * 3.361

For why? They shall be shortly made open and plain; lest thy (Δ) word (to the Emperour he meanet) receive foil in the hearts of men.

But I bind it not to that place. For, the fruit that springeth of it, shall do my service with Ste∣ven; And yet, if he will, with that unjust Lasky. And it shall be a Garden for you: wherein you shall not borrow of the World, but of the Gift of God.

And hitherto I will deal with thee, that the least thing which thou hast bestowed in obedience to∣ward me, shall not be forgotten.

Live you together, as brethren: and wonder together, at my works, and in me, for there shall not a hair of your head perish; So that you listen, and be obedient unto my voice. * 3.362

When therefore thou commest home, hide not thy self; But see, that the Infant be regenerated. Δ As concerning the Godfathers: shall I request and use such as I intended?

Michael ..... Do, that thou hast done.

But put all these things up amongst 〈◊〉〈◊〉 secrets of your hearts, as though not seeing, yet seeing all things.

Let these for this time suffice.

E. K. The fire is gone, he and all.

Δ Creatori nostro Omnipotenti, Protectori nostro misericordissimo & consolatori nostro abun∣dantissimo in tempore necessitatis nostrae sit perennis Laus, Honor, Gloria, & gratiarum 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

Amen.

Δ Hereupon we had great comfor, and so brake our fast, and returned to Prague again, before 4 of the clok in the afternoon.

Note.

While I was thus out, and had left a letter for the Curtese Balthasar Federicus Dominus ab Ossa, &c. to deal with the Spanish Embassador, the Lord Romfe, and myne Her Kinsky, to crave pardon of my sudden departure, and the Child not yet christened, &c. and had given my wife charge not to deliver the Letter before Friday night, &c. It came to passe, that this Mr. Balthasar had sent word of his comming to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 with the Lord Kinsky, (whom on the Friday before I had met ri∣ding

out of Town: and he told me that he was to be out three or 4 dayes, &c.) and that he was de∣sirous to speak with me.

Upon which occasion my wife thought it best to send the letter to him, and so did, not long be∣fore my coming home. Which thing when I understood, I was half sorry for it, and sent presently word to Master Balthasar of my coming home, and to certifie him that my wife had erred to send that letter unto his worship before Friday night, when she might perceive that indeed I did ride forth to Bressel.

He thereupon was desirous to speak with me, and of him I received my Letter which he had per∣used, and offered himself most ready to satisfie the content thereof, &c.

Now to the chief purpose, At my return home from Master Balthasar Federick ab Ossa, I found Emericus Sontagius, in my wives stove with Master Kelly, who at the sight of me was sore amazed, and half not able, or not willing to speak, but said, vos estis veteres equites. Then Mr. Kelly told me, that Emericus had told him, that the Emperour had been all day yesterday very melancholick, and would speak with no body. And that he knew of my journey in a moment when it was, and that by the Jews, & specially by the Doctor his son, that had gone about to get me the four horses, & laboured very much with himself (unasked) to perswade me that the Emperour his first and chief un∣derstanding of it was by the Jews, &c. Hereupon (being now night) he went home.

✚ Pragae.

Martii 14.

Thursday. A meridie, hora 2½. Baptizatus erat Michael Dee filius meus in arcis Pragensis majori Templo. Baptismum exercente, Caesareae Majestatis Capellano.

Susceptoribus vero, Illustrissimis Dominis, Domino don Gulielmo de sancto Clemente, Hispani∣arum Regis, apud Caesarem Legato, & Domino Magnifico, Domino Romff, summo Caesareae maje∣statis cubiculario, & à consiliis arcanis intimo & primario, &c.

Susceptrice autem, Nobilissima foemina, Domina de Dittrechstain, Domini de Dittrechstain, ux∣ore charissima, qui major Domo Caesareae majestatis est. Infanti verò nomen erat inditum Michael ad petitionem meam, ob gratam beati Michaelis memoriam, qui (ex misericordia Dei) tam fuit * 3.363 est & erit nobis beneficus, auxiliaris & tutelaris, &c.

✚ Pragae.

Martii 18.

Monday. manè, horam circiter 7.

Δ Precibus (ex more) ad Deum fusis, primùm; deinde (aliqua interposita mora) aliis etiam ejacu∣lationibusque factis pro misericordia, luce & auxilio Dei, &c. post horas 2. tandem nulla facta appa∣ritione, cessavimus. Ego verò de Dei ira timidus, causam subesse magnam dubitavi, &c.

Δ 〈◊〉〈◊〉 nostri Deus, & ne nobiscum agas, juxta omnes iniquitates nostras, Amen.

Martii 20.

Wednesday, manè. Δ Note — E. K. yesterday had a shew of a little thing as big as a pease of fire as it were in the stone going about by the brinks. And because it was not in shape humane, he of purpose would not declare it so to me, and so I have noted (as appeareth) of no shew. This he told me on Tuesday night (that was yesternight) upon occasion of a great stir and moving in his brains, very sensible and distinct, as of a creature of humane shape and lineaments going up and down to and fro in his brains, and within his skull: sometimes seeming to sit down, sometime to put his head out at his ear.

And this began from the same night following.

✚ Pragae.

Martii 20.

Wednesday, manè circiter 6½.

Δ Precibus ad Deum fusis aliquanto prolixioribus quam ex more, &c. statim facta est apparitio.

E. K. Here is the same shew of a little parcel of fire somewhat lesse then a pease, going about the border of the stone.

E. K. Here is one, but he hath a covered face, I know him not, his covering is of a compound colour, between black, red and white, he is covered down to his middle, the ground of it is white: There be spots of black and red on it, some big, some little, as if they had been sprinkled on with a pen, or dashed on with a pencil.

.....Against divine necessity is no prayer nor resistance.

E. K. I feel nothing, in my head now, and till now I did, as is moved before.

..... Come, ô you Prophets, and render your accounts. Come, O you that have sucked of the brests, wherein the judgments and secret will of the Lord is hid, and of Necessity to come, Gather your selves together, render some account why the King of eternity descending from the heavens hath so often visited you? And why he hath rather visited you, in the Desert, upon mighty and high Mountains, unranged of men. Tell, I say, what the cause is, that he hath come down into the Fens, and amongst your flock: Could not this God have lifted you up, and have brought you into his secret chambers? Could he not have ravished you unto himself, and so have carried you about with him that you might see his great wisdome unknown to man, and the abundance of Glory, where∣in he hath his habitation. There is none of you that dare presume to say, that you deserved the Lord his presence.

There is none of you that dare open his mouth, saying, God hath need of us.

Tell therefore what is the cause that God hath visited you.

Δ The 〈◊〉〈◊〉 judgments and determinations of the highest, &c.

..... Be silent, thou answerest before thou art called.

.... What is there none of you that answereth me? No, where art thou?

Job, where art thou?

Moses, where art thou?

Zyrom, where art thou?

Syracasba, where art thou?

Daniel, where art thou?

Jonas, where art thou?

Ezechiel, where art thou?

Holy, holy Esdras, where art thou?

You lesser Prophets, where are you?

You number without number, (whom the Lord hath talked witha) wherefore shew you not your selves?

All these were full of the Holy Ghost.

All these mortified their flesh for the love of God. Yet, what, are you not able to render account or to shew the true cause why God hath visited you?

Goa visited you so long, and so oft, so mercifully and so abundantly, and are you silent and igno∣rant? Why?

Mandata tua justa sunt Domine.

What, was this the cause that God visited you for, that you should fulfill his Commandments, and teach his people the way of salvation?

True it is, it was the cause that moved you to obedience. But the very cause why God appeared unto you, you know not.

Behold, the Commandments of God are just & true, whose sons you are: if therefore you follow not the Commandments of your father, you are disobedient. But why, your Father hath comman∣ded you: Lo, I teach you.

When God of very God, the true light, beauty and honour of his Father, conteined or was full of the image of an heaven and earth, and by the omnipotent, conjoyned, and equal power and strength of them both, joyned in one, was brought forth, and had his real beginning, he determined also, in the self-same Image and Idea, the due and proper order, just law and determination, of all things that were comprehended, which law and things together have their course co-essential both in heaven and earth, distinguishing all things into their real beginnings, limitation of time, and determination between their extreams. This order or law, begun in the bosome of the Word of God, keepeth so his proper course, and order, and law of his own establishment, That those things that before were wrought in God, might also receive working and being substantial to the end of God his pro∣gression.

This is the self-same that we spoke of before, in the name of divine Necessity, against the which no prayer prevaileth, nor resistance can be made.

This Necessity was the cause, O you Prophets and Children of God, that God dwelt amongst you.

This Necessity was the instrument that brought you to the stage of your election.

This Necessity was the cause that God chose you.

This Necessity maketh of wax, honey; of tar, milk; of long ranging, return, of Infidels, Chri∣stians; of disobedient, holy ones.

Finally, of the unperfect and evil, rage and roming astray of mankind, the true number of such as return from wickednesse, and are chosen to eternal joy from the beginning.

But this may seem unto you a strange and stumbling Doctrine.

I have 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the Basis.

Δ We read the premisses, which seemed to us very pithy, and ponderous, and full of my∣steries.

Δ I noted two Prophets names, not before.

..... This Necessity is two-fold, one (that is to say, the firs) contemplative and fix.

The other, working and leading to an end.

In the first do dwell two great and mighty Judges, Justice and Mercy.

In the second dwelleth the son and image of Justice, leading on by order for the course of things, that are led on by the later, have not true Justice, but the image of Justice.

This is the cause that the elect and chosen may erre and go astray, and lose the benefit both of the end of his Election and first determination.

For why: All things come on, and keep their course, even as they are led, by the image of Justice, Man onely excepted: which by reason of his free-will draweth out of order, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 from the mark, refuseth that which is good, and through the burden of his flesh, inclineth unto evil.

[E. K. He teacheth himself.]

In the which evil, whilst he dwelleth and continueth, lo the course of necessity taketh hold upon him, and draweth him unto the scope or end whereunto he inclineth himself.

For, behold, Although he be before sanctified unto the Lord, and made a chosen vessel, wherein if he continue, necessarily he shall enjoy the reward and glory of the sanctified. Yet if he lose that * 3.364 Necessity, and fly from his own law and condition, taking part with the filthinesse and iniquity of his enemy, through Satan or his flesh, of Necessity he must perish.

For as those that are good, tied unto the law of goodnesse, are glorified, if they continue: so like∣wise * 3.365 are the evil tyed unto the law of wickednesse, the Necessity whereof is damnable.

This is the cause that the Prophets are visited.

Because God found them punishing their flesh, despising the vanities of the world, and resisting Satan.

For lo, the Lord looked down unto the earth: And he saw them despising wickednesse, fearing him, and grounded in the faith of redemption.

Therefore he thrust himself in amongst them, and through the first part of necessity (in merc) he visited them.

Take heed (ô yo) that the Lord of necessity visiteth in Justice, for your burden shall be great and intolerable.

E. K. He is gone.

Δ We read and discoursed a pretty while.

E. K. Here he is again.

..... Now unto the rest.

What is (therefor) that necessity divine against the which there is no prayer nor resistance? For why it is evident, That sinners may return, and those that erre, may be brought into the right way, and that by Prayer.

Behold, no man is penitent, but he useth Prayer. * 3.366

No man satisfieth, but he useth Prayer.

No man taketh part with the Church, but in Prayer, for Prayer is the Key, sanctified by the

Holy Ghost, which openeth the way unto God.

Necessity had determined the destruction of Ninevee, necessity also saved it.

For lo, when they should necessarily have received reward for their wickednesse, they prayed, and resisted necessity.

It appeareth, therefore, not yet, what necessity that is, that Prayer prevaileth not against.

Note here, The later necessity is necessity, leading malum ad malum, & bonum ad bonum; which necessity is that, which is tyed unto every thing leading it unto the end that it desireth.

Even as God, seeing the Prophets for sake the loathsomnesse of their flesh, and framing them∣selves to the necessity which leadeth unto good, of his meer mercy, in the first, thrust himself amongst them, fixing their later and desired necessity, with a necessity of his Omnipotent and unspeakable mercy wherein there dwelleth two things;

Joy, and Perseverance.

These therefore (as the Prophet) which are visited with God in mercy, are fed, nourished and fostered as the Prophets were, with these two dishes,

Whereof the greatest is Perseverance.

Herein I teach you, that he that is first elected and applyeth himself to the necessity of his Ele∣ction, doing the works that are righteous before the Lord, and receiveth comfort by the visitation of Gods mercy, is sealed to the end of his Election, in gladnesse, and through the value and strength of Perseverance, and cannot fall so far, that he shall be bruised, or run so far astray, that he shall not be able to remember himself.

Happy are those that are elected.

But happy, happier are those that persevere in their Election.

These are those unto whom God imputeth not their sinnes.

These are those that sinne and Satan are a weary of, for they are not able to prevaile.

These are those which are numbred in the Book of God, and whose 〈◊〉〈◊〉 as yet for their comming. But the altar shall be opened, and they shall rise.

But is there a mercy fixed, and doth this mercy also fix Justice; Or as I have called it the I∣mage of Justice.

It is evidont; So also is there a Justice that is fixed, a Justice triumphing, a Justice mighty' a Justice unable to be resisted, a Justice that Prayer prevaileth not against, yea, a Justice that Hell and the Devil are condemned in.

This is that Justice, this is that two edged sword, this is, that Iron Mall, wherewith those that refuse their Election, or are not elected, following the necessity of wickednesse, are and shall be cut in pieces with, beaten into small powder, and be cast into the lake of fire and brimstone.

This is he that sealeth up the second Hell, with the second death.

This is that you, ô you starvelings, you vagabonds, you stiff-necked and stinking sinners ought to dread and fear!

Hath God elected you, and do you disdain it?

Hath he provided a Seat for you, an Honour for you, a Crown for you, a Wedding Garment for you, his eternal glory for you. And will you force him to cast it into the fire.

Shall the finger of God write you, and shall the vengeance of God root you out.

Repent I say, and flie from your iniquity.

Return into the way of the Lord, least God seeing your wickednesse, your un-natural and inhu∣mane rebellion, your disobedience against your father, thrust himself upon your necessity with his ju∣stice and vengeance.

Which thing if you do, Prayer prevaileth not•• much lesse is their resistance.

Are you not afraid to lose the sight of God, and to be deprived of the glory of his Majestie?

Are you not afraid of the unspeakable flames and fire-brands of Hell, which are prepared for the wicked?

What shall I say unto you?

Shall I take pity upon you?

Why care you not for your selves?

Shall I pray unto God for you?

You pray not for your selves.

Shall I bestow goodnesse upon you?

Hui, you despise it.

Shall I bring three Sheep from the Mountains, and shall I lose two of them before I come * 3.367 home.

O you mortal men, be merciful unto your selves, Take pity on your selves. Fall into the true judg∣ment of light and darknesse, of good and evil, of eternal Glory and Damnation.

For, behold, I tell you, that God is ready to thrust himself, yea, to throw himself as a might stone upon you.

Against the which there is no time of prayer, nor nothing that can prevaile.

I have here taught you, and exhorted you.

Exhorted you to forsake your wickednesse, and to cleave unto the Lord.

Taught you that those that are elected may lose their election, and may be established in their Election. Also that those that are not elected run by the rule of necessity unto the end of their wick∣ednesse, which is rewarded with eternal fire.

From the which God of his mercy, and in his Sonne Jesus Christ, who hath redeemed you, is yet ready, if you will, to deliver you.

Hal rowgh ha.

Δ We long discoursed of sundry things, and each reproved other of haughtinesse, or pride of mind, how justly we did it God knoweth.

E. K. He is here still.

Δ O Lord order these matters with us, and between us, to thy Honour and Glory.

E. K. —

..... Thou E. K. and we, receive at one fountain, we are created and made by one God, to the * 3.368 end we should glorifie him, as our Creator, you, as your Redeemer and Creator

But lo, we are of Heaven heavenly, comforted and nourished with the glory of God, wherein (since the (Δ) division made amongst u) we erre not: you to the intent you may be proved, are covered with mortality and corruption, to the intent that the judgment of God may allow you, for those places you are apt to inherit. If therefore we be both refreshed of God, have our beginning from God as from our Creator, let us both acknowledg his goodnesse, and glorifie him in the works of our hands: we, in our angelical forms, you, in the Skirmish wherein you fight, by fighting man∣fully, and overcomming. Δ 3.369

Yet of us thou hast, as those have that are rewarded in the labour of him that is sent in message from the giver.

If the King send his Messenger unto thee, he ought for three causes. First, for the person from

whence he commeth. Secondly, for the authority of his message, or goodnesse of reward. Third∣ly, that by him you receive the benefit, whereby you are gratified. * 3.370

Even so deal with us for us he may say, you fare the better by him, in respect of his labour, and the authority that he useth: so may we say, you fare the better by us.

But let the heaven and earth bear witnesse (besides the benefits of Go) of our good will towards you. But answer me.

E. K. What say you to me? wherein.

..... As touching your receiving, as touching thy taking part with Christ Jesus, very 〈◊〉〈◊〉 * 3.371 man: the Son of the living God, whose precious blood cryeth out continually before his Father for the sins of the people.

Whether is greater, the authority of truth, by the Church Militant, or Triumphant?

Answer you [E. K.] to that.

E. K. By the Church Triumphant.

..... Even such is our authority. Therefore it is greater then the authority of him that is a flesh∣ly Priest.

If the Angels that have appeared unto you, had appeared also unto the Jews, saying, Crucifie not the Son of God, they would not have done it.

For though they believed not man, yet would they have believed an Angel.

Therefore did God the Father acknowledge his Son Christ, by both Churches: as you may read by the Angels that appeared to the Shepherds, acknowledging from heaven the truth, that Jesus was the Son of God.

E. K. What is the Church? I did not think that the Angels were of any Church.

The Church is the number of those which are governed by the Holy Ghost, and that continually sing Holy, Holy, Holy, Holy, Lord God of Zebaoth: But that we sing so, the Scriptures bear witnesse. Therefore we are of the Church, and our testimonies are true.

I counsel you therefore to put on humility, and to make your selves subject before the truth.

Love one another, not because you are men, but because you are partakers of the heavenly testi∣mony.

In respect of thy body and mind, I answer thee, that thy body is which now had not been, and what thy minde seeth, commeth through the light that we leave with it. * 3.372

But if we forsake thee, thy body is not, much 〈◊〉〈◊〉 shall thy understanding be. Stay and I come again.

Δ We read, and E. K. marvelled at the aptnesse and soundnesse of their answer.

E. K. Here he is again.

E. K. I cannot tell F or P.

..... When P hath ended, and P hath ended,

I come again.

E. K. He is here. * 3.373

When P hath ended, and L hath ended (which is at han) then cometh the son of perdition, and entreth.

Of these two Letters I will say more, in your next action.

The Light of heaven be amongst you.

Δ Amen.

Misericordia Dei ineffabilis sit super nos, nunc & semper, Amen.

Sequitur Liber 24, qui, hac die etiam 〈◊〉〈◊〉 est à Meridie, hor am circiter 3 per 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Levanaël.

Mysteriorum PRAGENSIUM Confirmatorum Liber. PRAGAE, Anno 1585, Martii 20.

Mysteriorum CRACOVIENSIUM Stephanicorum, Initia Aprilis 12. 1585. Mysteria Stephanica.

TAke common Audcal, purge and work it by Rlodnr of four divers digestions, continuing the last digestion for fourteen dayes, in one and a swift proportion, untill it be Dlasod fixed a most red and luminous body, the Image of Resurrection.

Take also Lulo of red Roxtan, and work him through the four fiery degrees, until thou have his Audcal, and there gather him.

Then double every degree of your Rlodnr, and by the law of Coition and mixture work and continue them diligently together. Notwithstanding backward, through every degree, multiplying the lower and last Rlodnr his due office finished by one degree more then the highest.

So doth it become Darr, the thing you seek for: a holy, most glorious, red, and dignified Dlasod.

But watch well, and gather him, so, at the highest: For in one hour, he descendeth, or ascendeth from the purpose.

Take hold.

Vide hujus Diei actione prae∣cedente. De Necessitate di∣vina & electione, &c. ✚ Pragae.

Anno 1585.

Martii 20.

Wednesday, à meridie circa 3½. Δ As we sat together in my Study, and talked of our af∣fairs, and of the Philosophers stone, E. K. felt a thing heavy upon his head, and heard a voice, say∣ing, I will teach thee. Hereupon I set the stone in place.

E. K. Here is Levanael, covered as he was wont.

Levan. ..... Why are you not pure, that you may learn?

E. K. So we will receive at Easter, as the time of the year doth require.

Δ Lord, thou hast said, we should at length be of one minde, through thy mercies, Lord help us herein.

E. K. He seemeth to have had his lips sewed: for the vail is so thin, that it permitteth his face in manner to be perfectly dis∣cerned.

Levan. ..... See that you take the season, and gather while it is time; if you let this Harvest passe, you shall be desirous to gather, and you cannot. * 3.374

Thrice I must come unto you, if I finde you not.

Lo, I have done, for I come no more.

E. K. I pray you to deal with another: here is John, a boy in the house, you may use him.

Levan. ..... Thy talk is humane folly: But before I go, I will not be hidden from you.

Read your Lesson, it is now a stale lesson.

Δ I read, Take Common Audcal, &c. Take hold.

Levan. ..... You are best to do so.

E. K. Now he hath heaved up his vail, his face is bare, it was not his lips that had those stitches as it were, but it was in his vail, his face is a very fair beautiful face.

Δ We beseech you for God his sake, his glory and honour, to give light, and to make plain this Lesson or Conclusion.

Levan. ..... This Conclusion wherein man is exalted being the last and the first, is as necessary for you, and for the avoiding of temptations that are to come, as your garments are to cover your na∣kednesse, or the houses to keep off the storms.

Δ Give us therefore this help, this hand, this staff, this counsel, O Lord.

Levan. ..... How much the more you neglect it, and the time wherein it is to be gathered, so much the more shall you be tedious unto your selves and the businesse which you must fulfill in the will of God, if you have this; it will first cause you to forsake; secondly, it will plant you there, * 3.375 where without it your seet cannot enter, and from whence when you are planted, you shall not easily be moved.

I speak not this, for that you should murmur, saying, Cannot God plant us without this? But to make it evident unto you: That God useth his Creatures visible to introduce or lead in (yea, super∣natural) force and wisdome.

These things will demonstrate the will and power of God grafted in you, that it is found perfect, and from above. * 3.376

For if you say, lo these things hath God taught me, and these things hath God opened unto me: Whilest they wonder at the one, they shall be forced to believe the other.

Moreover, they shall leave their Table-talks, which object poverty unto you, and they shall be forced to say, (even in despight of their teet) what need had he of us? he sought us not of the world, for lo, he leadeth her as his slave.

These things, if you consider not, I put you in remembrance, that you may know you lose time, yea, that you lose a benefit, desired of many, and so forth.

Lo, I come again.

Δ I read over the premisses.

E. K. Here he is again.

Levan. ..... Read.

Δ I read.

Levan. ..... What is Audcal?

Δ God knoweth, I know not.

Levan. ..... It is Gold.

Δ Purge and work it. How your purging is, I know not.

Levan. ..... Read and go forward.

Levan. ..... Dlasod is Sulphur.

Go on let me teach you generally.

Δ Take also Lulo of red Roxtan.

Levan. ..... Roxtan, is pure and simple Wine in her self.

Lulo is her mother.

Δ There may be in these words great abiguitie.

Levan. ..... Lulo is Tartar, simply of red wine.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 is his Mercury. * 3.377

Darr, (in the angelical tongue) is the true Name of the Stone.

I come again.

E. K. Here he is again.

I have no more to say to you, this is the first time. * 3.378

E. K. He is gone.

Δ We know that Lapis Philosophicus sit ex metallis, cum metallis, & super metalla, &c.

E. K. Here he is again. — All is there.

Levan. ..... How many letters are in Audcal. — Δ — Six.

So many wayes is this a working.

E. K. He is gone.

Δ Divina nobis semper adsit gratia, & nobiscum co-ope∣ratur, ad Dei Honorem & Gloriam.

Amen.

✚ Pragae.

Martii. 21.

Thursday, à meridie circa 5 horam.

Note, my wife being in great perplexitie for want of money, requested E. K. and me that the ef∣fect of the unnexed petition might be propounded to God and his good Angels, to give answer or counsel in the cause? Hereupon I prayed a little to the same purpose, and read the petition, &c.

We desire God of his great and infinite mercies, to grant us the help of these heavenly mysteries, that we may by them be directed how or by whom to be aided and relieved, in this necessity that we are in, of sufficient and needful provision, for meat and drink for us and our Family, wherewith we stand at this instant much op∣pressed: and the rather because that might be hurtful to us, and the credit of the actions wherein we are vowed and linked unto his heavenly Majestie, (by the ministry and comfort of his holy An∣gels) to lay such things as are the ornaments of our House, and the coverings of our bodies, in pawn either unto such as are Rebels a∣gainst his divine Majestie, the Jews, or the people of this City, which are malicious and full of wicked slanders: I Jane Dee humb∣ly request this thing of God, acknowledging my self his servant and handmaiden, to whom I commit my body and soul.

E. K. Here is one with a leather coat and a spade, with a white Coronet on his head round, hath a bag on one side of him, and on the other side a bottle, it seemeth like an husbandman, but a young fair man he is.

Jane Dee.

Give ear unto me thou Woman, is it not written, that Women come not into the 〈◊〉〈◊〉, * 3.379 much lesse ought they to come before the testimony of the will of God to be fulfilled mightily, and to come against the World and against the pomp for money and iniquity, but because thou hast humbled thy self, and hast refused to tarry 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉, as it becommeth thee: I will answer to thy infirmities, and will talk with thee.

He that hath his House inhemmed with a Ditch, which is deep and swelled with water must needs make a Bridge over, that he may be at liberty, else is he a Prisoner unto the waters, but if he want Wood, and have no shift to enter into the fields, is it not Wisdome to break his Dining Ta∣bles, and to set himself free; why cryest thou unto me; Bebold, let thy House yeeld, and the cove∣ring of thy body give place to the necessity of hunger, Behold, God suffereth his Elect & chosen vessels oftentimes to be without Mansion or apparel: But, lo, he feedeth the Sparrows, but I will not reprehend thee, because thy soul is frail, but be faithful and obedient, and that truly, as thou art yoked: Be∣hold, * 3.380 I have blessed thy Children, and of thy seed and bones will I build a new, and they shall have Houses, and shall be served of such as the people salute, saying, hail Master. Be thou patient and full of repentance, and do that thou hast to do, and not that thou hast done, For, lo, mercy is with thee, and well shall come unto thee.

Behold, the Scourge is with you, and of necessity you must be tempted, that your Faith may wor∣thily * 3.381 be glorified, and that you may be praised in me.

Behold thou seekest Counsel of me, I will counsel thee, Behold, I would dig for thee, but I should do contrary to my selfe, because I have given power, and he that possesseth the earth is against me; But such as I have, I will give thee, and it shall be sufficient, more then thy vessels can hold, or thy dayes can thank me for.

Consider that to morrow commeth not before he be brought in: Neither canst thou have un∣til thy power come; But cast up thy eyes, and hope for better things; Lo, since I cannot give thee that thou desirest, really, yet I bow my head, and so I counsel thee, let thy husband arise and gird himself together, and let him take his eyes with him, and let him hast out of this place: For my thinks they dissemble; Lo, let him stand before Steven, and let him visit Lasky, peradventure he find him not living: But if he live he is dead, there shall you see that I will relieve thee and do good unto him, and will bind up the Jawes of the persecutor, that he may go on.

Thou art a Woman, and thy infirmities follow thee, I counsel not without a cause, neither did I * 3.382 stirre thee up to speak: But for thy faith I will reward thee: But one storme is to come, take it pa∣tiently, thou shalt be the more whiter, and more neerer: Behold, I go before and he that followeth * 3.383 me doth well unto himself, for I do well unto those that follow me; Cast away your murmurring, and sweep your Houses, take heed of Spiders, and of the whore Rats This is the first time that I have answered to this kind in the latter 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Lo, I go

Δ Lord, it was said unto us as a Watch-word, when Stevens Messengers should come for us, that then we should go. Now his Messengers are not yet come, &c.

..... If the Bridegroom invite thee himself, what needest thou his servant.

Δ Now is the difficulty for money greater, for if we had tarried together, lesse money would have served then now it will do, &c.

..... Thou hast asked counsel, I have counselled thee, if it please thee hear me, it shall be well * 3.384 with thee if thou tarry, but much better if thou go; I have numbred thee, but be not proud, but be∣cause I have numbred, diminish not thy self, least when I find not the number, I find not thee also, if thou wilt any thing else, there are, and they can say unto thee, but who speaketh with thee thou knowest not.

E. K. He is gone.

Δ Seeing here is matter unlooked for, we are stirred to ask questions not thought of before: Therefore, O Lord, send whom it please thee to us.

A voice ..... Sunt aliae horae.

Deo nostro Omnipotenti sit omnis Laus, Honor, Gloria, & Jubilatio.

Amen.

✚ Pragae.

Wednesday.

27 Martii Manè circa horam 9.

E. K. came to me and asked me the Circle or Copy thereof which was shewed to him at Ox∣ford, and he had written out, or described by the light that was shewed to him by the spiritual Crea∣ture, he intended as he said to shew it to a Jesuit, and to ask his counsel of it, &c. having a great misliking of our spiritual friends, saying, that they were the great Devils; and so the lesser that he dealt withal before, gave place unto them, &c. Hereupon I told him I would ask our friends coun∣sel, before I delivered any thing of theirs to their enemie, &c. He would presently have it, and with great threats most terrible and dangerous to me, he willed me to deliver it strait wayes I be∣ing occupied with writing a letter to the Queens Majestie, said assoon as I had leasure I would give it him, he said he would tarry my leasure: I told him that would scarce be this seven night, I had so many letters to write, he thereupon grew in such a rage that he said I should not passe one foot beyond him before I did deliver it him at 〈◊〉〈◊〉 he rose to shut the Door of the study upon me, I arose and went after him and took him by the shoulders to keep him from the Door, and withal called aloud to my folks; Come here (how) here is violence offered unto me, whereupon they came

in all, and my wife, and so afterward by degrees his fury asswaged, and my folks, my Wife and his went away: and after he had sitten two or three hours with me, he saw on my head as I sat writing Michael stand with a sword, and willed him to speak, which he did forbear to do, above a quar∣ter of an hour, as E. K. said: At length he spake as followeth —

E. K. Here appeareth Michael on your head, and hath bid me divers times to speak to you.

Δ I disposed my 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to write, and Michael 〈◊〉〈◊〉 bring the Stone.

E. K. Here appear 12 with him, 4 behind him, and 4 on each sides of him 4, and all with swords of fire, and he the hindermost of them had a Barrel of Glasse on his back full of fire, the 12 were all in red Coats.

Michael ..... The Prophet.

Nunc ergo Notum faecimus Domine Rex quoniam si civitas haec aedificata fuerit, & ipsius mu∣tilati * 3.385 fuerint, descensus tibi non erit 〈◊〉〈◊〉, neque in Phoenicem.

E. K. Now they all kneel down about him.

They look pitifully with their faces upward, as though they were praying, they be all in blood red Garments, and Michael his sword is as the sword I once did see him have; whose edge did open.

E. K. Now answer me to the purpose: whether I shall have the Circle of Letters which I did desire?

Michael. ..... Is there any like unto thee, O Jehovah in Heaven and in Earth, or can thy ene∣mies rise up [saying] against thee, and shall they stand, O thou whose look is more terrible unto thy Angels, then all the fires which thou hast created, either in the bottomlesse pit or in the life of all Elemental Creatures, or above in the heavens if they were gathered together in one can be ter∣rible to man.

Hast thou not made Heaven and Earth, and hast put thy head no where, and thy feet some∣where; because without thee there is not, and without thee there cannot be?

O thou that hast numbred the Starres, and art Dominus Dominantium above those that go∣vern them, and more in knowledg then their Government. Thou, Thou, Wilt thou suffer thy Name to be trodden under foot? Thou, Thou, Wilt thou correct the Heavens, and the whole seed of man? Wilt thou drown the World with waters, and root the wicked from the face of the Earth? Wilt thou cast down the lothsome and wicked Cities, that they may grow in the terrour of thy judg∣ment? Wilt thou send so many Plagues into Egypt?

Wilt thou suffer all these things to be done and many more memorable, which are all in thee: And * 3.386 thou permit one Man, one Soul to be thus carried away with Satan to the dishonouring and tread∣ing under foot of thee, and thy light of thee, and thy truth.

If the King exalted him which magnified Truth before the strength and Policy of Women: ex∣tolled him before his Princes, and caused for his sake the building of this Temple to go forward: * 3.387 Wilt thou not punish him that despiseth truth, that preferreth the wantonnesse and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the World (that errant strumpe) before thy word, and before the strength of a heavenly Au∣thority: Art thou so become a little one, that thou art lesse then a King? hast thou turned thy face so far aside that thou 〈◊〉〈◊〉 not this Rebellion? Can one man be dearer unto thee then the whole World was? or shall the Heavens be thrown head-long down, and shall he go uncorrected? Hast thou Mountaines and Stones untrodden on, out of the which thou caust shew thy Praise and Ho∣nour? * 3.388 Are there not yet Infants which may be sanctified to speak with the Heavens, that thou so hidest thy selfe away from Justice; What, What, if those that often cry for grace receive it not, yet dost thou give it unto him that commeth from it. * 3.389

Sane stupor Coelis, & stupor terris.

What, are not so many Fires as wait upon me sufficient to arm Satan with vengeance against this * 3.390 Δ wicked one? O thou Beast, O thou roaring Lion, O thou Monster, O thou Whirlpool, O thou ter∣rible Murtherer.

E. K.

Hast thou plac't headlong many thousands into Hell, and dost thou linger to rage upon this imp, whom thou hast so long sought for?

Is it not written, least peradventure he find them sleeping, and so overcome them.

But, behold, whom thou findest sleeping, is ready for thee, willing to go with thee, what sparest thou? art thou so bold, to give authority unto thy Ministers to confound, nay, to so blind that thou canst not see so great an Hill?

Behold, thy Ministers cry out unto thee, and send thee word, calling thee Master, King.

Take heed the City be not built, take heed the walls of it be not lifted up, and as they that were the Messengers of the King made evident before his face that it was against his commodity, to have the Temple of the Lord built up, to have the City new shapen, to have the Walls made strong, because it should hinder his 〈◊〉〈◊〉 into Coelosyria, and the rest. * 3.391

E. K. Now the 12 (he excepted) fall down.

Mich. ..... And thy Ministers have they not said unto thee, if this work of the Lord go for∣ward, if the City sent down from the Heavens may receive a place to set her selfe in, if the Walls and Rampters of this that was built above shall be placed on any place of the World on earth, Behold, Behold, will it not hinder thy cause, will it not subvert thy Kingdome, will it not turn thee out of Doors: will it not bring thee to aterrible day before the Lord?

Is it not written, that that day shall be terrible to Satan, and his Angels?

And wilt thou suffer a Door to be opened, wherein it may enter, it behoveth thee Satan here to bend thy bow, it behoveth thee now to draw up thy arrowes.

And if thou intend to plant on earth, that it may grow, time is, yet, now to weed out this Mes∣sage from above.

`Do thy Messengers give thee warning of these things, dost thou hold back thy force: when the Porters will betray the City, would deliver it into thy hands, would break down the walls before thee, what I say art thou like to enter, thou that loseth no opportunity, art thou so negligent: Be∣hold, the Doors stand open before thee, why entrest thou not.

Dost thou want fire, lo, he that 〈◊〉〈◊〉 it hath fire for thee, 〈◊〉〈◊〉, rumor.

Behold, he offereth himself a companion, what wouldest thou more, unto these things thou hea∣rest the sayings of thy servants, which say unto thee O Satan, if this City be built, and the walls erected; Thou canst not go into the Holy Land: And lo, hearest thou not them, neither dost re∣gard this opportunity, whence art thou so forgetful, O God? great is thy mercies, and far art thou above the sinnes of man: O thou not only shuttest up the eyes of the wicked, that they cannot see truth before their face, but the profound [the] malice and sight of Satan, that where he should most enter he misseth that place, and when time serveth him, that he letteth it passe.

But so, so, God, thou givest to whom, and where thou wilt, and even as thou art terrible in * 3.392 Justice, so likewise art thou wonderful in mercy; Therefore of thee is no end, neither can be added any end.

This thy great mercy is the cause that this blasphemous Rebellion is yet unpunished; This is the * 3.393 cause that Satan misseth his mark, and is become weak.

If any man make a 〈◊〉〈◊〉, an earthen vessel, worketh he not, tempereth he not, to the end to make a pot? But lo, when he hath made it, and applieth it to his intent, if even he againe destroy it, is he not vain? Do not those that stand by him wonder at him? More mervail is it, that when Sa∣tan shouteth and hitteth the mark, that he should be blind, yea, so blind, that he knoweth not where to gather up his arrow?

But lo, the Temple was built, and the City stood, although the work was left off for a while, * 3.394 and he that 〈◊〉〈◊〉 truth went with glad tidings, neither desiring rich apparel, neither to sit next the King, but that the City of the Lord might be built, and that the Name of God might be mag∣nified, so shall it be of this City which the Lord hath sent down with his finger, his unsearchable and wonderful truth: the Revelation and Law of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to come, it shall be built, it shall flourish, it * 3.395 shall stand, it shall endure, it shall be magnified, it shall be spoken of through all the World, and it shall not cease.

Behold, the King of Kings hath allowed it and the love of truth, is great with him, what hath he to do with Kings? or wherein needeth he the beauty of the Earth? Dominiest terra, & pleni∣tudo ejus.

Whosoever therefore sticketh unto truth, shall be exalted with God, which is the King of Kings shall be magnified before his Counsellors, not Counsellors fore-warning, but Counsellors pertaking of holy Will: not called Counsellors, in respect of counselling him, but in that they are made privie of the Counsel of God: Before these also shall he be magnified.

E. K. For what end saith he all this.

O ye Infidels, and of little faith, which tast of the meat that was hidden from the Prophets, which are over-shadowed with the light of heaven, which have alwayes associated with the holy Ministers of God, wherefore are you so stiff-necked, pleasant is the yoke wherein you are linked, and honourable is the earth that you draw the plow upon, for the Lord followeth, and his Angels drive, and the seed that is sown shall be the beginning of glory.

O yee stiff-necked people, why for sake you your visitation, or runne astray from your faith that you are driven in, do you make much of the Lords of the earth? Do you delight in her drosse that harlot money? Do you give reverence to the King, and stand you in fear to break his Lawes? have you a greater Lord then the Lord of Heaven and Earth, have you any money or jewels to be com∣pared to his Grace? have you any honour on Earth, that can stand up against the Crown of Hea∣ven?

where 〈◊〉〈◊〉 God crowneth those that are Victors? Have you any Law sweeter then the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 illuminations, and sweet dew like comforts, the voices and presence of the holy angels?

Be mindful, be mindful, and lift up your selves, and be not blind, but consider the time of your visitation, and that which you do, is the work of a King, a King which is able in power, strength, and majestie to exalt you, to strengthen you, and to make you honourable, but in the end of the Vi∣sitation, and in the reward of your faithfulnesse, work not to day, and be sorry to morrow; But lay sorrow a fide, and continue your labour, least peradventure God unhood-wink, and make open the sight of Satan, and so deliver you.

Wo, wo, be unto them that are delivered, for beleeve me their tribulation is great.

There is horrour and gnashing of teeth, there is misery and vengeance for ever, there is horrour and the worm of conscience.

But two things are to be considered, here, whether the temptation be greater then the resistance, or the resistance, more dignified then the rigor of temptation.

Behold, the work is great, the labour is also equal unto it; And to fight against the Princes of darknesse in a set battail, requireth great force.

The temptations therefore that follow you, must needs be great, I see therefore the temptations surmounteth your strength, and your dignity is not such as 〈◊〉〈◊〉 resist against it; For why, Satan striveth not with you, simply for the sinne of Adultery, for the dregs of Fornication, for the cove∣tous desire of money, for the want of charity, or because you are proud; But he striveth, riseth up against you and tempteth you against the Lord, and against the strength of his truth, whereunto you are elected: Therefore, I give sentence.

Lo, because that temptations hath entred into you above your power, and not so much for the sub∣verting * 3.396 as of the work of the Lord intended, and of necessity to be done.

Therefore, I proceed not against you, but against Satan, and God shall deliver you from your temptations; And this shall be a sign and token, that I will hamper and bridle the jawes of thee∣nemy, that is to say, so long as thou (Kelly) art in this flesh, never shall there appear, or visibly shew himself unto thee any wicked or evil spirit, neither shalt thou be haled in peeces, as thou hast been, whosoever therefore appeareth hereafter is of God; For thy eyes shall be shut up from the wicked object. Et intellectu tuo Non introibit umbra mortis. * 3.397

But now take heed, thou either perverse or froward, stiff-necked or disobedient; The sinne is of thy self, and shall fall upon thee, and thou shalt not be spared as thou hast been; Now watch and * 3.398 gird up your selves, and do the will of the Highest, preferre and worship truth, that you may be al∣so worshipped. Lift up your selves, as the servants of God, and help to bring stones unto the build∣ing of this great City, that you may be openers of the Gates, and that the white * 3.399 horse may en∣ter, and that he that entreth may reward you with honour.

Greater then you are in the dignity of truth, are not amongst mortal men, neither shall there be any amongst mortal men that shall more despise the World then you, therefore hath God framed one of you as a stiffe made asse, to bind up the countenance of his work, and to be free from yielding unto Satan, which well understandeth that Satan endevoureth, and that his Ministers cry out against this glorious habitation, which being built, the wicked come not to Coelosyria, neither shall they see the beauty of the Phoenices.

When you have read these things I come again, and ponder them well.

Δ We read them, and the places of Esdras, one in the second Chapter of the third Book of Esdras, and the other in the third and fourth Chapter of the same Book.

E. K. Now he is here himself alone. * 3.400

Michael ..... A Wood grew up and the Trees were young, and lo, there arose a great Tempest from the North, and the Seas threw out the air that had subtilly stoln himself into them, and the winds were great, and behold, there was one Tree which was older then the rest, and had grown long∣er then that which shot up by him; This Tree could not be moved with the wind, but the Tree that was young, was moved to and fro with the Wind, and strock himself oftentimes, upon the stiff set Tree: The Forester came and beheld, and said within himself, the force of this wind is great, see this young Tree beateth himself in peeces against the greater, I will go home, and will bring my ground instruments, and will er adicate him, and I will place him further off: Then if the winds come, be shall have room to move: But when he came home, the Lord of the Wood seeing him in a readi∣nesse, with his Mattock and his spade, asked him of his going, which told the thing in order to his Ma∣ster; But lo, his Master rebuked him, and he said thus, when the winds are not they increase, they are not hurtful one to the other, suffer them therefore, when the young Tree taketh roots, and shall look up unto some years, his roots shall link themselves with and uuder the roots of the greater; Then though the winds come, they shall not be hurtful one to another, but shall stand so much the more fast, by how much the more they are wrapped together, yea, when the old tree withereth, he shall be a strength unto him, and shall adde unto his age as much as he hath added unto his youth. And he ceased to dig.

Be not therefore haled in sunder, neither be you offended one at another, peradventure Reason would set you aside: But God will not Behold, if you break the yoke that you are in, and runne astray, he that erreth shall perish: even so shall he that standeth also be desolate: For why the dri∣ver angry, continueth not with one: But he shall return home, and shall not see the end of the Harvest

Love therefore one another, and comfort one another; for he that comforteth his brother, comfort∣eth himself: and when one is a weary, let the other draw; For, why you are men and not yet * 3.401 crowned; the first is paid: so is also the tenth; Even so the tree that is grafted beareth fruit sooner then that which groweth of the seed. Notwithstanding, both have their place in the Or∣chard, the night let that yield unto day, and Winter bear rule over Summer: Let youth yield un∣to ripe for years; Solomon saith, it is good for that young man that obeyeth the counsel of his elder; In the Council House the things that they handle are for their Common-wealth; Notwithstand∣ing hath his order and degree. Cast your eye upon all things and you shall have examples; Peter in * 3.402 his vocation preached the same Gospel that the rest of the Apostles did, but he was greater then the rest, not in respect of his Apostleship, nor in respect of feeding, but that God might keep his * 3.403 order, as the chief amongst them, which preferred Peter first, Therefore be not stubborn. But I command you in the Name of him that sent me, and because you have vowed that the one of you did nothing without the others coursel, notwithstanding shall you not be two counsellors.

Therefore, in things that are to be done, let the Door occupie the superiority; The Seer let him see, and look after the doings of him that he seeth; For you are but one body in this work.

E. K. He is gone out of sight.

Δ As concerning my Letters and businesse into England, I thought good to ask counsel what I were best to do with the Letters to the Queen and others.

Michael ..... Gather out of the book of Enoch, the Seal and the Angel of thy Countrey, deal with * 3.404 him.

Δ I found a Door, in the name due to Britannia. Anno 15.

Michael ..... Thou shalt easily find the truth by their appearing, for the one answereth not un∣to * 3.405 the others function.

Hereby must thou do in all.

Kingdomes and Estates, both how, and what thou wilt, that thou hast not is thy own errour.

Note. ..... Understand me well here.

When thou wilt have any thing to do in the World, in humane affaires, seek nothing in Sigillo AE∣meth, Enoch his Book is a worldly Book.

Veritas in Coelo. Imago veritatis, in terra. homini Imago imagini respondet. Coelestia autem petnntur a Coelo.

Δ I beseech you.

Michael ..... Darknesse yeeldeth unto light: Falsum quod est, veritati malum bono.

But note in the Book of Enoch there are those that are good, there are there also those that are * 3.406 evil, the Prince of darknesse is evil.

And those that are evil there, do stand on his side: but as his Ministers give place to those that are good, so do they also.

Note. ..... But as concerning the manner how to practise that Book, I would gladly hear somewhat.

Michael. ..... Sua sunt, sua dicunt.

Δ I understand this to be required at his hands that gave us that Book.

Michael ..... Polonia te expectat, & qui EST praecessit.

Δ As concerning my health helping, may I stay here yet 8 dayes, and then make speed to be * 3.407 going towards Poland, as was prescribed to me.

Michael ..... Possum tibi concidere dies, Septem —

If thou didst know that which I see, thou wouldst not go, but thou wouldst runne: He that is before * 3.408 is a Gardener, and he knoweth the vertue of Herbs: But the eighth day I will be there also.

..... Where, and which eighth day.

Michael ..... The eighth day hence I will be in Cracovia: I have told thee plainly.

Δ May I then stay well 7 dayes, before I set forth on my journey.

Michael ..... Potes, & non potes.

Thou hast thy own judgment granted thee, thereby thou maist do it: But in respect of the neces∣sity that requireth thee there, thou canst not.

Δ I beseech you not to be offended, if I ask the cause of the Lord Lasky, silence — Δ — He stayed long.

E. K. Why did you not speak now.

Michael ..... Behold, he hath said with him selfe, (and those that are wicked, have whispered unto him) surely it seemeth that they despise me, and obstinately (because he 〈◊〉〈◊〉 not received let∣ters from you) he useth this silence.

Moreover, he hath not done, as God commanded him: But I will give him thee, use thou him * 3.409 as thou wilt.

Δ I render unto thee O most merciful, mighty and loving God) thanks and honour, and will (during my being) praise thy holy Name.

E. K. He is gone, and went away mounting upward, &c.

Quis, sicut Deus noster, qui humilitèr resplicet, & peccatores sua ditat 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

Illi soli sit omnis laus, honor, & gloria, nunc & semper.

Amen.

✚ Pragae.

Monday

Aprilis 1. Manè, circa 8.

Δ A remembrance for me. England Letters.

A. L. His Letters opened, and some yet kept.

Emerick his traiterous dealing to be deciphered; Counsel for the man∣ner of our going, and what things shall be needfull to take with us.

Δ Praecesfeci, & visitatas, & alias (ex tempore) ejacu∣lationes, pro auxilio Dei omnipotenti necessario in omnibus nostris (Dei prescripti) tractandis negotiis, &c.

E. K. Here is a tall man with white clothes, with wide sleeves, and his gar∣ment very much pleated, and a thing like a Cypress scarf before his face black, which had been many times doubled, and with a knot behind him, Two others there are by him on his left hand, one of them is apparelled in a green thing like a Cassock comming down to his middle leg, and a pair of shooes on his feet, and a hat on his head.

The other in a marble Jerkin like a leather Jerkin with panos, and a pair of Hose, with round Breeches of the same stuff, his neither stocks like common black, and usual shooes, and on his head an hat as the other hath of the English fashion: The first hath a little beard short, aburn 〈◊〉〈◊〉, The other hath a young beard whitish.

..... Why do you provoke me to indignation?

E. K. He seemeth to * 3.410 speak to them two looking on them.

Why accuse you me of doing wrong?

Have I not lead you out by the hand from the Serpents?

Carried you against nature thorow the waters?

Have I not held you up from falling?

Have I not brought you hither unto the Hill?

E. K. There appeareth a very great Hill up to the Heavens by him.

This is the entrance.

The way is open for you ascend.

And are you not yet ashamed to urgeme?

If I have done you wrong, wrong be unto me.

If I have done more then I ought to do, why do you vex me?

Δ He seemeth to mean us.

E. K. He speaketh to them two.

I have said unto you eat, and you have not.

I have told you it is time to eat; but you have your own time.

I have said unto you Go before; Follow me.

But in this case I will not be 〈◊〉〈◊〉 against you.

These 〈◊〉〈◊〉 that record my sayings shall 〈◊〉〈◊〉 judgment against you.

Therefore now unto you. E. K. He turneth toward you, Δ]

Here you see the Hill, here you see the way open:

Here you see no hinder ance.

Yet, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 these men accuse me, trouble me.

Determine you against them.

Call not at these Doores any more, untill you be called unto them.

Ye have said if, before the Lord, if you had not, it had been better for you. * 3.411

E. K. He treadeth them two under his feet all to pieces, and taketh his hands, and flingeth the bloud of them about, and it sticketh to the sides.

A voice. ..... What is it to me if man had never been.

E. K. He wrappeth up the place of their lying as if it were a Cloth, and putteth or tumbleth them out of fight.

E. K. Now he is gone like a Whirl-wind away.

LORD,

Δ I am heartily sorry for any thing I have said or done, which hath provoked thy indignation, thy mercy be upon us, and not the rigor of thy most just Judgment. Amen. Thy Name be al∣wayes praised. Amen.

O Lord, I find my own weaknesse and frailty continually, and therefore I call unto thee for thy gift of Wisdome, that I might wisely and discreetly serve thee all the dayes of my life. O Lord, the escapes of my lips and the folly of my heart pardon, I most heartily beseech thee: And if thy hel∣ping hand forsook us, and much more, if thy indignation work against us, we are in most miserable and pitifull case, have pity, have mercy, have compassion on us, Lord, Lord, Lord, forgive this our offence whatsoever; Suffer us not to be confounded through our little faith, O God, help our faith, help, help, or else we perish.

K. K. Here he is againe. * 3.412

..... When the Lord bad thee go, if thou had'st so done, and had'st not taken thine own time, more had been given unto him, and more had been added unto thee.

But now Letters came, that have passed through the hands of Sodomites and Murderers, (through * 3.413 whose hands they are accursed) you rejoice, you receive comfort, you determine to goe.

But if you had left those letters behind you, had come when I bad you go. Then had my Name been untouched. * 3.414

Therefere is the Lord angry, and forgetteth not this offence.

For he that dealeth with me, dealeth not as with a man, for I have nothing in me tied to time, much lesse hath he that sent me.

Δ O God, what a wretched miserable man am I, thus to fall, and to offend my God, O Lord, that thou judgest is very just; for man would have taken indignation against his servant that should not go where he biddeth, or that would seek or use better credit to encourage him to his du∣ty, then his Masters, &c.

Many times hast thou been wearied.

Have mercy, O God. Et dele omnes 〈◊〉〈◊〉 meas, cor mundum crea in me, & averto i∣ram tuam a nobis, Is thy fury implacable, or shall thy anguish last for ever, what is slesh and dust before thee?

..... There shall remaine the sting of this offence, in both your generations, until the fifth.

And I swear unto you by heaven. * 3.415

Δ Spare this Sentence of indignation (O God) against us. Thou hast said in what hour soever a sinner is sorry for his sinnes, and turneth unto the Lord, &c. And Lord, I am heartily sorry, I bewaile with teares this great offence, thou seest my contrite heart, O God, O God, O God, &c.

..... This hath added much, even hath bound up the rod, which I spoke before unto thee.. * 3.416

Δ Thy mercies be recorded, likewise, O Lord, and praised from Generation to Generation.

After this we sat and considered, and perceived, and confessed the greatnesse of our offence, how it concerned much the Honour and Glory of God, if we had gone without receiving the advertise∣ment of those Letters; So should they hear (the) and the King St. have perceived that we had the direction of God, and of his good Angels, and not to have depended upon mans letters, or perswasions, &c. we both a like confessed this great misdoing, and so framed our selves to make all speed away that possible we could, the mercies of God be upon us now and ever.

E. K. He is here, and said, Be thou shut for twenty dayes, * 3.417 and withal pulled a thing-like a Curtain about the Stone, and the Stone seemed to be full of the same substance, being like the froth of the Sea, yet hanging or joyning together like Curds of a posset.

Misericordias Dominum in aeternum cantabo, quis sicut Deus meus, qui cum iratus fuerit, mi∣sericordiam praestavit contrito corde invocantibus: Soli igitur Deo meo, sit omnis 〈◊〉〈◊〉, honor, gloria & jubilatio, nunc & semper,

Amen.

A Pragae.

Aprilis 5.

Friday, I took my Journey from Pragae toward Cracovia, God be our good speed, E. K. I, Tho∣mas Kelly, & Hugh Brycket my servants.

✚ Cracoviae, 1585.

Friday.

Aprilis 12. A meridie we came to Cracovia, and as we were within an English mile of the City, being a fair and calm day, there passed about half a mile before us, crossing from the right hand to the left Whirlwinds, divers one after another, wreathing up the dust with great vehemency on high, and shooting forward still, and then mounting into the air, and so went Southerly from us, and likewise some began on the right hand, and came furiously, raising up and wreathing the dust up into the air Southerly also, and did not crosse the way.

When we came to our house, we found that a stranger was set into it, by the Landlords (Mr. John Long, the Judge, and Martin Plutner) and having by me the keys of the Store-house, and of the Street-door, I caused my stuff brought with me to be set in, and that night we made hard shift for lodging. But the new and forced in tenants gave me leave to have one of my Bedsteads, which was in one stove, and emptied the same to us, with much ado.

Saturday and Sunday we were sore out-faced or rather threatned, that we should have no house there, and also one Bonar his arms were set upon the door, as if the house had been allowed to him ex officio. Monday I made the Rector privy of the Injuries I indured, and he courteously sent two Masters of Art with me to the Proconsul to have Citation for the Landlords to appear on Tues∣day by 7 of the clock, to answer to our complaint.

This Monday-night came the Lord Lasky from Lasko, upon a Letter he had received from me from Niso, of my coming.

Tuesday (Aprilis 16) the Lord Lasky came to the house, and in the morning would have pre∣sently cast all their stuff out of doors, but by entreaty he permitted them to empty all into the lower stove.

In the mean space I appeared with my Lawyer or Attourney Mr. Tetaldo, (an Italian) an anci∣ent Practitioner in the Polish and Cracovian Causes: And to conclude, I had a Decree against my Landlords, that I was to have at least an half years warning; whereupon John Laugh gave me warning to avoid at Michaelmas, and so we came from the Court or Town-house, called Praetori∣um in Latine. This same Tuesday afternoon, my Lord Lasky went to the King of Poland up in∣to the Castle, and told him of my comming, and how evilly I was used: and he said, why did he not cast them out of doors? so have I now, quoth the Lord Lasky; and the King granted the House to be holden ex officio: And the next day the King was desirous to speak with me.

Aprilis 17. Wednesday, I went with the Lord Lasky to the King, to whom I said, to this in∣tent, Consolatio, pax, & misericordia Dei sit tibi, ô serenissime Rex: Coram quo, Divinitus reci∣pi admonitionem, ut me sustinem, quod nunc humillime facio: paratissimus cum omni fidelitate & sinceritate ea cum Regia vestra Majestate tractare, quae mihi divinitus injungantur, Quo∣rum mysteriorum historias de ordine in ordinem referre, prout occasio dabitur, non recusabo aliaque omnia peragere, quae Deo & vestrae Majestati 〈◊〉〈◊〉 gratia fore intelligero, &c.

The King answered, Vt de vestra persona 〈◊〉〈◊〉 bona audivi absente, ita jam mihi gratus val∣de est adventus vester, & si quod sit in quo vobis meagratia & favor, possit esse commodo non de∣ero me vestrum favorem, & protectorem existere: Atque de 〈◊〉〈◊〉 & aliis majoribus rebus aliquid magis opportuni loquendi tempus post festos istos dies: quo tempore vos ad me accersori cu∣rabo, &c.

Hereupon I made Coursy, as was appertaining, and stepped back somewhat from the King, and so the Vice-Chancelor and other Officers, the chief Secretary brought Bills to be read, and subscribed, or assigned with the Kings own hand, which he did: and after the Lord Lasky had watched a fit time to tell the King of his desire to speak a few words to his Majesty of some of his own astairs, and was bidden to resort straightway after dinner to his Majesty, we took our leave with reverence doing, and so went out of the privy Chamber, or rather with-drawing Chamber through his privy Chamber, where he had said Masse when wecame, and so into the Guard-chamber, and down, &c.

Friday, I took Ghostly counsel of Doctor Hannibal, the great Divine, that had now set out some of his Commentaries upon Pymander, Hermitis Trismigisti.

Saturday (Aprilis 20) I received the Communion at the Pernardines, where that Doctor is a Professor.

This day E. K. the Ghostly counsel and comfort, as his case required.

On Easter Monday, very devoutly in Saint Stephens Church E. K. received the Communion, to my unspeakable 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and content, being a thing so long and earnestly required, and ur∣ged of him, by ourspiritual good friends, as may appear by sundry former actions.

✚ Cracoviae.

Tuesday in Easter week,

Aprilis 23. Manè 〈◊〉〈◊〉 horam 8. Praecibus fusis; mediocritèr longis.

E. K. Here appears many thousands of spiritual Creatures, all in white: Now there seemeth one like Michael, (all in red) to stand 〈◊〉〈◊〉 them, they all standing in an half Moon compasse be∣hind him.

Michael ..... Adhuc semel (sed Stephano assidente) Loquor. * 3.418

Sed si aurem, & animam suam, loquetae meae praebuerit stabilietur sedes illi

E. K. Now they seem all to mourn or hum, all in one tune.

He speaketh still, but I understand not his speech.

Sin minus loquitor pro me pestis: ulcere enim percutiam terram Zeli plenus sum, & Justitiae

E. K. All are vanished away.

Δ Ne observes iniquitates meas (Domine 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Christi) qui speramns in misericordia tua, qui redempti sumus 〈◊〉〈◊〉 sanguine tuo, Amen.

Emitte Domine verbum tuum Evangelicum, ut liquefacias & emolias obdurata corda mea frigore 〈◊〉〈◊〉, ut mea peccata purgentur, & efficiantur, quasi in Christo, ut nebula ignorantiae expellatur è cordibus meis, & spiritus Sancto gratia affluant aquae 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in poenitentia Salutari,

Amen.

1585. ✚ Cracoviae.

Aprilis 24. in Easter-week.

Wednesday morning, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 horam 8.

Orationibus factis ad Deum, tam oratione Dominica, quamaliis particularitur respectu Mini∣sterii 〈◊〉〈◊〉, qui regnis president obtinendi, ut nobis praescriptum 〈◊〉〈◊〉, & dum conarer particu∣lariter nominare aliquem, statim incipit E.K. & 〈◊〉〈◊〉—

E. K. There appeareth afar off a woman comming, and she is * 3.419 here now, she is all covered in green, as with a cloud: I may through it discern her fair face, and her hairs dispersed abroad.

The place about her seemeth to be concave, replenished with light of the Sunne: she standeth as in a hollow shell, or Oval figure * 3.420 concave.

..... Stephen, lift up thy head amongst the stars of Heaven; for the Spirit of God is with thee, and thou art become the Darling of the Highest, but the Lord will reprehend thee for thy sins.

Behold, thou shalt stand, and thy sword shall be made holy: See therefore that you honour him, labour for him and obey him, as the anointed and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the Lord.

For why, his spirit shall be plentiful amongst 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and he shall put the pillow of rest under your heads.

E. K. The more she speaketh, the more the place is bright.

..... The Prince of Darknesse shall lie as a stumbling block in his way, but he shall stride over him without offence.

The earthly Creatures have not to do in this receptacle:

Therefore take heed thou defile it not.

If thou follow the rules of calling them, thou shalt see that the air is their habitation.

Other wayes irregularly they appear in such vessels: But such as are prepared for them.

Take heed (therefor) thou defile not the place of the Justified, with the presence of those that are accursed.

But as they are of two sorts; so let their appearing places be divers.

Thy servant is conducted, and shall not stumble, but shall return, that the name of God may be blessed.

Now cease thy voice for our presence, until the Lord hath rebuked Stephen, in the consideration whereof consisteth the seal of his Election.

Verbum shall be the first word wherein the Lord shall shew himself unto him.

Behold, I am full of the light of heaven, and I shut up and go.

E. K. She is gone

Δ Note, all those things I intended or desired to be satisfied in, are answered me without my asking.

Misericordia, Pax, & Lux Dei nobis semper adsint omnis autem laus, honor, & gloria sit Deo nostro,

Amen.

Notae 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday.

May 6, & 7, 8. E. K. was very unquiet in mind, and so expressed to me in words: for that A. L. had not paid him his money, long since due: and chiefly for that he doubted very much of A. L. his turning to the Lord with 〈◊〉〈◊〉 his heart, and constantly. So much did A. L. his former life and ungodly living and dealing offend him, and so void was he of any hope, that he became in a great 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of mind to find us coupled with so 〈◊〉〈◊〉 a man. I shewed A. L. his last Letters, how * 3.421 he was in a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of his own, belonging to the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Rithwyan, (vvhich he had now by a stratagem won from the unjust delaying of his adversary) and what penance and contrition he was in, what meditations, and what godly purposes, &c. But E. K. would not hope of conversion, and thereupon utterly and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 intended with all speed to be gone from hence toward Prage, and willed me (if I would) to prepare my Letters He became very blasphemous against God to my great grief and terrour: what the issue thereof would be, so great was the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 against God and his holy purposes in us, that almost greater could not be uttered. I used as quiet words as I could, assuring him of Gods mercies alwayes ready, and his helping hand for all such as put their trust in him, and call upon him in their 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and times of need, and so did betake him to God for that Tuesday night, being past 9 of the clock.

Wednesday morning, as I was at my prayers in my study over his Chamber, and had made decla∣ration of this cause, and of the perplexity most grievous that I was in to see my friend and partner (E. K.) thus carried away with so grievous a temptation, so manifold and 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

E. K. yet lying in his bed, did call his brother Thomas to him, and willed him to callme to him: Thomas came (when I had in manner ended my devotions and prayers) for me, I went to him, yet lying in his bed: And after I had wished a good morrow, and sate by him on the Bench at his beds head, he began and said such matter as followeth,

E. K. A Spirit appeared to me this morning by my Bed-side, and bid me be quiet.

Bad me will you to go to morrow with both your servants to my Lord, as secretly as you could.

Bad you comfort him.

Bad you bring him with you.

Bad you to go to the King as you came homeward.

Bad me to board in the mean space with the Italian * 3.422 Doctor at Perins house.

Bad me lie here every night.

Hereupon I was most glad and joyful, and praised God for his marvellous mercies, loving kind∣nesse and goodnesse toward us, and declared my self assured that God had put out his term, and set∣led the degree: For the performance of his purposes and promises made to us, for his own honour and glory: And so with joy and thanks given E. K. for his courteous imparting these good news to me, I went about my businesse intended, which was to go to the Table of the Lord: as I was prepa∣red for it, and so went to the Barnardines Church.

Soli Deo nostro sit omnis laus, honor, gloria, & gratiarum actio, nunc & semper, Amen.

Note, I had in my prayers alledged to God, that albeit I was in great perplexity and agony of mind, yet since I was willed to cease my voice for having at any angelical presence, I said he of his divine clemency and care over us, in these great desires might counsel us and direct us, though we did not urge our request as we were wont. The conclusion and shame which many wayes would follow, if this intended purpose of E. K. should go forward and take place) was so great, that we might seem to the world, to have been led to that evil end, by a manifold digression, rather then otherwise led in mercy and verity, wherein I requested God to regard his own honour and glory, &c.

✚ Cracovia,

Maij 20.

Monday à meridie horam circiter 6. in mansio meo.

NOTE Δ.

Δ

E. K. sitting with me in my study, told me, that after my going to Rithian to the Lord Lasky, he had very many apparitions, and divers matters declared unto him, of the state of Christendom, &c.

He said (moreover) fault was found with my manner of standing before Stephen, I should have made some more ample declaration of my Calling and knowledge in these our actions. Secondly, that I did mistake the phrase spoken unto me at Prage of the rod binding up * 3.423: For he said, that Michael Dee should die, that I should thereby be afflicted, and divers such things he told me, and among other that he was willed to be ready to leave me, when he should be called: for, he said, our actions shall be cut off, for some of our unworthinesse, &c. All which things were so grievous unto me, as I was (in manner) ready to sound; and my distresse was the greater, because (after a sort) I was barred from requiring the presence of any of our spiritual friends, till Stephen had been rebuked by the Lord, and I had vowed to obey their commandments and instructions, whereby I was driven to beseech God to consider my cause and grief, who unfainedly desired to be his true Servant: And being desirous to obey them, staying of my voice for the presence of his good Ministers, I was con∣tented to offer up my obedience herein for a sacrifice; and ready to receive this distresse and afflicti∣on, as a punishment for my 〈◊〉〈◊〉, awaiting his will and pleasure.

E. K. said, It shall not be amisse to bring forth the Shew-stone, and assay what the good will of God would be herein.

Δ I fetcht the Shew-stone, and after it had been set about a quarter of an hour. E. K. E∣spied in it a little naked boy, with a white cloth scarf, from un∣der * 3.424 his Navel hanging down unto his knees; The hair of his head is short as of an young child: [and about that time came the Lord A. L. unto us, who sat down by us:] He had a little Cir∣cle of aire in his hand: There is a light in the stone as if there were the shining of the Sunne in it.

Puer ..... Creavit Deus omnia Spirituoris sui qui etiam Spiritus, defendit & defendet suos, & in nomine 〈◊〉〈◊〉 sperantes.

E. K. He throweth up his Circlet, and catcheth it againe, three times; He standeth still, and saith nothing more yet.

Puer ..... Perforatus à Domino, loquor.

E. K. Now he is turned into a water which goeth round about, and in the midst of it is bloud.

Now he is returned to his former shape again.

Puer ..... The end of all flesh is at hand.

And the sickle of the Highest shall reap down the Mountaines; The Valleys shall be without * 3.425 fruit: And the seed of man shall be accursed.

E. K. Now he turneth his face to you [Δ.]

Puer ..... Who is he that the Lord rejoyceth in, or on whom the Heavens look with merry coun∣tenance, whose feet are not a burden to the earth, and in whom is the force of the soul comforted? Who is he that shall rejoice in the Lord? Even he it is that goeth out of himself, and beholdeth himself, saying, O thou Carcase thou art a Sepulchre for me; Neither am I placed in thee, for thine own beauty, but that the Lord may be magnified, and his Creatures dignified; He it is that shaketh off himself, and putteth on the Armour of Affliction, praising and extolling the Garland of the God of Hosts, before that great Whore, and in despite of her Congregation; He it is that forsaketh his own will, to do the will of him that created him; Whosoever (therefor) doth his own will, is the servant of Perdition; But he that expecteth the will of God is 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

Behold, therefore, because you do so, and have beheld your selves, not in your selves, have ac∣knowledged the power of God, and the truth of his Message, your Honour shall be great: There∣fore * 3.426 fear not, For, lo, This Garland is prepared for you: and rest is sealed unto you, of the High∣est, unto you, your wives, children and servants.

Δ Blessed be thy Name for ever, O eternal, almighty, and most merciful, our God and King of Glory.

Puer ..... If the Sunne shine not in vain, if the Stars move not, but by variation and discourse, moving things, alternatim, to an end, if the Earth stand still, because she is so created: Much lesse ought man to despaire in the mercies and promises of God, which are not without a cause, nei∣ther any time spoken without effect.

I remember thee (Lasky) saith the Lord; And I will chasten thee for thy sinnes, and behold, I * 3.427 swear unto thee, as I have done; But humble thy self. This body of thine shall turn into dust. Take beed therefore that it defile not the greater part; For unto him that dieth a sinner, vengeance is judgment. But if thou live according unto my Lawes, and graft thy self within my will, if thou forsake the World for my sake, and do the works of righteousnesse; Because I have called thee be∣fore me, I will adde unto thy yeares, and will not blot out thy Name out of my remem∣brance.

Be not therefore a Man, but the sealed servant of the Highest. Rejoyce in him that created thee, and when I command thee to strike, follow me, for I will make the way very broad for thee.

Behold, I am mindful of my Covenant made unto thee, the seventh day of September, in the * 3.428 year four score and three.

I will establish unto thee, that fortitude, both in true Wisdome and Victory: And I will make thee mighty as a Corner Stone 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Angle of my Temple: if thou turn, if thou do the will of him that speaketh unto thee: if thou become a marble stone, speaking Justice and Verity; The mysteries of thy Crosse light upon thee, and let thy sonnes be blessed in thee.

I greatly thirst after Steven, for the course of things are at hand,

Behold, I will blesse him, that he may leave blessing unto thee.

Behold, I will place thee unto him, as his right leg, and he shall stand.

But his wicked Garments I will cut in sunder, yea I will send in the fire of wrath and dissention: And I will take away the buttons from his brest.

I have given unto him three wicked Nations, that they may grinde under him as slavish Cap∣tives. * 3.429

When I come in one Week, Behold, I strike, and those that are proud, become poor and desolace.

The outward face of things shall be changed; And the whole World shall say, Lo here, is the finger * 3.430 of the highest.

Rise Therefore, and with speed go before Steven; But the League Table thou shalt leave behind * 3.431 thee. I will reveal my self in thy proper Shew 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

Dixi: quaerite victoriam.

Δ Deo nostro Omnipotenti, Patri totus consolationis & misericordiarum plenissimo, sit omnis Honor. Laus, Benedictio, Gloria & Imperium, nunc & semper Amen, Amen, Amen.

Δ I did communicate, and this was the third time, within Easter receiving. * 3.432 Primo cum Humbate, & bis cum Raphaeli confessus, &c. That all manner of wayes I might have a clean and a quiet Conscience.

✚

Maii 22.

Wednesday, Nyepolonicze, in Aula Regia, circa horam 1½ à meridie.

Note, after dinner as we sat together, A. L. E. K. and I discoursing of some of our matters; There appeared over A. L. his head (to the sight of E. K.) a little Child half, the upper part holding over the head of A.L. a white Crown, and a finger out of it pointing toward Δ, and withal he said,

Puer ..... Audivi te victores estis.

Δ Hereupon we sat out the Shew-stone, as being ready and desirous to be instructed, accord∣ing as the cause chiefly required.

As I began to pray and study, Domino non sumus digni ut nos exaudias, suddenly E. K. said he saw as followeth.

E. K. I see a great Hill of fire, a very great Mountain, and it is as if it did hang in the aire: for I see the aire under it, and I see the Sun shine on it the Mountain fire flameth not.

Now the little boy that appeared last day, standeth on the top of this Mountain.

Puer ..... God hath spoken unto you, and hath gathered you together, and lo, you are become a strong sword, with the which the Nations shall be cut down, and the God of Hosts shall stretch forth his hands; And behold, you are come, and now is the time you Satan shall reap But Sa∣tan

〈1 page duplicate〉〈1 page duplicate〉

〈1 page duplicate〉〈1 page duplicate〉

〈◊〉〈◊〉 sore against you; Behold, Lasky thou art become rich; But have faith: For it over∣cometh riches, and shall beautifie and strengthen thee, that thou shalt be able to receive reward for thy labour: For it is not a small labour to contend against sinne, I have brought thee unto Ste∣ven, And I will give him thee into thy hands: And because thou shalt see that God is not bar∣ren, I am of power; Hear me therefore saith the Lord, wilt thou that before thy face I shall de∣stroy Steven for his wickednesse? wilt thou that I shall strike him with a perpetual Leprosie, or wilt thou that I shall correct him and leave him to do good unto thee? Now thou shalt see that I am not * 3.433 weak; Neither that my words are barren or without fruit: Ask therefore of the Lord, and be∣fore thou move it shall be given thee For thou dealest with him that is a flame of fire, and a two edged sword to the wicked, out of the Dunghil I chose him, out of nothing I can stirre thee up, and exalt thee, but thou must first be poor before thou be exalted, read the Scriptures and judge Now speak. E. K. He is gone.

Infinitae & incomprehensibiles sunt misericordiae tuae, O Deus, & Judicia tua sunt inperscruta∣bilia, 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

A. L. Domine Deus misericors, quanta est tua misericordia, quod me summum peccatorem tanta gratia prosequeris? 〈◊〉〈◊〉 sum Domine ante faciem tuam: Itaque Domine, quaeso, ne il∣lum propter me deleas neque Lepra percutias: sed potius inspires in illum, ut mihi propterte, & à te, per illum bene fiat. Non quaero Domine divitias, sed gloriam tuam. Non nobis Domine, non nobis sed nomini tuo da gloriam. Et fiatmihi secundum voluntatem tuam Domine. Tu scis Domi∣ne, an hypocritice ago.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 mei 〈◊〉〈◊〉, miserere mei, sitque misericordia tua supra me & fiat voluntas tua, sicut in 〈◊〉〈◊〉, sic 〈◊〉〈◊〉 & in 〈◊〉〈◊〉, Atque nomen tuum sit benedictum in saecula saeculorum. Amen.

E. K. He is here againe.

Puer ..... Saptens es tu, [A. L.] & plenus spiritu Dei: Non quaerens sanguine fratris tui igitur ben dictum, sis inter potentes hujus saeculi, & ab hac die spiritus meus nunquam à te disce∣det; & haec quia te humiliasti nam non 〈◊〉〈◊〉 sine causa

Puer ..... And lo, I will correct him sharply: Ask therefore in what Language thou wilt have me correct him (for he is scarce worthy to hear that he may understand.)

E. K. He is gone.

A. L. Hungarice peto, ut ipse audiat ea quae illi sunt dicenda sic ita Divinae tuae placcue∣rit Majestati.

Puer ..... Hungarie is hateful unto me; For it is full of iniquity; Neither will I speak unto him my self that he shall (yet) hear me. I will open my mouth in Latin for thy sake: and if he become obedient, I will also appear unto him my self and unto you all, in the spirit and presence of my Angel: But to overcome him by Miracles it needeth not, for by him the people are not edified, But by my words he shall understand, that I touch him, although Satan stand by him: unlesse it were for thy sake I would not withdraw my word and curse from him, for why, I am sufficiently ad∣vised, And I do but keep back the fire from him.

But go thou [A. L.] unto him, and speak unto him liberally, when he hath heard me, if he re∣ceive me, my blessing is upon him of necessity.

If he hear me not, I can easily unlock for I have the Key ready.

God the Father, God the Sonne, (unto whom all power is given in Heaven and Earth) with the fire of eternal comfort, which is the privy science and knowledge of the faithful; The Holy Ghost, be upon thee, and with thee for this day, thy [A. L) sinnes are blotted out of Gods re∣membrance. * 3.434

I have no more to say.

Omnipotenti, tromendo & Solis Adorando Deo, & Domino nostro sit omnis gratiarum actio, Laus & Jubilatio, nunc & in omne aevium.

Amen.

✚ Nyepolonicze in Aula Regis Polonie.

Anno 1585.

Maii. 23. A meridie hora Circiter 6.

The King sent for the Lord Lasky and me, by his Vice-Chamberlaine, whom we came unto in a Chamber, within the Chamber or roome where he useth to give audience, or to eat with his Pa∣latines and other: He sat by the Window which is toward the South, and by which his Prospect is into his new Garden, which is in making: He began thus, (the Lord Albert Lasky being by, and thereto willed by the King,) and said unto me very near as those words import.

St. Egit mecum Dominus Palatinus, ut vos audirem de rebus istis magnis & raris loquen∣te: Quod libentur feci: & tamen hoc considerari debet, quod Prophetae omnes & revelationes jam diu & in tempore Christi cessaverunt. Tamen si 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in istis, contra Dei sit honorem, eo lu∣bentius sunt audienda: Et ego quidem haud dubito quin Deus nunc possit multis modis secreta quaedam hominibus deligere, ad hac usque tempora, mandatis & inusitatis.

Hereupon I answered to this sence, although I cannot expresse the same words.

Δ Considero in ordine vestrae regia tria quasi capitala, in quibus totus ordinis vestrae est medulla. Primum de Prophetiaris, & revelationem cessatione, secundum; an aliquid in nostris actionibus, vel exercitiis insit contra Dei honorem: & tertium (quod animo meo est valde gratium) quod, Deo non praescribatis certos aliquos modos vel tempora quibus sua hominibus velit aut debeat secreta detegere. De primo, hoc possimus vestrae Majestati Reginae asserere, quod ille Scripturae locus haud recte à plurimis intelligeter: & ab 〈◊〉〈◊〉 pessime, qui velint omni modae. Dei potentiae & misericordiae & sapientiae praescribere certos modos, & tempora certa: asserendo nul∣lorum hiis temporibus esse Prophetiam, vel post Christum fore: quia omnes in Christo cessavere: hoc est, quia omnes de illo quae erant Prophetiae felicet. De Dei fi∣lio in carne venturo & Messia vero, & redemptore generis humani futuro, (& de to∣ta illa quam nos agnovimus & confitemur Christiani, completum & consummatum esse Christi historia) jam cessavere: adeo quod illa neque jam futura sunt ut putant Judaei, neque repetenda sunt, cum jam sunt consummata & peracta que madmodum Prophetae praenuntiabant nam ob hac causa cum Christus Jesus in cruce pendens scinis∣set, quod omnia de co Prophetia completa fuissent, & praecepimus scilicet omni∣um Prophetiarum (ante Christiano) scopus jam esset Collinatus, & Juxta praesenti∣am & propositum Dei redemptoris humane conscientiam esset mysterium ipse dixit consummatum est: Nam & Paulus dixit ad Judaeos, (namque 〈◊〉〈◊〉 omnia quae de co scripta erant, deponentes eum, de Ligno posuerunt eum in monumento. Et * 3.435 post Resurrectionem suam ipsammet Christus suis discipulis (pergentibus versus Ca∣stellum Emaus, & de illius morte & resurrectione disserentibus & 〈◊〉〈◊〉) dixit, O stulti & tardi corde ad 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in omnibus quae 〈◊〉〈◊〉 sunt Prophetae: Nonne haec oportuit pati Christus, & ita intrare in gloriam suam, & incipiente a Moyse & omnibus * 3.436 Prophetis interpraetabitur illis in omnibus scripturis, quae 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ipsoerant, &c. & paulò post iterum ad eosdem vobiscum: Quoriam necesse impleriomnia quae scripta sunt in lege Moysi & Prophetis, & Psalmis de me.

Sed quantum ad alium sensum quod post Christum mille essent Prophetae vel re∣lationes ipsam Scripturae planissime contrarium docent. Nam quod descendum erit de revelatione fine notabile illa Beati Joanni Apocalypsi quae post Christum 〈◊〉〈◊〉? quae & ab eodem Joanne Propheta vocatur, dicendo * 3.437 Beatus qui legit & audit verba 〈◊〉〈◊〉. hujus & servat ea qui in ea scripta sunt, & in ultimo Capite ejusdem Apocalypseos sine re∣velationes, ter, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 vocat Prophetiae librum. Quare manitestum est post Christum esse Revelationes & Prophetas. Praeteria que erat illa Paulo facta revelatio in ejus Vo∣catione & Conversione per ipsum Jesum Christum, ut in Apostolicorum apparet A∣ctum libro, Cap. 9. quid de illa decennes * 3.438 Cornelio Centuriano?

Quid de illa Petro de animalibus mundis & immundis. Et Paulus ipsam dicet si Δ * 3.439 gloriari oportet (non expedit quidem) veniam ante ad visiones & revelationes Domini, &c. & paulò post: & de Magnitudo revelationem extollit me, datus est mihi stimulis carnis meae, Angelus Satanae qui me colophizet es, notum mihi factum est sacramentum, sicut supra scripsi: prout potestis legentes intelligere prudentiam meam in mysterio Christi, quod aliis generationibus non est agnitum filiis homini, sicut nunc revelatum est sanctis Apostolis ejus & Prophetis in spiritu, &c, ubi etiā Prophetas post Christū esse apparet: & cap. 4. Et ipse dedit quosdam quidem Apostolos 〈◊〉〈◊〉 autem Prophetas, alios vero Evaugelistis, alios autem Pastores & Doctores ad consnmmationem 〈◊〉〈◊〉, in opus ministerii, in aedificationē Corporis Christi, Donec occurramus omnes in unitate fidei in mensuram aetate plenitudinis Christi, &c. ubi tam diu Prophetas fore in Ecclesia Christi post Christū apparet. Donec occurramus omnes in unitate fidei, &c. quod nondum post Christum factum fuisse bene simus & jam haec aetate nostra maxime su∣mus circa negotium fidei discordes maxime videntur esse necessariae non Prophetae so∣lum sed etiam Revelationes valde expresse de Mysteriis Divinus. Et de locotione An∣gelica * 3.440 ad Philippum, & ejus de loco in locum invisibile quasi translatione per Spiri∣rituum

Domini, quod putendum est. Et de Prophetis post Christum tempora testifica∣tur Actum undecimum caput, ubi legimus quod eodem 〈◊〉〈◊〉 quo primum disci∣puli Christi Antiochiae cognominarentur Christiani, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ab Jerisolymis Pro∣phetae Antiochiam, & surgens unus ex eis nomine Agabus, sign si abat per spiritum, famem magnam futuram universo 〈◊〉〈◊〉 terrarum, quae 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉, ad se∣cundum autem vestrae Majestatis Regiae Capitulum, sic 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 coram Deo & beatis ejus Angelis, assere quod conscientia mea nihil 〈1 line〉〈1 line〉, Notivit, vel dijudicare potuit, neque possit in omnibus nostris actionibus, vel illarum aliqua, quod sit contra Dei, honorem, vel gloriam, Immo, quod ad 〈◊◊◊〉〈◊◊◊〉 & gloriam valde spectent, possimus.

Denique tertio in loco quod cum magna & verae pia Regiaque & discretione existi∣tis, me Deum Omnipotentem iis temporibus posse modis suis variis, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 qui∣busdam sua 〈◊〉〈◊〉 mysteria & secreta. Valde letor: & eo magis, quod tam ex nostris praeteritis id constare potuerit multis Actionibus; quam ex futuris: quibus inter esse & adesse praesens (si ita illi visum fuerit) vestra possit Majestus Regia.

Et prae∣teritarum nostrorum Actionum libros 24, paratus sum (〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 vestrae serenis∣simae Majestati placuerit tempore,) videndos exhibere; quorum quaedam Latina lingua, Graeca aliae, aliae Anglica lingua, sed ex maxime 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Anglica sunt Conscri∣prae ipsae actiones Angelorum, viz. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 bonotum Instructiones, admonitiones, ex∣hottationes, 〈◊〉〈◊〉, 〈◊〉〈◊〉, & 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ealio sunt. 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 nobis factae Revelationes, reales vel verbales, & per spatium jam trium fere annorum à nobis receptae & 〈◊〉〈◊〉, &c.

✚ Nyepolonizae in Aula Regia praesente ipso 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Rege, & A. L, &c.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 Lunae

May 27. Mane, horam 7. circiter. In camera privata Regis.

Omnipotens, 〈◊〉〈◊〉, Verae, & uni Deus, 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 misericors Pater mi, qui me de Patriae 〈◊〉〈◊〉 funesta contra 〈◊〉〈◊〉 concepta malicia, per Angelos 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 admonisti, & per cosdem, inde, * 3.441 me cum Vx re, Liberts, & Familia mea istis{que} * 3.442 duobus, egredi jussisti: e egredientes nos, 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 maris, quasi 〈◊◊◊〉〈◊◊◊〉: Et qui ex homicidiarum & Hereticorum manibus & 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 nos 〈◊〉〈◊〉: Et qui multis nos modis (partim nobis cognitis, partim 〈◊〉〈◊〉) à 〈◊〉〈◊〉 & 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉, ab eo tempore, quod ad tua secreta Judicia & negotia testific 〈◊〉〈◊〉, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 & 〈◊〉〈◊〉 nos 〈◊〉〈◊〉: Ideo propter hanc tuam tantam & tuam 〈◊〉〈◊〉 misericordiam; immortalis 〈◊〉〈◊〉 à nobis deberi laudes & gratias humillime agnoscamus. O 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Pater noster 〈◊〉〈◊〉 qui * 3.443 nos duos; vinculo tuo Divino arctissime copulasti: & quasi unum ex 〈◊〉〈◊〉 esse 〈◊〉〈◊〉. O tu fortissime 〈◊〉〈◊〉 meus qui hanc tuum Lasky, quasi Ath∣letam meum 〈◊〉〈◊〉, animosum, & meum 〈◊〉〈◊〉, nobis adjunxisti: virum Ca∣thelicae tuae & 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Religionis 〈◊〉〈◊〉 & Anti-christianismi omnis acerrimum hostem; 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ô 〈◊〉〈◊〉, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 & 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Deus, & Pater meus, qui tuis mox incipien∣dis Regiis, magnis mirific: 〈◊〉〈◊〉, quem 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Regem, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 iuvenisti Stephanum, tuum futurum Bellatorem: quis tuo mutui, & jussit ex animis, totis suis veribus, & maximo zelo obedire velit: & cut nos honorem & 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 & 〈◊〉〈◊〉, in mandatis dedisti: & propter quem labores (〈◊〉〈◊〉 not a) ut subiremus & sustenueremus statuisti: & ad quem, post laborio∣sas peregrinationes nostr: multiplices quidem, praeter 7 〈◊〉〈◊〉 factas, directas aliquas, alias ante, (humano judici) quasi retrogradas, tuam maximam gratiam, favore: & auxilio inco∣lumnies & salvos nos perduxisti: Nos quasi hic tuos, tuo Nomine & una mente convenientes, tua digneris Paterna misericordia, à totius vitae meae omnibus purgare spurcilits: Et Charissimi tus 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Domini & Redemptoris Nomini Jesu Christi intercedentibus meritis, nobis Condona quic∣quid contra Leges tuas Sanct as & Justas, volentes, vel nescii, vel negligentes, verbo, facto vel 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ad hanc usque horam 〈◊〉〈◊〉 omnes & singuli, ut tibi jam 〈◊〉〈◊〉 massa pura & 〈◊〉〈◊〉 offerri: una Divina & 〈◊〉〈◊〉 fermitanda gratia; & tuae charitatis igne in cordibus nostris per te accenso, quasi quidem proportionis & sacri in Templo tuo efficiamur panes. Et sit nobis interim Filius tuus Dominus nostris Jesus Christus Panis vitae: quem gust ando sua∣vissimum, & sides veribus transgladiendo 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Manna eundem habeamus nobiscum in perpetuum, mitte igitur nunc Luce & Veritatem tuam ô Deus Omnipotens sempiternae, Vivae, & Verae, & tuo Stephano (noster autem Serenissimo Gratiosissimoque Reg) appareat, Te Deum no∣strum verum vivam, Omnipotentem 〈◊〉〈◊〉 nostrum in iis actionibus & Mysteriis esse me antè (licet peccatis obnoxiu) voto & Conatumagno, fidele tuam & sincerium esse servatum: omnia∣que tua jussa mihi maxime esse Curae: nosque singulos singularibus in te autem mundi exordium praeordinatos esse muneribus, in tuo Sancto servitio tractandis, &c.

E. K. Nihil post primas praeces apparebat.

Δ Breves secundas feci, & adhuc nihil apparebat

Tertias adjeci, etiam breves.

Post tertias ex lapide quidem Calor in faciem ipsius.

E. K. Exire videbatur.

Circa lapidis oram & fimbriam rubicundus viridis circulus appa∣rebat.

E. K. Jam video hominem albis indutum vestibus, & succinctis facie longa sparsis crinibus, & a deus notu quasi undantibus, & dexter pes stans super magnum lapidem rotundam, & sinister super aquam, & post dorsum ejus magna lux est: Nunc video terram sub pedibus ejus, sed quasi in aere videtur esse tam lapis ipse quam a∣qua illa.

Δ Sit benedictus Deus noster, & fiat voluntas ejus.

Aquae cursus (qui versus Occidentem est) pedem ejus videtur sccundum se prius deferre.

Videtur iste longo a me esse cum intueor faciem ejus interdum una apparet esse interdum tres faci∣es & ita confuso quodam modo.

E. K. Audio magnam vocem Dicentem, Veni & Vidi.

E. K. Descendit jam alter ad illum quasi Globus Ignius cum facie eminenti, & ab ejus corpore quasi verga arundinea videtur e∣manare.

..... Inspexi, & examinavi, & ecce, Nulla est Justicia. * 3.444

Vox ..... Interet aqua in mare, & siat falsa, quia ecce tertia viola est plena.

E. K. Jam venit ignis, & illum totum circundat, aliquo mini∣mo: Circa illud relecto intervallo sibi proximo.

Vox ..... Mensura.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 & sigillum est (52) quin quaginta duo.

Ast 〈◊〉〈◊〉 sum plenus Justitiae & Misericordiae.

Visigitur tu, quod aperies os meum?

Ast quare inquit Dominus visitarem Stephanum humiliet Semetyrum.

E. K. — Inclinat caput suum] quia ecce habeo quod dicam, & ecce habeo, & labia mihi confuta sunt.

Magnificat igitur 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Coeli & terrae Deum Creatorem, Regem & illuminatorem quod pos∣sit 〈◊〉〈◊〉 peccatoribus 〈◊〉〈◊〉 esse & vultum ejus misericordiam super vos convertere.

E. K. Jam conversus est totus in Globium igneum.

Δ Miscrere 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉, secundum magnam misericordiam tuam, &c.

E. K. Jam magnus quidam fumus per plicas quasdam (insta nu∣bis) lapidem operet.

E. K. Jam videtur illa nubes convoluta esse, & seorsim ad u∣num * 3.445 latus lapidis seposita.

..... Verbum, ab altissimo missus facio; Quamobrem erige te & diligenter Attende Stephane, quis te a Cunabulis Enutrivit? quis viarum tuarum labores. * 3.446

Aut juventutis tua temeritate mensuravit? ab impetu judicii & temporis: quis te legit? aut unde munitus es Coelestidecore? Hanc tibi animans viventem, sagacem, & sale plenum, quis induxit? Nonne Rex ille gloriae, in cujus gratiam omnis subjecta est, in coelo & in terra pote∣stas? qui te potenti elevans brachio à milite ad majorem, a majore, ad maximum evocavit sep∣trium; Nonne idem ille, quite & 〈◊〉〈◊〉 & visitat: & de semetipso, ante saecula dixit, Ego sum? Quareigitur, Nebulam tam tenebrosam, tanta ecce caligine tanta dico ingratudine sufful∣tam, inter Deum tuum, & animam tuam induxisti? An, quod non accepisti habes? [he shaked his hand at the King, after the Polonian manner] Aur unde (Di) Diadema Capitis? Ecce quia in fragili cordis tui prudentia, Deum à sinistris, immo a tergo, posuisti, sequitur te spiritus ma∣lignus:

Nam erasti: Igitur multiplicata & numerata sunt peccata tua in Coelis, Judicium tuum in te canes ipsi cum pseuda Propheta ferant inquinata sunt Regia tua scelere turpissimo, Cubicula tua olent malum, igitur surrexit Deus turgidus & terribilis factus est & iratus tibi. Verum sic dicit Dominus; quia patres tui, ad Altare meum sanctiores stetere, neque perversi à voce & via mei recessere; te autem, quia virum a vulgo distinctum seperando seperavi, & seperatum: eli∣gendo, dilexi: Non visitabo iniquitates tuas in verga mea: Neque Dejiciam te quemadmodum decrevi: Sed in Solio titubanti sedeas permittam. Verum si brachium meum Zelo cognoveris po∣tens: si impietatem tuam derelinques: si te munditiae ornaveris, si fetidam a sinu tuo lepram & alnnica tineam, (non ad vomitum rediens) abster seris Ego quoque iram avertam meam, & dies tua relinquae stabilientur fortitudine: Reges malidicti & potentes hujus nudi intoxicati calice, Meretricis (mea quia neglexere statut) fulmine ire meo in manu, & ante pedes tuos cadent fer∣rorique erit gladius tuus nationibus, tutela te Coeli circumducent dum in robore dexterae tuae peri∣bunt inimici.

Cor populi tui, a te alienatum, post modicum repurgabitur: qui autem in sanctum conspiramere turpissimo, cadent ulcere. Adhuc si latere meo cum firmiter, tam fideliter adhaescas abumbrabit te spiritus meus & evades sapiens: teque res Foecundabit de Coelo. Haec est veritas & Lex Domi∣ni, quam proposit tibi * 3.447 Lux Dei hodie Stephano: Igitur sume tibi gladium femori, estringe, eleva pro Domino & veritate, pugna, vince, Regna Noli (sicut homo) timori cedere, neque de mundo queritate: quia Deus tuus tecum est; Ignis terribilis & magnus Dominus exercituum: Igitur si os tuum iuste a solio operies: si impium condemnaveris impietatis impleto te spiritu meo, & ani∣ma tua repleatur igni potenti, dum manus tuae vindicant coelos, [inclinat caput.]

Impiam illam generationem, (de qua Domino loquuntur est, & in servitutem tibi tradidit,) cum * 3.448 videris tempus, cum filiis suis, & a populo suo, a parvo usque ad majore, percute gladio ut pro impietate peccati, sit plagarum numerus; quia erit inflictus Bohemia (non minus odiosa Coelis: quam terrae gravis, & tediosa) signata tibi; est; & maledicta in jubare solis, Collige & Orna.

Fuge pedem in Aquilone, & digitis tange mare, & noti spernere coronam altissimi ostendam tibi nomen meum, & ponam laudes tuas inter aquas. Cinge te etiam sicut forti, amplectere montes meridionales; & aedifica mihi altare: Eripiam enim vincula ab illis. Ab Occidente, manus vio∣lentas in viscera tua extendunt: Sed ferro praescindam illas ungues. Denique si a peccatis cessaveris, si studio flagrabis coelestium, & ambuland••s coram me Domino Deo tuo in justitia, & veritate, & nuncquid in nomine meo seperit benedicatur & in me splendorem suscipit; Sin autem, verba, quae * 3.449 locutus est Dominus, audire notueris, Egomet ulter existam hodie exaltavi te in Domino, & posui caput tuum inter stellas: Esto igitur obediens: Paratus est terror impiis, & maledictus est mun∣dus: Beatus autem qui fideliter observant Verba, & illa custodiet quae Dominus hodie fecit Gra∣tia Dei patris, Jesu Christi filii, ejus [inclinat caput] & Spiritus Sancti visitet vos semper [exten∣dit manus su•••• valde.]

Δ Amen.

Adduc familiam tuam cum celeritate.

Δ Sit benedictus nomen altissimi qui in servandis promissis est constantissimus, & in misericoar∣diis * 3.450 abundantissimus. Illi Gloria, Laus, Honor, decus, jubilatio, & gratiarum actio nunc & semper.

Amen.

✚

Maii 28.

Tuesday mane circa 6. in Nyepolonize.

Δ Oratione finita & aliquibus verbis factis, de nostra cum Stephano Actione praeterita haeri.

E. K. Here is he that was yesterday in our Action with the King.

Hei mihi (saith the Lord) [He stoopeth by little downward] why do I hold my hand from the Earth? What have all the Princes of the World built a Tower against me? These in denying me and my Majestie: The other wallowing in extream drunkennesse amongst the pleasures and blindnesse of the flesh, neglecting (without fear) my Commandements, have I thrown out the Children from the Vineyard, and called in the Dung-carriers? have I visited my servants, (whom I chose) in wrath and indignation with the Sword of Justice? have I thus scat∣tered them upon the face of the World, without a Shepherd, to entertain blasphemous Murderers, Lyars, and the Runnagates of the Earth, the seed of Cain, and of the cursed! O you Caterpil∣lers, O you that fill the Earth with poison! O you abusers of my Name, and Dishonorors of my Temple! What is the cause that you are so barren, or that the Lord hath not mightily shewed him∣self amongst you, as unto his Children? Why are not the Miracles and Wonders a Testimony of the God of Truth amongst you, as they were unto the Israelites? Why, hath not the Sea divided her self? Why, hath not the Lord delivered you from bondage? Vnto the Israelites he gave a fruitful

land (the possession of the wicke) abounding with Milk and Honey: unto you, he hath delive∣red your possession unto the Dogs: and your children to become Captives, why doth not the God of Hosts stretch forth his hand saying: Deliver my people from bondage? are not the times of those latter dayes * 3.451 and of the Harvest of the Disciples * 3.452 shadowed amongt the doings and graces of the Israelites, you are become blind, you have eyes but you see not, for you * know not the time of your visitation. O thou stif-necked Generation this is the cause, that the finger of God commeth not amongst you: This, this is the cause, because you have not Faith: Neither is the Spirit of godlines and obedience amongst you, can he that is all Truth defile himselfe with lying: or can the flesh of man diminish the authority of the Godhead: is Christ Jesus, (very God of very Go) of less power or strength unto you, then he was before, unto the seed of Abraham: because he hath taken your flesh upon him. O you ignorant, ô you blind strangers, ô you that were faithful in the sight of the Lord, is not the God of Heaven and Earth heire unto you, by reason of his Man-hood have you not now ac∣cess your selves unto the Throne of the Highest, which your Fathers had not? the Israelites ran unto the Prophets and high Priests: yea, they durst not run before the Lord: For it was said of them

* Let them stand before the hill. They brought their offerings to the Priest, which offered up their prayers and humility: But unto you (ô you of little fait) the Gates are set open: yea, even unto the Throne of God: why therefore, doe you not ascend unto your Christ, Which is anointed before the Father. Hath he anointed him for himselfe, or for you? for both: If you have no miracle, you have no faith, if you have (saith the Son of Go) faith, to be compared with a Mustard-seed, &c. * 3.453 But you do none of these things, neither is the name of God magnified amongst you, Is it not a shame, that the faith of man groweth not to be equal with a Mustard-seed, is it not a signe of your slavish nature, from the which you were called, that there is no faith amongst you?

True it is: For why the blood of Christ is shed upon you: and you are washed without deserts, Behold now (saith the Lord) when I have stirred up a Moses there are no Israelites that will follow * 3.454 him: the seed of Abraham is destroyed with the Winter of self-love and dis-obedience.

The Lord groaneth, saying: Whether shall I turn me? unto whom shall I shew my face? if I say unto them go out, set your 〈◊〉〈◊〉 against the wicked: Behold, I will be amongst you, and fight for you: who is it that heareth me? where is your faith become? who is he that believeth me, O you wicked Generation shall the Lord call you and seeke your deliverance, and will you know of the Lord with what meanes he will work amongst you, is the God of Heaven and Earth become amongst * 3.455 you an Ingineer or a Merchant, a Hoorder up of worldly treasure; or one that rideth on horse-back to battail? you stinking Carrion, you hateful wretches before Heaven and Earth, you blind hirelings. Who devided the Seas who threw down Jericho, who overthrew the wicked Kings? who destroyed * 3.456 the Cities of the wicked? who fought against the reprobate Giants and the flesh of mankind? who opened the windowes of Heaven and consumed you all except as you read * 3.457 eight persons, yea, if out of the windowes I can consume you, what shall become of you if I open my doors, if I send out my servants against you, and my innumerable army. Is it not said, whatsoever I put into your * 3.458 monthes, that speake. Why do you so, but for the truths sake: If therefore I bid you doe, is not my truth all one? I am full of sorrow: for no man openeth his doors unto me, no man believeth me: no man remembreth that I made Heaven and Earth:

Stay a while that I may weep with my self.

E. K. All the stone is become black and full of fiery specks.

Δ After we had read the premisses

E. K. Here is another now come in green a man with nothing * 3.459 on his head but onely his yellow hair.

He hath like a pair of black boots under his garments close to his legs: like buskins &c.

Δ Note Ilemese appeared in July, Anno 1548, and did make an end of Nalvage his work, &c.

He appeareth their like a little child with yellow hair, &c.

Δ

Iteach you [he paused after a pretty while

Thus saith the Lord thou must answer Steven according to the hardness of his hart: Answer * 3.460 him thus, for the Mean: Lo, King, the God of Heaven and Earth hath placed me before thee, and hath shewed unto thee his will, hath nourished up me his servant from my youth unto this day, in the fear of him and the fervent desire of true wisdome, whereby I have attained (through his hel) unto the knowledge and secrets of the things in Nature: which knowledge behold in the name of God and for his sake: and because he hath chosen thee, lo, I offer up unto thee, and willingly made thee partaker of; This done be not afraid to open thy mouth unto him, as thou didst unto Rodolph, in * 3.461 writing, Behold (ô Kin) I can make the Philosophers Stone, for so they call it, Bear thou there∣fore the Charge, and give me a name within thy Court that I may have access unto thee: and yearly maintenance of thee for us both; Command him also, or strike a band of secrecy between him; thy

selfe, and Lasky. Take heed thou want not faith: for I will help thee: And he shall have a great * 3.462 Treasure, I will see them, if he will labour for me. But it may be Lasky will hold him by the heele.

Δ What mean you by that phrase?

..... As Jacob did Esau. * 3.463

Vnto this apply thy self, and give thy whole endeavor from time, to time also I will open my mind unto Stephen through thee, or in the presence of himself.

But let Lasky open this unto him: The Camp is known unto me.

Δ I understand not this point.

..... Let him understand, thou art minded so to doe.

For this seven dayes, aske no more answer. * 3.464

Δ How, and if the King be desirous of any action?

..... I respect not the King.

Δ I beseech you be not offended that I aske your name?

..... Ilemese.

E. K. He is gone.

Δ The other will come again.

A voice. Non venit.

Therefore shut up the window.

Deus Coeli & Teriae da nobis Fidem.

✚ Nyepolonicze in Aula Regis St.

Junii,

Tuesday a me idie circa horam tertiam: The King send for me to hear what I had to say to him as I had, send him word that I had to say somewhat to him in God his behalfe. When I was come into his privy Chamber, and all others excluded but onely the Lord Lasky who came with me, and stayed by the King his commandement. I said thus verbatim as followeth.

Δ Ecce (ô Rex) Deus Coeli & 〈◊〉〈◊〉, me ante oculos Vestros posuit: & vobis suam declaravit voluntatem: me autem servum suum à juventute mea ad praesentem diem enutrivit in timore illius, & desiderio ferventi verae sapientiae qua ratione (& ejus auxilio) 〈◊〉〈◊〉 sum cognitionem & secreta 〈◊〉〈◊〉 naturalium quàm cognitione (ecce) in nomine Dei.

✚ Cracovia.

Junii 6

Mane horam circiter 8

Orationibus finitis, pro luce & veritate Divina, quae nos ducerent & perducerent ad montem sanctum Sion &c.

I have (ô Lord) according to my simple abilitie, endeavoured my self to declare to Steven those things I was willed; accept, ô Lord, my intent, and give me thy graces and encrease my faith that I may in my doings and sayings, please thee or not offend thy divine Majestie, and now ô Lord, we await thy further direction: not presuming to propound (as now) matter, such as our 〈◊〉〈◊〉 state might move us unto: but therein we crave this aide, thy light and wisedome, &c.

K. E. Here is a great head with wings like a Cherubim: all of fire, the eyes are very big, as big as your hat, and his head as big as this Table.

..... He that is a sleep let him sleep on, he that is in the high way let him not return home. He that eateth let him not rise, but eat still, and he that weepeth let him weep still, he that re∣joyceth let him rejoyce for ever. He that goeth awry let him not return into the way. He that planteth his Vineyard let him not see it, he that gathereth the grapes let him not drink of them, he that blasphemeth the name of God, let him blaspheme, for he returneth not. But he that looketh up unto Heaven, let him not cast his eyes upon the Earth.

Behold, the Lord hath forgotten the Earth, and it is a burden to me that I am here, therefore I go.

Vnto those that do well, the Steward is ready with the reward, wo be unto the Monster of the Earth, for he is accursed.

E. K. He is gone: and flyeth in a strange order: upward in a special line in manner?

A voice. Put all things to silence that the Lord had touched, 〈◊〉〈◊〉

The receptacle and the Books, see you open them not, nor touch them until you hear more from me. But be of right heart, and walke the ways that you are returned into.

Take this one lesson: you are in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 with me, and for the rest care not.

Δ Thy mercies be sealed upon us for ever and ever, ô Lord, of Hosts.

E. K. Now is a red thing, like a Cloud come all over the stone.

Ignem tui amoris & praepotentis fidei in cordibus nostris, accende, ô Deus Omnipotens nunc & semper.

Amen.

Anno 1585. Augusti 6. Unica Actio; quae Pucciana vocetur. Que durabat ab hora 5. manè, ad horam 11. PRAGAE.

Actio Pucciana.

✚ Pragae. Actionis Puccianae, prior pars.

Augusti 6.

Tuesday, Manè, circa ortum Solis, & nobis heri injungebatur.

Fusis de moere praecibus, &c. praesentibus nobis Δ, E. K. & Fr. Pucci, ut praescriptum erat.

Disposita erat Mensa foederis: Candelaque cerea accensa.

E. K. Here is one, covered in white to the brest, all white ap∣paralled, he hath a long glasse in his left hand, full of filthy loath∣some stuffe, like matter or like bloud and milk, or curds mingled together, and a staffe about an ell long in his right hand, he set∣teth the end on the ground, he pointeth with his staffe toward the

* 3.465 Table of Covenant.

Accede Dominum.

Δ He [E. K.] came to the Table of Covenant, and looked into the Holy-stone, and saw the same vision, but his face is (here) bare, and he seemeth to be Vriel.

Δ Benedictus qui venit in nomine Domini: ô beata Dei Lux, URIEL. ..... Gloriatibi Domine, Rex coeli, & terrae, quies, & venturus es.

E. K. Now I see the foundation of an old thing, as though it were of a Church.

A voice ..... Measure.

Measure from the East to the North, and from the North to the West part, for behold, the rest is judged already.

URIEL ..... I have measured, (Lord) 25, and the half of twenty five. 37½.

The voice ..... Divide into three parts. [Δ The third part of 37½] is 12½.

URIEL ..... It is done.

The voice ..... Vnto the Kings of the East give the first.

Unto the Kings of West give the second.

The remnant measure unto the dayes of the North: that the fire of my indignation, may be a bridle amongst them, and that the whole World (except the excepte) may drink of the sorrow of the Prophetia; seventh part of the half time, yet to come.

URIEL ..... Thy mouth (O Lor) is a two-edged sword, thy judgments are perpetual and everlasting, thy words are the spirit of truth and understanding, thy Garments most pure and smel∣ling incense; Thy Seat without end, and triumphing, who is like unto thee amongst the Hea∣vens,

or who hath known thy beauty? Great art thou in thy holy ones, and mighty in thy word a∣mongst the Sonnes of men: Thy Testament is holy, and undefiled, The glory of thy Seat, and the health of thy Sonnes: Thy anointed is sacrificed, and hath brought health unto the faithful, and unto the Sonnes of Abraham. Thy spirit is everlasting and the oil of comfort: The Heavens (there∣for) gather themselves together, with Hallelujah to bear witnesse of thy great indignation and fu∣ry prepared for the Earth, which hath risen up with the Kings of the Earth, and hath put on the Wedding Garments: saying with her self I am a Queen: I am the daughter of felicity. Remem∣ber all ye, that are drunken with my pleasure the Character I have given you, and prepare your selves to contend with the Highest, set your selves against him, as against the anointed, for you are become the Children of a strong Champion: whose Sonne shall garnish you with the Name of a Kingdome, and shall poure wonders amongst you, from the starres, which shall put the Sunne the steward of his Waggon, and the Moon the handmaid of his servants. But, O God, she is a Lyar, and the fire brandof destruction. For, behold, thou art mighty, and shalt triumph, and shalt be a Conquerer for ever.

E. K. Now the Stone is full of white smoak.

Δ A Pause.

E. K. The smoak is gone, and here standeth one over him in the aire with a Book, whose nether parts are in a cloud of fire, with his * 3.466 hair sparsed, his arms naked, the Book is in his right hand, a four square Book, with a red fiery cover, and the leaves be white on the edge, it hath 7 seales upon it, as if the claspes were sealed with 7 * 3.467 golden Seales. And there are letters upon the Seales, the first E. M. * 3.468 E. T. T. A. V.

..... Take this Book, ut veritas Luce magis clarescat, Et Lux, veritate fiat valida. Data * 3.469 est enim tibi potestas, dandi & aperiendi hunc librum mundo & mundis.

URIEL. .... Gloria tibi. Rex coeli & terrae qui fuisti es, & venturus, es hinc enim, judiciū meretricis.

E. K. Now Vriel taketh the Book, kneeling upon both his knees.

URIEL ..... Rejoyce O you sonnes of men, lift up your hearts unto heaven for the secrets of God are opened: and his word let out of Prison. Rejoyce, O you sonnes of God, for the spirit of truth and understanding is amongst you. Rejoyce O you that are of the Sanctuary, for you shall be full of wisdom and understanding. Rejoyce O thou the House of Jacob, for thy visitation is at an end, and * 3.470 thy visitation is beginning: The four winds shall gather thee together, and thou shalt build up the trod∣den wall: The bridegroom shall dwell with thee. And lo, behold, the Lord hath sworn, and wicked∣nesse shall not enter into thee, neither shall the Spirit of the Highest go from thee, but thy fathers bones shall have rest; And thou shalt live eternally.

The bloud of the Innocents shall be washed away from thee, and thou shalt do penance for many dayes. Then shall the Lamb stand in the middest of thy streets O Hierusalem: and shall give Statutes unto thy people and inhabitants: All Nations shall come unto the House of David: The Mothers shall teach their infants, saying, Truth hath prevailed, and the Name of the Lord shall be the * 3.471 Watch-man of thee, O City.

E. K. Now all is full of a white clond.

URIEL ..... Silence unto me, and rest unto you for a season.

E. K. All is disappeared, and the stone seemeth cleer.

Actionis Puccianae posterior pars.

Δ Legi praemissa Latine ipsi Fr. Pucci, & pauca locutus sum de regibus & aliis qui haec putant esse nostras imposturas, & à nobis aec mala ratione tractari, &c.

E. K. He is here again.

E. K. He sitteth in a chair of Christal, with his Book in his lap, and the measuring rod in his right hand, and the glasse vial in his left hand.

URIEL ..... Seeing that power is given unto me, and that truth is added unto my Mi∣nistery, and I am become full of light and truth, I will open your eyes, and I will speak unto you the truth that you may shake off the lumpishnesse of your darknesse, and profound ignorance: and walk in truth with your fathers.

Give ear (therefor) diligently unto my voice: and imbibe my sayings, within the liquor of your hearts, that the sap of your understanding may receive strength, and that you mayflourish

with acceptable Truth, as the chosen servants and Ministers of the Highest.

Totus mundus in maligno positus est, and is become the open shop of Satan, to de∣ceive * 3.472 the Merchants of the Earth with all abhomination. But what, are you the Ped∣lers of such wares? or the Carriers abroad of lies and false doctrine. Do you think it is a small matter to tie the sense of Gods Scriptures and mysteries unto the sense and snatching of your Imaginations? Do you count it nothing to sit in judgment a∣gainst the Spirit of God: leaving him no place, but at your limitation. Is it lawful before the Sonne of God, to spend the whole dayes, yea, many yeares, with the Sonnes of Satan, the lying imps, and deceivers of the World? Are you so far entred into the shop of abhomination, that you point unto the Sonne of God the time of his comming, the descending of his Prophets, and the time wherein he shall visit the Earth? Moses durst not speak, but from the Lords mouth: The Prophets expoun∣ded not the Law, but the voice of the Lord. The Sonne of God spake not his own words, in that he was flesh, but the words of his Father; His Disciples taught not, but through the holy Ghost; Dare you (therefore) presume to teach, and open the secret Chamber of the Highest, being not called?

Tell me, have you left your Merchandize, and the counting of your mony deceit∣fully gotten, to beome Teachers of the Word of God? Are you not ashamed to teach before you understand? yea, are you not ashamed to lead away, where you cannot bring home? Hypocrites you are, and void of the Holy Ghost, lyars you are become, and the enemies of Christ, and his holy Spirit.

Peradventure you will say, in reading the Scriptures we understand But tell me, by what spirit you understand them: what Angel hath appeared unto you? or of which of the Heavens have you been instructed?

It may be you will say of the Holy Ghost, O thou fool, and of little understanding! Dost thou not understand that the Holy Ghost, is the School-master of the Church, of the whole Flock & Congregation of Christ? If he be the School-master (therefore) over a multitude, it followeth then, that one doctrine taught by the Holy Ghost, is a lesson or an understanding of a multitude: But what multitude are of thine understand∣ing or of what Congregation art thou? Wilt thou say, thou art scattered. Thou speak∣est fasly, thou art a runnagate. But, behold, I teach thee, and thy error is beforethy face.

Whosoever doth understand the Scriptures must seek to understand them by Ordi∣nance and spiritual tradition. But of what spiritual tradition understandest thou? or by what Ordinance are the Scriptures opened unto thee? Thou wilt say thou art infor∣med by the Holy Fathers, and by the same Spirit that they taught, by the same Spirit thou understandest. Thou sayest so, but thou dost not so. Which of thy Fore-fathers hath tied reason to the Word of God? or the understanding of the Scriptures to the Dis∣cipline of the Heathen? I, say unto thee, that thy Fore-fathers were dear unto Christ, were pertakers of the heavenly visions and celestial comforts, which visions and cele∣stial comforts, did not teach unto them, a new exposition of the Scriptures, but did confirm and give light unto the mysteries of the Holy Ghost spoken by the Apostles, the ground-layers and founders of the Church. Whatsoever, therefore, thou learnest of thy Fore-fathers, thou learnest of the Apostles, and whatsoever thou learnest of the Apostles thou hast by the Holy Ghost. But if thou expound the Fathers after thy sense, & not after the sense of the Apostles, thou hast not the Holy Ghost, but the spirit of ly∣ing. Therefore humble thy self and fall down before the Lord. Lay reason aside, and * 3.473 cleave unto him. Seek to understand his word according to his holy Spirit. Which ho∣ly Spirit thou must needs find, and shalt find in a visible Church, even unto the end.

I will plainly say unto thee (That, Truth may appear mightily in light:) Whosoever is contrary unto the will of God, which is delivered unto his Church, taught by his A∣postles, nourished by the Holy Ghost, delivered unto the World, and by Peter brought to Rome, by him, there taught by his Successors, held, and maintained, is contrary to God and to his Truth. * 3.474

Luther hath his reward.

Calvin his reward.

The rest, all that have erred, and wilfully runne astray, separating themselves from the Church * 3.475 and Congregation of Christ obstinately, and through the instigation of their father the Devil, have their reward. Against whom the Sonne of God shall pronounce judgment, saying,

Go you deceivers into Hell fire, provided for your Father and his Children from the beginning.

You rise up amongst your selves, saying, The Pope is Antichrist; For by this name you call * 3.476 him, an evil man he may be, and fall from his vocation: But he can never be Antichrist: For An∣tichrist is he, the sonne of the Devil, a man flesh and bloud, born of a wicked and deceitful Har∣lot, that shall seduce the people, swell with the strength of his father, and resist God in Earth a∣mongst men, as his father did in Heaven among the Angels, utterly denying his Omnipotency, and setting himself against him.

O you fools, and of little understanding: When unto the Apostles, the Keyes of Heaven were * 3.477 given, that is to say, the same authority and power of Christ Jesus the Sonne of the Living God, to forgive sinnes, and to exclude sinners from the Kingdome of Heaven; (An) when unto the same Apostles; it was said also Come behind me Satan: you have not under standing to see into the myste∣ries of the Highest; if the Sonne of God did commend and reprehend his Disciples, why may not (therefor) a Bishop, be counted good and evil; if it follow (therefor) that good aend evil may be a * 3.478 Bishop it followeth also, that neither good nor evil addeth unto the Authority of a Bishop, but unto his own life; if he be good he reapeth the benefit of his goodnesse, but if he be evil, he is a Lyar, because his Doctrine is against himself, if therefore for the sinne of man, God hath suffered many in the spirit of * 3.479 Ananias to sit in the holy place, it is for your finnes sake; and for your rebellious nature to be punished: And not for the obscuring or darkning of his Church.

Open your eyes therefore, and understand, and cleave to the Church for the Church sake, and not for the love of man. Despise not the Church, because of the transgressions of man: But sub∣mit your neck under that holy yoke and ordinance, which shall lead you to the Congregation gover∣ned by the Spirit of God, wherein you shall under stand the secrets of God his Book, to be inter∣preted * 3.480 according to the sense of your fathers: whose understanding was the finger of the Holy Ghost, you cannot authorise your selves, and without authority you can do nothing; Therefore if your authority be not, why take you upon you the doings of the Church, which it is one thing to seek to understand the Scriptures, and an other thing to teach the Scriptures according to his understand∣ing, for he that teacheth, teacheth, by Authority, but if he have no Authority, he is an Usurper. * 3.481

My brethren remember your selves, and consider you are Children: you are not, vestri juris, but alieni. Therefore, do nothing that is of your selves: But follow, (as good childre) the steps of * 3.482 your Mother: which Mother is a pure Virgin, and is alwayes instructed with the wisdom of the Comforter; What meat she shall give unto you her Children: and how she shall bring you up and in∣struct you: Simplicity is much worth, and obedience is a Garland before the Lord. But Curiosity is the Devil; Have you not read; That the bread of the holy ones is not to be cast unto `Dogs? Look unto your selves whether you be Dogs or no. See if your life be holy: your doings straight and just, your patience manisold: your affliction great for the Lord: if you find not your selves so, you are not Children; If you be not Children, you are not Sonnes, if you be not Sonnes you have no Mother, if you have no Mother you are Dogs, you are devourers of the bread of Children, currish, senselesse, and against God.

Enter therefore into judgment with your selves.

Consider you are created by God.

Consider you are redecmed by God.

Consider also you are also left to the spiritual tuition and comfort of God: which God hath made of you a Congregation: a holy and sanctified fellowship, feeding alwayes as brethren together, under his wings, and at his Lable: which feedeth you with the bread of life and understanding, with the body and bloud of Jesus Christ the Sonne of the Living God.

With understanding that you may know the will of your Father which is in Heaven, and know∣ing him, be obedient: which is the conclusion of your vocation. Shake not off therefore the yoke of Obedience, least you put away also the Cup of understanding, and so know not the will of your * 3.483 Father.

But my thinketh, you are starved, your guts are shrunk up: your bones and sinewes are withered. What is the cause thereof? When received you the bread of the Lord? When received you nourish∣ment? O you of little faith: and lesse understanding you erre, and runne astray: you are blind, you follow not the will of your Father: Return, Return, and say within your selves,

O eternal God and loving Father, great is thy care and mercy * 3.484 over us, which being led astray (with Satan and the spirit of dark∣nesse) hast brought us home: which being blind hast set open be∣fore our eyes: (our eyes also opened) the true path and line of un∣derstanding: Happy are we whom thou lovest so deerly: and unto whom the care of our health is so dear: We will therefore praise

thy Name, and return from our errors: we will acknowledg our sinnes, and follow thy Commandements: for thou, O Lord, art onely just and true, and thy mercy is everlasting: Thy Lawes are sweet, and thy love and kindnesse mighty amongst us, Holy, Holy, Holy Lord God of Zebaoth, all honour praise and glory be nnto thee for ever.

Δ Amen.

..... After a while I return again.

E. K. He is gone.

Δ Note, I read the premisses to Fr. Pucci, in Latin, which seemed to us to be wonderfully pi∣thy, and to the purpose, &c.

E. K. He is here againe.

URIEL ..... Francis Pucci, give ear vnto my word. Stay a while.

Δ Hereupon Fr. Pucci did kneel on both his knees. * 3.485

URIEL ..... True it is, that, as thy spirit moved thee, so God hath called thee to the partaking and understanding of his will to be fulfilled in punishment and wrath against the fal∣shood and deceit of the earth. And therefore hath God in his great love and exceeding mercy cal∣led thee away from the Sonnes of the accursed, and from the way of unrighteousnesse: wherein if thou follow him in simplicity of Conscience, and righteousnesse (the works of faith) thou shalt be confirmed: for I say unto thee, I will power my vengeance upon the whole Earth, and I will chasten her in her iniquity, and in the middest of her pride, I will throw her down head-long, and she shall triumph no more And because thou hast humbled thy self, my spirit shall be with thee, * 3.486 and thou shalt understand. And this wicked Monster, that sitteth in the Holy Temple, and sin∣neth against the Highest, shall be thrown down head-long with his pride: And he shall be chastised and corrected with the mouth of you two; For at the house of the Lord Judgment must begin. And the rebelling sonne must be scourged before the wicked servant be punished. Fear not, I will put 〈◊〉〈◊〉 your words, strength and power: And if he hear you not, but stretch forth his hands a∣gainst you, I will rain fire and brimstone from Heaven: and his dwelling places shall sink. And the Lake that shall remain, shall bear witnesse against him for evermore: Lift up thy heart there∣fore, and despise the World; Fight with her manfully, and be not overcome. Moreover, acknow∣ledg thy sinnes, and fly unto the Lord. Seek out his House, and eat of his bread: for thou hast much need of it.

The seeds that thou hath sown abroad, gather up again, least thou be punished for the sins of thy Brethren.

Thy Soule standeth deare before the Lord, which is the cause that he hath mercy upon thee, which saith unto thee, If thou be obedient before the Lord, follow the instructions and discipline of the holy Ghost: and do the works of righteousness and Charity, my Spirit shall rest upon thee. I have said.

K. E. He is gone.

Δ I read over the last parcel in Latine to Francis Pucci: after he had in very penitent sort thanked God, confessed himself an offender, as he was here noted, &c.

E. K. He is here again.

URIEL. ..... Your Penance and Devotion premised, The blessing of God the Father, the Son, and the Holy Ghost, in his everlasting truth and light, comfort you, blesse you, and be merciful unto you.

Δ Amen.

URIEL. ..... Extingue lumen: Nam decedo.

Δ Deo nostro Omnipotenti, aeterno Lucis & Veritatis Authori sit omnis laus, gratia actio, honor & gloria, nunc & sine fine.

Amen.

Anno 1585 Augusti 6 PRAGAE.

Actionis Puccianae posterior pars.

Videns, (E. K.) nubem jam recessisse conspexit: ut supra URIELIS caput (quasi in 〈◊〉〈◊〉) * 3.487 alium vidit Angelum: cujus pars inferior, nube ignea continebatur. Capitis veri capilli, circa

hameros sparsi, & orachia nuda apparebant. Dextra autem Librum tenebat, quadrata figura, teg∣mine, (quasi ignito, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 colore,) velatim: Foliorum verò exterior margo, albicans erat. Septem retinaculis, quasi totidem seris, clausus esse, liber videbatur. Atque super retinacu∣lorum ora, sigilla quasi aurea, impressa comparebant. Et super singulis sigillis, litterae inscriptae singulares. Super primo E, sup. 2 M, sup. 3 E, sup. 4 T, sup. 5 T, sup. 6 A, sup. 7 V.

..... Accipe librum hunc, & verit as luce magis clarescat: Et lux, veritate, siat valida. Dataeft tibi potest as dandi, & aperiendi hunc Librum, Mundo, & Mundis.

URIEL. ..... Gratia tibi, Rex Coeli, & tenae, qui fuisti, cs, & venturus es, hinc enim Judicium 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

E. K. Jam accipit librum URIEL, utrisque flexis genibus.

URIEL. ..... Gaudete, ô vos filii homini, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 corda vestra Coelum versus. Secreta enim 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉: & 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ejus ex 〈◊〉〈◊〉 emissum 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Gaudete, ô vos Filii Dei, quia Spiritus veritatis & intelligentiae inter vos existit: Gaudete, ô vos, qui de sanctuario estis, quia sapientia & intelligentia replebimini. Gaudete, ô tu domus Jacob, quia jam tua finita est visitatio, atque 〈◊◊◊〉〈◊◊◊〉. Quatuor venti 〈◊〉〈◊〉 unâ colligent: & conculcatum redificabis mirum. Tibi 〈◊◊◊〉〈◊◊◊〉. Et, ecce, juravit Dominus, & non te invadent impietates; neque Spiritus 〈◊〉〈◊〉 á te recedet. 〈◊〉〈◊〉, Petrum tuorum ossa quietem nauciscentur: & tu ipse aeterna frueris 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Sanguis innocentum, a te abluetur: & ad dies multos poenitentia te affliges. Tunc quidem Agnus, in 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉, 〈◊〉〈◊〉, ô Hicrusalem: Edictaque promulgabit populo tuo, civibus∣que tuis.

Omnis Nationes ad domum Davidis confluent matres, suos informabunt infantis, iis verbis: Praevaluit 〈◊〉〈◊〉: atque Dei nomen, 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 vigil, ô Civitas.

E. K. Jam, omnia, nube alba, oppleta sunt.

URIEL. ..... Mihi silentium, vobis verò, ad temporis exiguum intervallum, quies esto.

E. K. Ex oculis meis prorsus evanuer prorsus.

Δ Nota. Interea ab ipso Angelico sermone, praescripta in Latinum recitavi conversa, legendo expeditè, ipsi Domino Francisco Puccio, praeterea abiter pauca locutus sum, de Ca∣lumniis, contra nostras actiones tales oraculatis, &c.

E. K. Iterum hic mihi apparet Uriel, atque in Cathedra sedet Chrystallina cum Libro illo, in suo gremio: dextra autem, illam tenet virgam Geometricam: & sinistra, illam Philosophiam vitream, ut prius.

URIEL. ..... Cum mihi sit concessa potestas, & cum meo ministerio sit adjuncta veritas; (unde lucis & veritatis sum factus plenus) vestras ego aperiam oculos, atque vobis ipsam eloquar veritatem; ut inertem illam molem tenebrarum vestrarum, et profundae ignorantiae, excutere po∣sitis, et in luce cum patribus vestris ambulaie. Voci igitur meae diligenter praebere aurem, & intra∣cordium vestrorum liquorem, dicta imbibatis mea. Ut vestrae intelligentiae succus, vigorem reci∣pere possit: & vos ipsi florere positis cum acceptabili veritate, veluti servi electi, et Ministri ALTISSIMI.

Totus mundus in maligno positus est, aperta Satane factus est officina, ad terrae mercatores omni abominandae impietatis genere decipiendum. Ast, quid vosne facti estis talium mercium sub mercatores garuli? vel mendaciorum et doctrir ae falsae, in publicum vectarii: AEstimatisne vos, levis momenti negotium esse Scripturarum Divinarum & Mysteriorum sensum, judicium et teme∣ritati alligare vestrarum imaginationum? nihili rem esse statutis, in judicio sedere contra spiritum Dei, nullum illi concedendo locum, nisi vestro ex praescripto?

Vobisne licet, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Filio Dei, integros dies, immò injustos consumere annos, cum filiis Satane mendaci sobole, & mundi deceptoribus? Adeonè penitus in abominationis officinam vos∣met contulistis ut Dei filio, futuri adventus sui tempus praescribere velitis, Prophetarumque suorum descensus: temporisque terminum, in quo ipse terram erit visitaturus?

Moyses nihil loqui ausus erat, nisi ab ore Dei.

Prophetae Legem non explicabaut, sed Dei vox.

Filius Dei propria sua non est locutus verba, quatenus Caro crat, sed verba patris sui.

Discipuii ejus, nihil, nisi ex 〈◊〉〈◊〉 sancto docuerunt.

Audetisne (igitur) vos, vobis docendi assumere munus, aditáque secreta Altissimi pandere, minime ad id admissi, vocative?

Dieite mihi, Mercaturamne deseruistis, vestrarumque pecuniaium (fraude partarum) supputatio∣nes, ut verbi Dei essetis Doctores?

An non pudet vos, ante docere, quàm ipsi intelligatis?

Immò an non vos pudet seducere, prius, quam domum reducere noveritis?

Hypocritae estis, & Spiritu sancto vacui.

Mendaces esse devenistis, & ipsius Christi ininuci, & sui sancti Spiritus.

Fortassis dicitis, ex Scripturarum Lectione, intelligentiam comparamus earundem.

Ast mihi respondeatis; cujus spiritus auxilio, hane vobis comparatis intelligentiam?

Quis vobis apparuit Angelus? vel ex quo Coelo, vestram recepistis instructionem?

Fieri potest, quod, ex Spiritu sancto dicetis.

O stulte tu modicaeque intelligentiae! non intelligis tu, quòd Spiritus sanctus Ecclesiae Paedagogus est, integri gregis, & congregationis Christi?

〈◊〉〈◊〉 si 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Paedagogus est, sequitur, quòd Doctrina aliqua, quàm Spiritus sanctus decet, 〈◊〉〈◊〉, documentum, sive intelligentia sit multitudinis.

Atqui, quae hominum multitudo, tuae est intelligentiae?

Vel cujus es tu Congregationis?

Aliter dispersionis. Dicisne, dispersus alicujus te unum esse: Falsum narras, fugitivus es.

Verùm, ecce, te doceo: Errorque tuus ante tuam constat faciem.

Quicunque ad Scripturam intelligentiam perveniet, conari debet ad illarum intelligentiam praeve∣nire, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Ordinationem, & Traditionem spiritualem.

Ast ex qua spirituali traditione, nactus es tu intelligentiam?

Vel juxta quam Ordinationem, tibi est apertus Scripturarum sensus?

Dices (forsan) ex sanctis Patribus, informatum esse te, & per eundem spiritum per quem do∣cebent illi, tuam te esse consecutum intelligentiam.

Dicere sic quidem potes, verum non te sic facere certum est.

Quis enim antiquorum Patrum, rationem copulavit verbo Dei, vel Scripturam intelligentiam, Ethnicorum astrinxit disciplinae?

Tibi dico, quò antiqui Patres, Christo chari erant, & coelestium visionum, consolationumque Coelestium participes: quae visiones 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ésque consolationes non illos docebant novam Scriptura∣rum expositionem, sed confirmabant, lucéque illustrabant mysteria Spiritus sancti, per Apostolos declarata, qui Ecclesiae ipsi sua posuêre fundamenta; quicquid igitur ab antiquis Patribus discere possis, ab Apostolis discis, & quicquid ab Apostolis intelligis, habes id quidem, à Spiritu sancto, sed si ipsos Patres exponas tuo sensu modóque, & non juxta sensum Apostolorum, certè Spiritum sanctum non habes, sed spiritum mendacii.

Humilem, igitur, temet praebeto, & coram Domino procidas, rationem semoveas, Dominoque ad∣haereas, laborésque verbum ejusdem intelligere, ex Spiritu suo sancto: quem Spiritum sanctum, omni ex necessicate invenire debes, atque invenies invisibili Ecclesia usque ad mundi finem.

Perspicuè tibi dicam, (ut veritas potenter in luce appareat) quicunque Dei contrarius est volun∣tati, quae suae est tradita Ecclesiae per Apostolos quidem publicata, per Spiritum sanctum enutrita, & mundo impertita, & per Petrum ad Romam tradicta, & per eundem ibidem expressa, ab ejusdem suc∣cessoribus retenta atque sustentata est: Hic idem Deo & veritati suae contrarius est.

Lutherus suorum recepit mercedem.

Calvinus suam.

Reliqui omnes 〈◊〉〈◊〉 erraverunt, & sponte in devia concurrerunt, separando seipsos ab Ecclesia & Congregatione Christi, obstinatè & Diaboli (patris sui) instinctu, mercedem suam rece∣perunt.

Contra quos filius Dei judicium pronunciabit, dicendo:

Ite Deceptores in gehennae ignem, Patri vestro & filiis illius, ab exordio praeparatum.

Inter vos ipsos insurgitis asserendo, Papam Antichristum esse (hoc enim nomine illum insigni∣tis) homo 〈◊〉〈◊〉 malus esse possit, atque à sua excidere vocatione, verumtamen Antichristus esse nunquam potest.

Antichristus enim ille est, qui filius est Diaboli, homo quidem ex carne & sanguìne natus ex impia & 〈◊〉〈◊〉 meretrice, qui populos seducet tumidusque sui patris potentia, Deo resistet in Terra inter homines, quemadmodum pater ejus in Coelo fecerat inter Angelos: prorsus denegando Dei Ominpotentiam seque illi opponendo.

O vos stulti & exiguae intelligentiae, quum Apostolis Coeli concredabantur claves: (quasi dice∣res) eadem Christi 〈◊〉〈◊〉 filii Dei viventis, authoritas & potestas ad hominem condonanda peccata, & ad peccatores Coelo excludendos, & quum * 3.488 eisdem Apostolis, vade post me Satana, etiam di∣ceoatur, non tanta estis intelligentia ut in Altissimi haec introspicere valeatis mysteria.

Si Dei filius tum commendabat tum etiam 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Discipulos suos, cur non possit igitur Episcopus, & bonus & malus censeri? Si hinc consequatur, bonum malumque Episcopo inesse posse, pari ratione inferri posfit authoritatis Episcopalis rationem, à bono malove illo non pendere, sed ipsius ad Episcopi vitam hoc bonum malúmve spectare si bonus sit, suae bonitatis metet beneficium; sin malus sit, mendax est; sua enim illi contraria est doctrina. Proinde, si, propter hominum peccata Deus permiserit, multos in spiritu * 3.489 Ananiae sedere in loco sancto, id quidem propter pec∣cata vestra est, & rebellem naturam, ut supplicium recipiatis: & non obscura vel tenebrosa ejus fieret Ecclesia.

Aperitè itaque oculos vestros & intelligite, & Ecclesiae adhaeritatis, amore ipsius Ecclesiae, & non hominum. Neque Ecclesiam contemnatis, propter hominum iniquitatis.

Verùm colla illi submutatis sancto jugo & ordinationi, quae vos ducet ad illam Congregationem quae gubernator per Spiritum Dei, in qua intelligetis secreta Libri Dei, explicata esse juxta sensum antiquorum vestrorum Patrum: quorum intelligentia erat dignitus Spiritus Sancti.

Non potestis a vobis ipsis authoritatem recipere, & hinc authoritas nihil facere potestis.

Idcircò cum vestra authoritas nulla sit, cur Ecclesia opera Actave intra vestras arripitis manus? * 3.490

Una quidem res est, Scripturarum aliquem quaerere intelligentiam: atque alia est Scripturas docere, secundùm intelligentiam suam. Qui enim docet, ex authoritate docet: sed authorita∣tem si non habeat usurpator five intiusor est.

Fratres mei, Considerate vosmet ipsos bene, & considerate vos pueros esse, & quod vestri juris non sitis sed alieni. Nihil igitur faciatis quasi ex vobis ipsis: sed insistatis (ut pueri boni) vestigiis Matris vestrae, quae Mater pura Virgo est, & semper à Paracleti sapientia informatur, quem vobis (pueris ejus) exhibere cibum debet; & quo vos modo educare atque instruere.

Simplicitas multùm valet & obedientia, certum est, coram Domino; Ast curiositas Diabo∣lus est. * 3.491

An non legistis quid sanctorum panis, non sit ante cancs projiciendus?

Penitius vosmet examinetis, utrum canes sitis, ncc ne.

Videte utrum vita vestra sancta sit, opera vestra recta & justa; patientia vestra multiplex; affli∣ctio vestra, magna propter Dominum.

Si vosmet ipsos, in hoc statu esse, minimè deprehendatis, pueri non estis; si pueri haud sitis, non estis filii; si filii haud sitis matrem non habetis; sin verò matrem non habet, devoratores estis illius panis qui filiis debetur, canini, insensati, & contra Deum estis.

In 〈◊〉〈◊〉 judicium status vos ipsi descendatis.

Pater

Considerate, per Deum Creati estis * 3.492

Filius

Considerate, per Deum Redempti estis.

Spiritus S.

Considerate etiam, relicti estis Spirituali Tutelae & consolationi Dei.

Qui Deus ex vobis congregationem ordinavit, sanctam & sanctificatam societatem, pascentem semper simul tanquam fratres, sub alis suis & insua mensa; qui vos pascit vitae & intelligentiae panae; corpore (〈◊〉〈◊〉) & sanguine Jesu Christi filii Dei viventis.

Intelligentiae autem pane vos pascit, ut patris vestii voluntatem intelligatis, qui in Coelis est; Obedientia ut illi quum noveritis, obedientes factis; quae obedientia vestrae vocationis finis est.

Nullo igitur modo obedientiae jugum excutiatis, de simul etiam Calicem intelligentiae à vobis repellatis; atque ea ratione Patris vestri vos lateat voluntas.

Sed judicio meo famelici estis, vestra contracta sunt intestina, ossa nervique mariescunt.

Quae hujus rei causa est? quando illum Domini 〈◊〉〈◊〉 recepistis? quando nutrimentum accepistis? ô vos modicae fidei & intelligentiae minoris erratis, & devii curritis. Coeci estis, patris veftri, non obtemperatis voluntati; redite, redite & intra vosmet ipsos talia dicatis.

O sempiterne Deus, & benigne Pater, magna certè est cura misericordiáque tua erga nos, quos in devia actos per Satanam, & spiritum tenebrarum reduxisti domum; & nobis coecis praeposuisti (visu etiam nobis restituto) veram semitam lineamque rectam intelligentiae. O nos soelices, quos tibi tam charos habes; & quorum salus tantae tibi curae est. Nomen proindè tuum, laudibus celebra∣bunus; & à nostris revertemur crroribus. Peccata confitebimur nostra, & praecepta observabimus tua. Quoniam tu solus, ô Domine, justus & verus es, & misericordia tua aeterna est. Leges tuae suaves sunt, et per amans tua benignitas inter nos valida est. Sanctus, Sanctus, Dominus Deus Ze∣baoth. Honor omnis laus et gloria tibi detur in perpetuum.

Δ Amen.

URIEL. ..... Modico transacto temporis spatio revertam.

E. K. Abiit.

Δ Nota.

Δ Interim Francisco Pucci haec (quae Anglicè dictata recepimus) Latine recitabam. Nobis∣que nervosa valdè, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 accommoda institut is videbantur.

E. K. Iterum illum adesse video.

URIEL. ..... Francisce attentis auribus, verba excipias mea.

SISTATIS PAULULUM.

Δ Hinc statim, Franciscus Puccius a sede sua genibus utrisque (quasi Deo supplex) terram petebat.

URIEL. ..... Verum quidem est (ut tuus te aliàs commune fecit spiritus) quòd Deus te 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ut particeps & intelligens esses voluntatis suae explendae, in vindicta & ira sua exercenda, contra terrae falsitatem & fraudem.

Atque hanc ob causam, ex magno suo amore, & immensa misericordia sua avocavit te Deus à filiis hominum, Deo invisorum, & ab injustitiae tramite.

In qua tua vocatione, si illum imiteris, in tuae conscientiae simplicitate, & justitia (quae fidei sunt opera) confirmaberis. Tibi enim dico, vindictam meam effundam super universam terram

atque illam castigabo in iniquitate sua, & in suae superbiè summo gradu illam praecipitem posternam; neque ultra triumphabit.

Et quia te demissum humilémque exhibuisti spiritus meus tecum erit, & intelligentiam tu con∣sequeris.

Et monstrum hoc impium, quod in Templo sancto sedet, & contra Altissimum peccat, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 * 3.493 cum superbia sua, Atque ex ore utriusque vestri castigabitur & corrigetur. Judicium enim à Domo Dei inchoari debet, E filius rebellis prius flagellis caedi debet, quam impius puniri servus.

No timeatis, Vestris enim verbis, vires & potentiam adjungam.

Et vestra si contemnat verba manusque suas contra vos 〈◊〉〈◊〉: de Coelo ignis atque sulphuris demittam imbrem, & Palatia ejusdem in terram descendent: lacusque ibidem remanens contra illum testimonium dabit perpetuum.

Erigas igitur cor tuum mundumque despicias, & contra cjusdem veriliter pugna, neque ab eo∣dem vincans.

Tua 〈◊〉〈◊〉 confitearis peccata: & ad Dominum confugias, illius perquirito domum, & de illius pane comedas: eo enim multum tibi opus est.

Et semina quae sparsim 〈◊〉〈◊〉, recolligas: ne fortè tu poenas tuas, ob fratrum tuorum peccata.

Anima tua Deo chara est, atque ideirco misericordia erga te movetur, tibique dicit, si coram Domino 〈◊〉〈◊〉 appareas: atque sequaris instructiones & disciplinam Spiritus sancti faciásque opera Justiciae & Charitatis, spiritus meus super te requiescet.

Dixi.

E. K. Abiit.

Δ Ex Anglicis dictatis istis ultimis Latine eundem expressi sensum, Domino Fr. Puccio, valde devoto humili, & praemissa agnoscenti & acceptanti, &c.

E. K. Iterum mihi conspicuus est.

URIEL. ..... Praemissa vestra tam poenitentia quam devotione, Benedictio Dei Patris Filii, & Spiritu sancti, in sua sempiterna veritate lucéque vos consoletur, vobisque benedicat, & vobis misericordiam impertiat copiosam.

Δ Amen.

Ex Actione, quae erat die Veneris, September 6. 1585. Pragae.

Eat Puccius, ut promissis per ficiendis provide at.

At cor habeat sincerum rectumque. * 3.494

Immò saepe proprios detergat caliceos.

Inter eu ndem autem alloquatur mortua arbusta, de Domino venturo.

Ambulet cum montibus ut illi ejus audire possit.

Tunc revertatur ut quod reliquum est ad implere possit.

Atqui dico proprios tergat caliceos.

Δ Vos oro ut illam nobis explicare phrasem velitis obscuram.

Qui flagellatur ipse sentit. * 3.495

Angelica vox. ..... Reliqui (iejunii vestr) dies, non hic complebuntur, sed in illis viginti diebus, in quibus Romae operari Decretum est mihi.

LIBER RESURRECTIONIS. Pragae, Aprilis 30.

Pactum, seu Foedus Sabbatismi. 1586.

Threbone Octob. 14.

Venimus è Septemb. 14.

1586.

• In Maio 29 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Decretum contra nos exiit à Caesare Rod.
• In Augusto 8, Reversionis permissio D. Rosenbergio, obtinente ut ad sua veniamus.

Miraculum, & factum memorandum in perpetuum.

AS E.K. stood at the end of the Galery by his Chamber, looking over into the Vineyard he seemed to fee the little man the Gardiner, in all manner of behaviour and appa∣rel, who is the chief workman or over-seer of Mr. Carpio his workmen in the same Vine-yard. He seemed very handsomly to prune some of the Trees: at length he approached under the wall by E. K. and holding his face away-ward he said unto him, Quaeso dicas Domino Doctori quod veniat ad me. And so went away as it were cutting here and there the Trees very handsomly, and at length over the Cherry-trees by the house on the Rock in the Garden he seemed to mount up in a great piller of fire.

E. K. bade his Wife to go, and she who was in the Garden. She came up, and brought him word, No body.

E. K. then came to me and said, I think there is some wicked spirit that would allude me, and he told and said to me, as is before noted. Then said I, I will go into the Garden, and bade E. K. come with me. We went down that way which this Creature did go: but nothing we saw, went to the Banqueting-house in the Vine-yard, but that place pleased us not: so, we went along in the way by the cliff side, and sat down on the bank by the great pyle of Vine-stakes lying in the very South end of the Vine-yard. And we had not sat there half a quarter of an hour, but I espyed under the Almond∣tree, and on the South-side of it, being the Westerly Almond-tree, that is it which is standing on the Westerly side of the straight path which leadeth from the North toward the South in the Vine∣yard. I espyed (I say) like a sheet of faire white paper lying tossed to and fro in the wind.

I rose and went to it, and (to the prayse of God his truth and power,) there I found three of my Books lying, which were so diligently burnt the tenth day of April last.

1 The three Books were, Enoch his Book.

2 The 48 Claves Angelicae.

3 And the third was the Book of my gathering of the thirty Aires, and entitled Liber Scientia terrestris auxilii & victoriae.

Thereupon E. K. comming to me, I fell on my knees with great thanks yeilding to the God Almighty, and so did E. K. whose mind and body were mervailously affected at the sight of the

said Books, having no shew or signe that ever they had been in the fire, neither by colour or savour, or any thing wanting.

And after we had set half an hour under the fore-said Almond-trees praysing God and wondring at the Miracle. Suddenly appeared by us the self-same Gardiner like person, but with his face some∣what turned away, and nothing thereof to be adjudged as of Ave the custome is. He said, Kelly, follow me, E. K. went, and I sat still, awaiting his return.

This Gardiner went before E. K. and his feet seemed not to touch the ground by a foot height. And as he went before E. K. so the doores did seeme to open before him, he 〈◊〉〈◊〉 him up the great stairs on the left hand by the Vineyard door, and so in at his own Chamber door where E. K. hath his new Study, and then the door going out of that to the stairs opened of it self, and he went up those stairs, & at length brought him to the Furnace mouth where all the Books and papers had been 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the 10 day of this April. And coming thither, there the spiritual Creature did seem to set one of his feet on the post on the right hard without the Furnace mouth, and with the other to step to the Fur∣nace mouth, and so to reach into the Furnace (the bricks being now plucked away which stopped the mouth of the Furnace, all saving one brick thick) and as he had reached into the furnace there appeared a great light, as if there had been a window in the back of the Furnace, and also to E. K. the hole which was 〈◊〉〈◊〉 greater then the thickness of a brick unstopped, did seeme now more then three or four brick thickness wide,

and so over his shoulder backward he did reach to E. K. all the rest of the standing Books, excepting the Book out of which the last Action was cut, and Fr. Pucci his Recan∣tation, also to E. K. appeared in the Furnace all the rest of the papers which were not as then de∣livered out.

That being done, he bade E. K. go, and said he should have the rest afterward. He went before in a little fiery cloud, and E. K. followed with the Books under his arm all along the Gallery, and came down the stairs by Fr. Pucci his Chamber door, and then his guide left E. K. and he brought me the Books unto my place under the Almond-tree.

✚ Pragae.

1586 Aprilis 30 May-even.

Mane circa 8.

Δ Precibus quibusdam fusis ad Deum, & 〈◊〉〈◊〉 pro miraculo Hesterno actis, petebamus jam a Deo consilium suum quid de isto miraculo nobis esset faciendum ulterius, &c.

Et quid faciemus cum Domino Rosenbergio, an illum debeamus admittere ad amicitiam nostram & soedus sanctum? quid de ejus oblatis aedibus, &c.

E. K. A voice commeth down right before me saying.

E. K. Who is this William? * 3.496

Vox. ..... Thou William.	Δ A pause	Δ I suspect it to be the Lord Rosenberg.
Thou William.	Δ A pause
Thou William of Rosenberg.	Δ A greater pause

This day in the Bloud of the Lamb, do I pronounce forgiveness of sinnes, upon thee: and for a signe and token: Thy lines shall be opened, and thy seed shall be multiplyed upon Earth Therefore take unto thee a Sheep, that is yet a Lamb, and spoile not the flock of thy poor neigh∣bour.

And, behold, if thou turn thy self from the North, and ascend unto the Holy Mountain, [and] I will hereafter make a Covenant with thee. But take heed, thou despise me not.

Blessed are those that are comforted of me, for their strength is from above. For whosoever is rebuked of the spirit of truth, shall with time perish as a shadow.

Is it not said, if thy eye offend thee, cast him out? I say unto thee also, yea, though thy head 〈◊〉〈◊〉, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 him also away. The unstable Whisperings and wordly Pollicies of such as are the Princes of the World, are they not known unto mee?

O you Hypocrites! O you little of understanding, and of less faith, how far are you in love with the World, and her pomp, with the flesh and her lightness or wantonness, with the Divel and * 3.497 his damnable subtilty! Purge your houses, and purge your Kingdomes, if you wiil stir up the Lord to strengthen you. Cursed is that Nation, that defiled her self with the society of such as are Bastards. But wo, we, be unto him that Ruleth not according to the length of his bridle.

The chaff of this Empire and Kingdom, behold it remaineth, the father swept it not out, nei∣ther * 3.498 doth the Son lift up his hand for the name of the Highest.

O you Hypocrites, you are faithless, for you fulfil not your charge!

Thou hast, yet time to awake, thou mayst yet be acceptable. * 3.499

Thy doings let them be a Judge between thee and me.

Δ Magna pausa.

Vox ..... Behold, I have given thee unto Rosenberg, him also have I given unto thee Δ 3.500 Whosoever therefore considereth not the giver shall be called to account and that sharply.

In the yeare 88, I will send out my visitation that the ends of the world may be known, and that Justice may appeare in the garments of her unmeasurable honor.

In the mean season, I will bless you abundantly with all the gists and seeds of nature. See there∣fore, that you work, and labour that your hands may bring forth fruit, the increase of the Lord.

Six Actions you shall have: the seventh is the Sabbath of the Lords, and from this day (being a part of the tim) beginning from * 3.501 Fryday last celebrated, as the memorial of him through * 3.502 whom I speak unto you, which suffered upon the Crosse for your Redemption, until the day come of the sixth Moneth, you shall not presume to aske any visitation of him that speaketh with you. And so the sixth Moneth (the last day ensuin) shall alwayes be your day of Action.

§ Pucci is defiled, and shall not be partaker of these six visitations to come: but shall depart from you, and be ready as the Lord shall find him, and as he shall be warned of you. Notwithstanding my spirit shall not depart from him, and I will open his understanding that he may convert many. For the World must be satisfied with testimony as well of his life, as the recantation & professed Doctrine.

Δ We lack (ô Lord) his recantation written by his own hand, I cannot find it in the Books restored.

Those Books let them be kept of thee, as committed unto thy custody by me. And see that they be never opened until the sixth Action to come.

See also, that you disclose not my hand amongst you, least I then rise up against you.

For, behold, you are yet in the Wildernesse. Therefore, be silent.

Vnto William, notwithstanding (hereafter) all things may be known, and made manifest.

If any man seek you, else, you know him not.

For you live within the silence of the Highest.

The rest that wanteth, shall be restored unto you: even unto the least and last letter.

Live, therefore, together as in the hands of your Protector.

And doubt not, but that I will be merciful unto him that is sick through his infirmity: yea, and unto his generation as I have promised. And the sinne which remaineth in his Fathers house, and in his house for many generations, I will mercifully blot out.

Doubt not, my peace (which am peace, the beginning and the endin) shall alwayes be amongst you.

Δ We read all and had long discourse of all, and at last, I asked thus.

Δ What shall I say unto Rosenberg of your present merciful dealing and intent toward him.

Vox ..... That, which is said of him, that, say thou Δ unto him.

Move no more questions.

Δ 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Domino omnia opera ejus, laudate illum omnes Creaturae ejus: laudent illum 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉, laudent illum Sancti ejus: ille solus est Omnipotens, ille solus est Sanctus, ille Protector nostri, Illuminator & Consolator noster est. Cinguli omnis honor & gloria.

Amen.

MEMORANDUM.

1586. May 1.

On May day after dinner I went over the water (being brought to the water side in the Lord Rosenberg his coach, and Jacobus Menschick with me) unto the Lord Rosenberg his Gardens, and lodging by the water-side, whether he came to me by appointment. To whom when I had read in Latin (ex tempore) the things that concerned him, I asked him what he had done, since the time of my being with him, that I may the better understand these words spoken to him and of him.

He told, that he had often prayed, since unto God for the forgiveness of his sins, and to open his eyes how he might serve him; and to make it to be evident unto him whether he is to marry or no, and where, or in what stock or kindred. And if it were his divine will, that he might receive com∣fort and instruction by me, and that these and such matters, and somewhat earnestly he had prayed also for his Mr. the Emperour, that he might bend himself to enjoy God his favour, yea, for his own mar∣riage and amending of his loose life, while he yet sat at dinner this day at the Archbishops table, his heart and thought did come very much upon it, &c.

At these his words I rejoyced much to perceive the doing of the Highest, in the hearing of his prayer 〈◊〉〈◊〉 prayed & that the answer which I read unto him was so filty applyed unto his prayer as he also himself, did perceive with great comfort and spiritual joy. He entreated much that I would pray to God that the Emperour might be restored to the favour of God, as he was when I declared my message unto him from the Highest, I answered, that whatsoever the God of Heaven and Earth should appoint me to say or do unto his Majesty, I most willingly rejoyce in the faithful doing of it: and that it was my duty (as a Christian) to pray for his Majesty: but I should not make my promise of my prayer to be heard, but would highly rejoyce if his Imperial Majesty would so use himself in God his judgment, as might be meritorious in the sight of our Redeemer.

Such words and matters as this passed between us. And he said that he would in all points, fulfil the advice and warning of God, in this Action expressed, & would marry a Maiden as he was willed. * 3.503 And this day did acknowledge, & account himself a happy man. And as concerning our mutual bond by the meanes of each being given to the other by God of Heaven and Earth, he vowed and promised that he would regard it in all points to the best of his skil and power, &c.

These and other such good seeds for the service of God being sown between us; he went towards his Palace in the Court, and I to the water-side, and so over to the Coach awaiting for me, and so came home. God be praysed.

MEMORANDUM.

The Lord Rosenberg sent Mr. Jacob Menschik with this Letter unto me.

Magnifico Domino Joanni Dee ad manus proprias.

Magnifice Domine, Pater Observandae & Charissimae.

LEtatus sum in his quae mihi dixistis. Cognovi enim quoniam exaudivit deprecationem meam pi∣us pater & misericors Dominus. Itáque maximo pere desideravi ut quam sepissime ea mihi lege∣re, perlegere & semper ab oculos habere possim: per amorem Dei oro. ut saltem eorum, quae mihi perlecta & ad me pertinent verborum mihi transmittas descriptionem: Non tantùm mihi 〈◊〉〈◊〉 gratificabitur, sed & consolabor 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

Obsecro praeterea Dominum vestram, assiduè pro me orare velit, ut confirmet hoc Deus quod o∣peratus est in nobis: & dirigat omnia consilia, opera, actiones, imwò & cogitationes nostras ad laudom & gloriam sanctissimi nostris sui, commodum multorum, & animae nostrae salutem. Neque desinat, pro amore suo paterno, quo me (uti spero) Dominatio vestra prosequitur me, semper in omnibus qua pro honore Dei & commodo vestro à me fieri & debent & possunt, admonere & signi∣ficare. Rem summopere mihi gratum & expectationi meae dignam & consentaneam faciet. Et cum his, me commendo suis praecibus & orationibus, nec non paterno suo amori & cordi. Optimè vale∣at Magnifica Dominatio vestra Dominica, Cantate, Anno 1586.

Filius & Amicus vester ex animo Wilhelmus R. Manu propriâ.

Rogo ut melius intelligat `Dominatio vestra eáque scripta sunt, & consideret plus mentem meam quam verba. Quia mihi in usu non fuit à multis annis Lingua Latina, & nemini in hac re confidere volo.

NOTE.

I had translated this Sunday morning, the same parcel of the former Action into Latin for the Lord Rosenberg, which he then sent for, jump at the time, when I had finished it: And so I sent it him inclosed in a Letter.

May 6. Being Tuesday, I entred my Journey toward Valkenaw Glasse-house, and Leipsig Mart.

There are divers Valkenaws, one by Egre, or Elbogen, not far from Carls Bath, westward from Prage about 18 Bemish miles, an other in Behem, about 11 or 12 miles from Prage, northerly, a mile from Krebitz, and two miles from Liep, and a mile from Kamnitz.

NOTE.

May 11 I came to Leipsig, on Sunday the 11 of May, and was at Peter Hans Swartz his House lodged. I found Laurence Overton, (with much ado) an English Merchant: to whom my wife (the last year) had shewed no little friendship to himself, and Thomas his partners servant, in the time of his lying sick in our House, &c. at Prage; He came from England at Mid-lent, he confessed that Edmond my servant had been oftentimes with him, at his House, and that he did think that he would come with the next Ships after his comming from England, then to come within 16 dayes.

I perceived by his diverse expresse sayings, that he was but a hollow friend unto me, and seemed half afraid to deal either with me, or my man.

There, also I found a courteous Gentleman called Mr. Francis Evers, the Lord Evers his Sonne of the North. And of all other matters omitting the rehearsal in these Records, (those matters I mean which at Leipsich and in this Journey happened notably unto me, or I did my self) one Letter which I wrote to the Queen of England her Secretary, the Right Honourable Sir Francis 〈◊〉〈◊〉, as followeth.

〈1 page duplicate〉〈1 page duplicate〉

〈1 page duplicate〉〈1 page duplicate〉

Right Honorable SIR,

ALbeit I have (almost) in vain come a hundred miles (from Prage to this Leipsich Mart) hoping either to meet my Servant there, with answer to my former Letters, sent in November last to her Majesty (when also I wrote unto your Honor, and divers other). And so with speed from this Leipsich to have sent again, most speedily as occasion should have served. And now, I find, nei∣ther servant, neither Letter from him, neither word of mouth: yet all this notwithstanding: and whatsoever the hindrance or delay hereof be (whether the keeping back of my Letters from her Ma∣jesty, or the manifold and importune, most weighty affairs publick hindring or delaying her Majesties most gracious, discreet and wise resolution herein: or what other occasion else hath and doth cause this long and wonderful delay of answer receiving. All this not∣withstanding, I thought good, before I set up to my Coach, to vi∣sit, and most humbly to salute your Honour very faithfully, dutiful∣ly and sincerely, with great and the same good will, that my Let∣ter some yeers since written to your Honour, (butt hen, a sinmbling block unto your Honour and other, for the strang∣nesse of the Phrases therein) doth pretend, so it is, right Honoura∣ble, that the merciful providence of the Highest, declared in his great and abundant graces upon me, and mine, is so wonderful and mighty, that very few, unlesse they be present witnesses, can believe the same. Therefore how hard they are to be believed, there where all my life and doings were construed to a contrary sense: and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of death contrived and decreed against the Innocent, who can not easily judg.

I am forced to be brief. That which England suspected, was also here, for these two yeers, almost (secretly) in doubt, in question, in consultation Imperial and Royal, by Honourable Espies, fawn∣ing about me, and by other, discoursed upon, pryed and peered into. And at length, both the chief Romish power, and Imperial dignity, are brought to that point, resolutely, that, partly they are sorry, of their so late reclaiming their erroneous judgment against us and of us, and seek means to deal with us, so as wee might fa∣vour both the one and the other: And partly to Rome is sent for as great Authority and Power as can be devised, and likewise here, all other means and wayes contrived, How, by force, or for feare, they may make us glad to follow their humours. But all in vain, for force humane we fear not: as plainly, and often, I have to the Prin∣ces declared: And otherwise then in pure verity, and godlinesse, we will not favour any (my words may seem very marvellous in your Honours ears: But mark the end, wee have had (and shall have to deal with no babes) I have full oft and upon many of their requests

and questions, referred my self to her Majesties answer, thus, in vain, expected. Nuncius Apostolicus, (Germanicus Mala Spina) after his yeers suit unto me to be acquainted with me, at length had such his answer, that he is gone to Rome with a flea in his eare, that 〈◊〉〈◊〉 him, & terrifieth the whole State Romish and Jesuitical: secretly they threaten us violent death, and openly they fawn upon us. We know, the sting of Envy, and the fury of the Fear in Ty∣rannical minds, what desperate attempts they have and do often undertake. But the God of Heaven and Earth is our Light, Leader, and Defender. To the Worlds end, his mercies upon us, will bread his Praises, Honour and Glory. Thus much very rhapsodically, (yet faithfully) tanquam dictum sapienti, I thought good to commit to the safe and speedy conveyance of a young Merchant here called Lawrence Overton: which if it come to your Honours hands be∣fore my Servant have his dispatch, I shall or may by your Honour be advertized. Your Honour is sufficient from her Majesty to deal and proceed with me, if it be thought good. But if you make a Coun∣cil-Table Case of it, Quot homines, tot sententiae. And my Comis∣sion from above is not so large: Qui potest capere, capiat.

Sir, I trust, I shall have Justice for my House, Library, Goods, and Revenues, &c. Do not you disdain, neither fear to bear favour unto your poor Innocent Neighbour. If you send unto me Master Thomas Diggs, in her Majesties behalf, his faithfulnesse to her Majesty, and my well liking of the man, shall bring forth some piece of good service. But her Majesty had been better, to have spent or given away in Alms, a Million of Gold, then to have lost some opportunities past. No humane reason can limit or deter∣mine God his marvellous means of proceeding with us. Hee hath made of Saul (E K.) a Paul: but yet, now and then, visited with a pang of humane frailty. The Almighty blesse her Majesty both in this World, and eternally: and inspire your heart with some con∣ceiving of his merciful purposes, yet, yet, not utterly cut off from her Majesty, to enjoy

To the right Honourable Sir Francis Walsingham Knight, her most Excellent Majesties Principal Secretary, my singular good Friend and Patron, with speed

From Leipsich this 14 of May 1586, at Peter Hans Swarts House.

Your Honours faithful wel-willer to use and command for the honour of God and her Majesties best service, JOHN DEE.

Illustriss. & Magnif. D. mei Colendissimi.

BEnedictio Dei Patris & mera gratia & misericordia per unicum meritum Jesu Christi, illuminatio Spiritus Sancti, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 nos cum omnibus Christianis, qui magno cum zelo, propter gloriam ejus, crucem, tribulationem, & praesentionem a ranci∣do atque putido scorto Babylonico, in turbulentissimo hujus mundi Oceano patimur, ut exemplo Jesu Christi qui est in Patre, virtu∣te & auxilio Spiritu S. haec omnia perferre patienter valeamus ad nominis sui gloriam & animarum nostrarum salutem. Amen.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 fortastis videbitur Dominat V. quod ignotus ad ignotos scribo 〈◊〉〈◊〉 bonam hujus culpae partem justissimo dolori, quem ex rumore sparso, & ad me delato propter D. V. concepi: mirari enim non satis possum pertinax studium bestiae istius Babilo∣nice, quae nihil intentatum relinquit, nullum non movendo lapi∣dem, quo hominibus vestrae nationis praecipue piis & amantibus Dei non solummodo nocere sed & funditus perdere studet. Elapso enim undecima die hujus mensis Legatus Pontificius Libellum sup∣plicationum ut vocant) Caes. Majestati obtulit quo D. V. Nicroman∣ciae & aliis artibus, prohibitis insimulat, aliisque calumniis graviter accusat copias hujus libelli habere potuissem, sed nimis sero hac de resum certior factus, nec tutum & absque suspitione est qui illum ex Italico in Latinum sermonem transtulit petere. Quare cum haec omnia vana a D. V. ut hominibus Christianis & Philosophis certo sciam Epistolam hanc cum tenendi tum admonendi causa exarare libuit ut promptiores & paratiores D. V. ad respondendum offen∣dant. Peto itaque ut eo animo suscipiatis quo scripta est scilicet Christiano integro & candido. Valete meque precibus vestris Christo commendate.

POSCRIPT.

Ante aliquot dies transmisissem D. V. Litteras sed D. V. peregrae prosectas esse mihi significatum fuit post∣quam autem a servitore generoso D. a Bikerstein cog∣novissem (Ferdinando Harnik) D. V. hanc nostram re∣misse patriam, intermittere non potui quin illud quod * 5.1 vestrum interessit scire litteris istis significarem.

Illustriss. & Magnif. D. Joanni Dee & Edwardo V, &c. Dominis & amicis meis colendiss.

Rceived of Mr. Kelly on Friday before Whit∣sunday, after my return from Valkenaw. 1586. Mr. Kelly received this on Thursday before Whitsontide, 22 May 1586.

Illustrissimo Principi & Domino Domino Wilielmo Ursino heredi∣tario Domino Inclite Domus a Rosenberg, Domino in Crommaw Equiti aurei velleris Caesareae Majestatis intimi consilii Consiliario, & in Regno Bohemiae supremo Burgravio, &c. Domino & Pa∣trono meo Colendissimo.

ILlustrissime Princeps, nihil mihi gratias a Magnifico Domino, Schonbergio narrari poterat, quam vestram Celsitudinem prospera interim frui valetudine, Dum ego vario, diverso, & intricato quodam fueram jactatus itinere, per montes, per valles, per sylvas densissimas, per apertos campos, & per nivem profundam, & nobis fere inperviam: Et (semper tamen nos protegente altissimo) tan∣dem sani, salvique illesis tam equis quam curru Celsitudinis ve∣strae, reversi sumus. Pro quo prospero successu, summas Altissimo agimus gratias, & Vestrae Celsitudini infinitas a nobis deberi fate∣mur. Dum absum contra nos nescio quid falsi incipit iste Apostolicus Nuncius vel leviter nimis credere, & temere conqueri, vel a seipso excogitare perversae. Verae si ita pergant (habito jam nostri, per bien∣nium experimento satis accurato) illi quidem, qui pietate & sapientia, (saltem vulgares) deberent superare homines omnes, omnium homi∣num semet declarare maxime invidos, malitiosos, perversos, sanguinis humani appetentes, superbos, innocentum carnifices, & piorum in Christo Calumniatores exitiosos, &c. Vere (dico) cogemur pulverem ex calceis nostris excutere, & alias in mundi partes nos conferre. Et nisi vestrae Celsitudinis haberemus eam quam debemns considerati∣onem: Et nisi nos ipsos vestrae Celsitudinis praesidio quocunqne ar∣mato (quasi) minntos existimaremns (praeter illud invincibile, Dei Opt. Max. agmen invisibile) statim abire ex hoc regno conaremur. Curare etiam debet sua Caesarea Majestas, ut aliquo modo, & citis∣sime, perspectum toti huic Regno esse possit, nos duos non solum verae Catholicos esse, sed etiam verae pietatis & pacis Christianae, esse aman∣tissimos. Per literas istas non est opus ut plura effundam, spiritus mei fervore quodam. Sed diligentissime & circumspectissime respiciamus nos utrique, inestimabile Dei, quod nobis utrisque contulit Donum. Sumus enim quafi tres. Sed in uno Deo, unus quasi vir esse debemus. Mysterium hoc notate I. D. E. K. W. R. Nam qui me habet, habet & E. K. & quem ego meum habeo, ille etiam ipsius mei E. K. cen∣sendus est esse. Omnipotens ille Deus qui cuncta creavit, vestram Il∣lustrissimam Celsitudinem, suae divinae Justitiae, & Gloriae Comimni∣strum & co-operatorem nobis conjungat & diutissime conservet.

Pragae, Maii 26, Anno 1586.

Illustrissime Celsitudinis vestrae fidelis∣simus in Christo Servitor. Joannes Dee.

Invictissimae Potentissimeque sacrae suae Caesareae Majestati Hungariae, Bohemiae, &c. Regi, &c. &c.

PEr aliquot jam hebdomadas, Invictissime & Gratiosissime Cae∣sar, aures nostras circumsonabant rumores varii, quasdam con∣tra me, & socium meum, praeparari accusationes graves & ex∣itiosas: Vestraeque Sacrae Caesareae Majestati offerendas fore vel jam oblatas esse: Et praeterea Sacram Vestram Caesaream Majestatem, quorundam persuasionibus, poene eo perductam esse, ut aliquam ma∣lam, & nobis periculosam, de nobis conciperet opinionem. Vestrae igi∣tur Sacrae Caesareae Majestati humillime supplicamus ut (Authorita∣te sua Caesarea, interposita (illius, cujuscunque contra nos exhibiti li∣belli, copiam, accurate & verbatim exscribi, nobisque tradi, manda∣re, gratiose dignaretur, Sic enim nostris responsis ad accusationis con∣tra nos confictae collatis articulos, citissime & clarissime intelliget sua Sacra Majestas Caesarea, quid in praemissis, cum Justitia, ad Dei ho∣norem & Reipublicae Christianae utilitatem, arbitrari, vel statuere possit aut debeat. Et de hoc certissimi nos sumus, favente Deo, (quod adhuc, et nimis diu, aliquorum negligentia, et contra nostram vo∣luntatem, Vestram Sacram Caesarem latet Majestatem.) Nos cum Vestrae Sacrae Caesareae Majestatis personae, tum Reipublicae Chri∣stianae, per vos longe utiliores, gratioresque esse posse, quam omnes, et quotcunque hic nostri praesentes adversarii: veluti ipsa docebit veritas si poenes Vestrae Caesareae Majestatis aures proprias, eum possit habere favorem, ut gratiose audiri queat Deus Opt. Max. Sacram Vestram Caesaream Majestatem sua Divina abundantissime illustret gratia abrachioque suo extento, contra, Christi atrocissimos hostes Imperatorem reddat triumuphantissimum

Amen.

Maii 28, 1586

Sacrae Vestrae Majestatis Caesareae

Humilis & fidelis Servitor, ad Dei promovendam gloriam Joannes Dee.

Invictissimae potentissimeque Sacrae suae Caesareae Majestate Hungariae, Bohemiae, &c. Regi, &c. &c. Domino meo Clementissimo & Patrono incomparabili ad manus proprias expeditissime

EDlor gostronger lirbor bortrauter fraundt, Disestumdoist mir dasz brusflain Ju komon, Darauszichunt sondon frondron Gotte 〈◊〉〈◊〉 behorzt ganuottvornoman, In summa crasz David fraibt ist waar, Mirabilis Deus in sanctis suis Deus Israel, ipse dabit virtutem & fortitudinem plebi suae, Benedictus Deus.

Diso Varfolgung wirds Inon, (obgottcoill) In Iror wolfart gor∣richon und don Lonidon In Irom spot.

Dentibus suis frement, & contabescent desiderium peccato∣rum peribit.

Dom gutton Jungon Gorrn Civillor got soinrm horrn vndsicssolbst orkonam.) kan afu soelvnd Crib goholffonwordon. Dasz Vborig crollen coir cunuadtlich brld Vorrichton, Interim, So brotts Ich, sic bon moiu & angon, Jum fernundtlichston Jubo gruosson, va∣darim trouots graucott Ina, Juosforiron, Darbinbegott shimt vnsz Von Nanasa In arigkail.

Datum in Eyle Raudmitz don 28 Maii, Anno 1586.

Des sorru trruoer fraundt Wilsclm Moimaigne handtz

Horrn Laspar von Schonburg auff Voplitz Moinom Vartranotra gutton froundo In solbsthandog. Cito Cito Cito Cito Cito

SOwder Rumeschenn Kayserlichen auch Ju Hungern unds Be∣hom Koninhchon Mapt vnsors allor guadigston horrn cropen Doctori Joanni de Dee Engellandorn, ansormoldon, Dasz Iro Mapt jausz jondorn vrgeblichen, bodencklichon vndt billi∣chen vrsachonjont schlosson som snovndt dio somigon In Joror Mapt, tumg Ruch Bohem so woll als andorn dorosolbron Pomp Ranchon, burstant gumbombon vndt Landon longer nicht Induldon nach julugivn Hiorauff so sun nun Jorar Mapt Endlichor orille vndt truster beurhlich Dasz chrsichsambt soinom Worbe tindorn, vmdallon don soyinpen, so woll als soinem Consorten vndt Jugetha∣nen boy vormedanp Iron Mapt trusten vnnachlvszlichenn straffland and vnguad, Innerhali dru Negt nachoniandor volpomdon sechs Zagen, alhie or heve, vnd sichalszbalet daranff vrn hinnon, aussorhalbge∣dachtor Jorar Mapt Koningraich Behannb vms andoror Joror Mapt Koningraich, Curstanthumbay vndt Cainder begebo diseilben Dur∣chausz Jun Kunfftigmedr Nuchsus sorror Darumen, weyternicht be∣sunden nach betresten lasse Damit ausz den lasll lassalba vn Imo o∣dar den seympen auch doupy Jme Jupethaury, vngrhorsamblicsay v∣borganpen crourdo Irr Mapt Inn truston einschon vndt Straff, sosie lirber vormitton schonvrolton nicet Vernrsacht wordoun, Wolton In Mapt, Ime Juondtlicher Nachrichtung, nicht porgen. Esz boszfese auch Hieran Iror Mapt sorustor Willey vndt mainug. Decretum in Consilio Imperatoriae Majestatis secretiori.

Prage xxix Maii, Anno Lxxxvi.

E. Waldtnons Sayleldt.

Mynssnik. Decret Doctor Johann de Dee Iror Mapt Koniglich Bohomb so woll als andors Iror Mapt Lander sureamboy. Doctori Joanni Dee offerendum

I received this the 30 day of May, Anno 1586, Mane hora nona, By one of the Chancery Clerks.

The Copie of the Emperour his Decree, of our Banishment out of his Kingdomes, Dukedoms, &c. with onely six dayes warning.

Anno 1586 18 Junii in Erphurdia Thuringiae, quo, Illustrissimus Dominus Rosenbergius, miserat Joannem Carpionem ad nos, cum literis suis, & maxime ut de uxore futura, Dei in∣telligeret voluntatem, & de aliis rebus, &c. Ego verò jam Cassellae eram in Hessia, & Erphur∣diae erat D. Eduardo Keleus. Qui super 〈◊〉〈◊〉 & petitionibus Illustrissimi jussus erat divi∣nitus Chartam mundam super Altare, ante Sacerdotem Missam celebrantem ponere, quod & fecit, anne & die supra scriptis, manè in Monasterio Minoris Ordinis S. Francisci, inter horam * 9.1 6 & 7 Monacho Seniore Missam Celebrante. Et finita Missa, haec quae sequitur in Charta invenie∣bantur pulchrè scripta. Sed die sequente, postquam exscripta erant pro Illustrissimo Principe * 9.2 statim evanuere omnes lineae & literae, nihilque in illa Charta, post visible perneansit, &c.

Nations teriae omnes vocatae in Judicium, coram Tribunal stabunt. Populus enim rebellis, nimiúmque hujus mundi deditus voluptati, mei jamdudum ira furoris irrititus tabescit: Ita quod, neque ad sinistram neque ad dextram sed ad voluntatem meam perinplendam, declinandum est. Beatus ille qui mihi mandatisque patris mei obediens est & perseverantia decoratus.

Maledictus autem, qui mendax operibus, perdicas verbum meum: quia scandalo multis erit, & ignominiae pacis Evangelii mei.

Egote Gulielme (quia manus adjunxisti mihi) Davidem ad Goliatha jugulandum constitui & constituendo invexi.

Mundo igitur ad gloriam meam utere, & corpus tuum erige in me, ad justitiam meam in sede de∣bita collocandam, & superbiam iniquissimam turpissimámque (illorum qui posuerunt sedem meam, in scabellum pedem blasphemiae & abominationis) ad penitus tum conculcandum, tum eradi∣candam.

Beatus enim eris in fortitudine manus & spiritus mei, quia audite preces tuas. Noli igitur tempus visitationis tuae negligere: sed freme zelo & indignatione acerima, & conjunctam tuis parietibus, virginem in uxorem accipe, paratam lumbis & senectuti tuae illámque amando 〈◊〉〈◊〉, & diligendo fove, ut mea in te & in illa benedictio pollicita manifesta fiat.

Cave porrò, ne quos tibi in auxilium paravi, servos 〈◊〉〈◊〉, vel negligentia vel timiditate tua, aliorum sic patiaris ex manibus tuis vel tanquam oves ab ovili tuo, malis artibus & iniquitate, eripi. Quis enim istud surripiet quod datum est à me?

Cogita igitur & vigilando cura, quod hactenus lesum est.

Fringam namque fraenum Satanae & inimicis vestris.

Benedictio Patris & Spiritus mei, & consolatio à me (cui subjecta est omnis potestas) sit tecum & supra te.

A peccatis denique monitus cessa ut cum mecum loqueris, vita tua sit lumine & gratia mea suffulta.

MEMORANDUM.

Be remembred that Mr. Francis Pucci Florentine, whom at my going to Leipsich I left in our * 9.3 house at Prage, in the meane space had been at Frankford upon Mene, and went from Prage about the same day that the Bishop of Placenza Nuncius Apostolicus did exhibit to the Emperour a libel against us of most horrible untruths, &c. At his going from Prage he had that Nuncius blessing, &c. In the meane space, and after his return to Prage again it happened so, that the 30 of May last, I received the Emperours commandment, I, my Companion, and all mine to depart within six dayes out of Prage aud consequently out of all his Kingdomes, Dukedomes and Lands. Which we did, and were come to Erphurd in Thuringa, and sometimes to Cassel whether we had removed our goods and family by reason the Senators of Erphurd would give as no leave to hire any house there as both by the Lord Schonberg in the name of the Lord Rosenberg, I was assayed, with repulse received, and also again by me and E. K. proved, July 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14. And on Tues∣day (the 15th day of Jun) Doctor Curtz brought upward from the Senat that they would not grant our Request, yet notwithstanding, if the Lord Rosenberg would again send unto them in the matter, they would think better upon the matter, &c.

Now remember that Francis Pucci came to Erphurd on Thursday after our supper, July 10 (stilo novo) on horse-back on a horse which he had bought at Mawnberg-faire, &c.

July the 11th he discoursed with E. K. and me, that he thought we might obtain favour to re∣turn to Prage again if we would.

That he had found this Nuncius Apostolicus more courteous then Malaspina, of whom he reported also, that is was credibly informed that he was sore offended that we gave him no more honourable title in our speeches to him, then Reverendissima Vestra Paternitas.

This Pucci framed the discourse of his talk to perswade us to think well of this Episcopus Placen∣tius that he was charitable towards us, and sorrow that we were so uucourteously used, that he meant nothing else in his sute to the Emperour against us, but that we might be examined, and thou being

found faulty, we should be sent to Rome, but after that he had begun to move against us, that he found the Emperour more eagerly bent against us, than he himself was.

NOTE.

The Lord Rosenberg told us that when he did (in our behalf) advise the Emperour of his error committed in our extermination, that the Emperour answered that this Nuncius from his first Audience did urge so vchemently against us, and also the Pope had 〈◊〉〈◊〉 commandment by Let∣ter to him to deliver us and send us to Rome, that he was forced in manner to do as he did. But if the commandement or his Decree were to be made again, that it should not passe, or if this Nuncius 〈◊〉〈◊〉 had not sent this Decree away to Rome, that he should not send it, &c. This I note in respect of the contrariety in the Nuncius assertion, and the Emperours, of our so hard usage.

The foresaid eleventh day of July, the foresaid Fr. Pucci to prove this his intended perswasion of the Nuncius good meaning toward us, and to make us beleeve that great benefit would ensue our going to Rome, did bring forth unto us a writing of his own hand which he read unto us, and at the hearing of it we mused much for many causes I asked him then why the Nuncius had not subscri∣bed this writing. It is all one said he for that; Hath he heard this read (quoth I,) yea, that he hath heard me read this three several times, arise unto him (said he;) And if you like of it saith he, wherein his power serveth him not to performe as much as is specified in the writing, he will make and use meanes to have it from his Holinesse; well, said I, take a copy hereof Mr. Kelly, for I was riding toward Salfeild about a house getting; Thereupon said he, contented, but I think it meeter to save and keep the original it self said E. K. Well, said Pucci, and so the original was delivered to E. K.

NOTE.

After 10 of the clock the same Friday, being the eleventh day of this moneth, after break-fast I rid toward Salfeild about the house of the Earl Albert of Swartzenberg, &c.

But after I was out of Erffurd until my return again, I was so sore vexed in mind to think of Pucci his return to our company, as well for his unquiet nature in disputations, as for his blabbing of our secrets without our leave, or well liking, or any good doing thereby; either in God his ser∣vice, * 9.4 or our credit, but rather the contrary, ensuing albeit not of his intent, but by either his undis∣creet handling of it, or of his undue hearers of him, &c. And also for his Houshold behaviour, not * 9.5 acceptable to our wives and family, and also because we were warned that he should be cut off from our company, &c. And chiefly, now to consider that he had laid such a bait for us with our mortal enemy, to entrap us by fair fawning words, which by no meanes the Emperour would consent to do before by his authority, but rather to put us out of his Kingdomes, &c. And imagining that he was a mighty Explorator upon us, for this Nuncius Apostolicus, and his adherents, that now he might perceive what we had done hitherto, what we were doing, and what we intended to do, and considering that he urged at our hands in answer to the former writing, wherein also lay a trap for either in not answering it, or refusing to grant some points of it, or in our consenting to the whole, this Nuneius would put matter against us to our great disadvantage. Thus being tormented in mind in my absence, how we might be rid of this Fr. Pucci, by quiet and honest meanes, I devised to write to this Nuncius to know if this writing were of his contriving onely, or of Pucci his contri∣ving onely, or joyntly, or if at the least the writing were according to his will, and offer unto us, and so to send him away; wherein he could make no refusal, I intending not to make him privy of the con∣tent of my Letter; And in the mean space of his absence I hoped that some good way and better meanes would appear or fall out, whereunto we might trust, &c. Thus I note my imaginations and discourses in the time of mv absence.

I returned to Erphurd July 13. hora 5. à meridie.

I found Fr. Pucci desirous to have answer to the foresaid writing, and very much perswading this Roman voyage, using arguments out of our actions, as that God said we should go to Rome, in a certain moneths space; That we ought to obey the Roman Bishop, and to love him, &c. I re∣plyed and said, that he was not to urge God upon any his sayings to us, but to referre all to his most free disposition, his will was to be done and not ours, God was not bound to us, &c. He answered ve∣ry vehemently, and often, that Deus est nobis obligatissimus, & Deus dixit nos itur os Romam, & 〈◊〉〈◊〉 credi & credam, & aliter non credam nisi mihi Deus dixerit non nobis, &c. Well, (quod we) God hath del vered unto us his meaning in that phrase, which we also devise you of, that it is not meant (〈◊〉〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉〈◊〉) that we shall corporally goe to Rome, and so I brake off that his reasoning; And told him that we 〈◊〉〈◊〉 that he should 〈◊〉〈◊〉 this Roman Voiage so violently and eagerly more then we; It appertained unto us as much as to him, &c. The same day I told him that he had 〈◊〉〈◊〉 offended God with his 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in our affaires otherwise then appertained unto his cal∣ling, and he may well remember his repentance therein, and his forgivenesse obteined. But that

now he had offended much more in curiosity, and half in conspiracy against us with our mortal enemy this Nuncius Apostolicus, upon whom he did fawn, in whose favour he is, who joyneth, counsaileth with him in our affaires, who dare prescribe us what we have to do in so weighty af∣faires as our Journey to Rome, who hath framed a bill, accusing us coufusedly of Heresie, and wick∣ed Magick, both falsely in one part, and dangerous to life, and infamous at the least in the other, and hereto requireth, urgeth, and in manner in God his name argueth by our actions past, obedi∣ence. And therefore he hath separated himself from us, and hath set himself against us, &c.

With great vehemency he said, He intended nothing, but well to us, and was Explorator with this Nuncius for our behalf; We require none (said I) neither we need any, for God seeth all, and doth all, for our benefit, if we will constantly love and serve him; so be brief, he would seem to be worthy to be thought well of for his zealous good will and fidelity to us ward, in all his doings and sayings; The truth whereof God knoweth, to whom we commit the cause between him and us.

The Copy of the writing before specified.

SI D. Johannes Dee, D. Eduardus Kelleus, & Fr. Puccius, volent irae Romam, ut conferant cum tanquam Pontifice de suis Revelationibus, venerantes eum tanquam Sancti Petri Successorem & Christi in terris Vicarium Illust & Reverend. Episcopus Placentinus Apostolicus Nuncins apnd Caesaream Majestatem, dabit illis Literas commendationis, ut per totum iter, & Romae, huma∣nissime summaque charitate tractentur, & in suis necessitatibus juventur: Ac praeterea authori∣tate Apostolica absolvet eos & liberaebit ab omni culpa & poena, quam meriti essent in vita ante acta, ob artes Magicas exercitatas, 〈◊〉〈◊〉, falsasque opiniones ab eis sparsas, ant fictas, verbis aut scriptis, aut aliis rationibus; ob libros prohibitos lectos aut scriptos, sive ob aliuà quodvis crimen, cujus accusari aut argui possent in foro sancto Inquisitionis, aut in foro quod Contentiosum vocant; aut in quovis alio foro Pontificiae ditionis: Ne quis ob ullum peccatum aut scelus quan∣tumvis atrox, quod illi admiserint ante hoc iter susceptum, eis unquam facessere negotium, aut molestus esse possit, aut ullo modo inquirere, aut ipsos accusare presumat.

For the better ground of any manner of answer making hereunto I asked the same Fr. Pucci, after supper, on Tuesday the 15 of July, (forasmuch as I had framed a Letter for answer to the pith of the Letter or writing here recorded) whether this Letter were written and sent to us by the consent of this Nuncius Apostolicus, to know our answer in, or no. He seemed to be unwilling now directly to affirm the Nuncius consent. We replyed that he had already told us that he had read it thrice over to the said Nuncius, and that he liked well of it, and did mervail that now he would make strange to affirm the same again, seeing I had now, (according to his purpose) written a plain and perfect humble answer to the same Letter, and much more matter, true and needful for this Nuncius to know. Well, said he, Eatenus ex ejus consensu est, si velitis ire Romam, ea praestare conabitur, quae in eisdem literis continentur, &c. Well, said I, (in Latin alwayes you must understand my talk with him in the same sence here in English recorded, if he mean well unto us, and in charity unfeign∣ed; he will not be offended with my answer; The Copy whereof doth ensue.

Illustissimo Reverendissimoque Domino, Domino Episcopo Placen∣tino * 9.6 apud Potentissimum & Invictissimum Romanorum Im∣peratorem Rodulphum, ejus nominis secundum, Apostolico Nuncio, Domino mihi (in Christo) Colendissimo.

Illustrissime & Reverendissime Domine, mihi Colen∣dissime.

IN Nomine, Sanctae Beatae & Individuae Trinitatis, vestram Illustratissimam * 10.1 Reverendissimamque Dominationem, ea qua virum Christianum decet animi affe∣ctione & humilitate saluto, non presumptione aliqua, vestris manibns oculisve i∣stas meas obtrudens literas, sed ex istius Nuncii vestri verbis admonitus, non gratas solum, sed (〈◊〉〈◊〉) expectatat fore: hasce aliquot, haud invitus, exaravi lineolas. Quibus cum non potero, 40 annorum continuum & ardentissimum vitae me cursum in limatioris quam vulgaris veritatis Philosophicae in dagatione transactum, describe∣re; (vel adumbrare 〈◊〉〈◊〉) satis presenti nostro esse 〈◊〉〈◊〉 instituto, si praesenti rerum

metamorphosi, & admirandae negotiorum nostrorum actioni, itidumque circuitioni multiplici, aliquid exprimam quod maxime quadret.

Divinitus ante aliquot annos * 10.2 informati, & deinde ex Anglia Δ 10.3 evocati, non so∣lum fortissima Dei Omnipotentis manu, & miraculosè, ex multis magnisque evasi∣mus maris periculis: sed etiam ex vatiis hominum fraudulentis & truculentis contra nos, & vitam nostram consiliis & conatibus, liberati hactenus, eidem Deo nostro gratias laudesque canimus merre grata, mente laeta, mente profecto Christianae, Ca∣tholicae, Apostoliceque Religionis amantissima, & (Dei nos confirmante gratia) tenacissima futura. Ast ecce, tamen, qui ejusdem nostrae pie matris (Sanctae Ecclesiae Catholicae) legitimi etiam censentur esse filii, nos, fratres suos, in omni modestia, quiete, pace, & civili Justitia, inter illos, & coram illis, Pragae conversantes, subito, in exilium quoddam, sive exterminium, Caesareo emitti mandato procurabant nulla, 〈◊〉〈◊〉, nulla proisus, neque privatim, neque publicè declarata tam violenti mandati, causa sed vulgari solum, & aulica relatione nobis facta intelliximus ex libello quo∣dam, per vos, sacrae Caesareae Majestati exhibito, conflatam contra nos fuisse maxi∣mam Caesaris indignationem, & quasi excandescentiam: unde ex Cancellaria Bohemica, acerbissimum ad nos (sacrae suae Caesareae Majestatis nomine) missum sit * 10.4 mandatum (nulla in eodem expressa, ejusdem mandati causa, vel ratione legitima) ut infra tunc sex proximos sequentes dies, Ego, consors meus, uxores nostrae, liberi mei omnes, immò & ipse infans noster Michael (Pragensis natus, & baptizatus) atque ad matris adhuc pendens mamillas, famuli etiam mei, & ancillae, mei denique omnes, & do∣mestici, ex ipsa Praga, atque ita consequenter, ex universo regno Bohemiae, & aliis quibuscunque sacrae Caesareae Majestatis Regnis; Ducatibus, & terris, migraremus, nunquam easdem reversuri, sub terribilis infligendae poenae periculo. Nos autem, nulla interposita mora, huc mandato Caesareo fideliter & humiliter obedire nosmet accinximus: Bonaque nostra mobilia, à peregrinationis nostrae suppellectilem, tam librariam quam domesticam, in duos magnos currus conici curavimus: Reliquorum nostrorum bonorum, partem unam, amicis dedimus, & pauperibus dispersimus & distribuimus: Partem autem, de facie terrae, (propter causas Deo non ingratas) pri∣die, ante exitum istum nostrum, per nos deletam esse sciatis: Ast optimum partem, * 10.5 Divino jussu, decima die Aprilis (quando etiam, de tota hac afflictione, & persecu∣tione nostra, & aliis adhuc futuris eramus divinitus praemoniti.) Ignis luculentissimis flammis commisimus: quanao illa, ejusdem optimae partis, quae nullus unquam na∣turalis vulgarisque ignis poterat laedere vel consumere, visibili angelici ministerio, ex ipsis summis flammis in Divinam, Angelicamve invisibilem recipiebantur Custodi∣am. Ast librorum Divinorum Thesaurus maximus, tunc, & ibidem (duorum adhuc viventium testium diligenti opera,) ab ipsis flammis in cineres favillamque conversus est totus: renovationem, restaurationem, & quasi regenerationem vel resur∣rectionem quandam, per Divinam manum, opportuno recepturus tempore Sacel∣lum; Denique cum altari quod omnipotenti Trinitati consecrandum fore cupiebamus, (media ex parte absolutum) intactum relinquimus. Ego vero, cum consorte meo, uxoribus nostris, liberis meis, & reliquis exulibus, sive exterminatis nostris Rhedis, tribus avecti, transmigrationem hanc, nobis injunctam, die praefinita ingressi su∣mus. Atque nondum ex Imperii Romani finibus egressi, ita gressus nostros disponi∣mus, * 10.6 &, de caetero (Deo favente & gubernante) disponemus: ut toti orbi Christiano claro apparere poterit, patienter nos haec (qualiacunque) tolerare posse, aut saltem velle: & paratissimos esse nos, Reddere Deo quae Dei sunt, & Caesari, quae sunt Caesaris. Obedientissimos etiam nos esse, & humillimos sacro sanctae Catholicae Ec∣clesiae filios, & summi Pontificis Romani, & aliorum Ecclesiasticorum Praesulum Catholicorum; in Christo & propter Christum tam esse observantes & fore, quam ipse qui Judex futurus est vivorum & mortuorum, varriis nos esse modis haud raro admonuit. Vestrae vero Illustrissime, Reverendissimeque Dominationi, hoc à Deo optamus bonum, ut per secundas vestras (de tota causa nostra) meditationes, nostrae Innocentiae, sinceritatis, & fidelis (coram Deo & hominibus) in illa Republica Bohe∣mica conversationis nostrae, justa habeatur ratio: Meaeque honestae famae, existima∣tionisque (sine qua, ne vivere quidem cupio) ea fiat in integrum restitutio: ut talis

posthac esse indicetur indubitatè, qualis (ante vestrum Caesareae Majestati exhibitum contra nos libellum,) per 30 annos, (& plures) in omnibus (poene) Christiani orbis tam Academiis, quam Regnis & Provinciis (ex Dei immensa Bonitate, gratia abun∣dantissima & singulari providentia) extitisse, haud obscuris confirmari possit testimo∣niis. Ex hiis igitur paucis, Historiae ipsius veritatis seintillis, Vestrae Illustrissimae Reverendissimeque Dominationis prudentia, magnum sibi lumen alicere sive accen∣dere potuit: ad nos, nostrorum animorum affectiones, nostrorum ita mirabilium & ad∣huc incredibilium negotiorum progressum & statum dijudicandum, & denique de ipso futuro horum omnium exitu, haud leves sibi contexendas conjecturas: Cum nos, ex solo Deo Omnipotente, & vero & vivo, in omnibus nostris pendeamus, & ab ipso dirigamur & protegamur. Cui soli, nosipsos, nostraque omnia, Animae, cor∣poris & Fortunae nuncupata Bona, tanquam Holocaustum, quotidianis nostris hu∣millimis & spontaneis offerimus precibus. Cui denique soli sit omnis laus, honor, glo∣ria, & gratiarum Actio, nunc & semper. Amen.

Datae Erphurdiae, Anno 1586, die 16 Julii.

Fidelis (in Christo, & propter Christum) servulus. Joannes Dee.

This Letter being written, and read unto E. K. and of him well liked for the quiet and modest course therein kept, otherwise (as he said to Fr. Pucci) then he could have used: or had used in a Letter which now he had also written: but now would not send, thinking that my foresaid Letter might suffice for our case, he talked with Fr. Pucci of this Letter, which Fr, Pucci said he would gladly see and read, which E. K. told him that I was minded not to let him read it: Then said he, that he would not carry it: Hereupon in talk with Fr. Pucci, speaking of this Letter, I told him that I had written a Letter with sufficient answer in general to the Nuncius request and offer by him in writing brought to us, and in summe told him the chief contents of the Letter. Then said he, whereas you write of the Books burnt, why write you not unto him of the recovery of them, as I now perceive by you both, that they are restored? And it shall be a disgrace to you if the Nunci∣us shall understand more by other, then by your self. Thereof have I no care, Quod scripsi, scripsi, and I know the truth of my writing: And they are not all restored that I know of: And whatso∣ever he hath at my hands he may be assured is true: whatsoever he shall otherwise hear, the Record thereof cannot be so good, unlesse, our Record consent thereto; Then said he, why write you of those Books burning, being done before your comming away: It is as if you wrote backward. Have you no care Mr. Pucci, for the method of my Letters said I, and I said farther, it is told me that unlesse you see my Letters you will not carry them, you shall pardon me for seeing of them, the content I have sufficiently told you: and if you will not deliver them, I can get them delivered di∣vers wayes, or I may omit the sending of them, and write such a Letter to the Nuncius that I had written answer to his requests, and offer sent by Fr. Pucci; But he would not bring the said my Letter, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 he might have a sight of it himself. At the length by farther discourse with E. K. he became resolved to goe with the letter, and (by E. K. his order) he was to receive 50 Dollors of John Carpio, that he should not be destitute of money at Prage. * 10.7

NOTE.

This day, Francis Pucci said to us both, how can you doubt of my fidelity toward you (whom I love as my own life,) and against this Monster of Rome, whom my chief desire is, and long * 10.8 hath been, that he may be overthrown, &c. Again, consider, what fidelity, obedience, and reve∣rence he hath promised to the Pope, and this Nuncius, as the writing brought by him, and so sore and many wayes urged by him, for us to accept of, can specifie.

Therefore Fr. is false to the Pope, or us, or both, or rash, foolish, blind, &c. And (as our spiritual Schoolmaster, divers times termeth him) leprous: Therefore I commit this his doings to the judg∣ment of God: But also it is greatly to be remembred and noted that he now also discoursed again with E. K. as concerning the Birth of Christ, that it could not be proved by the Scriptures, that Christ came of the line of David, unlesse he were begotten of the actual copulation of Joseph, with Mary, and said that, because it was the gift of the Holy Ghost, that at Joseph his first and onely carnal copulation with Mary, Christ was conecived; Therefore she was accounted (in man∣ner)

a Virgin according to the Jews doctrine: which his heresie when I heard, I trembled for the hor∣rour * 10.9 of so manifest an heresie against evident Scripture, virgo concipiet & virgo pariet, &c. & against many other most plain and sufficient Authorities both of Scriptures, and also Histories of our Lady her examination made by Women, and that she was found a Virgin, &c. And at her conception her answer to the Angel; Quia virum non cognovi, &c. & antequam convenirent, juventa est in utero habens de spiritu sancto, &c.

NOTE.

It is evident hereby that this Pucci is very leprous, both in this Heresie (what other he is infect∣ed with, God he knoweth) and also the former infidelity proved.

On Thursday 17 July Fr. Pucci entred his Voyage toward Prage with my Letter to the Nuncius Apostolicus, and with Letters to John Caerpio from E. K, and with my Letters inclosed to the Lord Rosenberg. And we entred our journey toward Cassel, but that night we rode onely three miles, to Gotha, our horses were so ill that we hired, and therefore sending them back again the next day, we hired a Coach, &c.

POSCRIPTUM.

Remember that Fr. Pucci, the morning before his going required of me our Letters Testimonial to our friends, of his fidelity toward us. What needeth that (said I) for as much as your deeds were as well known to them as to us, your own conscience to your self may serve abundantly. But our friends divers, who have warned us of you, and have marvelled why we would suffer you any longer in our house and company, would neither credit our Letters as yet in this case. And would also con∣demne us of light judgment, or great blindness to judg the cause between you and us.

But truly I observed in him, now, a more proud presuming over us then hitherto, before, when he was sore rebuked, for over-crowing us, so as he began to do.

1 Now he said, he had as great authority as we to publish any of our Secrets, at his discretion. * 10.10

2 That he ought to eat bread with us.

3 That he understood our Books of Actions better then we.

4 That he needed not our consent or counsail to deal with the Pope his Nuncius: he did it by his duty general, of Charity, &c.

5 He offered to order the Nuncius, and the Emperor to the reclaiming of the Decree made against us, &c.

NOTE.

Consider what this may import, that the Decree touching him, being one of my houshold com∣pany, and of them that then did appertain to me, and whose name he is not affraid one way and another way not abashed to * 10.11 thrust himself into the whole body of our Revelations, as a princi∣pal fellow or Receiver of them. By the first he ought to be afraid of the danger of the Decree which banished us, unless he is assured of their good will who have shewed themselves our mortal enemies, or else some other cause emboldned him to some other purpose, &c. by the second he might be a∣fraid of so great presumption, being but a Probationer, not yet allowed of, and to us known to be cut off.

All these points I cannot decipher and judge, but referre them to the profound wisdome and high * 10.12 providence of God, wherefore and how farre he hath admitted him to be privy of our Actions, and so a witness to some purposes sufficient. All things be to the honour and glory of God. Amen.

Magnifice Domine,

LEctis tuis literis fui miratus quod intelligerem te illius esse o∣pinionis & sententiae, me apud Caesarem tibi ac consortituo of∣ficiis meis non parum obfuisse, quod sciam ita me & religione & natura comparatum, ut omnibus quam maxime cupiam prodesse, nemini aut obesse. Quod autem praestiterim quod mei erat officii, mihi vitio verti non debet. Caeterum cum inter summum Pontificem, & Caesarem, merus sim interpres, non video quid in hoc vestro negotio praestare possim: Consulo autem, ut vestram innocentiam, de fide Catholica sensum, & de Angelorum conversatione & assistentia, quam visibilem habere dicitis, juxta Concilii Lateranensis in uudecima Sessione decretum, coram Summo Pontifice & Sede Apo∣stolica deducatis, & ita exponatis ut non possit cuiquam esse du∣bium

quid sentiatis, quin sede Apostolica approbante, fides tuto ab omnibus Angelicis assertionibus vestris, praestari possit, & tum de∣mum & obtrectatoribus, si qui sunt, ora obcludentur. Nec ut arbi∣tror grave vobis videbitur consilium meum, si enim ea vobis est in fide Catholica puritas atque constantia, ea in praesenti Angelorum commu∣nione sinceritas, vitae integritas, & innocentia, ut asseritis: Me etiant tacente occasionem quaeritis declarandae vestrae fidei & bonitatis, & hac una ratione honori vestro (cujus vos rationem habendam dicitis, & cui tantum abest quod per me aliquid sit detractum, ut illum etiam pro viribus quantum officii mei & injuncti muneris ratio patietur, fovere sim paratus, ut Domino Puccio pluribus dixi) & omnibus vi∣tae commodis vel maxime consuletis. Deus gratia sua vos ita regat, ut Angelorum conversationem in Coelis aliquando habere possitis. Vale Pragae, die 28 Julii 1586.

Magnific. D. V.

Ex Corde in Christo frater Philip. Episcopus Placenti∣nus 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

Magnific. Domino Joanni Dee, Anglo, &c.

Δ Oraculum Divinum.

MVlta sunt flagella praecepta mea negligentium: Multiplex∣que furor hominibus propriis confidentibus viribus. Hi enim contemptores sanguinis & Regni mei fortitudinis, Gigantes facti sunt, ad omnem abominationem multiplicandam. Sed ego Sum qui sum, qui posui in Patre Solium verbumque ad faciendum in ter∣ris Judicium: qui in ultima Tuba percutiam illos, ut coacti recog∣noscant vias meas, & ad ovile proprium redeant. Peribit Ecclesiae & populi Iniquitas, & judicabitur in gladio. Tu vero Gulielme, ma∣num in tempore extende opportuno, prout a me informaberis, & Reg∣num, (tacto & moriente nequissimo) adjunctum induc: Inunxi enim te in fortissima dextra mea, ad falsum illum Prophetam, & Goliath [forte Mahometanos & Turcas] extirpandum ut intelligat Terra ju∣dicium a Nazareno Crucifixo me. Sunt qui cribarent te: sed male∣dicti sunt machinantes in te malum. F ac bonum, & utere creaturis meis ad gloriam meam Docui Kelleum, inquiete, hac nocte, de caete∣ris, quae ab illo disces. Spiritus meus habitet in vobis.

Trebonae, Anno 1589. Mensis Augusti fine.

When Mr. Kelly was gone from me at Salfeild toward Bohemia, and in the mean space the Em∣perour had granted to the Lord Rosenberg licence for us to return into Bohemia, to any of his Lord∣ships,

Towns, Cities, Castles, &c. This was delivered written by spiritual and divine meanes, and the writing yet remaineth in my Lord his hands, out of which I copyed this for the order of our History somewhat making plain.

Franciscus Puccius praestantissimis ac Deo dilectis viris D D. Joanni Dee & Eduardo Kelleo generosis Anglis, majoribus in Christo fratribus, & ipsis tanquam patribus colendis, precatur gratiam & pacem a Deo patre nostro, & a Domino Jesu Christo, Amen.

EX quo a vobis discessi, toto illo itinere, quod octo diebus con∣feci, vendito Lipsiae equo, haud parum vexatus fuit meus spi∣ritus, dum animum mecum volverim, quot modis Satanas divi∣num opus retardare & nostram conjunctionem dirimere, adhibitis exterioribus & interioribus machinis & armis, tentaverit, & adhuc tentare non cesset. Neque enim possum, nisi ab eo, agnoscere affla∣tus illos diffidentie, rumores ab invidis hominibus, sparsos, suspitio∣nes nobis injectas, absque certis indiciis, adversus fidem non levibus argumentis probatam, atque hujusmodi impedimenta & offendicu∣la, quibus cursum nostrum impedire ac sanctam amicitiam, divinis auspiciis, inter nos coeptam, convellere ac labefactare, malignus ille spiritus aggressus est. Itaque, in illa lucta, ne ullo modo manus illi darem, aut fatiscerem, decrevi me, magis ac magis, munire certa fide in Deum, ac spe promissionum ejus, quas illum servaturum non dubito, tum precibus frequentioribus magis instare, apud summum patrem, ut nos quam primum donare velit illo spiritu, quo nostri humeri montibus ferendis, ut ille inquit, pares evadent; ad haec au∣steriorem vitam instituere nec mensas lautas amicorum adire, sed panem doloris solus comedere decrevi, ne sim meliore conditione quam vos, qui tantopere affligimini, ut benignissimus Dominus quam∣primum, vos in integrum restituat, atque ad solita colloquia piaque exercitia nos una revocet, & eventu consentaneo suis sanctissimis di∣ctis, singulos nostrum exhilaret. Hanc viam sequenti Dominus mihi spem facit fore, ut vobis & aliis facilius meam fidem probem, & multas tentationes vitem quae apud hujus mundi homines facile nos invadunt. Ideo, nisi necessitate urgente, aut communibus negotiis, familiaritatem omnem & convictum cum aulicis fugio, & me hoc modo minus ineptem precibus gentio, meamque vitam & mores in dies emendare conor, ne videar omnino indignus ea schola, in qua Dominus me erudire dignatus est, nec interim cum Publicano, illo, precari obliviscor, ut Deus propitius sit mihi peccatori. Vos non du∣bito me vestris votis & supplicationibus juvabitis, ut vocatione meae respondeam, & in opere Domini vobis adjumento & consolationi esse possim: & benignissimus ille pater propediem hoc adverso ven∣to

ignem suum magis excitari curabit, ac nos majori, quam unquam antea, jucunditate recreabit. Ac de his hactenus. Quod vero ad nostra negotia attinet; perveni huc die 24 Julii, sub vesperam, ac statim adivi Illustrissimum Dominum Nuncium, cui vestras tradidi, quas laeto vultu accipere visus est: sed colloquendi non fuit otium, cum, parata coena, jam discumbere vellet. In posteriorem Diem igitur rejectus, ad Dominum Carpionem me conferebam, cum didici eum ad vos Missum, quatriduo ante, hinc discessisse. Dolui admodum eum non esse mihi obviam factum, tum ratione vestrarum, tum mearum literarum, quoniam fasciculum quendam ad me quoque ferebat. Sed quod maxime me torquebat erat cura de litteris Illu∣strissimi Domini Rosenbergii, quas sciebam inclusas Domini Carpi∣onis literis, nec eas aperire, aut alii tradere audebam, cum diserte es∣set, scriptum illud ad manus proprias. Dum itaque occasionem quero & expecto, ea sese obtulit, quam mox audietis. Reversus sequenti die, ad Illustrissimum Dominum Nuncium, invenio apud illum Jesui∣tam Italum, qui mihi fuit a confessionibus: blande 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ambobus ac∣cipior, sedere jubeor, a Jesuita nomine candoris & ingenuitatis, non parum laudor. Tum lupide moneor ab Illustrissimo Domino Nuncio ut ipsi adsim, in convertendo Jesuita ille (is enim erat qui cum ipso ex∣postulaverat, quod nimis facile mihi dedisset: testimonia triumphan∣tis Ecclesiae non subjici judicio militantis.) Respondeo me fecisse quod in me erat ut docerem eum praeferre Coelum terrae, ac tribu∣nal superius inferiori; sed cum id mihi minime successet, ejus esse, sua doctrina & autoritate, hominem de sententia illa dejicere Illustrissi∣mus Dominus Nuncius haud gravate, nostram sententiam, hac in par∣te, probat, & exemplis confirmat, atque ita concludit, ut statuat cer∣titudinem videntis & audientis Dominum, aut ejus angelum, non pendere a probatione Ecclesiastica, neque ab illo esse rationem repeten∣dam suae revelationis, dum nihil publici muneris exercere audet: sed si incipiat palam profiteri, se a Deo doctum & missum, ita ut non 〈◊〉〈◊〉 solum, sed aliorum quoque intersit, scire quo spiritu agatur, tunc Ecclesiasticorum munus esse, illius spiritum examinare & pro∣bare, neque ipsum jure posse examen hoc detrectare, licet suas reve∣lationes eis subjicere minime teneatur. Nam si ordinaria autoritas eum admiserat, bene habebit, nihilque turbarum excitabitur: sin per injuriam aut inscitiam ali quam, aut per aliam hujusmodi cau∣sam, rejicietur, suum erit appellare Superiorem Dominum, qui ip∣sum misit, quo suum servum & Legatum defendat, aut ordinario Ju∣dice commonefacto, aut alia ratione: quod probabat decreto La∣teranense Concilii, cujus mentionem facit in suis literis; ac praeterea historia S. Francisci, qui primum expulsus ab Innocentio Pontifice, mox revocatus fuit, cum per quietem apparuisse Pontifici pannosus ille, qui Lateranense templum suis humeris fulciret. Addebat praete∣rea viros Dei non esse solitos deterreri una aut altera repulsa, & hoc

repellendi modo, dicebat Praesules aliquando usos esse, ut probarent spiritum & constantiam eorum qui res novas magnasque Propone∣rent. Ego vero inquam, ut haec ita se habeant, Vos hactenus publi∣cum munus exercere non tentasse, & intra privatos parietes, summa modestia vos continuisse. Tum ille, longiori ambitu verborum, sic de vobis disserint, ut ex vestris verbis Serenissimum Poloniae Regem, ad invictssimun Caesarem, & ad Illustrissimum Legatum Hispanicum, jam constare diceret, vos aliquid amplius quam privatum moliri: Ac Summo Pontifici, sedenti in specula super totam Christianam Rem∣publicam potuisse merito suspectas esse vestras personas, hoc modo Principum animos, & interiores aularum recessus scrutantes: Idque ratione vestrae Regnae, infensissimae Apostolicae, sedi, & cum ipso Tur∣ca conspirantis, necnon spiritus familiares habentis ac praeterea ra∣tione vestrae summae peritiae, in artibus & scientiis reconditis, quibus facile plebi & imperitis imponi potest. Cum enim sitis magni Astro∣logi, dicebat ille, & facile vobis sit habere geneses principum, nec∣non Magicas artes calleatis, haud difficulter possetior bonorum An∣gelorum nomine, ea proponere, quae a spiritu Ecclesiae hoste manarent. Ideo Summum Pontificem, (cui duo, illi Principes sunt maxime ob∣servandi, utpote qui inter Haereticos vivant & regnent) prudenter fecisse, qui jusserit, ut in vestros mores & doctrinam inquireretur. Ac∣cidisse autem praeter ejus postulatam & voluntatem, ut, indicta cau∣sa, expelleremini. Se vero vicem nostram dolere, & paratum esse ad curandum, ut vos justificare possitis, idque sibi esse in votis, non se∣mel asserint Quapropter hortatus est me, ut ad Illustrissimum Domi∣num Rosenbergium contenderem, at que ipsius bonam propensionem, erga vos, ei significarem; Nam ille a Summo Pontifice facile impetra∣bit, ut causa vestra hic cognoscatur, & si ille vobis faverit, ut hacte∣nus fecit, se quoque adfuturum vobis omnibus officiis, ac primum fore, qui se vestris genibus obvolvat si tales eritis, quales vos non∣nulli praedicant. Ego igitur recta ad Illustris. D. Rosenbergium. Sed quater redeundum mihi fuit, antequam admitterer. Die 27 tandem 〈◊〉〈◊〉, exposui meum studium, erga vos resque vestras, ac quomodo Illust. D. Nuncius affectus ergavos esset, ac tandem oravi utnon desere∣ret patrocinium & defensionem illam, quam suscepisset peregrinorum 〈◊〉〈◊〉, qui a Caesare minus bene informato ad Caesarem me∣lius informatum, provocarent, ac suam innocentiam, Dei & ho∣minibus, probatam cuperent. Ille humaniter respondit: Vos non ad∣modum sibi notos esse: se bis cum seniore; semel tantum cum juniore collocutum, judicasse vos doctos & pios, & praeclaris donis instru∣ctos: existimare vobis hoc accidisse mala aliqua relatione cui incom∣modo a res principum sunt obnoxiae: vestrum esse id aequo animo ferre: non se poenitere quod vobis faverit, & si scirit quid potissimum, a se, peteretis, daturum operam, ut vestris votis responderetur. Tune mihi visum est nonnulla dicere de optima spe, quam de ipso conce∣pissetis,

& quomodo me non dimiseratis sine literis ad illum: Sed erant inclusae fasciculo D. Joan. Carpionis, quem statim protuli, atque eo instante ac respondente D. Carpionem non aegre laturum si ipsi dedissem, tradidi fasciculum ei, qui dixit se per otium lecturum, ac, sequenti die, mihi responsurum. Discedo igitur ab illo ad Illust. D. Nuncium, atque otium nactus, tum per me, tum per Illust. Lega∣tum Florentinum, pluribus cum eo agere instituo, de insigni injuria vobis facta: expono quantopore laboraveritis, ut considere possetis, apud Catholica Templa, & quam inhumaniter, in hospitiis & civita∣tibus ratione hujus praejudicii Caesarei, tractaremini, doceo quam sordido & angusto loco vestras familias reliqueritas, ita ut vestram supellectilem, & libros explicare nequi veritis; Moneo, ut Domini Dee jam grandis natu, aut potius senis, & nihil tale hactenus passi vicem doleat; ejus erumnas non tanquam simplicis hominis conside∣randas esse, cum vir sexagenarius, quatuor tenel lis suavissimisque li∣beris (quorum major septimum annum vix excesserit) ac dilectissi∣mae conjugi adjunctis, longe gravius affligatur, ratione uxoris suae lectissimae foeminae, & pignorum charissimorum, quam sui ipsius; o∣stendo quanto offendiculo hoc futurum sit Catholicis Anglis, ac caeteris, & quanta ansa praebeatur haereticis, invehendi in Ecclesia∣sticum ordinem: declaro periculum imminens ordini illi, si forte De∣us facultatibus vestris ad eos plectendos eorum inimicos armari per∣mitteret: Demonstro Deum alias, per Isaelitas haereticos Catholi∣cos Judaeos punire consuevisse: ac denique declaro, quam absur∣dum sit vos indicta caussa condemnari, si id meriti sitis: quanto ab∣surdius, si non meriti sitis quicqnam tale: absurdissimum vero, cum a Catholica Ecclesia honor potius vobis deberetur: Ac cum non petatis nisi ut vobis vos purgare liceat, nihil magis consentaneum rationi excogitari, nullo alio modo errorem admissum emendari, atque hoc negotium bene dirigi & redintegrari posse. Ille mihi le∣git vestras literas, id est D. Dee, sed de rebus, ambobus vobis, ali∣quo modo, communibus: dicit se non credere ea, quae de divinis monitis & miraculis, in illis, continentur, petit ut ipse declarem ob∣scuriorem locum de libris combustis: audit a me testimonium ocula∣tum de illis concrematis, & quomodo vobis audiverim eos esse coeli∣tus restitutos, ac denique concludit in illis literis esse multa lauda∣bilia, multa admirabilia, multa itidem incredibilia; sed cum non sint Deo impossibilia, se sustinere assensum, nec velle quicquam certi, re non penitus explorata, pronunciare: vobis tamen respon∣surum humaniter, ac daturum mihi literas, quod fecit postea die 28, quas literas ad vos, cum hisce, mitto. Et quia legendi eas mihi 〈◊〉〈◊〉 copiam, satis jejunias & frigidas mihi esse visus, haud 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Tamen quia mentionem aliquam mei facit, tanquam hominis 〈◊〉〈◊〉 quo fusius de suo animo, erga vos, egerit, visum est mihi accu∣rate & particulatim exponere, quid inter nos actum dictumve sit, ut

verba cum factis conferre possitis, & pro vestra prudentia & pie∣tate, consilium capere, & si operae precium videbitur rescribere. Quantum enim ex ejus sermonibus colligo, videtur ipsi necessarium novum mandatum, a summo Pontifice, antequam quicquam vobis∣cum agat; nec se scripturum dicit de vobis Romam, nisi prius petatis quod ab ejus sanctitate capitis: utpote qui, in hac causa, fuerit merus interpres, inter Pontificem & Caesarem; nec possit, nisi verbis sui Domini quicquam promittere & statuere. Idcirco, quantum vi∣dere possum, res diutius protrahetur quam vellemus, nisi Dominus noster & Pontifex coelestis, alio modo, nobis providerit. Die 28 & 29 inveni Illust. D. Rosenbergium tam occupatum, ut admitti non potuerim, sed per cubicularium significavit, se valde cupere ut collo∣queremur, itaque redirem die 30. Interim fui rursus cum Illustris∣simo D. Nuncio, mox discessuro ad Sancti Caroli Monasterium, ubi commorabitur quamdiu hi estus saevient. Et cum commodo ceci∣disset, in colloquendo, visum est, mihi interrogare hominem, an pro∣baret meam sententiam de discernendo ex certis notis & terminis ve∣rum verbum Dei a ficto & fucato, cum possit angelus malus trans∣formare se in angelum lucis & Apostata falsi, non raro, se transfigu∣rent in Apostolos Christi. Dicebam enim duo mihi videri necessaria, ut hoc judicium rite fiat, primum quidem, in homine audiente, bo∣na propensio & animus bene affectus ad Creatorem, totusque ex ei ita pendens, ut nihil antiquius habeat quam ei placere, & qui de ejus benignitate atque veritate non dubitet erga eos, qui ad ipsum con∣fugiunt, ut bonum spiritum hauriant. Deinde in sermone, nomine Dei proposito, requiri eas proprietates, quae tantum authorem de∣ceant; quas graphice describit Paulus, cum dicit, Vivus est enim sermo Dei & efficax, & penetrabilior omni gladio ancipiti, & per∣lingens * 10.13 usque ad divisionem animae ac spiritus, compagum quoque ac medullarum, & discretor cogitationum & intentionum cordis, & non est ulla creatura invisibilis in conspectu ejus. Cui adstipulatus Deus, qui apud Jeremiam dicit; Propheta qui somnium habet, somnium nar∣ret, * 10.14 et qui verba mea habet, verba mea narret. Quid paleis cum tritico? dicit Dominus. Nunquid non verba mea sunt quasi ignis? dicit Dominus, quasi malleus conterens petram? Concludebam igitur, hominem Deo fidentem, ex efficacitate & ardore illo, quo affici se percipit, deprehen∣dere sermonis Dei veritatem. Nam vox lupi & alieni pastoris non potest permovere veram ovem, ut ipsum diu sequatur, & hanc esse regulam, qua judicarem divinas sententias a non divinis, distingui posse: Ille probabit meam sententiam, atque addidit, sine bono stu∣dio auditorum, non apparere efficacitatem divinorum sermonum, ut constat ex Christi historia. Dum enim simplices Israelite, dicebant; Nunquid sic loquutus est homo, & similia de Christi doctrina, Pharisaei & perversi Sacerdotes eum deridebant & contemnebant. Tnnc ego, si contingeret igitur, ut cum congrediemur, fieret ad te verbum Do∣mini,

num hujuscemodi regula utereris. Hic ille inquit, cum posset accidere, ut mihi de hac re judicandum esset, nolo hoc tempore, meam sententiam declarare, sed hujuscemodi ratio non mihi mala videtur. Ex quibus verbis nescio quid mihi visus sum adorari minus candidum, quam in re tanta, opus esset. Sed Dei esto judicium de ejus interiori sensu. Ego, bona fide, colloquia nostra exposui, ut vobis usui esse possint, ratus hoc vobis gratum, sicut foret mihi si ve∣stro loco essem. Reversus die 30, ad Illust. D. Resenbergium vidi eum tandem exeuntem, ex cubiculo, ad quosdam nobiles, et dixit se tantopere districtum esse, ut mecum colloqui non posset. Sicut cuperet. Ego vero, inquam me S. Celsitudinis monitu, toties rever∣sum expectare ejus responsum, et an vobis rescribere vellet. Tunc ille inquit prius tecum colloquendum est mihi, itaque, (ut ejus ver∣bis utar) habeas patientiam, aliquot dies donec ego pro te mittam, et sic me dimisit. Docui igitur Venceslaum cubicularium nostras ae∣des, qui dixit se optime callere locum, ac, suo tempore, memorem fore mei, cum Dominus me accerset. Expectans igitur aut respon∣sum Illustrissimi D. Rosenbergii, aut aliquid aliud dignum vestris au∣ribus, non visum est mihi id vos expressum nuncium mittere: Mo∣nente praesertim Domino Sevembergio, vobis esse paratis nescio quas aedes in oppido Naitu, in Comitatu Suarreburgensi, & ut ex∣pectarem reditum Domini Carpionis, quem propediem reversurum sperabat, ne sine magna causa atque incertus de loco vestrae sedis, ad vos literas dirigerem. Igitur non parum solicitus de vobis & de redi∣tu D. Carponis, semel ad minimum in die, ejus aedes adeo, atque in∣terrogo si quid de illo significetur, nec quicquam, per multos dies audio. Tandem de die 12 Augusti scisitor D. Millerum an aliquid mi∣hi de amico, dicere possit. Respondet se quoque expectare hominem, atque admodum mirari tam diuturnam moram, praesertim cum D. Gregorius, qui in ipso Carpione ad vos venerat, sit triduo ante rever∣sus. Ego igitur, qui nihil prius de D. Gregorii aut itinere aut redi∣tu noveram, ad illum recta contendo. Gallus ejus contubernalis hu∣maniter me admittit, jubet expectare D. Doctorem, et ad illum ac∣cersendum currit. Sed cum diutius moraretur, ego jam discessurus, video D. Gregorium seorsum cum ipso colloquentem, et me torvo vultu intuentum. Saluto illum & gratulor reditum, ac demum de vobis incorrogo. Ille respondet se nihil quicquam de vobis aut re∣bus vestris scire, nec vobiscum fuisse. Tunc ego aliquantulum haereo, ac tandem dico, si nolit quicquam dicere me aequo animo laturum, sed jam mihi constare eum vobiscum fuisse: Ille stoma∣chatur vestrum nomen, ac totius mundi fallacias & imposturas: di∣cit sua sibi esse curae, non vestra vos multa quidem promittere, sed parum praestare, nescire se quare conqueramini: se per sesqui an∣num, vana spe lactatum, vobis ad haesisse, ut aliquod e minoribus vestris arcanis disceret, nec quicquam a licujus momenti percepisse.

Hic ego: an parvum tibi videtur arcanum illud contra luem vene∣ream? Ille vero, subridens, a D. Sconto, inquit, longe praestantio∣rem habeo. Denique, his omissis, librum meum Postellae repeto: il∣le negat se habuisse interrogata quo audiverim; ac me laudante D. Dee, ille rursus negat se vidisse; nisi forte, inquit, ex manibus D. Se∣venbergii, vis dicere librum nescio quem sine titulo: ac denique de restituendo nullam spem facit. Ego qui cum illo verba commutare nollem, abeo: ac puerum vestrum Stanislaum, in atrio offendo, & ab illo intelligo, vos Erfordiam usque cum D. Gregorio & D. Carpione venisse, ante octiduum. D. Carpionem illinc Bambergam ad exigendas nescio quas pecunias, profectum; se cum D. Gregorio, hoc venisse. In∣terrogo an literas aut aliquod verbulum, a vobis, ad me, ferret; re∣spondet, nihil prorsus, quia forte putabant, inquit, te hic non esse: se post triduum aut quatriduum ad vos reversurum. Laudo ejus con∣silium, & constantiam in serviendis Dominis, ac doceo meas aedes, ne sine meis literis ad vos veniat: promittit se non discessurum, me in∣salutato D. Gregorius interim percipit, me cum eo colloqui, atque iratus (quantum ex voce clamantis judicare possum) puerum revo∣cat. Ego, cogitabundus, discedo. Die quinto decimo hujus mensis, tandem 〈◊〉〈◊〉 servulum vestrum Stanislaum, in loco libero, eum ac∣curatius de vestris rebus ac statu examino, atque non sine magna a∣nimi mei voluptate, audio vobis concessas esse ampliores aedes. Illust. D. Langravium praestantissimo D. Dee multum tribuere ut favere, & summo Deo pro tanto munere magnas gratias ago, atque puerum ad meum cubiculum duco ostendoque illi literas ad vos paratas, ne sine ipsis ad vos revertatur. Sed paulo postea pater Carpionis me mo∣net, se velle ante noctem, ad vos unicum expressum mittere & ut scribam si velim: nam se a D. Kelleo monitum hoc mihi significare: ingentes gratias ago D. Kelleo qui mei non sit omnino oblitus, & haec, per hunc quem vobis spero fidem nuncium, significare statuo, scripturus rursus per Stanislaum, si operae pretium videbitur.

Oro vos atque obtestor per Deum illum vivum, qui Autor est no∣strae amicitiae, & qui diserte praecepit ut nos invicem ac mutuo ame∣mus, ne obliviscamini mei cum datur vobis occasio invigendi me per literas aut per inter nuncios, & reddendi me certiorem de statu ve∣strarum nostiorumque rerum; nam ego certe vestri non obliviscar, & officia mea id testibuntur, non solum coram Deo, sed etiam coram omnibus hominibus. Si vester reditus aliquandiu differetur, invisam vos proximo mense Septembri, longe enim a vobis vix vivere possum, immo si proprie loquendum sit, me vitae taedet: Ac praesens agam de nonnullis rebus quas scribere minime decet.

Jam elapsi sunt 18 dies ex quo Illustrissimum Nuncium Apostoli∣cum non vidi, & cum satis superque satisfecerim obedientiae, non ad∣ibo illum, ne verba nobis dare sibi tam facile fore persuadeat. Osten∣dit literas D. Dee Legato Veneto & Florentino & uterque mihi

summopere eas laudavit, dixitque sibi visus disertas graves, & plus∣quam vulgaris spiritus, & optissint exemplum illarum, sed ego of∣ferre non poteram, & dubito ne Illustristimus Nuncius eas suppri∣mat; nam haud obscure, innuit se timere vestrum 〈◊〉〈◊〉 prae∣sertim aequum & rationale, & id quaerere videtur, ut vobiscum age∣re possit more Hisp. &c. D. Joan. Carpio, nondum revertitur, & D. Rosenbergius cras dicitur discessurus & nescio an recuperare potero literas ad eundem Carpionem, in quibus de pecuniolis 〈◊〉〈◊〉 agebatur, si dubitatis ne ille diutius quam par sit, solutionem differat quaeso curetis, ut aliquo alio modo mihi prospiciatur. D. ab Ossa, per 20 dies, non vidi, ac Jesuitis palam dixi & dico quandocunque occasio se offert, vobis factum ab ipsis insignem injuriam, eos plus pendere ab aulis terrestribus quam a coelesti: timere collationem aquam cum vo∣bis, ac suae causae annum haud obscure dissidere, itaque jam sum eis mi∣nus gratus.

Saluto uxorem D. Dee lectissimam foeminam, ac mihi non mi∣nus quam matrem venerandam; necnon conjugem D. Kellei rarum exemplum juvenilis sanctitatis, castitatis, atque omnium virtu∣tum. Saluto omnes, alios vestros domesticos sanctos vosque in∣primis D. D. Joan. & Ed. desiderabilia mihi nomina foelices ac bea∣tos in Domino cupio ac precor. Quantum tribuam & tribuere de∣beam vestris precibus nostis, eis oro atque obsecro me apud D. Deum juvetis ut vocationi meae respondeam, & cursum meum hilari animo ac firmo corpore perficiam. Sanctissimus ille pater, qui nobis jam sus∣citavit pastorem illum magnum D. Jesum filium suum mox reversu∣rum ad subigendos omnes innimicos ejus sub pedibus suis, atque ex∣tremam manum impositurum renovationi rerum, nos omnes suo spiritu foveat ac recreet, ut Lati adventum ejus praestolari, atque nu∣ptialibus vostibus, lampadibusque accensis ornati, ipsi occurrere possimus. Praga xv Kal. Octob. M. D. Lxxxv.

Idem Dominationibus vestris addictissius Atque ex animo frater

PUCCIUS

Praestantissimis ac Deo dilectis viris D. D. Joannes Dee. & Eduardo Kelleo Gene∣rosis Anglis, ac Majoribus in Christo fra∣tribus, mihi, tanquam Patribus colendis, &c.

Mgnifice 〈◊〉〈◊〉; & utipater amantissime & observande non minori etiam desiderio teneor vi∣dendi & de multis colloquendi cum Magnifica dominature vestra de cujus erga me & fide, & amore nunquam dubitavi nec dubitare possum post prandium hora commoda ego illam accedam. Deus sua, gratia semper nobis adsit.

Vester ex animo, Guilielmus propria manu.

Febr. 10. 1587, stilo novo. Trebone.

Postride reditus 〈◊〉〈◊〉 a Vienna ad Trebonam.

✚ A

Sir, My hearty commendations unto you desiring your health as my own, my Lord was exceeding glad of your Letters, and said now I see he loveth me, and truly as far as I perceive he loveth us heartily. This Sunday in the Name of the Blessed Trinity I begin my Journey, wherein I com∣mend me unto your prayers, desiring the Almighty to send his fortitude with me. I commend me unto Mrs. Dee a thousand times, and unto your little babes: wishing my self rather amongst you, then elsewhere, I will by Gods grace about twenty dayes hence return, in the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 season all com∣fort and joy be amongst you;

Δ

• Prage.
• 1587.
• 25 Januarii.
• Thomas Kelly. went with him.
• Francis Garland. went with him.
• Ferdinando Hernyk. went with him.

Your assured and im∣moveable friend. E. Kelly.

To the Right Worshipful, and his assured friend Mr. John Dee Esquire, give these.

Magnifico Domino, Domino Dee.

Received of Lodovick in the High-way by Platz, in the middle way between New-house and Trebon, as I was comming from New-house, whither I went to have met my Lord as he came from 〈◊〉〈◊〉: But Arch-duke Ernest was occasion (as was thought) that they should go to Prage by 〈◊〉〈◊〉, being the more even, although not the next way: I received them on Friday the 6 of February, and they were delivered him at Prage on Sunday was a seven-night before, being the 25 of January, novo stilo.

Swethart I 〈◊〉〈◊〉 me unto you, hoping in God that you are in good health, as I and my children, with all my Houshold am here, I praise God for it; I have none other matter to write unto you at this time.

I being at New-house from Trebone, (to go to understand which way my Lord Rosenberg would go from 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to Prage and when,) and this Letter being in the same day brought from Prage, my 〈◊〉〈◊〉 sent Lodovick with it, toward me, and so without Platz Town in the High-way he gave it me.

✚ Trebone in Bohemia. Visitationis Secundae, Actio instituta.

Δ Preces ad Diem fudi, and declared that we here and now presented our selves, as in obe∣dience, * 11.1 according to the time prescribed of six Moneths end, since the last good Friday: I craved pardon of all our errors and misdeeds, since the last time of his visiting us, and now requested his aid and direction hence-forward to walk prosperously, according to the well pleasing of his divine Majestie: and that he would grant unto William Rosenberg, E. K. and me his graces, so abun∣dantly, that in us his honour might be increased, and glory advanced mightily and trium∣phantly, &c.

E. K. Here is a round fire like a Sunne.

Vox ..... Frigida praeparatio.

Frigida oratio.

Frigidam hoc exigunt responsuns.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 tamen Gulielmo, mediatorem & agnum, respondere paratum, consulite.

E. K. He is gone now.

Δ Tu justus es Domine, & nos impii: tu sanctus es Domine, & viae tuae immaculatae: nos nec orare, neque nos praeparare sine tuo auxilio & gratia unquam possimus: Tuam igitur 〈◊〉〈◊〉 concedas gratiam, & de tanto errore nostro dignam agere poenitentam, ut agnum, & mediatorem nostrum om∣ni tempore nobis inveniamus propitium ex tua clementia, illius meritis, & lpiritus tui Sancti afflatu consolatorio: Amen.

Cui, Trino & uni, Deo vero, & Omnipotenti, sit sempiternus honor, laus perennis, & gloria perpetua.

Amen.

✚ Trebone, Actio Secunda ex septem.

Anno 1586.

Octob. 14. Tuesday. Mane post solis ortum.

Circa 7. Precibus fusis, gratiisque actis pro misericordiis Dei infinitis erga nos tam in prad∣st inatione quàm in executione, in patria, in 〈◊〉〈◊〉, & in hac peregrinatione, & pro liberatione no∣stra ex manibus hostium in Pragensi exilio, & pro sua continua tutela, & pro redactione nostra cum honore & gloria in illo, ad quietem & securitatem cum Willielmo Rosenbergio, jam lebamus quid ipse potissimum nobis proponere velit ex suis mvsteriis, & quid de 〈◊〉〈◊〉 esset sta∣tuendum, quid de & operibus Philosophicis juxta 〈◊〉〈◊〉 propositum, & quid de errore in practica nuper facta sit statuendum, & quid praetere a nobis jam & praecipue sit faciendum, & ad 〈◊〉〈◊〉 vocandum paratos, nos esse juxta Dei beneplacitum, &c.

Δ I had set up Mensam foederis, with the appurtenances, and had set the Angelical Stone in the frame of Gold on the 〈◊〉〈◊〉, onely E. K. and I being in the goodly little Chappel next my Chamber, appointed to our uses.

A voice ..... Let him come, that is to come.

Δ I went for the Lord Rosenberg, whom I found in his Oratory of the Church hearing of Masse: And he came with me and sat in his 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

E. K. I see a great plain like unto a field, as though it were a * 11.2 Mile over, in the end of it there is a great high rotten Tree, all the grasse is as though it were withered and burned, there com∣meth a beam as of fire from Heaven, and lighteth upon the Tree, now there commeth water out of the root of the Tree, as though it were a Sea, and spreadeth all the plain over: And the Tree open∣eth and there commeth a Man out of it, his hair hangeth down unto his girdle stead, his garment covereth him down from his shoul∣ders, and hangeth behind him down upon the water.

The earth hath now drunk up all the water, and the Man stan∣deth upon the dry ground.

All the place is full of green grasse about a cubit high.

Now the Man is out of sight.

It seemed to be as beyond and without the Stone.

The Vision is clean dis-appeared.

Δ I expounded this Vision in Latin to the Lord Rosenberg.

E. K. In the middest of the Stone seemeth to stand a little round thing like a spark of fire, and it increaseth, and seemeth to be as bigge as a Globe of 20 inches Diameter, or thereabout.

Vox ..... Wo be unto the World, wo be unto the World, and Worldlings: Wo be unto you Sonnes of men, for you are withered, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the field of the Lord bringeth you not forth: you are de∣filed, and being defiled, you defile also the beauty of your Seat: And behold, behold, behold, (I say) you that are the King and Princes of the Earth tyed and knit together upon one stemme, you are all rotten and barren, behold, you bring forth no fruit: but even as the grasse that withereth, he is a dis-glory to the place, even so, are you that is grasse, of your situation and dwelling, for be∣hold, you have no leaves, much lesse fruit: Wo, wo, wo, unto such a generation, which lacketh moisture, and the fire of comfort: The 〈◊〉〈◊〉 that carrieth you is the Seat and holy place, which also is contaminated. And lo, behold, (as it wer) withered; if holinesse be hidden whereupon * 11.3 you stand, how wicked are those that are governed by you, how wicked are you, and how abomina∣ble:

how full of corruption are you that stand without all beauty, moisture, or comfort: The time shall come that the power and might of God which here speaketh amongst you, in the fire and spirit or his holy truth shall come down from above, from Heaven, from the Seat of comfort, from the everlasting Throne, and shall fall down, not into you, nor amongst you (for you shall be rooted out) but into the stemme and into the root which is the holy place, and the house of comfort: And behold, the power of God, (of him that speaket) shall be mighty, strong, and of infinite power: So that like a Woman with Child, she shall bring forth in the Church of God, a man, clothed with a white garment: which is JUSTICE unspotted, which may walk with infinite power (and in the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and beauty) upon the abundance of graces, and the waters of comfort, which shall slow out of the holy Seat.

And behold, ô you Sonnes of men, you shall be full of understanding, and of the spirit of Wis∣dome, and the grace of God, (of him that speaketh with yo) shall be plentiful and strong amongst you: So that you shall spring, and beautifie the Earth and the House of Christ: And behold, the higher boughes, and mighty branches shall lose their vertue, and be cast down, because they have placed themselves upon the outward rotten Stock, to the dishonour of him that hath called them: and there shall no more strength or vertue be amongst you: but you shall be subject to verity, and be 〈◊〉〈◊〉 with an iron rod, by him that came out, and walked on the waters: Then shall be peace * 11.4 and rest: 〈◊〉〈◊〉 shall 〈◊〉〈◊〉 descend.

E. K. Now is all dis-appeared away out of sight.

Δ I read the former 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in Laune to the Lord Rosenberg.

A Pause.

Δ Tu justus es Domine, & Judicia tua vera, tu omnipotens ô Deus noster, & brachio tuo nullus 〈1 line〉〈1 line〉 nos 〈◊〉〈◊〉 & Justitia.

E. K. Now he is returned again in the form he went away in. A red crosse commeth over it, pure red, so yellowish.

A Pause.

So that 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Name of the God of Righteousnesse, and of his Sonne Christ shall be magnified in * 11.5 〈◊〉〈◊〉: § And 〈◊〉〈◊〉, behold, by my self, I swear that after a few Moneths the time expired; I will 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 he holy place, so that there shall be no abomination in it.

§ And behold, the ends of the World shall be opened, and all people shall rejoyce in the Crosse and Name of the Lamb.

§ But first 〈◊〉〈◊〉 terrour to all Nations. § Wo, wo, therefore be unto you, ô you Kings and Princes of the Earth! he that hath eares let him hear.

..... And lo, behold, this day I am descended, and my promise is upon him that heareth 〈◊〉〈◊〉 you.

Let him 〈◊〉〈◊〉 therefore the fragility of humane reason, and give me a dwelling place by 〈◊〉〈◊〉: for I will 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 make a Covenant with him, so that my Name and Spirit shall not de∣part * 11.6 from his House.

And what I have promised him I am, and I will bring to passe: what is he, or who is he that * 11.7 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 to 〈◊〉〈◊〉, that (if he repent no) receiveth not 〈◊〉〈◊〉 reward?

And moreover, I will appear to him hereafter, and he shall be partaker of the coelestial mystery, if my Name be exalted in him.

And be 〈◊〉〈◊〉, he shall often fall, but he shall rise again, and shall persevere unto the end.

E. K. It is dis-appeared.

Δ Legi 〈◊〉〈◊〉 hanc 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Latine ipsi Principi Rosenbergio.

A Pause.

E. K. In lapide stetit scriptum. After an hour.

Δ We removed not, out fat still and discoursed partly upon the premisses, and partly of Englands 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 to come.

K. K. There appeareth a little white cloud, like the end of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 cloud, with a dark image of a face of three in one: sometimes ap∣pearing three, sometimes one.

The end of the white cloud doth wave up and down before the face.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 ex latere lapidis ..... These four Moneths, let William (for asmuch as in him lyeth) abstain * 11.8 from Prage, for he shall deceive those that are deceivers.

Two winds shall arise from the Earth within these next yeares in this Kingdom: In the first let him sit still: In the second let him arm himself; and resist with Victory.

E. K. There appeareth a Wood, a great Wood on the left hand by a River: There be two like Hawks, whereof one is white, and the other is black: The one is on a bough in the water, that is the black, the other on a withered bough on the land.

A great Bear commeth out of the Wood. * 11.9

Now he runneth toward them, he catcheth the black one in the water, and swalloweth him, and standeth up upon his hinder legs. Now he goeth to the other, and shaketh him in his mouth, and stan∣deth up on his hinder legs: and hath pulled off both his Wings, he returneth into the Wood again, the body of the white lyeth on the ground. Now he turneth his feet up.

Now he standeth on his legs again.

He followeth the Bear the same way he went, he would lift up himself as if he would fly, but he cannot.

All this Wood, Bear, and two Fowles are vanished.

E. K. Below standeth a great Castle, at the foot of the Hill on which that Wood did stand, down in a valley from the Hill goeth a great high Bridge of Stone long (in sight) about ten English miles long.

Beside the entrance, on the right hand of that Castle, is like a Dial, with motions coelestial in it, of Sunne and Moon.

Now commeth a Bear, (black as the other) a very great mon∣strous * 11.10 Bear. The Bridge quaketh under him as he passeth it toward the Castle he roareth, lookingtoward the Castle. He steppeth up to the Dial, and taketh the Moon out of it, and teareth it all in pieces with his teeth. The Castle falleth, and the bridge where he stand∣eth is broken. The Castle is all in ruine.

The Bear standeth upon the edge of the bridg, and beholdeth the ruine of the Castle down into a pit as it were.

Now he goeth back and the bridg falleth down after him.

Now the Wood appeareth again, and he goeth into the Wood.

Now that Vision is all vanished away.

Vox ..... You 〈◊〉〈◊〉 shortly see, against what stone Pucci hath spurned.

My Peace and blessing be upon you.

E. K. Now all is gone away.

Δ Gloria, 〈◊〉〈◊〉, honor, Benedictio & Jubilatio sit Deo Patri, Deo filio, & Deo Spititui sancto: sicut erat in principio, & nunc, & in sempiterna saeculorum saecula. Amen.

Spiritu 〈◊〉〈◊〉 confirma nos Deus, Deus noster confirmet nos Deus, Omnipotens, Sempiterne vive & vere. Amen, Amen,

Amen.

MEMORANDUM.

Anno 1586. Octobris Die 17, à meridie, post novas cum Fr. Puccio turbas & rixas, prop∣ter pecunias quas cupiebat à nobis habere, ex liberalitate, & in nomine Dei, & tanquam a servis Dei, & non ab Edwardo Kelleo tanquam ab Edwardo Kelleo, nos [Δ & E. K] conclusimus (ad scandala multa evitanda 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 contra nos sparserat & excogitaverat, propter pecunias ejus 800 Florenorum, Deo oblat as & reddit as per illum, & prius recusatas quando nos illi solvere pa∣rati eramus, & 630 Ducatos illi exhibuimus coram Deo, ut inde acciperet quod suum esse judica∣bat) Conclusimus inquam, (cam bonae spe, quod non offenderemus Deum) ante illum, coram te∣stibus, exponere numerum 800 Florenorum: & si sibi deberi assereret, quod recipere posset, si vel∣let; sin vero negaret 800 Florenorum, aut aliquam sibi à nobis deberi pecuniam, Tunc & id etiam coram testibus pronuntiatum volebamus, testimonio, & chirographo conscripto notum facere tempo∣ribus & locis opportunis.

Ex Arco Ivimus igitur ad Primatis Domum, & convocatis aliquot Civibus primariis, Sacerdo∣te sediere, & aliquot scribis Illustris summi Principis (Domini Rosenbergii) duos magnos saccos pecuniarum expostuimus, & ex (ubi duo millia ducatorum, & preaterca plures quàm 400 Doleri nume∣rabantur supra mensam, 800 Floreni: Et Dilemmate illi proposito (quod superius annotavi) 〈◊〉〈◊〉 accipere contentus erat, sed ille voluit subscribere, se accepisse in nomine Dei, & à nobis tanquam à servis Dei. Nos vero protestabamur nos nullo modo recipere in nos, ut a Deo hoc nobis esset 〈◊〉〈◊〉 diceremus, ut illi illas proponeremus pecunias, vel accipiendas, vel recusandas ab illo: Sed tantum ad evitanda magna & multa scandala contra nos, ill illius ibidem libero commit∣tere arbitrio, ut ill & dicat, quod illi videretur melius, & illi esset gr Ac∣cepit ergo pecunias, numeravit, & inde est conscriptum Chirogrpahum manu scribe summi Principis (Pauli Wolfg, praesentis cum diversis testibus, qui sua nomina 〈◊〉〈◊〉, ut in 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 appare potest.

Deo gratias agamus. Speramus enim, meliori nos jam 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉: & ma∣gis * 11.11 fore liberos ab ejus lingua venenata & inquieta Deus illum 〈◊〉〈◊〉: & illi sit propitius, at que dixit nobis se velle nu nc ministrum faciat, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 divinae 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 in

✚ Trebone. Anno 1587.

〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 Januarii 21. mane hor. 9.

Δ Tempus 〈◊〉〈◊〉, est tempus opportunum.

Necessitas non habet Legem.

Δ In nomine pat is & F & SS, &c. Pater noster, &c. Omnipotens 〈◊〉〈◊〉 vere & une Deus in adjutorium W. C. E. K. & 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Joannes 〈◊〉〈◊〉, intend, &c.

Δ Not by or upon presumption (O Lord) 〈◊〉〈◊〉 with fear and love toward thee we are ready to hear thy will, as concerning the Shew and Commandement, now at Prage in this moneths be∣ginning made to E. K. We 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and hope it is of thee, and that thou 〈◊〉〈◊〉 not tempt us, or suffer us to be 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in so 〈◊〉〈◊〉 a 〈◊〉〈◊〉, And 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 not 〈◊〉〈◊〉 informed in those two ounces of powder. E. K. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 not how to do, seeing at his return 〈◊〉〈◊〉 he misseth an half ounce thereof 〈1 line〉〈1 line〉 make up that 〈◊◊◊〉〈◊◊◊〉 or 〈◊〉〈◊〉? we will or dare propound to make any compleat action: but therein referre all to our Parliament dayes, or principal ordinary actions assigned.

Mora interposita, parte hora ¼.

E. K. Here appear Letters if I could read them, thus they are.

Δ.

..... 〈1 line〉〈1 line〉.

E. K. They seem white Letters — of greenish yellow coloured figures, in every figure one of the four words, in all being 12 letters.

E. K. Now they be gone.

Δ I understand that the first part of that my Proposition is touched in answer of mihi, that is, to God, the service required is to be done: and ita & a 〈◊〉〈◊〉, so is the message or commandment from the same our God.

Δ Mora 〈◊〉〈◊〉 horae parte ¼.

E K. Now is here other writing, thus, Claudite, clausae sunt.

Δ I understand not this well, if it mean no more to be taken out of the Powder, or what else.

Now appear over the former words, other words, as thus, Cessate

E. K. Over Claudite, is Cessate, the other words I cannot read yet.

E. K. Over clausa sunt appeareth divinum propositum sibi ad 〈◊〉〈◊〉 non constat.

Δ Quae igitur 〈◊〉〈◊〉 sunt, & à te, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 sunt acceptissima.: & perte, & propter te, ut nobis injuncta faciamus tuum, ô Deus, nobis 〈◊〉〈◊〉 praebeas auxilium!

Tibi Creaton Redemptori, & Sanctificatori nostro, sit omnis Laus; Honor, & Gloria, nunc & semper, Amen.

Ad Omnipotentis Trinitatis Laudem, Honorem, & Gloriam.

Mysteriorum Divinorum memorabilia cni dies quartus Aprilis, Anno 1587, dicata suit.

1587. ACTIO TERTIA.

Trebonae Generalis.

Δ. POst preces ad Deum, & recitatum Catalogum illum, petitionum nostrarum ad eundem, * 11.12 quievimus divina expectantes consilia, monita, & oracula.

Magna pausa.

Δ. ..... Tandem accepi literas * 11.13 utras{que} illustrissimi Domini Rosenbergii, & recitavi coram Deo, ut ejus obedientia, humilitas, & desiderium, coram Deo & Angelis ejusdem contestata essent. Alia adhuc pausa, sive Mora facta, sed non longa.

E. K. There seemeth a black Curtain of Velvet, to be drawn from one side of the Stone to the other. The Curtain is full of plights.

There seemed also one to have descended from above, (a good way behinde the Curtain) and so to go behinde the same Curtain.

Alia pausa.

Vox. ..... Happy is he, whose minde thirsteth after the knowledge of such things as are spiri∣tual, and celestial, of such things as are in the everlasting place and glory of him that is, and was, and shall be for ever: for unto him belongeth rest in the harvest of the Highest, and comfort in the midst of many worldly sorrows. For unto him, thus saith the Lord, the Lord of Rest, Thou hast rendred my blood again, with comfort unto me, and hast made a blood of eternal rest unto thy self for ever. Ascend therefore and dwell with me, and receive eternal comfort: for unto such bel ngeth the Kingdom of my Father; for I am * 11.14 Zebaoth unto all such as trust in me. But be∣hold, the earth bringeth not forth my mighty praise, because of the wickedness that aboundeth in all mankinde: Neither have I many such children amongst the sons of men as I have spoken of be∣fore; for why? The Giants of this world are a stumbling block unto the poor people, and unto their subjects: for lo, behold, behold! (I say) vile and base things (for that they are misused) are become gods within their houses: so that, Gold and Silver, precious Stones, and soft Apparel, which were wont to be brought out of their houses to garnish mine withall, are become their gods, and the Idols of their destruction: for, who is he that exalteth not himself in his riches, and de∣spiseth me that was the Author of them? Where is he that loveth not his wife and children, pomp and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ldly glory, more than the setting in order of my little flock, or the preferment of my glory? Who (I say) is he, that maketh not more of himself than of me? Woe be unto you that so do: and woe be unto the generations that shall follow you.

Δ. Be merciful unto us, O God of Mercies.

..... O wretched and miserable mankind, look, look in and upon thy self. Hast thou made thy self? or when thou art afflicted, canst thou remove thine own affliction? Hast thou any thing of thy own, which my Father hath not given thee, through me, in one provident and eternal will? Canst thou hide thy self where I cannot see thee? or canst thou do that which lieth hid from me? Look again upon thy self, and consider what pa∣rents, and root thou hadst thy beginning in Nature: behold, they and their fathers are become the dust of the earth; even so shalt thou do. And even as of them is a straight account of life required, even so shall it be of thee: for, I that made thee, and gave thee breath, made thee partaker and user of my creatures, led thee in and out, gave thee the Sun to shine upon thee, and the Moon as the mother of your radical moisture. I that lifted thee up, either to the honour of a King, or Magistrate, and made thee a governour over thy brethren, will at last take a straight account of thee, how thou hast used thy self to∣wards me, and where thou hast advanced my Name in such things as I have lent thee: And be right sure, that thou shalt pay, even the uttermost farthing. Woe be unto thee, if thou make not a just account; miserable shalt thou be for ever, if thy deserts condemn thee. Therefore while thou hast time and space, look, look up unto me; for I am the Well of comfort, and the God of peace; the true reward of righteousness to all such as faithfully love and trust me.

Pausa.

Δ. I read this over ..... Oh how comfortable are these lessons! Give us and confirm unto us thy graces and blessings, O God, to do thy blessed will herein, and in all our duty toward thee whatsoever.

E. K. Now the voice seemeth to come from him who standeth be∣hinde the Curtain.

Magna Pausa.

William the son of Vrsine, the Lord talketh with thee this day, saying, Wilt thou that I buy a Kingdom for thee with gold or silver? Wilt thou that the Kings and Princes of the earth shall laugh the Almighty God of the heaven and earth to scorn?

Have I at any time preferred (such as trust in me) to the government of my people, by giving them the excrements of the earth?

Look down upon my servant Abraham.

Look down upon his children.

Call to remembrance my servant David.

Set Solomon before thy eyes.

The Kings and Princes of Judah and of Jerusalem.

Consider with thy self the Calling of the twelve: The government and state of such as have been Princes amongst the flock Christian.

Have they been hired or promoted? Have they been lifted up by me with gold or silver, or such like trumpery, the Monsters of the earth? In necessity, to pay Tribute the fish mini∣stred, wherewithall Tribute might be paid according to custom.

In the calling of Abraham, multiplication of seed was promised; which was to be a multitude in people, mighty and great upon the face of the earth.

David was 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in (the least of his brethren) even to be King of Israel, not by the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of precious stones, gold or silver. A Sling he had, a Satchel with a few stones.

Solomon was commanded to build me a Temple, without any sum or stint. The 〈◊〉〈◊〉 went from place to place, intending to teach; neither carried they gold or silver, but onely a scrip or bag prepared for their common victuals and nourishment.

Many Princes and Kings have published my Name, without any promise made unto them from heaven.

Notwithstanding, unto Abraham I have plenty, as his necessities required: and unto his children, as I had limited.

Unto David, being King, riches followed his State: and unto his son Solomon, plenty both at home and abroad, to build my Temple.

Unto the Apostles I gave (in the time of the calling of my people) the spirit of under∣standing, whereby they understood and had power to teach: And unto such as stretched out their hands for my name, I have abundantly given; and it hath been faithfully, and for the love of me taken in hand.

Believe therefore with Abraham, and with his children.

Bring thy fling and bag before the people of the Lord against Goliah.

Endeavor thy self with Solomon, to build a Common-wealth, wherein I will be exalc∣ed, as the servant of the Son of God, and as his follower.

Go forward, as thy own power and ability shall serve thee: For thus saith the Lord of Hosts:

Thou hast nothing but what thou hast received of me: neither thou, neither thy father.

Provide therefore, of that thou hast, which is mine: that is to say, of that which thy power can extend unto, in thine own faculty and riches, to shew thy good will and ready endeavours in such things to be brought to pass, as thou hast learned of me: That is to say, Neglect not the time of this thy visitation, neither despise this Kingdom wherein thou shalt reign, for in so doing I dwell with thee for ever, and with thy posterity which shall be (in me) mighty. When thou art entred into it, whatsoever Treasure there is in my house, or amongst you, Take it, use it.

Make thee a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of it with two edges, that with the one thou maist cut off the ba∣stards * 11.15 head, and with the other build up the Monuments and the houses of cleanliness, godliness, and understanding: That the East again may flourish, and that I may make * 11.16 one Floc, from the Sun-rising to his going down.

In the mean season, shall the Powder which thou hast to be multiplied, be extended, and multiplied with them that are here present, that it may be apt for thy uses, and the strength∣ning of thy faith.

The one half of it thou shalt keep, as the perpetual remembrance of me, even thou and thy posterity.

Unto him that is thy head, do thy true obedience: although his heart be bardued a∣gainst thee, and thirsteth after thy destruction.

For behold, thy enemy that seeketh to devour thy Soul, ceaseth not to lay 〈◊〉〈◊〉 for thee, that thou maist become odious to common people. But the time shall shortly come, when thou

shalt have justice against him. See therefore that thou smite; see, I say again, that thou * 11.17 smite him, for Justice is the hand of the Highest punishing such as offend, either against him or his Innocent.

These that now come unto thee, have brought thee a great Cluster of grapes, even as big as they can both carry: amongst the which, notwithstanding there are many rotten. But behold, the foolishness from above shall appear wisdom before them, when their wisdom shall become foolishness before me, and before themselves.

Round about thee thou shalt receive assistance, and many hearts shall be made glad in thee.

As for my Treasures to be opened, To him that defileth my Seat, and the Sword of Justice.

To him that harboureth abomination in his own houses, and listneth unto wicked counsel.

Unto him which hath despised me, which is accursed of me, shall none of my Trea∣sures be opened.

I have judged him, and it shall appear shortly.

That which is Caesars give unto Caesar; and that which is mine, unto the House of my Honour.

Be obedient (as the servant of God) unto thy Superiours: and whilest thou maist, di∣ligently do Justice. Thy Country shall receive such remembrance of thee, as shall never be rased from the face of the earth: until the fire come down from heaven consuming all things.

Be full of humility, and abandon pride.

Bow down thine ears nnto the poor.

Be often sorry for thy dayes mis-spent.

Be strong for ever in me.

Pausa.

Δ

Thy wife is even at the door of sickness: But behold, I am even he, the Lord of * 11.18 health.

E. K.

As unto thee, Barrenness dwelleth with thee, because thou didst neglect me, and take * 11.19 a wife unto thy self * contrary unto my commandment: for neither young nor old, rich nor poor, are respected with me; but what I will have done, is just, and whosoever doth it not, is privily (if he be not openly) punished for his offence. Therefore thou shalt * 11.20 have the womb which thou hast barren, and fruitless unto thee, because thou hast transgressed that which I commanded thee.

Be it unto thy brother, as his service, trust, and confidence hath been in me, and to∣wards * 11.21 me.

Lay your hands to work, and your bodies unto labour, and participate one with an∣other, * 11.22 as is commanded you.

That the blessing which I have promised you may go forward in you; and that your labour may bring forth good fruit.

The fourteenth day hence shall this Action end: In which day you shall once again as∣semble * 11.23 your selves here together. And now behold I say unto thee, unto thee, that hast thy eyes opened, and thy ears made perfect, which hast been exalted by the sight of the heavens, why dost thou call upon me, desiring to be made free.

Is it a burthen unto thee to be comforted from above? O foolish man! by how much the heavens excel the earth, by so much doth the gift that is given thee from above, ex∣cel all earthly treasure. Notwithstanding, because that Manna is loathsom unto thee, behold what is said unto thee this day.

Thou art made free: neither shalt thou any time hereafter be constrained to see the judgment of the highest, or to hear the voices of the heavens.

But thou art a stumbling-block unto many.

Notwithstanding, my Spirit shall dwell with thee; and in the works of thy hands thou shalt receive comfort.

And the power which is given thee of seeing, shall be diminished in thee, and shall * 11.24

dwell upon the first-begotten Son of him that sitteth by thee, as I have * before said.

In the mean season shall he be exercised here before me, until the time come, that his eyes shall be opened, and his ears receive passage towards the highest.

And these fourteen dayes shall it be a time unto thee of chusing or refusing.

For I will not cast thee away, neither out of my house, unless it be long of thy own igno∣rance, * 11.25 and wilful despising of my great benefit.

If thou therefore be weary of it, the fourteenth day hence, bring hither, and lay be∣fore me the Powder which thou hast, for thou hast offended me, as a false steward, in taking * 11.26 out of that which is not thine own.

I will no longer dally with you, but will give unto you according unto your works.

Δ. O God be merciful unto us, and deal not with us according to the wickedness, frowardness, and blindness of our hearts.

Amen.

NOTE.

Δ. UPon this former part of the Third Action General, where my first begotten Son (namely Arthur) was assigned to the Ministry of seeing and hearing, in place and stead of E. K. if he would utterly refuse the same office (hitherto by him executed, and by him to be executed, until the seven actions general finished) And that the same Childe and Son, in the mean space (that is to say, between the day of the part of Action recei∣ved, and the end of the same: determined to be fourteen dayes after) should be exercised before God. I thereupon thinking that E. K. would, should, or best could instruct and direct the Childe in that exercise, did alwayes await, that E. K. would of himself call the Boy to that Exercise with him; and so much the rather, because he said, that he was very glad now that he should have a Witness of the things shewed and declared by spiritual Creatures: And that he would be more willing to do what should be so enjoyned to him to do, then if onely he himself did see, and that for divers causes. But when E. K. said to me, that I should exercise the Childe and not he, and that he would not, I thereupon appointed with my self to bring the Childe to the place, and to offer him, and present him to the service of Seeing and Skrying from God, and by Gods assignment, and of the time of fourteen dayes yet remaining, being the 15, 16, 17 dayes of April, and next before the 18 day, (the day assigned to end the Action in) to have the Childe exercised in them. And thereupon contrived for the Childe this order of Prayer ensuing.

Die Mercurii summo mane die Aprilis 15. anno 1587. Trebonae.

In the Name of God the Father, of God the Son, and of God the Holy * 11.27 Ghost. Amen.

Glory be to God the Father, God the Son, and God the Holy Ghost: As it was in the beginning, is now, and ever shall be, world without end. Amen.

O Almighty and Everlasting, the true and living God, have metcy, pity and compassion on my father John Dee, and on me Arthur Dee; who being now called hither by thy assignment, am now here present and ready in all humility, obedience and faithfulness, to serve thy Divine Majesty, with all the gifts and graces which thou hast hither to endued me with; and with all other which of thy most bountiful and fatherly mercy, thou wilt henceforward bestow upon me. Lighten (therefore) O Almighty God, mine eyes, and open thou mine ears; Quicken, Instruct and Con∣firm in me, and unto me, my discretion, judgement, understanding, memory, and utterance, that I may be a true and perfect Seer, Hearer, Declarer and Witness of such things which either im∣mediately of thy Divine Majesty, or mediately by the ministry of thy holy, mighty, and faithful Angels shall be manifested, declared or shewed unto me, now, and at all times and occasions, for the advancing of thy Praise, Honour and Glory. Amen.

Hereupon, Wednesday morning, (the 15 of this April) I brought the Childe to the holy Table, being in order of the furniture thereto belonging, and set before him the Stone in the frame, (my first sanctified Stone) and caused him on his knees, to say the foresaid Prayer. And I also praid to the Childs hearing, other Prayers to God for the purpose in hand: and at his coming to look and see in the Stone,

There appeared to him (as he judged) divers little square figures, with pricks, and di∣vers other figures and lines, which I caused him with his own hand to imitate upon a pa∣per with pen and ink.

The lines were white, and some of the pricks also, but other of the pricks were black, as of ink.

Arth. Two old men with black beards, and with golden Crowns upon their heads, do appear. One is now gone: this holdeth his hands before him like a Maid.

Arth. Now in the place of those square marks, I see two Lions, the one very exactly, and gaping. About the upper brim of the Stone they appear: and the Lions feet be waxen greater and greater.

I see another man from the breast upward. I can see no hair on his head.

I see a great company of feet, and their garments skirts somewhat above their ankles: and they are like womens kirtles with gards about them.

I see another man without a doublet, in his shirt, and with a white Cloke about him, hanging his hands down by his sides.

Δ. Nothing else esteemed or judged to be shewn in the Stone, by the Childe, we cea∣sed that Exercise, and committed all to Gods mercies.

Δ. On Thursday and Friday, I determined each of them two dayes that the Childe * 11.28 shall thrice in the day be put to the Exercise, and each time repeat the Prayer prescribed thrice.

Δ. In the forenoon I brought the Childe to the Exercise, and he said as followeth. * 11.29

I see two men with Crowns of gold upon their heads: their appa∣rel is black and white. I cannot see their feet. Their faces are white, their eyes are black like spots of ink.

There appear now two other, without Crowns: of the which one standeth whole before, and of the other I see nothing but the head, which standeth behinde the first.

I see not any with Crowns now. The apparel of him is white that I see.

I see no hands of him. I see nothing now.

The squares and pricks appear again as yesterday.

And I doubted it was something of the Glass it self: as there were in it certain white spots.

An hour we were at the practise.

Δ. The second Exercise before Dinner. After the Prayer thrice said, &c. * 11.30

Arth. I see the first square lines and pricks, white and black: the pricks for the most part be all white, but some are black, and the lines all white.

I saw, even now, some of those squares made Lions: but now there appear none.

The squares are now turned also into other shapes, which I cannot well declare.

Now the Letters be gone, and the squares do appear again.

The squares are gone, and a word is there.

The letters are clearer then they were: for all the lines and letters do appear white.

There appeareth a B, with a square, with four black pricks in it. It is gone.

Now some of the squares are come amongst the letters B D O.

Under the B appeareth a little `thus' backward.

The letters as if one had cut them in the glass B D O

Here appeareth a Castle with little pinacles like a Church.

Now it is gone.

B a this appeared and suddenly is gone.

Now there appeareth a young man with a white doublet, and his arms by his side, and a B before him against his doublet. He hath a black beard and a white face. I see no hair on his head: his beard is a little —

He is now changed: he hath on his doublet breast, on each side three black lines.

He is gone, and another is come in his place, with a white leather 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and a grey cloke like Hans of Gloats his cloke. He is gone.

The first young man is come again, and hath now on the one side of his doublet on the other side, thus:

Now I see only two strokes overthwart all the doublet, but he hath no head that I see.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 his head is come again, or else another man, that hath two lines and two 〈◊〉〈◊〉 as he had.

The light of the candle did seem to shine suddenly on his face, and go away again. It did not shine on his doublet, but onely on his face and his head.

There is now another man come in, who holdeth up both his hands: the upper part of his sleeves are white, and the half towards his hands black.

The first man is here still. Now he hath no arms but a B before his doublet, but no lines, but only on each side two pricks in stead of the lines, thus: :

These men came amongst the squares suddenly before I was aware.

Here appear not so many as were here.

Here are now but six squares, and one man. I see no farther of the man but to the waste of his doublet.

The man appeareth not so brim to my sight as he did, his head is no bigger than the mark in the margent.

The third Exercise after Dinner. * 11.31

Arth. Whereas I said before there was some of the square figures wanting: Now I finde that they are all here again, as many as they were at my first feeing.

In lifting up the Stone, and bringing it down again, the squares do all seem like B B of the Roman letters.

Δ. Magna mora.

Arth. I see now B A. It is now vanished away, after three Pater noster times saying. R a appeareth, but I cannot see clearly the foot of the R. Now it is gone

〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 I see a thing all white in this form, and a little o before it. It

would seem to be as an X and an o. It is vanished away.

e B An English little e, and a Roman great B.

It is gone before I can be aware.

S B now appeareth. B by himself: it appeareth following S B thus S B B.

N appeareth by the last B, in order following, thus S B B N.

I can see no more now but the S B the B and N.

s B appear. e B is here now. B by himself, with two great white pricks before it, appear. The pricks wax dim.

The man standeth amongst the squares and letters in the midst of them. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 This now appeareth. The 4 little pricks be gone.

There appeareth like a B and a d joyning to it.

A circle appeared with a black prick in it, and two white pricks af∣ter. An n, two strikes, and two white pricks after. The n is white and the prick within the n black. ua appeared, and quickly went away. Two long strikes by themselves, white. The two pricks black, and the crooked line white. Four white pricks by themselves. Two black. Two long white strikes and a prick. A round circle white, and a black prick in it. A white prick by it self. A little prick as it were blotted, and a stroke by it all white. The crooked lines white, and the pricks black. Two white pricks by themselves. Two long white strokes. lo These both white.

Here appeareth the thing like the Castle, all white.

The pricks black, the lines white. A little English o by it self. Four white strokes. The man is here in the midst of the things, as before I told. Four white pricks.

Note: All the shews are within the uppermost quarter of the stone, as where A with the prick.

Like a figure of 2 all white. Two little black pricks, and the stroke white. They are now gone. Do appeareth all white. Xo appeareth all white. B e appeareth white. Two o's joyned like a figure of 8 all white. A great Roman white S by it self. B Bu These appear white. A white prick by it self. An English little t white. Two lines white.

Mora magna.

So we ended.

Δ. God enrich us with his Truths.

The end of Thursdays third Exeroise.

Friday Morning. 1.

The Prayers on both parts being said.

Arth. I see not the squares, lines, pricks, and those other things which I was wont to see first.

Mora horae unius.

After I had tarried an hour, and had had no evident shew: as I asked the boy dili∣gently again, he said that he had from the beginning seen thus 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉

Also there appeared X o all white. D o the o joyneth to the D.

Fiat voluntas Dei in sua-luce & veritate, ad ejus nominis laudem, honorem, gloriam.

Amen.

Friday. II.

Preces—

Mora horae unius spatio.

Nulla ostensio toto illo tempore.

Δ. 〈◊〉〈◊〉, misericordia & Pax, Dei, & Domini nostri Jesu Christi, sit super nos, & nobiscum: nunc & in sempiterna saeculorum saecula.

Amen.

Friday 3. à meridie.

Mora Magna.

Multae factae preces erant, & invitati illi fideles Dei servi quia etiam auxilia sua 〈◊〉〈◊〉 cessitati quocumque tempore. Etsi mora magna & admiranda: & apparitio nulla facta est puero ipsi.

Δ. Tandem mirabili fortuna, sive fato divino accessit ad nos Dominus E. K. & quae seque∣bantur * 11.32 notavi.

Δ. He sate down by us: and Arthur yet standing before me at the Table, being co∣vered after the best manner, but onely the Stone being set thereon; He asked if any thing appeared: We answered No, albeit I have called oftentimes, and have prayed earnestly that some of our former accounted friends might shew themselves to the boy, as Madi∣mi, Il, 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and chiefly Vriel, because as he was first which appeared to the joyning of E. K. and me together: so he might be also the Director in the translating of E. K. his office to Ar∣thur. * 11.33 Then said he, I marvel if you had no apparition here: for I somewhat thinking of Arthur and his proceeding in the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of skrying, came here into the gallery, and I heard you pray: and opening the window, I looked out, and I saw a great number going in and out of this Chappel at the little hole in the glass window. I saw Madimi, Il, and many other that had dealed with us heretofore, but shewed themselves in very filthy order; and Vriel appeared, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 all to be of God, and good: And therefore I wonder if here you have no shew: perhaps there is somewhat, but Arthur seeth it not.

Δ. True it is: and how should I help him herein, seeing I cannot yet see or skry?

E. K. I will come and see if there be any thing.

Δ. I pray you do. [Note: and so E. K. looked towards the stone, and he by and by said, Here appeareth somewhat, and pointed to Arthur, where: and asked him if he saw any thing, and he said No. Then said

E. K. I see like a white Marble square table or book lying on a wooden desk.

Δ. I pray you Sir take the pains to look and discern what is here shewed.

E. K. I see written upon that book, Beata, quae per peccatum mihi, domum corruentem & hominibus integram reddit.

E. K. Now a leaf of that book is turned open, and there is writ∣ten on it, but I cannot reade it yet. Now I see it.

Ego sum qui dedi & daturus sum vobis legem: ex qua mortalibus perpetua requies & felicitas sit ventura.

E. K. Now another leaf is turned over, and appeareth written,

Estote ergo tales, quales me meosque decet, & rati coram me ambulate.

E. K. Now turneth over the leaf of it self.

Ne populus esuriens & suiens, negligentia & obstinatia vestra vel ruat vel saltem.

E. K. Now the leaf turneth.

Pro tempore, alimento careat.

E. K. Now the desk and book or table is gone.

Δ. Note: By and by after, while E. K. did look into the stone, he said,

E. K. I see a hand appear, a very great one, white, with the fingers spred abroad.

E. K. The hand is gone, but there remaineth writing.

Videbitis & audietis brevi omnes. Si interim.

E. K. It is as if it were upon the side of a white Globe afar off. * 11.34 The Globe turneth so swiftly that I cannot well read it.

Animi ad meliora compoti.

E. K. The Globe turneth so swiftly that I cannot read it till it stand still.

Sese mihi & meis.

E. K. Now again the Globe is turned most swiftly.

(Filiorum more) subjicient. Si vero (per meipsum loquor & jure) alieni & vagabundi alias vobismet ipsis disimperitis non oculo, sed corpori, immo omnibus membris, casus & ruina paratur. Quales enim in futuro eritis, vobis ut scivetis nullo modo licet: Majora enim à superis mortalibus, prae foribus sunt, quotidieque instant quam vel primo, vel se∣cundo etatis modulo fuerunt. Qui aures, erigat: Cui intellectus, sapiat. Omnia peccata apud me postponuntur huic. insaniens propter me, sapiat: Immo adulterizans propter me, in sempiternum benedicetur, & premio afficietur celesti.

E. K. Now the Globe is gone.

Δ. Gloria Patri & Filio & Spiritui sancto, erat in principio & nunc, & semper & in secula seculorum. Amen.

So we left off.

Trebonae.

Actionis Tertiae altera pars. * 11.35

Preces ad Deum Omnipotentem, pro sua veritate nobis impartienda, ad nominis suo lau∣dem, honorem & gloriam.

Δ. Note Arthur was set to the stone, but nothing appeared; E. K. had brought the powder with him as he was bidden to do. Then I desired him to apply himself to see as he was wont. And so he did.

E. K. Here appear all in the stone that appeared yesterday unto me in the air in that most disorderly and filthy manner. They are in the like apparel as yesterday.

Δ. O God confirm us in thy truth sor thine own honour and glory, and suffer us not to be overcome with any temptation, but deliver us from all evil now and ever.

E. K. There appeared Madimi, Il. and the rest: And so they are here; but now all the rest are gone, and onely Madimi remain∣eth.

Madimi openeth all her apparel, and her self all naked; and sheweth her shame also.

E. K. Fie on thee, Devil avoid hence with this filthiness, &c.

Mad. In the Name of God, why finde you fault with mee?

Δ. Because your yesterdayes doings, and words are provocations to fin, and unmeet for any godly creature to use.

Mad. What is sin?

Δ. To break the Commandement of God.

Mad. Set that down, so.

Mad. If the self-same God give you a new Commandement taking away the former form of sin which he limited by the Law; What remaineth then?

Δ. If by the self-same God that gave the Law to Moses, and gave his New Covenant by Christ, who sealed it by his blood; and had his witnesses very many, and his Apostles in∣structed by his holy Spirit, who admonished us of all cleanness in words and works, yea and in thoughts, if by the same God, hose former Laws and Doctrines be abrogated, and that

sufficient proof and testimony may be had that it is the same God: Then must the same God * 11.36 be obeyed: For only God is the Lord of Lords, King of Kings, and Governour of all things.

E K She kneeleth, and holdeth up her hands.

Mad. The Laws of God, and of his Son Christ, stablished by the testimony of his Disciples and Congregation, and by the force and power of his holy Spirit, are not in any particular voca∣tion * 11.37 abrogated, but rather confirmed.

For 〈◊〉〈◊〉 it falleth out, that God being offended at the wickedness of any man, or of some man private, sendeth down his Spirit of Death, infecting and tempting another mans minde; so that he 〈◊〉〈◊〉 void of Reason, and riseth up against him, whom God is offended with, and stri∣keth him, so that he dyeth. This, before man, is accounted sin before God it shall be imputed unto him for righteousness. Even so whatsoever the Spirit of God teacheth us from him, though it ap∣pear sin before man, is righteousness before him.

Therefore assure your selves, that whatsoever is seen and heard amongst you, is from above, and is a sign and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 even this day before you; for I that touched thy Son, * 11.38 might also have taken away his breath.

But O, you are of little understanding: But behold I teach you.

That unto those that are accounted righteous (through the good will of God) sin is justly punished, but not as unto the wicked. For whatsoever you have done unto other men, even the self-same shall light upon you, but happy is he that receiveth not justice through the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉〈◊〉, but through the grace and mercy of God.

The Apostle Paul abounded in carnal lust: he was also offensive unto his brethren so that he despaired, and was ready to have left his vocation, untill the Lord did say unto him, My mercy and grace 〈◊〉〈◊〉 thee.

Beleeve me, that we are from above.

Which considered: Consider also, That as you cannot comprehend the heavens, so likewise can you not comprehend the wisdome of God, which saith, I will be merciful unto whom I list; and unto whom I will not, I have none in store: Foolish is he that asketh why?

And 〈◊〉〈◊〉 I say unto you, Stumble not against God. Who he is that made you? Who is he that hath given you power to look up towards heaven? You are fools, and of little understanding: This day saith G d unt you,

B hold you are become free: Do that which most pleaseth you: For behold, your own reason riseth up against my wisdome.

Not content you are to be heires, but you would be Lords, yea Gods, yea the Judgers of the heavens: Wherefore do even as y u list, but if you forake the way taught you from ab ve, behold evil shall enter into your senses, and abomination shal dwel before your eyes, as a recompence, unto such as you have done wrong unto: And your wives and children, shall be carried away before your face.

Δ. The Almighty God of heaven and earth be my comfort, as I desire comfort in his service; and give me wisdome as I desire it for his honour and glory, Amen.

E. K. I see a white pillar; and upon the pillar, I see four heads. * 11.39

Shee tieth the pillar round about with a list.

The four heads are like on two heads, and on two Wolves heads.

Now there cometh a thing like a white Crown of Christal, and standeth upon all our four heads. The heads seem to be inclosed by the necks within the pillar.

Now she taketh the pillar and goeth up with it.

Now she bringeth an half Moon down, and written in it as fol∣loweth.

Injustum nihil quod justum est Deo.

Now she goeth round about upon a thing like a Carpet; she goeth now beyond where is an Orchard; she cutteth branches of two trees, and shee seemeth to insert them, or graff them into another.

Now she goeth into a black place behinde the wood, and bringeth a thing with her in a chain: An ugly thing like a Devil.

Mad. ..... Behold, seest thou this: wherewithall thou thoughtest to overthrow, and most infect, thou art utterly overthrown, and shalt never return again.

E. K. Now he leapeth, and the ground openeth, and he sinketh in:

and there seemeth a stink of brimstone to come to my Nose from the pit.

Now the grafts are all grown in the tree, as if they were all of one tree.

Now she cometh out of that orchard. Now she goeth round about the orchard, and leaveth a darkness like a cloud round about the or∣chard.

Mad. ..... Visible to God, but invisible to man.

E. K. Now she cometh again upon her Carpet.

Behold, if you resist not God, but shut out Satan (through unity amongst you) thus it is said * 11.40 unto you, Assemble your selves together every seventh day, that your eyes may be opened, and that you may understand by him that shall teach you, what the secrets of the holy books (deli∣vered you) are: That you may become full of understanding, and in knowledge above common men.

And in your works go forward, and detract no time, that you may also have fruit.

Unto William I will be merciful for ever, according to my promise. But I will buy him no Kingdom, after the manner of man, with money. But what I have determined unto him, shall happen unto him: And he shall become mighty in me.

¶ And this Powder which thou hast brought here, is appointed for a time by God, and cannot be used until then, without offence. Happy is he that heareth my words this day: and happy is he that understandeth them.

But if you deny the Wisdome of the Highest, and account us his Messengers, Crea∣tures of darkness. This day you are made free.

And look that you lay up all things that is spoken of from above; and whatsoever hath been taught you, (as well the books as instruments.)

You shall shortly have to do again with the cruelty of the Emperour, and the accursed Bishop.

Whereunto, if you go forward with God, you shall be taught to answer. If you leave off, as soon as you hear of it be going into Germany, lest you perish before then.

I have no more to say unto you, but my swiftness is from above.

E. K. Now she maketh her self ready, &c.

Mad. ..... If my friendship like you not, I beseech God send you as good will, as I (in powe) bear towards you.

I have not one word more given me to speak.

E. K. Now she is gone.

Δ. I was glad that an offer was made of being every seventh day to be taught the se∣crets of the books already delivered unto us: Thinking that it was easie for us to per∣form that unity which was required to be amongst us four; understanding all after the Christian and godly sense. But E. K. who had yesterday seen and heard another meaning of this unity required, utterly abhorred to have any dealing with them farther, and did intend to accept at their hands the liberty of leaving off to deal with them any more: which his understanding, as it was strange and unpleasant unto me, so I earnestly requested to be resolved therein in manner as followeth.

At the same time and in the same place this ensued.

NOTE.

Δ. Upon Mr. Kelly his great doubt bred unto me of Madimi her words yesterday, spo∣ken to him, that we two had our two wives in such sort, as we might use them in common, it was agreed by us, to move the question, whether the sense were of Carnal use (contrary to the law of the Commandment) or of Spiritual love, and charitable care and unity of mindes, for advancing the service of God.

E. K. Upon a Scroll, like the edge of a Carpet, is written, De utro{que} loquor.

Δ. The one is expresly against the Commandement of God: neither can I by any means consent to like of that Doctrine. And for my help in that verity, I do call down the power of Almighty God, the Creator of heaven and earth, and all the good Angels, (his faithful Ministers) to assist me in the defence of my faithful obedience to the law of the Gospel, and of his Church.

Assist me, O Christ.

Assist me, O Jesu.

Assist me, O holy Spirit.

E. K. It appeareth written upon a white Crucifix, as followeth, Mea gratia, major est 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Gratia enim 〈◊〉〈◊〉 mea est, ut hominibus insanis 〈◊〉〈◊〉 beatitudo: Et que ita dicta sunt, Vel sint, vel hodie libertas vobis restituitur. Amen dico vobis, quia si dicerem 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Eas, & fatrem Jugula, & non faceret, filius est pec∣cati & mortis. Omnia, enim, possibilia & licita sunt superis. Neque magis 〈◊〉〈◊〉 sunt pudenda illis, quam mortalium quorumcumque vultus.

Ita enim fiet, spurius cum 〈◊〉〈◊〉 (quod magis absurdum est) copulabitur. Et oriens cum occidente, Meridies quoque cum septentrione coadunabuntur.

E. K. Now it is vanished.

Δ. Hereupon we were in great amazement and grief of minde, that so hard, and (as it, yet seemed unto me) so unpure a Doctrine, was popounded and enjoyned unto us of them, whom I alwayes (from the beginning hitherto) did judge and esteem, undoubtedly, to be good Angels: And had unto E K. offered my soul as a pawn, to discharge E. K. his credit∣ing of them, as the good and faithful Ministers of Almighty God. But now, my heart was sore afflicted upon many causes: And E. K. had (as he thought) now, a just and suf∣ficient cause, to forsake dealing with them any more. As his prayer to God of a long time hath been (as in the former part of this Action may appear.)

After our going out of the Chappel, and at our being at dinner, when we four (whose heads so were united, in a pillar shewed, as is before set down, I found means to make some little declaration of our great grief (mine chiefly) now occasioned, either to try us, or really to be executed, in the common and indifferent using of Matrimonial Acts a∣mongst any couple of us four: Which thing was strange to the women: And they hoped of some more comfortable issue of the cause. And so we left off.

After Dinner, as E. K. was alone, there appeared unto him little creatures of a cubit high: and they came to the Still where he had the spirit of Wine distilling over out of a Retorto: And one of them (whose name they expressed Ben) said that it was in vain so to hope for the best spirit of the Wine: And shewed him how to distill it, and separate it better. And moreover how to get oyl of the spirit of Wine, as it burned in the lamps: And began to ask E. K. what Country-man he was? And when he had answered an English-man, he asked then, how he came hither? he answered by Sea: Then said he, And who helped you to pass the marvellous great dangers of the Sea. And so took occasion to speak of the benefits which God had hitherto done for us, very many. And this Ben, said than among very many other things (as Mr. E. K. told me on Saturday night after Supper holding on his talk almost till two of the clock after midnight) That he it was that deliver∣ed * 11.41 him, or gave unto his hands the powder. And also he said either than or the next day at the furthest, that unleast he would be conformable to the will of God in this last Action declared, That he would take the vertue and force of the powder from it: That it should be unprofitable: And that he should become a beggar.

And of me also he said that I did evil to require proof, or testimony now, that this last Doctrine was from God Almighty, and said that I should be led prisoner to Rome, &c.

He told of England, and said, That about July or November her Majesty should from heaven be destroyed; and that about the same time the King of Spain should dye. And that this present Pope at his Mass should be deprived of life before two years to an end. And that another should be Pope, who should be Decimus quintus of his name; And that he would begin to reform things, but that shortly he should of the Car∣dinals be stoned to death. And that after that there should be no Pope for some years.

Of England he said, That after the death of our dear Queen, One of the house of Austria * 11.42 made mighty by the King of Spain his death, should invade and conquer the land, &c. He said, One (now abroad) should at Milford-haven enter, and by the help of the Britans subdue the said Conqueror: And that one Morgan a Britan should be made King of the Britans, and next him, one Rowland, &c.

He said also, That this Francis Garland was an espy upon us from the Lord Treasurer of * 11.43 England: And that Edward Garland is not his brother: And that so the matter is agreed between them, &c.

That my Lord Rosenberg should be in danger of poysoning for these certain months to come.

That my Tables of Enoch, were in some places falsly written. * 11.44

Of Antichrist he spake, and of his appearing:

Of Ely and Enoch coming out of Paradise: And of Saint John Evangelist, that he dyed not, but in Pathmos had his invisible being: And that he it was, who did give 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Apostata his deaths wound.

He said also that he hath at divers times preached visibly since the time of his invisible state entred.

He confirmed the words of the great Famine and Blood-shed that should come shortly.

He said that on every side of us, people should be slain, but that we should (by the Di∣vine * 11.45 protection) escape.

He said that shortly this Francis Garland should go into England: And that we should be sent for. But that it were best to refuse their calling us home.

He said that there were four other, who were made also privy of God his mysteries as we were, with whom we should meet at Rome.

He said that Mary and one more in England, should see the wonderful days to come.

Madimi appeared to him there also.

The same Ben went once away mounting up in a flame of fire: and afterward upon occasion of asking him somewhat, he came down so again.

And of the manner how to draw the oyl of the Spirit of wine being burnt, he brought thither the instruments of two silver dishes, whelmed one upon another with an hole pas∣sing through the middle of them both, and with sponge between them: in which the oyl would remain, &c.

After all these, and many other things told me by the same Mr. E.K. we departed each * 11.46 to his bed, where I found my wife awake, attending to hear some new matter of me from Mr. Kelly his reports of the apparitions, continued with him above four hours, being else alone, I then told her, and said, June, I see that there is no other remedy, but as hath been said of our cross-matching, so it must needs be done.

Thereupon she fell a weeping and trembling for a quarter of an hour: And I pa∣cified her as well as I could; and so, in the fear of God, and in believing of his Admo∣nishment, did perswade her that she shewed her self prettily resolved to be content for God his sake and his secret Purposes, to obey the Admonishment.

Δ. Note, Because I have found so much halting and untruth in E. K. his reports to me made, of the spiritual Creatures, where I have not been present at an Action: and * 11.47 because his memory may fail him, and because he was subject to ill tempters, I believe so much hereof as shall by better trial be found true, or conformable to truth.

Δ. Note ..... E.K. had this day divers apparitions unto him in his own Chamber, and instructions in divers matters which he regarded not, but remained still in his purpose of utterly discrediting those Creatures, and not to have any more to do with them. But among divers apparitions he noted this of one that said unto him.

..... Joyn Enoch his Tables.

..... Give every place his running number.

E.K. What mean you by places?

..... The squares. Which done, refer every letter in the Table to his number, and so read what I will, for this is the last time I will admonish you.

E.K. A man standeth in the Air in a fiery Globe of my heighth; accompanied with some hundred of Puppets: on the one side of him standeth a woman, and about her are four Clouds all white.

The man upon a white Triangle Δ shewed these Numbers with spaces, as you see following.

Δ	49	466	495	46	395	152
228	218	597	63	607	254	418
409	410	502	—	—	566	82
	505	550	306	228	423	—
	—	119	473	179	—	320
	603	264	517	141	214	491
	149	312	363	22	261	390
	173	24	247	403	59	414
	197	338	271	370	494	366
	—		367	—	—	—
174 —	175	411
	177	—	89	97	517	239
272 —	273	603	65	243	116	—
	416	604	—	80	103	182
	—	150	11	552	—	460
225 —	226	414	46	—	405	—
	441	—	267	295	170	163
250 —	251	395	228	46	—	175
				—	25	171
	586	467	331	163	606	73
	83	519	97	418	466	—
		—	—
131 —	132	53	269	311	490	418
	—			—	620	214
		59	244	222	—
251 —	253	68	400	150	53	4
	277	—	23	253	32	98
	39	418	—
303 —	304	444	75	395	196	96
	—	355	178	538	224	188
	401
	496	497	586	156	512	331
	592	20	545	46	20	136
	90	116	18	55	338	— * 11.48
		287	43	7	290
	355	—	—	—	—	335
	618	604	25	123	244	408
	20	610	17	433	72	452
	501	480	—	151	340	424
	597	182	165	197	195	97
	—	98	93	—	314
		401	52	285	495
		—	511	335	284
			175	621
			170	544
			—	352
				295
				—

Δ. Note: When E. K. had shewed me this Note, I by and by brought forth my book of Enoch his Tables, and found the four letters r T b d to be the four first letters of the four principal squares standing about the black Cross: and that here they were to be pla∣ced otherwise than as I had set them. And in the first placing of them together, I re∣member that I had doubt how to joyn them; for they were given apart each by them∣selves.

Secondly, I found out the 4 Characters; saving they were inversed somewhat, and one of them closed: wherof I found none like, but very near. These Characters were of every square one.

Thirdly, I did take these numbers contained between the lines (some more and some fewer) to be words to be gathered out of the Table of letters: so many words as were distinct companies of numbers; it is to wit, 41.

Hereupon we began to number the squares wherein the letters stood in Enochs Tables as I had them, but we could not exactly finde the words, but somewhat near. Hereupon being tired, and desirous to know the sense of that Cypher, we left off till after supper, and then we assayed again: but we could not bolt it out, though we knew very near what was to be done by the instruction of a spiritual Voice, now and then helping us to∣ward the practise.

At length E. K. was willed to go down into his Chamber, and I did remain still at our Dineing Table till his return, which was within an hour or somewhat more. And at his return this he brought in writing.

My applying of Numbers for more easie reckoning.

		r		Δ.
r z I l a f	a y t l p a	t a o a d v	p t d n I m	24
a r d z a I	d p a l a m	a a b c o o	r o m e b b	48
c o o n s a	r e y a v b	t o g c o n	x m a l g m	72
t o I t t z	o p a c o c	n h o d d I	a l c a o o	96
s I g a s o	m r b z n b	p a t a x I	o v s p s n	120
f m o n d a	t d I a r I	s a a I x a	a r v r o I	144
o r o I b a	h a o z p I	m p h a r s	l g a I o l	168
t n a b r v	I x g a s d	m a m g l o	I n l I r x	192
o I I I t T	p a l o a I	o l a a d n	g a t a p a	216
a b a m o o	o a c v c a	p a l c o I	d x p a c n	240
n a o c o t	T n p r n t	n d a z n z	I v a a s a	264
o c a n m a	g o t r r I	I I d p o n	s d a s p I	288
s h I a l r	a p m z o x	x r I n h t	a r n d I 〈◊〉〈◊〉
b o a z a r	o p h a r a	d o n p a t	d a n o a a	336
v n n a x o	p s o n d n	o l o a g e	o o b a v a	360
a I g r u n	o o m a g g	o p a m n o	v g m d n m	384
o r p m n I	n g b e a l	a p l s t e	d e c a o p	408
r s o n I z	I r l e m v	s c m I o o	n a m l o x	432
I z I n r c	z I a m h l	v a v s g d	l v r I a p	456
m o r d I a	l h c t g a	o I p t e a	a p d o c e	480
o c a n c h	I a s o m t	x s v a c N	r z I r z a	504
a r b I Z m	I I l p I z	s I o d a o	I n r z f m	528
o p a n a l	a m s m a p	d a l t t d	n a d I r e	552
d o l o p I	n I a n b a	d I x o m o	n s I o s p	576
r x p a o c	S I z I x p	o o d x z I	a p a n l I	600
a x t I r v	a s t r I m	r g o a n n	q a c r a r	624

..... The black Cross is right, and needeth no mending. But thus much I do, to let thee understand, that thou mayest consider thy self to be a man: And beneath this understanding, un∣less thou submit all into the hands of God, for his sake; who else leaving you, all naked, pro∣videth in his creatures to his own glory.

..... Cara tibi uxor, carior tibi sapientia, charissimis tibi ego sum. Electus tremis, & hesitando peccas: Noli igitur ad genium, & carmen sapere; sed obtempera mihi: ductor enim tuus sum & autor spiritus omnium. Hec omnia à me sunt, & licita vobis.

..... I admonish you as the children of God, to consider your vocation, and the love of God towards you; and not to prefer your reason before the wisdome of the highest, whose mercy is so great towards you, That you are chosen from the number of men to walk with him, and to un∣derstand his mysteries, and with all to execute his justice and praise throughout the Na∣tions and people of the earth. Consider that if he finde you obstinate, the plagues of haynous sinners, and contemners of the gifts of God shall fall upon you, to your great overthrow: This is the last time of your trial. Therefore shew your selves lovers of him that hath led you, and co∣vered you with a mighty shield: Or shortly look for the reward of such, as have contemned the Wisdome and Majesty of the Highest.

I Raphael, counsel you to make a Covenant with the Highest, and to esteem his wings more then your own lives.

Δ. When E. K. had brought me these things, I greatly rejoyced in spirit, and was ut∣terly resolved to obey this new Doctrine to us, peculiarly, of all people of the world en∣joyned. And after some little discourse and conference hereof, we went to bed, this 20. 20. day of April, at night.

Aprilis 21.

Δ. Thus, am I resolved, O Almighty God, as concerning the case, so hard to flesh and blood, to be resolved in, thus: And thus I desire, that we all four, might with one minde and consent, offer and present unto thee, this writing as a Vow, Promise, and Covenant, if it so please thy divine majesty to accept it.

WEE four (whose heads appeared under one Chrystalline Crown, in one pillar uni∣ted, and inclosed) do most humbly and heartily thank thee, O Almighty God (our Creator, Redeemer and Sanctifier) for all thy mercies and benefits hitherto received, in our persons, and in them that appertain unto us: And at this present, do faithfully and sincerely confess, and acknowledge, that thy profound wisdome in this most new and strange doctrine (among Christians) propounded, commended, and enjoyned unto us four only, is above our humane reason, and Christian profession to like of: For that in out∣ward shew of words, it seemeth to us expresly to be contrary to the purity and chastity, which of us, and all Christians, thy followers, is exactly required. Notwithstanding, we will, herein, captivate, and tread under-foot all our humane timorous doubting of any inconvenience, which shall, or may fall upon us, or follow us in this world, or in the world to come, in respect or by reason of our imbracing of this Doctrine, listened unto, of us, as delivered from our true and living God, the Creator of heaven and earth; who only hath the true original power and Authority of sins releasing and discharging: And whose pardoning, and not imputing of fin unto us, through our lively faith in the most worthy merit, and precious blood of the Lamb Immaculate, shed for us, is and shall be our justification and salvation. We, therefore (according to blessed Raphael his coun∣sel last given) most humbly and sincerely require thy Divine Majesty, to accept this our Covenant with thee (for that, thy merciful promises made unto us, may be to us per∣formed; and thy divine purposes in us and by us, may be furthered, and advanced and fulfilled.) That, as we acknowledge thy divine wisdome and grace offered unto us in this thy last mystical Admonishment: And dost most earnestly will us to accept the same, as lawful and just with thee; Which Admonishment standeth upon two parts: That is to wit, upon our true Christian charity spiritual between us four, and also upon the Matrimo∣nial licence and liberty, indifferently among us four to be used: So we the same four (which hereunto will subscribe) covenant with thy Divine Majesty, upon the two prin∣cipal respects before rehearsed, truly and unfainedly to accept and perform hencefor∣ward amongst us four, in word, thought and deed, Christian charity, and perfect friend∣ship, and all that belongeth thereto: And as for the Matrimonial-like licence, and liberty,

we accept and allow of it, and promise unto thee (O our God) to fulfill the same, in such sort, as the godly are permitted to fulfill, and have been by divers testimonies com∣mended for, and by Divine doctrine willed to fulfill, in Matrimonial conversation, when∣soever thy motions and allurements (Matrimonial-like) shall draw and perswade any couple of us. Beseeching thee, as thou art the onely true Almighty and Everlasting God, Creator of Heaven and Earth, Thou wilt, in thy infinite mercies, not impute it unto us for sin, blindness, rashness, or presumption, being not accepted, done, or per∣formed upon carnal lust, or wanton concupiscence; But by the way of Abraham-like faith and obedience, unto thee, our God, our Leader, Teacher, Protector and Justifier, now and for ever. And hereunto we call the holy Heavens to be witnesses, for thy ho∣nour and glory (O Almighty God) and our discharge, now and for ever. Amen.

I Edward Kelly by good and provident (according to the Laws and ordinances of God) determination and consideration in these former Actions, that is to say, appearings, shews made, and voyces uttered, by the within named in this Book, and the rest whatsoever Spirits have from the beginning thereof (which at large by the Records appeareth) not only doubted and disliked their insinuations and do∣ctrine uttered, but also divers and sundry times (as coveting to es∣chew and avoid the danger and inconvenience that might either by them, their selves, or the drift of their doctrine ensue, or to my indamagement divers wayes, happen) sought to depart from the ex∣ercises thereof: and withal boldly (as the servant of the Son of God) inveighed against them: urging them to depart, or render bet∣ter reason of their unknown and uncredible words and speeches de∣livered; and withall often and sundry times friendly exhorted the Right Worshipful Master JOHN DEE (the chief follower thereof) as also in the Records appeareth, to regard his souls health, the good proceeding of his wordly credit (which through Europe is great) the better maintenance to come of his wife and children, to beware of them, and withall to give them over: wherein although I friendly and brotherly laboured, my labour seemed to be lost and counsel of him despised, and withall was urged with replies to the contrary by him made, and promises, in that case, of the loss of his souls health, if they were not of God: Whereunto upon as it were some farther taste of them, or opinion grounded upon the frailty of zeal, he ceased not al∣so to pawn unto me his soul, &c. which his perswasions were the chief and onely cause of my this so long proceeding with them: And now also at this instant, and before a few dayes having manifest oc∣casion to think they were the servants of Sathan, and the children of darkness; because they manifestly urged and commanded in the name of God a Doctrine Damnable, and contrary to the Laws of God, his Commandements, and Gospel by our Saviour Christ as a Touchstone to us left and delivered, did openly unto them dislike their proceeding, and brotherly admonished the said Worshipful, and my good friend Mr. JOHN DEE to beware of them: And now having just occasion to determine what they were, to consider all

these things before mentioned by me, and wisely to leave them; and the rather because of themselves, they (as that by their own words appear∣eth) upon our not following that Doctrine delivered, gave unto us a Quietus est, or pasport of freedome: But the Books being brought forth * 12.1, after some discourse therein, after a day or two had, and their words perused spoken heretofore, did as it were (because of the possible verity thereof, Deo enim omnia sunt possibilia) gave us cause of further deliberation: so that thereby, I did partly of my self, and partly by the true meaning of the said Mr. DEE in the receiving of them, as from God; and after a sort by the zeal I saw him bear unto the true worship and glory of God to be (as that was by them, pro∣mised) by us promoted, descend from my self, and condescend unto his opinion and determination, giving over all reason, or whatsoever for the love of God: But the women disliked utterly this last Do∣ctrine, * 12.2 and consulting amongst themselves gave us this answer, the former actions did nothing offend them but much comforted them: and therefore this last, not agreeing with the rest (which they think to be according to the good will and wholesome Law of God) maketh them to fear, because it expresly is contrary to the Commandement of God: And thereupon desiring God not to be offended with their ignorance, required another action for better information here∣in; in the mean, vowing, fasting, and praying, Mrs. DEE hath cove∣nanted with God to abstain from the eating of fish and flesh untill * 12.3 his Divine Majesty satisfie their mindes according to his Laws esta∣blished, and throughout all Christendome received. To this their request of having an action, I absolutely answer, that my simplicity before the Highest is such as I trust will excuse me: And because the summe of this Doctrine, given in his name, doth require obedi∣ence which I have (as is before written) offered, I think my self dis∣charged: And therefore have no farther cause to hazzard my self any more in any action. Wherefore I answer that if it be lawful for them to call this Doctrine in question, it is more lawful for me to doubt of greater perril; considering that to come where we are ab∣solutely answered were folly, and might redound unto my great in∣convenience. Therefore beseeching God to have mercy upon me, and to satisfie their Petitions, doubts and vows, I finally an∣swer, that I will from this day forward meddle no more herein. 22. of April, 1587.

By me EDWARD KELLY.

Aprilis 24. Trebonae. * 12.4

Δ. PRayers to God made in respect of this strange and new doctrine, requiring his Divine Majesty to be merciful unto us, and to give us wisdom and faith that we may herein please him; and that we cannot finde how we may do the thing required, being contrary to the Laws of Moses, Christ, his Church, and of all Nations. Therefore seeing God is not contrary to himself, we desired that we might not be contrary to him or his Laws, &c.

Δ. Not long, lo, there appeared a great flame of fire in the principal Stone, (both standing on the Table before E. K.) which thing though he told me, I made no end of my Prayer to God. And behold, suddenly one seemed to come in at the south window of the Chappel, right against E. K. (But before that, the stone was heaved up an handful high, and set down again well, which thing E. K. thought did signifie some strange mat∣ter toward.) Then after, the man that came in at the window seemed to have his nether parts in a cloud, and with spred-abroad arms to come toward E. K. At which sight he shrinked back somewhat, and then that Creature took up between both his hands the stone and frame of gold, and mounted up away as he came.. E. K. catched at it, but he could not touch it. At which thing being so taken away, and at the sight thereof E. K. was in a great fear and trembling, and had tremorem cordis for a while. But I was very glad and well pleased.

¶ Here appeareth a fire in this other stone also, and a man in the fire, with flaxen hair hanging down upon him, and is naked unto his Paps; and seemeth to have spots of blood upon him. He spake, and said as followeth.

If I had intended to have overthrown you, or brought you to confusion, or suffered you to be * 12.5 led into temptation beyond your strength and power, then had the Seas long ago swallowed you. Yea, there had not a soul lived amongst you.

But the law and tidings (to mankind) of gladness, are both grounded in me, I am the Be∣ginning * 12.6 and the Ending: And behold, happy is he that delighteth in me, for in me is truth and understanding. Whatsoever you have received, you have received of me; and without me you have received nothing. Behold, I my self was even the figure of misery and death for your sins. Why (therefor) disdain you to be figured after me? I will gather the four quarters of the earth together, and they shall become one.

And as I have made you the figure of two people to come, and amongst them, the * 12.7 executors of my Justice: So likewise have I sanctified you in an holy Ordinance, giving you the first fruits of the time to come. Happy is he that is a Serpent in the wilderness hanged up upon the Cross, being the will and figure of my determination, and Kingdom to come: I am even in the doors; and I will overthrow all flesh. I will no more delight in the sons of men.

* Contrary to my self, I teach you nothing. * 12.8

For this Doctrine is not to be published to mortal men: but is given unto you, to manifest your faith, and to make you worthy in the sight of the heavens, for believing in me of your vocation to come.

Therefore I say unto you, Rejoyce, and be not careful for to morrow: for I, even I, have provided for you: Sin no more.

Behold! None of the Orders, either of Heaven or Earth, are armed to open their mouthes in my Name, teaching or opening this Doctrine, unless it were of me, for I am the First and the Last. And I will be Shepherd over all, that the Kingdom of my Father may come, and that my Spirit may be upon all flesh, where there shall be no law, nor need of light: I my self am their lanthorn for ever.

And behold, I will be as a Rock between you and the teeth of Leviathan, which seek∣eth to set you asunder, and to bring you to confusion.

And I am, and am holy, and holiness it self: Out of me cometh no unclean thing.

For even as the time of Moses was wonderful to all the Gentiles, even so shall those days to come be unto the Nations and Kings of the earth. I am a law for ever. And behold, power is given unto me from above: And I have visited the earth, and have thrown my curse * 12.9 upon her: And lo, she shall become barren.

He that fasteth and prayeth doth but that which is commanded: He that also fulfilleth 〈◊〉〈◊〉 will, is justified before me: for who is he that raiseth up, or who is he that casteth down? Yea, even I it is that have taken you four Trees out of the forrest of the world, and have covered * 12.10 you hitherto with my wings. And behold, this that is taken away shall be restored again to you with more power. And Might shall be in it, and a brestplate unto you, of Judgement and Knowledge.

And if there be any of you that seeketh a Miracle at my hands, and believeth in my words, let him or her present themselves here the next Monday, with the rest, and he shall perceive that I was the Judge of Abiram, and the God of Abraham: Walk before me as the sous of my

Father, in all righteousness. And follow you that which you call unrighteousness even with gladness: for I can make you whiter then snow.

Your unity and knitting together is the end and consummation of the beginning of * 12.11 my harvest. I will not dally with you, but I will be mighty in deed amongst you. And lo, I will shortly open your eyes, and you shall see: And I will say, ARISE, and you shall go out. What I am, I am.

E. K. The flame and all is disappeared.

Δ. Gloria Patri, & Filio, & Spiritui Sancto, sicut erat in principio, & nunc, & in sem∣piterna saeculorum saecula. Amen.

E. K.

..... said after, that his body had in it like a fiery heat, even from his brest down unto all his parts, his privities and thighs.

Deo Omnipotenti, Misericordi & Regi seculorum sit omnis laus, honor & gloria nunc & semper.

Amen.

J. D. E. K. J. D. J. K.

WEE four (whose heads appeared under one Chrystalline Crown, and in one pillar * 12.12 united and enclosed) do most 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and heartily thank thee (O Almigh y God, our Creator, Redeemer and Sanctifier) for all thy mercies and benefits 〈◊〉〈◊〉 recei∣ved in our own persons, and in them that appertain unto us: And at this present do faithfully and sincerely confess and acknowledge, that thy profound wisdom in this most new and strange Doctrine (among Christians) propounded, commended and enjoyned unto us four onely, is above our humane Reason, and our Catholick Christian Profession to like of: for that, in outward shew of words, it seemeth to us expresly to be contrary to the purity and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 which of us and all Christians (thy followers) is exactly requi∣red. No withstanding, we will for thy sake herein captivate and tread under foot all our humane timerous doubting of any inconvenience which shall or may fall upon us, or follow us (in this world, or in the world to come) in respect, or by reason of our em∣bracing of this Doctrine, listned unto of us, as delivered from thee, our true and living God, the Creator of heaven and earth, who onely hast the true original power and au∣thority of sins releasing and discharging; and whose pardoning, or not imputing of sin 〈◊〉〈◊〉 us, through our lively faith in the most worthy Merit and precious Blood of thy Lamb immaculate, shed for us, is and shall be our Justification and Salvation. We therefore, (according to blessed Raphael his counsel lately given) most humbly and sincerely re∣quire * 12.13 thy divine Majesty to accept this our Covenant with thee (to the intent that all thy merciful and gracious promises made unto us four, and any of us, may be to us perform∣ed: and also that thy divine purposes in us, and by us, may be furthered, advanced and fulfilled) That as we acknowledge thy divine wisdom and grace opened unto us in this thy last mystical Admonishment of universal unity to be between us: And dost most in∣stantly and earnestly will us to accept and use the same, as both mystically most needful, and also lawful and just with thee: (which Admonishment standeth upon two parts; that is to wit, upon true and consummate Christian Charity between us four unviolably to be kept. And also upon the New Matrimonial-like licence and liberty indifferently amongst us four to be used:) So we the same four above-named (which hereunto will also sub∣scribe our Names) do this day Covenant with thy Divine Majesty (besides all other re∣spects, chiefly upon the two principal intents and respects * 12.14 before here rehersed) truly and unfeignedly to accept and perform henceforward amongst us four (in word, thought and deed, to the uttermost and best of our power) a perfect unity, and with incompa∣rable true love and good Christian Charity, friendship, imparting and communicating each unto other, all and whatsoever we have or shall have hereafter during our lives. And as for the Matrimonial-like licence, we accept and allow of it: And promise unto thee (O our God, the Almighty, Creator of heaven and earth) to fulfil the same in such 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 the go 〈◊〉〈◊〉 are permitted to fulfil, and have been (by divers testimonies) commen∣ded for, and by divine Doctrine willed to fulfil in Matrimonial-like conversation, when∣soever thy 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and allurements Matrimonial-like shall draw and perswade any couple of us thereunto: Beseeching thee, as thou art the onely, true Almighty and everlasting God, Creator of heaven and earth, Thou wilt in thy infinite mercies not impute it unto us for sin, blindness, rashness or presumption; being not accepted, done or performed of us upon carnal lust, or wanton concupiscence, but by the way of Abraham-like faith and obedience unto thee our God, our Leader, Teacher, Protector and Justifier, now and for ever. And hereunto we most humbly and faithfully require thy Divine Majesty to be our witness: And moreover we call thy holy Angels, and to bear record for thy honour

and glory, and for our discharge, now and for ever. And for a further consummation of this New Covenant on our behalf, (by thy will and permission) made with thee (the God of heaven and earth) we the same four first notified, and particularly and vùlgarly named John Dee, Edward Kelley, Jane Dee, and Jone Kelley, have faithfully, obediently, willingly and wittingly subscribed our Names with our own hands day of May, Anno 1587. In Trebon Castle.

And finally, as thou hast warned us (O God) that this doctrine and doings should un∣to no mortal man else be disclosed, but among us onely the above-named four to be kept most secret: and hast said, that whosoever of us should by any means disclose the same, and he also or she to whom the same should be disclosed, should presently and im∣mediately be strucken dead by thy Divine power: So we all and every of us four do re∣quest thee most earnestly, and Covenant with thee as our God, that so all this doctrine and doing may be kept most hid and secret; and also that the sudden and immediate bo∣dily death may light and fall on the discloser, and on him or her to whom the same do∣ctrine or doing any manner of way shall be disclosed or known. Amen, Amen, Amen.

JOHN DEE.

Note and remember, That on Sunday the third of May, Ann. 1587. (by the new ac∣count) I John Dee, Edward Kelley, and our two wives, covenanted with God, and subscribed the same, for indissoluble and inviolable unities, charity and friendship keeping between us four, and all things between us to be common, as God by sundry means willed us to do. Ad Dei honorem, laudem & gloriam in fide & obedientia Factum esto.

Amen.

1587. Trebonae, in the fine Chappel. * 12.15

Δ. THe foresaid Covenant being framed by me John Dee, as near as I could according to the intent and faith of us required, to be notified and declared by the works of unity both spiritual and corporal. Now it was by the women as by our selves thought ne∣cessary to understand the will of God and his good pleasure, Whether this Covenant and form of words performed, is and will be acceptable, and according to the well liking of his Divine Majesty: And that hereupon, the act of corporal knowledge being performed on both our parts, It will please his Divine Majesty to seal and warrant unto us most certainly and spee∣dily all his Divine, Merciful and bountiful Promises and Blessings; and also promises us wis∣dome, knowledge, ability and power to execute his justice, and declare and demonstrate his infallible verity amongst men, to his honour and glory.

Hereupon E.K. and I went to the Chappel to the South Table. Δ. To this intent I prayed to the Almighty God, Creator of heaven and earth, fatherly, favourably and mercifully to regard the singleness and straits of my heart, desiring him to encrease the faith, and to open the eyes of my heart, that I may see Opera digitorum & mirabilia ejus, nobis sicuti necessaria, for his service and glory, and for the confusion and overthrow of his enemies. Amen.

I read over the Covenant (verbatim) before the Divine Majesty, and his holy Angels.

Pausa ¼ horae.

E. K. Here appeareth Madimi.

As a thing like a head with three eyes cometh upon her head, and one of the eyes seem to come one into another.

Mad. ..... Pepigistis.

Δ. Pepigimus.

Ratum est: perumpite sunt vobis omnia communia.

Dei, non hominis estote: Promissa quae sunt, possidete: Vobis destinata, vera sunt: AEternus sum.

E. K. She is gone.

E.K. My thought an infinite number of spiritual Creatures stood afar off behinde her like as in an half Moon.

Δ. Illi qui AEternus est Omnipotens, Sapiens, Bonus, Verus, Misericors, & rerum omnium Crea∣tor, Redemptor noster & Illuminator omnium (lumine vero Collustratoru) Sit omnis gratiarum actio, laus, benedictio, honor & gloria: Nunc & in sempiterna saeculorum saecula.

Amen.

1587. Trebonae.

PReces ad Dominum Creatorem Cali & terrae, &c. Then as concerning the Covenant * 12.16 which was made subscribed and delivered in, but the next day required again of Mr. E.K. and in his wifes name to put out his name, &c. But when he had it, he cut it into equal parts; keeping that half wherein his subscription and his wifes were, and deliver∣ed unto me, the other half but after a few dayes desired to have the sight and reading of both together; and then he kept the other part from me also: But afterward Madimi did with her finger draw on the two papers make them whole again, &c. and then she gave the print of my Characters, and said a red Circle should alwayes appear in the Stone to all mens sight, &c.

E. K. There is here a great Globe of fire hanging in the top of * 12.17 the Stone; and in the Globe a man standing with a purple Robe like Christ, I cannot well perceive his face.

..... Who sitteth upon the Cherubins, and is carried abroad with their wings: Who is he that is lifted up in thunders, and in the voyce of many waters exalted and magnified through the power of a Seraphin (which is the power of him that made him?) Who is he that stretcheth out his arms and imbraceth all things? Who is he that is not, and is? Who is he that numbreth the Stars as the letters of a V lumne? or entreth down into the waves? In the multitude of his wonders who is he that maketh his Whelps there, where the Sea glideth, and keepeth them in Chains, till the day of his stretch-forth power come? Who is he that maketh his habitation in the Sun, or filleth the Moon with a perpetual River? Who is he that hath made Winter and Sum∣mer, times and seasons? Who is he that is the Lord of all beasts and fowls? Who is he that hath made you of nothing? even he it is that hath led you out, even he it is that hath carried you to the Seas even he it is, that hath kept you sleeping, and preserved you waking: Even he it is that hath 〈◊〉〈◊〉 his thunders underneath your and hath harnished you.

With the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 against the people of Ethan, yea even he it is (I say) that is, and liveth for ever, and hath provided you as the chiefest reapers, yea and over-seers of his harvest, which hath made you a promise: That the Kings of the earth shall be inriched by you, and hath made you free from all men, against the day when you shall see me. But O you of little faith and understanding, O, I say, you of little faith and understanding, how long will you be your own masters, nay your own servants, how long do you contemn, the profound and unspeak∣able floods of my wisdome, and fore-knowledge in you.

How long (I say) will you run after your own imaginations and contemn the present counsels which I give you, hindring the power that is ready to fall upon you, O 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of little faith and under∣standing.

Behold I have prepared a banket for you, and have brought you even unto the doors; but be∣cause you smell not the feast you disdain to enter, happy is he that entreth in through me: For I am the very gate to all felicity and joy, and without me is nothing: Are you more discreet then I am wise? or more honest than I am holy? Righteousness, and righteousness is that, which is re∣warded with honour. Behold I made all things, Is it not contrary to Nature, that the lights of * 12.18 heaven should stand: Why therefore at the prayer of the Carpter call you upon the Sun in my name; Calling (I say) upon my name did the Sun stand still. Rebuke him therefore if he hath done a∣miss; or teach him, why he so abused Nature, O you wretches, I say unto you, you are the last of the beginning of the times to come, so figured by my determination and eternal purpose: And * 12.19 behold the Son and Moon shall stand still, even at your voyces, and the Mountains shall bring themselves together before the face of man, at your commandement, that the people and Kings of the earth may say, Lo this is the finger of him that hath created all things.

Be therefore obedient and full of faith.

And see that all things be one amongst you, and cleave not asunder, lest I take vengeance * 12.20 upon you, for behold Sathan hath power to cast you asunder, but a little he should∣be faithful therefore, and provident, be watchful, and take heed for you have made a Covenant; and behold it is written before my face in heaven, even as whatsoever I have spoken unto you, is laid up in my treasures. Take heed that you run neither to the right hand, neither to the left; * 12.21 but that you cast away your selves for me: As I humbled my self to death, wherein the unity be∣tween my Congregation and me, was before my Father perpetually sealed, whereby I am alwayes present with such as put their trust in me. Even so as the East and the West, the North, and the South, Esau and Jacob, shall be gathered together through the power I will give you, and united * 12.22 for ever in the Kingdome of my Father which is to come, in one holy and eternal fel∣lowship, so be you contented also to be the figures of the things that are to come by you, that it may be a perpetual testimony before the heavens, and before men, of your perfect and sound faith: * 12.23 And thou, even thou that hast tore in peeces even this morning again this Covenant which thou

hast made with me, Behold the time shall come that thou shalt be torn in peeces thy self, and I will turn even my face away from thee for a time: And even as thou hast obstinately and ignorantly, blasphemed the company of my holy messagers, even so shall the people of the earth obstinately and ignorantly throw thee out from Town to Town: And even as thou hast done unto me, even so shall men do unto thee. But because thy minde was inwardly never to forsake me, even so shalt thou never be forsaken of me, but I will return again unto thee. And now behold, thou hast made a bargain, and behold thou thinkest to take thee up a new dwelling place, and thou shalt not do so: But who so receiveth thee into his house shall as truly as I am, both he and his family fink down into the very lake of hell. But before thou enter in, I will by dreams and visions warn him; therefore run not abroad: Take heed of the Tempter, Thou made a Co∣venant with me, which thou canst not in breaking of the papers put out; for my register is eternal: And those that bear witness before me are the compass of my wings.

And lo behold Carpio hath for his former intent of separating you, cut off the day of his Father, and is become fatherless: Behold even shortly shall his mother perish also.

And, if hereafter, he attempt any farther, I will throw the vengeance of Justice upon him, that he shall be a laughing stock to the people amongst which he was born: Wo be unto them that riseth up against me.

..... After a while I come again.

E. K: I thought we should have nothing else, but

Δ. I read this over to E.K.

E. K. He is here again.

He that pawneth * 12.24 his soul for me, loseth it not, and he that dyeth for me, dieth to eternal life. Behold you shall both as Lambs be brought forth before men in your latter dayes, and shall be overthrown and slain, and your bodies tossed to and fro: But I will revive you again, and will be full of power: And you shall be comforted with the joyes of your brethren, for I have many that secretly serve me, and when you have shewed your obedience, the second day after, come here again before me; for I will lead you into the way of Knowledge and Vnderstanding: And Judgement and Wisdome shall be upon you, and shall be restored unto you: And you shall grow every day, wise and mighty in mee.

E. K. He is gone: and in going he made a Cross (toward us) of blessing.

Rerum omni Creatori Omnipotenti, Misericordi & Justo, Domino nostro & Deo nostro, sit omnis laus, honor, gloria, gratiarum actio & Jubilatio: Nunc & in sempiterna saeculorum saecula. Amen.

I can, and by our two Consents, and at the request of Jane Δ ... unto the women. And Mr. E.K. hereupon said to his wife, That his boots were now put off, and changed his pur∣pose of going away with Carpio now. God confirm his minde in all good purposes according * 12.25 to the well-pleasing of the Highest. Amen.

..... Δ ..... As I, and E.K. walked out at the new stairs, into the new Orchard∣ward * 12.26 along the little River to view the small fish, and returning to the fore stairs again, E.K. saw twain as high as my son Arthur fighting by the River side with swords; and the one said to the other, thou hast beguiled me: Then I at length, said unto them, Can I take up the matter between you? one said yea that you can: in what is it quoth I? Then said he, I sent a thing to thy wife by my man, and this fellow hath taken it from him. They fought fore, and at length, he that had it was wounded in the thigh, and it seemed to bleed. Afterward he that was wounded, did bring a yellow square thing out of his bo∣some; then I guessed it to be my Stone that was taken away. The other said unto him, let it be carried, suddenly he seemed to have been out of sight, and to be come again; he threatned * 12.27 the other that had wounded him, and said he would be even with him. The other said, Hast thou laid it under the right pillow of the bed where his wife lay yesternight.

At length they both went (one after another) into a little Willow tree body on the right hand next the new stairs into the garden; the tree seemed to cleave, or open, and they to go in.

Hereupon we went away: And I coming to my Chamber, found my wife lying upon her bed (where I lay yesternight) and there I lifted up the right pillow, upon which she lay resting herself (being not well at ease) And in manner under her shoulders there I found my precious Stone, that was taken away by Madimi: Whereat E. K. greatly wondred, doubting the verity of the shew. But I and my wife rejoyced, tkanking God.

Saturday May 23. Mane circa 9.½

PReces ad Deum fundebantur, &c. And then we requested that the act of obedience per∣formed (according to our faith conceived of our vocation, from the Almighty and Eternal God of heaven and earth) might be accepted: And that henceforward we might be instructed in the understanding and practice of wisdome, both such as already we have received some introductions Mystical, and also of all other what the Almighty God shall deem meet for us to know, and execute for his honour and glory, &c.

Δ E. K. Took Pen and Inke, and wrote the request here adjoyned; and he read it to me, and he requested me to read it to the Divine Majesty; and so I did, and hereupon we waited both to the first my prayer and to this Petition, the Divine answer.

Δ. Omnipotens sempiterne, vere & vive Deus mittas lucem tuam & veritatem tuam ut ipsae nos ducant & perducant admontem, sanctum Syon, ex hac valle miseriae & ad Celestem tuam Jerusalem. Amen.

E. K. From the beginning of this our coming, there appeared a purple Circle as big as a star in the Circumference of the holy Stone, which yesterday was brought again: And that it should so be, Madimi had forewarned E. K. when she shewed it unto him, when also she gave the prints of the letters of the backside of the bottome of the gold frame of it.

..... E. K. There appeareth here a great man all in bright * 12.28 harness sitting upon a white horse: he hath a spear all fiery in his left hand, he now putteth into his right hand: he hath a long sword by his side: he hath also a target hanging on his back, it seemeth to be of steel: It hangeth from his neck by a blue lace; it cometh up be∣hind him as high as the top of his head. The horse is milk white, all studded with white: a very comely horse it is. The man is in com∣pleat harness, the top of his helmet hath a sharp form.

Upon his Target, are many Cherubins, as it were painted in Circles: there is one in the middle: About it as a Circle with six in it, and then a Circle with eight, and then a great Circle with ten in it, and in the greatest are twenty; and about the Circle of twenty * 12.29 are seven parts: at each of which points is a Cherubin; Their faces be like burning gold, their wings be more brighter and as it were their wings coming over their heads do * 12.30 not touch together. His horse is also harnished before and be∣hind. The horse legs behind are harnished as with boots mar∣veilously contrived, for defence as it were of his hinde legs.

E. K. He is ridden away, he seemeth to ride through a great field.

E. K. Here is now come Madimi.

E. K. She is gone into the field, that way which he rode.

E. K. Here is another, like a woman all in green.

E. K. Here cometh another woman: All her attire is like beaten gold; she hath on her forehead a Cross chrystal, her neck and breast are bare unto under her dugs: She hath a girdle of beaten gold slackly buckled unto her with a pendant of gold down to the ground.

I am the Daughter of Fortitude, and ravished every hour, from my youth. For behold, I am Vnderstanding, and Science dwelleth in me; and the heavens oppress me, they covet and desire me with infinite appetite: few or none that are earthly have imbraced me, for I am shadowed with the Circle of the Stone, and covered with the morning Clouds. My feet are swifter than the winds, and my hands are sweeter than the morning dew. My garments are from the beginning, and my dwelling place is in my self. The Lion knoweth not where I walk, neither do the beasts of the field understand me. I am defloured, and yet a virgin: I sanctifie, and am not sancti∣fied. Happy is he that imbraceth me: for in the night season I am sweet, and in the day full of pleasure. My company is a harmony of many Cymbals, and my lips sweeter than health it self. I am a harlot for such as ravish me, and a virgin with such as know me not: For lo, I am loved of many, and I am a lover to many; and as many as come unto me as they should do, have enter∣tainment. Purge your streets, O ye sons of men, and wash your houses clean; make your selves holy, and put on righteousness. Cast out your old strumpets, and burn their clothes; abstain from the company of other women that are defiled, that are sluttish, and not so handsome and beautiful as I, and then will I come and dwell amongst you: and behold, I will bring forth chil∣dren 〈◊〉〈◊〉 you, aud they shall be the Sons of Comfort. I will open my garments, and stand na∣ked before you, that your love may be more enflamed toward me.

As yet, I walk in the Clouds; as yet, I am carrried with the Winds, and cannot descend unto you for the multitude of your abominations, and the filthy loathsomness of your dwelling 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Behold these four, who is he that shall say, They have sinned? or unto whom shall they * 12.31 make account? Not unto you, O you sons of men, nor unto your children: for unto the Lord belongeth the judgement of his servants.

Now therefore, let the earth give forth her fruit unto you, and let the Mountains forsake their barrenness 〈◊〉〈◊〉 your footsteps shall remain. Happy is he that saluteth you, and cursed is he that holdeth up his hands against you. And power shall be given unto you from henceforth to resist your enemies: and the Lord shall alwayes hear you in the time of your troubles. And I am sent unto you to play the harlot with you, and am to enrich you with the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of other * 12.32 men. Prepare for me, for I come shortly. Provide your Chambers for me, that they may be sweet and cleanly; for I will make a dwelling-place amongst you: and I will be common with the father and the son, yea and with all them that truly favoureth you: for my youth is in her flowers, and my strength is not to be extinguished with man. Strong am I above and be low, there∣fore provide for me: for behold, I now salute you, and let peace be amongst you; for I am the Daughter of Comfort. Disclose not my secrets unto women, neither let them understand * 12.33 how sweet I am, for all things belongeth not to every one. I come unto you again.

E. K. She is gone along that green field also.

Δ. I read it over to our great comfort.

Δ. We most humbly and heartily thank thee, O God Almighty, the onely fountain of Wisdome, Power, and all goodness: Help us now and ever to be faithful and fruitful servants to thee, for thy honour and glory. Amen.

E. K. The field appeareth a very level ground, covered with pretty grass even to the brinks of the ..... It is bright if the Sun light, but I see not the Sun, but the clear sky over it.

Δ. Pausa semihora unius.

E. K. Now cometh the horseman, and rideth by into the field, and so doth Madimi. Now cometh the third, and so goeth away into the field.

Now cometh she that was left here: she standeth still: she hath * 12.34 a book in her hand covered (as it were) with Moss three inches at the head, and four inches long, and a finger thick: it hath no Clasps; it is plain.

Pausa.

The fourth hour after dinner, repair hither again: And whatsoever you shall reade out of * 12.35 this book, receive it kneeling upon your knees; and see that you suffer no Creature female to enter within this place: Neither shall the things that be opened unto you, be revealed un∣to your wives, or unto any Creature as yet: for I will lye with you a while, and you shall perceive that I am sweet and full of comfort, and that the Lord is at hand, and that he will shortly visit the earth, and all his whole Provinces.

E. K. She turneth her self into a thousand shapes of all Creatures: * 12.36 and now she is come to her own form again.

She hangeth the Book in the air.

Give God thanks, and so depart.

Δ. All laud, thanks, honour and glory be to our God, our King and Saviour, now and ever.

Amen.

1587. Saturday the same day.

AFter Dinner, about four hours, or somewhat less we resorted to the place.

A voyce to E. K. Kneel toward the East; so he kneeled at the table of Covenant, with his face toward the East; and I at my table opposite to him.

Δ ..... In the Name of God the Father, God the Son, and God the Holy Ghost. Amen.

Recte sapere & intellegere doceto nos (O Dominus) nam sapientia tua, totum est quod quaerimus

Da verbum tuum in ore nostro & sapientum tuam in cordibus nostris fige.

E. K. The Book remaineth hanging in the ayre.

A voice ..... Kelly, I know it is troublesome for thee to kneel: Sit. Pausa magna.

Δ ..... So E. K. rose from kneeling, and did sit.

..... E. K. Now she is here, that last advertised us.

She taketh the book and divideth it into two parts: and it seem∣eth to be two books: the half cover adjoyning to one, and the * 12.37 other half cover belonging to the other, the sides with the covers are towards me.

..... Wisdome, is a pearceing beam which is the center of the spiritual being of the holy Spirit, touching from all parts from whence the Divinity sendeth it out: and is proper to the soul, or unto substances, that have 〈◊〉〈◊〉, 〈◊◊◊〉〈◊◊◊〉; so that, whatsoever shall have end, can never attain unto that which is called Wisdome: Neither can things that are subject to the second death, receive any such influence, because they are already noted, and marked with the seat of destruction. Happy is he whom God hath made a vessel of salvation; for unto him be∣longeth joy, and a crown of reward: Adam (your forefather and first paren) in respect of his * 12.38 creation, that is to say, in respect of his imaginative composition received no strength, but by the Holy Ghost; for the soul of man is free from all passions and affections, until it enter into the hody unto the which it is limited: so that, being neither good nor bad (but apt unto both) he is left, by Divine providence and permission joyned together to the end of the one, or the other: But wheresoever wisdome dwelleth, it dwelleth not with the soul, as any property thereof, but according to the good will of God, whose mercy concurreth on every side into him, and taketh up a mansion therein to utter out, and manifest his great goodness: And even as the heavens are glorified con∣tinually with the Spirit of God: So is the s ul of man glorified, that receiveth sanctification thereby; for no man is illuminated, that is not sanctified: neither is there any man perfectly san∣ctified, that is not illuminated. I speak this (my brethren) for that you shall un∣derstand, That no man did, or can ever attain to wisdom (that perfect wisdome which I speak of) without he become a Center in his soul unto the mercies, and good will of God comprehend∣ing him, and dwelling in him, therefore lift up your eyes and see, Call your wits together, and * 12.39 mark my words, To teach you, or expound unto you the mysteries of the Books that you have al∣ready received, is not in my power, but in the good will of God, after whose Image I am: Which good will of God, is the descending of his holy Spirit abundantly upon you, and into you, opening all your senses, and making you perfect men: for Adam understood by that grace, and his eyes were opened so that he saw and know all things that were to his understanding: So have all those more and less, that have been counted wise, received the gifts of the Holy Ghost, which setteth the soul on man, so on fire that he pierceth into all things, and judgeth mightily. The Apostles which knew even the thoughts of men, understood all things, because the holy Spiritamade a dwelling place in them: even so * 12.40 shall it happen unto you: For you are the chosen of this last dayes, an such as shall be full of the blessings of God, and his Spirit shall rest with you abundantly. Mark therefore what I have to say unto you.

A hundred dayes are limited unto you during the which time, you shall every seventh, pre∣sent your selves in this place, and you shall laud and praise God. And behold I will be * 12.41 present amongst you.

And before these dayes pass, when power is given me so to do, I will enter out of this Stone un∣to you and you shall eat up these two books, both the one and the other: and wis∣dome shall be divided between you, sufficient to each man.

Then shall your eyes be opened to see and understand all such things as have been written un∣to you, and taught you from above. But beware ye take heed, that you dwell within your selves, and keep the secrets of God, untill the time come that you shall be bid SPEAK: For then shall the Spirit of God be mighty upon you; so that it shall be said of you, LO were not these, the Sorcerers, and such as were accounted Vagabonds: Other some shall say, Behold let us take heed, and let us humble our selves before them: For the Lord of Hoasts is with them.

And you shall have power in the Heavens, and in the lower bodies: And it shall be taught you at all times inwardly, even what belongeth to the hearts of men: Then shalt thou E. K. have a new coat put on thee, and it shall be all of one colour. Then shalt thou Δ. also have power to open that book, which God hath committed unto thee; but use your selves as men, yea even then remember such as may receive the mercies and grace of God: And let all peace and unity be amongst you: For even as the Sun looketh into all things from above, so shall you into all the creatures that live upon the earthy; yea the one of you shall have his lifted, and shall enter into the fourth or fifth heaven, for unto him that is worldly knowledge be given; and unto him that hath been patient, shall greater things descend. Not∣withstanding both sufficiently satisfied: In the mean season, The seventh day hence, shal thou bring in such things, as the Lord hath given thee: And in this place they shall be disposed ac∣cording to the knowledge that is given me: And herein thou hast pleased the Lord; For that thou hast dealed streight, and according to brotherly meaning.

Δ. Now cometh the time that the Whore shall be called before the Highest, and the tenth Month hence, shall the Turk and the Moscovite make a perpetual league together, and in the thirteenth month, shall Poland be assaulted, with the Tartarians, and shall be spoyled: yea even unto the very ribs, so that in the sixteenth month they shall fall all together from Christ: And the hand of God shall run in vengeance, vengeance, even through this Kingdome, and through Germany, and into Italy; and in the 23. Month Rome shall be destroyed, so that one stone shall not be left standing upon another, and vengeance shall be on all the earth, and fear upon all people, for the Lord is gone out against them: They eat and drink, and say, Let us be merry: Wo be unto them, for the know not the time of their visitation. For lo Justice shall visit them and tread them under foot: And 〈1 line〉〈1 line〉 for a while; that is to say, * 12.42 This wicked triumph. And behold in the North shall rise that Monster, and shall pass forth with many Miracles, but you seeing all these things shall be at quietness untill such times as it shall be said unto them, Revenge. Happy is he that is not partaker of the love of such as shall be vexed these latter dayes.

E. K. She is gone.

Δ. I read these over to E. K. To his great comfort.

..... Make an end, I have no more to say

Δ. Deo nostro Omnipotenti, Patri, Filio, & Spiritui sancto sit omnis laus gratiarum actio, bonor gloria & Imperium nunc & in sempiterna saeculorum secula. Amen.

MAgnifici viri fratres & amici Chariss. Hodie hora 9. ante meridiem istae mihi allatae sunt literae a Domino Schombergio, quae datae sunt 5 Mar∣cii, & debebat jam devenisse in manus meas antea. Ex quibus intelligo ip∣sum cum Domino Holek expect are responsum Munsterbergii. Quandoquidem Omnipotens ille omnium rerum moderator, & rector vos delegaverit ad hoc mi∣nisterium & opus perficiendum. Ego nihil scio quid agendum, nec ullum meum Consilium eo accedere potest, ut disponere aliquid possim, sciam aut velim; nisi quod sapientissimo illi moderatori visum fuerit. Proinde omnia vobis trans∣mitto, Orate sedulo, & quod placuerit Altissimo & Potntissimo Domino hoc fiat, & me etiam in omnibus informate & in tantis libenter obedire cupio & volo: Et ita nolim ne{que} diem istam praetermittere quin statim rursus ad vos transmittam. Interim vos & meipsum Dei omnipotentis bonitati immensaeque misericordiae commendans. Dat. Cromoviae, 16 Marcii, Anno 1587.

Vester amicus & frater,

Guilielmus manu propria.

Magnificis viris Domino Joanni Dee & Domino Edvardo Kelleo & ad manus proprias.

1587. Recepimus tandem Trebonae Aprilis 2. Nos enim a Reichstenio 〈◊〉〈◊〉 & rediveramus antequam ad Reichstenium nuncius venit.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 Domini Charissimi amici & fratres, ad literas vestras nihil 〈◊〉〈◊〉 potui, quandoquidem per suas mihi literas D. Schomberg. de suo & 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 a .... tu significaveras, volui primum quae mihi .... 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 si 〈◊〉〈◊〉 nova 〈◊〉〈◊〉 vel non audita, dominationem vestrain 〈◊〉〈◊〉 denuo certiorem redderc. Haeri noctu solus ad me ve∣nit D. a 〈◊〉〈◊〉. relicto socio in monasterio meo. Coroniensi dimidium ab hinc 〈◊〉〈◊〉 & de negotiis mihi multa exposuit, de quibus uti intellexi, ex ipso & 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 Mag. significaverit, Uti potui intelligere, satis cir∣cumspecte & 〈◊〉〈◊〉 negotia sunt tractata us{que} huc, & spero etiam fideli∣ter: Ad 〈◊〉〈◊〉 respondi, prout sepissime a me intellexistis, & nuper e∣tiam literis 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 dicenda putabam Dom. vestrae scripsi. Tota res vide∣tur consistere in adjuvandis aliquibus personis pecuniarum aliquo auxilio, & prout & scriptum sive .... memoriale mihi tradidit, quod transmitto Dom. vestris perlegendum & considerandum, & post, mihi remittatur oro. Charissimi Domini scitis quae sit voluntas Domini, proxima actio & aliae, (mihi videtur) annuunt ipsos adjutandos, fiat secundum ipsius cujus omnia sunt voluntate & misericordissima dispositione & expediantur eo celerius, prout cum Domino Edvardo locuti sumus. Ipsi respondeant Domino altis∣simo & potentissimo de fide quam ipsi praestabunt, sin vero aliter visum fue∣rit Omnipotenti Domino fiat ita. Rogo Dom. vestras Magn. quam amantis∣sime piis suis ad Deum orationibus & mediis a Domino vobis traditis & con∣cessis promovete, & adjuvetis Domini Dei nostri opus & voluntatem ex∣cqui.

Socius remansit in monasterio, ut supra dictum, & conclusi cum Domino Schombergio, ut ne{que} videam ne{que} tractem cum illo, certis de causis, quas vobis significabit, & a me etiam intelligetis; tamen ut eo sit melius conten∣tus de duobus vel tribus millibus tallerorum ipsi procurabitur ad quaedam si∣bi necessaria comparanda in lucio sperat ipsum bene fore contentum pro tempore modo caetera quae majora sunt propter reliqua ut supra scripsi pro∣curentur.

Ego non sum ab Imperatore vocatus, sed meam de aliquibus expetivit sua Majestas sententiam de quibus rescripsi ut decuit.

De actione intellexi Dom. vestras paratas ad praescriptum diem esse velle, bene est. Semper nos paratos esse decet & convenit; Ipse benignissime quae in nobis desunt, sua misericordia & clementia inenarrabili perficiat: Placet mihi sententia Dom. vestrarum & quae initio & in prooemio actionis propo∣nere velletis, de quo me informabitis, ad hoc me componam & expectabo humiliter responsum.

Quae proponenda putabam nulla sunt alia nisi illa.

1. Si Imperator de rebus Polonicis a me quicquid sciscitari vellet, aut su∣spicione aliqua de me concepta aut fingendo sibi aliquid quomodo me gerere debeam.

2. Si Imperator de successione Regni hujus pro fratre aliquid tractare vel∣let quomodo me gerere debeam.

3. Si electio Polonica successura sit, quid de bonis meis paternis disponat Dominus, & mihi quid faciendum.

4. Debeo-ne de negotio Polonico aliqua cum Electore Brandenburgico aut aliquo Principe Imperii confidenter conferre, vel non. Cum quibus, quan∣do & qua ratione.

5. Si miles aliquis conducendus & quando.

6. Si Pontifex aut Imperator de personis Dom. vestrarum vellet aliquid attentare, vel eas iterum relegare, vel quovis modo perturbare, quid agendum & ipsis respondendum.

7. Si de Thesauro nobis concredito aliquid Caesari sit 〈◊〉〈◊〉 quando, quantum, & quomodo.

8. Si Imperator mea opera uti vellet pro agendis Comitiis in Moravia & Silesia, si hoc suscipere munus debeam.

De caeteri humiliter supplicent ut me ita disponere dignetur altissimus ut sibi soli placeam & serviam fideliter & 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 sui nominis 〈◊〉〈◊〉 glo∣riam & Reipublicae Christianae salutem.

Si Dom. vestrae putant aliqua omittenda, aut quae offendere possent per amorem Dei oro, bene considerent: omittant aut emendant pro sua pietate & prudentia.

Unum est quod omisi de propositionibus; Quod constitueram in animo de Thesauro Domini mihi benigne concesso aliquas fundationes, hic in pa∣tria ista constituere. Deus scit mentem meam quem nihil latet. Si placet hoc meum misericordissimo Domino propositum vel non.

Et praesertim si mihi alio (divina ita disponente gratia) sit commigrandum, vellem patria mea cognoscat, & tota posteritas quod amaverim illam, & optime de salute ipsorum & posteritatis senserim.

Dat. Cromoviae faeria 5. post Pascha, Anno 1587.

Vester ex animo, & frater & amicus sincerus

Guilielmus manu propria.

In nomine Patris, & Filii, & Spiritus Sancti. Amen.

Gloria Patri, & Filii, & Spiritui Sancto: sicut erat in principio & nunc & semper & in secula seculo rum. Amen.

In Actione Tertia, proponenda.

1. DEo Omnipotenti, Patri, Filio & Spiritui Sancto, offerimus nos humili∣mè, paratos ad Divina Oracula, monita, instructiones, informationes, & alia quaecun{que} in hac generali Actione, suscipienda, intelligenda, & exe∣quenda, quae sua Divina Majestas, pro sua gloria & nostra consolatione maxima fore, praeviderit & decreverit.

2. Humiliter requirimus, an hic plenaria haec transigetur Actio: vel an no∣bis ad Cromoviam, cum necessariis nostris rebus, (& quibus illis quidem) pro∣perandum suerit.

3. Has nostri Domini Rosenbergii Quaestiones 12 generales, & alia 〈◊〉〈◊〉; in eisdem particulariter continentur, humiliter offerimus, tam ejus quam nostro nomine, illa & talia expectantes responsa quae & qualia a sede Maje∣statis Divinae, in suorum servorum consultationibus procedere, & olim & semper solent.

4. Et quia in eisdem Quaestionibus, nulla facta est mentio de usu pulveris quem sibi divinitus concessum habet, & aliquoties prius dictum fuerit, quod in hac Actione, informaretur de illius pulveris usu, nos, jam humiliter illam de∣sideramus informationem.

5. Et quia extraordinarius iste vehemens favor Moschovitici Principis erga me incognitum jam est mihi & multis aliis contestatus, & manifestus, (ago Deo Optimo Maximo gratias quantas possum maximas) & quia incertus sum ad quem finem Deus illum eius favorem erga me, dirigere velit: humiliter peto & mihi a te (Omnipotens Deus) informatio 〈◊〉〈◊〉 de isto fine, & voluntate tua in hac parte, & quo modo ejusdem Nunciis respondere debeam, si qui jam 〈◊〉〈◊〉 de caetero.

6. An non debeamus nosmet disponere, (ut alias, aliquoties praemonitum est) ut 〈◊〉〈◊〉, lapidem Philosophorum ex methodo Dunstani conficiamus: quae me∣thodus, quia mihi non constat, saepe me hactenus fecit videri quasi in hoc labore tardum, 〈◊〉〈◊〉, vel ignavum: Vbi, contra, quam est paratus animus meus & manus & pedes & omnes vires tam animi quam corporis mei, Tu nosti, Tu{que} (O Deus) testis esto meus.

7. Illa Praxis, cum poculo ferreo, canali vitrea, calce &c. nondum nobis succedit; 〈◊〉〈◊〉, ad illius quo{que} Conclusionis veritatem practicam obtinen∣dam, libenter sciremus, quid est quod nos hactenus impedivit, vel quid nobis deest, ad veram intelligendam, & perficiendam praxim ill am.

8. Thomae Kellei decumbentis valetudinem & sanitatem, tibi (O Deus) commendamus, & supplicamus, ut illi, nobisque propitius esse velis: il∣lum{que} sanum & salvum nobis reddere & confirmare digneris ad nominis tui laudem, honorem & gloriam, ex fideli ejusdem posthac servitio, & officio: erga divinam tuam Majestatem. Amen.

9. Joanna, uxor Ed: Kellei nostri, Omnipotenti Divina 〈◊〉〈◊〉 tuae supplicat per me, & ego humilimè (ejusdem Joannae 〈◊〉〈◊〉) 〈◊〉〈◊〉 (O Deus) supplico, ut illi velis esse misericors, clemens & benignus; & ut 〈◊〉〈◊〉 multi∣plices ad te preces pro faecunditate cum hoc ejus marito 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 re∣spicias charitate: & ut illi hoc contribuere velis 〈◊〉〈◊〉, & 〈◊◊◊〉〈◊◊◊〉 servitii (erga hunc suum mariium) praemium, ut 〈◊◊◊〉〈◊◊◊〉 & cum 〈◊〉〈◊〉 gaudere possit beata: respice quaesumus hanc 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉, ut a multis olim piis faeminis & viris candem accepisti, & 〈◊〉〈◊〉 conces∣sisti

〈◊〉〈◊〉 Misericordissime Pater, per Filium tuum, Dominum nostrum Jesum Christum. Amen.

10. Pro mea Jana (O Deu) humilimè gratias ago, quod hactenus tam cle∣menter & pie illam liberaveris a suae radicalis infirmitatis contagione: contra quam & medicinam facere, me docuisti: & me ut facerem adjuvisti, factaeque eam virtutem concessisti, ut illa remedii optati nobis praeberet signa, qualia nostra imperitia magis sperat esse bona & certa, quam recta ratiene dijudicare potest, hoc igitur symptona egestionis sanguinolentae quid sit ne∣scimus, an morbi alterius indicium, an dictae Medicinae adhuc in sua vir∣tute & efficacia procedentis, operatio. Tuum (O Deu) ne dedigneris impar∣tire mihi consilium: & de fluxu illo frequenti, ex ejusdem Janae auribus, li∣benter audire vellemus remedium aliquod.

De Angliae & Reginae ejusdem statu, si aliquid scire nobis expedit, li∣benter audiemus.

London, At Mrs. Goodman her house. Martii 20 à meride hora 4¼ JESUS Omnipotens sempiterne & une Deus.

MIttas lucem tuam & veritatem tuam, ut ipsa me ducat & perducat ad montem sanctum tuum & Tabernacula. Amen.

..... I am blessed Raphael, a blessed messenger of the Almighty, I am sent of God, who is blessed for evermore. Amen.

John Dee, I am sent of God for thy comfort first to certifie thee thou shalt overcome this thy infirmity, and when thou art strong in body, as God in his goodness will make thee, THEN thou shalt have all made known unto thee of such things being not come to pass as have been before spoken of, because that thou shouldest take comfort in God, that thou art not left from the comfort of Gods blessed creatures. Now God hath sent me at this time whereby thou shalt be sa∣tisfied, THAT when thy body is able to abide the time of my service from God to be de∣livered unto thee by me Raphael: Thy friend John Pontoys yet liveth, but his time is likely to be short.

Ask at your will.

Δ ..... O God, I am beaten into a great attempt, to make the counsel privy, of my beggery, and to offer the Earle of Salisbury, such my duties as I may perfect to his con∣tent. How standeth this with your good liking?

Δ. Spiritual,

Thou shalt have friends, in thy suit, and thou shalt have foes, but through Gods Δ. Spiritual, mercies, thy friends, shall overcome thy foes and thou shalt see how that God in his goodness will work mightily in his power for thee.

Proceed in thy suit so shortly as thou canst finde thy health in body able: And for thy health use thy own skill, that God hath, and shall guide thee withall to thy good and perfect receiving of thy perfect health.

Δ ..... Of the blood, not coming out of my Fundament, but at a little, as it were a pin hole of the skin.

Raph. That the which thou hadst no knowledge to help thy weakness, God in his mercies did send thee therein present help, the which but only for that issue thou couldest not have lived. And for the cure and thy help, the same God will work with thee in thy heart and minde so, that it shall be known unto no man, but by Gods merciful goodness delivered unto thee, such wayes and means as shall be thy help, and restore thee to health again. This God of his mercy hath sent me to deliver this short message, because of thy weakness, Thou art not strong to indure them, there∣fore such is Gods goodness to let you to understand that after the tenth day of April, I will then * 12.43 appear again, and thou shalt understand much more what Gods will and his pleasure is to be done in Gods services, and for your good, and so for this little short message, I have declared unto you the will of Jesus Christ: And so for this time, In the Name of the most highest Creator and maker of Heaven and Earth, I do now return at his will and commandement, and I am ready at all times when he shall command me to appear to thy comfort. His Name be praised evermore. Amen, Amen. Δ. Amen.

Friday 24 Martii hora 9½

DEus in adjutorium nostrum intend as D. D. R. R. ... Zebaith ..... The Omni∣potent God be praised for evermore, his holy Name be glorified. Now John Dee, I Ra∣phael am n w come at Gods pleasure, and at his commandment to speak with thee, and make known unto thee as far forth as in my power lieth to speak God hath sent me to declare unto thee: the cause of thy desire now at this time, John Dee, as thou art an earthly man., if thou dost desire to have help from God of such things as earthly men cannot he without while they have time here in this mortal life, thou desirest to have knowledge as concerning things hid, the which I Raphael have no delight, neither pleasure in speaking of any such earthly matter, or earthly cases. But my de∣light is in the Almighty, and in his wisdome. But notwithstanding at this request, and thy inward desire in God to be certified of this treasure, the which these two men whom thou knowest do speak of, they ever had a time appointed of God for it, and it was not used accordingly as they should have done. Now this second time, because you have a desire to have help and knowledge at the hands of the Almighty, I Raphael do command thee and those men whom thou knowest, that they shall not intermeddle, or to take it in hand before the tenth day of January be past, f r if they do, they shall not prevail, for that is a time that God hath best appointed for the said purpose, and for the quiet enjoying of it; so when that day is past, then let them in the name of God enter into that 〈◊〉〈◊〉. And if they will be such men as they ought for to be, and as Gods will is that they should be, to deal faithfully and truly one with the other in deed and in word, God will then bless their good purpose, and bring it to their head when they shall take in hand to open the earth, God will presently at that instant then suffer their good purpose to take effect, and the matter to be effected and had, so that they shall not be put off, if they shall heare or see any thing that they shall dislike, but safely to stand in the hope, and craving at Gods hand to have that good help to be a warrant between them, and all hurt and danger whatsoever may behappen, and so overcome. I say, If they will faithfully pray unto God with their whole trust in God, God will bless their good success, if they be otherwise, then as good never stir, and their good success will be against them. So I Raphael have made kuown unto thee Gods purpose in this thy request.

For this I have said.

John Dee, I Raphael, did make known unto this desire of that secret, and that great gift that gave unto thee in such order and manner as thou knowest where thou hidst it, and that never as yet hadst the knowledge and the wisdome that God will give thee as concerning that, and many mo such unto thee: So this rare gift being taken away from thee by them thou knowest, by taking thy key, and so taking of it from thy keeping, it was the will and purpose of God, that I Raphael should give such ... that thou shouldest have knowledge ... of the same. Thou shalt take such course .... thou mayest obtain it again, and when thou hast it, thou shalt put it into the same chest again, and commit it into the custody and keeping of thy very friend John Pontoys, and he shall, and will deal faithfully and friendly with thee in keeping the same until such time as by that ... the which thou knowest is promised unto thee, that thou shalt re∣ceive the perfect understanding of the hid knowledge and secrecie of God that is not as yet made known unto thee, and ..... as hath been said, so shalt thou have such wisdome delivered unto thee by me Raphael that shall come in such ... and order as hath been late made known unto thee for thy good in such short and speedy time to be performed, and so thus much I have made known unto thee, as God hath in store for thee to be performed. Thus much I have now said, and given thee cunning to keep it in such maner as I have spoken, or else thou wilt be disappointed of that, and ... it will hide such purpose as God will have come to pass, so in his mighty power command me to come. I have for this matter finished; If thou have any thing speedily, ask in ... for I am to depart.

John Dee, If thou wilt have all thy cause then .... as thou must shew unto thy liking and hers what thou hast drawn, and crave for good assistance it ... of ... desiring his help, and ... unto her the disease .... to go to such men that shoald give thee further instruction thy best as I have said to shew unto her that thou hast done ..... and he will ... in thy case unto ..... and Canterbury, and so the faith shall triumph in short time, and if this be .....

Julii 9. hora 4. a meridie.

Δ. After my Prayers for a quarter of an hour, a Voice said, * 12.44

I am Raphael whose voice thou dost hear: To morrow morning at nine of the clock God will send me to thy sight.

Δ. So with thanks to God I ended.

Δ. Mittas lucem tuam & veritatem tuam, quae nos 〈◊〉〈◊〉 & perducant ad montem sanctum * 12.45 tuum & coelestia tua tabernacula. Amen.

Barth. As for you, the Creator of God doth appear.

Δ. Benedictus qui venit in nomine Domini Halleluia.

...... Blessed be God the Father, and God the Son, and God the holy Ghost. All honour and power be ascribed unto the living God for evermore. Amen. Δ. Amen.

John Dee, I am Raphael, one of the blessed and elect Angels of the Almighty; and at his will and his good pleasure, he hath commanded me to appear here at this time, to set forth the will and pleasure of the Almighty God.

John Dee, my message that I have at this time to deliver unto thee, is of great force, in that God would have thee to do. And whereas it was said at my last appearing at this beholder, that I would appear again, and now it hath pleased God to send me to perform and make known ac∣cording to that which was then said, that all things before promised should be made plainly known what Gods will is to be done in all that hath been before said.

Now I do make known unto you the plain meaning and understanding thereof.

First th u hast been promised the secret knowledge and understanding of the Philosophers Stone, of the Book of St. Dunstans, to have the knowledge of them.

It is since a long time, as thou knowest to mans reason, and to the minde of man, a few years is with man thought to be big; and now God hath been thy keeper, and most chiefly created thee, and hath suffered thee to have time to live unto this age: and furthermore, thou dost like unto thy Nativity, and considering thy great age that the course of Nature for age, is likely, by thy rea∣son, to take place. BUT John Dee, thou 〈◊〉〈◊〉 well remember unto whom, in the holy Scriptures, that God in his mercies did adde and put to fifteen years longer than the time was set him: So think not but God in his mercies will be as great unto thee. And now to come to the matter where∣by to lot thee to understand why thou hadst not thus these rare gifts and promises performed unto thee, it was the will f God to keep them away, and to suffer the heart of thy supreme head and governour, under God, to be hardned against thee, that thou art no better account made of unto him, but to be such an one that doth deal with Devils and by Sorcery, as you commonly term them Witchcraft: and who doth, and who hath informed him, to be thus evil and hardly informed a∣gainst thee, but only the Devil, and by the hatred of thy secret enemy whom thou knowest (Salis∣bury I mea) and all malice and enemies that he can by his Devils, Maserien, Hermeloe, the four wicked ones, the which are accounted the four Rulers of the Air, whose names be Ories, Egym, Paynim, and Mayrary: They be the Devils that he doth deal withall, that he through their en∣ticing and his, he thinketh to be pleasant and good wisdom that he receiveth at their hands; That he and his Devils do seek thy overthrow in all good things, and doth and shall, so far forth as God will suffer them, seek all the malice and hindrance in all good causes to be done to thy good. Therefore now John Dee I am to let thee to understand plainly what Gods will and his great purpose is to have thee to do, although it may seem hard to thy good liking, considering as thou dost think, the weakness of thy body, and course of age: yet notwithstanding, that same God that hath been thy protector and keeper until this present time of years, that same merciful God shall keep thee, and make thee able to perform things that shall be made known unto thee; for God will not bestow such rare gifts as I have before said, amongst those which be unworthy of such great blessings from the Almighty. For God will not bestow Pearls amongst those that will not believe nor understand that God hath any such blessings to bestow upon men: for I say unto thee, John Dee, that if God should or would bestow those blessings upon thee, even at this present, or at any time to be shortly performed and delivered unto thee: Then, except that thou shouldst make all things plainly known of Gods secrets delivered unto thee, unto thy supreme head under God here upon earth, and likewise thy enemy to be partaker in these secrets and great gifts of God, if thou wouldst not perform as much unto them, as God should give wisdom unto thee, therein, thy life would and should, by the envy and malice of those wicked ones, and by thy great enemy thou shouldst speedily be cut off from this life, but God will not have it so. So if thou wilt do as God shall command thee by this message, thou shalt have all these messages, promises and wisdom, both for the Philosophers Stone, the book of S. Dunstans, the secret wisdom of that Jewel that was de∣livered, as thou knowest, in what manner it is plainly known unto thee.

So now it is the will of God to suffer thy supreme Head his heart to be hardned against thee; and likewise for thy great enemy for his wicked instructions against thee, God doth suffer it so to be, even as Pharaoh his heart was hardned against the children of God, so standeth the mat∣ter against thee with them. It is the will of God so to suffer it to their great account that they shall have to make, when it shall please the Almighty that that time shall be, that they must render unto God their accounts. Now John Dee it is the will of the Almighty to send me Raphael to deliver unto thee this Message, the which will seem unto thee to be very hard: yet as thou art the servant of God, and one whom God doth favour and love (although the world by wicked enemies doth hate thee) willingly and obediently follow that course the which God in his mer∣cies at this time shall make known unto thee.

Thou 〈◊〉〈◊〉 (if thou wilt obey the commandment of God, by me made known unto thee) take a long journey in hand, and go where thou shalt have all these great mercies of God performed unto thee, and God will shew thee as great favour in the sight of God, as ever he did shew unto Joseph, who was sold into bondage, as thou knowest, and in all his 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and trou∣bles 〈◊〉〈◊〉 was with him, and delivered him: So, if thou wilt follow this commandment from 〈◊〉〈◊〉 de∣livered unto thee by me Raphael, that thou shalt not doubt, nor waver in thy mind, but God will be merciful unto thee, both in this life and in the life to come: and think God will not command thee to take such a journy in hand, but that he doth know that is best for thee, and he will preserve thee, and keep thee in thy journy. And thou shalt find in thy journy, that God shall and will deal 〈◊〉〈◊〉 with thee in finding ease of the infirmity of the stone, that the Angels of God shall di∣rect thee in thy heart and mind, how thou shalt use thy body, to the health and comfort of thy strength. And when thou art at thy journies end amongst such friends beyond the seas as thou knowest, God shall and will raise thee as faithful friends (as now I have said before) as Joseph had, so shalt thou be favoured with God and man; for it is the will and purpose of God to have thee to be obedient unto this the which I do make known unto thee, because thou shouldst not remain here, to be beholding unto those that are thy mortal enemies, and had rather to hear of thy end, than otherwise to hear of thy well-doing, or any good to be done unto thee by any man; it is a grief and a spight in head and mind unto them, that thou shouldst come to any help, or things necessary for mans use here upon earth, the which man cannot be without. And John Dee, I am to command thee, that so shortly as thou canst by all means possible, set thy things in order, for thy Wardenship, and in all other causes of worldly affairs. And for maintenance to further thy journy, God will most graciously raise thee up some good friends to be helping unto thee, that thou 〈◊〉〈◊〉 have maintenance in thy journy. And thy very friend John Pontoys shall by Gods favour * 12.46 come home, and he shall and will be a great aid unto thee, t perform this course the which God by me hath commanded thee to undertake: That where thou dost 〈◊〉〈◊〉 now in want, and to be 〈◊〉〈◊〉 unto those, who do not love thee, neither in heart do wish thee well; so God would have thee to be where thou shalt do him service, and God will give thee long days in so doing, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 this his * 12.47 commandment and will by me Raphael, the which message I am at Gods will and his pleasure plainly to make known unto thee, that it is his will to have thee to follow this course, in which God will have thee to enter into, Not fearing nor mistrusting the weakness of thy body, but that God will pre∣serve thee for that time, as shall be his good will and pleasure, that thou shalt have life here in this world, to be as merciful a God to deliver thee from all hurts and dangers, and from all infirmities, even with as much health as thou hast had in this time as thou hast lived thus many years; so God will have thee to follow his will in this direction, and then thou shalt have all things aforesaid per∣formed unto thee, and thou shalt then have such favour, that thou shalt behold his blessed Crea∣tures with these thy mortal eyes: and if thou wilt perform to the uttermost of thy power this message from God by me delivered; Then G d will in his mercies perform all that is promised unto thee. And except thou wilt be willing and dutiful so much as in thee lieth to make good this, the which I have through God, means declared what course thou must take; and if thou dost it not, then God will not no more send unto thee, to the beholding of any mans earthly eyes, any of his blessed Creatures. Therefore I command thee from God, as I am his faithful Minister and blessed Angel of God, that thou shouldst not doubt to take this journy in hand, for God will be with thee and for thee, and his * 12.48 blessed Angels shall be thy comfort, even as the Angel of God was the comfort unto young Tobias in his journey, so God will deal with thee in thine. And so I have delivered unto thee what God will have thee 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉.

It is the will and favour of God to give the as much understanding of Gods mercies towards thee yet for to come, as ever mortal man had delivered unto him by any spiritual Creature from God. So now I have fully ended my message. Therefore, see that thou John Dee be as ready to perform it to the greatest of thy power, as lovingly in giving God thanks for this message delivered, because I would have thee to be such an one as shall not end his dayes in reproach, and rejoycing of thy enemies, but thou shalt have time and days to live, that when thou diest, and shalt depart this world, thou shalt die with fame and memory to the end, that such an one was upon the earth, * 12.49 that God by him had wrought great and wonderful Miracles in his service. And thus to Gods ho∣nour and his glory, I have ended my message, yielding unto God all honour, and praise, and thanks for all his blessings, and his great benefits bestowed upon his Creatures, both now and for evermore. Amen. Blessed be God in all his gifts, and holy in all his works. Praised be God. Amen, Amen.

Δ. Amen.

Δ. Now, O God, as I have willingly yielded unto thy will and commandment of un∣dertaking a Journey: so I beseech thee that it may stand with thy good pleasure to no∣tifie unto me the Country, Region or City unto which thou wouldst have me direct my course from hence-forward.

Δ. Nothing appeared.

A Voice ..... A Voice ..... In the Name of God, to morrow at ten of the clock.

Δ. So be it.

Δ. All thanks, praise and glory be to God the Father, God the Son, and God the holy Ghost, now and for ever.

Amen.

A Note to be considered.

Mr. Ecclestone.

In the house at the breaking up of the place were these: * 12.50 Bolton, Lettice Gostwich a Maiden, Cook and Dairy-maid.

TO know the house and place therein where it is; or if it be in many pla∣ces divided, which they are.

Or if any other be privy of it, who may give any evidence.

And whatsoever may make this a perfect work, to Mr. Ecclestones rea∣sonable contentment, most humbly and heartily I beseech God to make known now unto us, and so the praise and thanks due to God for his mer∣cies, to the best of our power to be yielded unto him.

Saturday, Julii 11. hora 10. ante meridiem.

Note, In the Original two Schedules are pinned across this page.

The first Schedule. To enquire,

1. THe Name of the place whether I am to direct my total Journey.

2. Whom shall I have in my company besides John Pontoys.

3. What of Patrick Sanders.

4. What of my daughter Katherine.

5. What of my standing Books and other appurtenances. What of Mr. Bardolf to go with me? Or, Of Mr. Dortnall his Companion?

6. What shall my Son Arthur do, to his help and comfort in his intended travel?

7. Shall not I at any time return hither into England again? Shall I make account to keep some title of enjoying my house at my return?

Mr. Ecclestone his Case.

Junii 27. 1607. The second Schedule.

THe Name of my House is Eccleston of Eccleston, the mans Name whom I suspect is Thomas Webster Carpenter, of the age under fourty, not more, within the County of Lancaster.

The place was in a false Roof adjoyning to a Chimney called New Chamber Chimney.

Edward Ecclestone.

Thomas Webster the Thief.

Note: There being a Figure in a single leaf of paper, and the same having no direction where it should be placed, I thought best to place it here, the page im∣mediately aforegoing making mention of one Webster a Thief; and here being words which (if I mistake not) relate to such a business, an unquam recuper abitur, whe∣ther that was stoln shall ever be recovered; and, In quo loco jam est, In what place Webster the Thief is at present.

1. Significat Domina Ascendentis & octavae, recuperari posse.

2. Applicans per sed cum receptione, recu∣perari posse significat, sed cum difficultate ali∣qua.

4. Nota locum, & sig∣num est: & An∣cilla vel foemina aliqua consideranda est.

4. Luminaria sese mu∣tuo respicientia, non post∣erdum fore denotat 5. & maxime cum Domi∣nus medii 〈◊〉〈◊〉 carpere 7. sexali radio respiciat sed interim 7. domum comburat.

JESUS

A Domino factum est istud & est mirabile in oculis nostris. Ex stercore erigit pauperem ut collocet eum cum principibus populi sui. Amen.

Mittas (O Deus) lucem tuam & veritatem tuam, ut ipsa nos ducant, mi∣rabilem in me fac misericordiam tuam, & sapientiam tuam in corde meo figas.

I Am Raphael that speak, if you will have me to appear, proceed in haste, for God * 12.51 hath appointed me great service to do.

Δ. In the Name of Jesus, we desire your answers and instructions to these Articles here slightly noted.

1. Raph. In the Name of Jesus Christ, I Raphael am now sent unto you to deliver unto you your question so far forth as God his will and pleasure is to command me, and I must make a short continuance with you, for I have service of God commanded me in haste to be done, in his blessed Name I am come to fulfil his will in your desires, and therefore in his Name go on.

1. Δ. The name of the place.

Raph. John Dee, thou hast been a Traveller, and God hath ever yet at any time provided for thee in all thy Journeys, so much Gods favour and his mercies is such toward thee, that this thy request and desire to be known, What Country is best for thy good: God hath referred it to thy own will to make choise, in what Country or City thou hast thy best minde unto; and when thou hast made thy choise, if it be Gods liking, and to thy good, it shall be directed unto thee; otherwise, if it shall be made known that some other place shall be better for thee: Therefore take thy own choise and liking.

Δ.

Raph. John Dee, he that hath commanded thee to take this Journey in hand, he will provide for thee in Germany, or any other Country wheresoever thou goest. Therefore let thy good will and liking be in placing thy self, if thou wilt be near unto England or far off.

Δ. Whether is best, I know not.

Raph. I have said, that wheresoever thou wilt, God doth prize thy willing desire, to fulfil that God doth command: think but thou satisfie and rest in taking thy own choise, God will pro∣vide for thee, whither and to what City thou hast a minde or will to enter into, and always Gods good Angel shall hold thee, and ever give thee to understand, what and where shall be ever best for thy good liking, when thou art there. Therefore take no care, he, that Almighty will provide for thee, that thou shalt be so governed with his goodness, that all shall stand well with thee.

2. Δ. Whom shall I have in my company beside John Pontoys?

3, 4. Raph: John Dee, thou of thy self dost best know that without thy daughter; thou

can't not be without her: and likewise God hath sent thee a very honest and well-disposed young man to go with thee in thy Journey. And for John Pontoys, he shall be one, as thy greatest comfort and special ayd, next unto the Almighty. And for any other else, it is at thy own good will and well-〈◊〉〈◊〉 whom thou wilt chuse to make fit thy purpose for necessary uses, for help, about thee, Servants I mean.

5. Δ. What of my standing books, and other appurtenances?

Ralph. John Dee, thou hast spoken already of a very good course to send them away, not all at once, but some at one time, and some at another, and God shall and will give thee good success rein: and let thy friend John Pontoys, let him provide for all such purposes, and so * 12.52 shalt thou do well.

Δ. As I have been heretofore hindred of many of good purposes fulfilling, so per∣chance the King will not be willing now to grant me licence to pass over sea.

Raph. He shall and will grant thee licence.

6. Δ. For my Son Arthur, do to his help and comfort in his intended travel.

Raph. If thy Son do like his course to travel, he shall in the mean while do well, for thy sak; being a father unto him, God will favour him. And when thou art in place where God hath com∣manded thee to 〈◊〉〈◊〉, in short time after thy being there, thou shalt be able to do him good, in help∣ing him for such things as 〈◊〉〈◊〉 now wanteth, and then thou shalt tak him near unto thee, so that he may have a comfort of thy fatherly help, and thou to have comfort of his well-doing: and so for this I have certified thee.

7. 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Shall 〈◊〉〈◊〉 I at any time return hither into England again?

Raph. Thou shalt be better able in health and strength of thy body to come into England a∣gain, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 thou wilt: but thou shalt see and perceive thy self so mercifully provided f r, that thou wilt have but little minde or willingness, to come into England again, such shall Gods great mercies be towards thee.

Δ. Then I perceive that I shall not make any great account of keeping my house at 〈◊〉〈◊〉 for any my return hither.

Mr. Eccleston his Case of his money taken away by one Thomas Webster, &c.

Raph. Thou dost take an hard matter in hand. This man Thomas Webster had it, and hath it in his keeping as yet, but he will not yield that he hath it. And for Eccleston to deal by extremities with him, he shall prevail little, he shall not thereby obtain his purpose. But by friendly dealing with the party, and in proffering him to be a partaker with him, he may yield unto Eccleston. But otherwise, the matter will grow hard. I would from God advise thee, John Dee, to enter as few of these matters as may be, for this will not be compassed, ex∣cept that he shall proceed into the mans house according unto Law; and then he shall 〈◊〉〈◊〉 himself into trouble, and for the thing never the better: but, as I have said, by friendly deal∣ing he may yield, and so far forth as it shall please God, I will work by Gods favour to make him yield. And thus much I have said, and let it suffice.

It doth remain as yet in a Coffer that is somewhat of a white colour, but he will, if he be stirred, he will then remove it, and hide it in the ground in a little Parlour that he hath. And so I have spoken and answered thee at this time, as concerning

Δ. Money I had sent me from the Emperour by Hans Bik: I marvel that it is not yet come hither.

Raph. For that, John Pontoys will make known unto thee, all to thy good. And in whose Name, and in his whose Power I came, so now again I return to that place, to the which in his mercies bring all his blessed Creatures, yielding all honour and praise unto his holy Name, I end. Amen, Amen.

Δ. Amen.

14 day of July, hora 11½.

Δ. AS I sate at Dinner with Bartholomew Hickman, my Daughter, Patrick and Thomas Turner, about the end of the Dinner Bartholomew heard a Voice, saying, To morrow half an hour after 9 of the clock, give your attendance to know the Lords plea∣sure.

Δ. As near as I remember, so he said, or to that effect.

1607 Julii 15. hor. 9½. ante meridiem. JESUS.

In nomine Dei Patris, & Filii & Spiritus Sancti. Amen.

Mittas lucem tuam & veritatem tuam, sapientiam & omnimodum auxi∣lium tuum, Domine Deus, ut tibi serviamus sancte, fideliter & con∣stanter omnibus diebus vitae nostrae. Amen.

Barth. ..... The Creature.

IN the Name of him that created me Raphael, and all the blessed Creatures, and likewise in his power made all the world, and all things therein contained: Jesus Christ of his great good∣ness * 12.53 hath sent me now at his will, and so I am bound at his will to return, when his pleasure is. All honour be given to him, being God Almighty for evermore. Amen.

John Dee, I am Raphael that last appeared unto you, and I through Gods good pleasure did set down and made known unto thee, what pretended course God would have thee to enter into, and his will is such, that so far forth, and so speedily as thou canst, to proceed in it, because that God hath great service for thee to do, when thou shalt be there placed.

And now I do let thee understand, that as concerning Eccleston his suit and matter that I did * 12.54 at my last being here speak of, so far forth as it pleased God to give me his free will: and now God hath sent me for favour that God doth bear unto thee, and not for no cause else, I Raphael do now tell thee, that this matter, and all such like unto it, are not for me to enter into, neither for any such as be of that high Society and Calling as I am of. Yet notwithstanding, I am ready by Gods merciful goodness to command those whom God hath and doth appoint to * 12.55 serve under me: and such his blessed Creatures being those that do stand in his presence, I Ra∣phael will at Gods pleasure command those that shall deal in Ecclestons suit, in constraining by such Creatures as I have made known unto you, that they shall force and constrain these parties, as he which he had in hand; he is one, James Bolton is another, and the Treasure was car∣ried * 12.56 to the Carpenter his brothers house; and there, as I did shew unto thee, a Coffer of white colour. Those parties are so troubled in minde, that they cannot be quiet, how or where to place the Treasure, because they would keep it close. But let this suffice and satisfie for the whole answer in this his suit: I Raphael through Gods power will command such Creatures * 12.57 that shall constrain those parties to bring the matter to true light, and confess the said Treasure; and he, the party the owner to have his money again, in so short time as may be pleasing and acceptable unto the Almighty. God will have the whole matter made known in this order, without any further trouble unto the parties: but it is his will that he shall exa∣mine them in friendly manner, if they will not yield, then by the force of a Justice in exa∣mination; * 12.58 but they will not yield till such time as I by these Creatures shall make them to yield, through Gods help, to their sorrow; and so the party the owner shall so come by his goods again. And now I have answered you in as ample manner as God will have me; for (as I have sai) such matters are not for me, but that course that I have now declared, by Gods help shall be performed. And so in the Name of the Highest for this I do now end, giving praise to the Almighty. And furthermore, John Dee, in few words, for thy sake, If this Window by his * 12.59 Creatures, should have medled in the cause, they should have had a great labour. But not∣withstanding, that which I have spoken of, is sufficient, praised be the Name of God: and so I end.

Δ. If it should not offend, then I would gladly know the sum of the Treasure.

Raph. Two thousand and a half, and odde money.

Δ. How, in gold and silver?

Raph. More then three parts thereof in gold.

Δ. Most humbly and heartily I thank the Almighty for .....

Raph. John Dee, if thou dost doubt of any thing as concerning the entring into the course of thy Journey; and likewise, if thou dost doubt of any thing that shall be against thy good success when thou art there, Now speak, and I shall through Gods mercies make thee answer, as it may and shall please God to the good direction of any thing that thou shalt doubt of, for God will not command thee to enter into that Journey, but that he will most mercifully and graciously be thy keeper, and deliver thee from the hands of thy enemies in thy Journey. And for the good health of thy body, God will so carry thee in good health, that thou shalt set forth such service when thou art there placed, that shall be thy great comfort unto Gods honour, in making of his mar∣vellous works to be known. And thus much for thy comfort through Gods merciful goodness I have made known unto thee: and so I end.

Δ. .....

John Dee, God doth know all this that thou dost speak of. In few words, to end many words, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 will so direct thy wayes in ending such troubles, as shall be to thy good and speedy finishing.

Δ .....

John Pontoys, before such time as thou shalt have any great cause to use his aid, and fur∣theremore, God will so work for thee in the heart of his Master (whom he is Factor for) Stapers I mean, that Stapers shall with all the aid and help that he can to further 〈◊〉〈◊〉 good proceeding. And so God in all cases will thus graciously deal with thee. And now is my full time to depart in Gods peace, and to serve him from whom I came, his mighty Name.

Δ. I fearing his sudden departure, did earnestly urge at his hands, to know the truth of Tobias his history: and so half unmannerly did interrupt his speech with my que∣stion.

John Dee, I am Raphael that is appointed of God to be thy Guide in this thy Jour∣ney; and I am that same Raphael that was the Guide unto young Tobias in his long Journey, and delivered him from the power of the wicked Spirit Asmodeus, who had, as thou knowest, how many he had destroyed: and I brought him through Gods power home again, and delivered him in health unto his own parents. And thus much I have made thee plainly to understand with∣out any doubting to the contrary. And so now once again I do depart. All honour and glory to the everlasting God, both now and for evermore. Amen, Amen.

Δ. Amen.

17 July.

AFter dinner (horam circiter 4½.) as Bartholomew and I talked of divers of my doings with Mr. Kelley, a Voice produced this to Bartholomews hearing,

A Voice. ..... I, John Dee, I have heard you all this while.

Thou shalt be able to do, and to see, and to understand more than all this as thou hast spoken of, according as God hath promised thee.

Δ. Blessed be his holy Name, and his mercies be magnified on me, to the honour of his holy Name. Amen.

Δ. Note ..... Upon occasion of further talk and speech of my Jewel that was brought, I asked Bartholomew if ever he had seen it since it was set in gold; and he thought that he had not seen it: Whereupon I went speedily to my Chest, unlocked it, and took it out, and undid the Case, and set the Stone in his due manner.

And by and by did Raphael appear in the Stone, and in voice said thus, as fol∣loweth:

Raph. In the Name of Jesus Christ, I am Raphael whose voice thou didst hear right now. And now, in Gods holy Name, for thy good, and for thy comfort, I have, now, here, in this Pearl entred Possession, in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 hereafter to be that blessed Creature, to be obedient unto Gods Com∣mandment, to serve thee at all times, when thou art placed in thy Journey, which God hath commanded thee. And likewise thou shalt have the book from whence this came. And that * 12.60 Dust which thou hast in keeping, (the which thou dost make account of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 better but dust) Then it shall be turned to the right use, from whence it was: and to that good purpose, that God hath ordained for to do. And now it was the will of God, that I should speak unto thee a few words of this good comfort to be performed. Praise God, honour his holy Name, for his great blessings now and for ever; That it did please the Almighty to send me to your presence, in token of his love, for his great mercy. And so now, in his Name I go again into the presence of the Almigh∣ty, whose Name be ever praised, with all his elect Angels, and all the blessed Creatures of God, and all the blessed Creatures upon earth, praise his Name for evermore. Amen, Amen.

Δ. Amen.

Δ. O Lord God, most humbly, heartily and sincerely I honour thee, praise thee, and extoll thy mercies, and most loving kindness, for these, and all other thy graces and blessings on me. Accept, O God, my hearty thanks, and enable me so to thank thee, as may be a most acceptable sacrifice unto thy Divine Majesty. Amen, Amen,

Amen.

1607. Sept. 5. hora 9½. Mortlak.

〈◊〉〈◊〉

Mitte lucem tuam & veritatem tuam Domine, quae nos ducant & per∣ducant ad montem sanctum tuum & ad coelestia tua tabernacula. Amen.

Barth. He is in the Stone now.

Benedictus qui venit in nomine Domini.

O Most merciful Lord and Saviour Christ Jesus, who is and was the Creator and Redeemer of Mankinde, and of all his blessed Creatures. In his power I Raphael am now come at his will and commandment, and so likewise at his good pleasure I must then return at such time as he hath commanded me.

John Dee, in the Name of the Most Highest, I am come to deliver unto thee this my Message, the which God in his goodness hath commanded me.

First, I Raphael am sent of God at this time most chiefly to put thee in that good remem∣brance of my last appearing to your presence, to let thee to understand, that look what course God in his mercies did set then down, what way thou shouldst take to enter into this Journey, the which God in his goodness is most willing that thou shouldst enter into. For, John Dee, God hath declared, and made manifestly known unto thee at my last appearing, what service God would use thee unto, and all such purposes that were the last time spoken of, shall be by Gods favour and his merciful good gift performed unto thee: and fear thou not, but God will safely help and preserve thy body in thy Journey, to that end, that thou shouldest be in that place wherein thou mightest have time to enter into all such service as God hath by me made known unto thee. For, John Dee, such hath Gods mercies been in suffer∣ing wicked men to prevail against thee, and they have and do make a scorn of thee here in this thy Native Countrey: So it is with thee as it was with Christ and his Apostles, being most cruelly used in their own Native Countreys; so John Dee, God hath suffered those wic∣ked men to pluck thee down in worldly affairs, the which should be maintenance for thee and for thine, and without such maintenance man cannot be without, while be is here in this vale of Misery. Such wicked men have most cruelly used thee, even as Job by Gods sufferance, who suffered the Devil to prevail against him: yet Gods mercies be so great unto thee, that although they (most wickedly) have robbed thee of thy possession, yet God would not suffer those wicked ones by any of their malicious practices to prevail in any wise to hurt thy body, as Jobs was: For if they (〈◊〉〈◊〉 their wicked purposes) could have wrought such cruelty against thee, thou hadst not been a man living here upon earth until this time. So John Dee, thou dost know who is thy mortal enemy, who, rules next unto your earthly King.

Δ.

Why thou maist well know, for I have made it known before time unto thee, that he is not thy friend, though thou hast not offended him in any wise. Therefore, because that this thy Na∣tive Countrey is not a place fit for Gods purposes in his wisdome to be bestowed upon thee here, Therefore at my last Message, God did send me to make known unto thee, whether he would have thee to go, that there thou mightst be a man; and that man, whom God hath appointed to make his Wisdome known: for thou art that man whom God hath chosen, that (accordingly as it was said yesterday) that no mortal man in flesh, but onely Enoch, had or shall have the like wisdome made known, plainly to be understood by any man, or thou thy self shalt understand and receive at the hands of the Almighty. Therefore it is his will and purpose of God, that he would have thee in that Countrey, for this thy Native Coun∣trey is not worthy of gifts that thou shalt receive at the hands of God, to come, and to be made known unto those which be not worthy of such great gifts of Gods wis∣dome, to come amongst those that be unworthy.

Therefore, John Dee, in all these matters the which in favour at this time made known unto thee, the chief and greatest cause of this my coming unto thee, is to make the matter plainly known, that God in his mercies would have thee with all diligence that thou canst possibly, to haste thee to that Countrey where God doth command thee, and at my last being here thou

knowest what was my Message, therefore do thy diligence to fulfil it as thou canst, and God will put his great helps unto thee, in strengthning of thy body, and otherwise, which shall be to thy good. And thou being once in that place where God would have thee to be, thou shouldst well perceive and plainly understand, that God will most mercifully work with thee for thy good in performing all such promises, the which hath 〈◊〉〈◊〉 loth at the last time and at this time. made known unto thee.

John Dee, I do put thee in remembrance, that whereas thou 〈◊〉〈◊〉 say, that thou hadst a portion of money 〈◊〉〈◊〉 thee from the Emperour unto thee; I tell thee, that the Devil in work∣ing in the heart of one of thy enemies (Cook I mean) did seek some wayes by his false important ill speeches, in most false manner, unto one that did in somewhat let the Em∣perour to understand, what he had most falsely, to thy discredit (as he thought) to hinder thee, that thou shouldst not come to any help or credit at the Emperours hand. But John Dee, be of good comfort, The Emperour of all Emperours will be thy comfort, and aid thee, and evermore put down thy enemies, that the Emperour (that thou shouldst have received that portion o) it shall be so with thee, that he shall have more need of thee, in such wisdome as God shall deliver unto thee; for thou shalt have no need of him, but onely to keep good will and friendship betwixt him and thee, in shewing thy self friendly unto him, as God shall hereafter give thee plainly to understand.

Now, John Dee, I have made known unto thee what Gods will is in this my message. This is the greatest and the most principal cause, why God hath sent me unto thee at this present time. And now I have through Gods mercies delivered this his Commandment unto thee: and for this I have now said and finished.

Δ. Blessed be the Almighty God, now and for ever.

Gladly I would have understood how much the portion was which the Emperour would have sent me.

John Dee, let it go, and speak no farther of it: for thou maist be joyful, whereas it is said unto thee, that he should have need of thee, and not thou of him. Therefore reason no more in that matter.

Δ. As concerning Mr. Eccleston.

John Dee, in few words I answer thee, He hath dealt with the parties in those affairs, but the chief party will not, as yet, yield any thing to be made known, but doth stubbornly and stoutly stand in his own defence: And Gods Creatures have wrought with him, and nothing he will (as ye) yield unto, except that those Creatures should deal so cruelly with him, as it were to pull him apieces: this is his wicked stubbornness. But God will bring the matter to light; but Eccleston hath not dealt so in the matter as he might have done, he is too too slack in his own cause. Therefore if the fault be in him, then do not blame the Creatures of God. For God could (as you very well do know it) command that said Treasure to be brought: but he will not have it so to be, because it shall come by other means among men: So God hath a great care and purpose to do all for your good, to keep matters out of blame and slander of the world, as it might come to passe, if it should come by any other wayes, but by this plot which is laid down to decline. And when it is the will of God that it shall be delivered, God will so perform it, if man will do as he should do, in all reverend manner towards God-ward. And so now I let you to perceive, and to know, that it is not as yet obtained.

Δ. Whether hath the other party confessed any thing?

Raph. He hath 〈◊〉〈◊〉 as yet yielded openly: but he hath in secret manner perswaded his fel∣low, that the matter might be made known unto Eccleston, in confessing of all the whole matter, but the other will not yet yield: but it were better for him to yield at the first, then to tarry any longer, the lesse would be his punishment from God therein. And so I let you to understand, that you shall give God his time to work in that matter at his pleasure, and then shall it be to the good of the owner, and of you likewise. And now I have said.

Δ. As concerning the bereaving me of my own goods, I would gladly understand who hath my silver double gilt bell-Salt, and other things here of late conveyed from mee.

Raph. John Dee, This is the will and purpose of God to command thee, although thou dost suffer wrong because thy goods be so taken away from thee, yet Gods will is such, that he will have thee to be a peace-maker in this cause: for it is past help to have it again: But as thou art a mortal father, so use that matter as a father, for thy son had it, although he would not, neither will confess it. And likewise for such things of late missing about this house, thou shalt hereafter as plainly know who had them, and how they were gone, as thou dost plainly understand for thy Salt, but thou shalt stay and proceed no further, till such time as I Ra∣phael shall speak further of it, for God will have all things to be done well, and to his best liking. So for that I have now said.

Δ.

John Dee, it is in the hands of God and his power to send thee such helps as thou dost seek of the Treasure to be brought unto thee, but God will not have it so to be, the while thou art in this place (England I mea) for God will not have thee to come into any disdain, or slander might take some advantage against them, but be content with that little that can be made of thy right in the Colledge matters. And furthermore, thou shalt see that God will send thee soon some such small helps by man, that thou shalt have some feeling of help, to help thee whither thou shouldst go; and therefore I Raphael have now said.

Δ .... John Pontoys.

John Dee, be not too much inquisitive, but what shall be best to your liking in any good cause what∣soever you or he shall think good to be done for your good, God will put his assistance and help that you shall perceive Gods favour therein. And thus much I have said: at Gods commandment I came, and so on his mercifull goodnesse, and his power, I must presently depart.

Δ ... Bartholomews request of George Sherman his earnest oft and dreaming of Treasure to be under the foundation of the wall called De la pry wall, a Nunry in times past with∣in half a mile of Northampton, Sir William Tate his house is within that wall in three parts.

That man may lawfully have it, if he take heed in the breaking of the the three places, for * 12.61 it is for the greatest part under the bottom of the wall, and many roots of thorns and trees that will let and hinder the working for it, if he do not work much as slope as you can, to go under the roots, the which he may well and lawfully do. So doing, he may well obtain his purpose; and * 12.62 now you have plainly understood the truth.

The one part of that Treasure was laid by an old Nun, that was of that house, at that time, and one that was her brother, and the other was laid even at the same time, that the same travel the which you took the last day saving one, to know of that battel, it was hid at the same time by one of the Lords that was there killed, and so it hath remained ever since, the one place more easier to come at then the other, but with the favour of God, and in his mercy, that good for∣tune to be desired at parties hand, it may be had and compassed by the said party. And so now I have made the matter known unto you. And now in the name of the Almighty, and merci∣full God, at whose will and pleasure I came, so now I depart in Gods peace. The mercies of God be upon you, both for this life, and for that which is to come, his name be glorifyed for evermore Amen, Amen.

Δ. Amen.

1607. Munday 7. Sept. hora 7.

Δ. THis morning as Bartholomew had intended to be going homeward in the morning, and I not intending to move an action now, but committed all to God, Bartholo∣mew was spoken unto by Raphael.

..... Command John Dee to come up into this place. * 12.63

Δ .... In the name of Jesus, and to the honour and glory of the most blessed Trini∣ty. Amen.

Mittas O omnipotens sempiterne & une Deus lucem tuam & veritatem tuam, quae nos ducant & perducant ad montem sanctum tuum & 〈◊〉〈◊〉 tua tabernacula. Amen.

Barth. .... He is here.

Δ .... Benedictus est, qui venit in nomine Domini. Amen.

The Almighty God be blessed and praised of all good creatures, give praise unto his holy name, for evermore. Amen.

John Dee, I am the same blessed creature Raphael, that did appear the last day but one in this place, I am at the commandment of the most highest to come unto your presence at this time, because thou shouldest very well know that I Raphael am very ready at all times, to come, when God shall command me; but John Dee, I have no long message, at this time, for thou hast Gods full purpose and his will, in what he would have thee to enter into, and because that thou shalt well know that even now at your departing, the one from the other, it hath pleased God to send me to let thee to understand that for this time no more matters (as concerning what thou art taugh) shall not (at this tim) no more be spoken of, untill such time as God shall appoint, at your next meeting and coming together, that then, if there be any thing, that is not done of you, so far forth as it is in your power to fulfill it, if 〈◊〉〈◊〉 default in you be, I will then put you in remem∣brance of it, and help you in any thing which you shall doubt of: and if you have any question or demand to ask of me, even now, I am very ready in few words to answer you, and then in his

name, who hath sent me (that is the Almight) I must return therefore, if you have to ask do it.

Δ .... As concerning Mr. John of the Isle of Man, his pitiful case hath moved my compassion.

Raph. ... John Dee, assure thy self, that as thou dost most heartily, with a good faith in God, that thou mightest be that man wherein God will most mercifully help his distressed case, therefore I answer thee, that God hath, and he will hear thee, to thy comfort therein, and to the great com∣fort of the man whom that cause doth belong unto. God will mercifully help the cause so shortly, as his will and pleasure is to be done in it. So much I have said for this.

Δ .... I thank God most heartily for his so great mercies.

Δ .... John Pontoys, my great friend, earnestly desireth to know his good Angel.

Raph. .... John Dee, for thy sake he shall know his good Angel, but let it not be with him hereafter to have a pride in mind, that God hath made known unto him his good angel, for no man upon the face of the earth can have a better then he hath, for Uriel is his appointed Angel from his birth to this day, and so shall continue with him to the appointed time, that God will take his life away in separating his soul from his body, for Uriel hath been under God his deliverer forth of many dangers, and so he shall be his defence under God to his lifes end. And for this, I have made the matter plainly known unto you. Procede.

Δ .... Secondly, John Pontoys is desirous to know the end of the Polish troubles.

Raph. ... John Dee, in few words, for that matter, I answer thee. Those troubles will some∣what end to his losse; but it shall be no great matter, so that God will work the case that it shall end to his liking. And thus much for this I have said.

Δ .... As concerning the man and the Treasure, I am desirous to know whether he will be content to assign his title to Bartholomew, upon some portion thereof delivered unto him; and what other he hath made acquainted with the matter; and whether it may not by Gods good liking be set up without digging.

Raph .... John Dee, in all this I hear thee, and I know thine intent herein. That man may be reasonably ruled, but yet he will not put over his title therein; but he hath 4. that beknowing how the matter doth stand with him, and so much as he doth know, he hath made them to know as much as himself: Therefore assure thy self that he shall be ruled, and that it shall not be as he will. If he will not be ordered in such sort and good councel as I Raphael shall give unto this Bartholo∣mew at that time, that then he shall have no part of it, but I certifie you that he will be ruled; but onely the others, which I have made known unto you, they will not come to so good course in the matter as he will. Therefore let it rest, I will direct Bartholomew in the matter which shall be to his good, or else it shall not come to his hand, the which you have to know of. And for this, now I have said.

John Dee, it is the will and purpose of God, that it shall come by breaking of the ground, be∣cause that God will have all things done well, that no discord may break out betwixt the parties hereafter. And so now in Gods name I have said.

Δ .... Most humbly I thank and praise Almighty God for his infinite mercies and fa∣vour, beseeching him to assist me evermore. Amen.

Δ .... John Pontoys would shortly fall to work somewhat, to win some help for mony by distillations and Alchymicall conclusions, till we were otherwise holpen, and we are ut∣terly unable to provide things necessary for lack of sufficient provision of money.

Raph. ... Trouble not thy self (as yet) with these causes.

Δ ... If Captain Langham will lend me an hundred pounds or more, as he promised me, for which my servant Patrick expecteth his performance at this hour.

Raph. ... Not (in such tim) TO DO YOV GOOD.

John Dee, that is the plain meaning, wherein it is said, not to do thee good, because it * 12.64 will be something too long (for thou art ready for it, if it were now, therefore with all hast, so much as is in Gods will to be done in it, it shall be hastened forward to do thee good.

And now I have plainly spoken unto thee in this case, my time appointed of God is at hand.

John Dee, thou hast fulfilled two questions, as concerning John Pontoys, look in thy Note. * 12.65 John Pont. Oh that I might be fit to serve you in Bartholomews absence.

Raph. ... John Dee, In the name of the most highest I answer thee, to this his desire wherein he doth crave at the hands of God, for to obtain the sight of his blessed creatures; but hereafter it shall be made known unto thee what God will do for him in that his desire. And now, all power and glory be given to the Almighty who hath made heaven and earth, his name be magnified, and praised everlastingly. Amen, Amen.

Δ .... Amen.

Δ .... All praise, all thanks, all honour and glory be yielded unto God of all his creatures, now and for evermore. Amen.

Δ .... John Pontoys note, which he wrote, and left on my study table, 7. Septemb. The 〈◊〉〈◊〉. mane.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 it may stand with the will and leave of the Almighty, whose 〈◊〉〈◊〉 be blessed 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉.

I would desire to know

• 1. My proper Angel.
• 2. The end of the Polish troubles.
• 3. O that I might be fit to serve you in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 absence.

Vnder John Pontoys Note the which is sowed over, is thus written.

[illustration]

The place of Basel in the Map of Europe.

To the left or next side 2 foot, and about 4 inches

Basel City

to the edge of the Map below 4 foot and a finger from Basel

1. ARney vah 〈◊〉〈◊〉 gade hadney ox vals, nath gemseh ah orza vall gemmah, oh gedvam on zembah nohhad vomfah oldru ampha nots admancha nonsah vamfas ornad, alphol an∣dax orzadah vos ausoh hansah voh adma wha notma goth vamsed adges ouseple oudemax orzan, unfa onmah 〈◊〉〈◊〉 gousah gols nabad Na.

2. Oxar Varmol pan sampas os al paus 〈◊〉〈◊〉 audsu alsaph oncha, cosdam onzagofes natma∣matatp max, oluah von ganse pacath alnoh vor 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 adnay nonsah oxansah Vals nodax vandqueth lan sandquat ox ardanh onzabel ormach donquin 〈◊〉〈◊〉 arpahels ontipodah omvah nosch als maut quts, ar mad notgals.

3. Vant ant quah ondreh als vrh quanchah orn sandvah loh, audah nol pan, sedmah zvgeh als abmicadampaget 〈◊〉〈◊〉, oxah gethol val axel authath gorsan vax parsah vert 〈◊〉〈◊〉 audam∣ssah getheol, urchan nabadah oxembles armax lothar, vos antath, orse vax, alnoth, other mals ol∣nah gethom 〈◊〉〈◊〉, allsa.

4. Orgeth or pasquah mzadah vorts, an enodah varsava onch aldumph, auget onsa val galta oth arveth ax pa gesne ovad ax orney aldumbages, Voscomph alze ax, orzad 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 astoh nadah Vortes, astmah notesima goth nathad omza, geth 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ox degath ouda voxa gemnache ad∣nv davsa als alst arsah.

5. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ols 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 max 〈◊〉〈◊〉 doth novamq lath, advat Gotham, ardrivoh astomagel arpaget 〈◊〉〈◊〉 arde 〈◊〉〈◊〉, ols (ya) gem va pala 〈◊〉〈◊〉 orsat nahah odmazen andulphel, ox 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 geth nor uamfah geno daqueth 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉, oh 〈◊〉〈◊〉, alsah goth necor 〈◊〉〈◊〉 neo al∣da 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

6. Vanlah oha demageus ou 〈◊〉〈◊〉, paphah 〈◊〉〈◊〉, ozadcha lax ornah vor adme ox Vastmah 〈◊〉〈◊〉, gamnac o 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ochado 〈◊〉〈◊〉 dridah 〈◊〉〈◊〉 sah, lugho iahat nabscham nohads vandispa rossamod audroch alpoh 〈◊〉〈◊〉 loh asnah gonfageph aldeh lo dah vax orh asnis gad av dan se qua deo, dath vax nograh vox segbat 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

7. Arni olbah galpa lohanaha gaupumagensah ollo var se darsah goho albvmielamacapa∣loth who nad veslah vors 〈◊〉〈◊〉 imnony asqvam 〈◊〉〈◊〉 als vasmah genda loggahah astmv.

8. Arnah notah lax vart lvhoh 〈◊◊◊〉〈◊◊◊〉 eapraminacah oxandahvah gemveloriphi∣tonpha attamplahnostapha ormaxadahahar orzemblizadmah panchefelogedoh aschah ol∣mah ledoh vaxma.

9. Cans na Cap lan seda ax nor vorza vo. Las pral onsa gem gemah noph gazo na von saulfa nostradg ansel unsa pah 〈◊〉〈◊〉 velsa or alda viax nor adroh semneh 〈◊〉〈◊〉 vandesqual olzah nolpax pa∣hahloth r ax rv 〈◊〉〈◊〉 glminaph gath ardot ardri axa noh gaga leth arde maxa.

10. Carsal mabah nophch alps arford vord vanfax oriox nabat gemnepoh 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 nat vom∣balnams argeth alloah n phirt lauda 〈◊〉〈◊〉 voxtaf ardno 〈◊〉〈◊〉 labmageth 〈◊〉〈◊〉 almaglo ardet nalbar vanse darto vorts parsan ur unrah vor gadeth 〈◊〉〈◊〉 orze 〈◊〉〈◊〉 vomreh gelpha, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 or nem∣bla ox ar vah su.

11. Zanchevmachaseph, olzaminoah Vals-buraah 〈◊〉〈◊〉 orsapnago darsagna∣pha nobsiblith armipyth arsepolimitantons Jembulsamar 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 ornaza oldaxar∣dacoah.

12. Semno ah al ehi do a cha da Selpagmodah a da hu ba mi ca noh dam pha gli as cha nor ox om pa mi na pho. lemp, na, gou, sa, pha ne co al pha as pa ge mo cal. na tu rage.

13. Sen gal se quar rus fa glau sur tast ormaca oxinodal ge brah nop tar na gel vom na ches pal ma cax arsess as don sadg asc lan fau che dah nor vi car max coh zum bla xan∣pha ad geh do ca ba ah.

14. Ar gem na ca pal fax, or nido hab cas pigan alpuh gagah loth zal sa bra dan go sa pax vol san ques tan ondapha opicah or zy la pa a chra pa ma les ad ma carpah oxalps on da pa, gem na de vor guse.

15. Lat gaus sa par sat lasteah lor adah nox ax ardephes nousou andoh gvmzi vor sab liboh ad ni sa pa loh gaho lar va nox ax oho lan sempah noxa Vriah sephah lusaz oldgalsax nottaph ax vernoc arpos 〈◊〉〈◊〉 zem zubah, lothor gas lvbah vom xa da phi ca no.

16. Assotaphe ondah Vor ban 〈◊〉〈◊〉 pa loth agno jam nesroh am algors vrrabah geuseh alde ox nah vors 〈◊〉〈◊〉 amphicato nostrohh admadg or napsv asmo lon gamphi arbel nof amphi on sembeloh aschi nar laffax las doxa pra gem a sestrox amphi nax var sembleh.

17. Angesel orcapacad onz adq ochadah olzah vor nah orpogographel al sa gem na ca pi coh. Ul da pa por sah naxor vonsa rous Erbauf lab dun zaph algadef loh gem vorta oh amph a ho ha za vaxorza lepteh oxor neob ab va dv na ca. pi ca lodox ard nah.

FINIS.

Notes

• * 1.1

  D. Is Dr. Dee, E. K. Edward Kellet See the Preface.
• * 1.2

  A. L.
• * 1.3

  Green and red.
• * 1.4

  Jesus.
• * 1.5

  Proles ipsius Madini.
• * 1.6

  Madini her six Sisters.
• * 1.7

  Dee.
• * 1.8

  Eseméli.
• * 1.9

  Pronounced Jenville.
• * 1.10

  Nsta.
• * 1.11

  Her eldest Sister. Her Sister is to tell the rest.
• * 1.12

  Junii 2, 1583.
• * 1.13

  Δ. All things have a name, vide 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Tert. parte libri Eraconiersis de 30 Aeris ex∣ercitibus. The summe of our command∣ed observa∣tion. Note 7.
• * 1.14

  Antichrist his saying in the spir it of Satan.
• * 1.15

  Sorrows.
• * 1.16

  Labor.
• * 1.17

  Al. alasky.
• * 1.18

  Notes in E∣lection.
• * 1.19

  O King. Vide tamen de ejus juturo casu in actionibus de Lask. Pride.
• * 1.20

  Moses 7. rod. Sanctum, signa∣tum, ad tempus.
• * 1.21

  Murifri my Calender.
• * 1.22

  Junii 3.
• * 1.23

  The third Ta∣b••e in the first book.
• * 1.24

  Δ The second Table did not serve, & there∣fore I used the seventh, where all the letters might be had.
• * 1.25

  Junii 5.
• * 1.26

  A meer un∣truth in every part thereof, and a malici∣ous lye.
• * 1.27

  〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 communia.
• * 1.28

  Note of De∣termination undetermina∣ble. Note tenta∣tions by the Biting worm.
• * 1.29

  A voyce out of my Orato∣ry behinde me.
• * 1.30

  Wrath.
• * 1.31

  Be sorry al∣wayes.
• * 1.32

  Her attire ex∣founded. The attire of spiritual crea∣tures.
• * 1.33

  Good Angels.
• * 1.34

  Good Angels our keepers.
• * 1.35

  John Husey,
• * 1.36

  Our uniting.
• * 1.37

  The necessity of Satan wor∣king against men. De futuris nisi jussi non pronun∣tiant boni Angels. A Commission out for Kelly.
• * 1.38

  1583. The Book, the Scrowl, and Powder.
• * 1.39

  The Book found.
• * 1.40

  The Powder.
• * 1.41

  The si Earths.
• * 1.42

  Mr. Richard Young.
• * 1.43

  Silence.
• * 1.44

  Sathan.
• * 1.45

  Viols ready.
• * 1.46

  Yet awhile.
• * 1.47

  1583.
• * 1.48

  Marie my maid had angered me on Th••rs∣day night, with her un∣due speech.
• * 1.49

  All worldly wisdom vain.
• * 1.50

  Δ Labor improbus amnia vin∣cit.
• * 1.51

  Δ Note 42. or 49. dayes, re∣maining till the first day of August next inclusive. GALVAH.
• * 1.52

  filiae lucis. Filiae filiarum.
• * 1.53

  An Angeli bo ni in forma 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ali∣quando appa∣reant?
• * 1.54

  Angeli 〈◊〉〈◊〉 se∣ipsis neque ma∣res, neqne 〈◊〉〈◊〉 neque sunt.
• * 1.55

  Angetoram Ministeria.
• * 1.56

  Hic Hac home.
• * 1.57

  Galvah.
• * 1.58

  Apparition in the forme of woman.
• * 1.59

  Tritemius re∣warded.
• * 1.60

  Smiling.
• * 1.61

  note.
• * 1.62

  Δ. 〈1 line〉〈1 line〉.
• * 1.63

  1583. J nii 15.
• * 1.64

  Il.
• * 1.65

  Wisdom.
• * 1.66

  Dee, Kelly.
• * 1.67

  Note.
• * 1.68

  A voice out of the Stone.
• * 1.69

  Those men.
• * 1.70

  A voyce from the stone.
• * 1.71

  This Parable, or Prophesic is divers times spoken after∣wards in the troubles of England.
• * 1.72

  The Attyre of the wanton youth of the Court.
• * 1.73

  The stout big man.
• * 1.74

  A voyce out of the stone.
• * 1.75

  The wall bro∣ken down.
• * 1.76

  The big man.
• * 1.77

  Galvah trans∣formed into a man.
• * 1.78

  A voyce out of the stone. The transfor∣med man. A voyce out of the stone. NOTE.
• * 1.79

  The trans∣formed.
• * 1.80

  The big man.
• * 1.81

  The big man.
• * 1.82

  The woman.
• * 1.83

  A voyce out of the stone.
• * 1.84

  The transfor∣med man.
• * 1.85

  21. Kingdoms.
• * 1.86

  The End.
• * 1.87

  The Prince Alb. Laskie.
• * 1.88

  The promises are an answer to this que∣stion.
• * 1.89

  Charles Sled.
• * 1.90

  〈◊◊◊〉〈◊◊◊〉 of the Stone.
• * 1.91

  Note.
• * 1.92

  Satan.
• * 1.93

  The Title of the Book.
• * 1.94

  Δ. I under∣stand not this unless-it be the first leaf, being indeed the last, is of the wicked hellith one, &c. vide post 4. Folio.
• * 1.95

  49.
• * 1.96

  Loagaeth seg lovi brtnc Larzed dox ner habzilb adnor Now Seas appear. doncha Larb vors hirobra exi vr zednip taiip chimvane 〈◊〉〈◊〉 lendix nor zandox.
• * 1.97

  Pray
• * 1.98

  The Elect. Reconcilia∣tion.
• * 1.99

  Arguments to prove our In∣structors to be good Angels.
• * 1.100

  Mercy.
• * 1.101

  The 〈◊〉〈◊〉 be∣fore.
• * 1.102

  This Testimo∣ny victory.
• * 1.103

  The first leaf of the book.
• * 1.104

  Note.
• * 1.105

  A. L.
• * 1.106

  Note of A. L.
• * 1.107

  An Oath.
• * 1.108

  Note of Gene∣ral points, and special gifts.
• * 1.109

  A. L. may be present at Actions.
• * 1.110

  A. L. poverty.
• * 1.111

  A. L. Judei. Victoriae.
• * 1.112

  A. L.
• * 1.113

  A. L. An year to come. Hindiance breedeth ex∣ception, and sin breedeth hindiance.
• * 1.114

  This Tanfeld served the Lord Laskie.
• * 1.115

  A. L. his an∣nointing. Miracula & signa non sunt petenda à Deo.
• * 1.116

  The Lord Treasures.
• * 1.117

  England.
• * 1.118

  A. L.
• * 1.119

  Every seventh day. Mondayes.
• * 1.120

  Good desires stirred up by good Angels.
• * 1.121

  Distinction of words and accents.
• * 1.122

  The Hotch∣potch sup. ante 4. folio. To E. K.
• * 1.123

  E. K. was yet somewhat re∣pining to re∣port modally this creatures good words.
• * 1.124

  Now he came from the aire, he eared to∣wards my west-side, and came and stood by my .... on the Table.
• * 1.125

  He covereth his face. Now he pray∣eth somewhat in his own language. Now he lieth prostrate. Not that eve∣ry sentence be used, some di∣stinct in the bowing of his body, or lying prostrate, or holding up his hands, &c. He holdeth his hands up∣on high.
• * 1.126

  Satisfaction.
• * 1.127

  NOTE. Good Angels are to be used reverently. E. K.
• * 1.128

  Suspicor hoc factum esse ut quietior esset antmns ipsius, E. K. & non eos suspi iendo in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 e∣jus destruereter.
• * 1.129

  Singula dum profert verha, flammam ex ore evomit.
• * 1.130

  Note. De Sublunari∣bus Spiritibus. Argeli boni ubi sedes habent.
• * 1.131

  Pene omnium principium in∣teritus. Turaci Imperii ruina.
• * 1.132

  Ne in publicum producite.
• * 1.133

  May 28. 1583. when he be∣gan Alb. Laskic his Pedigree.
• * 1.134

  Our locks.
• * 1.135

  Nisi caveas isti, amic. s hoc opus subvertet, &c.
• * 1.136

  It is the Syrian Tongue you do not understand it. — (to Δ.)
• * 1.137

  That was with Mr Henry Lee his offered friendship as he confessed after.
• * 1.138

  Fifty pound y••arly to be provided for E K. by John Dee.
• * 1.139

  The Lord Treasurer, and Secretary Wal∣singham.
• * 1.140

  E. K. his se∣cond oath.
• * 1.141

  Trust them not.
• * 1.142

  A. L. Service.
• * 1.143

  The heart. The 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 on a fiery shape.
• * 1.144

  Note the form of a child.
• * 1.145

  Reverence to good 〈◊〉〈◊〉. 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉. Perhaps 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 2.1

  Sowle. Evil spirits.
• * 2.2

  Fifty pound yearly stipend.
• * 2.3

  E. K. his wife.
• * 2.4

  E. K. his wives friends.
• * 2.5

  Δ. we use to call it Ecclesiae Triumphans. Note. The Angels were not re∣deemed.
• * 2.6

  1. Faith. 2. Hope. 3. Charity.
• * 2.7

  Note this came to passe Anno 〈◊〉〈◊〉. when he was made Baron of Bohemia Anno 1590.
• * 2.8

  The casting out, and utter displacing of 15 wicked spirits, &c.
• * 2.9

  There arose great raging winde, N.E. almost.
• * 2.10

  The evident help of God at the very mi∣nute of danger deadly.
• * 2.11

  Government.
• * 2.12

  Let the For∣kots light. Michael. Gabriel.
• * 2.13

  Hath provi∣ded you. Finis 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉.
• * 2.14

  Lapped up.
• * 2.15

  Of world∣lings.
• * 2.16

  Antichristus.
• * 2.17

  Angliae bene erit propter Δ. ex 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Dei misericor∣dia.
• * 2.18

  These words were much worn out.
• * 2.19

  Δ. All this while we had 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 2.20

  Finis coronat opus.
• * 2.21

  England.
• * 2.22

  England. Δ 〈◊◊◊〉〈◊◊◊〉 concessa si cu∣perem, &c.
• * 2.23

  〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 2.24

  Note.
• * 2.25

  Note.
• * 2.26

  Vide infrà.
• * 2.27

  Supra in fine diei 13. Oct. & saepe 〈◊〉〈◊〉. A Prophesie of An. 1584, 1585 1586, 1587, 1588.
• * 2.28

  From the North.
• * 2.29

  Vide suprà.
• * 2.30

  At our jour∣neyes end.
• * 2.31

  1.
• * 2.32

  2.
• * 2.33

  3.
• * 2.34

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 and a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 shall be An 1586, in January.
• * 2.35

  Δ Ecclesia Christi.
• * 2.36

  Δ 〈◊〉〈◊〉, stag∣geting.
• * 2.37

  Note.
• * 2.38

  At length a 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 2.39

  This Preach∣er-like Crea∣ture, sayeth.
• * 2.40

  E. K. A. L. Δ.
• * 2.41

  Thou shalt be hanged, he said to E K. Declina, à ma∣lo & Fac 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Psalm.
• * 2.42

  Our Calling or Exercise.
• * 2.43

  Note. Of A. L: and our separating hereafter.
• * 2.44

  A voyce. Equus Albus.
• * 2.45

  Vide 〈◊〉〈◊〉. lib. 4. cap. 9. versu 7.
• * 2.46

  This action in Esdras prophesied of.
• * 2.47

  Vide.
• * 2.48

  An Angel now taking place.
• * 2.49

  Note, he spake this, pointing down to the great Bible of the Lord Alb. Laskies, up∣on which the Shew∣stone, now, stood.
• * 2.50

  An Oath.
• * 2.51

  A Prophesie. an. 1587. in 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Antichristus. Si simpliciter, sic annus est in∣telligendus, si 〈◊〉〈◊〉 septenarius unus, nostrorum annorum 24. sit habendus pro uno anno mystico: vol 42. menses, &c. Perpende.
• * 2.52

  Antichristus: 〈1 line〉〈1 line〉
• * 2.53

  Δ. 〈◊〉〈◊〉. 42. 〈1 line〉〈1 line〉 Antichrist. Superbia. A. L. 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Elias. Our sign.
• * 2.54

  Δ. They are in Paradise, they were carried upward, especially Elias.
• * 2.55

  7. Libri 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ipsi Δ.
• * 2.56

  E. K.
• * 2.57

  This sentence is revoked af∣terward, and the stone dig∣nified.
• * 2.58

  3. in 4. effici∣unt 12. & 3. & in se efficit 9. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 9. in 12. efficiunt. 108.
• * 2.59

  To E. K.
• * 2.60

  Devils. This Doctrine what it teach∣eth.
• * 2.61

  Reformation. Note this Circle.
• Δ 2.62

  Infra; in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Cracovien∣si, Aprilis 21. dixit 〈◊〉〈◊〉 lin∣guam nunquam 〈◊〉〈◊〉 revela∣tam. Let these two places be re∣conciled.
• * 2.63

  Five parts of a time.
• * 2.64

  Regnum Chri∣sti faturum in terra.
• * 2.65

  Δ. Folio pre∣cedente.
• * 2.66

  E K. He speak∣eth a language to me un∣known, and looketh some∣what on one side.
• * 2.67

  Cabalistical in respect of the receiving.
• * 2.68

  Δ. Note, at Prague, Aug. 24. I understood that Sir Henry Sidney was not dead in Febru∣ary nor March, no nor in May last: Therefore this must be considered, Doctor Haget his son told me. You may also mark how the Devil at this time did mis-inform E. K. and so it is possible that this being a lye, was his.
• * 2.69

  CRACOVIA.
• * 2.70

  Note the envy & power of the Devil.
• * 2.71

  The Concord of time.
• * 2.72

  L. vid. Anno 1583. Jun. 16. Super, ante 〈◊〉〈◊〉 folia.
• * 2.73

  Conspiracy of the K. of 〈◊〉〈◊〉. with the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 against A. L.
• * 2.74

  Nalvage.
• * 2.75

  Two imme∣diate powers.
• * 2.76

  Cracovia.
• * 2.77

  Riches.
• * 2.78

  〈◊〉〈◊〉. L.
• * 2.79

  Δ. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ipsius Palatinae.
• * 2.80

  Why God in his Minister, as a Childe dealeth with us.
• * 2.81

  252.
• * 2.82

  Note. Madimi as a tall wo∣man now.
• * 2.83

  Δ. I was sick of an ague, and thereupon did somewhat differ, await∣ing also for the Lord. A. L. His help, chiefly, with Coach, Horse, and Money.
• * 2.84

  Δ. Vide Job. cap. 33. e∣cundum conje∣cturam meam de tribus modu Divinae Misericordia, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 homines, &c.
• * 2.85

  The End ma∣keth all. Faith.
• * 2.86

  When Faith.
• * 2.87

  Idea.
• * 2.88

  To E. K.
• * 2.89

  Antichristas.
• * 2.90

  In the wilder∣nesse.
• * 2.91

  Raphael: This Do∣ctrine.
• * 2.92

  48 Keyes, or calls, and their use.
• * 2.93

  Note. Take time while time is, for time will away. August next.
• * 2.94

  An illuding wicked spirit.
• * 2.95

  A voyce on the one side.
• * 2.96

  Free-will.
• * 2.97

  Δ 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Characters.
• * 2.98

  Backward. These calls.
• * 2.99

  24.
• * 2.100

  27.
• * 2.101

  43.
• * 2.102

  E V I I I I.
• * 2.103

  81.
• * 2.104

  I or F.
• * 2.105

  [I / E]
• * 2.106

  Wheresoever O followeth, it may be E or I.
• * 2.107

  Patience.
• * 2.108

  The first Ta∣ble. The Center Table.
• * 2.109

  7877.
• * 2.110

  This A may be an A or an O.
• * 2.111

  be corrected it M. Zamran.
• * 2.112

  Call it Zanran.
• * 2.113

  This may be T or D.
• * 2.114

  or OT.
• * 2.115

  Call it CA, [Δ. two syllables.]
• * 2.116

  E must come after R: but without number, and so, it is Zacare.
• * 2.117

  Call it Zacar.
• * 2.118

  Lapis 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 projectionis.
• * 2.119

  Aversed.
• * 2.120

  Note Intru∣ders.
• * 2.121

  〈1 line〉〈1 line〉
• * 2.122

  God his pro∣mise shall be performed.
• * 2.123

  The dignifica∣tion of the Stone.
• * 2.124

  Be multiplied. Gabriel.
• * 2.125

  The holy Ghost.
• * 2.126

  Note.
• * 2.127

  Note this form of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 at this occasion.
• * 2.128

  〈◊〉〈◊〉. Laskie.
• * 2.129

  Prayer for A. L.
• * 2.130

  God his gift to Δ in prayer.
• * 2.131

  Prayer.
• * 2.132

  Gabr.... standing said.
• * 2.133

  Globe
• * 2.134

  The numbers after.
• * 2.135

  The first A may be an A an O or an E.
• * 2.136

  Those are two words.
• * 2.137

  Call it Bogpa.
• * 2.138

  Also T
• * 2.139

  Poamal Od. put out the S.
• * 2.140

  Call it Zome.
• * 2.141

  It is called Vep.
• * 2.142

  Nal. .... No, no, a stroke.
• * 2.143

  Call it Loholo.
• * 2.144

  Call it DS.
• * 2.145

  Make a point at S. the A pro∣nounced short.
• * 2.146

  Labiis claufis, [Span] [um um] ... He bummed twice, signifying two words more, which were not to be pronounced till they were read in practise.
• * 2.147

  There is a point.
• * 2.148

  There is a point, shewing a stroke, called Virgula.
• * 2.149

  P Is distinct∣ly pronoun∣ced by it self.
• * 2.150

  Nal. ..... There is a stop, shewing a stroke made straight down thus I
• * 2.151

  a stop.
• * 2.152

  a stop at M. Δ. as Gursam.
• * 2.153

  as purge.
• * 2.154

  Nal. ..... Adjuva me, O mi Deus.
• * 2.155

  a point 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 2.156

  here a point.
• * 2.157

  Δ. as Holquu.
• * 2.158

  The first Call ended.
• * 2.159

  60
• * 2.160

  60
• * 2.161

  Second Table.
• * 2.162

  The covenant of God. Obedience. Many keyes.
• * 2.163

  Note these three degrees.
• * 2.164

  Faith. A key of the first seven. A sign to make an end.
• * 2.165

  I had dis∣coursed some∣what with E. K. of the man∣ner of skrim∣ges. Gabr. ...... as I think.
• * 2.166

  E. K. he speak∣eth hollowly.
• * 2.167

  He.
• * 2.168

  Note. As Pater Anti∣christi.
• * 2.169

  The wicked spirit said.
• * 2.170

  A voyce out of the stone. Sabaoth. The Serpent laboureth to part us a sun∣der, and ho∣peth to pre∣vail.
• * 2.171

  .... 80
• * 2.172

  you lifted up your voyces.
• * 2.173

  1 .... and
• * 2.174

  1 .... sware
• * 2.175

  1 .... obedience
• * 2.176

  1 and
• * 2.177

  1 .... faith
• * 2.178

  .... 102 to him that liveth 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉
• * 2.179

  of your pallace
• * 2.180

  shew your selves
• * 2.181

  to be friendly unto me
• * 2.182

  Numbers. Numeri Formales. P••••lius.
• * 2.183

  Note the pro∣perty of this Method and Language.
• * 2.184

  Understand∣ing, Perswa∣sion, Motion.
• * 2.185

  Adam.
• * 2.186

  .〈◊〉〈◊〉. Note two be true Languages. Adam his speech after the fall. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 22. Lingua Ange∣lica. Lingua Ange∣lica, vel Ada∣mica in suo in∣nocentia S.〈…〉〈…〉.
• * 2.187

  24. Aprilis. this after noon.
• * 2.188

  Note.
• * 2.189

  An objection. Answer.
• * 2.190

  Good Angels.
• * 2.191

  A Covenant.
• * 2.192

  The Keyes.
• * 2.193

  Linguae & 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 2.194

  it must be soun∣ded with one breath.
• * 2.195

  Gab. ...... Move not.
• * 2.196

  it may be Vd L or Vnd L
• * 2.197

  Gal. .... mighty is the God of Hosts, amongst his people.
• * 2.198

  Δ. Note.
• * 2.199

  [Nal. ..... Make a stop there.]
• * 2.200

  This his and him corrected, were of the wicked his subtile sug∣gestios.
• * 2.201

  Note, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of God required.
• * 2.202

  14. Dies mensis Sab.
• * 2.203

  A Child
• * 2.204

  A Hill.
• * 2.205

  Pen, Ink, & Pa∣per.
• * 2.206

  Oriens.
• * 2.207

  Note untill.
• * 2.208

  〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 & sui 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 2.209

  A marble stone.
• * 2.210

  Strangers,
• * 2.211

  Maris inunda∣tio cum tempe∣state. Ventus.
• * 2.212

  Ventus 2.
• * 2.213

  Pater vitae.
• * 2.214

  Mysteria 5 Co∣ronarum.
• * 2.215

  Ventus 3.
• * 2.216

  Ventus 4.
• * 2.217

  5. Terrae motus
• * 2.218

  The Whale came.
• * 2.219

  The Whales mouth.
• * 2.220

  12 18 Δ 18
• * 2.221

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 36 21 A Mi••acle.
• * 2.222

  Gab Nal.
• * 2.223

  Gab. Nal.
• * 2.224

  Gab Nal.
• * 2.225

  Nalvage.
• * 2.226

  BLRAHICAANHDL
• * 2.227

  An Hill.
• * 2.228

  He wrote Cognoscat.
• * 2.229

  His life .. ned.
• * 2.230

  Pure vessels.
• * 2.231

  Increduli.
• * 2.232

  His own judgement is to be fulfil∣led.
• * 2.233

  Characters.
• * 2.234

  Δ. I doubt that I mis∣heard some∣what. One 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and abjured obedience.
• * 2.235

  ... ence.
• * 2.236

  May.
• * 2.237

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 Δ He no∣teth some se∣cret discourse, meditation, or prayer, and al∣so action of E. K. as I con∣jecture.
• * 2.238

  ...am in ... & si. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ...no: ...s and ...de ...i e d.
• * 2.239

  〈◊〉〈◊〉. 7.
• * 2.240

  L. 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 2.241

  O D. ...no ...reth ...& ...ione 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 2.242

  Camps 1. 69. 5. Julii so expounded.
• * 2.243

  Cor. 1.
• * 2.244

  ...b.
• * 2.245

  His apparel.
• * 2.246

  A or o.
• * 2.247

  He 〈◊〉〈◊〉 his feet on all these letters.
• * 2.248

  EFAFAFI
• * 2.249

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 thus
• * 2.250

  96
• * 2.251

  Δ. This word is the 25 word backward.
• * 2.252

  5678.
• * 2.253

  Promise of God confirmed anew. 14 To be re∣ceived the Monday next.
• * 2.254

  〈◊〉〈◊〉
• * 2.255

  A
• * 2.256

  God is not tied to time. .. per∣formance .. meaneth dwelling with him.. se, are mansions.. faithful .. say .. 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 2.257

  Veste 〈◊〉〈◊〉 opus 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 2.258

  L.
• * 2.259

  Poison.
• * 2.260

  Turks.
• * 2.261

  Not to 〈◊〉〈◊〉. A. L. Ad Imperate∣rem 〈◊〉〈◊〉 est. Return by warning.
• * 2.262

  〈1 line〉〈1 line〉
• * 2.263

  〈◊〉〈◊〉
• * 2.264

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 12 〈◊〉〈◊〉. The 7 Angels. 91. Good Angels of the Air, or Spirits digni∣fied From the ele∣ment of the fire to the 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Note. For a time.
• * 2.265

  Name. ..or ..th ..e.
• * 2.266

  Note and un∣derstand this well, how one 〈◊〉〈◊〉 is gover∣ned of divers Angels.
• * 2.267

  〈◊〉〈◊〉
• * 2.268

  Britan.
• * 2.269

  ..md the Chancelour ..nd Cracow.
• * 2.270

  Mapsama under Gabriel.
• * 2.271

  The 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 2.272

  Gates Visible Apparition. Note. Observe per∣mission. All taught by Sunday next practise, being called first, then pra∣ctise.
• * 2.273

  This prayer 〈◊〉〈◊〉 miswritten in this place 〈◊〉〈◊〉, it should have been written the 22 of May follow∣ing.
• * 2.274

  〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 2.275

  Obedience.
• * 2.276

  Faith.
• * 2.277

  Vide 1. Reg. cap. 2. F. de 〈◊〉〈◊〉 deter∣minatione Dei super 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Le∣vi: Vide etiam. Verba 〈◊〉〈◊〉. 3. Reg. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 cap. 2. ut 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Dominus ser∣mones 〈◊〉〈◊〉, &c. Si.
• * 2.278

  For what?
• * 2.279

  Cave. 〈◊◊◊〉〈◊◊◊〉.
• * 2.280

  Note the se∣cond 〈◊〉〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the Highest. The Actions the greatest.
• * 2.281

  Move not from place.
• * 2.282

  A tempting 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 come in place.
• * 2.283

  Δ 15. Sup. .. of this 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Ternary.
• * 2.284

  The ... with ... none ... re: but ... 30.
• * 2.285

  able doubting ½
• * 2.286

  Δ. I suspect this place to be imperfect.
• * 2.287

  The earthly Globe appear∣ing.
• * 2.288

  .. wardes. .. th 15 Prin An Angel ap∣peared to Pto∣lomie.
• * 2.289

  ms ... ng ... any .. Poles . Divini∣atione.
• * 2.290

  The first of the second.
• * 2.291

  Gold Mines under the Pole Artick.
• * 2.292

  Δ. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 as I think.
• * 2.293

  Under the South Pole.
• * 2.294

  Δ. A wonder∣ful great City.
• * 2.295

  Maspi.
• * 2.296

  Δ. Are under the Regiment that 〈◊〉〈◊〉 chiefly denot∣eth, &c.
• * 2.297

  Those words he spake after the Action ended more than an hour in the Cham∣ber before my Study of pra∣ctice.
• * 2.298

  91. Names of the world or earthly habi∣tation.
• * 2.299

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 U∣niversal Chart of the World.
• * 2.300

  Forte, Cease not or Cease: and that is to be understood From 〈◊〉〈◊〉 you.
• * 2.301

  A 〈◊〉〈◊〉 speech.
• * 2.302

  〈1 line〉〈1 line〉
• * 2.303

  Our going to the Emperours Court.
• * 2.304

  Δ Perverse. Invitatio Bono∣rum.
• * 2.305

  The writing of the book by Divine means. The Empe∣rour. Four 〈◊〉〈◊〉, Vide lib. 19. Septemb. 1. 184. Sulden alte∣ration in this year.
• * 2.306

  Return warned, as before was bid∣den, May 21. But he meant not to warn us of any returning as appeareth by the nineteenth book: I herefore with humi∣lity that doubt must be moved. Be ready alwayes.
• * 2.307

  Three dayes before our journey to the Emperour.
• * 2.308

  Vide Junii 4. in fine.
• * 2.309

  A L. Father. Son. God Holy Ghost.
• * 2.310

  The Calls, or Invitations.
• * 2.311

  Δ. Thursday, Friday, Satur∣day last, were lost by E. K. his disquiet∣nesse, God be mercifull unto us.
• * 2.312

  GOD.
• * 2.313

  The Devil.
• * 2.314

  〈◊〉〈◊〉, mis∣liked of the Devil.
• * 2.315

  Δ. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 praevales∣centem: Haec enim 〈◊〉〈◊〉 nominis ejus est. Blasphemies. A punishment of further and longer time yet of God his most mercifull visiting of us. Dealing with Devils. I he Devils 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 2.316

  Faith. Faith is the Key of mans conscience. The Devil is the picklock. E. K. Very ve∣hemently spo∣ken. A figure of the time to come. Vide lib. 19. Praga, 27. Aug. Vnum ovile, 950. years. Vide 〈◊〉〈◊〉. cap. 20. Paradise. Paradise was first made, and last to be en∣joyed. Regnum Dei mille annorum de quo, cap. 20. Apocalyps. Δ. Antichristus. Dies novissimi isti sunt. The last Pro∣phesie. Bella & 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Necessity of things, vide 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Election. The twofold manner of this Doctrine. The shyle for God his Barn.
• * 2.317

  〈1 line〉〈1 line〉, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Note, bidding.
• * 2.318

  Our uniting promised. Esau & Jacob.
• * 2.319

  A. L.
• * 2.320

  A. L. A. L. The apt∣est in the world for some pur∣poses of God. 〈◊〉〈◊〉
• † 2.321

  〈◊〉〈◊〉, cap. 5. & 6. Michael 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 &c.
• † 2.322

  Pride of A.L. suspected. Deusignis: nos autem, materia. Necessity.
• * 2.323

  Note. Apt and meet matter. Humility. Perseverance. A great Ca∣veat.
• * 2.324

  We must go to the Emperour. The place for which my An∣gel of Creation is sealed.
• * 2.325

  Δ. I under∣stand as yet, ei∣ther the Em∣perours Court, or Prage, &c.
• * 2.326

  God his jea∣lousie.
• * 2.327

  Exod. 20. a. Deut. 5. a.
• * 2.328

  To Moses Exod 32 B 〈◊〉〈◊〉. 9. C The J ws. The unmea∣surable love of God toward us A. L. Δ. E K. Exhortation to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and amendment of life.
• * 2.329

  God.
• * 2.330

  The Lord kept back.
• * 2.331

  The chief Les∣son. The essential Characterisa∣tion of E. K. his soul, and so the cause of his election. 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉. Of God his finding thee fit in matter, unfit in life.
• * 2.332

  The necessity of the Devils doings. 1 either with good men 2 or with evil men.
• * 2.333

  Testification Angelical of E. K. his Con∣version.
• * 2.334

  An. 2582. Novembris 20. at Mortlake.
• * 2.335

  Vide Maii, 1 28. 2 3 Hyle. 4 5 6 7
• * 2.336

  〈1 line〉〈1 line〉 The 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉.
• * 2.337

  NOTA.
• † 2.338

  Unaccustom∣ed absence and silence.
• * 2.339

  The matter made apt.
• * 2.340

  Δ We lest off 〈◊〉〈◊〉 11.
• * 2.341

  Conversion.
• * 2.342

  Confirmation prayed for.
• * 2.343

  The 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of God.
• * 2.344

  Vide sup.
• * 2.345

  The conver∣sion of E. K. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 made 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 2.346

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 mediam 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ab 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 2.347

  This seemeth to be 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Castle in Lit∣taw, where the King now is.
• * 2.348

  The Arms of 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 2.349

  Δ: There seemeth to be Magical Cha∣ractors.
• * 2.350

  The man with the Wart 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 2.351

  Note, because no wicked power can en∣ter within this stone.
• * 2.352

  Close without any 〈◊〉〈◊〉, but where their arms are put out.
• * 2.353

  Δ. Fumi 〈◊〉〈◊〉 sunt spiritus qui 〈◊〉〈◊〉, vocati ante.
• * 2.354

  Δ. Ergo, An. 1581. 6. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 incepe∣runt die Lunae. The Angel standin at the window, winding up the 6. smokes.
• * 2.355

  [pointing to Δ.]
• * 2.356

  A. L.
• * 2.357

  Note.
• * 2.358

  The white Curtain.
• * 2.359

  These Crosses seemed not to be on the ground, but in the aire in a white Cloud. The great Crosse seemed to be of a Cloud, like the Rain-bow.
• * 2.360

  E. K. and I said now in our talk 〈◊〉〈◊〉, That God would not visit us but at the dayes of journey taking (as was last affirmed) Therefore whatso∣ever came before was to be doubted as an illusion. He therefore answereth first our doubt, and then to my request he maketh answer.
• * 2.361

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 Dei.
• * 2.362

  Note this manner of a thing felt warm on the right shoulder.
• * 2.363

  For the glory of God.
• * 2.364

  The malice of Sacan provok∣eth his own 〈◊〉〈◊〉 when he thought to 〈1 line〉〈1 line〉 that the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 might be 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 confoun∣ded. Governours of the Earth.
• * 2.365

  4 Angeli Terrae.
• * 2.366

  King.
• * 2.367

  5 Princes.
• * 2.368

  4 Angels.
• * 2.369

  The 24 Seniors in the Apoca∣lyps.
• * 2.370

  The 〈◊〉〈◊〉 names of God.
• * 2.371

  The Angels of the thirty Aires supra.
• * 2.372

  The use in practice.
• * 2.373

  The higher instructions.
• * 2.374

  On Monday next 25 Junii.
• * 2.375

  A blessing.
• * 2.376

  Red. White. Green. Black.
• * 2.377

  King. 40. Angels, on the 4 Crosles, attending on the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 16 Angels.
• * 2.378

  Joan. cap. 15. C
• * 2.379

  Joan. cap. 17. 〈◊〉〈◊〉
• * 2.380

  Vide Anno 1585. Junii 12 Cracoviae.
• * 2.381

  Ave.
• * 2.382

  Δ. Ave.
• * 2.383

  Δ. Ave.
• † 2.384

  Four.
• * 2.385

  Δ. Da verbum tuum in ore me••, & sapien∣tiam tuam in c••rde meo fige.
• * 2.386

  Δ. Quasi figu∣ra de terra re∣••••vanda.
• * 2.387

  The Table of the Earth.
• * 2.388

  Δ He taketh off the colou∣red cloaths in due order, re∣specting the four parts of the World.
• * 2.389

  The Earth.
• * 2.390

  Vide 1582. 20. Martii. lib. 2.
• * 2.391

  Vide lib. 3. Anno 1582. Aprilis 28.
• * 2.392

  Enoch.
• * 2.393

  50. Dayes.
• * 2.394

  The title of Enochs books, expounded in∣to English. ••50 Lions, or wicked spirits seducers.
• * 2.395

  Counterfeit∣ing.
• * 2.396

  Wicked Ma∣gicians.
• * 2.397

  Devils Cha∣racters.
• * 2.398

  The mercy of God to Dee.
• * 2.399

  To Δ.
• * 2.400

  The wicked power expel¦led out of the earth.
• * 2.401

  NOTE. Characters.
• * 2.402

  A wicked power tempt∣ing E.K.
• * 2.403

  This p may stand back∣ward, or for∣ward. E. K. What is the reason of that diverse setting? — For begin∣ning there it will make the name of a wicked spirit.
• * 2.404

  Δ. So is the name of the first division of the earth in the 29 aire. A voyce to this intent.
• * 2.405

  This is the Table that hath 4. and D on the top, by me so noted.
• * 2.406

  p backword... or forward-A is arsward.
• * 2.407

  Linea 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Sancti. 〈◊〉〈◊〉. The 3 names of God in 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 2.408

  〈◊〉〈◊〉
• * 2.409

  Ten faces on the 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 2.410

  Δ. Another pronouncing of it. The 4 Angels over every crosse of the 4. attendant crosses.
• * 2.411

  The use.
• * 2.412

  4 Angels over every crosse.
• * 2.413

  Solomon his knowledge. Six Seniors.
• * 2.414

  How to make the Seniors of 7. letters.
• * 2.415

  The encreasing of names with a letter.
• * 2.416

  b a T a — i —
• * 2.417

  A or H.
• * 2.418

  To make the end of this word. The King his name East.
• * 2.419

  To morrow.
• * 2.420

  Characters or Notes.
• * 2.421

  Nalvage de∣livered them, but by the same spirit of God Note.
• * 2.422

  The general of the first table.
• * 2.423

  A bodily and a true motion.
• * 2.424

  Δ. The ninth Chapter may be added, and is of the secrets of men know∣ing; whereof there is a pecu∣liar Table.
• * 2.425

  Δ. They be 〈◊〉〈◊〉 names of the Teath air, an∣swering to Caspis, Germania, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in Africa.
• * 2.426

  Wicked Angels whose names are of 3 letters. 4. Angels a∣bove every of the lesser cros∣ses. 〈◊〉〈◊〉, 16 such in every of the 4. prin∣cipal quarters.
• * 2.427

  In the crosse of union, or the black crosse.
• * 2.428

  The 4 Angels serving to this lesser 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 2.429

  Note. Appearing by one name and doin, by another.
• * 2.430

  Physick.
• * 2.431

  Note.
• † 2.432

  The 〈◊〉〈◊〉 his name made of five letters. The use of the wicked powers.
• * 2.433

  The Call of the wicked.
• * 2.434

  Note. 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Constraint.
• * 2.435

  Baatain A, o. Baataivh.
• * 2.436

  Now he speaketh of the se∣cond little crosse above, on the right side in the East quarter.
• * 2.437

  4 Good Angels. Metals. The wicked Angels of this portion.
• * 2.438

  The table of creation.
• * 2.439

  Lib. 4. aliter 5. Bnasp 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉.
• * 2.440

  Transforma∣tion.
• * 2.441

  The four Ele∣ments.
• * 2.442

  The knitting together of na∣tures.
• * 2.443

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 à 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in locum. All hand∣crafts.
• * 2.444

  Note this rare action of a spiritual Crea∣ture.
• * 2.445

  The secrets of all 〈◊〉〈◊〉. sixteen An∣gels for Medi∣cine.
• * 2.446

  Note. The blessed King∣dom on earth. The earth.
• * 2.447

  〈◊〉〈◊〉, these are here to be learned out. Δ. Maxime calm splendet & manifesta est, in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 coeli & in 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 2.448

  〈◊〉〈◊〉, For the.. I heir 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 2.449

  NOTA. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Deo grata & acceptabilis in ipsâ 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Note this manner of a heavy thing on the shoul∣der, and warm withall.
• * 2.450

  Δ There was a terri∣rible storm of thunder and rain, toward the end of our yester-dayes Action: which, I said, was somewhat more then na∣tural.
• * 2.451

  Mr. E. K. Pe∣nitently pray∣eth.
• * 2.452

  Δ. It is the second part of the 22 aire.
• * 2.453

  Δ. So is not one letter superflu∣ous, or wanting in the Tables. A Prophesie of things at hand. NOTE. Nova Terra.
• * 2.454

  Were.
• * 2.455

  Rodolphus Caesar. Nota, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 male∣rum 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 2.456

  〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 2.457

  A. L.
• * 2.458

  Money, provi∣sion.
• * 2.459

  In Constanti∣nople 〈◊〉〈◊〉 15. 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 2.460

  24 Seniors. Note, This ci∣versity of working. The four plagues, or quarters.
• * 2.461

  The book.
• * 2.462

  A perfect ma∣ster ready.
• * 2.463

  The twelve names of God in the twelve Banners. Four dayes. Fourteen dayes. Obedient. White linnen vestures.
• * 2.464

  Ga ment and book, onely once to be used.
• * 2.465

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 than leaves.
• * 2.466

  Δ. Of this wicked 〈◊〉〈◊〉, E. K. by & by after this Action said. Seeing his name is come to be known (and not by 〈◊〉〈◊〉 for I had received the Sacrament with Mr. Miniver, of whom I had him, never to bewray or disclose his name) I will tell you somewhat of him. He appeareth in many forms, till at length he appear in a Triangle of fire, and being constrained to the Circle, he 〈◊〉〈◊〉 form (as it 〈◊〉〈◊〉) of a great Gyant, and will declare before for a month to come which spirits do orderly range: which by name being called, will do their offices, with a few other circumstances used, &c. This, indeed was one, of whom I made most account, &c.
• * 2.467

  Doubts.
• * 2.468

  Declared by Gabriel and Nalvage.
• * 2.469

  Δ. Pagina pe∣nultima 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 2.470

  Note.
• * 2.471

  Note this simi∣litude well.
• * 2.472

  〈1 line〉〈1 line〉.
• * 2.473

  NOE.
• * 2.474

  〈…〉〈…〉.
• * 2.475

  H.
• * 2.476

  Faith. Obedience. Humility.
• * 2.477

  A Caveat.
• * 2.478

  Δ. Cum maximis lachrymis haec à me & valde ••ferio ad Rem dicta e∣rant.
• * 2.479

  Post semihoram.
• * 2.480

  Adventus Chri∣sti.
• * 2.481

  Our bodies to be cast out into the fields.
• * 2.482

  Prophesie. 1 — 11
• * 2.483

  12.
• * 2.484

  Regnum futu∣rum.
• * 2.485

  Δ. Be gone to the Emperour.
• * 2.486

  That hold up the grapes. Satan. Faithful. Spiritus San∣ctus.
• * 2.487

  Docepax. Tedoand.
• * 2.488

  Calls. Nalvage is to correct.
• * 2.489

  ocation
• * 2.490

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 use of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 2.491

  Note.
• * 2.492

  The wicked 〈◊〉〈◊〉 are vile laves.
• * 2.493

  The Treasures of the Earth. Our words to the wicked that keep Treasure.
• * 2.494

  Invocations to be made.
• * 2.495

  The Book.
• * 2.496

  Δ. He mean∣eth of the left side of the square center of the princi∣pal 〈◊〉〈◊〉: not perfect square, but heterome∣ces.
• * 2.497

  The Calls to be had in En∣glish on Thurs∣day next.
• * 2.498

  Our great 〈◊〉〈◊〉 with God.
• * 2.499

  Dec.
• * 2.500

  His fee of A. L. of 400 Dollers yearly.
• * 2.501

  Gah S diu.
• * 2.502

  The Spirits of the fourth Angle are
• * 2.503

  Δ It is yet a mystery to what book these, and such words have re∣lation, they are in every Call following.
• * 2.504

  That word thou hast not, it is Acam.
• * 2.505

  E. K. Like a cloud covereth between me & the things in the air. Δ 6 2
• * 2.506

  Sapáb.
• * 2.507

  That is Af that word have not there.
• * 2.508

  Peral you want that word.
• * 2.509

  Nal. ... E. K. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 came between. E.K. His eyes and the shew∣stone.
• * 2.510

  E. K Now all the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 are bowed down∣ward.
• * 2.511

  E. K. Clouds. Fortè sic.
• * 2.512

  E. K. Clouds.
• * 2.513

  Dwelling in the rightenesse of the heavens as continual comforters.
• * 2.514

  Nal.....
• * 2.515

  Δ 5 1
• * 2.516

  C. al, that you have not.
• * 2.517

  The ninth.
• * 2.518

  Nal..... That is P. you have not mark the mysterie.
• * 2.519

  5 Δ 9
• * 2.520

  West.
• * 2.521

  Nal. ..... 〈◊〉〈◊〉 And that you have not.
• * 2.522

  Δ. I understand the end of this earth, &c.
• * 2.523

  4 Δ 8
• * 2.524

  Ol. That you have not.
• * 2.525

  That is Daox that you have not.
• * 2.526

  〈◊〉〈◊〉. ..... That you have not.
• * 2.527

  Nal. ..... Math. you have it not.
• * 2.528

  6 10
• * 2.529

  Mian.....
• * 2.530

  ob..... That you have not
• * 2.531

  Δ 8 12
• * 2.532

  Δ 7 11
• * 2.533

  There is no language for these words in the Call
• * 2.534

  At large. Darg.....
• * 2.535

  Of the first flame.
• * 2.536

  Sons. Daughters.
• * 2.537

  Nal.... Ol....
• * 2.538

  Nal.....Quar.
• * 2.539

  Nal..... or extreaam Justice.
• * 2.540

  Δ 10 14
• * 2.541

  Nalvage.
• * 2.542

  Δ 9 13
• * 2.543

  Eran —
• * 2.544

  18
• * 2.545

  [14]
• * 2.546

  Δ This is the 14 25 I re∣ceived them in the holy Lan∣guage.
• * 2.547

  Emod.
• * 2.548

  Stretch forth
• * 2.549

  Δ [12] 16
• * 2.550

  Faxs — Faxes or Faxis to be sounded. I find in the Call Taxs. I finde also in some words T or F indiffer∣ently used. [Δ. 13.] [17]
• * 2.551

  We have no more now. Hora 12.
• * 2.552

  NOTE.
• * 2.553

  Note, the third of the third Book, which is the seventh, from the begin∣ning, is not yet Eng∣lished. Vide post Julii 11. hora 4. There is the Call Eng∣lished.
• * 2.554

  NOTE.
• * 2.555

  The great and peculiar mer∣cies of God shewed on us.
• * 2.556

  Genes. 27.
• * 2.557

  Up and be gone. Stephen Bather King of Poland.
• * 2.558

  Note of the death of the righteous now and then Flee.
• * 2.559

  But 10. dayes.
• * 2.560

  Particular Temptations.
• * 2.561

  Provide for this Journey. Spiritus San∣ctus. Be gone.
• * 2.562

  Enoch.
• * 2.563

  The Book con∣firmed.
• * 2.564

  Nal. Ave. It is a king of slate-stone. 50 Dayes la∣bour.
• * 2.565

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 his prayer to God.
• * 2.566

  One Creatour of all things. A Seer.
• * 2.567

  The Call of Angels.
• Δ 2.568

  There were no Kings in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 his time; Consider therefore how to ask this doubt of this phrase pro∣phetical. In 〈◊〉〈◊〉 I find cap. 8. that unjudged Nations had Kings long before Saul his time. There∣fore there might be some in Enoch his time: or he prophesied of them.
• * 2.569

  Ave. That is to say, thrice a day.
• * 2.570

  Thrice a day.
• * 2.571

  What is meant by the phrase or 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉, in re∣spect of good Angels.
• * 2.572

  De secundo ad∣ventu Christi.
• * 2.573

  Wednesday following.
• * 2.574

  The Curtain appeared straight way.
• * 2.575

  At four of the Clock after noon.
• * 2.576

  NOTE. 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 2.577

  Δ. He is one of sigillum Dei, one of the Sep∣tenarii where∣of, Ave and... are The Transla∣tion of the Call into English.
• * 2.578

  Many enemies bodily and ghostly.
• * 2.579

  Ile. .... Ni, That you have not.
• * 2.580

  Vide Supra.
• * 2.581

  Thursday at four of the Clock afternoon.
• * 2.582

  Nineteen Calls re∣ceived.
• * 2.583

  The use of these 19 Calls.
• * 2.584

  Ilemese.
• * 2.585

  Ilemese.
• * 2.586

  〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 2.587

  asper.
• * 2.588

  〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 2.589

  Note.
• * 2.590

  If.
• * 2.591

  Note. In the same instant. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Watch-men, Keepers, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the earth.
• * 2.592

  kar in palato very much. ....
• * 2.593

  Note. How this One Call may serve the 30.
• * 2.594

  God his pro∣mise fulfilled before August. Counsel for preparation. The reading of the Book. The letters.
• * 2.595

  The mysteries of this Book Dwell toge∣ther.
• * 2.596

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 pene 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 2.597

  Be gone.
• * 2.598

  May 21. Mane. Et à Meridie per Mapsama. ... 27 Junii, per A V E.
• * 2.599

  Reg. 1. cap. 15.
• * 2.600

  A. L. His plague threatned.
• * 2.601

  Δ. O most mercifull and just God.
• * 2.602

  Obedience.
• * 2.603

  Dee, Is pardoned. No more secrets of God to be opened to A. L.
• * 2.604

  10 Dayes.
• * 2.605

  Δ. Fortè. Madnesse procured in the K. and he is now reco∣vered.
• * 2.606

  Δ. A scourge to fol∣low unto us: Lord be mercifull.
• * 2.607

  A. L.
• * 2.608

  Conjectura le∣vicula.
• * 2.609

  Nota de Anno, 88.
• * 2.610

  Societas Jesu.
• * 2.611

  Δ. 72 Angels.
• * 2.612

  Δ. Vide Apocalypseos, cap. 16. sed videtur quod non sequenter ordine, ve∣luti quis ex textu judicaret; Ast non asseritur hic effusam esse etiamsi saepe & olim vindicatum requirebant illi qui sub altari sunt: nondum illis erat concessum, &c. Sic hic dici potest.
• * 2.613

  Madimi est ex ordine potesta∣tum.
• * 2.614

  Vide 26. Junii.
• * 2.615

  Mater Madimi.
• * 2.616

  The Rainbow. Apocalips. 4.
• * 2.617

  Faith shall hardly be found on the Earth.
• * 2.618

  Seven Woes.
• * 2.619

  〈◊〉〈◊〉
• * 2.620

  〈1 line〉〈1 line〉
• * 2.621

  Madami, my friend.
• * 2.622

  This name of God is in 〈1 line〉〈1 line〉
• * 2.623

  Satan his Traiterous information to be taken head of.
• * 2.624

  A. L.
• * 2.625

  〈1 line〉〈1 line〉
• * 2.626

  My wife, children, and houshold must be moved to Grage.
• * 2.627

  Mater Madi∣tni.
• * 2.628

  Trinity.
• * 2.629

  IF.
• * 2.630

  RODOL∣PHUS.
• * 2.631

  Δ. Either E K V 1. 263. speake not this, or 〈◊〉〈◊〉 omitted to write it at the first.
• * 2.632

  If Dei 〈◊〉〈◊〉 & 〈◊〉〈◊〉 cum Δ. de R.
• * 2.633

  The marvellous beginning of this last time.
• * 2.634

  Mapsama.
• * 2.635

  A paper book to be prepared.
• * 2.636

  Jajurandum ad Dee, pro A. L.
• * 2.637

  Misericurdia Dei super Δ. Cum Imperore Rod. Prophetia de Δ.
• * 2.638

  Mathei 7. D.
• * 2.639

  New lessons. New books.
• * 2.640

  No dicas coram Angels non est Providentia. 〈◊〉〈◊〉, siastes, cap 5.
• * 2.641

  Libelli Monadis Hiero∣glyphicae Theoremate 20. jam ante 20 annos editi.
• * 2.642

  D Δ 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉
• * 2.643

  Aliquid de∣est forte. The Spirit of Pride. This Testimo∣ny to be belie∣ved upon great displeasure else
• * 2.644

  Heavens of Glory, Cha∣stity, Angels.
• * 2.645

  God to us is the Discloser of his own se∣crets.
• * 2.646

  Humility.
• * 2.647

  Vriel hath a Tower to build &c.
• * 2.648

  Δ. and E. K.
• * 2.649

  Primus Filius Spiritus San∣ctus.
• * 2.650

  Desolatio de qua Propheta loquutus est. Apocalyps. cap. 18. F.
• * 2.651

  Δ. 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Tempus est tacendi & tempus est I quendi veluti de 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Christi Matth. 17. B. Marc. 9. B Luc 9. B. 12. A. Constat. Et 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 cap. 10. C. Quod in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 audietis, predicate super tecta, &c Luc. 12.
• * 2.652

  Joel, cap. 3.
• † 2.653

  Fear not.
• † 2.654

  Promise of visitation for the 48. great Calls, and the Holy Book wil∣ting and practising.
• * 2.655

  Legissatio manifesta & in 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉. Antichristi eversio per Spiritum SS. 〈◊〉〈◊〉. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Epist. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ad Thess. 2. cap. 2.
• * 2.656

  An Election or Choice offered to Δ. RODOLPHUS Imp.
• * 2.657

  A Vision.
• * 2.658

  The Garden of Comfort.
• * 2.659

  1. One of those men saith
• * 2.660

  He mean∣eth of the first and second which gather∣ed flowers, and of the third. Respice 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 2.661

  2.
• * 2.662

  3. Note. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 sine qua non: & causa proxi∣ma & 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ut differunt 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 2.663

  A defiler of the flowers. The Garden of Wisdom.
• * 2.664

  Three manner of wise men.
• * 2.665

  Fury and Re-Open unto venge.
• * 2.666

  Rudelph the Emperour must be made 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of all. RUDOL∣PHUS IM∣PER. 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 sides, 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 2.667

  〈◊〉〈◊〉. cap. 6. Uriel. ..... His voyce.
• * 2.668

  Earth.
• * 2.669

  A 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of our choice made.
• * 2.670

  Prepare.
• * 2.671

  The Promise becometh life. God well plea∣sed. A new promise to Δ.
• a 2.672

  Camber, vide Anno 1582. 15. Martii.
• * 2.673

  Δ. Fortè intelligit Rolandum infantem meum cui vitam reslituit Deus (miraculosè quasi) Cra∣coviae, An. 1584. Julii 14. Sed Deus tu nosti quod hoc mihi tam mirum ci∣detur quam virum Mariae pregnantem censeri, &c. Vide Sept. 21. Misericor∣diam Dei praemissam.
• * 2.674

  Δ. I must be placed here in Prage.
• * 2.675

  NOT YET Stewards Overseers Labourers. The Lord his visitation is not yet.
• * 2.676

  Time.
• * 2.677

  Δ. Promise to Abraham. Seth, the third sen of Adam.
• * 2.678

  A promise made unto us. The choice misliked. The mercies of God upon us.
• Δ 2.679

  [To Prage.] A sure help promised.
• * 2.680

  Do the Lords Command∣ment speedily. Note, signes. Δ. I under∣stand not this.
• * 2.681

  Note our un∣aptnesse yet to be visited, Ecclesiastes, cap. 1.
• * 2.682

  The workman and the work must be correspondent. To Δ. Was said, In fac su∣pra. To E. K. in vide. To A. L. Tu vive.
• * 2.683

  A new choice, by God his great 〈◊〉〈◊〉 granted. 73 and a half Dee his age.
• * 2.684

  Angelus 〈◊〉〈◊〉, E. K.
• * 2.685

  Aflafben my good argel. Sudsamna E. K. his good An∣gel. Vita Naturae, Gratiae.
• * 2.686

  Δ. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 King 〈◊〉〈◊〉 did Regnum 4. cap. 20 Note.
• * 2.687

  Augusti 23.
• * 2.688

  Our new 〈◊〉〈◊〉 re∣formed choice.
• * 2.689

  A great mercy, and mystery.
• * 2.690

  The former choice renoun∣ced. This Day.
• * 2.691

  122 87.
• * 2.692

  Amen.
• * 2.693

  Rodolphus.
• * 3.1

  Causa sine 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 Note this phrase of sound.
• * 3.2

  Three movers in man con curring.
• * 3.3

  〈1 line〉〈1 line〉.
• * 3.4

  Note the man∣ner of the 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 in, or by man.
• * 3.5

  Mundus Humaenum 〈◊〉〈◊〉, &c. tanquam Cera.
• * 3.6

  Impressio

  • Superior,
  • Humana,
  • Inferior.
• * 3.7

  Pray against Temptation.
• * 3.8

  Impressio praedominans est conside∣randa.
• * 3.9

  Δ. Per quae homo 〈◊〉〈◊〉 per ca∣dem punitur: qui dixit Ascendam, &c. Jam ex Infernali statu, semper as∣cendendo tentat.
• * 3.10

  The Answer to the first 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• Δ 3.11

  Satan about this time was very busie with E. K. and declared his name to be Satan at 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.12

  An intended lye by Sa∣tan.
• * 3.13

  Reformati∣on of the Re∣cords.
• * 3.14

  Answer to the second in a Pa∣rable.
• * 3.15

  A 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 8 9. 10. & 11. capita Apo∣calypseos.
• * 3.16

  Δ. My prayer unto God for wisdom. Wisdom.
• * 3.17

  DEVS Mater rerum 〈◊〉〈◊〉, idem & Pater.
• * 3.18

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 sit Deus noster, qui respicit gemitus Pauperum. E. K Not taster of that he seeth, or heareth.
• * 3.19

  Note. Δ How the Angels of the Lord have appeared to. Δ which may seem more cer∣tain (almost) then as the phrase is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the Angels appearing to Joseph, in somnis, vide Matthaei, cap. 2.
• * 3.20

  Answer to the third and fourth demands.
• * 3.21

  Amen.
• * 3.22

  Monday, Au∣gusti 27.
• * 3.23

  One of the 3. spiritual crea∣tures said. He in the mid∣dle of the Thre.....
• * 3.24

  Δ. Rod. his heart is to be turned by God, but I know not the meaning. Δ. Sunt duae literae ultimae in linea Spiritus Sancti in Ter∣tia Tabula.
• * 3.25

  Flagellum Dei.
• * 3.26

  Trinitas & u∣nitas Divina.
• * 3.27

  Filii fidei & non rationis bumanae.
• * 3.28

  Δ. His name is the last 3. letters of the 1. line of the fourth Table.
• * 3.29

  Rod if. Vide lib. 15. Maii 28. 1584.
• * 3.30

  Ga Za Vaa
• * 3.31

  Angeli observantes 〈◊〉〈◊〉 opera & 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.32

  Strike.
• * 3.33

  Note.
• * 3.34

  One of them sayeth.
• * 3.35

  Δ. Of the Phy∣sick part.
• * 3.36

  Δ. Note the third Table here meant, is that of the South, as East, West, South, and North, their placing is others.
• * 3.37

  Δ. The three last Letters in the uppermost line of the fourth Table.
• * 3.38

  † Pragae.
• * 3.39

  Satan his ex∣ceeding vehe∣ment Temp∣tation.
• * 3.40

  Note the cause of this recor∣ding.
• * 3.41

  1 Comfort in time of need.
• * 3.42

  2 More Comfort in time of need
• * 3.43

  Rod.
• * 3.44

  Note the Original letter it self is in this Book.
• * 3.45

  Octavius Spinola Chamberlain and Stall-Master in the absence of the Officer who is sent into Spain.
• * 3.46

  Hora tertia 〈◊〉〈◊〉 à 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• Δ 3.47

  Uriel.
• * 3.48

  Books finished.
• * 3.49

  A Stone brought by a good Angel.
• * 3.50

  My message to the Emperour Rodolph done.
• * 3.51

  All the course of our Actions and Visions, nakedly to be shewed to the Emperour.
• * 3.52

  Octavius Spino∣la.
• * 3.53

  Δ. Note, Vriel his face now not seen of the eye which had highly of∣fended God.
• * 3.54

  E. K. Had on Sunday last been merval∣lously drunk, &c. Satan.
• * 3.55

  Jesus.
• † 3.56

  Zach. cap. 3. a.
• * 3.57

  The overthrow almost given.
• * 3.58

  The eye E. K. the body Δ.
• * 3.59

  Δ. By the eye is understood E.K. the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 this action, and by the bo∣dy is under∣stood John Dee Δ.
• * 3.60

  A
• * 3.61

  V
• * 3.62

  A great white Eagle.
• * 3.63

  I
• * 3.64

  S
• * 3.65

  I
• * 3.66

  O
• * 3.67

  N
• * 3.68

  Δ. and E. K, we are Pro∣phers through God his mercy and sufferance.
• * 3.69

  Which have not such pre∣sence 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.70

  Deus est qui haec 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.71

  A Seal opened. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 13. cap. B.
• * 3.72

  Zach. cap. 13. B.
• * 3.73

  Dies vindicts. Regnum Christi jam stabilietur.
• * 3.74

  A Prophesie a∣gainst the Clergy.
• * 3.75

  Rod. If
• * 3.76

  Divina 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ipsi Ro∣dolpho 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.77

  An other Seal opened. An. 1588. or which 88 else?
• Δ. 3.78

  Fortè leese.
• * 3.79

  Math. 24. C.
• * 3.80

  This Prophesie then to be known, An. 1588. — Δ. Which 88? For I have not yet had (that I remember) the year notified to be 1588. nor yet 1688. &c. Fortè An. 1688. This Prophesie is to be known An. 1588.
• * 3.81

  Malach. cap. 4. B. Elias shall come.
• * 3.82

  Δ. Note two dayes.
• * 3.83

  Rod. The beautify∣ing of Rodolph his seat Imperial.
• * 3.84

  If Vide infra Sep∣temb 22.
• * 3.85

  〈◊◊◊〉〈◊◊◊〉.
• * 3.86

  CAVE. Uriel onely in great causes is to be looked for The end of teaching, or instructing thus.
• * 3.87

  Enoch his Ta∣bles.
• * 3.88

  The spirit of choice Vide 13. September. Garden of the Lord.
• * 3.89

  Note.
• * 3.90

  This Testimony. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Domini.
• * 3.91

  Δ. He putteth us in re∣membrance of our frailty; and offence committed be∣fore noted.
• * 3.92

  E K. His vow of fasting du∣ring life.
• * 3.93

  Factum erat die 11. Septemb. sequente.
• * 3.94

  Vltra non habeo.
• * 3.95

  Δ Further, I have not to say, or do.
• * 3.96

  On Wed∣nesday.
• * 3.97

  Reconciliation
• * 3.98

  Reconciliation of two sorts.
• * 3.99

  Wherefore Uriel his face is yet covered. 1. 2.
• * 3.100

  Vide supra Septemb. 5. The eye was commanded to be reconciled to the Spirit of Truth.
• * 3.101

  Justitia Dei.
• * 3.102

  Δ. Ab occultis meis munda me, &c.
• * 3.103

  A temporal punishment.
• * 3.104

  Ecclesiae catho∣licae reconciliari debemus.
• Δ 3.105

  Accipite Spiritum San∣ctum, quorum remiseritis peccata, remit 〈◊〉〈◊〉 eis: & quorum 〈◊〉〈◊〉, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 sunt: Joannes 20. 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Math. 16. C. 18. C. Si descendero in Infernum; tu illic es.
• * 3.106

  Ignis purgatio∣nis. The perfect as∣surance by Christ and his Church or Spi∣rit.
• * 3.107

  Math. c. 5. D.
• * 3.108

  Δ. 〈1 line〉〈1 line〉.
• * 3.109

  Δ. Now he answereth to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 request first propoun∣ded. Rudolp.
• * 3.110

  If.
• * 3.111

  Spiritus Electi∣onis quid sit vide pagina se∣quente. Rodulp. Spiritus 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.112

  If. Δ. From the East, Comfort and Triumph. Rodolphi so∣boles in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 generationem. If. Secresie requi∣red.
• * 3.113

  Addere Deo quo modo bonum est: 〈◊〉〈◊〉 infra. Spiritus Ele∣ctionis supra Sept. 5.
• * 3.114

  Δ. I spake this to E. K.
• * 3.115

  D. Curtz.
• * 3.116

  Δ. Frankly as my term was in my first re∣quest, or que∣stion this day made.
• * 3.117

  Δ. Studiorum meorum scopus.
• * 3.118

  Rodolph.
• * 3.119

  My counsel to Doctor Curtz.
• * 3.120

  He also said that in the former my Re∣cords that I had noted ma∣ny a ly, and un∣truth.
• * 3.121

  Note, the Emperour en∣clined to 〈◊〉〈◊〉, &c.
• * 3.122

  I suspect the Doctour doth not deal sin∣cerely.
• * 3.123

  Trinitatis Lux & mysteria per Vrielem reve∣lantur. Mendacium Obstinatum 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.124

  Objectio. Solutio.
• * 3.125

  Mendacium. Ecclesiae Digni∣tas & Authori∣tas.
• * 3.126

  Reconciliation to the Church.
• * 3.127

  Wilfull si∣lence. Δ. Finalis in∣poenitentia. Testes Angelici. Froward si∣lence.
• * 3.128

  Psal.
• * 3.129

  Ito ad Eccle∣siam.
• * 3.130

  Δ. Voluntary 〈◊〉〈◊〉 is contrary to froward lence. Aures Dei, Manus 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Vide de Lazaro, Joh. c. 1
• * 3.131

  Act. 3.
• * 3.132

  Supra.
• † 3.133

  More as∣suredly.
• * 3.134

  Contra Rud.
• * 3.135

  Contra Curtz.
• * 3.136

  Δ Fecit quod illi injunctum 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Pactum miseri∣cordiae divinae cum Δ.
• * 3.137

  Sathanas. * Ne magnitudo reve∣velationum extellat me, datus est mi hi stimulus carnis 〈◊〉〈◊〉, &c. Paulus ad Corinthios secunda, cap. 12.
• * 3.138

  England par∣doned for Δ. his sake.
• * 3.139

  God will give me England, that is to say, spare it from distruction for my sake, &c. England. Δ. Our good return into Eng∣land Δ. Perhaps, spiders flying in the aire, are carried by strings of their own spinning, or making, or else I know not how. Rud. I re∣mained for the most part in Bohemia, and in the Empire, till 1589.
• * 3.140

  A.L. A. L. Came to us to Trebon, in Bohemia, An. 1588. post captum Maxi∣milianum à Po∣lonis, &c. Rud. Num. 11. Psal. 77.
• * 3.141

  A Letter to be written unto Casar. Lapis Philosophorum. A special gift in healing by the shew in this stone.
• * 3.142

  R. Peribit. Benedictio Dei sit super nos. Supra. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 fac.
• * 3.143

  A Letter to Rudolph the Emperour.
• * 3.144

  Eruptiones 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ex Ter∣rae motibus. Lapis Philoso∣rum.
• * 3.145

  Caesar futurus.
• * 3.146

  It is a saying of Madimi, Junii 26. 1584. Cracoviae. Ernestus Frater Rudolphi. Δ. Blessings offered are pro∣mises with conditions. Gold, ex lapide Philosophorum. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 crudelis, terribilis, inaudi∣ta.
• * 3.147

  Note.
• * 3.148

  God in mercy, wisdom, terror, miracles. Vox Domini ut hominis fu∣tura nobis audibilis.
• * 3.149

  Consiliarii Ca∣saris. R. Possessus Belzagal Ca∣codamon Turca∣rum.
• * 3.150

  Turkish, or Rudolphus Rae∣ther. My books from Poland. A. L.
• * 3.151

  〈1 line〉〈1 line〉
• * 3.152

  〈1 line〉〈1 line〉
• * 3.153

  Deus habitat in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 & nos in 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Image Christi Paulus ad Cor. cap. 15. F.
• * 3.154

  〈1 line〉〈1 line〉.
• † 3.155

  〈1 line〉〈1 line〉.
• * 3.156

  〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• † 3.157

  〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.158

  〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• † 3.159

  〈1 line〉〈1 line〉.
• * 3.160

  〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• † 3.161

  〈1 line〉〈1 line〉.
• * 3.162

  〈1 line〉〈1 line〉.
• * 3.163

  A Spiritu Dei sumus ducti ut Domino 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Domino Gulielmo de Sancto Clemente, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Re∣gis legath heae aperiremus cui merce∣dem dabit Deus.
• * 3.164

  D. Jacobo Curtzio Consiliario 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.165

  Δ. Quantum memini in Sibyllae oraculis Graecis & Latinis facilis per 〈◊〉〈◊〉, 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 Vrielis 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ill 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 sunt 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ad 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Vide & 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ascribe.
• * 3.166

  Prophesia de MICHAELE.
• * 3.167

  Math. cap. 5. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ipso∣rum est regnum coelorum, &c. Δ. Erit cum Caesare. I understand not this, how it is, or shall be verified, or with which Caesar.
• * 3.168

  Domini Legati Regis 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Responsum.
• * 3.169

  A Copy of the letters desired.
• * 3.170

  E K 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to go in o Eng∣land as he pre∣tended.
• * 3.171

  Poverty.
• * 3.172

  D. Curtz.
• * 3.173

  D. Curtz.
• * 3.174

  Vriel. Gabriel.
• * 3.175

  〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 mea 〈◊〉〈◊〉 periculosus.
• * 3.176

  Gabriel:
• * 3.177

  The robbing God of his ho∣nour.
• * 3.178

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 Argeli 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.179

  〈1 line〉〈1 line〉.
• * 3.180

  〈1 line〉〈1 line〉.
• * 3.181

  Vigor 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.182

  〈◊〉〈◊〉. Pabula.
• * 3.183

  Δ. 〈1 line〉〈1 line〉. If.
• * 3.184

  Nos mundi Inimici esse debe∣mus, & mundus nos odio prose∣quitur propter Deum.
• * 3.185

  Gabriel. 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 super Δ.
• * 3.186

  Nota causam acerbae in∣crepationis istius.
• * 3.187

  Here placing.
• * 3.188

  〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 Misericor∣diae capax.
• * 3.189

  A voyce from an uncertain place. There were some wicked 〈◊〉〈◊〉 vexing E. K. from 〈◊〉〈◊〉 quiet∣ly. E. K.
• * 3.190

  Sept. 21. in fine.
• * 3.191

  Radiatio 〈◊〉〈◊〉, vigor ele∣mentalis.
• * 3.192

  Deus 1.
• * 3.193

  Angelus 2.
• * 3.194

  Anima hominis, 3. Infectio anima. Impretas.
• * 3.195

  Tres magicae causae.
• * 3.196

  Stella. 1.
• * 3.197

  Cibus. 2.
• * 3.198

  Mixtio. 3.
• * 3.199

  Attractio 〈◊〉〈◊〉 contagio∣sorum.
• * 3.200

  Medicina vera.
• * 3.201

  40. Dayes.
• * 3.202

  True Gabriel: verus Gabriel.
• * 3.203

  Abstinnentes & purgati à 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.204

  Responsum vo∣tum.
• * 3.205

  Auxilium & 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Dei. Janae 〈◊〉〈◊〉 meae 〈◊〉〈◊〉 perticulosus.
• * 3.206

  ☉ Virtus.
• * 3.207

  Febri laborabat Mater uxoris ante conceptie∣nem.
• * 3.208

  For, so, the soul is sent in, to Δ. Of Jane my wife.
• * 3.209

  Forsan, vasa seminaria.
• * 3.210

  She he it.
• * 3.211

  Excrementa bina.
• * 3.212

  Spiritus caloris. The breathing or vapouring heat.
• * 3.213

  Vxor jam prag∣nans est. Imagination.
• * 3.214

  The physical remedy.
• * 3.215

  〈◊〉〈◊〉, Reconciliatio.
• * 3.216

  E. K. His ma∣litious tongue against God his good An∣gels.
• * 3.217

  If.
• * 3.218

  〈◊〉〈◊〉. 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 are long in 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Fel 〈◊〉〈◊〉, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 vinum. 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.219

  O Kelly, Kelly,
• * 3.220

  Confirmation of the Pro∣phesie. The manner of blessing Pro∣phetical.
• * 3.221

  E. K. Intending to depart, and I not knowing.
• * 3.222

  My wife not to go now to Cra∣cow.
• * 3.223

  Vriel our House-keeper. A. L. Against Laskie his enemies as in the former practice was taught.
• Δ 3.224

  LEVANAEL as may appear Febru. 5. post; ultima parte. E. K Note, The House is round without and square within.
• * 3.225

  1 Fire.
• * 3.226

  2 Water.
• * 3.227

  Here is a blank, or void space in the Original Co∣pie: but no fi∣gure.
• * 3.228

  Here is a blank, or void 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in the 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉: but no fi∣gure.
• * 3.229

  3 Aire.
• * 3.230

  Here is a blank, or void space in the Original Co∣pie: but no fi∣gure.
• * 3.231

  4 Earth.
• * 3.232

  One of them said to the man covered with Hair-Cloth of Ash colour.
• * 3.233

  Timor Domini
• * 3.234

  Ascension
• * 3.235

  Separation
• * 3.236

  〈◊〉〈◊〉
• * 3.237

  In Christ we may become Innocents, and be born anew.
• * 3.238

  Temptation.
• * 3.239

  Kings.
• * 3.240

  Victoria no∣stra e••••.
• * 3.241

  Ministri veri∣tatis.
• * 3.242

  O magna mi∣sericoardia tua, Domine.
• * 3.243

  Prophetia 1589 1590 1591 1592 The Harbour we are in.
• * 3.244

  To Rodoldh, and Curts. Note
• * 3.245

  * I promised the stone.
• * 3.246

  A way of 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.247

  Together.
• * 3.248

  By degrees.
• * 3.249

  Simplicity. Innocency.
• * 3.250

  Mysteries.
• * 3.251

  Ignis vivifi∣cans. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 P. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 as.
• * 3.252

  Δ Note this VISION. Earth of a tawny colour.
• * 3.253

  Water.
• * 3.254

  Green. Red.
• * 3.255

  1 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Woman. 2 A Child. 3 A Woman with child. 4 An old man.
• * 3.256

  An 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.257

  An Oath.
• * 3.258

  E. K. thought this is ignotum 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ignoti∣us.
• * 3.259

  Δ Corrected thus afterward
• * 3.260

  E. K. He speaketh, & casteth 〈◊〉〈◊〉 arms abroad swiftly. [〈◊〉〈◊〉] Δ This was added & cor∣rected after∣wards.
• * 3.261

  He speaketh swift.
• * 3.262

  Liber Enoch
• * 3.263

  Six words.
• * 3.264

  Six words.
• * 3.265

  Animal, Vegetable, Mineral. Omne verum vero 〈◊〉〈◊〉
• * 3.266

  The use and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the for∣mer Lessons.
• * 3.267

  Note
• * 3.268

  Note The place of words and let∣ters.
• * 3.269

  The number of words and let∣ters.
• * 3.270

  The joyning of number and place.
• * 3.271

  Cabalistically
• * 3.272

  Δ These E. K. very quickly had received; after my go∣ing, by shew of bright light representing the numbers upon his pa∣per. But it was a Sophi∣stical shew, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 may appear after.
• * 3.273

  Δ I was very sick suddenly, and was con∣strained to leave off.
• * 3.274

  Δ 〈◊〉〈◊〉; proprium solum officium faciat.
• * 3.275

  Officio unus∣quisque fun∣gatur proprio.
• * 3.276

  Mercy and Grace.
• * 3.277

  87
• * 3.278

  Note.
• * 3.279

  Note. For a new Re∣volution The beginning of another.
• * 3.280

  〈◊〉〈◊〉
• * 3.281

  〈1 line〉〈1 line〉.
• * 3.282

  Hell.
• * 3.283

  If
• * 3.284

  But if
• * 3.285

  World.
• * 3.286

  Δ 〈◊〉〈◊〉, the lowth.
• * 3.287

  Δ Our office ap∣pointed.
• * 3.288

  De 〈◊〉〈◊〉 asciscendo vi∣dente & 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Domini 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.289

  〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.290

  Angels Mens souls.
• * 3.291

  Creation of man.
• * 3.292

  Anima hominis Esdras book. Note 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the souls spiritual increasing. A 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Myste∣ry.
• * 3.293

  Δ So that it may be said, that Deus quasi cre∣ando, & home quasi generan∣do, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 humanam 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.294

  The Trinity distinct.
• * 3.295

  Earth.
• * 3.296

  Note. In faith & 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.297

  The remem∣brance.
• * 3.298

  Christus potest esse ubique.
• * 3.299

  Δ The words of Consecration pronounced. Sub forma pa∣nis.
• * 3.300

  Ars Sancta. GE BOFAL. Prima Porta libri sancti. 48 Portae Sapi∣entiae.
• * 3.301

  〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 Deo, summa Sapientiae Por∣ta.
• * 3.302

  Multiplicati∣on.
• * 3.303

  Dignification. What hath been taughs. What yet lacketh.
• * 3.304

  Pride. Self-love.
• * 3.305

  〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.306

  〈1 line〉〈1 line〉.
• * 3.307

  Δ Make clean 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.308

  〈1 line〉〈1 line〉 13.
• * 3.309

  〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.310

  A 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 very 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.311

  Δ 〈1 line〉〈1 line〉.
• * 3.312

  〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.313

  〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.314

  〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 own judg∣ment is to be laid aside.
• * 3.315

  Δ Through E. K. to be sa∣tisfied.
• * 3.316

  Δ Ad 〈◊◊◊〉〈◊◊◊〉 omnium fide∣lium, 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉.
• * 3.317

  Δ In Eccle∣sia 〈◊〉〈◊〉. A promise to E. K. of great importance. A. L.
• * 3.318

  A. L. Non 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉.
• * 3.319

  A. L. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 bonum Ange∣lum jam 〈◊〉〈◊〉 habet 〈◊〉〈◊〉: Habuit 21. Ultimum consi∣lium.
• * 3.320

  〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉.
• * 3.321

  Δ Lib. 2. In 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉.
• * 3.322

  Shortly after.
• * 3.323

  A voice.
• * 3.324

  A voice out of the white. 10 branches cut off of the grafted tree.
• * 3.325

  A voice from the top of the stone.
• * 3.326

  Regnum Dei 〈◊〉〈◊〉 terris 〈◊〉〈◊〉 stat.
• * 3.327

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 Kelly
• * 3.328

  Seven more.
• * 3.329

  A voice.
• * 3.330

  If
• * 3.331

  Patience. Afflictions. 〈◊〉〈◊〉. 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.332

  A mundo & 〈1 line〉〈1 line〉.
• * 3.333

  Love.
• * 3.334

  Δ E. K. did confesse that he thought so at this instant. Penance. The Church. Ad Ecclesiam Catholicam confugiendam.
• * 3.335

  〈◊〉〈◊〉
• * 3.336

  Mater.
• * 3.337

  Madimi.
• * 3.338

  After half an hour.
• * 3.339

  Consilia Dei.
• * 3.340

  Imprisonment conspired a∣gainst me. Δ
• * 3.341

  The way is prepared by A. L.
• * 3.342

  Sapientia divi∣na nostra 〈◊〉〈◊〉 esse stella 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in hec ma∣ri magno.
• * 3.343

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 from Prage. The words of the Conspi∣rators.
• * 3.344

  Spiritus 〈◊〉〈◊〉 nobiscum.
• * 3.345

  A. L:
• * 3.346

  Dayes.
• * 3.347

  Books to be hidden.
• * 3.348

  Houres.
• * 3.349

  A Vision.
• * 3.350

  A Voice.
• * 3.351

  Note the rea∣son why a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 more credit.
• * 3.352

  Madimi.
• * 3.353

  Dee.
• * 3.354

  Red.
• * 3.355

  The destructi∣on of Rodulph.
• * 3.356

  St. Δ All conditio∣nally to be understood.
• * 3.357

  A. L.
• * 3.358

  Emericus. Sontag. us.
• * 3.359

  The 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.360

  Note. Annuate their doings.
• * 3.361

  Δ Belike he was studying in Dunstons book & Tables whereof he made me not privy. Yet if. Donum Dei. Together.
• * 3.362

  If. Infans bapti∣zandus. Mich.
• * 3.363

  Michael.
• * 3.364

  If he continue.
• * 3.365

  If
• * 3.366

  Prayer.
• * 3.367

  Three sheep.
• * 3.368

  Note E K. had said, let them give me some∣what, or some thing benefi∣cial to my mind or body; and then I wil like the better of them.
• Δ 3.369

  The fall of Angels.
• * 3.370

  A King his messenger to be 〈◊〉〈◊〉 for 3 causes. The Angels good will to∣ward E. K.
• * 3.371

  Δ E. K. said he would not al∣low of their doings & coun sels, unlesse they were al∣lowed of and confirmed by the Priest, to whom he would confess himself. The authority of good An∣gels is greater then the autho rity of the Pope. Note of the Jews. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Church∣es Triumphant and Militant. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 quid?
• * 3.372

  Δ E. K. had said, let them give me some∣what 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to my bo∣dy, or some wisdom to my minds be hoof. A Prophecy.
• * 3.373

  Δ Fortè P L. significat Phi∣losophorum 〈◊〉〈◊〉. This we had not yet.
• * 3.374

  NOTE. Thrice.
• * 3.375

  The fruit of the Philoso∣ophers stone.
• * 3.376

  The divers commodities of the Philo∣sophers stone known. Table-talk of poverty obje∣cted to us.
• * 3.377

  Δ He said be∣fore it was Gold:
• * 3.378

  The first time of three before spoken of.
• * 3.379

  The title out actions.
• * 3.380

  A promise to Jane her chil∣dren.
• * 3.381

  Of Necessiry.
• * 3.382

  Note, One storm is yet to come.
• * 3.383

  Δ Huic sexui scilicet mulie∣bri.
• * 3.384

  Numerata di∣vina. Nescimus quis nobiscum lo∣quitur.
• * 3.385

  3 〈◊〉〈◊〉 cap. 〈◊〉〈◊〉. c.
• * 3.386

  One man: E. K. Veritas.
• * 3.387

  1 Esd. ch. 4. 33, &c.
• * 3.388

  An apt Skrier is sanctified.
• * 3.389

  Nota.
• * 3.390

  Notethe man∣ner of Justice.
• * 3.391

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 2.24.
• * 3.392

  〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 misericordia.
• * 3.393

  Blasphemous rebellion.
• * 3.394

  3 〈◊〉〈◊〉 cap.
• * 3.395

  Actionum.
• * 3.396

  Signum quo 〈◊〉〈◊〉 esse possi∣mus quod De∣us Satana fra∣num injiciet. Nota.
• * 3.397

  Caviat E. K. 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.398

  Veritas.
• * 3.399

  Equus albus. Apoc. cap. 19. B: Nostra vocatie magna. Dee sup.
• * 3.400

  Parabola de nobis duobus:
• * 3.401

  Primitiae & Decimae.
• * 3.402

  〈◊〉〈◊〉
• * 3.403

  Peter. 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉. Vota nostra. Actor. Videus. One body.
• * 3.404

  〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.405

  It is ascribed to my negli∣gence, that I have not the practice of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 his Book. Sigillum 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Liber Enoch. Note this Role.
• * 3.406

  Liber Enoch.
• * 3.407

  Polonia.
• * 3.408

  Hortulanus noster Christus 〈◊〉〈◊〉 spero.
• * 3.409

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 & pax Dci sit Super 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.410

  The white man.
• * 3.411

  If
• * 3.412

  Note my great offence.
• * 3.413

  Δ Lasky his let∣ters came on Friday last.
• * 3.414

  Δ Pardon, par∣don, pardon, ô God, thy judgments are just.
• * 3.415

  A sentence of punishment yet 〈◊〉〈◊〉 be 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.416

  Pardon.
• * 3.417

  Δ 〈◊〉〈◊〉 dayes the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 is to be 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.418

  Michael. Δ Forte de 〈◊〉〈◊〉. L. 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.419

  A woman.
• * 3.420

  Nostrum 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 Ste∣phanum Re∣gem. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 30. Qui 〈◊〉〈◊〉 gubernant & 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Tri∣buum. Vide Anno 1584. Maii 21 1584 Juni 20. de 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Ae∣rum. Δ In 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊◊◊〉〈◊◊◊〉 tractant 〈◊〉〈◊〉, at in 30 〈◊◊◊〉〈◊◊◊〉 non sunt tales 〈◊〉〈◊〉 cum nobis 〈◊〉〈◊〉 est. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 21 〈◊〉〈◊〉, 1584. Ed sent into 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.421

  * Δ What should I then think or both them.
• * 3.422

  Gregorius, Jordanus, Venitus.
• * 3.423

  1585. Aprilis. Our actions to be cut off for our 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.424

  〈◊〉〈◊〉:
• * 3.425

  Prepheta.
• * 3.426

  Domina acce∣platio nostre∣rum 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.427

  A. L.
• * 3.428

  Anno 1583. 7 〈◊〉〈◊〉. 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 10. If
• * 3.429

  Tres impiae Na∣tiones data, St.
• * 3.430

  Digitus 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.431

  Mensa 〈◊〉〈◊〉. In meo 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Lapide 〈◊〉〈◊〉. [O]
• * 3.432

  Note. Maii 21. Tuesday.
• * 3.433

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 data, Anno 〈◊〉〈◊〉, de Stephani 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.434

  Hodle 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 A. L. 〈◊〉〈◊〉, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 & litera.
• * 3.435

  Joan. 19. E: Acts 13. E.
• * 3.436

  Luke 24.
• * 3.437

  Cap. 1. Apoc,
• * 3.438

  Acts 10.
• * 3.439

  Acts 11. Δ 2 Ad Cor. c. 12.
• * 3.440

  Acts cap. 8. Philippi cor à loco in lo∣cum per Spiri∣tum Dei.
• * 3.441

  In lapide qui 〈1 line〉〈1 line〉
• * 3.442

  A. L. E. K.
• * 3.443

  Δ & E. K.
• * 3.444

  Anglice omnia dict a erant us∣que ad verbum ab, &c.
• * 3.445

  Δ Latine baec sunt 〈◊〉〈◊〉 dicta.
• * 3.446

  Δ Nota quod haec Stephani Regis reprehensio in∣cipiebat Lati∣ne, ab haec di∣ctione verbum quemadmodum praedixit, Maii Cracoviae
• * 3.447

  Forte Vriel.
• * 3.448

  Bohemia.
• * 3.449

  ••gomet ulter existamt vide Junii 24.
• * 3.450

  Anglice hoc dixit.
• * 3.451

  Δ As the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 knew not the time of their visitation and so are these dayes shadowed in the Israclues acts, &c.
• * 3.452

  Exod. c. 19. be
• * 3.453

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 Fides.
• * 3.454

  A Moses.
• * 3.455

  Haec 〈◊〉〈◊〉 verba Stephani Regis cum quo 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.456

  〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉
• * 3.457

  Genes. 7. 〈◊〉〈◊〉
• * 3.458

  〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉
• * 3.459

  Ilimese. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 infra.
• * 3.460

  Responsum pri∣mo Stephano Rege.
• * 3.461

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 the Emperour.
• * 3.462

  For us both E. K. and Δ Fides.
• * 3.463

  Genes. 23. D
• * 3.464

  〈◊◊◊〉〈◊◊◊〉 à responsis pe∣tendis.
• * 3.465

  Δ I had set S. K. at the usu∣al Table, in our secret stu∣dy, and had 〈◊〉〈◊〉 my usual Shew-stone before him.
• * 3.466

  A Vision.
• * 3.467

  Liber cum 7 si∣gillis.
• * 3.468

  Emet tau.
• * 3.469

  The angel with the Book.
• * 3.470

  Δ Visitatio Justitiae 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Judaeorum. 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.471

  Veritas preva∣lebar.
• * 3.472

  Malitia, Mundama, Pompa, & 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.473

  Reason. Ecclesia 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.474

  Lather. Casvin: Wilfully, Obstinately erring.
• * 3.475

  The definiti∣on of an He∣re tique.
• * 3.476

  The Pope is not Antichrist. Antichrist.
• * 3.477

  Claves Coeli 〈◊〉〈◊〉 datae.
• * 3.478

  Remember 〈◊〉〈◊〉 amending of this place. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 belong eth.
• * 3.479

  Acts 23. A.
• * 3.480

  Nullus 〈1 line〉〈1 line〉.
• * 3.481

  An usurper.
• * 3.482

  〈1 line〉〈1 line〉.
• * 3.483

  〈1 line〉〈1 line〉.
• * 3.484

  〈1 line〉〈1 line〉.
• * 3.485

  Pranciscus Pucci.
• * 3.486

  Judicium inci∣piet à domo Dei. Filius, Servus.
• * 3.487

  Videntes olim, qui Prophetae postea dicti.
• * 3.488

  Matt. cap. 16. C. D
• * 3.489

  Act. 23. A
• * 3.490

  Malae fidei pos∣sessor.
• * 3.491

  Matt. 7. a 15. C Mar. 7. C
• * 3.492

  Vox haec 〈◊〉〈◊〉 mul∣tum 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.493

  〈◊〉〈◊〉. 9. C 1 Petri 4. D
• * 3.494

  Angelica vox.
• * 3.495

  Augelica vox.
• * 3.496

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 à Rosenberg.
• * 3.497

  Consilium.
• * 3.498

  De Imperio Ro. & Regio Bo∣hemiae.
• * 3.499

  Time yet.
• Δ 3.500

  The voice so expounded it after at my re∣quest. Anno 88. 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 D. 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.501

  From good Fryday. Our Heaven∣ly Kalender of six moneths Action. The rest red Books to be most closely kept until the sixth Action. Domini mira∣culum 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 est te∣mendum. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 à 〈◊〉〈◊〉. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 est 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 〈1 line〉〈1 line〉. E. K. and Δ together. Adam of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Chancelor.
• * 3.502

  〈1 line〉〈1 line〉. Vox 7. Δ I asked which Fryday.
• * 3.503

  Votum & pro∣missum Wil∣helmi 〈◊〉〈◊〉, Vice-regis Bo∣hemiae.
• * 5.1

  Julius Ascanius sep∣tima à Verdeman.
• * 9.1

  Δ Admonitio.
• * 9.2

  〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 nostri.
• * 9.3

  Mr. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Pucci. Anno 1586. Maii 6.
• * 9.4

  A bait.
• * 9.5

  A spie.
• * 9.6

  The super∣scription of the Letter without.
• * 10.1

  Remember Fr. Pueci his own hand writing hereof is kept in a lether bag by it self, to be the more safe and ready to be shewed without shew∣ing of this Book.
• * 10.2

  Ab Anno 1581.
• Δ 10.3

  Anno, 1583.
• * 10.4

  Anno, 1586. 30 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 10.5

  * Anno, 1586. 10 Anno.
• * 10.6

  〈◊〉〈◊〉, 1586. 〈◊〉〈◊〉. 4.
• * 10.7

  Fifty 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 10.8

  Pucci infideli∣tct manifestis∣sima facta:
• * 10.9

  Videlicet, that is miraculous that Virgo in primo cum viro congressu con∣ciperet.
• * 10.10

  Praesumptio.
• * 10.11

  Vide scrip∣tum illius de nostro 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Romano, &c.
• * 10.12

  I. D.
• * 10.13

  〈◊〉〈◊〉. 4. 12, 13.
• * 10.14

  〈◊〉〈◊〉. 23, 28, 29.
• * 11.1

  Anno 1586. Die 19 Sep∣tembris. Die Veneris sexti mensis fine a die Vene∣ris ante Pascha à meridie hora 3.
• * 11.2

  〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 11.3

  Locus sanctus contaminatus:
• * 11.4

  〈1 line〉〈1 line〉.
• * 11.5

  〈1 line〉〈1 line〉
• * 11.6

  〈1 line〉〈1 line〉
• * 11.7

  〈1 line〉〈1 line〉
• * 11.8

  〈1 line〉〈1 line〉
• * 11.9

  〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉.
• * 11.10

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 secun∣dus.
• * 11.11

  Franciscus Puccius.
• * 11.12

  Aprilis 4. Mane circa 8.
• * 11.13

  Illas cum 12 〈◊〉〈◊〉 & illas priores ad 〈◊〉〈◊〉. 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 11.14

  Requies cessatio sab∣batum, &c. Sabbath.
• * 11.15

  The use of the Powder.
• * 11.16

  〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉. The ounce & the half wch W. R. hath is to be multi∣plied. Caesar: red∣denda quae sunt Caesa∣ris. The L. Sob∣covitz the Land-Host∣master.
• * 11.17

  Justice a∣gainst Pople. 〈◊〉〈◊〉. The Lord Czotek Schonberg. Δ He allu∣deth to the spies of the holy land for the chil∣dren of Israel To the que∣stion of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 send∣ing to. R. spondet Articulo li∣terarum su∣arum, an Caesari ex pulvere ali∣qua sit dan∣da portio.
• * 11.18

  Jane my wife.
• * 11.19

  Ed. K. uxor sterilis illi erat.
• * 11.20

  † At Mort∣lake, 1583.
• * 11.21

  De Thoma Keleoaegroto
• * 11.22

  Our mutual participating one with another.
• * 11.23

  18 Aprilis futura die Saturni. E. K. told me that he had all the Lent praid once a day at the least, that he might no more have dealing to skry.
• * 11.24

  Arthur Dee pragus ann. 1585.
• * 11.25

  Unleast, &c.
• * 11.26

  The Powder
• * 11.27

  Oratio pro Arthuro qua in exer∣citiis suis uti debet mysti∣cis.
• * 11.28

  Aprilis 16.
• * 11.29

  I.
• * 11.30

  II.
• * 11.31

  III.
• * 11.32

  Thursday a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 cir∣ca 3.
• * 11.33

  〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 11.34

  Sight and hearing promised.
• * 11.35

  1587. Saturday Aprilis 18.
• * 11.36

  〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 testimony to be had herein.
• * 11.37

  Δ. A 〈◊〉〈◊〉 grant∣ed doth not a brogate a Law, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 doth 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the force of the law in it self other∣wise.
• * 11.38

  Arthur was 〈◊◊◊〉〈◊◊◊〉 and E K. law one in a long white garment 〈◊〉〈◊〉 as though he would 〈◊〉〈◊〉 him. He was very sick for the time. 〈◊〉〈◊〉. S. Paul 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Good An∣gels. The wisdom of God, of us 〈◊〉〈◊〉 compre∣hensible.
• * 11.39

  The 〈◊〉〈◊〉 pillar
• * 11.40

  Unity. An offer of every 7th day to be taught the secrets of the books recei∣ved. The holy books deli∣vered. Our works to go on. The Lord Rosenberg. The powder here. If Omniarepo∣nenda. Caesar & Papa brevi nos infesta∣bunt denno. If
• * 11.41

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 was the deliverer of the powder to E. K. at the digging in England. Note, un∣least condi∣tionally. Q. El. K. Phi.
• * 11.42

  England.
• * 11.43

  Fr. Garland Edw. Gar∣land.
• * 11.44

  Enochs Tables. Antichrist. Ely, Enoch. Johannes 〈◊〉〈◊〉
• * 11.45

  God our Protector. 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Garland into 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Refuse 〈◊〉〈◊〉 home. 〈1 line〉〈1 line〉 my old 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Ben.
• * 11.46

  About 2 of the clock af∣ter mid∣night 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉.
• * 11.47

  April 20.
• * 11.48

  Δ. I perceive that com∣monly one is to be aba∣ted of the number.
• * 12.1

  April 22. at night.
• * 12.2

  The women.
• * 12.3

  An actiou required by the wo∣men.
• * 12.4

  Aprilis 24. Friday.
• * 12.5

  〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 12.6

  The Law & the Gospel.
• * 12.7

  Δ. and E. K. a figure of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 people to come.
• * 12.8

  Δ. * He ans∣wereth to a phrase of my prayer or discourse. This doctrin is not to be published to any man. Note. Un us pastor & unum 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Conatus 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Moses.
• * 12.9

  Sterilit as Terrae.
• * 12.10

  The shew of 4 trees, what it meaneth. Pectorale cum 〈◊〉〈◊〉 & Thummim. Num.
• * 12.11

  Our unity of what impor∣tance it is: est finis 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 futurae. The ancient token and watchword foreshewed us: Arise, come and see my judge∣ments.
• * 12.12

  Aprilis 18. ann. 1587.
• * 12.13

  Aprilis 20. no 〈◊〉〈◊〉 pro∣funda
• * 12.14

  Before at this mark.
• * 12.15

  May 6. Wednesday, a Meridie.
• * 12.16

  Wednesday morning 〈◊〉〈◊〉 20.
• * 12.17

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 Chri∣stus.
• * 12.18

  〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 12.19

  Figuration
• * 12.20

  All things one.
• * 12.21

  A Covenant
• * 12.22

  Potentia magna ex deo futura.
• * 12.23

  Figures.
• * 12.24

  This was said because I had pawned my soul, upon my a∣vouching the spiritual crea∣tures which have dealt with us, to be of God and good: which my bargain E. K. had by word & writing, disdain∣fully charged, and of late threatned mewithall. The secret servants for God. Sapientia & poten∣tia in Deo.
• * 12.25

  Carpio.
• * 12.26

  Friday afternoon about four of the clock.
• * 12.27

  Lapi dis sancti re∣stitutio.
• * 12.28

  Equus albus
• * 12.29

  Sum.
• * 12.30

  Cherubin.
• * 12.31

  The four. Δ. E. K. I. K. & I. Δ. A blessing for obedience according to faith.
• * 12.32

  Preparare nos met de∣bemus. Salutatio prima.
• * 12.33

  Secrecy from women.
• * 12.34

  A book 3 inches.
• * 12.35

  Secrecy re∣quired.
• * 12.36

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 prope est.
• * 12.37

  The book divided.
• * 12.38

  Ad 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Dei factus erat.
• * 12.39

  The con∣ceiving the exposition of our for∣mer books. The good will of God. Adam his knowledge.
• * 12.40

  The Apo∣stles. We.
• * 12.41

  An hundred 〈◊〉〈◊〉 limited every 7th day. Personal apparition. The under∣standing of such things as have be∣fore time been deli∣vered us my∣stically. Silence untill. Power to be given us. 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 an. 1583 mensis die, of his divers spotted 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Note and remember. Entrance in∣the 4th. and 5th. heaven. Δ O Lord I thank thee that thou hast accepted my patience. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 30. The books of Dunstan and the powder.
• * 12.42

  Δ. Mense 10. forte mense pro ann. erit. A Prophesie Mense 13. Poland. Mense 16. Bohemia. Germania. Italia. An. 1589. Bohemia. Antichristus Untill. Revenge.
• * 12.43

  [10]
• * 12.44

  Westminster Three Kings in Kings∣street.
• * 12.45

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 the 10 〈◊〉〈◊〉, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 9.
• * 12.46

  John 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 12.47

  Long life.
• * 12.48

  Δ Si Deus 〈◊〉〈◊〉 quis contra nos.
• * 12.49

  Miracula.
• * 12.50

  James
• * 12.51

  A Voice.
• * 12.52

  〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉.
• * 12.53

  Jesus Christ
• * 12.54

  Mr. Eccle∣ston.
• * 12.55

  Raphael his inferiours.
• * 12.56

  The Trea∣sure.
• * 12.57

  Raphael his command∣ment.
• * 12.58

  How they will & shall yield.
• * 12.59

  Δ. By this The Win∣dow to be brought in, &c.
• * 12.60

  1 2 3 〈◊〉〈◊〉 do∣mum. Vid. Ar∣batel.
• * 12.61

  500.
• * 12.62

  300.
• * 12.63

  A voice to Bartholo∣mew.
• * 12.64

  Note.
• * 12.65

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 Pon∣toys note.